 |
|
| TAC
- TE - TEM - TERMAN
- TEST - TH - THÉORIE
- THÉRAPIE - THI
- THORNDIKE - TO
- TRA - TRE/TRI - TRO
- TROUBLE - TU/TY -
TULVING |
 Tabachnick Barbara G. (1936-) : Psychologue
et statisticienne
américaine, spécialisée en éthique
et en éducation.
Elle s'intéresse également aux statistiques
multivariées. Collaboratrice de Fidell,
Fidell, Keith-Spiegel,
Pope et Whitley.
 |
TABACHNICK, B.G. & BROTSKY, S.J. (1976). Free recall
and complexity of pictorial stimuli. Memory &
Cognition, 4 (5), 466-470. |
|
TABACHNICK, B.G. (1979). Test scatter on the WISC-R. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 12 (9), 626-628. |
|
TABACHNICK, B.G., KEITH-SPIEGEL, P. & POPE, K.S.
(1991). Ethics of teaching : Beliefs and behaviors of
psychologists as educators. American Psychologist, 46
(5), 506-515. [PDF] |
|
TABACHNICK, B.G. & FIDELL, L.S. (1996). Using
multivariate statistics. New York : Harper &
Row. |
|
TABACHNICK, B.G., WHITLEY, B.E. & WASHBURN, J. (1998).
Why do professors ignore cheating ? Opinions of a national
sample of psychology instructors. Ethics &
Behavior, 8, 215-227. |
 |
 |
|
|
|
Tabet
Paola (1935-) : Anthropologue,
ethnologue et féministe
(matérialiste)
italienne, spécialisée dans l'étude du racisme,
des rapports de
sexe et de la prostitution.
 |
TABET, P. (1987). Du don au tarif. Les relations sexuelles
impliquant compensation. Les Temps Modernes, 490, 1-53. |
|
TABET, P. (1991). Les dents de la prostituée : échange,
négociation, choix dans les rapports économico-sexuels.
Dans M.-C. Hurtig, M. Kail & H. Rouch (Dirs.), Sexe
et genre. De la hiérarchie entre les sexes (p.
227-243). Paris : Éditions du CNRS. |
|
TABET, P. (1998). La construction sociale de
l'inégalité des sexes. Des outils et des corps.
Paris : L'Harmattan/Bibliothèque du féminisme. |
|
TABET, P. (2001). La grande arnaque. L'expropriation de la
sexualité des femmes. Actuel Marx, 30, 131-152. |
|
TABET, P. (2004). La grande arnaque. Sexualité des
femmes et échange économico-sexuel. Paris :
L'Harmattan. |
|
|
DROUILLEAU, F. (2005). Paola Tabet, La grande arnaque.
Sexualité des femmes et échange économico-sexuel. Paris :
L'Harmattan. Bibliothèque CLIO : Histoire, Femmes et
Sociétés, 22, 1-3. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Table
:
Table.
|
|
|
Table ronde : En science,
forme de communication
informelle qui consiste à réunir autour d'une table les
experts d'un domaine, d'une matière pour discuter d'une question, échanger
des points de vue ou mettre à jour leurs connaissances. Cet
exercice peut faire l'objet d'une communication scientifique ou
d'un colloque. EX : Rencontre
de Royaumont entre Piaget
et Chomsky. Ronde
table.
| |
|
|
DASHIELL, J.F. (1938). The law of effect : a round table
discussion. Psychological Review, 45, 212-214. |
|
|
|
|
Table statistique : Statistical table.
| |
|
|
STUDENT (1917). Tables for estimating the probability that
the mean of a unique sample of observations lies between
-[infinity] and any given distance of the mean of the
population from which the sample is drawn. Biometrika,
11, 414-417. |
|
FISHER, R.A. & YATES, F. (1938/74). Statistical
tables for biological, agricultural and medical
research. London : Longman. |
|
|
|
Tableau : Espace (réel,
virtuel ou imprimé) sur laquelle on peut inscrire de l'information
(mots, chiffres, etc.). Tableau et école. Table.
|
Tableau blanc interactif : TBI : Technologie
de l'information et de la communication (TIC). Il s'agit en
fait d'un grand écran interactif commandé par ordinateur que les
enseignants/professeurs peuvent utiliser en classe pour présenter
la matière d'un cours
et illustrer certains concepts.
=
tableau blanc interactif (TBI), tableau numérique interactif
(TNI), tableau pédagogique interactif (TPI), tableau interactif,
tableau numérique.
/tableau
noir.
Whiteboard, new board.
| |
|
|
KARSENTI, T. (2003). Plus captivantes qu'un tableau noir :
L'impact des nouvelles technologies sur la motivation à
l'école. Revue de la Fédération Suisse des
Psychologues, 6, 24-29. |
|
LOVER, D., MILLER, D., AVERIS, D. & DOOR, V. (2005).
The interactive whiteboard : A literature survey.
Technology, Pedagogy & Education, 14 (2),
155-170. |
|
HARRIS, C. (2009). Meet the New School Board : Board games
are back - and they're exactly what your curriculum needs.
School Library Journal, 55, 24-26. |
|
DIGREGORIO, P. & SOBEL-LOJESKI, K. (2010). The effects
of interactive whiteboards (IWBs) on student performance
and learning : A literature review. Journal of
Educational Technology Systems, 38 (3), 255-312. |
|
HARLOW, A., COWIE, B. & HEAZLEWOOD, M. (2010). Keeping
in touch with learning : The use of an interactive
whiteboard in the junior school. Technology, Pedagogy
& Education, 19 (2), 237-243. |
|
DOSTAJ, J. (2011). Reflections on the use of interactive
whiteboards in instruction in international context. The
New Educational Review, 25 (3), 205-220. |
|
TÜREL, Y.K. & JOHNSON, T.E. (2012). Teachers' belief
and use of interactive whiteboards for teaching and
learning. Educational Technology & Society, 15 (1),
381-394. |
|
|
Voir aussi Classe
et École |
|
|
Tableau croisé : = tableau de
fréquences. Crosstabs.
|
Tableau de contingence : Tableau croisé
à double entrée montrant la relation entre deux variables
qualitatives nominales
(ou plus). Contingency table.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R. A. (1922). On the interpretation of x2 from
contingency tables, and the calculation of P. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, 85, 87-94. |
|
YULE, G.U. (1923). On the application of the khi-deux
method to association and contingency tables, with
experimental illustrations. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 85, 95-104. |
|
YATES, F. (1934). Contingency table involving small
numbers and the ?2 test. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 1 (2), 217-235. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2007). Les tableaux de fréquences 2 X 2
et leur traitement statistique. Tutorials in
Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 3, 14-25. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Variable qualitative nominale
et
Coefficient de contingence |
| |
|
|
Tableau
noir : = bon vieux tableau.
Blackboard.
| |
|
|
SZABO, A. & HASTING, N. (2000). Using IT in the
undergraduate classroom : should we replace the blackboard
with PowerPoint ? Computers & Education, 35, 175-187.
[PDF] |
|
KARSENTI, T. (2003). Plus captivantes qu'un tableau noir :
L'impact des nouvelles technologies sur la motivation à
l'école. Revue de la Fédération Suisse des
Psychologues, 6, 24-29. |
|
KINASH, S., BRAND, J. & MATHEW, T. (2012). Challenging
mobile learning discourse through research : Student
perceptions of Blackboard Mobile Learn and iPads. Australasian
Journal of Educational Technology, 28 (4), 639-655. |
| |
|
Voir aussi École et
Enseignement |
|
|
Tableau de résultats : Dans un article
empirique, présentation des résultats
d'une recherche sous
forme de cellules logiquement disposées selon deux axes, x et y
(tableau à double entrée). Par convention, on place le titre
au-dessus du tableau, les résultats de l'analyse
principale dans les cellules du haut et les résultats de l'analyse
secondaire dans les cellules du bas.
=
Tableau de données.
Table, data table
| Titre
--» |
|
Tableau 1
Comparaisons entre les hommes et femmes sur le plan de la
scolarité, du revenu et des réponses à la question 2. |
| Analyse
principale --» |
|
| Indicateurs |
Groupes |
n= |
 |
Test
t |
Valeur
de p |
<0,05
= * |
Scolarité
(en année) |
Hommes |
15 |
17,20 |
-0,727 |
0,473 |
|
| Femmes |
15 |
16,87 |
Revenu
annuel (en $) |
Hommes |
15 |
57669 |
2,684 |
0,006 |
* |
| Femmes |
15 |
43297 |
|
Foui |
Khi
carré |
|
| Question
no 2 |
Hommes |
15 |
10 |
4,821 |
0,028 |
* |
| Femmes |
15 |
4 |
|
| Analyse
secondaire --» |
| |
|
|
SMITH, L.D., BEST, L.A., STUBBS, D.A., ARCHIBALD, A.B.
& ROBERSON-NAY, R. (2002). Constructing knowledge :
The role of graphs and tables in hard and soft psychology.
American Psychologist, 57, 749-761. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2007). Les tableaux de fréquences 2 X 2
et leur traitement statistique. Tutorials in
Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 3, 14-25. |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Analyse des données |
|
|
Tablette
tactile : Technologie de l'information
et de la communication (TIC). Il s'agit en fait d'un petit
écran intéractif commandé par ordinateur que les élèves/étudiants
peuvent utiliser en classe pour accéder à la matière d'un cours.
=
ordinateur de poche.
Touch screen, I-Pad.
| |
|
|
GEIST, E. (2011). The game changer : Using iPads in
college teacher education classes. College Student
Journal, 45 (4), 758-768. |
HILL, J., NUSS, M., MIDDENDORF, B., CERVERO, R. &
GAINES, J. (2012). Using iPads to enhance teaching and
learning in third-year medical clerkships. Dans T.
Bastiaens et G. Marks (Dirs.), Proceedings of World
Conference on E-Learning in corporate, government,
healthcare, and higher education (pp. 1482-1488).
Chesapeake, VA : AACE. |
|
CHURCCHILL, D., FOX, B. & KING, M. (2012). Study of
affordances of iPads and teachers' private theories. International
Journal of Information & Education Technology, 2
(3), 251-254.
[PDF] |
HUTCHISON, A., BESCHORNER B. & SCHMIDT-CRAWFORD, D.
(2012). Exploring the use of the iPad for literacy
learning. The Reading Teacher, 66 (1), 15-23. |
|
HENDERSON, S. & YEOW, J. (2012). iPad in education : A
case study of iPad adoption and use in a primary school.
Dans R.H. Sprague (Dir.), Proceedings of the 45th
Annual Hawaii International Conference on System
Sciences (pp. 78-87). New York, NY : IEEE. |
MCCLANAHAN, B., WILLIAMS, K., KENNEDY, E. & TATE, S.
(2012). A break through for Josh : How use of an iPad
facilitated reading improvement. Techtrends, 56
(3), 20-28. |
|
HAHN, J. & BUSSELL, H. (2012). Curricular use of the
iPad 2 by a first-year undergraduate learning community. Library
Technology Reports, 48 (8), 42-47. |
LAU, A. & HO, S. (2012). Using iPad 2 with note-taking
apps to enhance traditional blackboard-style pedagogy for
mathematics-heavy subjects : A case study. In M.J.W. Lee
& H. VaLeong (Eds.), Proceedings of IEEE
international conference on teaching, assessment, and
learning for engineering. New York, NY : IEEE. |
|
KIRKORIAN, H.L. & PEMPEK, T.A. (2013). Toddlers and
touch screens. Zero to Three, 33 (4), 32-37. |
|
VIVIAN, R., BERTOLO, D. & DINET, J. (2014).
Interactions tactiles sur tablettes pour l'apprentissage
de la géométrie dans l'espace : présentation et premières
évaluations. Revue des Interactions Humaines
Médiatisées, 15 (1), 51-89. [PDF] |
|
KARSENTI, T. et IÉVREZA. (2014). L'iPad à l'école :
de l'adoption à l'innovation. Éditions Grand Duc :
Montréal. |
|
PEMPEK, T. & McDANIEL, B. T. (2016). Young children's
tablet use and associations with maternal well-being. Journal of Child & Family Studies, 25, 2636-2647. |
|
|
Voir aussi Ordinateur
et TIC |
|
|
Tabou
: Réalité - parfois trouble - qu'un
groupe ou une société
refuse d'admettre ou de dévoiler à autrui et qui, en conséquence,
impose un silence collectif, sous peine de saction morale
(humiliation, dénigrement, mépris, etc). =
interdiction, occultation.
Taboo.
|
|
|
FREUD, S. (1972). Totem et tabou. Paris : Payot. |
|
McMULLEN, R.J. (1990). Male rape : Breaking the
silence on the last taboo. London : GMP Publishers
Ltd. |
|
STRASSMANN, B.I. (1992). The function of menstrual taboos
among the Dogon : Defense against cuckoldry ? Human
Nature, 3, 89-131. |
|
TETLOCK, P.E., KRISTEL, O.V., ELSON, S.B., GREEN, M.C.
& LERNER, J.S. (2000). The psychology of the
unthinkable : taboo trade-offs, forbidden base rates, and
heretical counterfactuals. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 78, 853-870. |
|
SIMMIE, S. & NUNES, J. (2002). The last taboo : A
survival guide to mental health in Canada. Toronto
: McClelland and Stewart. |
|
POPE, K.S., SONNE, J.L. & GREENE, B.G. (2006). What
therapists don't talk about and why : Understanding
taboos that hurt us and our clients. Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
MILETSKI, H. (2007). Mother-son-incest : The
unthinkable broken taboo : an overview of finding and
revised overview of finding. East West Publishing. |
|
ASTUTI, R. (2007). La moralité des conventions : tabous
ancestraux à Madagascar. Terrain, 48, 101-112. |
|
Voir aussi Tabou
de l'inceste
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| TA - TÂCHE - TACT
- TAILLE - TAJFEL
- TALENT - TANAKA
- TARDE - TARDIF - TAT
- TAUX - TAVRIS - TAXONOMIE
- TAYLOR - TE |
Tâche : Le terme a au moins deux sens : a)
Dans une recherche
expérimentale ou quasi-expérimentale,
le terme renvoie à ce que l'on demande aux participants
de faire ou de dire. Cette tâche est habituellement présentée
oralement ou par écrit aux sujets avant le début de l'expérience
(= consignes). Elle permet
d'observer et de mesurer la variable
indépendante. Il peut s'agir d'un test,
d'un questionnaire, d'une
épreuve ou d'une mise en situation. Dans certains cas, la
tâche et la variable indépendante
se confondent. = épreuve,
test, tâche psychologique. ( ):
Voir tableau ci-dessous. b) Une tâche, c'est
aussi ce qu'il faut faire dans un contexte donné, et ce contexte
varie beaucoup (travail, maison,
etc.). Le tavail d'un employé est
généralement divisé en tâches précises qu'il doit exécuter pour
obtenir un salaire.
Task.
| |
|
| a |
| |
| b |
|
WILLIAMS, K.D., KARAU, S.J. & BOURGEOIS, M.J. (1993).
Working on collective tasks : Social loafing and social
compensation. In M. Hogg & D. Abrams (Eds.),
Group motivation : Social psychological perspectives
(pp. 130-148). New York : Harvester Wheatsheaf. |
| RAUSCHER, F.H., SHAW, G.L. & KY, K.N. (1993). Music
and spatial task performance. Nature, 365, 611.
|
|
|
Voir aussi Procrastination |
|
|
|
Tâche (Analyse) :
Job analysis.
| |
|
|
SANCHEZ, J.I. & LEVINE, E.L. (1989). Determining
important tasks within jobs : A policy capturing approach.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 336-342. |
| BRANNICK, M.T., BRANNICK, J.P. & LEVINE, E.L. (1992). Job analysis, personnel selection and the ADA. Human
Resource Management Review, 2, 171-182. |
| SANCHEZ, J.I. & LEVINE, E.L. (1999). Is job analysis
dead, misunderstood or both ? New forms of work analysis
and design. In A.I. Kraut & A.K. Korman (Eds.),
Evolving practices in human resource management (pp. 43-68). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
|
|
Tâche (Commutation) : Renvoie à la capacité d'un individu (flexibilité
cognitive) de passer d'un stimulus à l'autre, d'une tâche
à l'autre. Task switching, task-set switching.
| |
|
|
NEILL, W.T. (1979). Switching attention within and between categories : Evidence for intracategory inhibition.
Memory & Cognition, 7, 283-290. |
DIAMOND, A., CARLSON, S.M. & BECK. D.M. (2005).
Preschool children's performance in task switching on the
dimensional change card sort task : Separating the
dimensions aids the ability to switch. Developmental
Neuropsychology, 28, 689-729. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. & STONE, G.O. (1985). Neural dynamics of
attention switching and temporal order information in
short-term memory. Memory & Cognition, 14,
451-468. |
MEIRAN, N. & CHOREV, Z. (2005). Phasic alertness and
the residual task-switching cost. Experimental
Psychology, 52, 109-124. [PDF] |
|
MOULDEN, D.J.A., PICTON, T., MEIRAN, N., STUSS, D.T.,
RIERA, J.J. & VALDS-SOSA, P. (1998). Event related
potentials when switching of attention between task sets.
Brain & Cognition, 37, 186-190. |
|
|
MEIRAN, N. (2000). Modeling cognitive control in
task-switching. Psychological Research, 63, 234-249.
[PDF] |
|
|
MONSELL, S., YEUNG, N. & AZUMA, R. (2000).
Reconfiguration of task-set : is it easier to switch to
the weaker task ? Psychological Research, 63 (3-4),
250-264. |
SCHNEIDER, D.W. & LOGAN, G.D. (2007). Modeling task
switching without switching tasks : A short-term priming
account of explicitly cued performance. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 134 (3),
343-367. |
|
MEIRAN, N., CHOREV, Z. & SAPIR, A. (2000). Component
processes in task switching. Cognitive Psychology, 41,
211-253. [PDF] |
|
|
ALLPORT, D.A. & WYLIE, G. (2000). Task-switching,
stimulus-response bindings, and negative priming. In S.
Monsell & J. Driver (Eds.), Control of cognitive
processes : Attention and performance XVIII (pp.
35-70). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
|
MEIRAN, N., LEVINE, J., MEIRAN, N. & HENIK, A. (2000).
Task set switching in schizophrenia. Neuropsychology,
14, 471-482. |
|
|
GOSCHKE, T. (2000). Intentional reconfiguration and
involuntary persistence in task-set switching. In S.
Monsell & J. Driver (Eds.), Control of cognitive
processes : Attention and performance XVIII (pp.
331-355). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
|
MEIRAN, N. (2000). Reconfiguration of stimulus task sets
and response task sets during task switching. In S.
Monsell & J. Driver (Eds.), Control of cognitive
processes : Attention and performance (Vol. 18, pp.
377-399). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF] |
|
|
MEIRAN, N., LEVNE, J., MEIRAN, N. & HENIK, A. (2000).
Task set switching in schizophrenia. Neuropsychology,
14, 471–482. [PDF] |
LOGAN, G.D., SCHNEIDER, D.W. & BUNDESEN, C. (2007).
Still clever after all these years : Searching for the
homunculus in explicitly cued task switching. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 33, 978-994. |
|
CEPEDA, N.J., CEPEDA, M.L. & KRAMER, A.F. (2000). Task
switching and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 213-226. |
|
|
KRAY, J. & LINDENBERGER, U. (2000). Adult age
differences in task switching. Psychology &
Aging, 15 (1), 126-147. [PDF] |
RAVIZZA, S.M. & CARTER, C.S. (2008). Shifting set
about task switching : Behavioral and neural evidence for
distinct forms of cognitive flexibility. Neuropsychologia,
46, 2924-2935. [PDF] |
|
MAYR, U. & KLIEGL, R. (2000). Task-set switching and
long-term memory retrieval. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26,
1124-1140.
|
|
|
MEIRAN, N. & GOTLER, A. (2001). Modeling cognitive
control in task-switching and aging. European Journal
of Cognitive Psychology, 13, 165-186. [PDF] |
|
|
CEPEDA, N.J., KKRAMER, A.F. & GONZALEZ DE SATHER, J.C.
(2001). Changes in executive control across the life span
: Examination of task switching performance. Developmental
Psychology, 37, 715-730. |
|
|
SOHN, M.-H. & ANDERSON, J.R. (2001). Task preparation
and task repetition : Two-component model of task
switching. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 130 (4), 764-778. |
SOHN, M.-H., URSU, S., ANDERSON, J.R., TENGER, V.A. &
CARTER, C.S. (2000). The role of prefrontal cortex and
posterior parietal cortex in task-switching. Proceedings
of National Academy of Sciences, 97, 13448-13453. |
|
RUBINSTEIN, J.S., MEYER, D.E. & EVANS, J.E. (2001).
Executive control of cognitive processes in task
switching. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Perception & Performance, 27, 763-797. |
|
 |
|
MEIRAN, N., HOMMEL, B., BIBI, U. & LEV I. (2002).
Consciousness and control in task switching. Consciousness
& Cognition, 11, 10-33. [PDF] |
|
|
NIEUWENHUIS, S. & MONSELL, S. (2002). Residual costs
in task switching : Testing the failure-to-engage
hypothesis. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 9
(1), 86-92. [PDF] |
|
|
MONSELL, S. (2003). Task switching. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7, 134-140. [PDF] |
|
|
ALTMANN, E.M. (2003). Task switching and the pied
homunculus : Where are we being led ? Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7, 340-341. [PDF] |
|
|
MONSELL, S. & YEUNG, N. (2003). Switching between
tasks of unequal familiarity : the role of
stimulus-attribute and response-set selection. Journal
of Experimental Psychology Human Perception &
Performance, 29 (2), 455-469. |
BRAVERMAN, A. & MEIRAN, N. (2010). Task conflict
effect in task switching. Psychological Research, 74,
568-578. [PDF] |
|
MONSELL, S., SUMNER, P. & WATERS, H. (2003). Task-set
reconfiguration with predictable and unpredictable task
switches. Memory & Cognition, 31, 327-342. |
KARLE, J.W., WATTER, S. & SHEDDEN, J.M. (2010). Task
switching in video game players : Benefits of selective
attention but not resistance to proactive interference.
Acta Psychologica, 134, 70-78. |
|
ALTMANN, E.M. (2004). Advance preparing task switching :
What work Is being done ? Psychological Science, 19
(9), 616-622. [PDF] |
VANDIERENDONCK, A., LIEFOOGHE, B. & VERBRUGGEN, F.
(2010). Task switching : Interplay of reconfiguration and
interference control. Psychological Bulletin, 136
(4), 601-626. |
|
MEIRAN, N., FRIEDMAN, G. & YEHENE, Y. (2004).
Parkinson's disease is associated with goal setting
deficits during task switching. Brain &
Cognition, 54, 260-262. [PDF] |
BASAK, C. & VERHAEGHEN, P. (2011). Aging and switching
of the focus of attention in working memory : age
differences in item availability but not in item
accessibility. The Journals of Gerontology, Series B
: Psychological Sciences & Social Sciences, 66
(5), 519-526. [PDF] |
|
ARON, A., MONSELL, S., SAHAKAIN, B. & ROBBINS, T.W
(2004). A componential analysis of task-set switching
deficits associated with lesions of left and right frontal
cortex. Brain, 127 (7), 1561-1573. |
GREEN, C.S., SUGARMAN, M.A., MEDFORD, K., KLOBUSICKY, E.
& BAVELIER, D. (2012). The effect of action video game
experience on task-switching. Computers in Human
Behavior, 28, 984-994. |
|
CASEY, B.J., DAVIDSON, M.C., HARA, Y., THOMAS, K.M.,
MATINEZ, A., GALVAN, A., ALPERIN, J.M., RODRIGUEZ-ARANDA,
C.E. & TOTTENHAM, N. (2004). Early development of
subcortical regions involved in non-cued attention
switching. Developmental Science, 7 (5),
534-542.
[PDF] |
SCHNEIDER, D.W. (2019). On the role of attention in
working memory for response selection in task switching. Journal
of Cognition, 2 (1), 34, 1-4. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Flexibilité cognitive et Décrochage
cognitif |
|
|
Tâche (Complexité) : Niveau de
difficulté des tâches, de leur exécution aussi
bien que de leur organisation.
Task complexity.
| |
|
|
HOGARTH, R.M. (1975). Decision time as a function of task
complexity. In D. Wendt & C. Vlek (Eds.), Utility,
probability, and human decision making (pp.
321-338). Dordrecht, Holland : Reidel Publishing Co. |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. (1975). Decision time as a function of task
complexity. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 13, 171-192. |
|
PAYNE, J. (1976). Task complexity and contingent
processing in decision making : An information search and
protocol analysis. Organizational Behavior &
Human Performance, 16, 366-387. |
|
SWELLER, J. (1976). The effect of task complexity and
sequence on rule learning and problem solving. British
Journal of Psychology, 67, 553-558. |
|
HARKINS, S. & PETTY, R. (1982). Effects of task
difficulty and task uniqueness on social loafing. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 43,
1214-1229. |
|
JACKSON, J.M. & WILLIAMS, K.D. (1985). Social loafing
on difficult tasks : Working collectively can improve
performance. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 49, 937-942. |
|
|
Voir aussi Complexité,
Organisation
et Tâche |
|
|
|
|
|
Tâche (Multi-) : Terme dérivé de
l'informatique. Se dit d'un ordinateur
qui exécute simultanément deux tâches (notamment grâce aux
microprocesseur multi-cœur). Chez un organisme, capacité
d'exécuter deux tâches à la
fois, en alternant l'une et l'autre ou en les exécutant
simultanément ou quasi-simultanément. Cette capacité est d'autant
plus grande que le sujet maîtrise les habiletés qui permettent
d'accomplir les tâches en question
(= expert). En revanche, en phase d'apprentissage de ces
habiletés, l'efficacité des sujets diminue, souvent de manière con
(l'apprentissage se fait plus lentement et les erreurs
s'accumulent). Le multitâche est fréquent lorsqu'on utilise en
même temps un ordinateur ou
un téléphone ou
lorsqu'on conduit une
voiture. Multitâche, erreur
et attention
partagée.
=Alternance des tâches.
Multitasking, dual-task processing, overlapping-task performance, academic distractibility, task switching, task alternation time, Homo zappiens.
| |
|
|
BOTWINICK, J., BRINLEY, J.F. & ROBBIN, J.S. (1958).
Task alternation time in relation to problem difficulty
and age. Journal of Gerontology, 13, 414-417. |
SALVUCCI, D.D., TAATGEN, N.A. & KUSHLEYEVA, Y. (2006).
Learning when to switch tasks in a dynamic multitasking
environment. In Proceedings of the Seventh
International Conference on Cognitive Modeling (pp.
268-273). Trieste, Italy : Edizioni Goliardiche. |
|
SPELKE, E., HIRST, W. & NEISSER, U. (1976). Skills of
divided attention. Cognition, 4, 215-230. |
FOERDE, K., KNOWLTON, B.-J. & POLDRACK, R.-A. (2006).
Modulation of competing memory systems by distraction.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA,
103, 11778-11783. [PDF] |
|
SALVUCCI, D.D. (2006). Modeling driver behavior in a
cognitive architecture. Human Factors, 48, 362-380. |
|
BRUMBY, D.P. & SALVUCCI, D.D. (2006). Exploring human
multitasking strategies from a cognitive constraint
approach. In Proceedings of the 28th annual conference
of the cognitive science society (pp. 2451).
Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
VEEN W. & VRAKKING, B. (2006). Homo Zappiens :
Growing up in a digital age. London, UK : Network
Continuum Education. |
|
BROOKHUIS, K.A., DE VRIES, G. & DE WAARD, D. (1991).
The effects of mobile telephoning on driving performance.
Accident Analysis & Prevention, 23, 309-316. |
BÜHNER, M., KÖNIG, C., PICK, M. & KRUMM, S. (2006).
Working memory dimensions as differential predictors of
the speed and error aspect of multitasking performance. Human
Performance, 19, 253-275. |
|
JEONG, S. & FISHBEIN, M. (2007). Predictors of
multitasking with media : Media factors and audience
factors. Media Psychology, 10 (3), 364-384. |
|
DE JONG, R. (1995). The role of preparation in
overlapping-task performance. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Experimental Psychology,
48 (A), 2-25. |
LEVINE, L.E., WAITE, B.M. & BOWMAN, L.L. (2007).
Electronic media use, reading, and academic
distractibility in college youth. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 10 (4), 560-566. [PDF]
|
|
ROGERS, R. & MONSELL, S. (1995). Costs of a
predictable switch between simple cognitive tasks. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 124, 207-231. |
ROSEN, C. (2008). The myth of multitasking. The New
Atlantis, 20, 105-110. |
|
BARON, N. (2008). Adjusting the volume : Technology and
multitasking in discourse control. In J.E. Katz (Ed.),
Mobile communication and social change in a global
context (pp. 177-195). Cambridge, MA : The MIT
Press. |
|
ZUMBACH, J. & MOHRAZ, M. (2008). Cognitive load in
hypermedia reading comprehension : Influence of text type
and linearity. Computers in Human Behavior, 24,
875e887. |
|
PESTA, B.J., SANDERS, R.E. & NEMEC, R.J. (1996). Older
adults' strategic superiority with mental multiplication :
A generation effect assessment. Experimental Aging
Research, 22, 155-169. |
SALVUCCI, D.D. & TAATGEN, N.A. (2008). Threaded
cognition : An integrated theory of concurrent
multitasking. Psychological Review, 115 (1),
101-130. [PDF]
|
|
MEYER, D.E. & KIERAS, D.E. (1997). A computational
theory of executive control processes and human
multiple-task performance: Part 1. Basic Mechanisms. Psychological
Review, 104, 3-65. |
CARRIER, L.M., CHEEVER, N.A., ROSEN, L.D., BENITEZ, S.
& CHANG, J. (2009). Multi-tasking across generations :
multi-tasking choices and difficulty ratings in three
generations of Americans. Computers in Human
Behavior, 25, 483-489. [PDF]
|
|
LIN, L, ROBERTSON, T. & LEE, J. (2009). Reading
performances between novices and experts in different
media multitasking environments. Computers in the
Schools, 26 (3), 169-186. |
|
WYLIE, G. & ALLPORT, A. (2000). Task switching and the
measurement of "switch costs". Psychology Reports, 63
(3-4), 212-233 |
OPHIR, E., NASS, C. & WAGNER, A.D. (2009). Cognitive
control in media multitaskers. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 106 (37),
15583-1558. [PDF]
|
|
BANNISTER, R. & REMENYI, D. (2009). Multitasking: The
uncertain impact of technology on knowledge workers and
managers. Electronic Journal Information Systems
Evaluation, 12 (1), 1-12. [PDF] |
|
GOPHER, D., ARMONY, L. & GREENSHPAN, Y. (2000).
Switching tasks and attention policies. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 129, 308-339. |
ELLIS, Y., DANIELS, B. & JAUREGUI, A. (2010). The
effect of multitasking on the grade performance of
business students. Research in Higher Education
Journal, 8, 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
ALLPORT, A. & WYLIE, G. (2000). Task switching,
stimulus-response bindings, and negative priming. In S.
Monsell & J. Driver (Eds.), Attention and
performance XVIII : Control of cognitive processes
(pp. 35-70). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
WATSON, J.M. & STRAYER, D.L. (2010). Supertaskers :
Profiles in extraordinary multi-tasking ability. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 17 (4), 479-485. [PDF]
|
|
|
BOWMAN, L.L., LEVINE, L.E., WAITE, B.M. & GENDRON,
M.S. (2010). Can students really multitask ? An
experimental study of instant messaging while reading. Computers
& Education, 54 (4), 927–931. |
|
STRAYERS, D.L. & JOHNSTON, W.A. (2001). Driven to
distraction : Dual-task studies of simulated driving and
conversing on a cellular phone. Psychological
Science, 12, 462-466. [PDF]
|
KRAUSHAAR, J.M. & NOVAK, D.C. (2010). Examining the
affects of student multitasking with laptops during the
lecture.Journal of Information Systems Education, 21
(2), 241-252.
[PDF] |
|
CAIN, M.S. & MITROFF, S.R. (2011). Distractor
filtering in media multitaskers. Perception, 40,
1183–1192. |
|
BRASEL, S.A.& GIPS, J. (2011). Media multitasking
behavior : Concurrent television and computer usage. Cyberpsychology, Behavior & Social Networking, 14, 527-534. |
|
SALVUCCI, D.D. & TAATGEN, N.A. (2011). The
multitasking mind. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
JUDD, T. & KENNEDY, G. (2011). Measurement and
evidence of computer-based task switching and multitasking
by "net generation" students. Computers &
Education, 56 (3), 625–631. |
|
RUBINSTEIN, J.S., MEYER, D.E. & EVANS, J.E. (2001).
Executive control of cognitive processes intask switchig.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 27 (4),
763-797. [PDF] |
STRAYER, D.L., WATSON, J.M. & DREWS, F.A. (2011).
Cognitive distraction while multitasking in the
automobile. In B. Ross (Ed.), The psychology of
learning and motivation (Vol. 54, pp. 29-58).
Burlington : Academic Press. [PDF] |
|
BEILOCK, S.L., CARR, T.H., MacMAHON, C. & STARKES,
J.L. (2002). When paying attention becomes
counterproductive : Impact of divided versus skill-focused
attention on novice and experienced performance of
sensorimotor skills. Journal of Experimental
Psychology Applied, 8, 6-16. [PDF] |
WOOD, E., ZIVCAKOVA, L., GENTILE, P., ARCHER, K., DE
PSQUALE, D. & NOSKO, A. (2012). Examining the impact
of off-task multi-tasking with technology on real-time
classroom learning. Computers & Education, 58
(1), 365-374. [PDF] |
|
WANG, Z. & TCHERNEV, J.M. (2012). The "myth" of media
multitasking : Reciprocal dynamics of media multitasking,
personal needs, and gratifications. Journal of
Communication, 62, 493-513.
[PDF] |
|
MORENO, M.A., JELENCHICK, L.A., KOFF, R., EIKOFF, J.,
DIERMYER, C. & CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2012). Internet use
and multitasking among older adolescents : An experience
sampling approach. Computers in Human Behavior, 28,
1097-102. |
|
JUNCO, R. & COTTEN, S.R. (2012). No a 4 U: The
relationship between multitasking and academic
performance. Computers & Education, 59 (2),
505–514. |
|
ALZAHABI, R. & BECKER, M.W. (2013). The association
between media multitasking, task-switching, and dual-task
performance. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 39 (5),
1485–1495. |
|
VOORVELD, H.A. & VAN DER GROOT, M. (2013). Age
differences in media multitasking : A diary study. Journal
of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 57 (3),
392-408. |
|
SUBRAHMANYAM, K., MICHIKYAN, M., CLEMMONS, C., CARRILLO,
R., UHLS, Y.T. & GREENFIELD, P.M. (2013). Learning
from paper, learning from screens : Impact of screen
reading and multitasking conditions on reading and writing
among college students. International Journal of
Cyber Behavior, Psychology, & Learning, 3 (4),
1–27. |
|
PASHLER, H., KANG, S.H.K. & IP, R.Y. (2013). Does
multitasking impair studying ? Depends on timing. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 27, 593–599. |
|
YAP, J.Y. & LIM, S.W.H. (2013). Media multitasking
predicts unitary versus splitting visual focal attention.
Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 25, 889-902. |
|
HAZELTINE, E., TEAGUE, D. & IVRY, R.B. (2002).
Simultaneous dual-task performance reveals parallel
response selection after practice. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 28, 527-545. |
SANA, F., WESTON, T. & CEPEDA, N.J. (2013). Laptop
multitasking hinders classroom learning for both users and
nearby peers. Computers & Education, 62,
24-31. [PDF] |
|
MINEAR, M., BRASHER, F., McCURDY, M., LEWIS, J. &
YOUNGGREN, A. (2013). Working memory, fluid intelligence,
and impulsiveness in heavy media multitaskers. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 20 (6), 1274-1281. [PDF] |
|
KONOVA, A. (2013). Multitasking across borders : a
cross-national study of media multitasking behaviors, its
antecedents, and outcomes. International Journal of
Communication, 7, 1688-1710. |
|
SANBONMATSU, D.M., STRAYER, D.L., MEIDEROS-WARD, N. &
WATSON, J.M. (2013). Who multi-tasks and why ?
Multi-tasking ability, perceived multi-tasking ability,
impulsivity, and sensation seeking. PLOS One, 8 (1),
1-8. [PDF] |
|
LOH, K.K. & KANAI, R. (2014). Higher media
multi-tasking activity is associated with smaller
gray-matter density in the anterior cingulate cortex.
PLoS One, 9 (9), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
YEYKELIS, L., CUMMINGS, J.J. & REEVES, B. (2014).
Multitasking on a single device: Arousal and the
frequency, anticipation, and prediction of switching
between media content on a computer. Journal of
Communication, 64 (1), 167-192 |
|
HWANG, Y., KIM, H. & JEONG, S. (2014). Why do media
users multitask ? : Motives for general, medium-specific,
and content-specific types of multitasking. Computers
in Human Behavior, 36, 542–548. |
|
JUDD, T. (2014). Making sense of multitasking : The role
of Facebook. Computers & Education, 70,
194–202. |
|
HEMBROOKE, H. & GAY, G. (2003). The laptop and the
lecture : The effects of multitasking in learning
environments. Journal of Computing in Higher
Education, 15 (1), 46–64. |
VAN DUR SCHUUR, W.A., BAUMGARTNER, S.E., SUMTER, S.R.
& VALKENBURG, P.M. (2015). The consequences of media
multitasking for youth : A review. Computers in Human
Behavior, 53, 204–215. [PDF] |
|
BERTI, S. & SCHRÖGER, E. (2003). Working memory
controls involuntary attention switching : Evidence from
an auditory distraction paradigm. European Journal of
Neuroscience, 17 (5), 1119-1122. |
LIN, L., COCKERHAM, D., CHANG, Z. & NATIVIDAD, G.
(2015). Task speed and accuracy decrease when
multitasking. Technology, Knowledge & Learning,
21 (3), 307–323 |
|
BELLUR, S., NOWAK, K.L. & HULL, K.S. (2015). Make it
our time : In class multitaskers have lower academic
performance. Computers in Human Behavior, 53,
63–70. |
|
CHINCHANACHOKCHAI, S., DUFF, B.R. & SAR, S. (2015).
The effect of multitasking on time perception, enjoyment,
and ad evaluation. Computers in Human Behavior, 45,
185–191. |
|
MONSELL, S. (2003). Task switching. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 17, 134-140. [PDF] |
ZHANG, W. (2015). Learning variables, in-class laptop
multitasking and academic performance : A path analysis.
Computers & Education, 81, 82–88 |
|
COURAGE, M.L., BAKHTIAR, A., FITZPATRICK, C., KENNY, S.
& BRANDEAU, K. (2015). Growing up multitasking : The
costs and benefits for cognitive development. Developmental
Review, 35, 5–41. |
|
|
DOWNS, E., TRAN, A., MCMENEMY, R. & ABEGAZE, N.
(2015). Exam performance and attitudes toward multitasking
in six, multimedia-multitasking classroom environments. Computers
& Education, 86, 250-259. |
|
CAIN, M.S., LEONARD, J.A., GABRIELI, J.D. & FINN, A.S.
(2016). Media multitasking in adolescence. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 23 (6), 1932-1941. |
|
CALDERWOOD, C., GREEN, J.D., JOY-GABA, J.A. & MOLONEY,
J.M. (2016). Forecasting errors in student media
multitasking during homework completion. Computers
& Education, 94, 37–48. |
|
CHEN, Q. & YAN, Z. (2016). Does multitasking with
mobile phones affect learning ? A review. Computers
in Human Behavior, 54, 34-42. |
|
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. & ETGAR, S. (2016). Intimacy and
smartphone multitasking - a new oxymoron ? Psychological
Reports, 119, 826-838. [PDF] |
|
HEMBROOKE, H. & GAY, G. (2003). The laptop and the
lecture : the effects of multitasking in learning
environments. Journal of Computing in Higher
Education, 15 (1), 46-64.
[PDF] |
REDICK, T.S. (2016). On the relation of working memory and
multitasking : Memory span and synthetic work performance.
Journal of Applied Research in Memory & Cognition,
5 (4), 401-409. |
|
ALTMANN, E.M. (2003). Task switching and the pied
homunculus : Where are we being led ? Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7, 340-341. [PDF] |
HOLLINGWORTH, A. & BECK, V.M. (2016). Memory-based
attention capture when multiple items are maintained in
visual working memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 42 (7),
911–917. |
|
CAIN, M.S., LEONARD, J.A., GABRIELI, J.D. & FINN, A.S.
(2016). Media multitasking in adolescence. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 23 (6), 1932–1941. [P(2016).
DF] |
|
MOISALA, M., SALMELA, V., HIETJÄRVI, L., SALO, E.,
CARLSON, S., SALONEN, O., LONKA, K., HAKKARAINEN, K.,
SALMELA-ARO, K., ALHO, K. (2016). Media multitasking is
associated with distractibility and increased prefrontal
activity in adolescents and young adults. Neuroimage,
134, 113-121. |
|
UNCAPHER, M.R., THIEU, M.K. & WAGNER, A.D. (2016).
Media multitasking and memory : Differences in working
memory and long-term memory. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 23, 483-490. [PDF] |
|
BAUMGARTNER, S.E., LEMMENS, J.S., WEEDA, W.D. &
HUIZINGA, M. (2016). Measuring media multitasking :
development of a short measure of media multitasking for
adolescents. Journal of Media Psychology, 29
(2), 92-101. |
|
ANDERSON, G. S., COURTNEY, A., PLECAS, D. &
CHAMBERLIN, C. (2005). Multi-tasking behaviors of general
duty police officers. Police Practice & Research,
6 (1), 39- 48. |
LAU, W.W.F. (2017). Effects of social media usage and
social media multitasking on the academic performance of
university students. Computers in Human Behavior, 68,
286–291. |
|
KUSHLEYEVA, Y., SALVUCCI, D.D. & LEE, F.J. (2005).
Deciding when to switch tasks in time-critical
multitasking. Cognitive Systems Research, 6,
41-49. [PDF] |
PATTERSON, M.C. (2017). A naturalistic investigation of
media multitasking while studying and the effects on exam
performance. Society for the Teaching of Psychology,
44 (1), 51-57. [PDF] |
|
KIRSCHNER, P.A. & DE BRUYCKERE, P. (2017). The myths
of the digital native and the multitasker. Teaching
& Teacher Education, 67, 135-142. [PDF] |
|
SALVUCCI, D.D. (2005). A multitasking general executive
for compound continuous tasks. Cognitive Science, 29,
457-492. [PDF]
|
MAY, K.E. & ELDER, A.D. (2018). Efficient, helpful, or
distracting ? A literature review of media multitasking in
relation to academic performance. International
Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education,
15 [13], 1-17. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Attention
partagée,
Distraction, TDAH,
Charge
cognitive, Génération
internet et
Conduite automobile |
|
|
|
Tâche (Organisation/Division/Partage) : Ensemble
des règles et des principes qui régissent
l'organisation du travail, donc de
ce qu'il faut faire au sein d'un groupe
ou d'une entreprise. La
division des tâches consiste à partager l'ensemble du travail en
petites unités, que l'on nomme fonctions ou
tâches.
Task structure.
|
|
|
DEUTSCH, M. (1951). Task structure and group process. American
Psychologist, 6, 324-325. |
McGRATH, J.E., ARROW, J.E., GRUENFELD, D.H., HOLLONGSHEAD,
A.B. & O'COONER, K.M. (1993). Groups, tasks, and
technology : the effects of experience and change. Small
Group Research, 24, 406-420. |
|
HAGMAN, J.D. & ROSE, A.M. (1983). Retention of
military tasks : A review. Human Factors, 23, 199-213. |
|
|
BENBASAT, I. & LIM, L.H. (1984). The effects of group,
task, context, and technology variables on the usefulness
of group support systems : a meta-analysis of experimental
studies. Small Group Research, 24, 430-462. |
BUEHLER, R., GRIFFIN, D. & ROSS, M. (1994). Exploring
the planning fallacy : Why people underestimate their task
completion times. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 67, 366-381. |
|
ZACCARO, S.J. & McCOY, M.C. (1988). The effects of
task and interpersonal cohesiveness on performance of a
disjunctive group task. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 18, 837-851. |
LAM, S.S.K. (1997). The effects of group decision support
systems and task structures on group communication and
decision quality. Journal of Management Information
Systems Archive, 13 (4), 193-215. |
|
ZACCARO, S.J. & LOWE, C.A. (1988). Cohesiveness and
performance on an additive task : evidence for
multidimensionality. Journal of Social Psychology,
128, 547-558. |
MANSON, T.M., LEVINE, E.L. & BRANNICK, M. (2000). The
construct validity of task inventory ratings : A
multi-trait multi-method analysis. Human Performance,
13, 1-22. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche,
Organisation, Procrastination
et Travail |
|
|
Tâche
d'identification des concepts :
Concept
identification task.
| |
|
|
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. (1981). A general framework for the
analysis of concept identification tasks. Acta
Psychologica, 49, 233-261. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Concept et
Tâche |
|
|
|
|
Tâche de décision de Bechara :
Bechara's Gambling Task.
| |
BECHARA, A., DAMASIO, A.R., DAMASIO, H. & ANDERSON,
S.W. (1994). Insensitivity to future consequences
following damage to human pre-frontal cortex. Cognition,
50, 7-15. |
| BUSEMEYER,
J.R. & STOUT, J.C. (2002). A contribution of
cognitive decision models to clinical assessment :
Decomposing performance on the Bechara gambling task. Psychological Assessment, 14 (3), 253–262. |
|
|
Voir aussi Tâche, Posner
et Lettre |
|
|
Tâche
de décision d'Iowa : Iowa
gambling task, IGT.
| |
|
|
EVANS, C.E., KEMISH, K. & TURNBULL, O.H. (2004).
Paradoxical effects of education on the Iowa Gambling
Task. Brain & Cognition, 54 (3), 240-244. |
CELLA, M., DYMOND, S., COOPER, A. & TURNBULL, O.
(2007). Effects of decision-phase time constraints on
emotion-based learning in the Iowa Gambling Task. Brain
& Cognition, 64 (2), 164-169. |
|
BOWMAN, C.H. & TURNBULL, O.H. (2004). Emotion-based
learning on a simpli ed card game : the Iowa and Bangor
Gambling Tasks. Brain & Cognition, 55 (2),
277-282. |
SEVY, S., BURDICK, K.E., VISWESWARAIAH, H., ABDELMESSIH,
S., LUKIN, M., YECHIAM, E. & BECHARA, A. (2007). Iowa
gambling task in schizophrenia : a review and new data in
patients with schizophrenia and co-occurring cannabis use
disorders. Schizophrenia Research, 92 (1-3),
74-84. |
|
EVANS, C.E., BOWMAN, C.H. & TURNBULL, O.H. (2005).
Subjective awareness on the Iowa Gambling Task : The key
role of emotional experience in schizophrenia. Journal
of Clinical & Experimental Neuropsychology, 27 (6),
656-664. |
VRIES, M.D., HOLLAND, R.W. & WITTEMAN, C.L. (2008). In
the winning mood : A ect in the Iowa gambling task.
Judgment & Decision Making, 3 (1), 42-50. |
|
TURNBULL, O.H., EVANS, C.E., BUNCE, A., CARZOLIO, B. &
O'CONNOR, J. (2005). Emotion-based learning and central
executive resources : An investigation of intuition and
the Iowa Gambling Task. Brain & Cognition, 57 (3),
244-247. |
BAKOS, D.S., DENBURG, N., FONSECA, R.P. & DE MATTOS
PIMENTA PARENTE, M.A. (2010). A cultural study on decision
making : Performance differences on the Iowa Gambling Task
between selected groups of Brazilians and Americans. Psychology
& Neuroscience, 3, 101-107. |
|
BAGNEUX, B., THOMASSIN, N., GONTHIER, C. & ROULIN,
J.L. (2013). Working memory in the processing of the Iowa
Gambling Task : an individual differences approach.
PloS one, 8, e81498. |
|
|
Voir aussi Tâche et
Décision |
|
|
Tâche de dénomination rapide : Tâche développée par Denckla et Rudel (1976), qui consiste à nommer le plus rapidement possible une série d'éléments (couleurs, chiffres, lettres ou ) présentés sur une feuille de papier ou un
écran. Cette tâche est utilisée pour prédire
l'apprentissage de la lecture
et pour diagnostiquer la dyslexie.
Rapid Automatized Naming, RAN.
| |
|
|
DENCKLA, M.B. & RUDEL, R.G. (1976). Naming of objects
by dyslexic and other learning-disabled children.
Brain & Language, 3, 1-15. |
|
DENCKLA, M.B. & RUDEL, R.G. (1976). Rapid automatized
naming (R.A.N.) : Dyslexia differentiated from other
learning disabilities. Neuropsychologia, 14,
471-479. |
|
MISRA, M., KATZIR, T., WOLF, M. & POLDRACK, R.A.
(2004). Neural systems for rapid automatized naming in
skilled readers : unraveling the RAN-Reading relationship.
Scientific Studies of Reading, 8 (3), 241-256. |
|
|
Voir aussi Tâche et
Nommer
rapidement |
|
|
Tâche de jugement de Asch : Tâche de
groupe élaborée par Asch, qui
consiste à trouver quelle ligne, parmi un choix de 3 lignes
(A-B-C), est de longueur identique à la ligne-étalon X. Cette
tâche permet de mettre en évidence et d'évaluer le conformisme.
= test de Asch. Asch's
line judgment task.
| |
|
|
ASCH, S.E. (1951). Effects of group pressure on the
modification and distortion of judgments. In H. Guetzkow
(Ed.), Groups, leadership and men (pp. 177-190).
Pittsburgh, PA : Carnegie Press. |
|
ASCH, S.E. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity
: a minority of one against a unanimous majority. Psychological
Monographs : General & Applied, 70 (9), 1-70. [PDF] |
|
BOND, R. & SMITH, P. (1996). Culture and conformity :
a meta-analysis of studies using Asch's (1952, 1956). line
judgment task. Psychological Bulletin, 119,
111-137. [PDF] |
|
 |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche, Conformisme
et Asch |
|
|
Tâche
de jugement d'identité de lettres : Tâche
développée par Posner, qui
consiste à comparer des lettres.
= tâche de reconnaissance des lettres.
|
|
|
|
|
Tâche
de rappel : Tâche utilisée dans
les expériences sur la mémoire
pour mesurer la capacité
de rappel des
participants. Elle comporte habituellement deux étapes : 1)
Le participant doit d'abord mémoriser une liste de mots, de
chiffre ou de syllabes
non-sens; 2) Il doit ensuite écrire ou
dire ces mots ou ces syllabes, ce qui permet au chercheur
d'évaluer sa capacité de rappel.
( ): tâche
Brown-Peterson, tâche de
Sternberg.
Task.
| |
|
|
TURNER, M.L. & ENGLE, R.W. (1989). Is working memory
capacity task dependent ? Journal of Memory &
Language, 28, 127-154. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche |
|
|
Tâche de rappel Brown-Peterson : Tâche
de rappel développé par Brown pour montrer l'effet d'interférence,
et qui consiste d'abord à présenter aux participants de deux groupes distincts
une suite de trois consonnes ( EX: P-Z-V). Immédiatement après cette
présentation, on demande au premier groupe (groupe de contrôle) de se
rappeler les consonnes et au second groupe (groupe expérimental)
de se livrer à une tâche de comptage à rebours à partir d'un
nombre composé de trois chiffres, de 3 en 3 ( EX: 777-774-771,
etc.) avant d'effectuer la tâche de rappel des consonnes. La tâche
de comptage s'effectue à haute voix au rythme d'un métronome.
L'analyse des résultats indique sans surprise que le rappel
immédiat (groupe 1) suscite un excellent rappel des consonnes
tandis que le rappel précédé de la tâche de comptage à rebours
interfère avec la mémoire à court terme, tant et si bien que le
rappel est nul lorsque cette tâche dure plus de 18 secondes.
Brown-Peterson's task.
| |
|
|
BROWN, J. (1958). Some tests of the decay theory of
immediate memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 10, 12-21. |
|
|
Voir aussi Tâche |
|
|
Tâche de sélection de Wason : Tâche
logique, développée par Wason, qui
met en évidence l'usage de l'implication (modus
tollens et modus
ponens). Tâche de Wason et raisonnement.
Wason selection task.
| |
|
 |
|
|
WASON, P.C. (1960). On the failure to eliminate hypothesis
in a conceptual task. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 14, 129-140. |
FIDDICK, L., COSMIDES, L. & TOOBY, J. (2000). No
interpretation without representation : The role of
domain-specific representations in the Wason selection
task. Cognition, 77, 1-79. |
|
WASON, P.C. & SHAPIRO, D. (1966). Natural and
contrived experience in a reasoning problem. In B.M. Foss
(Ed.), New horizons in psychology. Harmondsworth
: Penguin. |
LEIGHTON, J.P. & DAWSON, M.R.W. (2001). A parallel
processing model of Wason's card selection task. Cognitive
Systems Research, 2-3, 207-231. |
|
GRIGGS, R. & COX, J. (1982). The elusive
thematic-materials effect in Wason's selection task. British
Journal of Psychology, 73, 407-420. |
VAN DER HENST, J.-B. (2002). Le raisonnement humain. In G.
Politzer (Ed.), Une interprétation pragmatique de la
tâche de Wason. Hermès. |
|
TUKEY, D.D. (1986). A philosophical and empirical analysis
of subjects' modes of inquiry in Wason's 2-4-6 task.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38A,
5-33. |
|
|
COSMIDES, L. (1989). The logic of social exchange : Has
natural selection shaped how humans reason ? Studies with
the Wason selection task. Cognition, 31 (3),
187-276. [PDF] |
MAYO, R., ALFASI, D. & SCHWARZ N. (2014). Distrust and
the positive test heuristic : Dispositional and situated
social distrust improves performance on the Wason rule
discovery task. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 143 (3), 985-990. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Wason et
Tâche |
|
|
|
Tâche de Sternberg : Tâche
de rappel développé par Sternberg
qui consiste à présenter au participant des listes de 1 à 6
chiffres. À la fin de chaque liste, on présente au participant un
chiffre-cible et on lui demande de dire si ce chiffre fait partie
ou non de la liste mémorisée. L'analyse des résultats révèlent que
le temps de réaction
lors du rappel augmente de façon linéraire en fonction du nombre
de chiffres de la liste et ce, que le chiffre-cible appartienne ou
non à la liste. Selon Sternberg, ces résultats indiquent que le rappel
en mémoire à court terme
s'effectue au moyen d'un balayage
exhaustif par comparaison séquentielle de l'information-cible et
de l'information en mémoire à
court terme.
Sternerg's task.
| |
|
|
STERNBERG, S. (1966). High-speed scanning in human memory.
Science, 153, 652-654. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tâche
domestique : Ensemble des tâches
qui consistent à s'occuper de l'organisation familliale et à
nettoyer et à entrenir son domicile et son environnement immédiat
(cours, jardin, balcon, stationnement, garage). Tâches et
division des
tâches.
= tâche ménagère, tâche
courante.
Family work, housework, household
labor, separation of work, domestic division of labour.
| |
|
|
VANDELAC, L. (Dir.) (1985). Du travail et de l'amour.
Les dessous de la production domestique. Montréal
: Éditions Saint-Martin. |
BREEN, R. & COOKE, L.P. (2005). The persistence of the
gendered division of domestic labour. European
Sociological Review, 21 (1), 43-57. |
|
BARNETT, R.C. & BARUCH, G.K. (1987). Determinants of
fathers' participation in family work. Journal of
Marriage & the Family, 49, 29-40. |
GEIST, C. (2005). The welfare state and the home : regime
differences in the domestic division of labour. European
Sociological Review, 21, 23-41. |
|
MOSS, P., FOXMAN, R. & OWEN, C. (1987). The division
of household work during the transition to parenthood. Journal
of Reproductive & Infant Psychology, 5 (2),
71-86. |
CUNNINGHAM, M. (2005). Gender in cohabitation and marriage
: the influence of gender ideology on housework allocation
over the life course. Journal of Family Issues, 26,
1037-1061. |
|
COLTRANE, S. (1990). Birth timing and the division of
labor in dual-earner families. Journal of Family
Issues, 11, 157-181. |
BAXTER, J. (2005). To marry or not to marry : marital
status and the household division of labor. Journal
of Family Issues, 26, 300-321. |
|
MERCIER, L. (1990). Le quotidien et le partage des tâches.
dans D. Lemieux (Dir.), Familles d'aujourd'hui.
Québec, Institut québécois de recherche sur la culture :
143-155. |
|
|
BIERNAT, M. & WHORTMAN, C.B. (1991). Sharing of home
responsibilities between professionally employed women and
their husbands. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 60, 844-860. |
|
|
BAXTER, J. (1992). Power attitudes and time : the domestic
division of labour. Journal of Comparative Family
Studies, 23, 165-182. |
|
|
ALWIN, D.F., BRAUN, M. & SCOTT, J. (1992). The
separation of work and the family: attitudes towards
women's labour- force participation in Germany, Great
Britain, and the United States. European Sociological
Review, 8, 13-37. |
|
|
PRESSER, H.B. (1994). Employment schedules among
dual-earner spouses and the division of household labor by
gender. American Sociological Review, 59,
348-364. |
|
|
GLASS, J. & FUJIMOTO, T. (1994). Housework, paid work,
and depression among husbands and wives. Journal of
Health & Social Behavior, 35, 179-191. |
|
|
BRINES, J. (1994). Economic dependency, gender, and the
division of labor at home. American Journal of
Sociology, 100, 652-688. |
FUWA, M. & COHEN, P.N. (2006). Housework and social
policy. Social Science Research, 36, 512-530. |
|
MILGRAM, N.A. & MARSHEVSKY, S. (1995). Correlates of
academic procrastination : Discomfort, task
aversiveness, and task capability. Journal of
Psychology, 129 (2), 144-145. |
|
|
HERSCH, J. & STRATTON, L.S. (1997). Housework, fixed
effects, and wages of married workers. Journal of
Human Resources, 32 (2), 285-307. |
COOKE, L.P. (2006). Doing gender in context : household
bargaining and risk of divorce in Germany and the United
States. American Journal of Sociology, 112,
442-472. |
|
GUPTA, S. (1999). The effects of transitions in marital
status on men's performance of housework. Journal of
Marriage & the Family, 61, 700-711. |
COOKE, L.P. (2006). Policy, preferences, and patriarchy:
the division of domestic labor in East Germany, West
Germany, and the United States. Social Politics :
International Studies in Gender, State & Society,
13, 117-143. |
|
BIRD, CE. (1999). Gender, household labor, and
psychological distress : The impact of the amount and
division of housework. Journal of Health & Social
Behavior, 40, 32-45. |
|
|
PRESSER, H.B. (2000). Nonstandard work schedules and
marital instability. Journal of Marriage & the
Family, 62, 93-110. |
HANK, K. & JURGES, H. (2007). Gender and the division
of household labor in older couples : a European
perspective. Journal of Family Issues, 28,
399-421. |
|
|
GREENSTEIN, T.N. (2000). Economic dépendance, gender, and
the division of labor in the home : A replication and
extension. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 62,
322,335. |
|
|
STOHS, J.H. (2000). Multicultural women's experience of
household labor, conflicts, and equity. Sex Roles, 42,
339-361. |
|
|
SULLIVAN,O. (2000). The division of domestic labour :
twenty years of change ? Sociology, 34, 437-456. |
|
|
BAXTER, J. (2000). The joys and justice of housework.
Sociology, 34, 609-631. |
|
|
BIANCHI, S.M., MILKIE, M.A., SAYER, L.C. & ROBINSON
J.P. (2000). Is anyone doing the housework ? Trends in the
gender division of household labor. Social Forces, 79,
191-228. |
BONKE, J., DEDING, M. LAUSTEN, M. & STRATTON, L.S.
(2008). Intrahousehold specialization in housework in the
United States and Denmark. Social Science Quarterly,
89 (4), 1023-1043. |
|
LAROCHE, D. (2001). Le partage du temps productif et
des tâches domestiques. Institut de la statistique
du Québec, Portrait social du Québec. |
GEIST, C. (2009). One Germany, two worlds of housework ?
Examining employed single and partnered women in the
decade after unification. Journal of Comparative
Family Studies, 40 (3), 415-437. [PDF] |
|
DES RIVIÈRES-PIGEON, C., DESCARRIES, F., GOULET, L. et
SÉGUIN, L. (2001). Le partage des tâches domestiques et
les problèmes dépressifs : une analyse de la situation des
nouvelles mères au Québec. Féminin Pluriel, 14
(2), 5-26. [PDF] |
GEIST, C. (2010). Gendered views of domestic labor :
Cross-national variation in men's and women's' reports of
housework. in J. Treas & S. Drobnic (Eds.), Dividing
the domestic : Women, men and housework in
cross-national perspective. Stanford : Stanford
University Press. |
|
BLANE, L., BERNEY, L. & MONTGOMERY, S.M. (2001).
Domestic labour, paid employment and women's Health :
Analysis of Life course data. Social Science &
Medicine, 52, 959-965. |
|
|
STEVENS, D., KIGER, G. & RILEY, P. (2001). Working
hard and hardly working : Domestic labor and marital
satisfaction among dual-earner couples. Journal of
Marriage & Family, 63, 504-526. |
|
|
BATALOVA, J.A. & COHEN, P.N. (2002). Premarital
cohabitation and housework : Couples in cross-national
perspective. Journal of Marriage & Family, 64,
743-755. |
GEIST, C. & COHEN, P.N. ( 2011). Headed toward
equality ? Housework change in comparative perspective. Journal
of Marriage & Family, 73, 832-844. |
|
FRISCO, M.L. & WILLIAMS, K. (2003). Perceived
housework equity, marital happiness, and divorce in
dual-earner households. Journal of Family Issues, 24,
51-73. |
STRATTON, L.S. (2012). The role of preferences and
opportunity costs in determining the time allocated to
housework. American Economic Review, 102 (2),
60-611. |
|
FUWA, M. (2004). Macro-level gender inequality and the
division of household labor in 22 countries. American
Sociological Review, 69, 751-767. |
HIRSCH, B. & KONIETZKO, T. (2013).The effect of
housework on wages in Germany : No impact at all. Journal
for Labour Market Research, 46 (2), 103-118. |
|
COOKE, L.P. (2004). The gendered division of labor and
family outcomes in Germany. Journal of Marriage &
Family, 66 (5), 1246-1259. |
BURDA, M., HAMERMESH, D.S. & WEIL, P. (2013). Total
work and gender : Facts and possible explanations. Journal
of Population Economics, 26 (1), 239-261. |
|
DAVIS, S.N. & GREENSTEIN, T.N. (2004). Cross-national
variations in the division of household labor. Journal
of Marriage & Family, 66, 1260-1271. |
STANCANELLI, E.G.F. & STRATTON, L.S. (2014). Maids,
appliances, and couples housework : The demand for inputs
to domestic production. Economica, 81 [323],
445-467. |
|
KOSKA, A. (2004). Divisions of domestic work : revising
and expanding the theoretical explanations. Journal
of Family Issues, 25, 900-932. |
KABATEK, J., VAN SOEST, A. & STANCANELLI, E.G.F.
(2014). Income taxation, labour supply and housework : A
discrete choice model for French couples. Labour,
27, 30-43. |
|
CUBBINS, L.A. & VANNOY, D. (2004). Division of
household labor as a source of contention for married and
cohabiting couples in metropolitan Moscow. Journal of
Family Issues, 25, 182-215. |
STRATTON, L.S. (2015). the determinants of housework time
boosting the efficiency of household production could have
large economic effects. IZA World of Labor, 133, 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir Tâche, Père
absent, Satisfaction
conjugale, Procrastination
et Implication/Parent |
|
|
|
Tâche motrice : Tâche qui, pour être exécutée, nécessite l'usage des muscles. Tâche,
dévelppement moteur et habiletés
motrices.
Motor task, locomotor task.
| |
|
|
KRUEGER, W.C.F. (1947). Influence of difficulty of
perceptual-motor task upon acceleration of curves of
learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 38
(1), 51-53. |
| WYCKOFF, L.B. & SIDOWSKI, J.B. (1955). Probability discrimination in a motor task. Journal of
Experimental Psychology 50 (4), 225 |
|
STRAUSS, B. (2002). Social facilitation in motor tasks : A
review of research and theory. Psychology of Sport
& Exercise, 3, 237-256.
[PDF] |
|
BERGER, S.E. & ADOLPH, K.E. (2003). Infants use
handrails as tools in a locomotor task. Developmental
Psychology, 39, 594-605. |
|
MAMASSIAN, P. (2008). Overconfidence in an objective
anticipatory motor task. Psychological Science, 19
(6), 601-606. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Locomotion,
Préhension, Marcher,
Habileté
motrice et Tâche |
| |
|
|
Tâche perceptuelle :
Perceptual task.
| |
|
|
KRUEGER, W.C.F. (1947). Influence of difficulty of
perceptual-motor task upon acceleration of curves of
learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 38
(1), 51-53. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche |
|
|
Tâche
simultanée :
Dual-Task Performance.
| |
|
|
SIGMAN, M. & DEHAENE, S. (2008). Brain mechanisms of
serial and parallel processing during dual-task
performance. Journal of Neuroscience, 28 (30),
7585-7598. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche |
|
|
Tâche
visuospatiale :
Spatial task.
| |
|
|
RAUSCHER, F.H., SHAW, G.L. & KY, K.N. (1993). Music
and spatial task performance. Nature, 365, 611. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Tâche |
|
|
Tachylalie : Du grec tacky qui signifie "vitesse". Chez
les schizophrènes,
accélération du débit verbal qui rend le discours
incompréhensible. Tachylia.
|
Tact (Con-) : Concept développé par Skinner
pour désigner un lien ou un "con-tact" entre un mot (ou comportement
verbal) et un objet (stimulus),
lien qui peut-être renforcé ou puni et ainsi augmenter ou diminuer
la fréquence de ce comportement dans le répertoire.
Tact et
commande.
= contact avec les
contingences, contact verbal.
Tact.
| |
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1957). Verbal behavior. New York
: Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
SUNDBERG, M.L., ENDICOTT, K. & EIGENHEER, P. (2000).
The use of intraverbal prompts to teach tacts to children
with autism. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 17, 89-104.
[PDF] |
|
WENRICH, W.W. (1964).The tact relation : An experiment in
verbal behavior. Journal of General Psychology, 71,71-78. |
LOWE, F.C., HORNE, P.J., HARRIS, F.D. & RANDLE, V.R.L.
(2002). Naming and categorization in young children :
vocal tact training. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 78 (3), 527-549. [PDF] |
|
LEMARRE, J. & HOLLAND, J.G. (1985). The functional
independence of mands and tacts. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (1), 5-19. [PDF] |
ARNTZEN, E. & ALMAAS, I.K. (2002). Effects of
mand-tact vs. tact-only training on the acquisition of
tacts. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35
(4), 419-422. [PDF] |
|
PLACE, U.T. (1985). Three senses of the word "tact". Behaviorism,
13 (1), 63-74. |
GREER, R.D. & NIRGUDKAR, A. (2003). The effects
of multiple exemplar instruction on the transformation
of mand and tact function. The 29 Annual Conference
of the Association for Behavior Analysis, San Francisco. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1985). Reply to Place : Three senses of the
word "tact". Behaviorism, 13 (1), 75-76. |
NUZZOLO-GOMEZ, R. & GREER, R.D. (2004). Emergence of
untaught mands or tacts of novel adjective-object pairs as
a function of instructional history. The Analysis of
Verbal Behavior, 20, 63-76.
[PDF] |
|
CARROLL R.J. & HESSE, B.E. (1987). The effects of
alternating mand and tact training on the acquisition of
tacts. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 5,
55-65.
[PDF] |
LOWE, F.C., HORNE, P.J. & HUGHES, J.C. (2005). Naming
and categorization in young children : III. Vocal tact
training and transfer of function. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 83 (1), 47-65. |
|
STAFFORD, M.W., SUNDBERG, M.L. & BRAAM, S.J. (1988). A
preliminary investigation of the consequences that define
the mand and the tact. The Analysis of Verbal
Behavior, 8, 31-41. [PDF] |
MIGUEL, C.F., PETURSDOTTIR, A. & CARR, J. (2005). The
effects of multiple-tact and receptive-discrimination
training on the acquisition of intraverbal behavior. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 21, 27-41. [PDF] |
|
SIGAFOOS, J., DOSS, S. & REICHLE, J. (1989).
Developing mand and tact repertoires in persons with
severe developmental disabilities using graphic symbols. Research
in Developmental Disabilities, 10, 183-200. |
BARBERA, M.L. & KUBINA, R.M. (2005). Using transfer
procedures to teach tacts to a child with autism. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 21, 155-161. [PDF] |
|
RIBEIRO, A.D. (1989). Correspondence in children's
self-report : Tacting and manding aspects. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 51, 361-367.
[PDF] |
WALLACE, M., IWATA, B.A. & HANLEY, G.P. (2006).
Establishment of mands following tact training as a
function of reinforcer strength. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 39 (1), 17-24. [PDF] |
|
SIGAFOOS, J., REICHLE, J., DOSS, S., HALL, K. & PETIT,
L. (1990)."Spontaneous" transfer of stimulus control from
tact to mand contingencies. Research in Developmental
Disabilities,11,165-176. |
WILLIAMS, G., CARNERERO, J.J. & PÉREZ-GONZALEZ, L.A.
(2006). Generalization of tacting actions in children with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 39 (2),
233-237. [PDF] |
|
|
SUNDBERG, M.L., SAN JUAN, B., DAWDY, M. & ARGUELLES,
M. (1990). The acquisition of tacts, mands, and
intraverbals by individuals with traumatic brain injury.
The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 8, 83-99. [PDF] |
MIGUEL, C.F., PETURSDOTTIR, A.I., CARR, J.E. &
MICHAEL, J. (2008). The role of naming in stimulus
categorization by preschool children. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 89 (3),
383-405. [PDF] |
|
EGAN, C.E. & BARNES-HOLMES, D. (2009). Emergence of
tacts following mand training in young children with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42
(3), 691-696.
[PDF] |
|
KODAK, T. & CLEMENTS, A. (2009). Acquisition of mands
and tacts with concurrent echoic training. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 42, 839-844. [PDF] |
|
PARTINGTON, J.W., SUNDBERG, M.L., NEWHOUSE, L. &
SPENGLER, S. (1994). Overcoming an autistic child's
failure to acquire a tact repertoire. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (4), 733-734. [PDF] |
GREER, R.D. & DU, L. (2010). Generic instruction
versus intensive tact instruction and the emission of
spontaneous speech. The Journal of Speech-Language
Pathology & Applied Behavior Analysis, 5 (1),
1-19. |
|
TWYMAN, J.S. (1996). The functional independence of impure
mands and tacts of abstracts stimulus properties. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 13, 1-19. [PDF] |
LEDOUX, S.F. (2010). Increasing tact control and student
comprehension through such new postcedent terms as added
and subtracted reinforcers and punishers.
Behaviorology Today, 13 (1), 3-6. [PDF] |
|
GUZINSKI, E., CIHON T.M. & ESHLEMAN, J.
(2012). The effects of tact training on stereotypic
vocalizations in children with autism. The Analysis of
Verbal Behavior, 28 101-110.
|
|
LÖHR, T. & GILL, M.S.C.A. (2015). Learning by playing
: echo and tact in expanding the verbal repertoire of
infants. Paidéia, 25, 77-85. |
|
BOUDREAU, B.A., VLADESCU, J.C., KODAK, T., ARGOTT, P.
& KISAMORE, A.N. (2015). A comparison of differential
reinforcement procedures on the acquisition of tacts in
children with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 48 (4), 918-923. [PDF] |
|
HAQ, S. & KODAK, T. (2015). Evaluating the effects of
massed and distributed practice on acquisition of tacts
and textual behavior with typically developing children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 48 (1), 85-95. |
|
HORNE, P.J. & LOWE, C.F. (1996). On the origins of
naming and other symbolic behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 65, 185-241. [PDF] |
EBY, C.M. & GREER, R.D. (2017). Effects of social
reinforcement on the emission of tacts by preschoolers. Behavioral
Development Bulletin, 22 (1), 23-43. |
|
SCHNELL, L.K., VLADESCU, J.C., KODAK, T. & NOTTINGHAM,
C.L. (2018). Comparing procedures on the acquisition and
generalization of tacts for children wih autism spectrum
disorder. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 51
(4), 769-783. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Skinner, Mand
et Comportement
verbal |
|
|
Taffe Michael A. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain, spécialisée dans l'étude des drogues,
notamment du cannabis.
 |
TAFFE, M.A., WEED, M.R. & GOLD, L.H. (1999).
Scopolamine alters rhesus monkey performance on a novel
neuropsychological test battery. Cognitive Brain
Research, 8 (3), 203-212. |
|
TAFFE, M.A., WEED, M.R., GUTIERREZ, T., DAVIS, S.A., GOLD,
L.H. (2002). Differential muscarinic and NMDA
contributions to visuo-spatial paired-associate learning
in rhesus monkeys. Psychopharmacology, 160,
253-262. |
|
TAFFE, M.A. (2004). Effects of parametric feeding
manipulations on behavioral performance in macaques.
Physiology & Behavior, 81, 59-70. |
|
TAFFE, M.A., WEED, M.R., GUTIERREZ, T., DAVIS, S.A. &
GOLD, L.H. (2004). Modeling a task that is sensitive to
dementia of the Alzheimer's type : individual differences
in acquisition of a visuo-spatial paired-associate
learning task in rhesus monkeys. Behavioural Brain
Research, 149, 123-133. |
|
TAFFE, M.A. (2012). Delta(9)Tetrahydrocannabinol impairs
visuo-spatial associative learning and spatial working
memory in rhesus macaques. Journal of
Psychopharmacology, 26, 1299-1306. |
|
|
|
Tager-Flusberg Helen ( ) :
Psychiatre américaine, d'origine anglaise, et spécialiste de
l'étude du langage chez les
l'autistes. Collaboratrice de Baron-Cohen,
Bailey, Gottesman,
Le Couteur et Rutter.
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. (1981). On the nature of linguistic
functioning in early infantile autism. Journal of
Autism & Developmental Disorders, 11, 45- 56. |
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. & ANDERSON, M. (1991). The
development of contingent discourse ability in autistic
children. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 32, 1123-1134. |
|
TAGER-FLUSHBERG, H. & SULLIVAN, K. (1995). Attributing
mental states to story characters : A comparison of
narratives produced by autistic and mentally retarded
individuals. Applied Psycholinguistics, 16, 241-256. |
|
TAGER-FLUSBERG, H. & KASARI, C. (2013).
Minimally-verbal school-aged children with autism spectrum
disorder : the neglected end of the spectrum. Autism
Research, 6, 468-478. [PDF] |
|
TAGER-FLUSBERG, H. (2014). Promoting communicative speech
in minimally verbal children with autism spectrum
disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 53 (6), 612-613. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tai chi :
Tai chi.
| |
|
| FRY, B., SCHEINTHAL, S., KEMARSKAYA, T. & PRUCHNO, R. (2007). Tai Chi and low impact exercise : effects on the
physical functioning and psychological well-being of older
people. Journal of Applied Gerontology, 26 (5),
433-453. |
|
NGUYEN, M.H. & KRUSE, A. (2012). A randomized
controlled trial of Tai chi for balance, sleep quality and
cognitive performance in elderly Vietnamese. Clinical
Interventions in Aging, 7, 185-190. |
|
|
|
Taille : Mesure de la longueur ou de la hauteur d'un organisme,
ou de certaines de ses caractéristiques.
EX: longueur des défenses. Taille et poids.
Body size, physical growth, height,
stature.
| |
|
|
GALTON, F. (1886). Hereditary stature. Nature, 33,
295-298. |
SLATER, A., MATTOCK, A. & BROWN, E. (1990). Size
constancy at birth : Newborn infants' responses to retinal
and real size. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 49, 314-322. |
|
KUSKOWSKA-WOLK, A., BOSTRÖM, G. & RÖSSNER, S. (1990).
Influence of body image on estimation of body mass index
based on self-reported weight and height. Diabetes
Research & Clinical Practice, 10 (S), 155-158. |
|
KEYL, P.M, FLEGAL, K.M. & NIETO-GARCIA, F.J. (1991).
Effects of using self-reported versus measured weight and
height in epidemiologic analyses. American Journal of
Epidemiology, 134, 733-734. |
|
TUDDENHAM, R.D. & SNYDER, M.M. (1954). Physical growth
of California boys and girls from birth to eighteen years.
University of California Publications in Child &
Development, 1, 183-364. |
BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991).
Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior
dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194. |
|
SHANON, B., SMICKILAS-WRIGNT, H. & WANG, M.Q. (1991).
Inaccuracies in self-reported weights and heights of a
sample of sixth-grade children. Journal of The
American Dietetic Association, 91, 675-678. |
|
TIENBOON, P., WAHLQVIST, M.L. & RUTISHAUSER, I.H.E.
(1992). Self-reported weight and height in adolescents and
their parents. Journal of Adolescent Health, 13,
528-533. |
|
FORTENBERRY, J.D. (1992). Reliability of adolescents'
reports of height reliability of adolescents' reports of
height and weight. Journal of Adolescent Health, 13,
114-117. |
|
OLIVIER, G. (1980). The increase of stature in France. Journal
of Human Evolution, 9, 645 649. |
DAVIS, H. & GERGEN, P.J. (1994). The weights and
heights of Mexican-American adolescents : The accuracy of
self-reports. American Journal of Public Health, 84,
459-462. [PDF] |
|
SCHLICHTING, P.F., HOILUND-CARLSEN, P.F. & QUAADE, F.
(1981). Comparison of self-reported height and weight with
controlled height and weight in women and men. International
Journal of Obesity, 5, 67-76. |
VINCENT, J.P., BIDEAU, E., HEWISON, A.J.M. &
ANGIBAULT, J.M. (1995). The influence of increasing
density on body weight, kid production, home range and
winter grouping in roe deer (Capreolus capreolus). Journal
of Zoology, 236, 371-382. |
| PIRIE, P., JACOBS, D., JEFERY, R. & HANNA, P. (1981).
Distortion in self-reported height and weight data. Journal
of the American Dietetic Association, 78, 601-606. |
BEAUGRAND, J.P., PAYETTE, D. & GOULET, C. (1996).
Conflict outcome in male green swordtail fish dyads
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Interaction of body size, prior
dominance/subordination experience and prior residency. Behaviour, 133, 303-319. |
|
ZIBERGELD, B. (1983). The shrinking of America :
Myths of psychological change. Boston : Little
Brown. |
SAND, H. (1996). Life history patterns in female moose
(Alces alces) : the relationship between age, body size,
fecundity and environmental conditions. Oecologia,
106, 212-220. |
|
WELLS, M.S. (1988). Effects of body size and resource
value on fighting behaviour in a jumping spider. Animal
Behaviour, 36, 321-326. |
AMBROSI-RANDIC, N. (2000). Perception of current and ideal
body size in preschool age children. Perceptual &
Motor Skills, 90, 885-889. |
|
THOMAS, P., PEABODY, J., TURNIER, V. & CLARK, R.H.
(2000). A new look at intrauterine growth and the impact
of race, altitude, and gender. Pediatrics, 106
(2), 1-6. [PDF]
|
|
McCABE, M., RICCIARDELLI, L. & RIDGE, D. (2006). Who
thinks I need a perfect body ? Perceptions and internal
dialogue among adolescents about their bodies. Sex
roles, 55 (5-6) 409-419. |
|
BRIFFA, M. (2008). Decisions during fights in the house
cricket, Acheta domesticus : mutual or self assessment of
energy, weapons and size ? Animal Behaviour, 75,
1053-1062. [PDF] |
|
WEEDON, M.N. & FRAYLING, T.M. (2008). Reaching new
heights : Insights into the genetics of human stature. Trends in Genetics, 24, 595-603. |
|
VISSCHER, P.M. (2008). Sizing up human height variation. Nature
Genetics, 40, 489-490. [PDF] |
|
SHILPA, M.C., SEN, R. & GADAGKAR, R.. (2010).
Nestmateship, body size and dominance do not influence
mate choice in males and females : A laboratory study of a
primitively eusocial wasp Ropalidia marginata.
Behavioural Processes, 85, 42-46. |
|
YANG, J., BENYAMIN, B., MCEVOY, B.P., GORDON, S., HENDERS,
A.K., NYHOLT, D.R., MADDEN, P.A., HEATH, A.C., MARTIN,
N.G., MONTGOMERERY, G.W., GODDARD, M.E. & VISSCHER,
P.M. (2010). Common SNPs explain a large proportion of the
heritability for human height. Nature Genetics, 42,
565-569. [PDF] |
|
SEN, R., SAMUDRE, S., SHILPA, M.C., CHITRA TARAK, R. &
GADAGKAR, R. (2010). Middle aged wasps mate through most
of the year, without regard to body size, ovarian
development and nestmateship : a laboratory study of the
primitively eusocial wasp Ropalidia marginata. Insectes
Sociaux, 57, 95-103. |
|
BEACHAM, J.L. (1988). The relative importance of body size
and aggressive experience as determinants of dominance in
pumpkinseed sunfish, Lepomis gibbosus. Animal
Behaviour, 36, 621-623. |
COUTURIER, S., OTTO, R.D., CÔTÉ, S.D., LUTHER, G. &
MAHONEY, S.P. (2010). Body size variations in caribou
ecotypes and relationships with demography. Journal
of Wildlife Management, 74 (3), 395-404. [PDF] |
|
KUSKOWSKA-WOLK, A., KARLSSON, P., STOLT, M. & RÖSSNER,
S. (1989). The predictive validity of body mass index
based on self-reported weight and height. International
Journal of Obesity, 5, 441-453. |
VISSCHER, P.M., YANG, J. & GODDARD, M.E. (2010). A
commentary on "Common SNPs explain a large proportion of
the heritability for human height" by Yang et al. (2010).
Twin Research & Human Genetics, 13, 517-524.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Différence
sexuelle/Anatomie, Poids, Croissance
et Dimorphisme |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taille
(Différence) : Body
size.
| |
|
|
ZAYAN, R.C. (1976). Modifications des effets liés à la
priorité de résidence chez Xiphophorus (Pisces,
Poeciliidae), le rôle de l'isolement et des différences de
taille. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 41,
142-190. |
|
BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991).
Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior
dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194. |
|
BEAUGRAND, J.P., PAYETTE, D. & GOULET, C. (1996).
Conflict outcome in male green swordtail fish dyads
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Interaction of body size, prior
dominance/subordination experience and prior residency. Behaviour, 133, 303-319. |
|
GOUZOULES, H. & GOUZOULES, S. (2010). Body size
effects on the acoustic structure of pigtail macaque
(Macaca nemestrina) screams. Ethology, 85 (4),
324-340. |
|
COUTURIER, S., OTTO, R.D., CÔTÉ, S.D., LUTHER, G. &
MAHONEY, S.P. (2010). Body size variations in caribou
ecotypes and relationships with demography. Journal
of Wildlife Management, 74, 395-404. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Différence sexuelle sur le plan anatomique et
Dimorphisme |
| |
|
|
Taille (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer
la taille.
Measuring height.
|
|
|
SCHLICHTING, P.F., HOILUND-CARLSEN, P.F. & QUAADE, F.
(1981). Comparison of self-reported height and weight with
controlled height and weight in women and men. International
Journal of Obesity, 5, 67-76. |
KEYL, PM, FLEGAL, K.M. & NIETO-GARCIA, F.J. (1991).
Effects of using self-reported versus measured weight and
height in epidemiologic analyses. American Journal of
Epidemiology, 134, 733-734. |
|
PIRIE, P., JACOBS, D., JEFERY, R. & HANNA, P. (1981).
Distortion in self-reported height and weight data. Journal
of the American Dietetic Association, 78, 601-606. |
TIENBOON, P., WAHLQVIST, M.L. & RUTISHAUSER, I.H.E.
(1992). Self-reported weight and height in adolescents and
their parents. Journal of Adolescent Health, 13,
528-532. |
|
KUSKOWSKA-WOLK, A., KARLSSON, P., STOLT, M. & RÖSSNER,
S. (1989). The predictive validity of body mass index
based on self-reported weight and height. International
Journal of Obesity, 5, 441-453. |
|
|
KUSKOWSKA-WOLK, A. BOSTRÖM, G. & RÖSSNER, S. (1990).
Influence of body image on estimation of body mass index
based on self-reported weight and height. Diabetes
Research & Clinical Practice, 10 (S), 155-158. |
FORTENBERRY, J.D. (1992). Reliability of adolescents'
reports of height reliability of adolescents' reports of
height and weight. Journal of Adolescent Health, 13,
114-117. |
|
SHANON, B., SMICKILAS-WRIGNT, H. & WANG, M.Q. (1991).
Inaccuracies in self-reported weights and heights of a
sample of sixth-grade children. Journal of The
American Dietetic Association, 91, 675-678. |
DAVIS, H. & GERGEN, P.J. (1994). The weights and
heights of Mexican-American adolescents : The accuracy of
self-reports. American Journal of Public Health, 84,
459-462. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Taille et Poids |
|
|
Taille réelle/Taille perçue : Body size
overestimation, body size distortion, physical size.
| |
|
|
WEINBERG, W.A., DIETZ, S.G., PENICK, E.C. & MCALISTER,
W.H. (1974). Intelligence, reading achievement, physical
size and social class. Journal of Pediatrics, 85,
482-489. |
|
TAYLOR, M.J. & COOPER, P.J. (1986). Body size
overestimation and depressed mood. British Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 25, 153-154. |
|
THOMPSON, J.K. & THOMPSON, C.M. (1986). Body size
distortion and self-esteem in asymptomatic, normal weight
males and females. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 5, 1061-1068. |
|
LEON, M.-P., GONZÀLEZ-MARTI, I. FERNÀANDOS-BUSTOS, J-G.
& CONTRERAS, O. (2018). Perception of body size and
dissatisfaction in children aged 3 to 6: a systematic
review. Anales de psicología, 34 (1), 173-183. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Sastisfaction corporelle |
|
|
Taiwan : Pays.
|
|
|
EVANS, E.M., SCHWEINGRUBER, H. & STEVENSON, H.W.
(2002). Gender Differences in Interest and Knowledge
Acquisition: The United States, Taiwan, and Japan. Sex
Roles, 47 (3/4), 153-167. [PDF] |
|
|
CHIU, S.-I., LEE, J.-Z. & HUANG, D.-H. (2004). Video
game addiction in children and teenagers in Taiwan.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 7, 571-581. |
UTTAL, L. & HAN, C.Y. (2011). Taiwanese immigrant
mothers' childcare preferences : Socialization for
bicultural competency. Cultural Diversity &
Ethnic Minority Psychology, 17, 437–443. |
|
WAN, C.S. & CHIOU, W.B. (2006). Why are adolescents
addicted to online gaming ? An interview study in Taiwan.
Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 9 (6), 762-766. |
HSIEH, P.-H. (2012). Taiwan's education cloud : Current
development and future challenge. Journal of
Education Research, 216, 57-72. |
|
CHEN, H., KEITH, T.Z., WEISS, L., ZHU, J. & LI, Y.
(2010). Testing for multigroup invariance of second-order
WISC-IV structure across China, Hong Kong, Macau, and
Taiwan. Personality & Individual Differences, 49,
677-682. |
CHEN, H., CHEN, M., LEE, Y., CHEN, H. & KEITH, T.Z.
(2013). Gender reality regarding mathematic outcomes of
students aged 9 to 15 years in Taiwan. Learning &
Individual Differences, 26, 55-63. |
|
WANLESS, S.B., SCHARPHORN, L, CHIU, Y.J.I, CHEN, F.M.
& CHEN, J.L. (2015). Taiwanese preschool and
elementary teacher's beliefs about discipline, students,
and teaching practices. International Journal of
School & Cognitive Psychology, 2 (3), 1-12. [PDF] |
|
HSIEH, P.-H. (2010). KM-oriented school space-allocation
programs integrated with ITS : examples from middle
schools in Taipei, Taiwan. International Journal of
Management & Enterprise Development, 9 (1),
43-62. |
HSIEH, P.-H., LEE, C.-I. & CHEN, W.-F. (2015).
Students' perspectives on e-portfolio development and
implementation : A case study in Taiwanese higher
education. Australasian Journal of Educational
Technology, 31 (6), 641-656.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Pays |
|
|
Tajfel Henri (Wloclaweck 1919-1982 Oxford) : Psychosociologue
polonais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'identité
sociale et de la discrimination.
Il s'intéresse également aux groupes
et aux relation
entre les groupes. Professeur de Bourhis.
Collaborateur de Gardner, Moscovici
et Turner.
 |
TAJFEL, H. & WILKES, A.L. (1963). Classification and
quantitative judgment. British Journal of Psychology,
54, 101-114. |
|
TAJFEL, H. (1970). Experiments in intergroup
discrimination. Scientific American, 233 (5),
96-102. |
|
TAJFEL, H., BILLIG, M.G., BUNDY, R.P. & FLAMENT, C.
(1971). Social categorization and intergroup behavior.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 1 (2),
149-178.
[PDF] |
|
TAJFEL, H. (1974). Social identity and intergroup
behaviour. Social Science Information, 13,
65-93. |
|
TAJFEL, H. (1982). Social psychology of intergroup
relations. Annual Review of Psychology, 33,
1-39. |
|
|
CORNEILLE, O., KLEIN, O., LAMBERT, S. & JUDD, C.M.
(2002). On the role of familiarity with units of
measurement in categorical accentuation : Tajfel and
Wilkes (1963) revisited and replicated. Psychological
Science, 4, 380-383.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Takeuchi Hirotaka (1946-) : Spécialiste
japonais des organisations,
des entreprises et de
la mise en marché. On
lui doit le concept de spirale des connaissances. Collaborateur de
Nonaka.
|
TAKEUCHI, H. (1981). Productivity : Learning from the
Japanese. California Management Review, 23 (4),
5-19. |
|
TAKEUCHI, H. & QUELCH, J. (1983). Quality is more than
making a good product. Harvard Business Review, 61 (4),
139-145. |
|
TAKEUCHI, H. (1985). The changing role of the Japanese
market and its impact on global strategy. Hitotsubashi
Journal of Commerce & Management, 20 (1),
49-61. |
|
TAKEUCHI, H. & NONAKA, I. (1986). The new new product
development game. Harvard Business Review, 64
(1), 137-146. [PDF] |
|
TAKEUCHI, H. (12013). Wise leadership and wise capitalism.
Kindai Management Review, 1, 15-26. |
|
|
|
Talent : Talentueux : Ensemble des facteurs physiques et psychologiques qui permettent à un individu de se distinguer, de s'élever au dessus
de la moyenne dans un
domaine particulier. = don. *douance.
Innate talent, talent.
| |
|
|
RÉVÉSZ, G. (1941). The indivisibility of mathematical
talent. Acta Psychologica, 5, 1-21. |
BENBOW, C.P. & LUBINSKI, D. (Eds.) (1996). Intellectual
talent : Psychometric and social issues. Baltimore
: Johns Hopkins University Press. |
|
MacKINNON, D.W. (1962). The nature and nurture of creative
talent. American Psychologist, 17 (7), 484-495. |
MacKINNON, D.W. (1962). The nature and nurture of creative
talent. American Psychologist, 17 (7), 484-495. |
|
MARLAND, S. (1972). Education of the gifted and
talented : Report to the congress of the United States
by the U.S. Commissioner of Education. Washington,
DC : U.S. Government Printing Office. |
HOWE, M.J.A., DAVIDSON, J.W. & SLOBODA, J.A. (1998).
Innate talents : Reality or myth ? Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 21, 399-442. [PDF] |
|
GAGNÉ, F. (1983). Douance et talent : deux concepts à ne
pas confondre. Apprentissage et Socialisation, 6,
146-159. |
PIIRTO, J. (1999). Talented children and adults :
Their development and education. Columbus, OH :
Merrill. |
| REIS, S.M. & RENZULLI, J.S. (1984). Key features of successful programs for the gifted and talented. Educational Leadership, 41 (7), 28-34. [PDF]
|
CÔTÉ, J. (1999). The influence of the family in the
development of talent in sport. The Sport
Psychologist, 13, 395-417. [PDF] |
|
BLOOM, B. (Éd.) (1985). Developing talent in young
people. New York : Ballantine Books. |
SIMONTON, D.K. (1999). Talent and its development : An
emergenic and epigenetic model. Psychological Review,
106, 435-457. |
|
BARTON, J.M. & STARNES, W.T. (1988). Distinguishing
characteristics of gifted and talented/learning disabled
students. Special Issue : Gifted students with
disabilities. Roeper-Review, 12 (1), 23-29. |
WILLIAMS, A.M. (2000). Perceptual skill in soccer :
Implications for talent identification and development.
Journal of Sports Sciences, 18, 737-740. |
|
GAGNÉ, F. (1991). Toward a differentiated model of
giftedness and talent. In N. Colangelo & G.A. Davis
(Eds.), Handbook of gifted education (pp.
65-80). Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
WILLIAMS, A.M. & REILLY, T. (2000). Talent
identification and development in soccer. Journal of
Sports Sciences, 18, 657-667. |
|
FORD, D.Y. & HARRIS, J.J. (1991). On discovering the
hidden treasure of gifted and talented Black children.
Roeper Review, 13 (1), 27-32. |
HELSEN, W.F., HODGES, N.J., VAN WICKEL, J. & STARKES,
J.L. (2000). The roles of talent, physical precocity and
practice in the development of soccer expertise. Journal
of Sports Sciences, 18, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
MILLS, C.J. (1992). Academically talented children : The
case for early identification and nurturance.
Pediatrics, 89, 156-157. |
HELLER, K.A., MÖNKS, F.J., STERNBERG, R.J. & SUBOTNIK,
R. (Eds.) (2000). International handbook for research
on giftedness and talent. Oxford : Pergamon Press.
|
|
PALMQUIST, M. & YOUNG, R.E. (1992). The notion of
giftedness and student expectations about writing. Written Communication, 9 (1), 137-168. |
SHEA, D.L., LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (2001).
Importance of assessing spatial ability in talented young
adolescents : A 20-year longitudinal study. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 93, 604-614. |
|
PALMQUIST, M. & YOUNG, R.E. (1992). Is writing a gift
? The impact on students who believe it is. In J.R. Hayes,
R.E. Young, M.L. Matchett, M. McCaffrey, C. Cochran &
T. Hajduk (Eds.) Reading empirical research studies :
The rhetoric of research. Hillsdale NJ : Erlbaum. |
REIS, S.M. & McCOACH, D.B. (2002). Underachievement
in gifted and talented students with special needs. Exceptionality, 10 (2), 113-125. |
|
MARTIN, A.J. (2002). Motivating the gifted and talented :
Lessons from research and practice. Australasian
Journal of Gifted Education, 11 (2), 26–34. |
|
RENZULLI, J.S. (1994). Schools for talent development
: A practical plan for total school improvement.
Mansfield Center, CT : Creative Learning Press. |
REIS, S.M., SCHADER, R., MILNE, H. & STEPHENS, R.
(2003). Music and minds : Using a talent development
approach for young adults with Williams syndrome.
Exceptional Children, 69, 293-314. |
|
VALLERAND, R.J., GAGNÉ, F., SÉNÉCHAL, C. & PELLETIER,
L.G. (1994). A comparison of the school intrinsic
motivation and perceived competence of gifted and regular
students. Gifted Child Quarterly, 38 (4),
172-175. |
DAVIS, G.A. & RIMM, S.B. (2004). Education of the
gifted and talented. Boston : Pearson. |
|
LOHMAN, D.F. (2005). The role of nonverbal ability tests
in identifying students for participation in programs for
the academically gifted. Gifted Child Quarterly, 49,
111-138. |
|
LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (1995). Optimal
development of talent : Respond educationally to
individual differences in personality. Educational
Forum, 59, 381-392. |
ELHOWERIS, H. (2008). Teacher judgment in identifying
gifted/talented students. Multicultural Education, 15
(3), 35-38. [PDF] |
|
ACKERMAN, P.L (2014). Nonsense, common sense, and science
of expert performance : Talent and individual differences.
Intelligence, 45, 6-17. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Intelligence
et Douance |
|
|
Talent Development & Excellence : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'expertise
et au talent.
Éditeur : IRADTE.
GRUBER, H., JANSEN, P., MARIENHAGEN, J. &
ALTENMUELLER (2010). Adaptations during the acquisition
of expertise. Talent Development & Excellence,
2 (1), 3-15. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Talwar Victoria ( ) : Psychologue
québécoise et spécialiste de l'étude du mensonge.
Elle enseigne à l'Université
Mcgill. Collaboratrice de Fu,
Lee et Xu.
|
TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2002). Development of lying to
conceal a transgression : Children's control of expressive
behavior during verbal deception. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 26 (5),
436-444.
[PDF] |
|
TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2002). Emergence of white-lie
telling in children between 3 and 7 years of Age. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 48 (2), 160-181.
[PDF] |
|
TALWAR, V., GORDON, H. & LEE, K. (2007). Lying in the
elementary school : : Verbal deception and its relation to
second-order belief understanding. Developmental
Psychology, 43, 804-810. |
|
TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2008). Social and cognitive
correlates of children's lying behavior. Child
Development, 79, 866-881. |
|
TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2011). A punitive environment
fosters children's dishonesty : A natural experiment. Child
Development, 82, 1751-1758. |
|
|
|
Tamarin (Saguinus oedipus) : Singe.
= Sagouin.
Teasing.
|
|
|
SANTOS, L.R. & HAUSER, M.D. (1999). How monkeys see
the eyes: Cotton-top tamarins' reaction to changes in
visual attention and action. Animal Cognition, 2,
131-139.
[PDF] |
|
HAUSER, M.D., KRALOK, J. & BOTTO-MHAN, C. (1999).
Problem solving and functional design features :
experiments with cotton-top tamarins. Animal
Behaviour, 57, 565-582. |
|
SANTOS, L.R. ERICSON, B.N. & HAUSER, M.D. (1999).
Constraints on problem solving and inhibition : object
retrieval in cotton-top tamarins. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 113 (2), 186-193. |
|
HAUSER, M.D., PEARSON, H.E. & SEELIG, D. (2002).
Ontogeny of tool use in cotton-top tamarins (Saguinus
oedipus) : innate recognition of functionally relevant
features. Animal Behaviour, 64, 299-311. |
|
HAUSER, M.D., CHEN, M.K., CHEN, F. & CHUANG, E.
(2003). Give unto others : genetically unrelated
cotton-top tamarin monkeys preferentially give food to
those who altruistically give food back. Proceedings
of the Royal Society B, 270, 2363-2370. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Animal et
Singe |
|
|
Tamminga
Carol A. (Grand rapids-) : Psychiatre
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de la schizophrénie.
|
TAMMINGA, C.A., SCHAFFER, M.H., SMITH, R.C. & DAVIS,
J.M. (1978). Schizophrenic symptoms improve with
apomorphine. Science, 200, 567-568. |
|
TAMMINGA, C.A., CRAYTON, J.W. & CHASE, T.N. (1979).
Improvement in tardive dyskinesia after muscimol therapy.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 36, 595-598. |
|
TAMMINGA, C.A. & SCHAFFER, M.H. (1979). Treatment of
schizophrenia with ergot derivatives. Psychopharmacology,
66, 239-242. |
|
TAMMINGA, C.A. (2005). Partial dopamine agonists and
thetreatment of psychosis. Current Neuropharmacology,
3, 3-8.
[PDF] |
|
TAMMINGA, C.A., STAN, A.D. & WAGNER, A.D. (2010). Theh
hippocampal formation in schizophrenia. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 167, 1178-1193. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Tanaka
James W. ( ) : Neurocognitiviste
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la catégorisation
et de la reconnaissance
des visages. Collaborateur de Izard,
Lee, Pascalis
et Quinn.
|
TANAKA, J.W. & TAYLOR, M. (1991). Object categories
and expertise : Is the basic level in the eye of the
beholder ? Cognitive Psychology, 23, 457-482. [PDF] |
|
TANAKA, J.W. & FARAH, M.J. (1993). Parts and wholes in
face recognition. Quarterly Journal of Experiment
Psychology, 46A, 225-245. [PDF] |
|
TANAKA, J.W. & SENGCO, J. (1997). Features and their
configuration in face recognition. Memory &
Cognition, 25, 583-592. [PDF] |
|
TANAKA, J.W. (2001). The entry point of face recognition :
evidence for face expertise. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 130 (3), 534-543.
[PDF] |
|
TANAKA, J.W., MEIXNAR, T.R. & KANTNER, J. (2011).
Exploring the perceptual spaces of faces, cars and birds
in children and adults. Developmental Science, 14, 762-768.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Tanner Wilson P. (1912-1977) : Psychophysiologiste
américain et spécialiste de la perception.
Avec Swets, il a proposé une théorie de la détection
du signal.
= Spike Tanner.
Professeur de Swets.
|
TANNER, W.P. & SWETS, J.A. (1953). A new
theory of visual detection. Michigan : University of
Michigan.
[PDF]
|
|
TANNER, W.P. & SWETS, J.A. (1954). A decision-making
theory of visual detection. Psychological Review, 61
(6), 401-409. |
|
TANNER, W.P. & SWETS, J.A. (1954). The human use of
information-I-II : Signal detection for the case of the
signal known exactly. Transactions of the IRE
Professional Group on Information Information Theory, 4,
213-221/222-227. |
|
TANNER, W.P. (1956). Theory of recognition. Journal
of the Acoustical Society of America, 28, 882-888. |
|
TANNER, W.P. & BIRDSALL, T.G. (1958). Definitions of
d' and n as psychophysical measures. Journal of the
Acoustical Society of America, 30, 922-928. |
|
|
SORKIN, R.D. (1977). Wilson P. Tanner : A general review
of his scientific contribution. The Journal of
Acoustic Society of America, 62 (S1), 23. |
|
|
|
Tannock
Rosemary ( ) : Psychiatre
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du trouble
d'attention avec hyperactivité et de l'un de ses traitements
(methylphenidate).
Collaboratrice de Castellanos,
Joanisse, Johansen,
Killeen, Logan,
Sagvolden, Schachar,
Tripp, Toplak
et Wickens.
|
|
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J., CARR, R.P., CHAJCZYK, D.
& LOGAN, G.D. (1989). Effect of mythylphenidate on
inhibititory control in hyperactive children. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 17 (5), 473-491. [PDF] |
|
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J., CARR, R.P. & LOGAN, G.D.
(1989). Dose-response effects of methylphenidate on
academic performance and overt behavior in hyperactive
children. Pediatric, 84, 648-657. [PDF] |
|
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J. & LOGAN, G.D. (1993). Does
methylphenidate induce overfocusing in hyperactive
children? Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 22, 28-41. |
|
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J., CARR, R.P. & LOGAN, G.D.
(1995). Methylphenidate and cognitive flexibility :
Dissociated dose effects on behavior and cognition in
hyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 23, 235-266. [PDF] |
|
TANNOCK, R. (2005). Hypodopaminergic function influences
learning and memory as well as delay gradients. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 28, 444-445. |
|
|
|
Tantam
Digby John Howard ( ) : Psychologue
anglais et spécialiste du syndrome
d'Asperger et des
thérapies à distance.
|
TANTAM, D. (1988). Asperger's syndrome. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 29, 245-255. |
|
TANTAM, D., MONOGHAN, L., NICHOLSON, H. & STIRLING, J.
(1989). Autistic children's ability to interpret faces : a
research note. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 30 (4), 623-630. |
|
TANTAM, D. (2003). The challenge of adolescents and adults
with Asperger syndrome. Child & Adolescent
Psychatric Clinics in North America, 12, 143-163. |
|
TANTAM, D. (2003). The flavour of emotions. Psychology
& Psychotherapy, 76, 23-45 |
|
TANTAM, D. (2006). Opportunities and risks in e-therapy. Advances
in Psychiatric Treatment, 12, 368-374. |
|
|
|
Taoïsme
: Religion.
Taoism.
| |
|
|
DE GROOT, J.J.M. (1912). Religion in China :
Universism, a key to the study of Taoism and
Confucianism. New York : G.P. Putnam. |
|
CAPRA, F. (1975). The Tao of physics : An exploration
of the parallels between modern physics and Eastern
mysticism. Berkeley : Shambhala Publications. |
|
WONG, E. (1996). Teachings of the Tao. Berkeley
: Shambhala Publications. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Religion |
|
|
Taquiner : Taquinerie
: Ensemble de comportements sociaux (commentaire,
expression faciale, geste, etc.) émis à l'adresse d'une personne
et qui vise à la faire sourire ou rire. Taquinerie, humour
et harcèlement.
*moquerie. Teasing.
|
|
| GRILO, C.M., WILFLEY, D.E., BROWNELL, D.D. & RODIN, J.
(1994). Teasing, body image, and self esteem in a clinical
sample of obese women. Addictive Behaviors, 19,
443-450. |
|
KELTNER, D., YOUNG, R.C., HEEREY, E.A., OEMIG, C. &
MONARCH, N.D. (1998). Teasing in hierarchical and intimate
relations. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 75, 1231-1247. |
|
KELTNER, D., CAPPS, L.M., KRING, A.M., YOUNG, R.C. &
HEEREY, E.A. (2001). Just teasing : A conceptual analysis
and empirical review. Psychological Bulletin, 127,
229-248. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi humour
et Harcèlement |
|
|
Tarabulsy
George M. ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste québécois et
professeur à l'Université Laval.
Collaborateur de Moss
et Tessier.
|
TARABULSY, G.M., TESSIER, R. & KAPPAS, A. (1996).
Contingency detection and the contingent organization of
behavior in interactions : Implications for socioemotional
development in infancy. Psychological Bulletin, 119,
1-17. |
|
LAROSE, S., BERNIER, A. & TARABULSY, G.M. (2005).
Attachment state of mind, students' learning dispositions,
and academic performance during the college transition. Developmental
Psychology, 41, 281-289. |
|
TARABULSY, G.M., BERNIER, A., PROVOST, M.A., MARANDA, J.,
LAROSE, S., MOSS, E., LAROSE, M. & TESSIER, R. (2005).
Another look inside the gap : Ecological contributions to
the transmission of attachment in a sample of adolescent
mother-infant dyads. Developmental Psychology, 41,
212-224. |
|
TARABULSY, G.M., PASCUZZO, K., MOSS, E., ST-LAURENT, D.,
BERNIER, A. & CYR, C. (2008). Attachment-based
interventions for maltreating families. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 78, 322-332. |
|
TARABULSY, G.M., MORAN, G., PEDERSON, D.R., PROVOST, M.
& LAROSE, S. (2011). Adolescent motherhood, maternal
sensitivity and early infant development. In D.W. Davis
& C. Logdson (Eds.), Maternal sensitivity : A
critical review for practitioners. Haupauge, NY :
Nova Publishers. |
|
|
|
Tarbox
Rachel S.F. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'autisme
et des soins parentaux.
Collaboratrice de Friman,
Ghezzi et
Williams.
|
TARBOX, R., WALLACE, M.D. & WILLIAMS, W.L. (2003).
Assessment and treatment of elopement : a replication and
extension. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36
(2), 239-244. [PDF] |
|
TARBOX, R., WILLIAMS, W.L. & FRIMAN, P.C. (2004).
Extended diaper wearing : effects on continence in and out
of the diaper Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
37 (1), 97-100. [PDF] |
|
TARBOX, R.S.F., GHEZZI, P.M. & WILSON, G. (2006). The
effects of token reinforcement on attending in a young
child with autism. Behavioral Interventions, 21,
155-164. |
|
TARBOX, R., WALLACE, M.D., PENROD, B. & TARBOX, J.
(2007). Effects of three-step prompting on compliance with
caregiver requests. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 40 (4), 239-244. [PDF] |
|
TARBOX, R., TARBOX, J. GHEZZI, P.M., WALLACE, M.D. &
YOO, J.-H. (2007). The effects of blocking mouthing of
leisure items on their effectiveness as reinforcers.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (4),
761-765. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tarde Gabriel (Sarlat France 1843-1904 Paris) :
Criminologue, sociologue
et philosophe français. Il s'est
notamment intéressé aux foules et
à l'imitation. Il fut
également un farouche adversaire des thèses de Durkheim.
 |
TARDE, G. (1880). La croyance et le désir ; la possibilité
de leur mesure. Revue Philosophique, 10,
150-180/264-283. |
|
TARDE, G. (1887). Publications récentes sur la psychologie
criminelle. Revue philosophique, 24, 625-644. |
|
TARDE, G. (1889). Le crime et l'épilepsie. Revue
Philosophique, 27, 49-469. |
|
TARDE, G. (1890/2001). Les lois de l'imitation. Paris
: Alcan/ Paris : Les empêcheurs de penser en rond. |
|
TARDE, G. (1901/1989/2006). L'opinion et la foule.
Paris : Prresses Universitaires de France/L'Harmattan. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tardif
Maurice ( ) : Pédagogue
québécois et professeur à l'Université
du Québec à Montréal. Collaborateur de Gauthier,
Karsenti et Lessard.
|
TARDIF, M., BÉLANGER, N. et GRENIER, D. (1994).
L'idéologie cognitiviste et l'éducation. Canadian
Journal of Education/Revue canadienne de l'éducation, 19
(3), 316-330. |
|
TARDIF, M., LESSARD, C. et GAUTHIER, C. (Dirs.) (1998). Formation
des maîtres et contextes sociaux. Perspectives
internationales. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
TARDIF, M. et LESSARD, C. (1999). Le travail
enseignant au quotidien. Expérience, interactions
humaines et dilemmes professionnels. Québec :
Presses de l'Université Laval/ Bruxelles : De Boeck. |
|
TARDIF, M. et GAUTHIER, C. (Dirs.) (1999). Pour ou
contre un ordre professionnel des enseignantes et des
enseignants au Québec. Québec : Les Presses de
l'Université Laval. |
|
TARDIF, M. et LESSARD, C. (2004). La profession
d'enseignant aujourd'hui. Évolutions, perspectives et
enjeux internationaux. Québec/Belgique : Presses
de l'Université Laval/de Boeck. |
|
|
|
Tarski Alfred (Varsovie 1902-1983 Berkeley États-Unis) :
Philosophe et
logicien américain
d'origine polonaise. Collaborateur de Nagel
et Suppes.
 |
TARSKI, A. (1944). The semantic conception of truth and
the foundations of semantics. Philosophy &
Phenomenological Research, 4, 341-376. |
|
NAGEL, E., SUPPES, P. & TARSKI, A. (1962). Logic,
methodology and philosophy of science. Stanford :
Stanford University Press. |
|
TARSKI, A. (1972). Logique, sémantique, mathématique.
Paris : Armand Collin. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tashakkori Abbas ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste des
méthodes mixtes. Collaborateur de Creswell
et Teddlie.
|
TASHAKKORI, A. & TEDDLIE, C. (1998). Mixed
methodology : Combining qualitative and quantitative
approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
TASHAKKORI, A. & CRESWELL, J. (2008). The new era of
mixed methods. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1 (1),
3-7. |
|
TASHAKKORI, A. & CRESWELL, J. (2008). Exploring the
nature of research questions in mixed methods research.Journal
of Mixed Methods Research, 1 (3), 207-211. |
|
TASHAKKORI, A. & CRESWELL, J. (2008). Mixed
methodology across disciplines. Journal of Mixed
Methods Research, 2 (1), 1-5. |
|
TASHAKKORI, A. & TEDDLIE, C. (2010). Putting the human
back in "human research methodology" : The researcher in
mixed methods research. Journal of Mixed Methods
Research, 4 (4), 271-277. |
|
|
|
Tassé Marc J. ( ) : Psychologue
américain, d'origine québécoise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la qualité
de vie, des comportements
adaptatifs et de la déficience
intelectuelle. Collaborateur de
Maurice et Schalock.
|
TASSÉ, M.J., MORIN, L.N. et GIROURD, N. (2000).
Traduction et validation de la version
canadienne-française du Nisonger Child Behavior Rating
Form. Psychologie Canadienne, 41 (2), 116-123. |
|
TASSÉ, M.J. (2009). Adaptive behavior assessment and the
diagnosis of mental retardation in capital cases. Applied
Neuropsychology, 16, 114-123. |
|
TASSÉ, M.J. & WEHMEYER, M.L. (2010). Intensity of
support needs in relation to co-occurring psychiatric
disorders. Exceptionality, 18, 182-192. |
|
TASSÉ, M.J., SABOURIN, G., GARCIN, N. et LECAVALIER, L.
(2010). Définition d'un trouble grave du comportement chez
les personnes ayant une déficience intellectuelle
[Definition of Severe Problem Behavior in Individuals with
Intellectual Disability]. Canadian Journal of
Behavioural Science, 42, 62-69. |
|
TASSÉ, M.J. (2013). What is in a name ? Intellectual
& Developmental Disabilities, 51, 113-116. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tatham
Thomas A. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude du conditionnement
opérant, notamment de l'histoire
des contingences. Collaborateur de Barrett,
Hineline et Wanchisen.
|
TATHAM, T.A., GYORDA, A.M. & BARRETT, J.E. (1993).
Generalization of behavioral history across responses in
the reversal of the effects of d-amphetamine and cocaine
on the punished responding of squirrel monkeys. Behavioural
Pharmacology, 4, 61-68. |
|
TATHAM, T.A. & BARRETT, J.E. (1993). Shock avoidance
but not DRL history reverses the effects of cocaine on
punished behavior of squirrel monkeys. Behavioural
Pharmacology, 4, 159-166. |
|
TATHAM, T.A. & WANCHISEN, B.A & HUINELINE, P.N.
(1993). Effects of fixed and variable ratios on human
behavioral variability. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 59 (2), 349-359. [PDF] |
|
TATHAM, T.A., GYORDA, A.M. & BARRETT, J.E. (1994).
Shock postponement reverses the effects of cocaine on the
punished pecking of pigeons. Pharmacology Biochemistry
& Behavior, 48, 491-495. |
|
TATHAM, T.A. & WANCHISEN, B.A. (1998). Behavioral
history : A definition and some common findings from two
areas of research. The Behavior Analyst, 21,
241-251. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Tatouage
: Signe
corporel - indélébile ou non - inscrit dans la peau.
Tattoo.
| |
|
|
SINGH, D. & BRONSTAD, P.M. (1997). Sex differences in
the anatomical locations of human body scarification and
tattooing as a function of pathogen prevalence. Evolution
& Human Behavior, 18, 403-416. |
|
DEGELMAN, D. & PRICE, N.D. (2002). Tattoos and ratings
of personal characteristics. Psychological Reports,
90, 507-514. |
|
D'AMBROSIO, A., CASILLO, N. & MARTINI, V. (2013).
Piercings and tattoos : psychopathological aspecs.
Activitas Nervosa Superior Rediviva, 51 (3-4),
146-149. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Signe |
|
|
|
Tatsuoka Maurice Makomoto (1922-1996) :
Statisticien américain et spécialiste de l'éducation.
|
TATSUOKA, M.M. & TIEDEMAN, D.V. (1954). Discriminant
analysis. Review of Educational Research, 24, 402-420. |
|
TATSUOKA, M.M. (1971). Multivariate analysis
techniques for educational and psychological research. New
York : Wiley. |
|
TATSUOKA, M.M. (1986). Graph theory and its applications
in educational research : A review and integration. Review
of Educational Research, 56 (3), 291-329. |
|
TATSUOKA, M.M. (1993). Effect size. In G. Keren & C.
Lewis (Eds.), A handbook for data analysis in the
behavioral sciences : Methodological issues (pp.
461-479). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
|
LINN, R.L. (1996). In memoriam : Maurice M. Tatsuoka
(1922-1996). Journal of Educational Measurement, 33 (2),
125-127. |
|
|
|
Taub Gordon E. ( ) : Psychométricien
américain. Il s'intéresse à l'éducation,
notamment à la lecture et à
l'enseignement des mathématiques. Collaborateur de Keith
et McGrew.
|
TAUB, G.E. & HAYES, B.G. (2001). Identifying g : The
current role of intelligence. International Journal of
Sociology & Social Policy, 20, 39-50. |
|
TAUB, G.E., WITTA, E.L. & McGREW, K.S (2004). A
confirmatory analysis of the factor structure and
cross-age invariance of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale - Third edition. Psychological Assessment, 16
(1), 85-89. [PDF] |
|
TAUB, G.E. & McGREW, K.S. (2013). The Woodcock-Johnson
Tests of Cognitive Abilities III's Cognitive Performance
Model : Empirical support for intermediate factors within
CHC theory. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment,
32 (3), 187-201. [PDF] |
|
TAUB, G.E., McGREW, K.S. & KEITH, T. Z. (2007).
Improvements in interval time tracking and effects on
reading achievement. Psychology in the Schools, 44,
849-863. |
|
TAUB, G.E., McGREW, K.S. & KEITH, T.Z. (2015). Effects
of improvements in interval timing on mathematics
achievement of elementary school students. Journal of
Research in Childhood Education, 29, 325-366. |
|
|
|
Taubman Paul James (1939-1995) : Économiste américain. Il s'intéresse à l'éducation et la scolarisation. Collaborateur
de Arvey et Behrman.
|
TAUBMAN, P. & WALES, T.J. (1969). Impact of
investment subsidies in a neoclassical growth model.
Journal of Political Economy, 81 (1), 28-55. |
|
TAUBMAN, P. & WALES, T.J. (1973). Higher
education, mental ability and screening. Journal of
Political Economy, 81 (1), 28-55. |
|
TAUBMAN, P. (1976). Earnings, education, genetics and
environment. Journal of Human Resources, 11
(4), 447-461. |
|
TAUBMAN, P. (1976). The determinants of earnings :
Genetics, family, and other environments; A study of
white male twins. American Economic Review, 66 (5), 858-870. [PDF] |
|
TAUBMAN, P. (1989). Role of parental income in
educational attainment. The American Economic
Review, 79 (2), 57-61. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tautologie
: Raisonnement
dont le prédicat ne
dit rien de plus que l'objet (et
ses propriétés
essentielles). EX : Tous les chiens (objet)
sont des mammifères (prédicat). Tautology.
| |
|
|
RACHLIN, H.C. (1971). On the tautology of the matching
law. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 15 (2), 249-251. [PDF] |
|
PETERS, R.H. (1976). Tautology in evolution and ecology.
American Naturalist, 110, 1-12. |
| |
|
|
Voir aussi Raisonnement
et Prédicat |
|
|
Taux : Le taux est un rapport entre deux quantités,
qui exprime une réalité décrite, mesurée et souvent inférée à partir d'un échantillon.
EX : Le taux de dépression dans une population.
Il est souvent exprimé en pourcentage.
*moyenne. (
): Taux
de réponse à un questionnaire, taux
de réponse motrice. Rate.
| |
|
|
FLEISS, J.L. (1981). Statistical methods for rates
and proportions. New York : John Wiley. |
|
GALLISTEL C.R. & GIBBON, J. (2000). Time, rate and
conditioning. Psychological Review, 107,
289-344. [PDF] |
|
FLEISS, J.L., LEVIN, B. & PAIK, M.C. (2003).
Statistical methods for rates and proportions. New
York : Wiley. |
| GILLES, A. (1984). Éléments de méthodologie et d'analyse
statistique pour les sciences sociales. St-Laurent
: Mcgraw-Hill Éditeurs. |
|
|
|
|
Taux
de réponse à un questionnaire : Voir Réponse
(taux). Response rates at a survey.
|
| Taux de réponse à un sondage : Voir Réponse
(taux).
Response rates at a poll. |
Tavris Carol Anne (1944-) : Psychosociolologue
et féministe américaine.
Collaboratrice d'Aronson, Aronson,
Russo, Shaver
et Zajonc.
 |
TAVRIS, C. (1989). Anger : The misunderstood emotion.
New York : Simon & Schuster/Touchstone. |
|
TAVRIS, C. (1993). The mismeasure of woman. Feminism
& Psychology, 3, 149-168. |
|
TAVRIS, C. (1992). The longest war : Sex differences
in perspective. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. |
|
TAVRIS, C. (1992). The mismeasure of woman : Why
women are not the better sex, the opposite sex, or the
inferior sex. New York : Simon and Schuster. |
|
TAVRIS, C. & SADD, S. (1977). The redbook report
on female sexuality. New York : Delacorte. |
|
|
|
Taxage : À l'école, dans
les gangs de rue et autres
groupes criminalisés, forme d'intimitation
et de harcèlement qui
consiste à réclamer les effets personnels d'autrui (vêtements,
souliers, casse-croûte, Ipod, montre, bracelet, bijou, argent de
poche, etc.) en échange de protection ou d'une promesse de
non-agression.
|
Taxe : Taxer : Taxation : Taxation.
| |
|
|
COURANT, P.N. (1977). General equilibrium model of
heterogeneous local property taxes. Journal of Public
Economics, 8, 313-327. [PDF] |
ENGEN, E. & SKINNER, J. (1996). Taxation and economic
growth. National Tax Journal, 49 (4), 617-642.
[PDF] |
|
DEATON, A. (1981). Optimal taxation and the structure of
preferences. Econometrica, 49, 1245-1260. |
HEIJMAN, W.J.M. & VAN OPHEM, J.A.A.C. (2005).
Willingness to pay tax The Laffer curve revisited for 12
OECD countries. The Journal of Socio-Economic, 34,
714-723. [PDF] |
|
LAFFER, A.B., MOORE, S. & TANOUS, P. (2009). The
end of prosperity : how higher taxes will doom the
economy - if we let it happen. Threshold Editions. |
|
FRENETTE, M., GREEN, D.A. & MILLIGAN, K. (2009).
Taxes, transfers and Canadian income inequality. Canadian Public Policy, 35 (4), 389–411. |
|
XIN LI, S., ECKEL, C.C., GROSSMAN, P.J. & LARSON BROWN, T. (2011). Giving to government : Voluntary
taxation in the lab. Journal of Public Economics 95,
1190-1201.[PDF] |
|
PICCIOTTO, S. (1992). International taxation and
intra-firm pricing in transnational corporate groups. Accounting,
Organizations & Society, 17 (8), 759-792. |
PIKETTY, T. & SAEZ, E. (2013). A theory of optimal inheritance taxation. Econometrica, 81 (5), 1851-1886. |
|
PICCIOTTO, S. (1992). International business taxation.
London : Weidenfeld & Nicolson/Butterworths. |
PIKETTY, T., SAEZ, E. & STANTCHEVAA, S. (2014).
Optimal taxation of top labor incomes : A tale of three
elasticities. American Economic Journal, 6 (1),
230-271. |
|
|
Voir aussi Gouvernement
et Justice |
|
|
|
|
Taxon : Regroupement ordonné,
hiérarchique et homogène
d'organismes réels en
fonction de leurs similitudes
dans le le but de les identifier
et de les classer. L'espèce
est le taxon étalon. = classement
scientifique, catégorie biologique.
Taxon.
| |
|
|
GEIST, V. (1988). Phantom subspecies : the Wood Bison
Bison bison "athabascae", Rhoads 1887, is not a valid
taxon, but an ecotype. Arctic, 44, 283-300. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (2004). What's in a taxon ? Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 113, 39-43. |
|
|
|
Taxonomie : Classement d'objets réels ou de leurs propriétés selon certaines règles et
critères (inclusion, similitude,
hiérarchie, etc.),
notamment des animaux (objet
réel).Taxonomie, taxon et taxonomie de Bloom./a>
= taxinomie. Taxonomy.
| |
|
|
BLOOM, B.S. ENGLEHART, M., FURST, E., HILL, W. &
KRATHWOHL, D.R. (1956/75). Taxonomy of educational
objectives : The classification of educational goals, by
a committee of college and university examiners.
Handbook I : Cognitive Domain. New York :
Longmans Green / Taxonomie des objectifs pédagogiques
: Vol. 1 : Domaine cognitif. Montréal : PUQ. |
|
|
NORMAN, W.T. (1963). Toward an adequate taxonomy of
personality attributes : replicated factor structure in
peer nomination personality ratings. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 66, 574-588. |
|
|
SOKAL, R.R. & CAMIN, J.H. (1965). The two taxonomies :
areas of agreementand conflict. Systematic Zoology,
14, 175-195. |
TRYON, W.W. (1996). Observing contingencies : Taxonomy and
methods. Clinical Psychology Review, 16, 215-230. |
|
WIGGINS, J.S. (1979). A psychological taxonomy of
trait-descriptive terms : The interpersonal domain. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 37 (3),
395-412. |
|
|
PEARCE, P.L. & AMATO, P.R. (1980). A taxonomy of
helping : A multidimensional scaling analysis. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 43 (4), 363-371. |
GATI, I., KRAUSZ, M. & OSIPOW, S.H. (1996). A taxonomy
of difficulties in career decision making. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 43 (4), 510-526. |
|
BLOOM, B.S. (1984). Taxonomy of educational
objectives. Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
CARSON, R.C. (1996). Aristotle, Galileo, and the DSM
taxonomy : The case of schizophrenia. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64,
1133-1139. [PDF] |
|
WIESLER, N.A., HANSON, R.H., CHAMBERLAIN, T.P. &
THOMPSON, T. (1985). Functional taxonomy of stereotypic
and self-injurious behavior. Mental Retardation, 23,
230-234. |
KIPNIS, D. (1997). Ghosts, taxonomies, and social
psychology. American Psychologist, 52, 205-211.
|
|
ELLIOTT, R. (1985). Helpful and nonhelpful events in brief
counseling interviews : An empirical taxonomy. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 32, 307-322. |
CATANIA, A.C. (1998). The taxonomy of verbal behavior. In
K.A. Lattal & M. Perone (Eds.), Handbook of
research methods in human operant behavior (pp.
405-433). Plenum. |
|
RAVEN, B.H. (1986). A taxonomy of power in human
relations. Annals of Psychiatry, 16, 633- 636. |
PELAEZ, M. & MORENO, R. (1998). A taxonomy of rules
and their correspondence to rule-governed behavior.
Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis, 24, 197-214.
[PDF] |
| BLACKBURN, R. (1986). Patterns of personality deviation
among violent offenders : replication and extension of an
empirical taxonomy. British Journal of Criminology,
26, 254-269. |
SLIFE, B.D., YANCHAR, S.C. & WILLIAMS, B. (1999).
Conceptions of determinism in radical behaviorism : A
taxonomy. Behavior & Philosophy, 27 (2),
75-96. [PDF] |
|
THISSEN, D. & LYNNE, S. (1986). A taxonomy of item
response models. Psychometrika 51, 567-577. |
AIRASIAN, P.W. & MIRANDA, H. (2002). The role of
assessment in the revised taxonomy. Theory into
Practice, 41, 249-254. |
|
KORNBLUM, S., HASBROUCQ, T. & OSMAN, A. (1990).
Dimensional overlap : Cognitive basis for
stimulus-response compatibility : A model and taxonomy. Psychological Review, 97, 253-270. |
FOSTER, E.K. (2004). Research on gossip : Taxonomy,
methods, and future directions. Review of General
Psychology, 8, 78-99. |
|
GEIST, V. (1991). On the taxonomy of giant sheep (Ovis
ammon Linnaeus 1766). Canadian Journal of Zoology, 69,
706-723. |
DEHAENE, S., CHANGEUX, J.P., NACCACHE, L., SACKUR, J.
& SERGENT, C. (2006). Conscious, preconscious, and
subliminal processing : A testable taxonomy. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 10, 204-211. |
|
GEIST, V. (1991). Taxonomy : on the objective defintion of
subspecies, taxa vs legal entities, and its application to
Rangifer tarandus Linnaeus 1758. In C.E. Butler & S.P.
Mahoney (Eds.), Proc. 4th N. American Caribou Workshop
(pp. 1-21). St. Johns, Newfoundland. |
ZHENG, A.Y., LAWHORN, J.K., LUMLEY, T. & FREEMAN, S.
(2008). Application of Bloom's taxonomy debunks the "MCAT
myth". Science, 319, 414-415. |
|
MARRADI, A. (1990). Classification, typology, taxonomy. Quality
& Quantity, 24 (2), 129-157. [PDF] |
BRABRAND, C. & DAHL, B. (2009) Using the SOLO taxonomy
to analyse competence progression of university science
curricula. Journal Higher Education 58, 531-549. |
|
BORMAN, W.C. & BRUSH, D.H. (1993). More progress
toward a taxonomy of managerial performance requirements.
Human Performance, 6, |
KUBINA, R.M., KOSTEEWICZ, D.E. & LIN, F.-Y. (2009).
The taxonomy of learning and behavioral fluency. Journal
of Precision Teaching & Celeration, 25, 17-27.
[PDF] |
|
SZIRMAK, Z. & DE RAAD, B. (1994). Taxonomy and
structure of Hungarian personality traits. European
Journal of Personality, 8, 95-117. |
HASLAM, N., HOLLAND, E. & KUPPENS, P. (2012).
Categories versus dimensions in personality and
psychopathology : A quantitative review of taxometric
research. Psychological Medicine, 42, 903-920. |
|
PINÊRO, B. & BECONA, E. (2013). Relapse situations
according to Marlatt’s taxonomy in smokers. The
Spanish Journal of Psychology, 16. |
|
|
| ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Taxonomie de Bloom : Taxonomie des objectifs
d'apprentissage conçue par Bloom
(1956). Elle s'appliquent à trois domaines : cognitif,
affectif et psychomoteur (comportement). Ces six objectifs
d'apprentissage sont : 1) Savoir; 2)
Compréhension; 3) Application; 4)
Analyse; 5) Synthèse; 6)
Évaluation.
Bloom's taxonomy.
|
| Niveaux |
Objectifs
généraux |
Objectifs
spécifiques/Verbes d'action |
| 1 |
Savoir |
Arranger, définir,
dupliquer, étiqueter, lister, mémoriser, nommer, ordonner,
identifier, relier, rappeler, répéter, reproduire |
| 2 |
Compréhension
|
Classifier, décrire, discuter,
expliquer, exprimer, identifier, indiquer, situer,
reconnaître, rapporter, reformuler, réviser, choisir,
traduire |
| 3 |
Application |
Appliquer, choisir, démontrer,
dramatiser, employer, illustré, interpréter, opérer,
pratiquer, planifier, schématiser, résoudre, utiliser,
écrire |
| 4 |
Analyse |
Analyser, estimer, calculer,
catégoriser, comparer, contraster, critiquer,
différencier, discriminer, distinguer, examiner,
expérimenter, questionner, tester |
| 5 |
Synthèse |
Arranger, assembler, collecter,
composer, construire, créer, concevoir, développer,
formuler, gérer, organiser, planifier, préparer, proposer,
installer, écrire |
| 6 |
Évaluation |
Arranger, argumenter, évaluer,
rattacher, choisir comparer, justifier, estimer, juger,
prédire, chiffrer, élaguer, sélectionner, soutenir |
|
|
|
|
|
BLOOM, B.S. (1956). Taxonomy of educational
objectives : the classification of educational goals. New York, NY : Longmans, Green. |
FOREHAND, M. (2005). Bloom's taxonomy : Original and
revised. In M. Orey (Ed.), Emerging perspectives on
learning, teaching, and technology. [PDF] |
|
BLOOM, B.S., ENGLEHART, M., FURST, E., HILL, W. &
KRATHWOHL, D.R. (1956/75). Taxonomy of educational
objectives : The classification of educational goals, by
a committee of college and university examiners.
Handbook I : Cognitive Domain. New York :
Longmans Green / Taxonomie des objectifs pédagogiques
: Vol. 1 : Domaine cognitif. Montréal : PUQ. |
SU, M., OSISEK, P.J. & STARNES, B. (2005). Using the
revised Bloom's taxonomy in the clinical laboratory :
Thinking skills involved in diagnostic reasoning.
Nurse Educator, 30, 117-122. |
|
BLOOM, B.S. & KRATHWOHL, D.R. (1956). Taxonomy of
educational objectives : The classification of
educational goals, by a committee of college and
university examiners. Handbook 1: Cognitive domain.
New York, Longmans. |
AMER, A. (2006). Reflections on Bloom's revised taxonomy.
Electronic Journal of Research in Education
Psychology, 8 (4), 214-230. [PDF] |
|
KRATHWOHL, D.R., BLOOM, B.S. et MASIA, B.B. (1970). Taxonomie
des objectifs pédagogiques. Tome 2 (le domaine
affectif). Éducation nouvelle. |
DETTMER, P. (2006). New Blooms in established fields :
Four domains of learning and doing. Roeper Review,
28, 70-78. |
|
ORMELL, C.P. (1974-1095). Bloom's taxonomy and the
objectives of education. Educational Research, 17, 3-18. |
PICKARD, M.J. (2007). The new Bloom's taxonomy : An
overview for family and consumer sciences. Journal of
Family and Consumer Sciences Education, 25 (1),
45-55. |
|
BLOOM, B.S. (1984). Taxonomy of educational
objectives. Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
CROWE, A., DIRKS, C. & WENDEROTH, M.P. (2008). Biology
in bloom : implementing Bloom's taxonomy to enhance
student learning in biology. CBE-Life Sciences
Education, 7, 368-381. |
|
ANDERSON, L. & KRATHWOHL, D.R. (2000). Taxonomy
for learning, teaching and assessing : A revision of
Bloom's taxonomy of educational objectives. New
York : Longman. |
ZHENG, A.Y., LAWHORN, J.K., LUMLEY, T. & FREEMAN, S.
(2008). Application of Bloom's taxonomy debunks the"MCAT
myth". Science, 319, 414-415. |
|
ANDERSON, L., KRATHWOHL, D.R., AIRASIAN, P.W.,
CRUIKSHANK, K.A., MAYER, R.E., PINTRICH, P.R., RATHS, J.
& WITTROCK, M.C. (2001). A taxonomy for Learning,
Teaching, and Assessing : A revision of Bloom's Taxonomy of
Educational Objectives. New York: Pearson, Allyn &
Bacon. |
GREEN, K.H. (2010). Matching functions and graphs at
multiple levels of Bloom's revised taxonomy. Primus,
20 (3), 204-216. |
|
WITTROCK, M.C. (2001). A taxonomy for learning,
teaching and assessing : A revision of Bloom's taxonomy.
New York : Allyn & Bacon. |
TIEMEIER, T., STACY, A.Z. & BURKE, J.M. (2011). Using
multiple choice questions written at various Bloom's
taxonomy levels to evaluate student performance across a
therapeutics sequence. Innovations in Pharmacy, 2, 1-11.
|
|
FERGUSON, C. (2002). Using the revised Bloom's Taxonomy to
plan and deliver team-taught, integrated, thematic units.
Theory into Practice, 41 (4), 239-244. |
BHAGOOLI, R. (2011). Applying Bloom's taxonomy to analyze
the level of learning in university biology education. University
of Mauritius Research Journal, 17, 209-223. [PDF] |
|
KRATHWOHL, D.R. (2002). A revision of Bloom's taxonomy :
An overview. Theory into Practice, 41 (4),
212-218. [PDF] |
LEMONS, P.P. & LEMONS, J.D. (2013). Questions for
assessing higher-order cognitive skills: it's not just
Bloom's. CBE Life Sciences Education, 12 (1),
47-58. |
|
ATHANASSIOU, N., McNETT, J.M. & HARVEY, C. (2003).
Critical thinking in the management classroom : Bloom's
taxonomy as a learning tool. Journal of Management
Education, 27 (5), 533-555. |
NEVID, J.S. & McCLELLAND, N. (2013). Using action
verbs as learning outcomes : Applying Bloom's taxonomy in
measuring instructional objectives in Introductory
Psychology. Journal of Education & Training
Studies, 1 (2), 19-24. [PDF] |
|
CRUZ, E. (2003). Bloom's revised taxonomy. In B. Hoffman
(Ed.), Encyclopedia of Educational Technology. |
ADAMS, N.E. (2015). Bloom's taxonomy of cognitive learning
objectives. Journal of the Medical Library
Association, 103 (3), 152–153. [PDF] |
|
ADELI, M.R. & SOOZANDEHFAR, S.M.A. (2016). A Critical
Appraisal of Bloom's Taxonomy. American Research
Journal of English & Literature, 2, 1-9. [PDF] |
|
| |
| LEGENDRE,
R. (1993). Dictionnaire actuel de l'Éducation. Montréal
: Guérin/Paris : ESKA. |
|
|
|
|
|
Taylor Bridget A. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américaine
et spécialiste de l'étude du conditionnement
opérant, notamment chez les autistes.
|
TAYLOR, B.A. & HARRIS, S.L. (1995). Teaching children
with autism to seek information : Acquisition of novel
information and generalization of responding. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 28 (1), 3-14. [PDF]
|
|
TAYLOR, B.A. & LEVIN L. (1998). Teaching a student
with autism to make verbal initiations: Effects of a
tactile prompt. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 37 (1), 651-654. [PDF]
|
|
TAYLOR, B.A., HUGHES, C.E., RICHARD, E., HOCH, H. &
RODRIGUEZ-COELLO, A. (2004). Teaching teenagers with
autism to seek assistance when lost. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 37 (1), 79–82. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, B.A., HOCH, H. & WEISSMAN, M. (2004).
The analysis and treatment of vocal stereotypy in a child
with autism. Behavioral Interventions, 20, 239-253. ,
37 (1), 79–82. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, B.A., (2015). Stereo knobs and swing sets :
falling in love with the science of behavior. The
Behavior Analyst, 38, 283–292. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taylor Donald M. (1943-2021) : Psychosociologue
québécois et spécialiste de l'étude des stéréotypes
raciaux/ethniques et des
langues autochtones. Il enseigne à l'Université
McGill. Collaborateur de De
la Sablonnière.
|
TAYLOR, D.M. & GARDNER, R.C. (1969). Ethnic
stereotypes : Their effects on the perception of
communicators of varying credibility. Canadian Journal
of Psychology, 23, 161-173. |
|
TAYLOR, D.M., CAOUETTE, J., USBORNE, E. & WRIGHT, S.C.
(2008). Aboriginal languages in Québec : Fighting
linguicide with bilingual education. Diversité
Urbaine, 8, 69-90. |
|
TAYLOR, D.M. & De la SABLONNIÈRE, R. (2013). Why
interventions in dysfunctional communities fail : the need
for a truly collective approach. Canadian Psychology,
54, 22-29. |
|
TAYLOR, D.M., De la SABLONNIÈRE, R. &
FRENCH-BOURGEOIS, L. (2014). Genuine community ownership
of northern education : From theory to practice. Northern Public Affairs, 2, 55-59. |
|
TAYLOR, D.M. & De la SABLONNIÈRE, R. (2014).
Towards constructive change in Aboriginal communities :
A social psychology perspective. Montréal :
McGill-Queen's University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Taylor Graeme J. ( ) : Psychiatre
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité,
notamment de
l'alexithymie. Collaborateur de Bagby.
|
TAYLOR, G.J., DOODY, K. & NEWMAN, A. (1981).
"Alexithymia" characteristics in patients with
inflammatory bowel disease. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 26, 470-474. |
|
TAYLOR, G.J., BAGBY, R.M. & PARKER, J.D.A. (1991). The
alexithymia construct : A potential paradigm for
psychosomatic medicine. Psychosomatics, 32,
153-164. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, G.J., BAGBY, R.M. & PARKER, J.D. (1992). The
Revised Toronto Alexithymia Scale : Some reliability,
validity, and normative data. Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 57 (1-2), 34-41. |
|
TAYLOR, G.J. (1994). The alexithymia construct :
Conceptualization, validation, and relationship with basic
dimensions of personality. New Trends in Experimental
& Clinical Psychiatry, 10, 61-74. |
|
TAYLOR, G.J., BAGBY, R.M., KUSHNER, SS., BENOIT, D. &
ATKINSON, L. (2014). Alexithymia and adult attachment
representations : Associations with the five-factor model
of personality and perceived relationship adjustment. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 55 (5), 1258-1268. |
|
|
|
Taylor Marjorie ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du
développement, notamment du mensonge
et des amis
imaginaires.
|
TAYLOR, M. & CARLSON, S.M. (1997). The relation
between individual differences in fantasy and theory of
mind. Child Development, 68, 436-455. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, M., LUSSIER, G.L. & MARING, B.L. (2003). The
distinction between lying and pretending. Journal of
Cognition & Development, 4, 299-324. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, M., CARLSON, S.M., MARING, B.L., GEROW, L. &
CHARLEY, C. (2004). The characteristics and correlates of
high fantasy in school-aged children : Imaginary
companions, impersonation and social understanding. Developmental
Psychology, 40, 1173-1187. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, M. & MOTTWEILER, C.M. (2008). Imaginary
companions : Pretending they are real but knowing they are
not. American Journal of Play, 1, 47-54. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, M., HULETTE, A.C. & DISHION, T.J. (2010).
Longitudinal outcomes of young high-risk adolescents with
imaginary companions. Developmental Psychology, 46, 1632-1636.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Taylor
Marylee C. (Oakland 1943-) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des relations ethniques.
Collaboratrice de Hall et Pettigrew.
|
TAYLOR, M.C. (1979). Race, Sex, and self-fulfilling
prophecy effects in a laboratory teaching situation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 37,
897-912. |
|
TAYLOR, M.C. & HALL, J.A. (1982). Psychological
androgyny : Theories, methods, and conclusions. Psychological
Bulletin, 92, 347-366. |
|
TAYLOR, M.C. (1995). The impact of affirmative action on
beneficiary groups : Evidence from the 1990 general social
survey. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 15, 143-178. |
|
TAYLOR, M.C. (1995). White backlash to workplace
affirmative action : Peril or myth ? Social Forces,
73, 1385-1414. |
|
TAYLOR, M.C. (1998). How white attitudes vary with the
racial composition of local populations : Numbers count. American
Sociological Review, 63, 512-535. |
|
|
|
|
|
Taylor
Shelley Elisabeth (Mont Kisko, 1946-) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du soutien
social. Collaboratrice de Buunk,
Etcoff, Fiske,
Kim, Peplau,
Sears et
Sherman.
|
TAYLOR, S.E., FISKE, S.T., ETCOFF, N.L. & RUDERMAN,
A.J. (1978). Categorical and contextual bases of person
memory and sereotyping. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 36 (7), 778-793. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, S.E. (1983). Adjustment to threatening events : A
theory of cognitive adaptation. American
Psychologist, 38, 1161-1173. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, S.E. (1991). Asymmetrical effects of positive and
negative events : The mobilization-minimization
hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin, 110 (1),
67-85. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, S.E., KLEIN, L.C., LEWIS, B.P., GRUENEWALD, T.L.,
GURUNG, R.A. & UPDEGRAFF, J.A. (2000). Biobehavioral
responses to stress in females : Tend-and-befriend, not
fight-or-flight. Psychological Review, 107,
411-429. [PDF] |
|
TAYLOR, S.E. & STANTON, A. (2007). Coping resources,
coping processes, and mental health. Annual Review of
Clinical Psychology, 3, 129-153.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Taylorisme
: Doctrine et
système d'organisation
du travail formulés par Taylor.
qui s'appuie sur trois grands principes : 1) une analyse
minitieuse dite "scientifique" des modes de production de l'entreprise;
2) organisation et division systématique des
tâches (parcellisation et spécialisation du travail)
permettant cette production; 3) Offrir aux employés des conditions
qui les encouragent à travailler,
à réaliser leurs tâches. Taylorisme et fordisme.
Taylorism.
|
|
| |
TAYLOR, F.W. (1916). Principles of scientific management.
Bulletin of the Taylor Society. In D. Mankin, R.E. Ames
& M.A. Grodski (Eds.), (1980). Classics of
industrial and organizational psychology. (pp.
15-28). Oak Park, Illinois : Moore Publishing Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| TAC
- TEASDALE
- TECHNIQUE -
TECHNOLOGIE - Technologie
Information/Communication (TIC) - TÉLÉ
- TÉLÉPHONE - TÉLÉVISION
- TEM |
Te
Nijenhuis Jan ( ) : Psychométricien
néérlandais et spécialiste de l'étude de l'intelligence,
notamment de l'intelligence
générale (facteur G). Collaborateur de Woddley.
|
TE NIJENHUIS, J., EVERS, A. & MUR, J.P. (2000). The
validity of the Differential Aptitude Test for the
assessment of immigrant children. Educational
Psychology, 20, 99-115. |
|
TE NIJENHUIS, J., VAN VIANEN, A.E.M. & VAN DER FLIER,
H. (2007). Score gains on g-loaded tests: No g. Intelligence,
35, 283-300. |
|
TE NIJENHUIS, J. & VAN DER FLIER, H. (2007). The
secular rise in IQs in the Netherlands : Is the Flynn
effect on g ? Personality & Individual
Differences, 43, 1259-1265. [PDF] |
|
TE NIJENHUIS, J. & VAN DER FLIER, H. (2013). Is the
Flynn effect on g ? A meta-analysis. Intelligence, 41,
802-807. [PDF] |
|
TE NIJENHUIS, J., JONGENEEL-GRIMEN, B. & ARMSTRONG,
E.L. (2015). Are adoption gains on the g factor ? A
meta-analysis. Personality & Individual
Differences, 73, 56-60. |
|
|
|
Teacher Educator (The...) : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'enseignement.
Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.
MOORE, K.D. & MARKAM, J.S. (1983). A competency
model for the evaluation of teacher education program
graduates. The Teacher Educator, 19 (1),
20-31.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching of Psychology : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'enseignement
de la psychologie. Éditeur
: Routdlege.
BROTHEN, T. & WAMBACH, C. (2001). Effective student
use of computerized quizzes. Teaching of
Psychology, 28 (4), 292-294.
|
| |
|
|
Teaching
Thinking & Problem Solving (1979-1995) :
Revue scientifique
qui consacre ses pages à l'enseignement.
Éditeur : Routdlege.
JACKENDOFF, R. (1991). The paradox of language
acquisition. Teaching Thinking & Problem
Solving, 13 (5), 1-6.
|
| |
|
|
Teasdale John D. (1950-) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
dépression et des rechutes.
Collaborateur de Abramson,
Segal, Seligman,
Shapiro,
Watkins et Williams.
 |
TEASDALE, J.D., FENNELL, M.J.V., HIBBERT, G.A. &
AMIES, P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy for major depressive
disorder in primary care. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 144, 400-406. |
|
TEASDALE, J.D. (1985). Psychological treatments for
depression : How do they work ? Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 23, 157-165. |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., WILLIAMS, J.M.G., SOULSBY, J.M. SEGAL,
Z.V., RIDGEWAY, V.A. & LAU, M.A. (2000). Prevention of
relapse/Recurrence in major depression by
mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68 (4),
615-623. [PDF] |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., SCOTT, J., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURS, H., POPE,
M. & PAYKEL, E.S. (2001). How does cognitive therapy
prevent relapse in residual depression ? Evidence from a
controlled trial. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 69 (3), 347-357. [PDF] |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURST, H., POPE, M.,
WILLIAMS, S. & SEGAL, Z.V. (2002). Metacognitive
awareness and prevention of relapse in depression :
Empirical evidence. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70, 278-287. [PDF] |
|
|
ROBINS, C.J. & BLOCK, P. (1989). Cognitive theories of
depression viewed from a diathesis-stress perspective :
Evaluation of the models of Beck and Abramson, Seligman
& Teasdale. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 13
(4), 297-313. |
|
LAU, M.A., SEGAL, Z. & WILLIAMS, J.M.G. (2004).
Teasdale's differential activation hypothesis :
Implications for mechanisms of depressive relapse and
suicidal behaviour. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
42, 1001-1017. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Technique : Terme générique qui désigne «ce que l'on fait» pour
résoudre un problème ou
atteindre un objectif (Le
comment), par opposition à la méthode qui décrit et explique les
raisons ou les causes pour lesquelles on fait ce que l'on fait (Le
pourquoi). En principe, une technique est une façon particulière
de faire les choses qui repose sur des connaissances et des
méthodes qui sont reproduites et transmises en raison de leur
efficacité (avérée ou supposée), mais il existe également des
techniques efficaces sans rationnel clair ou évident. EX:
les techniques d'anesthésie qui, à l'origine, se sont développées
sans que l'on comprenne exactement pourquoi et comment le cerveau
"s'endort". = marche à suivre, façon
de faire, le comment, ce que l'on fait. ( ):
Voir tableau ci-dessous. /Le pourquoi, méthode.
Technique, procedure.
|
|
|
Technique d'enseignement : Voir Enseigner.
Teaching, teaching method, effective learning techniques.
|
Technique de la porte-dans-la-face : Technique de persuasion en deux temps qui consiste d'abord à faire une demande ou une offre exagérée à autrui, sachant pertinemment qu'elle sera refusée, puis
de revenir à la charge avec une offre ou une demande beaucoup plus
raisonnable, demande qui sera probablement acceptée, alors qu'en
temps normal elle ne l'aurait probablement pas été. Technique du
pied-dans-la-porte et persuasion.
= stratégie de la porte-au-nez.
Door-in-the-face
technique, door-in-the-face procedure, DITF.
| |
|
|
CIALDINI, R.B., VINCENT, J.E., LEWIS, S.K., CATALAN, J.,
WHEELER, D. & DARBY, B.L. (1975). Reciprocal
concessions procedure for inducing compliance : The
door-in-the-face technique. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 31, 206-215. [PDF] |
REEVES, R.A., BAKER, G.A., BOYD, J.G. & CIALDINI, R.B.
(1991). The door-in-the-face technique: Reciprocal
concessions vs. self-presentation explanations.
Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 6, 545-558. |
|
CANN, A., SHERMAN, S.J. & ELKES, R. (1975). Effects of
initial request size and timing of a second request on
compliance : The foot in the door and the door in the
face. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
32, 774-782. |
DILLARD, J.P. & HALE, J.L. (1992). Prosocial parameter
of sequential request strategies : Limits to the
foot-in-the-door and the door-in-the-face ? Communication
Studies, 43, 220-232. |
|
PENDLETON, M.G. & BATSON, C.D. (1979).
Self-presentation and the door-in-the-face technique for
inducing compliance. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 5 (1), 77-81. |
ABRAHAMS, M.F. & BELL, R.A. (1994). Encouraging
charitable contributions : An examination of three models
of door-in-the-face Compliance. Communication
Research, 21, 131-153. |
|
BELL, R.A., ABRAHAMS, M.F., CLARK, C. & SCHLATTER, C.
(1996). The door-in-the-face compliance strategy : an
individual differences analysis of two models in an aids
fund raising context. Communication Quarterly, 44, 107-124. |
|
SCHWARZWALD, J., RAZ, M. & ZVIBEL, M. (1979). The
applicability of the door-in-the face technique when
established behavioral customs sexist. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 9 (6), 576-586. |
O'KEEFE, D.J. & FIGGE, M. (1997). A guilt-based
explanation of the door-in-the-face influence strategy. Human Communication Research, 24 (1), 64-81. [PDF] |
|
SHANAB, M. & ISONIO, S. (1980). The effects of delay
upon compliance with socially undesirable requests in the
door-in-the-face paradigm. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 15, 76-78. |
O'KEEFE, D.J. & HALE, S.L. (1998). The
door-in-the-face influence strategy : A random-effects
meta-analytic review. Communication Yearbook, 2, 1-33.
[PDF] |
|
O'KEEFE, D.J. & FIGGE, M. (1999). Guilt and expected
guilt in the door-in-the-face technique. Communication
Monographs, 66, 312-324. [PDF] |
|
HALE, J.J. & LALIKER, M. (1999). Explaining the
door-in-the-face : Is it really time to abandon reciprocal
concessions ? Communication Studies, 10, 203-210. |
|
O'KEEFE, D.J. (1999). Three reasons for doubting the
adequacy of the reciprocal-concessions explanation of
door-in-the-face effects. Communication Studies, 50,
211-220. [PDF] |
|
MOWEN, J.C. & CIALDINI, R.B. (1980). On implementing
the door-in-the-face compliance technique in a business
context. Journal of Marketing Research, 27,
253-258. |
TUSING, K.J. & DILLARD, J.P. (2000). The psychological
reality of the door-in-the-face : It's Helping, not
Bargaining. Journal of Language & Social
Psychology, 19 (1), 5-25. |
|
|
GOLDMAN, M. & CREASON, C. (1981). Inducing compliance
by a two-door-in-the face procedure and a
self-determination request. The Journal of Social
Psychology, 114, 229-235. |
O'KEEFE, D.J. & HALE, S.L. (2001). An odds-ratio-based
meta-analysis of research on the door-in-the-face
influence. Communication Reports, 14, 31-38. [PDF] |
|
GROVES, R.M. & MAGILAVY, L. (1981). Increasing
response rates to telephone surveys : A door in the face
for foot in the door ? Public Opinion Quarterly, 45
(3), 346-358. |
GUADAGNO, R.E., DEMAINE, L.J. & CIALDINI, R.B. (2001).
When saying yes leads to saying no : Preference for
consistency and the reverse foot-in-the-door effect. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 27 (7), 859-867.
[PDF] |
|
DILLARD, J.P. & BURGOON, M. (1982). An appraisal of
two sequential request strategies for gaining compliance :
Foot-in-the-door and door-in-the-face. Communication,
11, 40-57. |
MILLAR, M. (2002). Effects of a guilt induction and guilt
reduction on door in the face. Comminication
Research, 29 (6), 666-680. [PDF] |
|
GUÉGUEN, N. (2003). Fund raising on the Web : The effect
of the electronic foot-in-the-door on prosocial request. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 6 (2), 189-193. [PDF] |
|
PASCUAL, A. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2005). Foot-in-the-door and
door-in-the-face : A comparative Meta-analytic study. Psychological
Reports, 96 (1), 122-128. [PDF] |
|
DILLARD, J.P., HUNTER, J.E. & BURGOON, M. (1984).
Sequential-request persuasive strategies : Meta-analysis
of foot-in-the-door and door-in-the-face. Human
Communication Research, 10, 461-488. |
MITCHELL-TURNER, M., TAMBORINI, R., LIMON, M.S. &
ZUCKREMAN-HYMAN, C. (2007). The moderators and mediators
of door-in-the-face requests : Is it a negotiation or a
helping experience ? Communication Monographs, 74
(3), 333-356. [PDF] |
| GOLDMAN, M., McVEIGH, J.F. & RICHTERKESSING, J.L.
(1984). Door-in-the-face procedure : Reciprocal
concession, perceptual contrast, or worthy person. Journal
of Social Psychology, 123, 245-251. |
EBSTER C. & NEUMAYR, B. (2008). Applying the
door-in-the-face compliance technique to retailing. The
International Review of Retail, Distribution &
Consumer Research, 18 (1), 121-128. |
|
OLDMAN, M. (1986). Compliance employing a combined
foot-in-the-door and door-in-the-face procedure. Journal
of Social Psychology, 126, 111-116. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. MEINERI, S. (2011). Effects of
the door-in-the-face technique on restaurant customers'
behavior. International Journal of Hospitality
Management, 30, 759-761. [PDF] |
|
FEELEY, T.H., ANKER, A.E. & LOE, A.M. (2012). The
door-in-the-face persuasive message strategy : A
meta-analysis of the first 35 years. Communication
Monographs, 79, 316-343. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Technique de
persuasion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technique de relaxation : Voir Relaxation.
Relaxation therapy.
|
Techniques de tri qualitatif : Test projectif d'évaluation du point de vue d'un sujet, de ses opinions,
inventée par Stephenson. Le
sujet doit choisir à partir d'une liste d'énoncés décrivant des traits,
des comportements ou
des attitudes celles qui lui semblent le mieux correspondre à ses
opinions, à son point de vue. Q-sort method.
| |
|
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1935). Technique of factor analysis.
Nature, 136, 297. |
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1953). The study of behavior :
Q-technique and its methodology. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1982). Q-methodology, interbehavioral
psychology, and quantum theory. Psychological Record,
32, 235-248. |
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1987). Q-methodology : Interbehavioral and
quantum theoretical connections in clinical psychology. In
D.H. Ruben & D.J. Delprato (Eds.), New ideas in
therapy (pp. 95-106). Westport, CT : Greenwood. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Stephenson |
|
|
|
|
Technique
du low-ball : Technique
de persuasion fondée
sur l'engagement. =
stratégie du low-ball.
Low-ball procedure.
| |
|
|
CIALDINI, R.B. & CACIOPPO, J., BASSET, R. &
MILLER, B.L. (1978). Low-ball procedure for producing
compliance : Commitment then cost. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 599-604. [PDF] |
|
BURGER, J.M. & PETTY, R.E. (1981). The lowball
compliance technique : Task or person commitment ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 40, 492-500. |
|
POLLOCK, C.L., SMITH, S.D., KNOWLES, E.S. & BRUCE,
H.J. (1998). Mindfulness limits compliance with the
that's-not-all technique. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 24, 1153-1 157. |
|
BURGER, J.M. REED, M., DECESARE, K., RAUNER, S. &
ROZOLIS, J. (1999). The effects of initial request size on
compliance : More about the that's-not-all technique. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 21, 243-249. [PDF] |
|
GUÉGUEN, N., PASCUAL A. & DAGOT L. (2002). The
low-ball technique : An application in a field setting. Psychological
Reports, 91, 81-84. [PDF] |
|
BURGER, J.M. & CORNELIUS, T. (2003). Raising the price
of agreement : public commitment and the low-ball
compliance procedure. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 33 (5), 923-934. [PDF] |
|
BURGER, J.M. & CAPUTO, D. (2015). The low-ball
compliance procedure: a meta-analysis. Social
Influence, 10 (4), 1-7. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Technique de
persuasion |
|
|
Technique
du pied-dans-la-bouche : Technique
de persuasion.
Foot-in-the-mouth.
| |
|
|
AUNE, R.K. & ASIL, M.D. (1994). A relational
obligations approach to the foot-in-the-mouth effect.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 24, 546-556. |
|
MEINERI, S. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2011). I hope I don't
disturb you, Am I ? Another operationalization of the
foot-in-the-mouth paradigm. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 41 (4), 965-975. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Technique de
persuasion |
|
|
Technique du pied-dans-la-porte : Technique de persuasion en deux temps qui consiste d'abord à faire une demande à un individu
tellement peu exigente qu'il ne pourra la refuser (acquiescement),
puis de revenir à la charge avec une seconde demande beaucoup plus
importante, qui en temps normal serait sans doute refusée, mais
que plusieurs individus acceptent néanmoins. Technique du
pied-dans-la-porte et persuasion.
= stratégie du pied-dans-la-porte, le pied-dans-la-porte.
FITD, foot-in-the-door, foot-in-the-door technique, foot-in-the-door effect.
| |
|
|
FREEDMAN, J.L. & FRASER, S.C. (1966). Compliance
without pressure : The foot-in-the-door technique. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 4, 195-202. |
DILLARD, J. (1990). Self-inference and the
foot-in-the-door technique : Quantity of behavior and
attitudinal mediation. Human Communication Research,
16, 422-447. |
|
BARON, R.A. (1973). The foot-in-the-door phenomenon :
Mediating effects of size of first request and sex of
requester. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 2,
113–114. |
|
|
PLINER, P., HART, H., KOHL, J. & SAARI, D. (1974).
Compliance without pressure : Some further data on the
foot-in-the-door technique. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 10, 17–22. |
|
SNYDER, M. & CUNNINGHAM, M.R. (1974). To comply
or not comply : Testing the self-perception explanation of
the foot-in-the-door phenomenon. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 31, 64–67.
|
|
|
BEAMAN, A.L., SVANUM, S., MANLOVE, S. & HAMPTON, C.
(1974). An attribution theory explanation of the
foot-in-the-door effect. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 1, 122-123. |
DILLARD, J.P. & HALE, J.L. (1992). Prosocialness and
sequential request compliance techniques : Limits to the
foot-in-the-door and the door-in-the-face ?
Communication Studies, 43, 220-232. |
|
CANN, A., SHERMAN, S.J. & ELKES, R. (1975). Effects of
initial request size and timing of a second request on
compliance : The foot in the door and the door in the
face. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 32, 774-782. |
GORASSINI, D. & OLSON, J. (1995). Does self-perception
change explain the foot-in-the door effect ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 69, 91-105.
[PDF] |
SELIGMAN, C., BUSH, M. & KIRSCH, K. (1976).
Relationship between compliance in the foot-in-the-door
paradigm and thes Size of the first request. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 33,
517–520.
|
|
|
REINGEN, P.H. & KERNAN, J.B. (1977). Compliance with
an interview request : A foot-in-the-door, self-perception
interpretation. Journal of Marketing Research, 14
(3), 365-369. |
|
|
SCOTT, C.A. (1977). Modifying socially-conscious behavior
: The foot-in-the-door technique. Journal of Consuner
Research, 4, 156-164. |
|
|
ZUCKERMAN, M., AZZARO, M. & WALDGEIR, D. (1979).
Undermining effects of the foot-in-the-door technique with
extrinsic rewards. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 9, 292-296. |
DOLIN, D.J. & BOOTH-BUTTERFIELD, S. (1995).
Foot-in-the-door and cancer prevention. Health
Communication, 7 (1), 55. |
DEJONG, E. (1979). An examination of self-perception
mediation of the foot-in-the-door effect.”Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology. 37(12), 2221-2239.
|
|
|
HANSEN, R.A. & ROBINSON, L.M. (1980), Testing the
Effectiveness of Alternative Foot-in-the-door
manipulation. Journal of Marketing Research, 17 (3),
359-364. |
|
|
GROVES, R.M. & MAGILAVY, L. (1981). Increasing
response rates to telephone surveys : A door in the face
for foot in the door ? Public Opinion Quarterly, 45
(3), 346-358. |
BURGER, J.M. (1999). The foot-in-the-door compliance
procedure : A multiple-process analysis and review. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 3 (4), 303-325. [PDF] |
ALLEN, C.T., SCHEWE, C.D. & WIJK. G. (1980). More on
self-perception theory’s foot technique in the
pre-call/mail survey setting. Journal of Marketing
Research, 17, 498–502.
|
|
|
FURSE, D.H., STEWART, DÉWÉ & RADOS, D.L. (1981).
Effects of foot-in-the-door, cash incentives, and
followups on survey response. Journal of Marketing
Research, 18, 473–478. |
CHIN, M.L., BOND, J.R. & GEVA, N. (2000). A foot in
the door : An experimental study of PAC and constituency
effects on access. The Journal of Politics, 6
(2), 534-549. |
|
BEAMAN, A.L., COLE, M., PRESTON, M., LENTZ, B. &
MEHRKENS-STEBLAY, N. (1983). Fifteen years of
foot-in-the-door research : A meta-analysis. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 9, 181-196. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2001). Fund raising on the
Web : The effect of the electronic foot-in-the-door on
prosocial request. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 4
(6), 705-709. [PDF] |
|
DILLARD, J., HUNTER, J. & BURGOON, M. (1984).
Sequential request persuasive strategies : Meta-analysis
of foot-in-the-door and door-in-the-face. Human
Communication Research, 10, 461-488. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). Foot-in-the-door and computer-mediated
communication. Computers in Human Behavior, 18
(1), 11-15. [PDF] |
|
OLDMAN, M. (1986). Compliance employing a combined
foot-in-the-door and door-in-the-face procedure. Journal
of Social Psychology, 126, 111-116. |
BURGER, J.M. & CALDWELL, D.F. (2003). The effects of
monetary incentives and labeling on the foot-in-the-door
effect : Evidence for a self-perception process. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 25 (3), 235-241. [PDF] |
|
JOULE, R.-V. (1987). Le pied-dans-la-porte : Un paradigme
à la recherche d'une théorie. Psychologie Française,
32, 301-306. |
PASCUAL, A. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2005). Foot-in-the-door and
door-in-the-face : A comparative meta-analytic study. Psychological
Reports, 96 (1), 122. [PDF] |
|
JOULE, R.-V. (1987). Tobacco deprivation : The
foot-in-the-door technique versus the lowball technique.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 17, 361-365. |
GRIFFITHS, M. (2010). Online gambling, social responsibility and 'foot-in-the-door' techniques. i-Gaming Business, 62, 100-101. [PDF] |
|
VREDENBURG, H. & MARSHALL, J. (1988). Extending the
external validity of the FITD effect to the industrial
marketplace. Journal of the Academy of Marketing
Science, 16 (2), 49-56. |
GUÉGUEN, N., MEINERI, S., GRANDJEAN, I. & MARTIN, A.
(2010). The combined effect of the Foot-in-the-Door
technique and the "But you are free of technique" : An
evaluation on the selective sorting of household wastes. EcoPsychology,
2 (4), 231-237.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Conformisme, Acquiescement
et Technique de
persuasion |
|
|
|
|
Technique pédagogique : Voir Enseigner.
Teaching, teaching method, effective learning
techniques.
|
|
|
Technique
thérapeutique directive : Ensemble des techniques
utilisées par la plupart des psychologues,
sauf les humanistes,
techniques qui, comme le nom l'indique, tentent d'amener
systématiquement le client/ patient
vers un but précis (révéler son inconscient,
modifier ses comportements,
prendre conscience de ses erreurs de raisonnement
(biais), accepter son sort,
etc.). La plupart des humanistes préconisent plutôt des techniques
qui permettent au client de trouver sa voie, de fixer ses propres
objectifs, reléguant ainsi le thérapeute à un rôle d'accompagnateur
ou de simple guide (plutôt qu'un
expert).
|
Technique thérapeutique non-directive : Ensemble des techniques
utilisées par les humanistes,
techniques qui, comme le nom l'indique, ne tente pas d'amener
systématiquement le client vers un but précis (révéler son
inconscient, modifier ses comportements, prendre conscience de ses
erreurs de raisonnement, etc.), mais plutôt de favoriser un climat
d'échange qui encourage le client à parler de lui, de ses expériences.
= orientation non directive .
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
| |
|
|
PAGES, M. (1965). L'orientation non directive en
psychothérapie et en psychologie sociale. Paris :
Dunod. |
|
|
|
|
|
Technoference
: Distraction
(interférence) créée par les technologies, notamment l'usage
inapproprié des écrans (Téléphone,
ordinateur, tablette
ou télévision). Technoference,
Technology interference.
| |
|
|
McDANIEL, B.T. & COYNE, S.M. (2016). "Technoference"
The interference of technology in couple relationships and
implications for women's personal and relational
well-being. Psychology of Popular Media Culture, 5, 85-98. |
McDANIEL, B.T. & RADESKY, J. (2018). Technoference :
Parent technology use, stress, and child behavior problems
over time. Pediatric Research, 84, 210-218. |
|
McDANIEL, B.T. & RADESKY, J. (2018). Technoference :
Parent distraction by technology and associations with
child behavior problems. Child Development, 89
(1), 100-109. [PDF] |
McDANIEL, B.T. GALOVAN, A.M., CRAVENS J. & DROUIN, M.
(2018). Technoference and implications for mothers' and
fathers' couple and coparenting relationship quality. Computers
in Human Behavior, 80, 303-313. |
|
NEWHAM, G., DROUIN, M. & McDANIEL, B.T. (2018).
Problematic phone use, depression, and technology
interference among mothers. Psychology of Popular
Media Culture. |
McDANIEL, B.T. & DROUIN, M. (2019). Daily technology
interruptions and emotional and relational well-being. Computers
in Human Behavior, 99, 1-8. |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Réseau à distance, Ordinateur,
Distraction,
Message-texte et Téléphone |
|
|
|
Technologie : Technologue
: Toute discipline qui a pour but de de modifier les
propriétés de son objet
d'étude au moyen de techniques dont l'efficacité
a été éprouvée scientifiquement (du moins en principe...). Une
technologie est donc la pratique systématique d'une
science. En principe, le technologue ne devrait faire que ce que la science sait. Bien sûr, la science ne sait pas tout. Il y a donc, dans toute technologie, une part d'approximation, de flou. Cette zone grise - la marge de manoeuvre du professionnel - permet au technologue de recourir à son intuition et à son expérience (ou à celles de ses pairs) pour proposer des solutions à des problèmes que la science n'arrive pas à résoudre ou qui font l'objet de peu d'attention des chercheurs. Autrement, le technologue est tenue de recourir aux techniques dont l'efficacité a été verifiées par la science En psychologie, ces techniques systématiques visant à résoudre des problèmes se nomment thérapie.
On utilise également le terme technique
de modification du comportement. La psychologie clinique
est donc une technologie car son but premier est d'aider
et de guérir un
patient/client/malade, donc de modifier les états psychologiques
de cet individu, et non de décrire et d'expliquer ces états comme
le fait la science. En principe, science et technologie
travaillent en étroite
collaboration : la pratique d'une technologie repose donc
sur des connaissances
acquises par la science (en grande partie mais non exclusivement);
en retour, les praticiens des technologies communiquent à la
science leurs observations
cliniques et leurs interrogations, qui guident la science
vers de nouveaux problèmes et contribuent à la découverte de
nouvelles connaissances/solutions. EX: La
médecine, le génie, la psychologie
clinique. Le technologue est donc un professionnel qui
utilise les connaissances développées par la science pour résoudre
des problèmes concrets. EX: Guérir une
dépression, un mal de ventre, construire un pont, analyser la
qualité de l'eau, modifier le comportement d'un enfant hyperactif,
etc. Science et
technologie. = techniques
scientifiques, thérapeutes, cliniciens. *science
appliquée. Technology, practice.
|
Psychologie scientifique (=
Science)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Psychologie clinique ( =
Technologie)
|
| |
|
|
BURNS, T. (1956). The social character of technology. Impact,
7, 147-167. |
BUNGE, M. (1991). Le système technique-science-philosophie
: un ménage à trois fécond. Revue Internationale de
Systémique, 5, 171-180. |
|
MECHNER, F. (1963). Science education and behavioral
technology. In R. Glaser (Ed.), Teaching machines and
programmed learning II (pp. 441-508). Washington,
DC : National Education Association. |
MORRIS, E.K. (1991). Deconstructing "technological to a
fault". Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 24 (3),
411-416. [PDF] |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1968). The technology of teaching.
New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
LATOUR, B. (1992). Aramis ou l'amour des techniques.
Paris : La Découverte. |
|
GRANT, G. (1969). Technology and empire.
Toronto, ON : House of Anansi. |
VOLLMER, T.R. & IWATA, B.A. (1993). Implications of a
functional analysis technology for the use of restrictive
behavioral interventions. Child & Adolescent
Mental Health Care, 3, 95-113. |
|
LERMAN, D.C. & IWATA, B.A. (1996). Developing a
technology for the use of operant extinction in clinical
settings : an examination of basic and applied research. Journal
of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 29 (3),
345-3821/383-5. [PDF] |
|
AUSUBEL, J.H. (1996). Can technology spare the earth ? American
Scientist, 84, 166-178. |
|
WILLEMS, E.P. (1974). Behavioral technology and behavioral
ecology. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 7 (1),
151-165. [PDF] |
JOHNSTON, J.M. (1996). Distinguishing between applied
research and practice. The Behavior Analyst, 19
(1), 35-47. [PDF] |
|
PENNYPACKER, H.S. & HENCH, S.L. (1997). Making
behavioral technology transferrable. The Behavior
Analyst, 20 (2), 97-108. [PDF]
|
|
NOBLE, D. (1999). The religion of technology : The
divinity of man and the spirit of invention. New
York : Penguin. |
|
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1976). Protection of human subjects and
patients : a social contingency analysis of distinctions
between research and practice, and its implications. Behaviorism,
4 (1), 1-41. |
MARTELL, C.R. & HOLLON S.D. (2001). Working together
on shifting ground : Researcher and clinician
collaboration in clinical trials. The Behavior
Therapist, 24 (7), 144-146. |
|
DEITZ, S.M. (1978). Current status of applied behavior
analysis : Science versus technology. American
Psychologist, 33 (9), 805-814. |
HAWKINS, R.P. & ANDESON, C.M. (2002). On the
distinction between science and practice : A reply to
Thyer and Adkins. The Behavior Analyst, 25,
115-119. [PDF] |
|
FAWCETT, S.B., MATHEWS, M.R. & FLETCHER, R.K. (1980).
Some promising dimensions for behavioral community
technology. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13
(3), 505-518. [PDF] |
NEWLAND, M.C., PENNYPACKER, H.S., ANGER, K.W. & MELE,
P. (2003). Transferring behavioral technology across
applications. Neurotoxicology & Teratology, 25, 529-542.
[PDF] |
MALIK, Y.K. (1982). Attitudinal and political implications
of diffusion of technology : the case of north Indian
youth. Journal of Asian and African Studies, 17, 45-73.
|
COUPER, M.P. (2005). Technology trends in survey data
collection. Social Science Computer Review, 23,
486-501. |
|
GINGRAS, Y. (2005). Éloge de l'homo techno-logicus.
Montréal : Fides. |
|
PENNYPACKER, H.S. (1986). The challenge of technology
transfer : Buying in without seling out. The Behavior
Analyst, 9, 147-156. |
SCHMID, R., BERNARD, R., BOROKHOVSKI, E., TAMIM, R.,
ABRAMI, P.C., WADE, C.A., SURKES, M.A. & LOWERISON, G.
(2009). Technology's effect on achievement in higher
éducation : a stage I méta-analysis of classroom
applications. Journal of Computers in Higher
Education, 21, 95-109. |
|
REHFELDT, R.A. (2011). Toward a technology of derived
stimulus relations : An analysis of articles published in
the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1992-2009. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (1), 109-119. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Pseudoscience |
|
|
|
|
Technologie
de l'information et de la communication : TIC :
Expression qui désigne l'ensemble des technologies -
principalement l'ordinateur
et ses logiciels
- qui favorisent l'apprentissage
et la transmission des connaissances,
à l'école, en
entreprise ou à distance. TIC, tutoriel
et enseignement
assisté par ordinateur. = NTIC,
TIC, TICE, IT, multimedia. E-Learning, ICT,
educationnal technology, new technology, multimedia learning,
computer technology, information technology in school.
| |
|
|
PAPERT, S. (1972). A computer laboratory for elementary
schools. Computer & Automation, 21 (6). |
HARRINGTON, C.F. & REASONS, S.G. (2005). Online
student evaluation of teaching for distance education : A
perfect match. The Journal of Educators Online, 2 (1),
1-12.
[PDF] |
|
PAPERT, S. & SOLOMON, C. (1972). Twenty Things to do
with a computer. Educational Technology, 12 (4),
9-18. |
SUSSKIND, J.E. (2005). PowerPoint's power in the classroom
: enhancing students' self-efficacy and attitudes. Computers
& Education, 45, 203-215. [PDF] |
|
PAPERT, S. (1973). Uses of technology to enhance
education. MIT Artificial Intelligence Memo, 298. |
DEAUDELIN, C. LEFEBVRE, S., BRODEUR, M., MERCIER, J.,
DUSSAULT, M. & RICHER, J. (2005). Évolution des
conceptions relatives à l'enseignement, à l'apprentissage
et aux technologies de l'information et de la
communication chez des enseignants du primaire. Canadian
Journal of Education, 28 (4), 583-614. [PDF] |
|
TESSIER, B. (1979). Parallèles de l'évolution dans les
activités scolaires et para-scolaires chez un enfant
utilisant le programme d'ordinateur Logo. La Revue
Canadienne de Psycho-Éducation, 8 (1), 21-30. |
DESJARDINS, F. (2005). La représentation par les
enseignants quant à leurs profils de compétences relatives
à l'ordinateur : Vers une théorie des TIC en éducation. La
Revue Canadienne de l'Apprentissage et de la
Technologie, 31 (1), 27-49. |
|
PAPERT, S. (1980). Mindstorms; children, computers,
and powerful ideas. New York : Basic Books &
HarperCollins. |
KARSENTI, T. et LAROSE, F. (2005). L'intégration
pédagogique des TIC dans le travail enseignant :
recherches et pratiques. Québec : Presses de
l'Université du Québec. |
|
UNDERWOOD, J.H. (1984). Linguistics, computers, and
the language teacher. Rowley, Mass : Newbury House. |
BARRETTE C. (2005). Vers une méta-synthèse des impacts des
TIC sur l'apprentissage et l'enseignement dans les
établissements du réseau collégial québécois. Mise en
perspective. Clic, 57, 18-24. |
|
HERMANT, C. (1985). Enseigner, apprendre avec
l'ordinateur. Paris : Cedic/Nathan. |
DEAUDELIN, C. LEFEBVRE, S. BRODEUR, M., MERCIER, J.,
DUSSAULT, M. et RICHER, J. (2005). Évolution des pratiques
et des conceptions de l'enseignement, de l'apprentissage
et des TIC chez des enseignants du primaire en contexte de
développement professionnel. Revue des Sciences de
l'Éducation 31 (1), 79-110. [PDF] |
|
FERRELL, K. (1987). Computers in the classroom : Ten years
and counting. COMPUTE! The Journal for Progressive
Computing, 9 (9), 12–13. |
|
|
MUCCHIELLI, A. (1987). L'enseignement par ordinateur.
Paris : Que-sais-je?/Presses Universitaires de France. |
HELLSTEN, I. (2006). The paradox of inform@tion technology
in primary schools : e-learning is new but gender patterns
are old ! Scandinavian Journal of Educational
Research, 50 (1), 1-21. |
|
DAVIS, F.D., BAGOZZI, R.P. & WARSHAW, P.R. (1989).
User acceptance of computer technology : A comparison of
two theoretical models. Management Science, 35
(8), 982-1003. [PDF] |
BARAK, M., LIPSON, A. & LERMAN, S. (2006). Wireless
laptops as means for promoting active learning in large
lecture halls. Journal of Research on Technology in
Education, 38 (3), 245-263. |
|
HAREL, I. & PAPERT, S. (Eds.) (1991). Software design
as a learning environment. In I. Harel & S. Papert
(Eds.), Constructionism. Westport, CT, US :
Ablex Publishing. |
|
|
MAYER, R.E. & ANDERSON, R. (1992). The instructive
animation : Helping students build connections between
words and pictures in multimedia learning. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 84, 444-452. |
HALLETT, T.L. & FARIA, G. (2006). Teaching with
multimedia : Do bells and whistles help students learn ? Journal
of Technology in Human Services, 24 (2-3),
167-179. |
|
BROTHEN, T. (1992). A developmental education approach to
computer-assisted content instruction. Journal of
Developmental Education, 15 (3), 32-35. |
WATSON, S. (2006). Virtual mentoring in higher education :
Teacher education and cyber-connections. Teaching
& Learning in Higher Education, 18 (3),
168-179.
[PDF] |
|
LAURILLARD, D. (1993). Rethinking university teaching
: a framework for the effective use of educational
technology. Londres : Routledge. |
APPERSON, J.M., LAWS, E.L. & SCEPANSKY, J.A. (2006).
An assessment of student preferences for PowerPoint
presentation structure in undergraduate courses. Computers
& Education, 50 (1), 148-153. [PDF] |
|
MAYER, R.E. & SIMS V.K. (1994). For whom is a picture
worth a thousand words ? Extensions of a dual-coding
theory of multimedia learning. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 86, 389-401. |
APPERSON, J., LAWS, E. & SCEPANSKY, J. (2006). The
impact of presentation graphics on students' experience in
the classroom. Computers & Education, 47
(1), 116-126. |
|
KERKMAN, D., KELLISON, K., PINON, M., SCHIMDT, D. &
LEWIS, S. (1994). The quiz game : Writing and explaining
questions improve quiz scores. Teaching of
Psychology, 21 (2), 104-106. |
BIBEAU, R. (2006). Les TIC à l'école : proposition de
taxinomies et analyse de quelques obstacles à leur
intégration en classe, In Le matériel didactique et
pédagogique : soutien à l'appropriation ou déterminant
de l'intervention éducative (p. 297-325). Québec :
Les Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
PAPERT, S. (1993). The children's machine :
Rethinking school in the age of the computer. Hemel
Hempstead (UK) : Harvester Wheatsheaf. |
AMADIEU, F. & TRICOT A. (2006). Utilisation d'un
hypermédia et apprentissage : deux activités concurrentes
ou complémentaires ? Psychologie Française 51,
5-23. [PDF] |
|
BOSTOW, D.E., KRITCH, K.M. & TOMPKINS, B.F. (1995).
Computers and pedagogy : Replacing telling with
interactive computer-programmed instruction. Behavior
Research Methods, Instruments & Computers, 27,
297-300. |
LOWERISON, G., SCLATER, J., SCHMID, R.F. & ABRAMI P.C.
(2006). Student perceived effectiveness of computer
technology use in post-secondary classrooms. Computer
& Education, 47, 465-489. |
|
|
BROTHEN, T. (1995). Using a new text-based authoring
system to create a computer-assisted introductory
psychology course. In T. Sechrest, M. Thomas & N.
Estes (Eds.), Leadership for creating educational
change : Integrating the power of technology (Vol.
1, pp. 308-310). Austin : University of Texas. |
AMIEL, T. (2006). Mistaking computers for technology :
Technology literacy and the digital divide. AACE
Journal, 14 (3), 235-256. [PDF] |
|
NAJJAR, L.J. (1996). Multimedia information and learning.
Journal of Educational Multimedia Hypermedia, 5
(2), 129-150. [PDF] |
KINCHIN, I. (2006). Developing PowerPoint handouts to
support meaningful learning. British Journal of
Education Technology, 37 (4), 647-650. |
|
OKOLO, C.M. & FERRETTI, R.P. (1996). The impact of
multimedia design projects on the knowledge, attitudes,
and collaboration of students in inclusive classrooms. Journal
of Computers in Childhood Education, 7, 223-251. |
NOPPE, I. (2007). PowerPoint presentation handouts and
college student learning outcomes. International
Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching & Learning,
1 (1), 1-13. [PDF] |
|
CERPA, N., CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (1996). Some
conditions under which integrated computer- based training
software can facilitate learning. Journal of
Educational Computing Research, 15, 345-367. |
YANG, Z. & LIU, Q. (2007). Research and development of
Web-based virtual online classroom. Computers &
Education, 48, 171-184. |
|
BROTHEN, T. (1996). A student-accessible computerized
gradebook that facilitates self-regulated studying
behavior. Teaching of Psychology, 23, 127-130. |
BARRETTE C. (2007). Réussir l'intégration pédagogique des
TIC - un guide d'action de plus en plus précis. Bulletin
Clic, 63, 11-19. |
|
BÉLISLE, C. et LINARD, M. (1996). Quelles nouvelles
compétences des acteurs de la formation dans le contexte
des TIC ? Éducation Permanente, 127 (2), 19-47. |
NOPPE, I., ACHTERBERG, J., DUQUAINE, L., HUEBBE, M. &
Carol, W. (2007). Powerpoint handouts and college student
learning outcomes. International Journal for the
Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 48 (1),
2-10. |
|
HOLZL, J. (1997). Twelve tips for effective PowerPoint
presentations for the technologically challenged.
Medical Teacher, 19 (3), 175–179. |
BROTHEN, T. & WAMBACH, C. (2007). Internet vs.
classroom access in a hybrid psychology course for
developmental students. Research & Teaching in
Developmental Education, 23 (2), 15-22. |
|
TERGAN, S. (1997). Misleading theoretical assumptions in
hyper- text/hypermedia research. Journal of
Educational Multimedia & Hypermedia, 6, 257-283. |
AMIEL, T. & REEVES, T.C. (2008). Design-based research
and educational technology : Rethinking technology and the
research agenda. Educational Technology & Society,
11 (4), 29-40. [PDF] |
|
MAYER, R.E. (1997). Multimedia learning : Are we asking
the right questions. Educational Psychologist, 32, 1-19. |
SUSSKIND, J.E. (2008). Limits of PowerPoint's power :
Enhancing students' self-efficacy and attitudes but not
their behavior. Computers & Education, 50, 1228-1239.
[PDF] |
|
TINDALL-FORD, S., CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (1997).
When two sensory modes are better than one. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Applied, 3, 257-287. |
APPERSON, J.M., LAWS, E. & SCEPANSKY, J.A. (2008). An
assessement of student preferences for Powerpoint
presentation structure in undergraduate courses. Computers
& Education, 50 (1), 148-153. [PDF] |
|
PERRY, T. & PERRY, L.A. (1998). University students'
attitudes towards multimedia presentations. British
Journal of Educational Technology, 29, 375-377. |
BURKE, L.A. & JAMES, K.E. (2008). PowerPoint-based
lectures in business education : An empirical investigation of student-perceived novelty and effectiveness. Business Communication Quarterly, 71, 278-296. |
|
BERTIN, J.-C. (1998). L'ordinateur au service de
l'apprentissage ou l'apprentissage au service de
l'ordinateur ? Les Cahiers de l'APLIUT, 17 (3),
58-68. |
CLARK, J. (2008). PowerPoint and pedagogy maintaining
student interest in university lectures. College
Teaching, 56 (1), 39-45. |
|
TARDIF, J. (1998). Intégrer les nouvelles technologies
de l'information : Quel cadre pédagogique ? Paris :
ESF. |
GRABE, M. FLANNERY, K. & CHRISTOPHERSON, K. (2008).
Voluntary use of online study questions as a function of
previous minimal use requirements and learner aptitude. The
Internet & Higher Education, 11 (3-4),
145-151. |
|
DANIELS, L. (1999). Introducing technology in the
classroom : PowerPoint as a first step. Journal of
Computing in Higher Education, 10, 42-56. |
MAYER, R.E. & JOHNSON, C.I. (2008). Revising the
redundancy principle in multimedia learning. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 100 (2), 380-386. |
|
PARKS, R.P. (1999). Macro principles, PowerPoint, and the
internet: four years of the good, the bad, and the ugly. The
Journal of Economic Education, 30, 200-209. |
KIRKWOOD, A. & PRICE, L. (2008). Assessment and
student learning- a fundamental relationship and the role
of information and communication technologies. Open
Learning, 23 (1), 5-16. [PDF] |
|
CRAWFORD, R. (1999). Teaching and learning IT in secondary
schools : Towards a new pedagogy ? Education &
Information Technologies, 4 (1), 49-63. |
SAVOY, A., PROCTOR, R.W. & SALVENDY, G. (2009).
Information retention from PowerPoint and traditional
lectures. Computers & Education, 52 (4),
858-867. |
|
MANTEI, E. (2000). Using internet class notes and
PowerPoint in the physical geology lecture. Journal
of College Science Teaching, 29, 301-305. |
BERK, R.A. (2009). Multimedia teaching with video clips :
TV, movies, YouTube, and mtvU in the college classroom.
International Journal on Technology in Teaching &
Learning, 5 (1), 1-21. [PDF] |
|
BROTHEN, T. & WAMBACH, C. (2000). The effectiveness of
computer-based quizzes in a PSI introductory psychology
course. Journal of Educational Technology Systems,
28, 253-261. |
GIER, V.S. & KREINER, D.S. (2009). Incorporating
active learning with PowerPoint-based lectures using
content-based questions. Teaching of Psychology, 36,
134-139. |
|
SZABO, A. & HASTING, N. (2000). Using IT in the
undergraduate classroom : should we replace the blackboard
with PowerPoint ? Computers & Education, 35, 175-187.
[PDF] |
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. (Ed.) (2009). Technology and
well-being. New York : Cambridge University Press. |
|
KALYUGA, S., CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (2000).
Incorporating learner experience into the design of
multimedia instruction. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 92, 126-136. [PDF] |
WARSCHAUER, M. & MATUCHNIAK, T. (2010). New technology
and digital worlds : Analyzing evidence of equity in
access, use, and outcomes. Review of Research in
Education, 34 (1), 179-225. [PDF] |
|
WHITE, R.J. & HAMMER, C.A. (2000). Quiz-o-Matic : A
free Web-based tool for constructionof self-scoring
on-line quizzes. Behavior Research Methods,
Instruments & Computers, 32, 250-253. |
ALLUIN, F. (2010). Les technologies de l'information et de
la communication (TIC) en classe au collège et au lycée :
éléments d'usages et enjeux. Les dossiers, 197, 1-84.
[PDF] |
|
DESJARDINS, F., LACASSE, R. & BÉLAIR, L.M. (2001).
Toward a definition of four orders of competency for the
use of information and communication technology (ICT) in
education. In Computers and advanced technology in
education : Proceedings of the Fourth IASTED
International Conference (pp. 213-217). Calgary :
ACTA Press. |
LAVIN, A.M., KORTE, L. & THOMAS, T.L. (2010). The
impact of classroom technology on student behavior.
Journal of Technology Research, 2, 1-13. [PDF] |
|
MAYER, J.D. (2001). Multimedia learning. New
York : Cambridge University Press. |
ROSS, S.M., MORRISON, G.R. & LOWTHER, D.L. (2010).
Educational technology research past and present :
Balancing rigor and relevance to impact school learning. Contemporary
Educational Technology, 1 (1), 17-35. [PDF] |
|
|
RANKIN, E.L. & HOAAS, D.J. (2001). The use of
PowerPoint and student performance. Atlantic Economic
Journal, 29, 113. |
BERK, R.A. (2010). Top 10 evidence-based, best practices
for PowerPoint in the classroom. Transformative
Dialogues : Teaching & Learning Journal, 5 (3),
1-7. [PDF] |
|
VOLMAN, M. & VAN ECK, E. (2001). Gender equity and
information technology in education. The second decade. Review
of Educational Research, 71 (4), 613-631. |
AZIZ, T., KHAN, M.B. & SINGH, R. (2010). Effects of
information technology usage on student learning : an
empirical study in the United States. International
Journal of Management, 27 (2), 205- 217. |
|
MAGLI, R. et WINIKIN, Y. (2002). Changement dans le
rapport au savoir et au pouvoir : une approche
ethnographique des TICE à l'école. Dans R. Guir (Dir.), Pratiquer
les TICE, former les enseignants et les formateurs à de
nouveaux usages (p. 63-75). Bruxelles : de Boeck.
|
SELWYN, N. (2010). Looking beyond learning : Notes towards
the critical study of educational technology. Journal
of Computer Assisted Learning, 26 (1), 65-73. |
|
CHAPELLE, C. (2001). Computer applications in second
language acquisition. Cambridge : CUP. |
WANG, F., KINZIE, M., McGUIRE, P. & PAN, E. (2010).
Applying technology to inquiry-based learning in early
childhood education. Early Childhood Education
Journal, 37 (5), 381-389. |
|
GUIR, R. (2002). Pratiquer les TICE: Former les
enseignants et les formateurs à de nouveaux usages.
De Boeck : Bruxelles. |
UNDERWOOD, J. & DILLON, G. (2011). Chasing dreams and
recognising realities : Teachers' responses to ICT. Technology,
Pedagogy & Education, 20 (3), 317-330. |
|
BEAUDOIN, M.F. (2002). Learning or lurking ? Tracking the
"invisible" online student. The Internet & Higher
Education, 5 (2), 147-155. |
KARSENTI, T., KOMIS, V., DEPOVER, C. et COLLIN, S. (2011).
Les TIC comme outils de recherche en sciences de
l'éducation. Dans T. Karsenti et L. Savoie-Zajc (Dirs.), La
recherche en éducation : étapes et approches (p.
168-192). Saint-Laurent, QC : ERPI. |
|
ISABELLE, C., LAPOINTE, C. & CHIASSON, M. (2002). Pour
une intégration réussie des TIC à l'école. De la formation
des directions à la formation des maîtres. Revue des
Sciences de l'Éducation, 28 (2), 325-343. |
BROCK, S. & JOGLEKAR, Y. (2011). Empowering PowerPoint
: Slides and teaching effectiveness. Interdisciplinary
Journal of Information, Knowledge, & Management, 6,
85-93. [PDF] |
|
BASQUE, J. & LUNDGREN-CAYROL, K. (2002). Une typologie
des typologies des applications des TIC en éducation. Sciences
et Techniques Éducatives, 9 (3-4), 263-289. |
PALMÉN, R. (2011). Girls, boys and ICT in the UK : an
empirical review and competing policy agendas. International
Journal of Gender, Science & Technology, 3 (2),
407-423. [PDF] |
|
FREY, B. & BIRNAUM, P. (2002). Learners' perceptions
on the use of PowerPoint in lectures. Computers &
Education, 41, 72-86. |
BERK, R.A. (2011). Research on PowerPoint®: From basic
features to multimedia. International Journal of
Technology in Teaching & Learning, 7 (1),
24-35. [PDF] |
|
KARSENTI, T., LEPAGE M. & GERVAIS, C. (2002).
@ccompagnement des stagiaires à l'ère des TIC : forum
électronique ou groupe de discussion ? Formation et
Profession, 8 (2), 7-12. |
DAVIDSON, A.-L. & DESJARDINS, F. (2011). Vers
l'identification d'une relation entre les représentations
de la pédagogie et de l'usage des TIC chez des formateurs
d'enseignants. Revue Canadienne de l'Éducation, 34 (3),
47-67. [PDF] |
|
MAYER, J.D. & MORENO, R. (2003). Nine ways to reduce
cognitive load in multimedia learning. Educational
Psychologist, 38, 43-52. |
VOLPE, R.J., BURNS, M.K., DUBOIS, M. & ZASLOFSKY, A.F.
(2011). Computer-assisted tutoring : Teaching letter
sounds to kindergarten students using incremental
rehearsal. Psychology in the Schools, 48 (4),
332-342. |
|
WANG, F. & REEVES, T.C. (2003). Why do teachers need
to use technology in their classrooms ? Issues, problems,
and solutions. Computers in the Schools, 20 (4),
49-65. |
|
|
KARSENTI, T. (2003). Plus captivantes qu'un tableau noir :
L'impact des nouvelles technologies sur la motivation à
l'école. Revue de la Fédération Suisse des
Psychologues, 6, 24-29. |
LIVINGTSONE, S. (2012). Critical reflections on the
benefits of ICT in education. Oxford Review of
Education, 38 (1), 9-24. |
|
BROCK, S. & JOGLEKAR, Y. (2011). Empowering PowerPoint
: Slides and teaching effectiveness. Interdisciplinary
Journal of Information, Knowledge, & Management, 6,
85-93. [PDF] |
El KHOURY, R. & MATTAR, D. (2012). PowerPoint in
accounting classrooms : Constructive or destructive ? International
Journal of Business & Social Science, 3 (10),
240-259. [PDF] |
|
BARTSCH, R.A. & COBERN, K.M. (2003). Effectiveness of
PowerPoint presentation in lectures. Computers &
Education, 41 (1), 77-86. [PDF] |
POELLHUBER, B., KARSENTI, T., RAYNAUD, J., DUMOUCHEL, G.,
ROY, N., FOURNIER SAINT-LAURENT, S. et GÉRAUDIE, N.
(2012). Les habitudes technologiques au cégep :
résultats d'une enquête effectuée auprès de 30,724
étudiants. Montréal : Centre de recherche
interuniversitaire sur la formation et la profession
enseignante (CRIFPE).
[PDF] |
|
MILLER, M.T. & POPE, M.L. (2003). Integrating
technology into new student orientation programs at
community colleges. Community College Journal of
Research & Practice, 27, 15-33. |
MADDUX, C.D. & JOHNSON, D.L. (2012). External validity
and research in information technology in education. Computers
in the Schools, 29 (3), 249-252. |
|
POIRIER, C.R. & FELDMAN, R.S. (2004). Teaching in
cyberspace : Online versus traditional instruction using a
waiting-list experimental design. Teaching of
Psychology, 31 (1), 59-61. |
|
|
GRANT, L.K. (2004). Teaching positive reinforcement on the
internet. Teaching of Psychology, 31 (1), 69-71. |
KARSENTI, T. et COLLIN, S.S. (2013). Quand les TIC font
mouche : leur impact sur l'engagement scolaire des élèves.
Éducation Canada, 53 (1), [LIRE] |
|
CARROLL, D.W. (2004). Web-based assignments in the
psychology of language class. Teaching of Psychology,
31, 204-206. |
SANA, F., WESTON, T. & CEPEDA, N.J. (2013). Laptop
multitasking hinders classroom learning for both users and
nearby peers. Computers & Education, 62,
24-31. [PDF] |
|
KALYUGA, S., CHANDLER, P. & SWELLER, J. (2004). When
redundant on-screen text in multimedia technical
instruction can interfere with learning. Human Factors
: The Journal of the Human Factors & Ergonomics
Society, 46 (3), 567-584. [PDF] |
COLLIN, S.S. et KARSENTI, T. (2013). Usages des
technologies en éducation : analyse des enjeux
socioculturels. Éducation et Francophonie, 41
(1), 192-210. [PDF] |
|
DEBORD, K.A., ARUGUETE, M.S. & MUHLIG, J. (2004). Are
computer-assisted teaching methods effective ? Teaching
of Psychology, 31 (1), 65-68. |
|
|
SCHULT, C.A. & McINTSOH, J.L. (2004). Employing
computer-administered exams in general psychology :
student anxiety and expectations. Teaching of
Psychology, 31 (3), 209-211. |
CABOT, I. & LÉVESQUE, M.C. (2014). Avec les TIC, ça
clique! : Stimuler l'intérêt des collégiens par
l'intégration des TIC en classe. Pédagogie
Collégiale, 28 (1), 18-23. [PDF] |
|
CYPHERT, D. (2004). The problem of Powerpoint : Visual aid
or visual rhetoric ? Business Communication Quarterly,
67, 80-84. |
|
|
KUNKEL, K. (2004). A research note assessing the benefit
of PowerPoint software in different lecture courses. Teaching
Sociology, 32, 188-196. |
DILIBERTO-MACALUSO, K. & HUGHES, A. (2016). The use of
mobile apps to enhance student learning in introduction to
psychology. Teaching of Psychology, 43 (1),
48-52. [PDF] |
|
MARTENS, R.L., GULIKERS, J. & BASTIAENS, T. (2004).
The impact of intrinsic motivation on e-learning in
authentic computer tasks. Journal of Computer
Assisted Learning, 20 (5), 368-376. [PDF] |
JORGENSEN, M., HAVEL, A., FICHTEN, C., KING, L., MARCIL,
E., LUSSIER, A., BUDD, J. & VITOUCHANSKAIA, C.
(2017)."Simply the best" : Professors nominated by
students for their exemplary technology practices in
teaching. Education & Information Technologies,
1-18. [PDF]
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Ordinateur,
Enseignement
à distance, Logiciel,
Cliqueur
électronique et Tablette
tactile |
|
|
|
Technostructure : Technocrate : Chez Galbraith,
concept selon lequel les individus qui prennent les décisions
au sein des entreprises
appartiennent de moins en moins à la classe
des détenteurs de capitaux
- les propriétaires ou les actionnaires - mais plutôt à une
nouvelle catégorie d'acteurs qui
se distinguent par ses connaissances
technologiques et scientifiques
- les gestionnaires (ou technocrates) - qui forment cette
technostructure.
|
Tectum : Partie sous-corticale du cerveau,
plus précisément du mésencéphale.
| |
|
|
CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human
neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
|
|
Teddlie Charles (Winnfield 1949-) : Psychologue
et spécialiste américain de l'éducation.
Il s'intéresse notamment aux méthodes
mixtes. Collaborateur de Onwuegbuzie,
Slater et Tashakkori.
|
TEDDLIE, C., KIRBY, P.C. & STRINFIELD, S. (1989).
Effective versus ineffective schools : Observable
differences in the classroom. American Journal of
Education, 97 (3), 221-236 |
|
TEDDLIE, C. & TASHAKKORI, A. (2003). Major issues and
controversies in the use of mixed methods in the social
and behavioral sciences. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie
(Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social &
behavioral research (pp. 3-50). Thousand Oaks, CA :
Sage. |
|
TEDDLIE, C. (2005). Methodological issues related to
causal studies of leadership : A mixed methods perspec-
tive from the USA. Educational Management
Administration & Leadership, 33 (2), 211-217. |
|
TEDDLIE, C. & TASHAKKORI, A. (2006). A general
typology of research designs featuring mixed methods. Research
in the Schools, 13 (1), 12-28. [PDF] |
|
TEDDLIE, C. & YU, F. (2007). Mixed methods sampling :
A typology with examples. Journal of Mixed Methods
Research, 1 (1), 77-100. [PDF] |
|
|
KERVIN, J. (2000). Tashakkori, Abbas and Charles Teddlie,
Mixed Methodology : Combining Qualitative and Quantitative
Approaches. Relations industrielles, 55 (3),
539–540. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Teigen Karl Halvor ( ) : Psychologue
norvégien et spécialiste de l'étude de la perception
du hasard, de la
chance et de la surprise.
Collaborateur de Keren.
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1995). How good is good luck ? : The role of
counterfactual thinking in the perception of lucky and
unlucky events. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 25, 281-302. |
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1996). Luck : The art of a near miss. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 37, 156-171. |
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1997). Luck, envy, gratitude : It could have
been different. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology,
38, 318-323. |
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1998). Hazards mean luck : Counterfactual
thinking and perceptions of good and bad fortune in
reports of dangerous situations and careless behaviour.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 39, 235-248. |
|
TEIGEN, K.H. & KEREN, G. (2003). Surprises : low
probabilities or high contrasts ? Cognition, 87,
55-71. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telch Michael J. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'anxiété.
|
TELCH, M.J., LUCAS, J.A., SCHMIDT, N.B., HANNA, H.H.,
LANAE JAIMEZ, T. & LUCAS, R.A. (1993), Group
cognitive-behavioral treatment of panic disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 31 (3), 279-287. |
|
TELCH, M.J., VALENTINER, D. & BOLTE, M. (1994).
Proximity to safety and its effects on fear prediction
bias. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 32,
747-751. |
|
TELCH, M.J., SCHMIDT, N.B., JAIMEZ, L., JACQUIN, K.M.
& HARRINGTON, K.J. (1995). Impact of
cognitive-behavioral treatment on quality of life in panic
disorder patients. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 63 (5), 823-830. [PDF] |
|
TELCH, M.J., JACQUIN, K., SMITS, J.A. & POWERS, M.B.
(2003). Emotional responding to hyperventilation as a
predictor of agoraphobia status among individuals
suffering from panic disorder. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 34, 161-70 |
|
TELCH, M.J., BEEVERS, C.G., ROSENFIELD, D., LEE, H.J.,
REIJNTJES, A., FERRELL, R.E. & HARIRI, A.R. (2015).
5-HTTLPR genotype potentiates the effects of war zone
stressors on the emergence of PTSD, depressive and anxiety
symptoms in soldiers deployed to iraq. World
Psychiatry : Official Journal of the World Psychiatric
Association (Wpa). 14 (2), 198-206. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Télé
: Préfixe qui
signifie «à distance».
|
Téléologie
: /téléonomie
Teleology, teleological explanation,
teleological thought, teleological thinking.
| |
|
|
ROSENBLUETH, A., WIENER, N. & BIGELOW, J. (1943).
Behavior, purpose and teleology. Philosophy of
Science, 10, 18-24. [PDF] |
BECHTEL, W. (1986). Teleological functional analysis and
the hierarchical organization of nature. In N. Rescher
(Ed.), Current issues in teleology (pp. 26-48).
Lanham, MD : University Press of America. |
|
CANFIELD, J. (1964). Teleological explanation in biology.
British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 14 (56),
285-295. |
RACHLIN, H. (1992). Teleological behaviorism. American
Psychologist, 47, 1371-1382. |
|
WRIGHT, L. (1968). The case against teleological
reductionism. The British Journal for the Philosophy
of Science, 19, 211-223. |
REESE. H.W. (1994). Teleology and teleonomy in behavior
analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 17 (1), 75-91. [PDF] |
|
AYALA, F.J. (1970). Teleological explanations in
evolutionary biology. Philosophy of Science, 37, 1-15. |
STOUT, R. (1996). Things that happen because they
should : A teleological approach to action. Oxford
: Oxford University Press. |
|
WRIGHT, L. (1972). Explanation and teleology. Philosophy
of Science, 39 (2), 204-218. |
KELEMEN, D. (1999). The scope of teleological thinking in
preschool children. Cognition, 70, 241–272. |
|
WIMSATT, W.C. (1972). Teleology and the Logical Structure
of Function Statements, Studies in History and
Philosophy of Science 3: 1-80. |
|
|
WOODFIELD, A. (1976). Teleology. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press. |
KELEMEN, D. (1999). Beliefs about purpose: On the origins
of teleological thought. In M. Corballis & S. Lea
(Eds.), The descent of mind : Psychological
perspectives on hominid evolution (pp. 278–294).
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
WRIGHT, L. (1976). Teleological explanation.
Berkeley : University of California Press. |
RACHLIN, H. (1999). Philosophical behaviorism : a review
of things that happen because they should : a teleological
approach to action, by Rowland Stout. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 72 (2),
273-277. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, L. (1977). Teleology. International Studies
in Philosophy, 9, 187-189. |
CUMMINS, R. (2002). Neo-teleology. In A. Ariew,
R. Cummins, and M. Perlman (Eds.), Functions : New
essays in the philosophy of psychology and biology
(pp. 157-173). Oxford : Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
|
NAGEL, E. (1979). Teleology revisited and other
essays in the philosophy and history of science.
New York : Columbia University Press. |
GERGELY, G. & CSIBRA, G. (2003). Teleological
reasoning about actions : The one-year-old's naïve theory
of rational action. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7
(7), 287-292. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Téléonomie |
|
|
Téléonomie : Du grec telos, qui signifie "but" et nomos,
qui veut dure "loi". Étude des lois
de la finalité. On l'utilise également pour qualifier une
comportement manifestement orienté vers un but (une finalité). /Teléologie.
Telonomy.
| |
|
|
ALLPORT, F.H. (1937). Teleonomic description in the study
of personality. Character & Personality, 5,
202-214. |
|
MONOD, J. (1970). Le hasard et la nécessité.
Paris : Seuil. /Chance and necesity : An essay on the
natural philosophy of modern biology. New York :
VintageBooks. |
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1987). The misappropriation of teleonomy.
In P.P.G. Bateson & P.H. Klopfe (Eds.), Perspectives
in ethology (Vol. 6, pp. 259-273). Plenum
Publishing. |
|
REESE. H.W. (1994). Teleology and teleonomy in behavior
analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 17 (1), 75-91. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Teléologie |
|
|
Télépathie
: Du grec tele qui signifie "à distance" pathos
qui signifie «être touché par, être affecté». Forme de perception
extra-sensorielle. Il s'agit en fait d'une croyance,
donc d'un pseudophénomène
qui consisterait en la capacité de communiquer à distance,
par la pensée, sans la parole. Télépathie, perception
extra-sensorielle et parapsychologie.
Telepathy.
| |
|
|
ROHEIM, G. (1932). Telepathy in a dream. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 1, 277-291. |
ULLMAN, M., KRIPPNER, S. & VAUGHAN, A. (1973). Dream
telepathy : Experiments in nocturnal ESP.
Jefferson, NC : McFarland. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1947). Telepathy and psychoanalysis : a
critique of recent findings. Psychiatric Quarterly,
21, 607-659. |
MEEHL, P.E. (1978). Precognitive telepathy I : On the
possibility of distinguishing it experimentally from
psychokinesis. Noüs, 12, 235-266. |
|
SOAL, S.G. & BATEMAN, F. (1954). Modern
experiments in telepathy. New Haven, CT : Yale
University Press. |
MEEHL, P.E. (1978). Precognitive telepathy II : Some
neurophysiological conjectures and metaphysical
speculations. Noûs, 12, 371-395. |
|
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1959). Experiments on telepathy. New
Scientist, 5, 457-459. |
|
|
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1960). Experiments on telepathy. British
Journal of Statistical Psychology, 13, 175-178. |
|
|
ULLMAN, M. (1969). Telepathy and dreams. Experimental
Medicine & Surgery, 27, 19-38. |
HACKING, I. (1988). Telepathy : Origins of randomization
in experimental design. Isis, 79 (S), 427-451. |
|
KRIPPNER, S. & ULLMAN, M. (1970). Telepathy and dreams
: Controlled experiment with
electroencephalogram-electro-oculogram monitoring. Journal
of Nervous & Mental Disease, 151, 394-403. |
|
| |
|
Voir Parapsychologie
et Perception
extra-sensorielle |
|
|
Téléphone : Du grec tele qui signifie "à distance" phôné
qui signifie «voix, parler, dire». Le téléphone est un appareil de
communication. En
science, il est à la fois : a) un objet
d'étude, surtout en ce qui concerne ses effets négatifs sur
l'attention, notamment en
classe, au
volant d'une voiture (comportement
nuisible et distraction)
ou lors d'une conversation (décrochage).
Dans certains cas, où l'usage nuit à la vie sociale et au travail,
on parle même de dépendance.
Le téléphone dit "intelligent" est un petit ordinateur doté d'un
téléphone. = Téléphone dit
"intelligent". Telephone, cell phone, mobile,
mobile phone, smart phone, mobile device, wireless mobile
device. b) il s'agit également d'un
procédé de collecte
de données à distance dans le cadre d'une enquête.
Telephone survey. c) Le téléphone est aussi
utilisé pour conduire des thérapies
à distance surtout lorsque qu'il s'agit de problèmes mineurs
ou passagers. Téléphone et Travail
à distance.
Telephone-administered
therapy, smartphone applications for
the treatment.
| |
|
| a |
|
|
BROWN, I.D., TICKNER, A.H. & SIMMONDS, D.C.V. (1969).
Interference between concurrent tasks of driving and
telephoning. Journal of Applied Psychology, 53,
419-424. |
TROTTER, A. (2009). Students turn their cell phone on for
classroom lessons. Education Week, 28 (16),
10-11. |
|
WOLFIE, L.M. (1979). Characteristics of persons with and
without home telephones. Journal of Marketing
Research, 16, 421-425. |
EIFLER, K. (2009). Three things to do with cell phones
(Besides confiscate them). The Teaching Professor, 23
(7), 3-3. |
|
MOYAL, A. (1989). The feminine culture of the telephone. Prometheus,
7 (1), 5-31. |
DOCKSAI, R. (2009). Teens and cell phones. The
Futurists, 10-11. |
|
BROOKHUIS, K.A., DE VRIES, G. & DE WAARD, D. (1991).
The effects of mobile telephoning on driving performance.
Accident Analysis & Prevention, 23, 309-316.
|
SCORNAVACCA, E., HUFF, S. & MARSHALL, S. (2009).
Mobile phones in the classroom : If you can't beat them,
join them. Communication of the ACM, 52 (4),
142-146. |
|
REICH, W. & EARLS, F. (1990). Interviewing adolescents
by telephone : Is it a useful methodological strategy ? Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 31, 211-215. |
TAKAO. M., TAKHASHI, S. & KITAMURA, M. (2009).
Addictive personality and problematic mobile phone use. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 12 (5), 501-507. |
|
YEN, C.F., TANG, T.C., YEN, J.Y., LIN, H.C., HUANG, C.F.,
LIU, S.C. & KO, C.H. (2009). Symptoms of problematic
cellular phone use, functional impairment and its
association with depression among adolescents in Southern
Taiwan. Journal of Adolescent Health, 32, 863-873. |
|
MCKNIGHT, A.J. & MCKNIGHT, A.S. (1993). The effect of
cellular phone use upon driver attention. Accident
Analysis & Prevention, 25, 259-265. |
SHELTON, J.T., ELLIOTT, E.M., EAVES, S.D. & EXNER,
A.L. (2009). The distracting effects of a ringing cell
phone : An investigation of the laboratory and the
classroom setting. Journal of Environmental
Psychology, 29, 513-521.
[PDF] |
|
WALSH, S.P., WHITE, K.M. & YOUNG, R. (2009). The phone
connection : A qualitative exploration of how
belongingness and social identification relate to mobile
phone use amongst Australian youth. Journal of
Community & Applied Social Psychology, 19 (3),
225-240. |
|
ROOS, J.-P. (1994). Sociologie du téléphone cellulaire :
le modèle nordique. Réseaux, 12 (65), 35-44. [PDF]
|
WEI, F.F. & WANG, Y.K. (2010). Students, silent
messages : Can teacher verbal and nonverbal immediacy
moderate student use of text messaging in class ? Communication
Education, 59, 475-496. |
|
ALM, H. & NILSSON, L. (1995). The effects of a mobile
telephone task on driver behaviour in a car following
situation. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 27, 707-715. |
DIXIT, S., SHUKLA, H. & BHAGWAT, A.K. (2010). A study
to evaluate mobile phone dependance among students of a
medical college and associated hospital of central India.
Journal of Community Medecine, 35 (2), 339-341. [PDF] |
|
REDELMEIER, D.A. & TIBSHIRANI, R.J. (1997).
Association between cellular-telephone calls and motor
vehicle collisions. New England Journal of Medicine,
336, 453-458. |
EMBERSON, L.L., LUPYAN, G., GOLDSTEIN, M.H. & SPIVEY,
M.J. (2010). Overheard cell-phone conversations : When
less speech is more distracting. Psychological
Science, 21 (10), 1383-1388.
[PDF] |
|
CORBALAN, J.-A. (1997). Le téléphone portable : usages et
usagers. Communication et Langages, 113 (1),
90-103. [PDF] |
BURNS, S.M. & LOHENRY, K. (2010). Cellular phone use
in class : Implications for teaching and learning a pilot
study. College Student Journal, 44 (3), 805-810. |
|
COLLET, C., GUILLOT, A. & PRTIT, C. (2010). Phoning
while driving I : A review of epidemiological,
psychological, behavioural and physiological studies.
Ergonomics, 53, 589–601. |
|
ROHDE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M. & SEELEY, J.R. (1997).
Comparability of telephone and face-to- face interviews in
assessing axis I and axis II disorders. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 154, 1593-1598.
|
COBB, S., HEANEY, R., CORCORAN, O. & HENDERSON-BEGG,
S. (2010). Using mobile phones to increase classroom
interaction. Journal of Educational Multimedia &
Hypermedia, 19 (2), 147-157. |
|
WEI, R. & LEUNG, L. (1999). Blurring public and
private behaviours in public space; Policy changes in the
use of the cell phone. Telematics & Informatics,
16, 11-26. |
WALSH, S.P., WHITE, K.M. & YOUNG, R. (2010). Needing
to connect : The effect of self and others on young
people's involvement with their mobile phones. Australian
Journal of Psychology, 62 (4), 194-203. [PDF]
|
|
STRAYERS, D.L. & JOHNSTON, W.A. (2001). Driven to
distraction : Dual-task studies of simulated driving and
conversing on a cellular phone. Psychological
Science, 12, 462-466. [PDF]
|
BURNS, S. & LOHENRY, K. (2010). Cellular phone use in
class : Implications for teaching and learning a pilot
study. College Student Journal, 44, 805-810. |
|
HAIGNEY, D. & WESTERMAN, S.J. (2001). Mobile
(cellular) phone use and driving : A critical review of
research methodology. Ergonomics, 44, 132-143. |
HANSON, T.L., DRUMHELLER, K., MALLARD, J., MCKEE, C. &
SCHLEGEL, P. (2011). Cell phones, text messaging, and
Facebook : Competing time demands of today's college
students. College Teaching, 59, 23-30. |
|
SALVUCCI, D.D. & MACUGA, K.L. (2002). Predicting the
effects of cellular-phone dialing on driver performance. Cognitive
Systems Research, 3, 95-102. [PDF]
|
BARON, N.S. (2011). Concerns about mobile phones : A
cross-national study. First Monday, 16 (8), 1-24. |
|
CARROLL, J., HOWARD, S., PECK, J. & MURPHY, J. (2002).
A Field study of perceptions and use of mobile telephones
by 16-22 years olds. Journal of Information
Technology Theory & Practice, 4, 49-61. |
HASSANZADEH, R. & ABBAS, R. (2011). Effect of sex,
course and age on SMS addiction in students. Middle-East
Journal of Scientific Research, 10 (5), 619-625. [PDF] |
|
COOPER, G. (2002). The mutable mobile : Social theory in
the wireless world. In B. Brown, N. Green and R. Harper
(Eds.), Wireless world : Social and interactional
aspects of the mobile age (pp. 19-31). New York, NY
: Springer. |
AHMED, I., QAZI, T.F. & PERJI, A. (2011). Mobile phone
to youngsters : Necessity or addiction. Journal of
Business Management, 5 (32), 12512-12519. [PDF] |
|
STRAYER, D.L., DREWS, F.A. & CROUCH, D.J. (2003).
Fatal distraction ? A comparison of the cell-phone driver
and the drunk driver. In Proceedings of the Second
International Driving Symposium on Human Factors in
Driver Assessment, Training, and Vehicle Design (pp.
25-30). Iowa City : Driving Assessment/University of Iowa. |
WHITE, A., BUBOLTZ, W. & IGOU, F. (2011). Mobile phone
use and sleep quality and length in college students. International
Journal of Humanities & Social Science, 1 (18),
51-58. |
|
STRAYERS, D.L., DREWS, F.A. & JOHNSTON, W.A. (2003).
Cell phone induced failures of visual attention during
simulated driving. Journal of Experimental Psychology
Applied, 9, 23-32. |
MBILINYI, L.F., NEIGHBORS, C., WALKER, D.D., ROFFMAN,
R.A., ZEGREE, J., EDLESON, J. & O'ROURKE, A. (2011). A
telephone intervention for substance-using adult male
perpetrators of intimate partner violence. Research
on Social Work Practice, 21 (1), 43-56. |
|
TAYLOR, A.S. & HARPER, R. (2003). The gift of the gab
? : A design oriented sociology of young people's use of
mobiles. Journal of Computer Supported Cooperative
Work, 12 (3), 267-296. |
OULASVIRTA, A, RATTENBURRY, T. & MA, L. & RAITA,
E. (2011). Habits make smartphone use more pervasive. Personal
& Ubiquitous Computing, 16 (1), 105-114. |
|
HANCOCK, P.A., LESCH, M. & SIMMONS, L. (2003). The
distraction effects of phone use during a crucial driving
maneuver. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 35,
501-514. |
MTEGA, W.P., BERNARD, R., MSUNGU, A.C. & SANARE, R.
(2012). Using mobile phones for teaching and learning
purposes in higher learning institutions : the case of
Sokoine university of agriculture in Tanzania. Proceedings
& report of the 5th UbuntuNet Alliance Annual
Conference, 118-129. [PDF] |
|
GILROY, M. (2004). Invasion of the classroom cell phones.
Education Digest, 69 (6), 56-60. |
THOMÉE, S., HÄRENSTAM, A. & HAGBERG, M. (2011). Mobile
phone use and stress, sleep disturbances, and symptoms of
depression among young adults - a prospective cohort
study. BMC Public Health, 11 [66] 1-11. [PDF] |
|
MATTHEWS, R. (2004). The Psychosocial aspects of mobile
phone use among adolescents. In Psych, 26 (6),
16-19. |
BEYDOKHTI, A., HASSANZADEH, R. & MIRZAIAN, B. (2012).
The relationship between five main factors of personality
and addiction to SMS in high school students. Current
Research Journal of Biological Sciences, 4 (6),
685-689. [PDF] |
|
MONK, A., CARROL, J., PARKER, P. & BLYTHE, M. (2004).
Why are mobile phones annoying ? Behaviour &
Information Technology, 23, 33-41. |
WEI, F.F., WANG, Y.K. & KLAUSNER, M. (2012).
Rethinking college students' self-regulation and sustained
attention : Does text messaging during class influence
cognitive learning ? Communication Education, 61, 185-204. |
|
STRAYER, D.L. & DREWS, F.A. (2004). Profiles in driver
distraction : Effects of cell phone conversations on
younger and older drivers. Human Factors, 46,
640-649. [PDF] |
TINDELL, D.R. & BOHLANDER, R.W. (2012). The use and
abuse of cell phones and text messaging in the classroom :
A survey of college students. College Teaching, 60 (1),
1-9.
[PDF] |
|
SMITH, A. & WILLIAMS, K.D. (2004). R U There ? Effects
of ostracism by cell phone messages. Group Dynamics :
Theory, Research, & Practice, 8 (4), 291-301.
[PDF] |
DUNCAN, D.K., HOEKSTRA, A.R. & WILCOX, B.R. (2012).
Digital devices, distraction, and student performance :
Does in-class cell phone use reduce learning ? Astronomy
Education Review, 11 (1), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
MATTHEWS, R. (2004). The Psychosocial aspects of mobile
phone use among adolescents. In Psych, 26 (6),
16-19. |
CHOLIZ, M. (2012). Mobile-phone addiction in adolescence :
The Test of Mobile Phone Dependence (TMD). Progress
in Health Sciences, 2 (1), 33-44. [PDF] |
|
HUMPHREYS, L. (2005). Cellphones in public : social
interactions in a wireless era. New Media &
Society, 7 (6), 810-833.
[PDF] |
DUNCAN, D.K., HOEKSTRA, A.R. & WILCOX, B.R. (2012).
Digital devices, distraction, and student performance :
Does in-class cell phone use reduce learning ? Astronomy
Education Review, 11 (1), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
MCEVOY, S.P., STEVENSON, M.R., MCCARTT, A.T., WOODWARD,
M., HAWORTH, C., PALAMARA, P. & CERCARELLI, R. (2005).
Role of mobile phones in motor vehicle crashes resulting
in hospital attendance: A case- crossover study. British
Medical Journal, 331, 428-433. |
THOMAS, K. & BOLTON, N. (2013). Cell phones in the
classroom : Preservice teachers' perceptions product code
: JDLTE, 30 (1), 11-20. [RTF] |
|
|
LIU, B. & LEE, Y. (2005). Effects of car-phone use and
affective disposition during critical driving maneuvers. Transportation
Research Part F, 8, 369-382. |
THOMAS, K. O'BANNON, B.W. & BOLTON, N. (2013). Cell
phones in the classroom : Teachers' perspectives of
inclusion, benefits, and barriers. Computers in the
Schools : Interdisciplinary Journal of Practice, Theory,
& Applied Research, 30 (4), 295-308. [PDF]
|
|
OULASVIRTA, A. (2005). The fragmentation of attention in
mobile interaction, and what to do with it.
Interactions : New Visions of Human-Computer
Interaction, 12 (6), 16-18. |
KUZNEKOFF, J.H. & TITSWORTH, S. (2013). The impact of
mobile phone usage on student learning. Communication
Education, 62 (3), 233-252.
[PDF] |
|
BIANCHI, A. & PHILLIPS, J. (2005). Psychological
predictors of problem mobile phone use. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 8 (1), 39-51. |
VANDEN ABEELE, M., BEULLENS, K. & ROE, K. (2013).
Measuring mobile phone use: Gender, age and real usage
level in relation to the accuracy and validity of
self-reported mobile phone use. Mobile Media &
Communication, 1, 213-236. |
|
HUMPHREYS, L. (2005). Cell phones in public : Social
interaction in a wireless era. New Media &
Society, 7 (6), 813-836. |
GIKAS, J. & GRANT, M.M. (2013). Mobile computing
devices in higher education : Student perspectives on
learning with cellphones, smartphones & social media.
The Internet & Higher Education, 19, 18-26. |
|
SRIVASTAVA, L. (2005). Mobile phones and the evolution of
social behaviour. Behaviour & Information
Technology, 24, 111-129. |
WU, A.M., CHEUNG, V.I., KU, L. & HUNG, E.P. (2013).
Psychological risk factors of addiction to social
networking sites among Chinese smartphone users. Journal
of Behavioral Addictions, 2 (3), 160-166. [PDF] |
|
KAMIBEPPU, K. & SUGIURA, H. (2005). Impact of the
mobile phone on junior high school students'friends hips
in the Tokyo metropolitan area. CyberPsychology &
Behavior, 8, (2), 121-130. |
PRZYBELKSY, A.K. & WEINSTEIN, N. (2013). Can you
connect with me now ? How the presence of mobile
com-munication technology influences face-to-face
conversation quality. Journal of Social and Personal
Relationships, 30, 237-246. |
|
CHO, S. & CAMERON, G. T. (2005). Public nudity on cell
phones : Managing conflict in crisis situations. Public
Relations Review, 32, 199-201. |
THOMAS, K. & BOLTON, N. (2013). Cell phones in the
classroom : Preservice teachers' perceptions product code
: JDLTE, 30 (1), 11-20. [RTF] |
|
BOASE, J. & LING, R. (2013). Measuring mobile phone
use : Self-report versus log data. Journal of
Computer-Mediated Communication, 18, 508–519. |
|
KUZNEKOFF, J.H. & TITSWORTH, S. (2013). The impact of
mobile phone usage on student learning. Communication
Education, 62 (3), 233-252.
[PDF] |
|
GIKAS, J. & GRANT, M.M. (2013). Mobile computing
devices in higher education : Student perspectives on
learning with cellphones, smartphones & social media.
The internet & Higher Education, 19, 18-26. |
|
MAGHNATI, F. & LING, K.C. (2013). Exploring the
relationship between experiential value and usage attitude
towards mobile apps among the smartphone users. International
Journal of Business & Management, 8 (4), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
LOPEZ-FERNANDEZ, O., HONRUBIA-SERRANS, M.L. &
FREIXA-BLANXART, M.I (2014). Adapting the Mobile Phone
Problem Use Scale for the Mobile Phone Problem Use Scale
for adolescents : The English Version. Personality
& Individual Differences, 60 (S), 24-47. |
|
WHITE M.P., ELSERJ, R. & HARRIS, P.R. (2014). Risk
perceptions of mobile phone use while driving. Risk
Analysis, 24, 323–334. |
|
JONES, T. (2014). Students' cell phone addiction and their
opinions. The Elon Journal of Undergraduate Research
in Communications, 5 (1), 74-79. [PDF]
|
|
PHILLIPS, J., BUTT, S. & BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. (2006).
Personality and self-reported use of mobile phones of
games. Cyber Psychology & Behavior, 9 (6),
753-758. |
RADESKY, J., KISTIN, C.J., ZUCKERMAN, B., NITZBERG, K.,
GROSS, J., KAPLAN- SANOFF, M. & SILVERSTEIN, M.
(2014). Patterns of mobile device use by caregivers and
children during meals in fast food restaurants. Pediatrics,
133 (4), 843-849. |
|
TODA, M., MONDEN, K., KUBO, K. & MORIMOTO, K. (2006).
Mobile phone dependence and health related lifestyle of
university students. Social Behavior & Personality
: An International Journal, 34 (10), 1277-1284. [PDF] |
WANG, C., LEE, M.K.O. & HUA, Z. (2014). Understanding
and predicting compulsive smartphone use : An extension of
reinforcement sensitivity approach. Thirty Fifth
International Conference on Information Systems, 1-12.
[PDF] |
|
TANEJA, C. (2014). The psychology of excessive cellular
phone use. Delhi Psychiatry Journal, 17 (2),
448-451. [PDF]
|
|
CLAYTON, M., HELMS, B. & SIMPSON, C. (2006). Active
prompting to decrease cell phone use and increase seat
belt use while driving. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 39 (3), 341-349. [PDF] |
DERKS, D. & BAKKER, A. B. (2014). Smartphone use,
work-home interference, and burnout : A diary study on the
role of recovery. Applied Psychology, 63,
411-440 |
|
CAMPBELL, S. (2006). Perceptions of mobile phones in
college classrooms : Ringing, cheating, and classroom
policies. Communication Education, 55 (3),
280-294. |
CHEEVER, N.A., ROSEN, L.D., CARRIER, L.M. & CHAVEZ, A.
(2014). Out of sight is not out of mind : The impact of
restricting wireless mobile device use on anxiety levels
among low, moderate and high users. Computers in
Human Behavior, 37, 290-297. |
|
MASLEN, G. (2006). Mobile phones improve literacy, say
researchers. The Times Educational Supplement, 4696,
13-13. |
BURGESS, S.R. & MURRAY, A.B. (2014). Use of
traditional and smartphone app flashcards in an
introductory psychology class. Journal of
Instructional Pedagogies, 13, 1-7. [PDF] |
|
WALSH, S.P., WHITE, K.M. (2006). Ring, ring, why did I
make that call ? Beliefs underlying Australian university
students' mobile phone use. Youth Studies Australia,
25 (3), 49-57. |
MTABE, J.S. & RAISAMO, R. (2014). Investigating
students' behavioural intention to adopt and use mobile
learning in higher education in East Africa. International
Journal of Education & Development using Information
& Communication Technology, 10 (3), 4-20. [PDF] |
|
RUSSO, R., FOX, E., CINEL, C., BOLDINI, A., MIRSHEKAR, D.
& MEHTA, A. (2006). Does acute exposure to mobile
phones affect cognitive tasks ? Bioelectromagnetics,
27, 215-220. |
WANG, C., LEE, M.K.O. & HUA, Z. (2014). Understanding
and predicting compulsive smartphone use : An extension of
reinforcement sensitivity approach. Thirty Fifth
International Conference on Information Systems, 1-12.
[PDF] |
|
MARKETT, C., SANCHEZ, I.A., WEBER, S. & TANGEY, B.
(2006). Using short message service to encourage
interactivity in the classroom. Computers &
Education, 46, 280-293. |
RADESKY, J.S., MILLER, A.L., ROSENBLUM, K.L., APPUGLIESE,
D., ACIROTI, N. & LUMENG, J.C. (2015). Maternal mobile
device use during a structured parent' child interaction
task. Academic Pediatrics, 15 (2), 238-244. |
|
STRAYER, D.L., DREWS, F.A. & CROUCH, D.J. (2006). A
comparison of the cell phone driver and the drunk driver.
Human Factors, 48, 381-391. [PDF] |
VAN DEURSEN, A.J., BOLLE, C.L., HEGNER, S.M. &
KOMMERS, P.A. (2015). Modeling habitual and addictive
smartphone behavior : The role of smartphone usage types,
emotional intelligence, social stress, self-regulation,
age, and gender. Computers in Human Behavior, 45, 411-420. |
|
WALSH, S.P., WHITE, K.M. (2007). Me, my mobile and I : The
role of self and prototypical identity influences in the
prediction of mobile phone behavior. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 37, 2405-2434. |
BILLIEUX, J., MAURAGE, P., LOPEZ-FERNANDEZ, O., KUSS, D.J.
& GRIFFTIHS, M.D. (2015). Can disordered mobile phone
use be considered a behavioral addiction? An update on
current evidence and a comprehensive model for future
research. Current Addiction Reports, 2, 156-162.
[PDF]
|
|
ROYE, A., JACOBSEN, T. & SCHRÖGER, E. (2007). Personal
significance is encoded automatically by the human brain :
An event-related potential study with ringtones. European
Journal of Neuroscience, 26, 784-790. |
DEMIRCI, K., AKGÖNÖL, M. & AKPINAR, A. (2015).
Relationship of smartphone use severity with sleep
quality, depression, and anxiety in university students. Journal
of Behavioral Addictions 4, 85-92. [PDF] |
|
PARK, Y. & CHEN, J.V. (2007). Acceptance and adoption
of the innovative use of smartphone. Industrial
Management & Data Systems, 107 (9), 1349-1365 |
LIN, Y.H., LIN, Y.C., LEE, Y.H., LIN, P.H., LIN, S.H.,
CHANG, L.R., TSENG, H.W., YEN, L.Y., YANG, C.C. & KUO,
T.B. (2015). Time distortion associated with smartphone
addiction : Identifying smartphone addiction via a mobile
application. Journal of Psychiatic Research, 65,
139-145. |
|
LIBRERO, F., RAMOS, A.J., RANGA, A.I., TRINONA, J. &
LAMBWEET, D. (2007). Uses of the cell phone for education
in the Philippines and Mongolia. Distance Education,
28 (2), 231-244. |
CLAYTON, R.B., LESHNER, G. & ALMOND, A. (2015). The
extended iSelf : the impact of iPhone separation on
cognition, emotion, and physiology. Journal of
Computer-Mediated Communication, 20 (2), 119-135.
|
|
STRAYER, D.L. & DREWS, F.A. (2007). Cell-phone-induced
driver distraction. Current Directions In
Psychological Science, 16, 128-131. [PDF]
|
NAKUMURA, T. (2015). The action of looking at a mobile
phone display as nonverbal behavior/communication : A
theoretical perspective. Computers in Human Behavior,
43, 68-75. |
|
RUTLAND, J.B., SHEETS, T. & YOUNG, T. (2007).
Development of a scale to measure problem use of short
message service : the SMS problem use diagnostic
questionnaire. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 10
(6), 841-843. |
MONTAG, C., BLASKIEWICZ, K., LACHMANN, B., SARIYSKA, R.,
ANDONE, I., TRENDAFILOV, B. & MARKOWETZ, A. (2015).
Recorded behavior as a valuable resource for
psychodiagnostics in mobile phone addiction : evidence
from psychoinformatics. Behavioral Sciences, 5
(4), 434-442.
[PDF] |
|
VAN DER LINDEN, M., D'ACREMONT, M., CESCHI, G. &
ZERMATTEN, A. (2007). Does impulsivity relate to perceived
dependence on and actual use of the mobile phone ?
Applied Cognitive Psychology, 21 (4), 527-537. |
MONTAG, C., BLASKIEWICZ, K., SARIYSKA, R., LACHMANN, B.,
ANDONE, I., TRENDAFILOV, B. EIBES, M. & MARKOWETZ, A.
(2015). Smartphone usage in the 21st century : Who is
active on WhatsApp ? BMC Res. Notes, 8, 331, |
|
HARLEY, D., WINN, S., PEMBERTON, S. & WILCOX, P.
(2007). Using texting to support students' transition to
university. Innovations in Education & Teaching
International, 44 (3), 229- 241. |
CHAN, M. (2015). Mobile phones and the good life B :
Examining the relationships among mobile use, social
capital and subjective well-being. New Media Society,
17, 96-113. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.W. (2007). Perceptions of mobile phone Use in
public settings : A cross-cultural comparison. International
Journal of Communication, 1, 738-757 [PDF]
|
ANDREWS, S., ELLIS, D. A., SHAW, H. & PIWEK, L.
(2015). Beyond self-report : Tools to compare estimated
and real-world smartphone use. PLOS One, 10
(10), 1-9. [PDF] |
|
MILRAD, M. & SPIKOL, D. (2007). Anytime, anywhere
learning supported by smart phones : Experiences and
results from MUSIS project. Educational Technology
& Society, 10 (4), 62-70. [PDF]
|
ELHAI, J.D., LEVINE, J.C., DVORAK, R.B. & HALL,
B.J. (2016). Fear of missing out, need for touch, anxiety
and depression are related to problematic smartphone use.
Computers in Human Behavior, 63, 509-516. |
|
HANSSON, K.M., HARDELL, L. & CARLBERG, M. (2007).
Pooled analysis of two Swedish case-control studies on the
use of mobile and cordless telephones and the risk of
brain tumours diagnosed during 1997-2003. International
Journal of Occupational Safety & Ergonomics, 13, 63-71. |
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. & ETGAR, S. (2016). Intimacy and
smartphone multitasking - a new oxymoron? Psychological
Reports, 119, 826-838. [PDF] |
|
LIBRERO, F., RAMOS, A.J., RANGA, A.I., TRINONA, J. &
LAMBERT, D. (2007). Uses of the cell phone for education
in the Philippines and Mongolia. Distance Education,
28 (2), 231-244. |
LONG, J., LIU, T.-Q., LIAO, Y.H., HE, H.-Y., CHEN, S.-B.
& BILLIEUX, J. (2016). Prevalence and correlates of
problematic smartphone use in a large random sample of
Chinese undergraduates. BMC Psychiatry, 16,
1-12. [PDF] |
|
LINDQUIST, D., DENNING, T., KELLY, M., MALANI, R.,
GRISWORLD, W.G. & SIMON, B. (2007). Exploring the
potential of mobile phones for active learning in the
classroom. SIGCSE, 39 (1), 384-388. |
MISRA, S., CHENG, L., GENEVIE, J. & YUAN, M. (2016).
The iPhone effect : The quality of in-person social
interactions in the presence of mobile devices. Environment
& Behavior, 48 (2), 275-298. [PDF] |
|
YESHI, T. (2007). Cell phones for college teaching : A
literature review. [PDF]
|
CUTINO, C.M. & NEES, M.A. (2017). Restricting mobile
phone access during homework increases attainment of study
goals. Mobile Media & Communication, 5, 63-79. |
|
WALSCH, S., WHITE K. & YOUNG, R. (2008).
Over-connected ? A qualitative exploration of the
relationship between Australian youth and their mobile
phones. Journal of Adolescence, 31 (1), 77-92 |
ELHAI, J.D., TIAMIYU, M.F., WEEKS, J.W., LEVINE, J.C.,
PICARD, K.J. & HALL, B.J. (2017). Depression and
emotion regulation predict objective smartphone use
measured over one week. Personality & Individual
Differences, 133, 21-28. |
|
BUTT, S. & PHILLIPS, J. (2008). Personality and self
reported mobile phone use. Computers in Human
Behavior, 24 (2), 346-360. |
WILCOCKSON, T.D.W., ELLIS, D.A. & SHAW, H. (2018).
Determining typical smartphone usage : What data do we
need ? Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social
Networking, 21, 395-398. |
|
BHATIA, M.S. (2008). Cell phone dependancy-a new
diagnostic entity. Delhi Psychiatry Journal, 11
(2), 123-124. [PDF] |
EIDE, T.A., ARESTAD, S.H., ANDREASSEN, C.S., BILDER, R.M.
& PALLESEN, A. (2018). Smartphone restriction and its
effect on subjective withdrawal related scores.
Frontiers in Psychology, 9 [1444], 1-11. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, S.W. & PARK, Y.J. (2008). Social
implications of mobile telephony : The rise of personal
communication society. Sociology Compass, 2,
371-387 |
RADESKY, J.S. LEUNG, C., APPUGLIESE, D., MILLER, A.L.,
LUMENG, J.C. & ROSENBLUM, K.L. (2018). Maternal mental
representations of the child and mobile phone use during
parent' child mealtimes. Journal of Developmental
& Behavioral Pediatrics, 39, 310-317. |
|
LEUNG, L. (2008). Linking psychological attributes to
addiction and improper use of the mobile phone among
adolescents in Hong Kong. Journal of Children &
Media, 2 (2), 93–113. |
McDANIEL, B.T. (2019). Parent distraction with phones,
reasons for use, and impacts on parenting and child
outcomes : A review of the emerging research. Human
Behavior & Emerging Technologies, 1, 72-80. [PDF] |
|
BANJO, O., HU, Y. & SUNDAR, S. (2008). Cell phone
usage and social interaction with proximate others :
Ringing in a theoretical model. The Open
Communication Journal, 2, 127-135. [PDF] |
MONTAG, C., WEGMANN, E., SARIYSKA, R., DEMETROVICS, Z.
& BRAND, M. (2020). How to overcome taxonomical
problems in the study of technology related use disorders
and what to do with "smartphone addiction" ? Journal
of Behavioral Addictions, 9 (4), 908-914. |
|
BRAGUGLIA, K.H. (2008). Cellular telephone use : A survey
of college business students. Journal of College
Teaching & Learning, 5 (4), 55-61. [PDF]
|
ELHAI, J.D., YANG, H., ROZGONJUK, D. & MONTAG, C.
(2020). Using machine learning to model problematic
smartphone use severity : The significant role of fear of
missing out. Addictive Behaviors, 103, [106261]. |
|
| |
|
Voir Dépendance,
Tricherie, Multitâche,
Distraction,
Capital social,
Réseau, Anxiété
de ratage et
Conduite automobile |
| b |
|
SUDMAN, S. (1973). The uses of telephone directories for
survey sampling. Journal of Marketing Research, 10,
204-207. |
MILLER, G. (2012). The smartphone psychology manifesto. Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 7 (3), 221-237. |
|
DILLMAN, D.A. (1978). Mail and telephone surveys :
The total design method. New York : John Wiley
& Sons. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Enquête
par téléléphone et Sondage |
| c |
|
SOBIN, E., WEISSMAN, M.M., GOLDSTEIN, R.B. & ADAMS, P.
(1993). Diagnostic interviewing for family studies :
Comparing telephone and face-to-face methods for the
diagnosis of lifetime psychiatric disorders. Psychiatric
Genetics, 3, 227-233. |
MOHR, D.C., HART, S., JULIAN, L., CATLEDGE, C.,
HONOS-WEBB, L., VELLA, L. & TASCH, E.T. (2005).
Telephone-administered psychotherapy for depression.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 1007-1014. [PDF] |
|
KRISHNA, S., BOREN, S.A. & BALAS, E.A. (2009).
Healthcare via cell phones : a systematic review.
Telemedicine and e-Health Journal, 15 (3), 231–240. |
|
ROHDE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M. & SEELEY, J.R. (1997).
Comparability of telephone and face-to- face interviews in
assessing axis I and axis II disorders. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 1593-1598. |
MOHR, D.C., HO, J., DUFFECY, J., REIFLER, D., SOKOL, L.,
BURNS, M.N., JIN, L. & SIDDIQUE, J. (2012). Effect of
telephone-administered vs face-to-face cognitive
behavioral therapy on adherence to therapy and depression
outcomes among primary care patients : A randomized trial.
Journal of American Medical Association, 307 (21),
2278-2285. [PDF] |
|
JUARASCIO, A.S., MANASSE, S.M., GOLDSTEIN, S.P., FORMAN,
E.M. & BUTRYN, M.L. (2015). A review of smartphone
applications for the treatment of eating disorders. European
Eating Disorders Review, 23, 1-11.[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Entrevue
clinique par téléphone, Travail
à distance et Thérapie
par téléphone |
|
|
|
Téléphone
"intelligent" : Voir Téléphone.
Smart phone, cell phone.
|
| Télétravail
: Voir Travail à distance.
elework,
telecommuting, working at home, virtual work. |
Télévision
: Média
d'information et de divertissement. =
TV. Television, small screen, media viewing.
| |
|
 |
|
|
KRUGMAN, H.E. (1962). An application of learning theory to
TV copy testing. Public Opinion Quarterly, 26, 626-634.
|
COMSTOCK, G. (1991). Television in America. Newbury
Park, CA : Sage |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1962). A behavioral measure of television
viewing. Journal of Advertising Research, 2,
2-12. |
NEUMAN, S.B. (1991). Literacy in the television age :
The myth of the TV effect. Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
|
ERON, L.D. (1963). Relationship of TV viewing habits and
aggressive behavior in children. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 67 (2), 193-196. |
KNULST, W. (1991). Is television substituting reading ?
Changes in media Usage 1975-1985. Poetics : Journal
of Empirical Research on Literature, the Media & the
Arts 20 (1), 53-72. |
|
BERKOWITZ, L. & RAWLINGS, E. (1963). Effects of film
violence on inhibitions against subsequent aggression. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 66, 405-412. |
SAPOLSKY, B.S. & TABARLET, J.O. (1991). Sex in
primetime television : 1979 versus 1989. Journal of
Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 35, 505-516. |
|
KRUGMAN, H.E. (1965). The impact of television advertising
: Learning without involvement. Public Opinion
Quarterly, 29, 349-356. [PDF] |
VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (1991). Television and the decline
of reading. Poetics: Journal of Empirical Research on
Literature, the Media & the Arts 20 (1), 73-89. |
|
BERKOWITZ, L. & GEEN, R.G. (1966). Film violence and
the cue properties of available targets. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 3, 525-530. |
TUCKER, L.A. & BAGWELL, M. (1991). Television viewing
and obesity in adult females. American Journal of
Public Health, 81 (7), 908-991. |
|
PARKER, E.B. (1963). The effects of television on public
library circulation. Public Opinion Quarterly, 27,
578-589. |
COMSTOCK, G. & PAIK, H. (1991). Television and
the American child. San Diego : Academic Press. |
|
STEINER, G. (1963). The people look at television. New
York : Knopf. |
SNEED C. & RUNCO, M.A. (1992). The beliefs adults and
children hold about television and video games.
Journal of Psychology, 126, 273-284. |
|
KRUGMAN, H.E. & HARTLEY, E.L. (1970). Passive learning
from television. Public Opinion Quarterly, 34 (2),
184-190. [PDF] |
WILCOX, B.L. & ZUCKERMAN, D. (1992). Big world,
small screen. Lincoln : University of Nebraska
Press. |
|
DOMINICK, J.R. & RAUCH, G.E. (1972). The image of
women in network TV commercials. Journal of
Broadcasting, 16, 259-265. |
HUESMANN, L.R., ERON, L.D., BERKOWITZ, L. & CHAFFEE,
S. (1992). The effects of television violence on
aggression : A reply to a skeptic. In P. Suedfeld &
P.E. Tetlock (Eds.), Psychology and social policy
(pp. 191-200). New York : Hemisphere. |
|
U.S. SURGEON GENERAL'S SCIENTIFIC ADVISORY COMMITTEE/On
Television and social behavior. (1972). Television
and growing up : The impact of televised violence.
Washington, DC. |
HUSTON, A.C., DONNERSTEIN, E., FAIRCHILD, H., FESHBACH,
N.D., KATZ, P.A., MURRAY, J.P., RUBINSTEIN, E.A., WILCOX,
B. & ZUCKERMAN, D. (1992). Big world, small
screen : The role of television in American society. Lincoln,
NE : University of Nebraska Press. |
|
ERON, L.D., HUESMANN, L.R., LEFKOWITZ, M.M. & WALDER,
L.O. (1972). Does television violence cause aggression ? American
Psychologist, 27, 253-263. [PDF] |
CRAIG, R.S. (1992). The effect of television day part on
gender portrayals in television commercials : A content
analysis. Sex Roles, 26 (5/6), 197-21. [PDF] |
|
GERBNER, G. (1972). Violence in television drama : Trends
and symbolic functions. In G.A. Comstock & E.A.
Rubenstein (Eds.), Television and social behavior
: Media content and control (Vol. 1. pp. 28-187).
Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. [PDF] |
CENTERWALL, B.S. (1992). Television and violence. The
scale of the problem and where to go from here. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 267,
3059-3063. |
|
ROBERTSON, L.S., KELLEY, A.B., O'NEILL, B., WIXOM, C.W.,
EISWIRTH, R.S. & HADDON, W. (1974). A controled study
of the effect of television messages on safety belt use. American
Journal of Public Health, 64, 1071-1080. [PDF] |
FREEDMAN, J.L. (1992). Television violence and aggression
: What psychologists should tell the public. In P.
Suedfeld & P. Tetlock (Eds.), Psychology and
social policy (pp. 179-189). New York : Hemisphere
Publishing. |
|
COURTNEY, A.E. & WHIPPLE, T.W. (1974). Women in TV
commercials. Journal of Communication, 24, 110 -
118. |
SIGNORIELLI, N. (1993). Television, the portrayal of
women, and children's attitudes. In G.L. Berry & J.K.
Asamen (Eds.), Children and television : Images in a
changing sociocultural world (pp. 229-242).
Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
|
COMSTOCK, G. (1975). Television and human behavior :
The key studies. Santa Monica, CA : Rand
Corporation. |
CONDRY, J. (1993). Thief of time, unfaithful servant:
Television and the American child. Daedalus, 122,
259-278. |
|
FRIEDRICH L.K. & STEIN, A.H. (1975). Prosocial
television and young children : The effects of verbal
labeling and role playing on learning and behavior.
Child Developmental, 46, 27-38. |
SOMMERS-FLANAGAN, R., SOMMERS-FLANAGAN J. & DAVIS, B.
(1993). What's happening on music television ? A gender
role content analysis. Sex Roles, 28, 745-753. |
|
ZANNA, M.P., CHERESKIN, E. & DARLEY, J.M. (1976). How
television news viewers deal with facts that contradict
their beliefs; A consistency and attribution analysis.Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 6, 159-176. |
BURNS, J.J. & ANDERSON, D.R. (1993). Attentional
inertia and recognition memory in adult television
viewing. Communication Research, 20, 777-799. |
|
GERBNER, G. & GROSS, L. (1976). Living with
television: The violence profile. Journalof
Communication, 26 (2), 173-199. |
JASON, L.A., JOHNSON, S.Z. & JURS, A. (1993). Reducing
children's television viewing with an inexpensive lock. Child
& Family Behavior Therapy, 15 (3), 45-54. |
|
McARTHUR, L.Z. & EISEN, S.V. (1976). Television and
sex role stereotyping. Journal of Applied Psychology,
60 (4), 329-351. |
RIFFE, D., PLACE, P.C. & MAYO, C.M. (1993). Game time,
soap time and prime time TV ads : Treat- ment of women in
Sunday football and rest-of-week advertising.
Journalism Quarterly, 70, 437-446. |
|
THOMAS, M.H., HORTON, R.W., LIPPINCOTT, E.C. &
DRABMAN, R.S. (1977). Desensitization to portrays of real
life aggression as a function of television violence.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 35,
450-458. |
SIGNORIELLI, N. (1993). Television and adolescents'
perceptions about work. Youth & Society 24 (3),
314-341. |
|
SALOMON, G. (1977). Effects of encouraging Israeli mothers
to co-observe "Sesame Street" with their five-year-olds. Child
Development, 48, 1146-1151. |
PAIK, H. & COMSTOCK, G. (1994). The effects of
television violence on anti-social behavior : A
meta-analysis. Communication Research, 21,
516-546. |
|
MANDER, J. (1978). Four arguments for the elimination
of television. New York : Quill. |
SEGE, R. & DIETZ, W. (1994). Television viewing and
violence in children : The pedeatrician as agent for
change. Pediatrics, 94, 600-607. |
|
SALOMON, G. & COHEN, A. (1977). (1978).On the meaning
anc,ialidity of television viewing. Human
Comunication Research, 4, 265-270. |
|
|
MARECK, J., PILIAVIN, J.A., FITZSIMMONS, E., KROGH, E.C.,
LEADER, E. & TRUDELL, B. (1978). Women as TV experts :
The voice of authority. Journal of Communication, 28,
159-168. |
DELLI CARPINI, M.X. & WILLIAMS, B.A. (1994). Methods,
metaphors, and media research : The uses of television in
political conversation. Communication Research, 21,
782-812. |
|
|
LORCH, E.P., ANDERSON, D.R. & LEVIN, S.R. (1979). The
relationship of visual attention and children's
comprehension of television. Child Development, 26, 126-135. |
HALL, C.I. & CRUM, M.J. (1994). Women and "body-isms"
in television beer commercials. Sex Roles, 31 (5/6),
329-337. |
|
SCHNEIDER, K.C. & SCHNEIDER, S.B. (1979). Trends in
sex roles in television commercials. Journal of
Marketing, 42, 79-84. |
WEIGEL, R.H., KIM, E.L. & FROST, J.L. (1995). Race
relations on prime time television reconsidered : Patterns
of continuity and change. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 25, 223-236. |
|
COLLINS, W.A., WELLMAN, H., KENISTON, A.H. & WESTBY,
S.D. (1978). Age-related aspects of comprehension and
inference from a televised dramatic narrative. Child
Development, 49, 389-399. |
|
|
DIENER, E. & DEFOUR, D. (1978). Does television
violence enhance program popularity ? Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 333-341. |
MULIN, C.R. & LINZ, D. (1995). Desensitization and
resensitization to violence against women : Effects of
exposure to sexually violent films on judgments of
domestic violence victims. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 69, 449-459. |
|
SCHEIBE, C. (1979). Sex roles in TV commercials. Journal
of Advertising Research, 19, 23- 27. |
ALLAN, K. & COLTRANE, S. (1996). Gender displaying
television commercials : A comparative study of television
commercials in the 1950s and the 1980s. Sex Roles, 35
(3/4), 185-203. [PDF] |
|
GERBNER, G., GROSS, L. & MORGAN, M & SIGNORELLI,
N. (1980). On Wober's “Televised Violence and Paranoid
Perception: The View from Great Britain”. Public
Opinion Quarterly 43 (1), 123-124 |
|
|
FRIEDRICH-COFER, L.K., HUSTON-STEIN, A.H., KIPNIS, D.M.,
SUSMAN, E.J. & CLEWETT, A.S. (1979). Environmental
enhancement of prosocial television content : Effects on
interpersonal behavior, imaginative play, and
self-regulation in a natural setting. Developmental
Psychology, 15, 637-646. |
WALKER, A.J. (1996). Couples watching television : Gender,
power, and the remote control. Journal
of Marriage & Family, 58, 813–8203. |
|
BANKART, C.P. & ANDERSON, C.C. (1979). Short-term
effects of prosocial television viewing on play of
preschool boys and girls. Psychological Reports, 44,
935-941. |
TIGGERMANN, M. & PICKERING, A.S. (1996). Role of
television in adolescent women's body dissatisfaction and
drive for thinness. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 20 (2), 199-203. |
|
HAYES D. & BIRNBAUM, D. (1980). Preschoolers'
retention of televised events : Is a picture worth a
thousand words ? Developmenfal Psychology, 16,
410-416. |
REEVES, B. & NASS, C. (1996). The media equation
: How people treat computers, television, and new media
like real people and places. New York, NY :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
GERBNER, G. (1980). Aging with television: images on
television drama and conceptions of social reality.Journal
of communication, 30 (1), 37-47. |
|
|
McGHEE, P.E. & FRUEH, T. (1980). Television viewing
and the learning of sex-role stereotype. Sex Roles, 6
(2), 179-188. |
MARES, M.L. (1996). Positive effects of television on
social behavior : A meta-analysis. Philadelphia :
Annenberg Public Policy Center. |
|
MORGAN, M. (1980). Television viewing and reading : Does
more equal better ? Journal of Communication, 30,
159-165. |
WILSON, B.J., KUNKEL, D., LINZ, D., POTTER, J.
DONNERSTEIN, E., SMITH, S.L., BLUMENTHAL, E. & GRAY,
T. (1997). Violence in television programming overall :
University of California, Santa Barbara study. In M.
Seawall (Ed.), National television violence study
(Vol. 1-2, pp. 3-184). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage
Publications. |
|
WATKINS, B.A., CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON-STEIN, A.C. &
WRIGHT, J.C. (1980). Children's recall of television
material: Effects of presentation mode and adult labeling.
Developmental Psychology, 16, 672-674. |
O'GUINN, T.C. & SHRUM, L.J. (1997). The role of
television in the construction of consumer reality. Journal
of Consumer Research, 23 (4), 278-294. |
|
COLLINS, W.A., SOBOL, B.L. & WESTBY, S. (1981).
Effects of adult commentary on children's comprehension
and inferences about a televised aggressive portrayal. Child
Development, 52, 158-163. |
HOBBS, R. (1998). Teaching with and about film and
television Integrating media literacy concepts into
management education. Journal of Management
Development, 17 (4), 259-272. [PDF] |
|
BRYANT, J., ARVETH, R.A. & BROWN, D. (1981).
Television viewing and anxiety : An experimental
examination. Journal of Communication, 31,
106-119. |
SHANAHAN, J. (1998). Television and authoritarianism :
Exploring the concept of mainstreaming. Political
Communication, 15, 483-495. |
|
KERNS, T.Y. (1981). Television : A bisensory bombardment
that stifles children's creativity. Phi Delta Kappan,
62, 456-457. |
DILL, K.E. & DILL, J.C. (1998). Video game violence :
A review of the empirical literature. Aggressive
& Violent Behavior, 3, 407-428.
[PDF] |
|
COLLINS, W.A. (1981). Schemata for understanding
television. New Directions for Child & Adolescent
Development, 13, 31-45. |
|
|
SALOMON, G. (1981). Introducing AIME : the assessment of
children's mental involvement with television. New
Directions for Child & Adolescent Development,
86-102. |
|
|
ANDERSON, D.R., LORCH, E.P., FIELD, D.E. & SANDERS, J.
(1981). The effects of tv program comprehensibility on
children's visual attention and story comprehension. Child
Development, 52, 151-157. |
|
|
WRIGHT, J.C. & HUSTON, A.C. (1981). The forms of
television. Nature and development of television literacy
in children In H. Gardner & H. Kelly (Eds.),
Viewing children through television (pp. 73-88).
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
CANTOR, J. (1998). Children's attraction to violent
television programming. In J.H. Goldstein (Ed.), Why
we watch : The attractions of violent entertainment
(pp. 88-115). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
HAYES D., CHEMELSKI, B. & BIRNBAUM, D. (1981). Young
children incidental and intentional retention of televised
events. Developmental Psychology, 17, 230-232. |
SINGER, M.I., SLOVAK, K., FRIERSON, T. & YORK, P.
(1998). Viewing preferences, symptoms of psychological
trauma, and violent behaviors among children who watch
television. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 37 (10), 1041-1048. |
|
PHILLIPS, D.P. (1982). The impact of fictional television
stories on U.S. adult fatalities : New evidence on the
effect of the mass media on violence. American Journal
of Sociology, 87, 1340-1359. |
SHRUM, L.J., WYER, R.S. & O'GUINN, T.C. (1998). The
effects of television consumption on social perceptions :
The use of priming procedures to investigate psychological
processes. Journal of Consumer Research, 24 (4),
447-458. |
|
HUESMANN, L.R. (1982). Television violence and aggressive
behavior. In D. Pearl & L. Bouthilet (Eds.), Television
and behavior: Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the 80s. Washington, DC : U.S.
Government Printing Office. |
LAVINE, H., SWEENEY, D. & WAGNER, S.H. (1999).
Depicting women as sex objects in television advertising :
Effects on body dissatisfaction. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 25 (8), 1049-1058. [PDF] |
|
COLLINS, W.A. (1982). Cognitive processing in television
viewing. In D. Pearl, L. Bouthilet, and J. Lazar (Eds.), Television
and behaviour : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties : Technical reviews
(Vol. 2, p. 9-23). Rockville, MD : National Institute of
Mental Health. |
HUSTON, A.C., WRIGHT, J.C., MARQUIS, J. & GREEN, S.B.
(1999). How young children spend their time : Television
and other activities. Developmental Psychology, 35,
912-925. |
|
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH (1982). Television
and behavior : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties. Washington, DC :
U.S. Government Printing Office. |
FURNHAM, A., GUNTER, B. & WALSH, D. (1998). Effects of
programme context on memory of humorous television
commercials. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 12,
555-567. |
|
JASON, L.A. & KLICH, M. (1982). Use of feedback in
reducing television watching. Psychological Reports,
51, 812-814. |
|
|
|
CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON, A.C., WATKINS, B.A. & WRIGHT,
J.C. (1982). The relation between selective attention to
television forms and children's comprehension of content.
Child Development, 53, 601-610. |
|
|
GERBNER, G. GROSS, L., MORGAN, M. & SIGNORIELLI, N.
(1982). Charting the mainstream : Television's
contributions to political orientations. Journal of
Communication, 32 (2), 100-127. |
|
|
ZILLMANN, D. (1982). Television viewing and arousal. In D.
Pearl, L. Bouthilet & J. Lazar (Eds.), Television
and behavior : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties. (Vol. 2, pp. 53-67).
Washington, DC : U.S. Government Printing Office. |
WARD, L.M. & RIVADEYRA, R. (1999). Contributions of
entertainment television to adolescents' sexual attitudes
and expectations : The role of viewing amount versus
viewer involvement. Journal of Sex Research, 36,
237-249. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R. & LOREH, E.P. (1983). Looking at
television : Action or reaction ? In J. Bryant & D.R.
Anderson (Eds.), Children's understanding of
television : Research on attention and comprehension
(pp. 1-33). NewYork : Academic. |
LAVINE, H., SWEENEY, D. & WAGNER, S.H. (1999).
Depicting women as sex objects in television advertising :
Effects on body dissatisfaction. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 25 (8), 1049-1058. [PDF] |
|
MILAVSKY, J.R., KESSLER, R., STIPP, H.R., UBENS, W.S.
PEARL, D., BOUTHILET, L. & LAZAR, J. (Eds.) (1982). Television
and behavior : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties. Washington, DC :
U.S. Government Printing Office. |
BARR, R. & HAYNE, H. (1999). Developmental changes in
imitation from television during infancy. Child
Development 70, 1067-1081. |
|
BEAGLES-ROSS, J. & GAT, I. (1983). Specific impact of
radio and television on children's story comprehension.
Joumai of Educational Psychology, 75, 128-137. |
COMSTOCK, G. & SCHARRER, E. (1999). Television :
What's on, who's watching, and what it means. New
York : Academic Press. |
|
LOCELACE V. & HUSTON, H.C. (1983). Can television
teach prosocial behavior ? Prevention in Human
Services, 2, 93-106. |
SHANAHAN, J. & MORGAN, M. (1999) Television and
its viewers : Cultivation Theory and Research.
Cambridge University Press |
|
BRYANT, J., ZILLMANN, D. & BROWN, D. (1983).
Entertainment features in children's educational
television : Effects on attention and information
acquisition. In J. Bryant & D.R. Anderson (Eds.), Children's
understanding of television : Research on attention and
comprehension (pp. 221-238). New York : Academic. |
LANG, A., BOLLS, P., POTTER, RF. & KAWAHARA K. (1999).
The effects of production pacing and arousing content on
the information processing of television messages. Journal
Broadcasting Electronic Media, 43 (4), 451-475. |
|
COLLINS, W.A. (1983). Interpretation and inference in
children's television viewing. In J. Bryant & D.R.
Anderson (Eds.), Children's understanding of
television : Research on attention and comprehension
(pp. 125-150). New York : Academic. |
VAN DER MOLEN, W.J.H. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (2000).
Children's and adults' recall of television and print news
in children's and adult news formats. Communication
Research, 27 (2), 132-160. |
|
PEZDEK, K. & HARTMAN, E.F. (1983). Children's
television viewing : Attention and comprehension of
auditory versus visual information. Child
Development, 54, 1015-1023. |
MASTRO, D.E. & GREENBERG, B.S. (2000). The portrayal
of racial minorities on prime time television. Journal
of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 44 (4),
690-703. [PDF] |
|
LIST, J.A., COLLINS, W.A. & WESTBY, S.D. (1983).
Comprehension and inferences from traditional and
nontraditional sex-role portrayals on television. Child
Development, 54 (6), 1579-1587. |
POOL, M.M., VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A., BEENTJES, J.WJ. &
KOOLSTRA, C.M. (2000). Background television as an
inhibitor of performance on easy and difficult homework
assignments. Communication Research, 27,
293-326. |
|
SALOMON, G. (1983).Television watching and mental effort
:A social psychological view. In J. Bryant & D.R.
Anderson (Eds.), Children's understanding of
television : Research on attention and comprehension
(pp.181-198). New York : Academic. |
|
|
GUNTER, B. (1983). Do aggressive people prefer violent
television ? Bulletin of the British Psychological
Society, 36, 166-168. |
|
|
PEZDEK, K. & HARTMAN, E.F. (1984). Children's memory
for auditory and visual information on television. Developmental
Psychology, 20, 212-218. |
BOTTA, R. (2000). The mirror of television : A comparison
of black and white adolescents' body image. Journal of
Communication, 50, 144-159. |
|
DOMINICK, J.R. (1984). Videogames, television violence,
and aggression in teenagers. Journal of
Communication, 34, 136-147. |
|
|
SALOMON, G. (1984). Television is "easy" and print is
"tough" : the differential investment of mental effort in
learning as a function of perceptions and attributions.
Journal of Educational Psychology 76 (4), 647-658. |
|
|
|
RUNCO, M.A. & PEZDEK, K. (1984). The effect of radio
and television on children's creativity. Human
Communications Research, 11, 109-120. |
CRESPO, C.J., SMIT, E., TROIANO, R.P., BARTLETT, S.J.,
MACERA, C.A. & ANDERSEN, R.E. (2001). Television
watching, energy intake, and obesity in US children :
results from the third National Health and Nutrition
Examination Survey, 1988-1994. Archives of Pediatrics
& Adolescent Medicine, 155 (3), 360-365. |
|
KENNY, D.A. (1984). Television violence, aggression, and
the NBC study. Journal of Communication, 34,
176-188. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2001). Effects of
televised violence on aggression. In D. Singer & J.
Singer (Eds.), Handbook of children and the media
(pp. 223-254). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
[PDF] |
|
SALOMON, G. & LEIGH, T. (1984). Predispositions about
learning from print and television. Journal of
Communication, 34, 119-135. |
|
|
GERBNER, G. GROSS, L., MORGAN, M. & SIGNORIELLI, N.
(1984). Political correlates of television viewing. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 48 (1), 283-300. |
|
|
PEZDEK, K., LEHRER, A. & SIMON, S. (1984). The
relationship between reading and cognitive processing of
television and radio. Child Development, 55 (6),
2072-2082. |
|
|
JASON, L.A. (1985). Using a token-actuated timer to reduce
television viewing. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 18 (3), 269-272. [PDF]
|
GRABER, D.A. (2001). Processing politics : Learning
from television in the internet age. University of
Chicago Press. |
|
PEZDEK, K. (1985). Debunking some myths regarding
cognitive processing of television. Television &
Children, 8 (4), 41-46. |
NABI, R.L. & SULLIVAN, J.L. (2001). Does television
viewing relate to engagement in protective action against
crime ? A cultivation analysis from a theory of reasoned
action perspective. Communication Research, 28 (6),
802-825. |
|
LANZETTA, J.T. SULLIVAN, D.G., MASTERS R.D. & McHUGO,
G.J. (1985). Emotional and cognitive responses to
televised images of political leaders. In S. Krauss &
R.M. Perloff (Eds.), Mass media and political thought
: An information processing approach (pp. 50–67).
Beverly Hills, CA : Sage. |
GRABE, M.E., ZHOU, S. & BARNETT, B. (2001).
Explicating sensationalism in television news : Content
and the bells and whistles of form. Journal of
Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 45, 635-655. |
|
WILLIAMS, T.M. (Ed.) (1986). The impact of television
: A natural experiment in three communities. New
York : Academic Press. |
NATHANSON, A.I., WILSON, B.J., McGEE, J. & SEBASTIAN,
M. (2002). Counteracting the effects of female stereotypes
on television via active mediation. Journal of
Communication, 42 (4), 922-937. |
|
CANONO, G.J. HUSTON, A.C. (1986). A content analyses of
prime-time TV and radio news in Puerto Rico.
Journalism Quarterly, 63 (1), 150-154. |
KUBEY, R. & CSIKSZENTMIHALYI, M. (2002). Television
addiction is no mere metaphor. Scientific American,
286, 74-80. [PDF] |
|
GERBNER, G., GROSS, L., MORGAN, M. & SIGNORELLI, N.
(1986). Living with television : The dynamics of the
cultivation process. Perspectives on Media Effects, 17-40 |
NATHANSON, A.I., WILSON, B.J., McGEE, J. & SEBASTIAN,
M. (2002). Counteracting the effects of female stereotypes
on television via active mediation. Journal of
Communication, 52, 922-937. |
|
HAROLD, S. (1986). A synthesis of 1043 effects of
television on social behavior. Public Communication
& Behavior, 1, 65-133. |
FOUTS, G. & VAUGHAN, K. (2002). Locus of control,
television viewing, and eating disorder symptomatology in
young females. Journal of Adolescence, 25,
307-311. |
|
SIGNORIELLI, N. Selective television viewing : A limited
possibility. Journal of communication, 36 (3),
64-76. |
|
|
FRIEDRICH-COFER, L. & HUSTON, A.C. (1986). Television
violence and aggression : The debate continues. Psychological
Bulletin, 100, 364-371. |
BECKER, A.E., BURWELL, R.A., GILMAN, S.E., HERZOG, D.B.
& HAMBURG P. (2002). Eating behaviors and attitudes
following prolonged esposure to television among ethnic
Fijian adolescent girls. Bristih Journal of
Psychiatry, 180, 509-514. [PDF] |
|
|
KIMBALL, M.M (1986). Television and sex-role attitudes. In
T.M. Williams (Ed.), The impact of television.
Orlando, FL : Academic Press. |
JOHNSON, J.G., COHEN, P., SMAILES, E.M., KASEN, S. &
BROOK, J.S. (2002). Television viewing and aggressive
behavior during adolescence and adulthood. Science,
295, 2468-2471. |
|
HUSTON, A.C. (1987). Television and human behavior. In F.
Farley & C.N. Null (Eds.) Using psychological
science : Making the public case (pp. 131-142).
Washington D.C. Federation of Behavioral, Psychological,
and Cognitive Sciences. |
WARD, L.M. (2002). Does television exposure affect
emerging adults' attitudes and assumptions about sexual
relationships ? Correlational and experimental
confirmation. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 31,
1-15. |
|
PRESTON, J.M. (1987). Review of the impact of television :
A natural experiment in three communities. Canadian
Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 28 (3),
298-299. |
FURNHAM, A., BERGLAND, J. & GUNTER, B. (2002). Memory
for television advertisements as a function of
advertisement-programme congruity. Applied Cognitive
Psychology 16, 525-545. |
|
CALVERT, S.L. & HUSTON, A.C. (1987). Television and
children's gender schemata. New Directions for Child
Development, 38, 75-88. |
BOLLS, P.D., MUEHLING, D.D. & YOON, K. (2003). The
effects of television commercial pacing on viewers'
attention and memory. Journal of Marketing
Communications, 9 (1), 17-28. |
|
JASON, L.A. (1987). Reducing children's excessive
television viewing and assessing secondary changes. Journal
of Clinical Child Psychology, 16, 245-250. |
HENDERSON, J.J. & BALDASTY, G.J. (2003). Race,
advertising, and prime-time television. The Howard
Journal of Communication, 14, 97-112. |
|
CALVERT, S.L. & GERSH, T.L. (1987). The selective use
of sound effects and visual inserts for children's
television story comprehension. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 8, 363-375. [PDF] |
HU, F.B., LI, T.Y., COLDITZ, G.A., WILLET, W.C. &
MANSON, J.E. (2003). Television watching and other
sedentary behaviors in relation to risk of obesity and
Type 2 diabetes mellitus in women. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 289, 1785-1791. |
|
CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON, A.C. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1987).
Effects of television preplay formats on children's
attention and story comprehension. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 8, 329-392. |
CARNAGEY, N.L. & ANDERSON, C.A. (2003). Theory in the
study of media violence : The general aggression model. In
D.A. Gentile (Ed.), A complete guide for parents and
professionals. Londres : Praeger. [PDF] |
|
WROBLESKI, R. & HUSTON, A.C. (1987). Televised
occupational stereotypes and their effects on early
adolescents : Are they changing ? Journal of Early
Adolescence, 7, 283-297. |
HAYNE, H., HERBERT, J. & SIMCOCK, G. (2003). Imitation
from television by 24- and 30-month-olds.
Developmental Science, 6 (3), 254-261. |
|
FERRANTE, C., HAYNES, A. & KINGSLEY, S. (1988). Images
of women in television advertising. Journal of
Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 32, 231-237.
|
SCHMITT, K.I., WOOLF, K.D. & ANDERSON, D.R. (2003).
Viewing the viewers : Viewing behaviors by children and
adults during television programs and commercials. Journal
of Communication, 53, 265-281. |
|
BRETL, D.J. & CANTOR, J. (1988). The portrayal of men
and women in U.S. television commercials : A recent
content analysis and trends over 15 years. Sex Roles,
18 (9/10), 595-609. [PDF] |
VAN EVRA, J. (2004). Television and child
development. Taylor & Francis eBooks. |
|
|
BERMAN, A.L. (1988). Fictional depiction of suicide in
television films and imitation effects. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 145, 982-986. |
SCHOOLER, D.L., WARD, M., MERRIWETHER, A. & CARUTHERS,
A. (2004). Who's that girl : Television's role in the body
image development of young White and Black women. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 28, 38-47. |
|
ALVAREZ, M., HUSTON, A.C., WRIGHT, J.C. & KERKMAN, D.
(1988). Gender differencs in visual attention to
television form and content. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 9, 459-475. |
DIXON, W.W. (2004). Film and television after 9/11. Illinois.
Southern Illinois University Press. |
|
GILLY, M.C. (1988). Sex roles in advertising : A
comparison of television advertisements in Australia,
Mexico, and the United States. Journal of Marketing,
52, 75-85. |
BECKER, A. (2004). Television, disordered eating, and
young women in Fiji : Negotiating body image identity
during rapid social change. Culture, Medicine &
Psychiatry, 28, 533-559. [PDF] |
|
KESSLER, R.C., DOWNEY, G., MILAVSKY, J.R. & STIPP, H.
(1988). Clustering of teenage suicides after television
news stories about suicides : A reconsi |
FUNK, J.B., BALDACCI, H.B., PASOLD, T. & BAUMGARDNER,
J. (2004). Violence exposure in real-life, video games,
television, movies, and the internet : is there
desensitization ? Journal of Adolescence, 27
(1), 23-39. [PDF] |
|
VAN DE WATER, E.A., BICKMAN, D.S., LEE, J.H., CUMMING,
H.M., WARTELLA, E.A. & IDEOUT, V.J. (2005). When the
television is always on. American Behavioral
Scientist, 48, 562-577. [PDF] |
|
JASON, L.A., DANIELWICZ, J. & MESINA, A. (2005).
Reducing media viewing : Implications for behaviorists.
Journal of Early & Intensive Behavioral
Intervention, 2, 194-206. |
|
GUNTER, B. & FURNHAM, A. & PAPPA, E. (2005).
Effects of television violence on memory for violent and
nonviolent advertising. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 35 (8), 1680-1697.
[PDF] |
|
LOVDAL, L.T. (1989). Sex role messages in television
commercials : An update. Sex Roles, 21 (11/12),
715-724. |
GENTILE, D.A., HUMPHREYS, J. & WALSH, D.A. (2005).
Media ratings for movies, music, video games &
television : A review of the research and recommendations
for improvements. Adolescent Medicine Clinics, 16,
427-446. [PDF] |
|
O'GUINN, T.C., FABER, R.J. & MEYER, T.P. (1989).
Ethnic segmentation and spanish language television. Journal
of Advertising, 14 (3), 63-66. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. (2005). Violence and sex in television
programs do not sell products in advertisements. Psychological
Science, 16, 702-708.
[PDF] |
|
COMSTOCK, G. (1989). The evolution of American
television. Newbury Park : Sage. |
CHERNEY, I.D. & LONDON, K. (2006). Gender-linked
differences in the toys, television shows, computer games,
and outdoor activities of 5- to 13-year-old children.
Sex Roles, 54 (9-10), 717-726. [PDF] |
|
SIGNORIELLI, N. (1989). Television and conceptions about
sex roles : Maintaining conventionality and the status
quo. Sex Roles, 21, 337-356. |
STEVENS, T. & MULSOW, M. (2006). There is no
meaningful relationship between television exposure and
symptoms of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder.
Pediatrics, 117, 665-672. |
|
CENTERWALL, B.S. (1989). Exposure to television as a risk
factor for violence. American Journal of Epidemiology,
129, 643-652. |
SHARIF, I. & SARGENT, J.D. (2006). Association between
television, movie, and video game exposure and school
performance. Pediatrics, 118 (4), 1061-1070. |
|
TUCKER, L.A. & FRIEDMAN, G.M. (1989). Television
viewing and obesity in adult males. American Journal
of Public Health, 79 (4), 516-518. |
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. & MORGAN, E.M. (2006). Who wants to
marry a millionaire ? Reality dating television programs,
attitudes toward sex, and sexual behaviors. Sex
Roles, 54 (1-2), 1-17. [PDF] |
|
CENTERWALL, B.S. (1989). Exposure to television as a cause
of violence. Public Communication & Behavior, 2,
1-58. |
DIXON, T.L. (2007). Black criminals and White officers :
The effects of racially misrepresenting law breakers and
law defenders on television news. Media Psychology,
10, 270-291. [PDF] |
|
CONDRY, J.C. (1989). The psychology of television.
New York : L. Erlbaum |
DONG, Q. & MURRILLO, A.P. (2007). The impact of
television viewing on young adults' stereotypes towards
hispanic americans. Human Communication, 10 (1),
33-44. [PDF] |
|
CHONCHAIYA, W. & PRUKSANANONDA, C. (2008). Television
viewing associates with delayed language development. Acta
Paediatrica, 97, 977-982. |
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2007). Can we turn a toxin into a tonic
? Toward 21st-Century television alchemy. Pediatrics,
120 (3), 647-648. |
|
MASTRO, D., LAPINSKI, M.K., KOPACZ, M.A. &
BEHM-MORAWITZ, E. (2009). The influence of exposure to
depictions of race and crime in TV News on viewer's social
judgments. Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic
Media 53 (4), 615-635. [PDF] |
|
WOBER, J.M. (1990). Does television cultivate the British
? Late 80s Evidence. In N. Signorielli & M. Morgan
(Eds.), Cultivation analysis : New directions in
media effects research. Newbury : Sage. |
FERGUSON, C.J., CRUZ, A.A., MARTINEZ, D., RUEDA, S.M.
& FERGUSON, D.E. (2010). Violence and sex as
advertising strategies in television commercials.
European Psychologist, 5 (4), 304-311.
[PDF] |
|
SIGNORELLI, N. (1990). Television's mean and dangerous
world : A continuation of the cultural indicators
perspective. In N. Signorielli & M. Morgan (Eds.), Cultivation
analysis : New directions in media effects research (pp.
85-106). Newbury Park, CA : Sage Publications. |
MONK-TURNER, E., HEISERMAN, M., JOHNSON, C., COTTON, V.
& JACKSON, M. (2010). The portrayal of racial
minorities on prime time television. Studies in
Popular Culture, 32 (2), 101-113. [PDF] |
|
WARTELLA, E., RICHERT, R.A. & ROBB, M.B. (201).
Babies, television and videos : How did we get here ? Developmental
Review, 30 (2), 116-127. |
|
ROBINSON, J.P. (1990). Television's effects on families'
use of time. In J. Bryant (Ed.), Television and the
American family (pp. 195-209). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
SWING, E., GENTILE, D.A., ANDERSON, C.A. & WALSH, D.A.
(2010). Television and video game exposure and the
development of attention problems. Pediatrics, 126,
214-221. [PDF] |
|
FERGUSON, C.J. (2011). The influence of television and
video game use on attention and school problems : A
multivariate analysis with other risk factors controlled.
Journal of Psychiatric Research, 45 (6),
808-813. [PDF] |
|
KUBEY, R. & CSIKSZENTMIHALYI, M. (1990). Television
and the quality of life : How viewing shapes everyday
experience. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
SAXBE, D., GRAESCH, A. & ALVIK, M. (2011). Television
as a social or solo activity : Understanding families'
everyday television viewing patterns. Communication
Research Reports, 28 (2), 180-189. [PDF] |
|
BRODY, G.H. (1990). Effects of television viewing on
family interactions : An observational study. Family
Relations, 29 (2), 216-220. |
DESMURGET, M. (2011). TV Lobotomie - la vérité
scientifique sur les effets de la télévision. Max
Milo. |
|
PARKES, A., SWEETING, H., WIGHT, D. & HENDERSON, M.
(2013). Do television and electronic games predict
children’s psy- chosocial adjustment ? Longitudinal
research using the UK Millennium Cohort Study.
Archives of Disease in Childhood, 98, 341–348. |
|
WONNEBERGER A. & IRAZOQUI, M. (2017). Explaining
response errors of self-reported frequency and duration of
TV exposure through individual and contextual factors. Journalism
& Mass Communication Quarterly, 94, 259-281. |
|
SCHWAB, F., HENNIGHAUSEN, C., ADLER, D.C. & CAROLUS,
A. (2018). Television is still "easy" and print is stil
"tough" ? More than 30 Years of research on the amount of
invested mental effort. Frontiers in Psychology, 9
[1098], 1-17. [PDF] |
|
KIRKORIAN, H., CHOI, K. & ANDERSON, D.R. (2019).
American parents' active involvement mediates the impact
of background television on toddlers' play. Journal
of Children & Media, 13 (4), 377-394. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Publicité,
Écran et
Représentation de la violence |
|
|
Télévision
(pour enfants + adolescents) : Média
d'éducation et de
divertissement qui s'adresse plus particulièrement aux enfants.
= TV.
Childhood television.
| |
|
|
BARROW, L.C. & WESTLEY, B.H. (1959). Comparative
teaching effectiveness of radio and television. Audio
Visual Communication Review, 7, 14-23. |
JASON, L.A. & JOHNSON, S.Z. (1995). Reducing excessive
television viewing while increasing physical activity. Child
& Family Behavior Therapy, 17, 35-45. |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1962). A behavioral measure of television
viewing. Journal of Advertising Research, 2,
2-12. |
WARD, L.M. (1995). Talking about sex : Common themes about
sexuality in the prime-time television programs children
and adolescents view most. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 24, 595-615. |
|
BALL, S. (1970). The first year of Sesame Street : An
evaluation. Final Report. Educational Testing
Service. |
WRIGHT, J.C., HUSTON, A.C., ALVAREZ, M., TRUGLIO, R.,
FITCH, M. & PIEMYAT, S. (1995). Perceived television
reality and children's emotional and cognitive responses
to its social content. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 16, 231-251. |
|
BALL, S. & BOGATZ, G.A. (1970). The first year of
Sesame Street : An evaluation. Princeton, NJ :
Educational Testing Service. |
VALKENBURG, P.M. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H. (1995). The
Influence of television on children's daydreaming styles :
A 1-year panel study. Communication Research, 22
(3), 267-287. |
|
BOGATZ, G.A. & BALL, S. (1971). The second year
of Sesame Street : A continuing evaluation : a report to
the children's television workshop. Educational
Testing Service. |
|
|
STEIN, G.M. & BRYAN, J.H. (1972). The effects of a
television model upon rule adoption behavior of children.
Child Development, 43 (1), 268-273. |
KOOLSTRA, C.M. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (1996).
Longitudinal effects of television on children's
leisure-time reading : a test of three explanatory models.
Human Communication Research, 23, 4-35. |
|
CHAFFEE, S.H. (1972). Television and adolescent
aggressiveness (overview). In G.A. Comstock & E.A.
Rubinstein (Eds.), Television and social behavior : A
technical report to the Surgeon General's Scientific
Advisory Committee on Television and Social Behavior
(Vol. 3, pp. 1-34). Washington, DC : U.S. Government
Printing Office. |
TIGGERMANN M. & PICKERING, A.S. (1996). Role of
television in adolescent women's body dissatisfaction and
drive for thinness. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 20 (2), 199-203. |
|
BOGATZ G.A. & BALL, S. (1972). The impact of
Sesame Street on children's first school experiences.
Princeton, NJ : Educational Testing Service. |
MARES, M.L. (1996). Positive effects of television on
social behavior : A meta-analysis. Philadelphia :
Annenberg Public Policy Center. |
|
LIEBERT, R. & BARON, R. (1972). Some immediate effects
of televised violence on children's behavior.
Developmental Psychology, 6, 469-475. |
BARKER, C. (1997). Television and the reflexive project of
the self : soaps, teenage talk and hybrid identities.
British Journal of Sociology, 48, 611-628. |
|
U.S. SURGEON GENERAL'S SCIENTIFIC ADVISORY COMMITTEE/On
Television and social behavior. (1972). Television
and growing up : The impact of televised violence.
Washington, DC. |
VALKENBURG, P.M. & BENTJES, J.W.J. (1997). Children's
creative imagination in response to radio and television
stories. Journal of Communication 47 (2),
21-38. [PDF]
|
|
MICHAUD, R. et SIRKIS, R. (1973). L'utilisation des
Oraliens et des 100 Tours de Centour. Montréal :
Ministère de l'Éducation du Québec. |
WALMA VAN DER MOLEN, J. & VAN DER VOORT, T. (1997)
Children's recall of television and print news : a media
comparison study. Journal of Educational Psychology,
89 (1), 82-91. |
|
FRIEDRICH, L.K. & STEIN, A.H. (1973). Aggressive and
prosocial television programs and the natural behavior of
preschool children. Monographs of the Society for
Research in Child Development, 38, 1-64. |
SHANAHAN, J. (1998). Television and authoritarianism :
Exploring the concept of mainstreaming. Political
Communication, 15, 483-495. |
|
CLINE, V.B., CROFT, R.G. & COURRIER, S. (1973).
Desensitization of children to television violence. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 27,
360-365. |
BROWNE, B.A. (1998). Gender stereotypes in advertising on
children's television in 1990s : A cross-national
analysis. Journal of Advertising, 1, 83-96. |
|
WEIGEL, R.H. & JESSOR, R. (1973). Television and
adolescent conventionality : An exploratory study. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 37, 76-90. |
|
|
STERNGLANZ, S.H. & SERBIN, L.A. (1974). Sex role
stereotyping in childrenís television programs.
Developmental Psychology, 10 (5), 710-715. |
CANTOR, J. (1998). Children's attraction to violent
television programming. In J.H. Goldstein (Ed.), Why
we watch : The attractions of violent entertainment
(pp. 88-115). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
FREIDLANDER, B.Z., WETSTONE, H.S. & SCOTT, C.S. (1974)
Surburban preschool children's comprehension of an
age-appropriate informational television program. Child
Development, 45, 561-565. |
SINGER, M.I., SLOVAK, K., FRIERSON, T. & YORK, P.
(1998). Viewing preferences, symptoms of psychological
trauma, and violent behaviors among children who watch
television. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 37 (10), 1041-1048. |
|
FRIEDRICH, L.K. & STEIN, A.H. (1975). Prosocial
television and young children : The effects of verbal
labeling and role playing on learning and behavior.
Child Development, 46, 27-38. |
ANDERMAN, E.M. & JOHNSTON, J. (1998). TV news in the
classroom : What are adolescents learning ? Journal of
Adolescent Research, 13, 73-100. |
|
SPRAFKIN, J.N., LIEBERT, R.M. & POULOS, R.W. (1975).
Effects of a prosocial televised example on children's
helping. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
20, 119-126. |
SIDNEY, S., STERNFELD, B., HASKELL, W.L., JACOBS, D.R.,
CHESNEY, M.A. & HULLEY, S.B. (1998). Television
viewing and cardiovascular risk factors in young adults :
The CARDIA study. Annals of Epidemiology, 6 (2),
154-159. |
|
STEIN, A.H. & FRIEDRICH, L.K. (1975). Impact of
television on children and youth. In E.M. Hetherington,
J.W. Hagen, R. Kron, & A.H. Stein (Eds.), Review
of child development research (Vol. 5, pp.
183-256). Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
HOOPER, M.L. & CHANG, P. (1998). Comparison of demands
of sustained attentional events between public and private
children's television programs. Perceptual &
Motor Skills, 86 (2), 431-434. |
|
COOK, T.D., APPLETON, H., CONNOR, R. & SCHAFFER, A.
(1975). Sesame Street revisited : A case study in
evaluation research. New York : Russell Sage. |
FUJIOKA, Y. (1999). Television portrayals and
African-American stereotypes : Examination of television
effects when direct contact is lacking. Journalism
& Mass Communication Quarterly, 76 (1), 52-75. |
|
SURBECK, E. (1975). Young children's emotional reactions
to TV violence : The effect of children's perceptions of
reality. Dissertation Abstracts International, 35,
5139-A. |
|
|
COLLINS, W.A. & GETZ, S.K. (1976). Children's social
responses following modeled reactions to provocation :
Prosocial effects of a television drama. Journal of
Personality, 44, 488-500. |
WARD, L.M. & RIVADENEYRA, R. (1999). Contributions of
entertainment television to adolescents' sexual attitudes
and expectations : The role of viewing amount versus
viewer involvement. Journal of Sex Research, 36,
237-249. |
|
BROWN, J.D. (1976). Children's uses of television. In R.
Brown (Ed.), Children and television. London :
Collier MacMillan. |
SHANAHAN, J. & MORGAN, M. (1999) Television and
its vewers : Cultivation theory and research.
Cambridge University Press |
|
|
LULL, J.T. HANSON, C.A. & MARX, M.J. (1977).
Recognition of female stereotypes in TV commercials. Journalism
Quarterly, 54, 153-157. |
HUSTON, A.C., WRIGHT, J.C., MARQUIS, J. & GREEN, S.B.
(1999). How young children spend their time : television
and other activities. Developmental Psychology 35
(4), 912-925. |
|
TCHERNOFF, A., PAGÉ, M. et GAGNÉ, G. (1977).
L'enseignement des Oraliens et des Cent tours de Centour
Une évaluation. Québec français, 28, 56-59. [PDF]
|
BARR. R. & HAYNE, H. (1999). Developmental changes in
imitation from television during infancy. Child
Development, 70 (5), 1067-1081. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R. LEVIN, S, LORCH, E. (1977). The effects of
TV program pacing on the behavior of preschool children. Educational
Technology Research & Development, 25 (2),
159-166. |
|
|
TCHERNOFF, A. (1977). Évaluation de l'impact des émissions
éducatives télévisuelles : les Oraliens et les 100 Tours
de Centour. (Mémoire de maîtrise). Université de Montréal. |
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (1999). Developmental changes in
imitation from television during infancy. Child
Development, 70 (5), 1067-1081. |
|
SALOMON, G. (1977). Effects of encouraging Israeli mothers
to co-observe "Sesame Street" with their five-year-olds. Child
Development, 48, 1146-1151. |
GEIST, E.A. & GIBSON, M. (2000). The effect of network
and public television programs on four and five year olds
ability to attend to educational tasks. Journal of
Instructional Psychology, 27 (4), 250-261. |
|
HOLLENBECK, A.R. (1978). Television viewing patterns of
families with young infants. Journal of Social
Psychology, 105 (2), 259-264. |
VAN DER MOLEN, W.J.H. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (2000).
Children's and adults' recall of television and print news
in children's and adult news formats. Communication
Research, 27 (2), 132-160. |
|
O'DONNELL, W.J. & O'DONNELL, K.J. (1978). Update : Sex
role messages in TV commercials. Journal of
Communication, 28, 156-158. |
POOL, M.M., VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A., BEENTJES, W.J. &
KOOLSTRA, C.M. (2000). Background television as an
inhibitor of performance on easy and difficult homework
assignments. Communication Research, 27 (2),
293-326. |
|
O'BRYANT, S.L. & CORDER BOLZ, C.R. (1978). The effects
of television on children's stereo typing of women's work
roles. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 12,
233-244. |
WITT, S.D. (2000). The influence of television on
children's gender role socialization. Childhood
Education, 76 (5), 322-324. [PDF]
|
|
REEVES, B. (1978). Perceived TV reality as a predictor of
children's social behavior. Journalism Quarterly, 55,
682-689, 695. |
LEVINE, L.E. & WITE, B.M. (2000). Television viewing
and attentional abilities in fourth and fifth grade
children. Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 21, 667-679. |
|
LORCH, E.P., ANDERSON, D.R. & LEVIN, S.R. (1979). The
relationship of visual attention and children's
comprehension of television. Child Development, 50
(3), 722-727. |
MASTRO, D.E. & GREENBERG, B.S. (2000). The portrayal
of racial minorities on prime time television. Journal
of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 44 (4),
690-703. [PDF] |
|
TOWER, R.B., SINGER, D.G., SINGER, L.J. & BIGGS, A.
(1979). Differential effects of television programming on
preschoolers' cognition and play. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 49, 265-281. |
BUSHMAN, B.J. & HUESMANN, L.R. (2001). Effects of
televised violence on aggression. In D. Singer & J.
Singer (Eds.), Handbook of children and the media
(pp. 223-254). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
[PDF] |
|
WATKINS, B.A., CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON-STEIN, A.C. &
WRIGHT, J. (1980). Children's recall of television
material : effects of presentation mode and adult
labeling. Developmental Psychology, 16, 672-674. |
SIGNORELLI, N. (2001). Television's gender role images and
contribution to stereotyping. In D. Singer & J. Singer
(Eds.), Handbook of children and the media (pp.
341-358). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
SINGER, D.G. & SINGER, J.L. (1980). Television viewing
and aggressive behavior in preschool children : A field
study forensic psychology and psychiatry. Annals of
the New York Academy of Science, 347, 289-303. |
GRABER, D.A. (2001). Processing politics : Learning
from television in the internet age. University of
Chicago Press. |
|
SINGER, D.G., ZUCKERMAN, D.M. & SINGER, J.L. (1980).
Helping elementary school children learn about T.V. Journal
of Communication, 30, 166-174. |
AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS (2001). Children,
adolescents, and television. Committee on Public
Education. Pediatrics, 107 (2), 423-426. [PDF] |
|
GADERRY, S. (1980). Effects of restricting first graders'
TV-viewing on leisure time use, IQ change, and cognitive
style. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology,
1, 45-57. |
NABI, R.L. & SULLIVAN, J.L. (2001). Does television
viewing relate to engagement in protective action against
crime ? A cultivation analysis from a theory of reasoned
action perspective. Communication Research, 28 (6),
802-825. |
|
GERBNER, G. (1980). Aging with television: images on
television drama and conceptions of social reality.Journal
of communication, 30 (1), 37-47. |
ANDERSON, D.R., HUSTON, A.C., SCMITT, K.L., LINEBARGER,
D.L. & WRIGHT, J.C. (2001). Early childhood television
viewing and adolescent behavior : The Recontact Study.
Monographs of the Society for Research in Child
Development, 66 (1, Serial No. 264). |
|
HAYES D. & CHEMELSKI, B. & BIRNBAUM, D. (1981).
Young children incidental and intentional retention of
televised events. Developmental Psychology, 17,
230-232. |
NAIGLES, L.R. & MAYEUX, L. (2001). Television as
incidental language teacher. In D.G. Singer & J.L.
Singer (Eds.), Handbook of children and the media (pp.
135-152). Sage Publications, Inc. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C. & HUSTON, A.C. (1981). The forms of tele-
vision: nature and development of television literacy in
children. In H. Gardner & H. Kelly (Eds.), Children
and the worlds of television : New directionsfor
child development. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
BEENTJES, J.W.J., VAN OORDT, M. & VAN DER VOORT,
T.H.A. (2002). How television commentary affects
children's judgments on soccer fouls. Communication
Research, 29 (1), 31-45. |
|
HUSTON, A.C., WRIGHT, J.C., WARTELLA, E., RICE, M.L.,
WATKINS, B.A., CAMPBELL, T. & POTTS, R. (1981).
Communicating more than content : Formal features of
children's television programs. Journal of
Communication, 31 (3), 32-48. |
DENNISON, B.A., ERB, T.A. & JENKINS, P.L. (2002).
Television viewing and television in bedroom associated
with overweight risk among low- income preschool children.
Pediatrics, 109 (6), 1028-1035. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R., LORCH, E.P., FIELD, D.E. & SANDERS, J.
(1981). The effects of tv program comprehensibility on
children's visual attention and story comprehension. Child
Development, 52, 151-157. |
CERTAIN, L.K. & KAHN, R.S. (2002). Prevalence,
correlates, and trajectory of television viewing among
infants and toddlers. Pediatrics, 109 (4),
634-642. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R., LORCH, E.P., SMITH, R. BRADFORD, R. &
LEVIN, S.R. (1981). The effects of peer presence on
preschool children's television viewing behavior. Developmental
Psychology, 17, 446-453. |
OZMERT, E., TOYRAN, M. & YURDAKOK, K. (2002).
Behavioral correlates of television viewing in primary
school children evaluated by the child behavior checklist.
Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 156
(9), 910-914. |
|
KERNS, T.Y. (1981). Television : A bisensory bombardment
that stifles children's creativity. Phi Delta Kappan,
62, 456-457. |
FURNHAM, A., BERGLAND, J. & GUNTER, B. (2002). Memory
for television advertisements as a function of
advertisement-programme congruity. Applied Cognitive
Psychology 16, 525-545. |
|
HUSTON-STEIN, A., FOX, S., GREER, D., WATKINS, B.A. &
WHITAKER, J. (1981). The effects of action and violence in
television programs on the social behavior and imaginative
play of preschool children. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 138, 183-191. |
JOHNSON, J.G., COHEN, P., SMAILES, E.M., KASEN, S. &
BROOK, J.S. (2002). Television viewing and aggressive
behavior during adolescence and adulthood. Science,
295, 2468-2471. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C. & HUSTON, A.C. (1981). The forms of
television. Nature and development of television literacy
in children In H. Gardner & H. Kelly (Eds.),
Viewing children through television (pp. 73-88).
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
TROSETH, G.L. (2003). TV guide : two-year-old children
learn to use video as a source of information. Developmental
Psychology, 39 (1), 140. |
|
|
HAYNE, H., HERBERT, J. & SIMCOCK, G. (2003). Imitation
from television by 24- and 30-month-olds. Developmental
Science, 6 (3), 254–261. |
|
TEACHMAN, G. & ORME, M. (1981). Effects of aggressive
and prosocial film material on altruistic behavior of
children. Psychological Reports, 48, 699-702. |
HUESMANN, L.R., MOISE-TITUS, J., PODOLSKI, C. & ERON,
L.D. (2003). Longitudinal relations between children's
exposure to TV violence and their aggressive and violent
behavior in young adulthood : 1977-1992. Developmental
Psychology, 39, 201-221.
[PDF] |
|
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH (1982). Television
and behavior : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties. Washington, DC :
U.S. Government Printing Office. |
McCOLLUM, J.F. & BRYANT, J. (2003). Pacing in
chilldren's television programming. Mass Communication
& Society, 6 (2), 115-136. |
|
JOHNSTON J. & ETTEMA, J. (1982). Positive images:
Breaking stereotypes with children's television.
Beverly Hills, CA : Sage. |
HAYNE, H., HERBERT, J. & SIMCOCK, G. (2003). Imitation
from television by 24-and 30-month-olds. Developmental
Science, 6 (3), 254-261. |
|
CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON, A.C., WATKINS, B.A. & WRIGHT,
J.C. (1982) The relation between selective attention to
television forms and children's comprehension of content.
Child Development 53, 601-610. |
PROCTOR, M.H., MOORE, L.L., GAO, D., CUPPLES, L.A.,
BRADLEE, M.L., HOOD, M.Y. & ELLISON, R.C. (2003).
Television viewing and change in body fat from preschool
to early adolescence : The Framingham children's study. International
Journal of Obesity, 27, 827-833. |
|
RICE, M.L., HUSTON, A.C. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1982). The
forms of television : Effects on children's attention,
comprehension, and social behavior. In D. Pearl, L.
Bouthilet, J. & Lazar (Eds.), Television and
behavior : Ten years of scientific progress and
implications for the eighties (pp. 24-38).
Washington, DC : Government Printing Office. |
VALKENBURG, P.M. & VRONNE, M. (2004). Developmental
changes in infants' and toddlers'attention to television
entertainment. Communication Research, 31 (3),
288-311. |
|
LARSON, R.W. & KUBEY, R. (1983). Television and music
: Contrasting media in adolescent life. Youth &
Society, 15, 13-31. |
CHRISTAKIS, D.A., EBEL, B.E., RIVARA, F.P. &
ZIMMERMAN, F.G. (2004). Television, video, and computer
game usage in children under 11 years of age. The
Journal of Pediatrics 145 (5), 652-656. |
|
PEZDEK, K. & HARTMAN, E.F. (1983). Children's
television viewing: Attention and comprehension of
auditory versus visual information. Child
Development, 54, 1015-1023. |
FUNK, J.B., BALDACCI, H.B., PASOLD, T. & BAUMGARDNER,
J. (2004). Violence exposure in real-life, video games,
television, movies, and the internet : is there
desensitization ? Journal of Adolescence, 27
(1), 23-39. [PDF] |
|
HUSTON, A.C. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1983). Children's
processing of television : The informative functions of
formal features. In J. Bryant & D.R. Anderson (Eds.),
Children's understanding of relevision : Research on
attention and comprehension (pp. 35-68). New York
Academic. |
CHRISTAKIS, D.A., ZIMMERMAN, F.G., DI GIUSEPPE, D.L. &
McCARTY, C.A. (2004). Early television exposure and
subsequent attentional problems in children. Pediatrics,
113 (4), 708-713. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R. & LORCH, E.P. (1983). Looking at
television : Action or reaction ? In J. Bryant & D.R.
Anderson (Eds.), Children's understanding of
television : Research on attention and comprehension
(pp. 1-33). New York : Academic Press. |
SCHOOLER, D.L., WARDM., MERRIWETHER, A. & CARUTHERS,
A. (2004). Who's that girl : Television's role in the body
image development of young White and Black women. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 28, 38-47. |
|
BEAGLES-ROOS, J. & GAT, I.J. (1983). Specific impact
of radio and television on children's story comprehension.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 75, 128-137. |
NATHANSON, A.I. (2004). Factual and evaluative approaches
to modifying children's responses to violent television. Journal
of Communication, 20, 321-336. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R. & FIELD, D.E. (1983). Children's
attention to television. Implications for production. In
M. Meyer (Ed.), Children and the formal features of
television. Munich: Saur. |
VAN DE WATER, E.A., BICKMAN, D.S., LEE, J.H., CUMMING,
H.M., WARTELLA, E.A. & IDEOUT, V.J. (2005). When the
television is always on. American Behavioral
Scientist, 48, 562-577. [PDF] |
|
PEZDEK, K. & STEVENS, E. (1984). Children's memory for
auditory and visual information on television. Development
Psychology, 20, 212-218. |
THOMPSON, D.A. & CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2005). The asso-
ciation between television viewing and irregular sleep
schedules among children less than 3 years of age.
Pediatrics, 116 (4), 851-856. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C., HUSTON, A.C., ROSS, R.P., CALVERT, S.L.,
ROLANDELLI, D., WEEKS, L.A., RAESSI, P. & POTTS, R.
(1984) Pace and continuity of television programs :
Effects on children's attention and comprehension. Developmental
Psychology, 20 (4), 653-666. [PDF] |
ANDERSON, D.R. & PEMPEK, T.A. (2005). Television and
very young children. American Behavioral Scientist,48
(5), 505-522. |
|
SINGER, J.L., SINGER, D.G. & RAPACZYNSK, W.S. (1984).
Family patterns and television viewing as predictors of
children's beliefs and aggression. Journal of
Communication, 34 (2), 73-89. |
DUMOVA, T. (2005/06). Prosocial learning : Northwest Ohio
sixth graders participating in a local television
newscast. International Journal of Learning, 12 (9),
189-194. [PDF] |
|
LINEGARGER, D.L. & WALKER, D. (2005). Infants' and
toddlers' television viewing and language outcomes. American
Behavioral Scientist, 48 (5), 624-645. |
|
HAYES, D.S. & KELLY, S.B. (1984). Young children's
processing of television : Modality differences in the
retention of temporal relations. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 38 (3), 505-514. |
ZIMMERMAN, F.G. & CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2005). Children's
television viewing and cognitive outcomes : a longitudinal
analysis of national data. Archives of Pediatrics
& Adolescent Medicine, 159, 619-625. |
|
SIGNORIELLI, N. (2005). Age-based ratings, content
designations, and television content : Is there a problem?
Mass Communication & Society, 8 (4), 277-298. |
|
GEIST, F.L., BROWN, V., JENNINGS, J. & PORTER, N.
(1984). TV commercials as achievement scripts for women.
Sex Roles, 10 (7-8), 513-525. |
HANCOX, R.J., MILNE, B.J. & POULTON, R. (2005).
Association of television viewing during childhood with
poor educational achievement. Archives of Pediatrics
& Adolescent Medicine, 159 (7), 614-168. |
|
RUNCO, M. & PEZDEK, K. (1984). The effect of
television and radio on children's creativity. Human
Communication Research, 11, 109-120. |
MASTRO, D.E. & BEHM-MORAWITZ, E. (2005). Latino
representation on primetime television. Journalism
& Mass Communication Quarterly, 82, 110-130. [PDF] |
|
WINETT, R.A., LECKLITER, I.N., CHINN, D.E., STAHL, B.
& LOVE, S.Q. (1985). Effects of television modeling on
residential energy conservation. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 18 (1), 33-44. [PDF] |
VANDEWATER, E.A., BICKHAM, D.S. & LEE, J.H. (2006).
Time well spent ? Relating television use to children's
free-time activities. Pediatrics, 117 (2),
181-191.
[PDF] |
|
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. & ZIMMERMAN, F.G. (2006). The
elephant in the living room : Make television work for
your kids. Rodale Books. |
|
VAN DE WATER, E.A., BICKMAN, D.S. & LEE, J.H. (2006).
Time well spent ? Relating television use to children's
free-time activities. Pediatrics, 117, 181-191.
[PDF] |
|
WINETT, R.A., LECKLITER, I.N., CHINN, D.E., STAHL, B.
& LOVE, S.Q. (1985). Effects of television modeling on
residential energy conservation. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 18 (1), 33-44. [PDF] |
ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. & MORGAN, E.M. (2006). Who wants to
marry a millionaire ? Reality dating television programs,
attitudes toward sex, and sexual behaviors. Sex
Roles, 54, 1-17. |
|
STEVENS, T. & MULSOW, M. (2006). There is no
meaningful relationship between television exposure and
symptoms of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Pediatrics,
117 (3), 665-672. |
|
JASON, L.A. (1985). Using a token-actuated timer to reduce
television viewing. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 18 (3), 269-272. [PDF] |
WARD, L.M. & FRIEDMAN, K. (2006). Using TV as a guide:
Associations among television viewing and adolescents'
sexual attitudes and behaviors. Journal of Research
on Adolescents, 16, 133-156. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R., FIELD, D.E., COLLINS, P.A., LORCH, P.E.
& NATHAN, J.G. (1985). Estimates of young children's
time with television : A methodological comparison of
parent reports with time-lapse video home observation. Child
Development, 56, 1345-1357. |
BURKE, V., BEILIN, K., STRIZKE, W.G., HOUGHTON, S. &
CAMERON, C.A. (2006). Television, computer use, physical
activity, diet and fatness in Australian adolescents. International
Journal of Pediatric Obesity, 1 (4), 248-255. |
|
HARRIS P. STOBART, J. (1986). Sex-role stereotypes in
British television advertizements at different times of
the day. British Journal of Social Psychology, 25, 155-164. |
CHERNEY, I.D. & LONDON, K. (2006). Gender-linked
differences in the toys, television shows, computer games,
and outdoor activities of 5- to 13-year-old children. Sex
Roles, 54 (9-10), 717-726. [PDF] |
|
VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (1986). Television violence : A
child's-eye view. New York : Elsevier Science. |
SCHMIDT, M.E., CRAWLEY-DAVIS, A.M. & ANDERSON, D.R.
(2007). Two-year-olds' object retrieval based on
television : Testing a perceptual account.
Media Psychology, 9, 389-409. |
|
LANDHUIS, C.E., POULTON, R., WELCH, D. & HANCOX, R.J.
(2007). Does childhood television viewing lead to
attention problems in adolescence ? Results from a
prospective longitudinal study. Pediatrics, 120 (3),
532-537. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, F.J., CHRISTAKIS, D.A. & MELTZOFF, A.N.
(2007). Television and dvd/video viewing in children
younger than 2 years. Archives of Pediatrics &
Adolescent Medicine, 161 (5), 473-479. [PDF] |
|
JOY, L.A., KIMBALL, M.M. & ZABRACK, M.L. (1986).
Television and children's aggressive behavior. In T.M.
Williams (Ed.), The impact of television : A natural
experiment in three communities (pp. 303-360). New
York : Academic Press. |
AUBREY, J.S. (2007). Does television exposure influence
college-aged women's sexual self-concept ? Media
Psychology, 10, 157-181. |
|
SINGER, J.L & SINGER, D.G. (1986). Television viewing
and family communication style as predictors of children's
emotional behavior. Journal of Children in
Contemporary Society, 17, 75-91. |
TANIMURA, M., OKUMA, K. & KYOSHIMA, K. (2007).
Television viewing, reduced parental utterance, and
delayed speech development in infants and young children.
Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 161
(6), 618-619. |
|
POTTS, R., HUSTON, A.C. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1986). The
effects of television form and violent content on boys'
attention and social behavior. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 41 (1), 1-17 |
EVANS, M.K. & ANDERSON, D.A. (2007). The impact of
television on cognitive development and educational
achievement. In J. Murray, N. Pecora, & E. Wartella
(Eds.), Fifty years of children's television (pp.
65-84). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
SINGER, J.L. & SINGER, D.G. (1986). Family experiences
and television viewing as predictors of children's
imagination, restlessness, and aggression. Journal of
Social Issues, 42 (3), 107-124. |
JENVEY, V.B. (2007). The relationship between television
viewing and obesity in young children : a review of
existing explanations. Early Child Development &
Care, 177 (8), 809-820. |
|
HUESMANN, L.R. & ERON, L.D. (1986). Television
and the aggressive child : A cross-national comparison.
Lawrence Erlbaum. |
DONG, Q. & MURRILLO, A.P. (2007). The impact of
television viewing on young adults' stereotypes towards
Hispanic Americans. Human Communication, 10 (1),
33-44. [PDF] |
|
HAROLD, S. (1986). A synthesis of 1043 effects of
television on social behavior. Public Communication
& Behavior, 1, 65-133. |
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2007). Can we turn a toxin into a tonic
? Toward 21st-Century television alchemy. Pediatrics,
120 (3), 647-648. |
|
LEMISH, D. & RICE, M.L. (1986). Television as a
talking picture book : A prop for language acquisition.
Journal of Child Language, 13, 251-274. |
HUSTON, A.C. BICKMAN, D.S., LEE, J.H. & WRIGHY, J.C.
(2007). From attention to comprehension : How children
watch and learn from television (pp. 41-64). In N. Pecora,
J. Murray & E.A. Wartella (Eds.), Children and
television : Fifty years of research. Mahwah NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
GERBNER, G., GROSS, L., MORGAN, M. & SIGNORELLI, N.
(1986). Growing up with television : The cultivation
perspective. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc |
BARR. R., MUENTENER, P., GARCIA, A., FUJIMOTO, M. &
CHAVEZ, V. (2007). The effect of repetition on imitation
from television during infancy. Developmental
Psychobiology, 49 (2), 196-207. |
|
KRCMAR, M., GRELA, B. & LIN, K. (2007). Can toddlers
learn vocabulary from television ? An experimental
approach. Media Psychology, 10 (1), 41-63. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, F.J., CHRISTAKIS, D.A. & MELTZOFF, A.N.
(2007). Television and dvd/video viewing in children
younger than 2 years. Archives of Pediatrics &
Adolescent Medicine, 161 (5), 473-479. |
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. & ZIMMERMAN, F.J. (2007). Violent
television viewing during preschool is associated with
antisocial behavior during school age. Pediatrics,
120 (5), 993-999. |
|
KIRKORIAN, H.L. & ANDERSON, D.R. (2008). Television
and learning. In S. Neuman (Ed.), Educating the other
america (pp. 301-318). Paul H. Brookes Publishing
: Baltimore, MD. |
|
MENDELSOHN, A.L., BERKULE, S.B., TOMOPOULOS, S.,
TAMIS-LEMONDA, C.S., HUBERMAN, H.S., ALVIR, J. &
DREYER, B.P. (2008). Infant television and video exposure
associated with limited parent-child verbal interactions
in low socioeconomic status households. Archives of
Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 162 (5),
411-417. [PDF] |
|
CALVERT, S.L. & GERSH, T.L. (1987). The selective use
of sound effects and visual inserts for children's
television story comprehension. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 8, 363-375. [PDF] |
NIELSEN, M., SIMCOCK, G. & JENKINS, L. (2008). The
effect of social engagement on 24 month olds' imitation
from live and televised models. Developmental
Science, 11 (5), 722-731. |
|
SCHMIDT, M.E., PEMPEK, T.A., KIRKORIAN, H.L., LUND, A.F.
& ANDERSON, D.R. (2008). The effects of background
television on the toy play behavior of very young
children. Child Development, 79 (4), 1137-1151. |
|
JASON, L.A. (1987). Reducing children's excessive
television viewing and assessing secondary changes Journal
of Clinical Child Psychology, 16, 245-250. |
CHANDRA, A., MARTINO, S.C., COLLINS, R.L., ELLIOT, M.N.,
BERRY, S.H., KANOUSE, D.E. & MIU, A. (2008). Does
watching sex on television predict teen pregnancy ?
Findings from a national longitudinal survey of youth.
Pediatrics, 122 (5), 1047-1054. [PDF] |
|
TISSERON, S. (2008). Les dangers de la télé pour les
bébés. Paris : Érès. |
|
CALVERT, S.L., HUSTON, A.C., WATKINS, B.A. & WRIGHT,
J.C. (1987). Effects of television preplay formats on
children's attention and story comprehension. Journal
of Applied Developmental Psychology, 8 (3),
329-342. |
MASTRO, D.E., BEHM-MORAWITZ, E. & KOPACZ, M. (2008).
Exposure to TV portrayals of Latinos : The implications of
aversive racism and social identity theory. Human
Communication Research, 34, 1-27. [PDF] |
|
JOSEPHSON, W.L. (1987). Television violence and children's
aggression : Testing the priming, social script, and
disinhibition predictions. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 53, 882-890. |
CHONCHAIYA, W. & PRUKSANANONDA, C. (2008). Television
viewing associates with delayed language development. Acta
Paediatrica, 97 (7), 977-982. |
|
CAMPBELL, T.A., WRIGHT, J.C. & HUSTON, A.C. (1987).
Form cues and content difficulty as determinants of
children's cognitive processing of televised educational
messages. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
43, 311-327. |
BARR. R., ZACK, E., GARCIA, A. & MUENTENER, P. (2008).
Infants attention and responsiveness to television
increases with prior exposure and parental interaction. Infancy,
13 (1), 30-56. |
|
VAN DE WATER, E.A. (2009). The effect of video on
infant word learning : Can babies learn from
commercially available video ? A report prepared for
RTI International. Austin, TX. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R., CHOI, H.P. & LORCH, E.P. (1987).
Attentional intertia reduces distractibility during young
children's TV viewing. Child Development, 58, 798-806.
|
KIRKORIAN, H.L., PEMPEK, T.A., MURPHY, L.A., SCHMIDT, M.E.
& ANDERSON, D.R. (2009). The impact of background
television on parent-child interaction. Child
Development, 80 (5), 1350-1359. |
|
OKUMA, K. & TANIMURA, M. (2009). A preliminary study
on the relationship between characteristics of TV content
and delayed speech development in young children. Infant
Behavior & Development, 32 (3), 312-321. |
|
LEE, M.J., BICHARD, S.L., IREY, M.S., WALT, H.M. &
CARLSON, A.J. (2009). Television viewing and ethnic
stereotypes : Do college students form stereotypical
perceptions of ethnic groups as a result of heavy
television consumption ? Howard Journal of
Communications, 20 (1), 95-110. |
|
CHRISTAKIS, D.A. & GARRISON, M.M. (2009)
Preschool-aged children's television viewing in child care
settings. Pediatrics, 124 (6), 1627-1632. |
|
TISSERON, S. (2009). Les dangers de la télé pour les
bébés : non au formatage des cerveaux. Toulouse,
érès. |
|
LINDER, J.R. & GENTILE, D.A. (2009). Is the television
rating system valid ? Indirect, verbal, and physical
aggression in programs viewed by fifth grade girls and
associations with behavior. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 30 (3), 286-297. [PDF] |
|
CALVERT, S.L. (1988). Television production feature
effects on children's comprehension of time. Journal
of Applied Developmental Psychology, 9 (3),
263-273. |
ZACK, E., BARR. R., GERHARDSTEIN, P., DICKERSON, K. &
MELTZOFF, A.N. (2009). Infant imitation from television
using novel touch screen technology. British Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 27 (1), 13-26. |
|
COURAGE, M.L. & SETLIFF, A.E. (2009). Debating the
impact of television and video material on very young
children : Attention, learning, and the developing brain.
Child Development Perspectives, 3, 72-78. |
|
MELTZOFF, A.N. (1988). Imitation of televised models by
infants. Child Development, 59 (5), 1221-1229.
[PDF] |
CHRISTAKIS, D.A., GILKERSON, J., RICHARDS, J.A.,
ZIMMERMAN, F.G., GARRISON, M.M., XU, D., GRAY, S. &
YAPANEL, U. (2009). Audible television and decreased adult
words, infant vocalizations, and conversational turns : a
population-based study. Archives of Pediatrics &
Adolescent Medicine, 163 (6), 554-558. |
|
GREENFIELD, P.M. & BEAGLES-ROOS, J. (1988). Radio vs.
television : Their cognitive impact on children of
different socioeconomic and ethnic groups. Journal of
Communication, 38 (2), 71-92. |
SWING, E., GENTILE, D.A., ANDERSON, C.A. & WALSH, D.A.
(2010). Television and video game exposure and the
development of attention problems. Pediatrics, 126,
214-221. [PDF]
|
|
COURAGE, M.L. & HOWE, M.L. (2010). To watch or not to
watch : Infants and toddlers in a brave new electronic
world. Developmental Review, 30 101-115. [PDF]
|
|
FOSTER, E.M. & WATKINS, S. (2010). The value of
reanalysis : Television viewing and attention problems. Child
Development, 81, 368-375. |
|
ANDERSON, D.R. & COLLINS, P.A. (1988). The impact
on children's education : Television's influence on
cognitive development. Washington, DC : Office of
Educational Research and Improvement. [PDF]
|
PAGANI, L.S., FITZPATRICK, C., BARNETT, T.A. & DUBOW,
E. (2010). Prospective associations between early
childhood television exposure and academic, psychosocial,
and physical well being by middle childhood. Archives
of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 164,
425-431. |
|
WEAVER, J., ZILLMAN, D. & BRYANT, J. (1988). Effects
of humorous distortions on children's learning from edu-
cational television : Further evidence. Communication
Edu- cation, 37, 181-187. |
BARR. R., SHUK, L., SALERNO, K., ATKINSON, E. &
LINEGARGAR, D.L. (2010). Music interferes with learning
from television during infancy. Infant & Child
Development, 19 (3), 313-331. |
|
GILLY, M.C. (1988). Sex roles in advertising : A
comparison of television advertisements in Australia,
Mexico, and the United States. Journal of Marketing,
52, 75-85. |
FIDLER, A.E., ZACK, E. & BARR. R. (2010). Television
viewing patterns in 6 to 18 month olds : the role of
caregiver-infant interactional quality. Infancy, 15 (2),
176-196. |
|
COURAGE, M.L. & SETLIFF, A.E. (2010). When babies
watch television : Attention getting, attention holding,
and implications for learning. Developmental Review,
30 (2), 220-238. |
|
BRETL, D.J. & CANTOR, J. (1988). The portrayal of men
and women in U.S. television commercials : A recent
content analysis and trends over 15 years. Sex Roles,
18 (9/10), 595-609. [PDF] |
BARR. R., LAURICELLA, A., ZACK, E. & CALVERT, S.L.
(2010). Infant and early childhood exposure to
adult-directed and child-directed television programming :
Relations with cognitive skills at age four. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 56 (1), 21-48. |
|
|
SEEHAGEN, S. & HERBERT, J.S. (2010). The role of
demonstrator familiarity and language cues on infant
imitation from television. Infant Behavior &
Development, 33 (2), 168-175. |
|
COURAGE, M.L., MURPHY, A.N., GOULDING, S. & SETLIFF,
A.E. (2010). When the television is on: The impact of
infant-directed video on 6- and 18-month-olds toy play and
on parent-infant interaction. Infant Behavior &
Development, 33, 176-188. |
|
PEMPEK, T.A., KIRKORIAN, H.L., RICHARDS, J.E., LUND, A.F.,
ANDERSON, D.R. & STEVENS, M. (2010). The effects of
visual and auditory comprehensibility on infants' and
toddlers' attention to television. Developmental
Psychology, 46, 1283-1293. |
|
ROSENWASSER, S.M., LINGENFELTER, M. & HARRINGTON, A.F.
(1989). Nontraditional gender role portrayals on
television and children's gender role perceptions. Journal
of Applied Developmental Psychology, 10, 97-105. |
ZIMMERMAN, F.J. & BELL, J.F. (2010). Associations of
television content type and obesity in children.
American Journal of Public Health, 100 (2),
334-340. [PDF] |
|
SIGNORIELLI, N. (1989). Television and conceptions about
sex roles : Maintaining conventionality and the status
quo. Sex Roles, 21, 337-356. |
SIMCOCK, G., GARRITY, K. & BARR, R. (2011). The effect
of narrative cues on infants' imitation from television
and picture books. Child Development, 82 (5),
1607-1619. [PDF] |
|
SIGNORELLI, N. (1990). Children, television, and gender
roles : Messages and impact. Journal of Adolescent
Health Care, 11 (1), 50-58. |
DESMURGET, M. (2011). TV Lobotomie - la vérité
scientifique sur les effets de la télévision. Max
Milo. |
|
HUSTON, A.C., WRIGHT, J.C., RICE, M.R., KERKMAN, D. &
ST. PETERS, M. (1990). The development of television
viewing patterns in early childhood : A longitudinal
investigation. Developmental Psychology, 26, 409-420. |
LILLARD, A.S. & PETERSON, J. (2011). The immediate
impact of different types of television on young
children's executive function. Pediatrics, 128
(4), 644-649. [PDF] |
|
HUSTON, A.C., RICE, M.L., HUSTON, A.C., TRUGLIO, R.T.
& WRIGHT, J.C. (1990). Words from Sesame Street :
Learning vocabulary while viewing. Developmental
Psychology, 26, 421-428. |
FERGUSON, C.J. & SAVAGE, J. (2012). Have recent
studies addressed methodological issues raised by five
decades of television violence research ? A critical
review. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 17, 129-139.
[PDF] |
|
VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. & VOOIJS, M.W. (1990). Validity
of children's direct estimates of time spent viewing. Journal
of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 34 (1),
93-99. |
LAPIERRE, M.A., PIOTROWSKI, J.T. & LINEBARGER, D.L.
(2012). Background television in the homes of US children.
Pediatrics, 130 (5), 839-846.
[PDF] |
|
BRODY, G.H., STONEMAN, Z. & SANDERS, A.K. (1990).
Effects of television viewing on family interactions : An
observational study. Family Relations, 29 (2),
216-220. |
ESPINAR-RUIZ, E. & GONZÀLEZ-DIAZ, C. (2012). Gender
portrayals in food commercials : A content analysis of
Spanish television advertisements. Observatorio
Journal, 6 (4), 109-126. [PDF] |
|
COMSTOCK, G. & PAIK, H.J. (1991). Television and
the American child. New York : Academic Press. |
SETLIFF, A.E. & COURAGE, M.L. (2011). Background
television and infants' allocation of their attention
during toy play. Infancy, 16 (6), 611-639. |
|
ST. PETERS, M., FITCH, M., HUSTON, A.C., WRIGHT, J.C.
& EAKINS, D.J. (1991). Television and families: what
do young children watch with their parents ? Child
Development, 62 (6), 1409-1423. |
FITZPATRICK, C., BARNETT, F. & PAGANI, L.S. (2012).
Early exposure to media violence and later child
adjustment. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral
Pediatrics, 33 (4), 291-297. |
|
VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (1991). Television and the decline
of reading. Poetics : Journal of Empirical Research on
Literature, the Media & the Arts, 20 (1),
73-89. |
ZIMMERMAN, F.J., ORTIZ, S.E., CHRISTAKIS, D.A. &
ELKUN, D. (2012). The value of social-cognitive theory to
reducing preschool TV viewing : a pilot randomized trial.
Preventive Medicine, 54 (3), 212-218. |
|
HAYNE, H., RICHARDSON, R. & BYRON, A. (1992).
Developmental constraints on the expression of behavioral
and heart-rate orienting responses : II. The role of
ambient temperature.Campbell Developmental
Psychobiology, 25, (1), 51-65. |
LANOVAZ, M.J., RAPP, J.T., MACIA, I. & FERGUSON, S.
(2013). Assessment and treatment of vocal stereotypy
associated with television : A pilot study. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42, 544-548. [PDF] |
|
LEARS, M. (1992). Children, television, and conceptions
about chores : attitudes and behaviors. Sex Roles, 27,
157-170. |
WEAVER, J. (2013). Sesame Street provides lessons about
natural brain development in children. PLOS
Biology, 11 (1), e1001463.
doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.1001463 [PDF] |
|
HUESMANN, L.R., ERON, L.D., BERKOWITZ, L. & CHAFFEE,
S. (1992). The effects of television violence on
aggression : A reply to a skeptic. In P. Suedfeld &
P.E. Tetlock (Eds.), Psychology and social policy
(pp. 191-200). New York : Hemisphere. |
BACH, J.-F., HOUDÉ, O., LÉNA, P. et TISSERON, S. (2013). L'enfant
et les écrans. Rapport institutionnel : Un Avis de
l'Académie des sciences. Paris : Le Pommier. |
|
JASON, L.A., JOHNSON, S.Z. & JURS, A. (1993). Reducing
children's television viewing with an inexpensive lock. Child
& Family Behavior Therapy, 15 (3), 45-54. |
PAGANI, L.S., FITZPATRICK, C. & BARNETT, T.A. (2013).
Early childhood television viewing and kindergarten entry
readiness. Pediatric Research, 74, 350-355. [PDF] |
|
VOOIJS, M.W. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (1993). Teaching
children to evaluate television violence critically : the
impact of a Dutch schools television project. Journal
of Educational Television, 19 (3), 139-152. |
BACH. J.F., HOUDÉ, O., LÉNA, P. et TISSERON, S. (2013). L'enfant
et les écrans. Avis de l'Académie des sciences. |
|
WRIGHT, J.C., HUSTON, A.C., REITZ, A.L. & PIEMYAT, S.
(1994). Children's perceptions of television reality :
Determinants and developmental differences. Developmental
Psychology, 30, 229-239. |
HUDON, T.M., FENNELL, C.T. & HOFYZER, M. (2013).
Quality not quantity of television viewing is associated
with bilingual toddlers' vocabulary scores. Infant
Behavior & Development, 36 (2), 245-254. |
|
THOMPSON, A.L., ADAIR, L.S. & BENTLEY, M.E. (2013).
Maternal characteristics and perception of temperament
associated with infant TV exposure. Pediatrics, 131
(2), 390-397. [PDF] |
|
SEGE, R. & DIETZ, W. (1994). Television viewing and
violence in children : The pedeatrician as agent for
change. Pediatrics, 94, 600-607. |
CANTION, J.F. & LI, R. (2013). Neural Activity during
natural viewing of Sesame Street statistically predicts
test scores in early childhood. PLOS Biology,
11 (1),
[PDF] |
|
GERDING, A. & SIGNORIELLI, N. (2014). Gender roles in
tween television programming : A content analysis of two
genres. Sex Roles 70 (1), 43-56 |
|
PAIK, H. & COMSTOCK, G. (1994). The effects of
television violence on antisocial behavior.
Communication Research, 21, 516-546. |
PEMPEK, T.A., KIRKORIAN, H.L. & ANDERSON, D.R. (2014).
The impact of background television on the quality and
quantity of parents' child-directed language. Journal
of Children & Media, 8, 211-222. |
|
VALKENBURG, P.M. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H. (1994).
Influence of TV on daydreaming and creative imagination :
A review of research. Psychological Bulletin, 116, 316-339. |
WATT, E., FITZPATRICK, C., DEREVENSKY, J.L. & PAGANI,
L.S. (2015). Too much television ? Prospective
associations between early childhood televiewing and later
self-reports of victimization by sixth grade classmates. Journal
of Developmental & Behavioral, Pediatrics, 36, 426-433. |
|
LORCH, E.P. (1994). Measuring children's cognitive
processing of television. In A. Lang (Ed.), Measuring
psychological responses to media messages (pp. 209-226).
Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
MASUR, E.F., FLYNN, V. & OLSON, J. (2016). Infants'
background television exposure during play : Negative
relations to the quantity and quality of mothers'speech
and infants'vocabulary acquisition. First Language,
36 (2), 109-123. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Représentation de la violence, Publicité,
Enfant, Écran,
Télévision éducative et
Télévision |
|
|
|
Télévision
(Dépendance) : Voir Dépendance
(Télévision).
Dependence, subtance addiction, substance abusing, behavioral addiction.
|
Télévision (Violence) : Voir Violence.
Television violence.
|
Télévision éducative : Télévision
dont l'objectif est de favoriser l'apprentissage
de contenu scolaire et de certaines valeurs
(tolérance, partage,
coopération,
effort, etc). Télévision éducative,
enfant et Éducation.
Educational media, prosocial television.
| |
|
|
BALL, S. (1970). The first year of Sesame Street : An
evaluation. Final Report. Educational Testing
Service. |
SINGER, D.G., ZUCKERMAN, D.M. & SINGER, J.L. (1980).
Helping elementary school children learn about T.V. Journal
of Communication, 30, 166-174. |
|
BALL, S. & BOGATZ, G.A. (1970). The First Year of
Sesame Street : An Evaluation. Princeton, NJ :
Educational Testing Service. |
|
|
BOGATZ, G.A. & BALL, S. (1971). The second year
of Sesame Street : A continuing evaluation : a report to
the children's television workshop. Educational
Testing Service. |
WEAVER, J., ZILLMAN, D. & BRYANT, J. (1988). Effects
of humorous distortions on children's learning from
educational television : Further evidence. Communication
Education, 37, 181-187. |
|
BOGATZ G.A. & BALL, S. (1972). The impact of
Sesame Street on children's first school experiences.
Princeton, NJ : Educational Testing Service. |
RICE, M.L., HUSTON, A.C., TRUGLIO, R. & WRIGHT,
J.C. (1990). Words from Sesame Street : Learning
vocabulary while viewing. Developmental Psychology,
26 (3), 421. |
|
MICHAUD, R. et SIRKIS, R. (1973). L'utilisation des
Oraliens et des 100 Tours de Centour. Montréal :
Ministère de l'Éducation du Québec. |
ANDERMAN, E.M. & JOHNSTON, J. (1998). TV news in the
classroom : What are adolescents learning ? Journal of
Adolescent Research, 13, 73-100. |
|
FRIEDRICH, L.K. & STEIN, A.H. (1975). Prosocial
television and young children : The effects of verbal
labeling and role playing on learning and behavior.
Child Development, 46, 27-38. |
GEIST, E.A. & GIBSON, M. (2000). The effect of network
and public television programs on four and five year olds
ability to attend to educational tasks. Journal of
Instructional Psychology - Learning & Technology, 27
(4), 250-261. |
|
COOK, T.D., APPLETON, H., CONNOR, R. & SCHAFFER, A.
(1975). Sesame Street revisited : A case study in
evaluation research. New York : Russell Sage. |
KOOLSTRA, C.M., VAN ZANTEN, J., LUCASSEN, N. & ISHAAK,
N. (2004). The formal pace of Sesame Street over 26 years.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 99 (1), 354 -360 |
|
TCHERNOFF, A., PAGÉ, M. et GAGNÉ, G. (1977).
L'enseignement des Oraliens et des Cent tours de Centour
Une évaluation. Québec Français, 28, 56-59. [PDF]
|
VAN DE WATER, E.A. & BICKMAN, D.S. (2004). The impact
of educational television on young childrenr's reading in
the context of family stress. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 25, 717-728. |
|
TCHERNOFF, A. (1977). Évaluation de l'impact des
émissions éducatives télévisuelles : les Oraliens et les
100 Tours de Centour. (Mémoire de maîtrise).
Université de Montréal. |
GARISSON, M.M. & CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2005). A
teacher in the living room ? Educational media
for infants, toddlers, and preschoolers. Menlo
Park, CA : Kaiser Family Foundation. |
|
SALOMON, G. (1977). Effects of encouraging Israeli mothers
to co-observe "Sesame street" with their five-year-olds. Child
Development, 48, 1146-1151. |
WEAVER, J. (2013). Sesame Street provides lessons about
natural brain development in children. PLOS Biology, 11 (1), 1. [PDF]
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Télévision pour
enfants, Media
et Éducation |
|
|
Télévoteur
: Manette électronique couplée à un ordinateur
qui permet aux individus d'un groupe de répondre
individuellement à des questions
et de compiler le résultat de leurs réponses. En classe,
les enseignants/professeurs
se servent de ce petit gadget pour animer leur enseignement,
favoriser la participation
élèves/étudiants, vérifier
leur mémoire à court terme et
leur compréhension
d'une explication ou d'un segment de matière
et connaître leurs opinions.
Télévoteur et technologie
de l'information et de la communication (TIC). =
Cliqueur électronique. *cliqueur.
Clicker, voting machine, electronic quizz
system, student response systems (SRS), audience response
system, electronic-keypad responses, personal response system in
the classroom, electronic audience response system.
| |
|
|
ELLIOT, C. (2003). Using a personal response system in
economics teaching. International Review of Economics
Education, 1 (1), 80-86. |
MOLLBORN, S. & HOEKSTRA, A. (2010). A meeting of minds
: Using Clickers from critical thinking and discussion in
large sociology classes. Teaching Sociology, 38
(1), 18-27. |
|
WOOD, W.B. (2004). Clickers : a teaching gimmick that
works. Developmental Cell, 7 (6), 796-798.
[PDF] |
LANTZ, M.E. (2010). The use of "clickers" in the classroom
: Teaching innovation or merely an amusing novelty ? Computers
in Human Behavior, 26, 556-561. |
|
BEATTY, I. (2004). Transforming student learning with
classroom communication systems. Educause Research
Bulletin, 3, 1-13. [PDF] |
|
|
DRAPER, S.W. & BROWN, M.I. (2004). Increasing interac-
tivity in lectures using an electronic voting system.
Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 20, 81-94. |
SPRAGUE, E.W. & DAHL, D.W. (2010). Learning to click :
An evaluation of the personal response system clicker
technology in introductory marketing courses. Journal
of Marketing Education, 32 (1), 93-103. |
|
JOHNSON, D. & McLEOD, S. (2004). Get answers : Using
student response systems to see students' thinking. Learning
& Leading with Technology, 32 (4), 16-23. |
|
|
DUNCAN, D. (2005). Clickers in the classroom : How to
enhance science teaching using classroom response
systems. San Francisco : Pearson Education |
PATTERSON, B., KILPATRICK, J. & WOEBKENBERG, E.
(2010). Evidence for teaching practice : The impact of
clickers in a large classroom environment. Nurse
Education Today, 30, 603-607. |
|
REAY, N.W., BAO, L., PENGFEI, L., WARNAKULASOORIYA, R.
& BOUGH, G. (2005). Toward an effective use of voting
machines in physics lectures. American Journal of
Physics, 73 (6), 554-558.
[PDF] |
STOWELL, J.R., OLDHAM, T. & BENNETT, D. (2010). Using
student response systems ("clickers") to combat conformity
and shyness. Teaching of Psychology, 37, 135-140. |
|
FIES, C. & MARSHALL, J. (2005). Electronic response
systems in classrooms. American Association of
Physics Teachers : Announcer, 34 (4), 111. |
WOLTER, B., LUNDEBERG, M., KANG, H. & HERRIED, C.
(2011). Students' perceptions of using personal response
systems "clickers" with cases in science. Journal of
College of Science Teaching, 4 (40), 14-19. [PDF] |
|
KENNEDY, G.E. & CUTTS, Q.I. (2005). The association
between students' use of an electronic voting system and
their learning outcomes. Journal of Computer Assisted
Learning, 21, 260-268. |
ELICKER, J.D. & McCONNELL, N.L. (2011). Interactive
learning in the classroom : Is student response method
related to performance ? Teaching of Psychology, 38, 147-150. |
|
EL-RADY, J. (2006). To click or not to click : That's the
question. Innovate 2 (4), 1-5. |
|
|
FIES, C. & MARSHALL, J. (2006). Classroom response
systems: A review of the literature. Journal of
Science Education & Technology, 15 (1),
101-109. |
RUSSELL, J.S., MCWILLIAMS, M., CHASEN, L. & FARLEY,
J. (2011). Using clickers for clinical reasoning and
problem solving. Nurse educator, 36 (1), 13-15. |
|
HOFFMAN, C. & GOODWIN, S. (2006). A clicker for your
thoughts : Technology for active learning. New
Library World, 107 (9/10), 422-433. |
WHITE, P., SYNCOX, D. & ALTERS, B. (2011). Clicking
for grades ? Really ? Investigating the use of clickers
for awarding grade-points in post-secondary education. Interactive
Learning Environments, 19, 551-561. |
|
DUNCAN, D. (2006). Clickers in the astronomy
classroom. New York : Pearson/Addison-Wesley. |
ROBINSON, W. & SEVIAN, H. (2011). Clickers promote
learning in all kinds of classes - small and large,
graduate and undergraduate, lecture and lab. Journal
of College of Science Teaching, 4 (40), 14-18. |
|
BEATTY, I.D., GERACE, W.J., LEONARD, W.J. & DUFRESNE,
R.J. (2006). Designing effective questions for classroom
response system teaching. American Journal of Physics,
74, 31-39. |
FALLON, M. & FPRREST, S.L. (2011). High-tech versus
low-tech instructional strategies : A comparison of
clickers and handheld response cards. Teaching of
Psychology, 38, 194-198. |
|
DUNCAN, D. (2006). Clickers : A new teaching aid with
exceptional promise. Astronomy Education Review, 5
(1), 70-88. [PDF] |
DALLAIRE, D.H. (2011). Effective use of personal response
"clicker" systems in psychology courses. Teaching of
Psychology, 38, 199-204. |
|
HERREID, C.F. (2006). "Clicker" cases : Introducing case
study teaching in large classrooms. Journal of
College Science Teaching, 36 (2), 43-47. |
ANTHIS, K. (2011). Is it the clicker, or is it the
question ? Untangling the effects of student response
system use. Teaching of Psychology, 38, 189-193. |
|
LABRIE, J., EARLEYWINE, M., LAMB, T. & SHELESKY, K.
(2006). Comparing electronic-keypad responses to
paper-and-pencil questionnaires in group assessments of
alcohol consumption and related attitudes. Addictive
Behaviors, 31, 2334-2338. [PDF] |
GACHAGO, D., MORRIS, A. & SIMON, E. (2011). Engagement
levels in a graphic design clicker class : Students'
perceptions around attention, participation and peer
Learning. Journal of Information Technology
Education, 10, 253-268. [PDF] |
|
BEEKES, W. (2006). The "millionaire" method for
encouraging participation. Active Learning in Higher
Education 7 (1), 25-36. [PDF] |
BARTSCH, R.A. & MURPHY, W. (2011). Examining the
effects of an electronic classroom response system on
student engagement and performance. Journal of
Educational Computing Research, 44, 25-33. |
|
PRATHER, E.E., SLATER, T.F., BRISSENDEN, G. & DOKTER,
E.F. (2006). To click or not to click is not the question
: How research with clickers develops a better
understanding of when learning happens in your classroom.
Bulletin of the American Astronomical Society, 38, 948. |
PREIS, M.W., KELLAR, G.M. & CORSBY, E. (2011). Student
acceptance of clickers in large introductory business
classes. American Journal of Business Education, 4, 1-14. |
|
LOWERY, R.C. (2006). Clickers in the classroom: A
comparison of interactive student-response keypad systems.
National Social Science Association, 1-22. |
ANDERSON, L.S., HEALY, A.F., KOLE, J.A. & BOURNE, L.E.
(2011). Conserving time in the classroom : The clicker
technique. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Experimental Psychology, 64, 1457-1462. |
|
|
STOWELL, J. & NELSON, J. (2007). Benefits of
electronic audience response systems on student
participation, learning, and emotion. Teaching of
Psychology, 34, 253-258. |
POWELL, S., STARUB, C., RODRIGUEZ, J. & VAN HORN, B.
(2011). Using clickers in large college psychology classes
: Academic achievement and perceptions. Journal of
the Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 11 (4),
1-11.
[PDF] |
|
POIRIER, C.R. & FELDMAN, R.S. (2007). Promoting active
learning using individual response technology in large
introductory psychology classes. Teaching of
Psychology, 34, 194-196. |
BOJINOVA, E.D. & OIGARA, J.N. (2011). Teaching and
learning with clickers : Are clickers good for students ?
Interdisciplinary Journal of E-Learning & Learning
Objects, 7, [PDF] |
|
TREES, A. & JACKSON, M. (2007). The learning
environment in clicker classrooms : Student processes of
learning and involvement in large university-level courses
using student response systems. Learning, Media &
Technology 32 (1), 21-40. |
KEOUGH, S.M. (2012). Clickers in the classroom : A review
and a replication. Journal of Management Education,
36, 822-847. |
|
CALDWELL, J.E. (2007). Clickers in the large classroom :
Current research and best-practice tips. CBE Life
Sciences Education, 6 (1), 9-20.
[PDF] |
SHAPIRO, A.M. & GORDON, L.T. (2012). A controlled
study of clicker-assisted memory enhancement in college
classrooms. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 26, 635-643.
[PDF] |
|
BARBER, M. & NJUS, D. (2007). Clicker evolution :
seeking intelligent design. CBE Life Sciences
Education, 6 (1), 1-8. |
HOEKSTRA, A. & MOLLBORN, S. (2012). How clicker use
facilitates existing pedagogical practices in higher
education : Data from interdisciplinary research on
student response systems. Learning, Media &
Technology, 33, 329-341. |
|
LANGLEY, M.M., CLEARY, A.M. & KOSTIC, B.N. (2007). On
the use of wireless response systems in experimental
psychology : Implications for the behavioral researcher. Behavior
Research Methods, 39, 816-823. |
LI, P. & LAMBRIGHT, J. (2012). Using clickers in
physics lectures with predominant minority students. R.E.A.L.
Education, 3 (1), [PDF] |
|
SIMPSON, V. & OLIVER, M. (2007). Electronic voting
systems for lectures then and now : A comparison of
research and practice. Australasian Journal of
Educational Technology, 23, 187-208. |
|
|
MARTYN, M. (2007). Clickers in the classroom : An active
learning approach. Educause Quarterly, 2, 71-74. |
ROTH, K.A. (2012). Assessing clicker examples versus board
examples in calculus. Primus, 22, 353-364. |
|
RIBBENS, E. (2007). Why I like clicker personal response
systems. Journal of College Science Teaching, 37,
60-62. |
|
|
RUDOLPH, A. (2007). Interactive learning and "clickers".
Bulletin of the American Astronomical Society, 38, 949. |
KANG, H., LUNDEBERG, M., WOLTER, B., DELMAS, R. &
HERREID, C.F. (2012). Gender differences in student
performance in large lecture classrooms using personal
response systems ("clickers") with narrative case studies.
Learning, Media & Technology, 37, 53-76. |
|
NELSON, M.L. & HAUCK, R.V. (2008). Clicking to learn :
A case study of embedding radio-frequency based clickers
in an introductory management information systems course.
Journal of Information Systems Education, 19 (1),
55-65. |
BROUSSARD, B.B. (2012).To click or not to click : Learning
to teach to the microwave generation. Nurse Education
in Practice, 12 (1), 3-5. |
|
YOURSTONE, S.A., KRAYE, H.S. & ALBAUM, G. (2008),
Classroom questioning with immediate electronic response
do clickers improve learning. Journal of Innovative
Education, 6 (1), 75-88. [PDF] |
STERNBERGER, C.S. (2012). Interactive learning environment
: engaging students using clickers. Nursing Education
Perspectives, 33 (2), 121-124. |
|
MORLING, B., MCAULIFFE, M., COHEN, L. & DILORENZO, T.
M. (2008). Efficacy of personal response systems
("clickers") in large, introductory psychology classes. Teaching
of Psychology, 35, 45-50. |
BLASCO-ARCAS, L., BUIL, I., HERNANDEZ-ORTEGA, B. &
SESE, F.J. (2013). Using clickers in class : The role of
interactivity, active collaborative learning and
engagement in learning performance. Computers &
Education, 62, 102-110. |
|
LASRY, N. (2008). Clickers or flashcards : Is there really
a difference ? The Physics Teacher, 46, 242-244.
[PDF] |
RICHARDSON, C.T. & O'SHEA, B.W. (2013). Assessing
gender differences in response system questions for an
introductory physics course. American Journal of
Physics, 81, 231 |
|
KING, D. & JOSHI, S. (2008). Gender differences in the
use and effectiveness of personal response devices. Journal
of Science & Education Technology, 17 (6),
544-552. |
LANDRUM, R.E. (2013). The ubiquitous clicker : SoTL
applications for scientist-educators. Teaching of
Psychology, 40, 98-103. |
|
MORGAN, R.B. (2008). Exploring the pedagogical
effectiveness of clickers. Insight : A Journal of
Scholarly Teaching, 3, 31-36. |
|
|
DEBOURGH, G.A. (2008). Use of classroom "clickers" to
promote acquisition of advanced reasoning skills.
Nurse Education in Practice, 8 (2), 76-87. |
|
|
WIEMAN, C. et al. (2008). Clicker resource guide : An
instructors guide to the effective use of personal
response systems (clickers) in teaching. Vancouver
: University of British Columbia. [PDF] |
|
|
LINCOLN, D.J. (2008). Teaching with clickers in the
large-size principles of marketing class. Marketing
Education Review, 18 (1), 39-45. |
GARVER, M.S. & ROBERTS, B.A. (2013). Flipping and
clicking your way to higher-order learning. Marketing
Education Review, 23 (1), 17-22. |
|
MACGEORGE, E.L., HOMAN, S.R., DUNNING, J.B., ELMORE, D.,
BODIE, G.D., EVANS, E. & GEDDES, B. (2008). Student
evaluation of audience response technology in large
lecture classes. Education Technology Research &
Development, 56, 125-145. |
ANDERSON, L.S., HEALY, A.F., KOLE, J.A. & BOURNE, L.E.
(2013). The clicker technique : Cultivating efficient
teaching and successful learning. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 27, 222-234. |
|
MORLING, B., MCAULIFFE, M., COHEN, L. & DILORENZO,
T.M. (2008). Efficacy of personal response systems
("clickers") in large, introductory psychology classes. Teaching
of Psychology, 35, 45-50. [PDF] |
BRADY, M., SELI, H. & ROSENTHAL, J. (2013). "Clickers"
and metacognition : A quasi-experimental comparative study
about metacognitive self-regulation and use of electronic
feedback devices. Computers & Education, 65,
56-63. |
|
HOEKSTRA, A. (2008). Vibrant student voices : exploring
effects of the use of clickers in large college courses. Learning,
Media & Technology, 33 (4), 329-341. [PDF] |
OSWALD, K.M. & RHOTEN, S.E. (2014). Improving
classroom clicker practices : Effects of incentives and
feedback on retention. North American Journal of
Psychology, 16, 79-88. |
|
LASRY, N. (2008). Clickers or flashcards: Is there really
a difference ? The Physics Teacher, 46, 242-244. |
|
|
CROSSGROVE, K. & CURRAN, K.L (2008). Using clickers in
nonmajors-and majors-level biology courses : Student
opinion, learning, and long-term retention of course
material. CBE Life Sciences Education, 7, 146 |
|
|
WATKINS, E.P. & SABELLA, M.S. (2008). Examining the
effectiveness of clickers on promoting learning by
tracking the evolution of student responses. American
Institute of Physics. 223-226. |
|
|
CLEARY, A.M. (2008). Using wireless response systems to
replicate behavioral research findings in the classroom. Teaching
of Psychology, 35, 42-44. |
FORTNER-WOOD, C., ARMISTEAD, L., MARCHAND, A. &
MORRIS, F.B. (2013). The effects of student response
systems on student learning and attitudes in undergraduate
psychology courses. Teaching of Psychology, 40, 26-30. |
|
|
BUGEJA, M. (2008). Classroom clickers and the cost of
technology. Chronicle of Higher Education, 55
(15), A31. |
|
|
CAMEY, J.P., GRAY, G.T. & WERTGRAY, S. (2008).
Evaluating the impact of student response systems on
student performance. Journal for Advancement of
Marketing Education, 13, 1-7. |
|
|
LASRY, N. (2008). Clickers of flashcards : Is the realy a
difference. The Physical Teacher, 46, 242-244.
[PDF]
+ [PDF]
|
SUTHERLIN, A.L., SUTHERLIN, G.R. & AKPANUDO, U.M.
(2013). The effect of clickers in university science
courses. Journal of Science Education &
Technology, 22, 651-666 |
|
SHAFFER, D.M. & COLLURA, M.J. (2009). Evaluating the
effectiveness of a personal response system in the
classroom. Teaching of Psychology, 36, 273-277. |
KELLY, K.F.G. (2013). Student response systems
("Clickers") in the psychology classroom : A beginner's
guide. Office of Teaching Resources in Psychology.
[PDF] |
|
PRATHER, E.E. & BRISSENDEN, G. (2009). Clickers as
data gathering tools and students' attitudes, motivations,
and beliefs on their use in this application.
Astronomy Education Review, 8 (1), 1-10. [PDF] |
OSWALD, K.M., BLAKE, A.B. & SANTIAGO, D.T. (2014).
Enhancing immediate retention with clickers through
individual response identification. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 28, 438-442. |
|
MAYER, R.E., STULL, A., DELEEUW, K., ALMEROTH, K.,
BIMBER, B., CHUN, D., BULGER, M., CAMPBELL, J., KNIGHT, A.
& ZHANG, H. (2009). Clickers in college classrooms :
Fostering learning with questioning methods in large
lecture classes. Contemporary Educational Psychology,
34, 51-57. |
|
|
PERKINS, K. & TURPEN, C. (2009). Student perspectives
on using clickers in upper division physics courses. American
Institute of Physics Conference Proceedings, 225-228. |
|
|
SHAPIRO, A.M. (2009). An empirical study of personal
response technology for improving attendance and learning
in a large class. Journal of the Scholarship of
Teaching & Learning, 9, 13-26. |
HEDGCOCK, W.H. & ROUWENHORST, R.M. (2014). Clicking
their way to success : Using student response systems as a
tool for feedback. Journal for Advancement of
Marketing Education, 22 (2), 16-25. [PDF] |
|
KENWRIGHT, K. (2009). Clickers in the classroom. TechTrends,
53 (1), 74-77. |
|
|
MAYER, R.E., STULL, A., DELEEUW, K., ALMEROTH, K.,
BIMBER, B., CHUN, D., BULGER, M., CAMPBELL, J., KNIGHT, A.
& ZHANG, H. (2009). Clickers in college classrooms :
Fostering learning with questioning methods in large
lecture classes. Contemporary Educational Psychology,
34 (1), 51-57. |
|
|
MULA J.M. & KAVANAGH, M. (2009). Click go the
students, click-click-click : The efficacy of a student
response system for engaging students to improve feedback
and performance. E-Journal of Business Education &
Scholarship of Teaching, 3 (1), 1-17. |
|
|
KORTEMEYER, G. (2009). Gender differences in the use of an
online homework system in an introductory physics course.
Physical Review Physics Education Research, 5, 1-8.
[PDF] |
LANTZ, M.E. & STAWISKI, A. (2014). Effectiveness of
clickers : Effect of feedback and the timing of questions
on learning. Computers in Human Behavior, 31, 280-286. |
|
SMITH, M.K., WOOD, W.B., ADAMS, W.K., WIEMAN, C., KNIGHT,
J.K., GUILD, N. & SU, T.T. (2009). Why peer discussion
improves student performance on in-class concept
questions. Science, 323, 122-124. [PDF] |
|
|
PATRY, M. (2009). Clickers in large classes : From student
perceptions towards an understanding of best practices. International
Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching & Learning,
3 (2), 1-11. |
LANDRUM, R.E. (2015). Teacher-ready research review :
clickers. Scholarship of Teaching & Learning in
Psychology, 1 (3), 250-254. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
TIC,
Jeu-questionnaire
et
Question |
|
|
Tellegen
Auke (Batavia 1930-2024 Minnesota) : Psychométricien
américain d'origine néérlandaise et spécialiste de l'étude et la
mesure de la personnalité,
notamment du test du MMPI.
Étudiant de Lindzey.
Collaborateur de
Ben-Porath, Bouchard,
Butcher, Lubinski,
Lykken, Masten et Watson.
 |
TELLEGEN, A. & ATKINSON, G. (1974). Openness to
absorption and self-altering experiences : A trait related
to hypnotic susceptibility. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 83, 268-277. |
|
TELLEGEN, A. & LUBINSKI, D. (1983). Some
methodological comments on labels, traits, interaction,
and types in the study of "femininity" and "masculinity" :
Reply to Spence. al of Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 44 (2), 447-455. [PDF] |
|
TELLEGEN, A. (1985). Structures of mood and personality
and their relevance to assessing anxiety, with an emphasis
on self-report. In A.H. Tuma & J. Maser (Eds.), Anxiety
and the anxiety disorders (pp. 681-706). Hillsdale,
N.J. : Erlebaum. |
|
TELLEGEN, A., LYKKEN, D.T., BOUCHARD, T.J., WILCOX, K.J.,
SEGAL, N.L. & RICH, S. (1988). Personality similarity
in twins reared apart and together. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 54, 1031-1039. |
|
TELLEGEN, A., BEN-PORATH, Y.S. & SELBOM, M. (2009).
Construct validity of the MMPI-2- Restructured Clinical
(RC) Scales : Reply to Rouse, Greene, Butcher, Nichols,
& Williams. Journal of Personality Assessment, 91
(3), 211-221. |
|
|
SEGAL, N.L. (2024). In Memoriam : Dr. Auke Tellegen (July
16, 1930 ? March 11, 2024). Twin Research & Human
Genetics, 27 (2), 128-130.
|
|
|
|
|
|
| TE - TÉMOIN -
TEMPÉRAMENT - TEMPS -
TERMAN - TERRACE - TERRITOIRE
- TERRORISME - TEST
- TESTOSTÉRONE - TET
- TH |
|
|
Témoin/Témoignage
: Personne présente au moment de la commission d'un
crime, d'un accident ou d' un simple incident, et à qui l'on
demande de rapporter avec exactitude ce qu'il a vu ou entendu ou
dont la simple présence influence les autres. =
témoin oculaire. *passant.
Eyewitness, witness, testimony.
| |
|
|
BESTERMAN, T. (1932). The psychology of testimony in
relation to paraphysical phenomena : Report of an
experiment. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical
Research, 40, 363-387. |
KASSIN, S.M., TUBB, V.A., HOSCH, H.M. & MEMON, A.
(2001). On the "general acceptance" of eyewitness
testimony research : A new survey of the experts.
American Psychologist, 56 (5), 405-416. [PDF]
|
|
BEHRMAN, B.W. & DAVEY, S.L. (2001). Eyewitness
identification in actual criminal cases : An archival
analysis. Law & Human Behavior, 25, 475-491. |
|
ROSENTHAL, A.M. (1964). Thirty-eight witnesses.
New York : McGraw-Hill. |
WELLS, G.L. & OLSON, E.A. (2003). Eyewitness
testimony. The Annual Review of Psycychology, 54,
277-295. |
|
LOFTUS, E.F. (1975). Leading questions and the eyewitness
report. Cognitive Psychology, 7, 560-572. [PDF]
|
FAHSING, I.A., ASK, K. & GRANHAG, P.A. (2004). The man
behind the mask : Accuracy and predictors of eyewitness
offender descriptions. Journal of Applied Psychology,
89, 722-729. |
|
FORGAS, J.R. VARGAS, P. & LAHAM, S. (2005). Mood
effects on eyewitness memory : Affective influences on
susceptibility to misinformation. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 41, 574–588. |
|
WELLS, G.L. (1978). Applied eyewitness testimony research
: System variables and estimator variables. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 1546-1557. |
KORIAT, A., GOLDSMITH, M., SCHNEIDER, W. &
NAKASH-DURA, M. (2005). The credibility of children's
testimony : Can children control the accuracy of their
memory reports ? Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 79 (4), 405-437. |
|
DALE, P.S., LOFTUS, E.F. & RATHBUN, L. (1978). The
influence of the form of the question on the eyewitness
testimony of preschool children. Journal of
Psycholinguistic Research, 7, 269-277. |
ALLWOOD, C.M., ASK, K. & GRANHAG, P.A. (2005). The
cognitive interview : Effects on the realism in witnesses'
confidence in their free recall. Psychology, Crime
& Law, 11, 183-198. |
|
WARNICK, D.H. & SANDERS, G.S. (1980). The effects of
discussion on eyewitness accuracy. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 10, 249-259. |
PETERSON, C. (2007). Reliability of child witnesses : A
decade of research. Canadian Journal of Police &
Security Services, 5 (3/4), 142-151. [PDF]
|
|
GOODMAN, G.S. & REED, R.S. (1986). Age differences in
eyewitness testimony. Law & Human Behavior 10
(4), 317-332. |
ASK, K. & GRANHAG, P.A. (2007). Motivational bias in
criminal investigators' judgments of witness reliability.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 37,
561-591. |
|
WELLS, G.L. & TURTLE, J.W. (1987). Eyewitness
testimony : Current knowledge and emergent controversies.
Canadian Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 19,
363-388. |
WILCOCK, R., BULL, R. & VRIJ, A. (2007). Are old
witnesses always poorer witnesses ? Psychology :
Crime & Law, 13, 305-316. |
|
GOODMAN, G.S., BOTTOMS, B.M., SCHWARTZ-KENNEY & RUDY,
L. (1987). Children's testimony about a stressful event :
Improving children's reports. Journal of Narrative
& Life History 1 (1), 69-99. |
HOLMES, A.E. & WEAVER, C.A. (2010). Eyewitness memory
and misinformation : are remember/know judgments more
reliable than subjective confidence ? Applied
Psychology in Criminal Justice, 6 (1), 47-61. [PDF]
|
|
KASSIN, S.M., ELLSWORTH, P. & SMITH, V. (1989). The
"general acceptance" of psychological research on
eyewitness testimony : A survey of the experts.
American Psychologist, 44 (8), 1089-1098. |
WEBER, N. & PERFECT, T.J. (2012). Improving eyewitness
identification accuracy by sreening out those who say they
don't know. Law & Human Behavior, 36 (1)
28-36. |
|
GOODMAN, G.S. & Clarke-Stewart, A. ( 1991).
Suggestibility in children's testimony : Implications for
child sexual abuse investigations. In J. Doris (Ed.),
The suggestibility of children's recollections :
Implications for eyewitness testimony, (pp.
92-105). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
STOLZENBERG, S. & PEZDEK, K. (2012). Interviewing
child witnesses : The effect of forced confabulation on
event memory. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 114 (1), 77-88. |
|
WELLS, G.L. (1993). What do we know about eyewitness
identification? American Psychologist, 48,
553-571 |
PERFECT, T.J. & WEBER, N. (2012). How should witnesses
regulate the accuracy of their identification decisions :
one step forward, two steps back ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 38 (6), 1810-1818. |
|
CECI, S.J. & BRUCK, M. (1993). Suggestibility of the
child witness : A historical review and synthesis. Psychological
Bulletin, 113, 403-439. [PDF]
|
GRONLUND, S.D., WIXTED, J.T. & MICKES, L. (2014).
Evaluating eyewitness identification procedures using
receiver operating characteristic analysis. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 23 (1), 3-10.
[PDF]
|
|
PIPE, M.-E. (1993). Children's testimony. In E R.H. Webb,
J.G. Adams, W.R. Atkin, L.L. Caldwell & R.M. Henaghan
(Eds.), Family law guide (pp. 522-533).
Wellington, New Zealand : Butterworths. |
WIXTED, J.T. & WELLS, G.L. (2017). The relationship
between eyewitness confidence and identification accuracy
: A new synthesis. Psychological Science in the
Public Interest, 18, 10-65. |
|
WELLS, G.L. & SEELAU, E.P. (1995). Eyewitness
identification : Psychological research and legal policy
on lineups. Psychology, Public Policy, & Law, 1,
765-791. |
WELLS, G.L., KOVERA, M.B., DOUGLASS, A.B., BREWER, N.,
MEISSNER, C.A. & WIXTED, J.T. (2020). Policy and
procedure recommendations for the collection and
preservation of eyewitness identification evidence. Law
& Human Behavior, 44, 3-36 |
|
LOFTUS, E. (1996). Eyewitness testimony.
Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
WELLS, G.L. (2020). Psychological science on eyewitness
identification and its impact on police practices and
policies. American Psychologist, 75, 1316-1329. |
|
LOFTUS, E.F. & KETCHAM, K. (1996). Witness for
the defense : The accused, the eyewitness and the expert
who puts memory on trial. St. Martin's Press. |
SMALARZ L., YANG, Y. & WELLS, G.L. (2021).
Eyewitnesses' free-report verbal confidence statements are
diagnostic of accuracy. Law & Human Behavior, 45
(2), 138-151. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Fabuler,
Mythomanie, Police,
Tribunal et Mensonge |
|
| |
|
Tempérament
: Ensemble des réactions ou comportements
innées relativement stables qui modulent l'expression du
niveau d'activité, le style d'approche et de réaction à un stimulus
ou à une situation donnée. Temperament.
| |
|
|
SHELDON, H. (1942). The varieties of temperament.
Harper. |
PRIOR, M. (1992). Childhood temperament. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 33, 249-279. |
|
JAMES, W.T. (1951). Social organization among dogs of
different temperaments, terriers and beagles, reared
together. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 44 (1), 71-77. |
BRAUNGART, J.M., PLOMIN, R., DEFRIES, J.C. & FULKER,
D.W. (1992). Genetic influence on tester-rated infant
temperament as assessed by Bayley's Infant Behavior Record
: Nonadoptive and adoptive siblings and twins. Developmental
Psychology, 28, 40-47. |
|
DIAMOND, S. (1957). Personality and temperament. New
York : Harper. |
AHADI, S.A., ROTHBART, M.K. & YE, R. (1993).
Children's Temperament in the U.S. and China :
Similarities and differences. European Journal of
Personality, 7, 359-378. [PDF] |
|
LINDZEY, G., LYKKEN, D.T. & WINSTON, H. (1960).
Infantile trauma, genetic factors, and adult temperament.
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 61,
7-14. |
ROTHBART, M.K., AHADI, S.A. & HERSHEY, K.L. (1994).
Temperament and social behaviour in childhood. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 40 (1), 21-39. [PDF] |
|
BIRNS, B., BARTERN, S. & BRIDGER, W. (1969).
Individual differences in temperamental charactenstics of
infants Transactions of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 31, 1071-1082 |
CLARK, L.A., WATSON, D. & MINEKA, S. (1994).
Temperament, personality, and the mood and anxiety
disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103,
103-116. |
|
CAREY, W.B. (1970). A simplified method for measuring
infant temperament. Journal of Pediatrics, 77,
188-194. |
MARTIN, R.P. (1994). Child temperament and common problems
in schooling : Hypotheses about causal connections.
Journal of School Psychology, 32, 119-134. |
|
BUSS, A.H. & PLOMIN, R.A. (1975). A temperament
theory of personality. New York : Wiley. |
ROTHBART, M.K., AHADI, S.A. & HERSHEY K.L. (1994).
Temperament and social behaviour in childhood. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 40 (1), 21-39. [PDF] |
|
ROWE, D.C. & PLOMIN, R. (1977). Temperament in early
childhood. Journal of Personality Assessment, 41,
150-156. |
PICHOT, P. (1995). Histoire du concept de temprament. Revue
Internationales de Psychopathologie, 17, 5-23. |
|
THOMAS, A. & CHESS, S. (1977). Temperament and
development. New York : Brunner/Mazel. |
ARCUS, D. & KAGAN, J. (1995). Temperament and
craniofacial variation in the first two years. Child
Development, 66, 1529-1540. |
|
TORGENSEN, A.E. & KNNGLEN, E. (1978). Genetic aspects
of temperament differences in infants Joumal of the
American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 17, 443-449 |
CHESS, S. & THOMAS, A. (1996). Temperament :
Theory and practice. Brunner/Mazel. |
|
RONALD S. & KING, M. (1978).
Existential-phenomenological alternatives for
psychology. Oxford U Press. |
MEHRABIAN, A. & BLUM, J.S. (1996). Temperament and
personality as functions of age. International
Journal of Aging & Human Development, 42, 251-269. |
|
CAREY, W.B. & McDEVITT, S.C. (1978). Revision of the
infant temperament questionnaire. Pediatrics, 61, 735-739. |
TLEFLEY, H.P. (1998). Temperament : Theory and practice.The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 155 (1), 144. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. (1979). Patterns of mother-infant
interaction and maternal ratings of temperament. Child
Psychiatry & Human Development, 10, 67-76. |
ROTHBART, M.K. & JONES, L.B. (1998). Temperament,
self-regulation, and education. School Psychology
Review, 27 (4), 479-491.
[PDF] |
|
BATES, J. (1980). The concept of difficult temperament. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 26, 299-319. |
TARABULSY, G.M. (Dir.) (1998). Le tempérament de
l'enfant : Cinq études. Sainte-Foy : Québec,
Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
VAUGHN B., DEINARD, A. & EGELAND, B. (1980). Measuring
temperament in pediatric practice. Journal of
Pediatrics, 96, 510-514. |
MEHRABIAN, A. (1998-1999). Relations of home preference
with temperament and with prevailing emotional conditions
in everyday life. Imagination, Cognition and
Personality, 18, 43-58. |
|
MEHRABIAN, A. & O'REILLY, E. (1980). Analysis of
personality measures in terms of basic dimensions of
temperament. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 38, 492-503. |
|
|
VAUGHN, B.E., TARALDSON, B.J., CRICHTON, L. & EGELAND,
B. (1981). The assessment of infant temperamentx: A
critique of the Carey Infant Temperament Questionnaire. Infant
Behavior & Development, 4, 1-17. |
BLUM, J.S. & MEHRABIAN, A. (1999). Personality and
temperament correlates of marital satisfaction. Journal
of Personality, 67, 93-125. |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. (1981). Measurement of temperament in
infancy. Child Development, 52, 569-578. [PDF] |
KAGAN, J. (1999). La part de l'inné; temperament et
nature humaine. Paris : Bayard. |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. (1982). The concept of difficult
temperament : A critical analysis of Thomas, Chess &
Korn. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 28, 35-40. [PDF] |
YEN, S. & ISPA, J. (2000). Children's temperament and
behavior in Montessori and constructivist early childhood
programs. Early Education and Development, 11,
171-186. |
|
WILSON, R.S. & MATHENY, A.P. (1983). Assessment of
temperament in infant twins. Developmental Psychology,
19, 172-183. |
WILLS, T., SANDY, J., YAEGER, A. & SHINER, O. (2001).
Family risk factors and adolescent substance use :
Moderation effects for temperament dimensions. Developmental
Psychology, 37 (3), 283-297. [PDF] |
|
BUSS, A.H. & PLOMIN, R. (1984). Temperament :
Early developing personality traits. Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
ROTHBART, M.K. & HWANG, J. (2002). Measuring infant
temperament. Infant Behavior & Development, 25 (1),
113-116. [PDF] |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. & GOLDSMITH, H.H. (1985). Three
approaches to the study of infant temperament. Developmental
Review, 5, 237-260. |
KEOGH, B.K. (2003). Temperament in the classroom. Baltimore
: Brookes Publishing. |
|
SROUFE, L. (1985). Attachment classification from the
perspective of infant-caregiver relationships and infant
temperament. Child Development, 56, 1-14. |
KAGAN, J. (2004). The long shadow of temperament.
Harvard : Harvard University Press. |
|
|
SANSON, A., PRIOR, M. & OBERKLAID, F. (1985).
Normative data on temperament in Australian infants. Australian
Journal of Psychology, 37 (2), 185-195. |
|
|
MEHRABIAN, A. & WEINSTEIN, L. (1985). Temperament
characteristics of suicide attempters. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 53, 544-546. |
JONES, A.C. & GOSLING, S.D. (2005). Temperament and
personality in dogs (Canis familiaris) : A review and
evaluation of past research. Applied Animal Behaviour
Science, 95, 1-53. [PDF] |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. (1986). Longitudinal observation of infant
temperament. Developmental Psychology, 22, 356-365. |
CALKINS, S.D. (2005). Temperament and its impact on child
development : Comments on Rothbart, Kagan, and Eisenberg.
In R.E. Tremblay, R.G. Barr & R DeV, Peters (Eds.), Encyclopedia
on early childhood development (pp. 1-6). Montreal,
Quebec : Centre of Excellence for Early Childhood
Development. [LIRE] |
|
KSIONSKY, S. & MEHRABIAN, A. (1986). Temperament
characteristics of successful police dispatchers: Work
settings requiring continuous rapid judgments and
responses to complex information. Journal of Police
Science & Administration, 14, 45-48. |
|
|
MEHRABIAN, A. & BEKKEN,M.L. (1986). Temperament
characteristics of individuals who participate in
strenuous sports. Research Quarterly for Exercise
& Sport, 57, 160-166. |
TARABULSY, G.M. & PROVOST, M.A. (2006). Predicting
preschool cognitive development from infant temperament,
maternal sensitivity, and psychosocial risk. Merrill
Palmer Quarterly, 52, 779-806. |
|
MEHRABIAN, A. & VENTER, C. (1986). Temperament
correlates of clutch playing and overall success among
top-ranked college tennis players. International
Journal of Small Group Research, 2, 100-106. |
SAUCIER, G. et GOLDBERG, L.R. (2006). Personnalité,
caractère et tempérament : La structure translinguistique
des traits. Psychologie Française, 51, 265-284.
[PDF] |
|
STRELAU, J. (1987). Temperament : A psychological
perspective. New York : Plenum Press. |
TSAI, J.L., LEVENSON, R.W. & McCOY, K. (2006).
Cultural and temperamental variation in emotional
response. Emotion, 6, 484-497. [PDF] |
|
BRADSHAW, K.D.L., GOLDSMITH, H.H. & CAMPOS, J.J.
(1987). Attachment, temperament, and social referencing :
Interrelationships among three domains of infant affective
behavior. Infant Behavior & Development, 10, 223-231. |
ELSE-QUEST, N.M., HYDE, J.S., GOLDSMITH, H.H. & VAN
HULLE, A. (2006). Gender differences in temperament : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 132 (1),
33-72. [PDF] |
|
BATES, J.E. (1987). Temperament in infancy. In J.D.
Osofsky (Ed.), Handbook of infant development
(pp. 1101-1149). New York : Wiley. |
WACHS, T.D. (2006). The nature, etiology and consequences
of individual differences in temperament. In T. LeMonda
& L. Balter (Eds.), Child psychology : A handbook
of contemporary issues (pp. 27-52). New York :
Garland. |
|
BARCLAY, L.K. (1987). Skill development and temperament in
kindergarten children: A cross-cultural study.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 65, 963-972. |
ROTHBART, M.K. & BATES, J.E. (2006). Temperament. In
N. Eisenberg & W. Damon (Eds.), Handbook of child
psychology : Social, emotional, and personality
development (Vol. 3, pp.99-166). New York : Wiley. |
|
STRELAU, J. (1987). Emotion as a key concept in
temperament research. Journal of Research in
Personality, 21, 510-528. |
DEGNAN, K.A. & FOX, N.A. (2007). Behavioral inhibition
and anxiety disorders : Multiple levels of a resilience
process. Development & Psychopathology, 19
(3), 729-746. |
|
GOLDSMITH, H.H., BUSS, A.H., PLOMIN, R., ROTHBART, M.K.,
THOMAS, A. & CHESS, S. (1987). What is temperament ? :
Four approaches. Child Development, 58, 505-529.
|
RHEE, S.H., COSGROVE, V.E., SCHMITZ, S., HABERSTICK, B.C.,
CORLEY, R.C. & HEWITT, J.K. (2007). Early childhood
temperament and the covariation between internalizing and
externalizing behavior in school-aged children. Twin
Research & Human Genetics, 10 (1), 33-44. |
|
SANSON, A., PRIOR, M. GARINO, E., OBERKLAID, F.M. &
SEWELL, J. (1987). The structure of infant temperament :
Factor analysis of the Revised Infant Temperament
Questionnaire. Infant Behavior & Development, 10
(1), 97-104. |
PETERSON, C. (2007). Reliability of child witnesses : A
decade of research. Canadian Journal of Police &
Security Servives, 5 (3/4), 142-151.
[PDF] |
|
KAGAN, J. (1988). Tempermental contributions to social
behavior. American Psychology, 44, 668–674. [PDF]
|
HENDERSON, H.A. & WACHS, T.D. (2007). Temperament
theory and the study of cognition-emotion interactions
across development. Developmental Review, 27,
396-427.
[PDF] |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. (1988). Temperament and the development of
inhibited approach. Child Development, 59, 1241-1250. |
KAGAN, J. (2008). The biological contributions to
temperaments and emotions. European Journal of
Developmental Science, 2, 38-51.
[PDF] |
|
WHIFFEN, V.E. & GOTLIEB, I.H. (1989). Infants of
postpartum depressed mothers : Temperament and cognitive
status. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98 (3),
274-279. |
ZENTNER, M. & BATES, J.E. (2008). Child temperament :
An integrative review of concepts, research programs, and
measures. European Journal of Developmental Science,
2 (1/2), 7-37. [PDF] |
|
BALLANTINE, J.H. & KLEIN, H.A. (1990). The
relationship of temperament and adjustment in Japanese
schools. Journal of Psychology, 124, 299-309. |
VAUGHN, B.E., BOST, K.K. & VAN IJZENDOORN, M.H.
(2008). Attachment and temperament : Additive and
interactive influences on behavior, affect, and cognition
during infancy and childhood. In J. Cassidy & P.
Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment (pp.
192-216). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
PERUGI, G., MUSETTI, L., SIMONINI, E., PIAGENTINI, F.,
CASSANO, G.B. & AKISKAL, H.S. (1990). Gender-mediated
clinical features of depressive illness the importance of
temperamental differences. The British Journal of
Psychiatry, 157 (6), 835-841. |
ASL AMINABABI, A., PURALIBABAB, F., ERFANPARAST, L.,
NAJAFPOUR, E. & JAMALI, Z. (2011). Impact of
temperament on child behavior in the dental setting.
Journal of Dental Research, Dental Clinics, Dental
Prospects, 5 (4), 119-122. [PDF] |
|
EYSENCK, H.J. (1991). Dimensions of personality : the
biosocial approach to personality. In J. Strelau & A.
Angleitner (Eds.), Explorations in temperament :
international perspectives on theory and measurement
(pp. 87-103). London : Plenum. |
VAUGHN, B.E. & SHIN, N. (2011). Attachment,
temperament, and adaptation : One long argument In D.
Cicchetti & G.I. Roisman (Eds.), The origins and
organization of adaptation and maladaptation : Minnesota
symposia on child psychology (Vol. 36, pp.
55-107). New York : Wiley. |
|
STRELAU, J. & AGLEITNER, A. (1991). Explorations
in temperament : International perspectives on theory
and measurement. London : Plenum. |
ROTHBART, M.K. (2011). Becoming who we are :
Temperament and personality in development.
Guilford Press. |
|
FOX, N.A. & PINE, D.S. (2012). Temperament and the
emergence of anxiety disorders. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
51 (2), 125–128. |
|
GRAY, J.A. (1991). The neuropsychology of temperament. In
J. Strelau & A. Angleitner (Eds.), Explorations
in temperament : international perspectives on theory
and measurement (pp. 105-128). London : Plenum. |
SHINER, R.L. (2015). The development of temperament and
personality traits in childhood and adolescence. In M.
Mikulincer, P.R. Shaver, M.L. Cooper & R.J. Larsen
(Eds.), APA handbook of personality and social
psychology : Personality processes and individual
differences (Vol. 4, pp. 85-105). Washington, DC :
American Psychological Association. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Mesure et
évaluation du tempérament |
|
|
Tempérament
(Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
le tempérament.
Measuring temperament.
| |
|
|
CAREY, W.B. (1970). A simplified method for measuring
infant temperament. Journal of Pediatrics, 77,
188-194. |
|
|
MEHRABIAN, A. (1978). Measures of individual differences
in temperament. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 38, 1105-1117. |
|
|
CAREY, W.B. & McDEVITT, S.C. (1978). Revision of the
Infant Temperament Questionnaire. Pediatrics, 61, 735-739. |
|
|
VAUGHN B., DEINARD, A. & EGELAND, B. (1980). Measuring
temperament in pediatric practice. Journal of
Pediatrics, 96, 510-514. |
SANSON, A., PRIOR, M. GARINO, E., OBERKLAID, F.M. &
SEWELL, J. (1987). The structure of infant temperament :
Factor analysis of the Revised Infant Temperament
Questionnaire. Infant Behavior & Development, 10
(1), 97-104. |
|
VAUGHN, B.E., TARALDSON, B.J., CRICHTON, L. & EGELAND,
B. (1981). The assessment of infant temperament : A
critique of the Carey Infant Temperament Questionnaire. Infant
Behavior & Development, 4, 1-17. |
BRAUNGART, J.M., PLOMIN, R., DEFRIES, J.C. & FULKER,
D.W. (1992). Genetic influence on tester-rated infant
temperament as assessed by Bayley's Infant Behavior Record
: Nonadoptive and adoptive siblings and twins. Developmental
Psychology, 28, 40-47. |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. (1981). Measurement of temperament in
infancy. Child Development, 52, 569-578. [PDF] |
|
|
VAUGHN, B.E., TARALDSON, B.J., CRICHTON, L. & EGELAND,
B. (1981). The assessment of infant temperament: A
critique of the Carey Infant Temperament Questionnaire. Infant
Behavior & Development, 4, 1-17. |
BOER, F. & WESTENBERG, P.M. (1994). The factor
structure of the Buss and Plomin EAS Temperament Survey
(parental ratings) in a Dutch sample of elementary school
children. Journal of Personality Assessment, 62,
537-551. |
|
WILSON, R.S. & MATHENY, A.P. (1983). Assessment of
temperament in infant twins. Developmental Psychology,
19, 172-183. |
ROTHBART, M.K. & HWANG, J. (2002). Measuring infant
temperament. Infant Behavior & Development, 25 (1),
113-116. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Température
(du corps) : Voir Température d'un
organisme. = température
interne.
|
|
|
|
|
Temporairement
vraie : Expression qui souligne le caractère temporel
d'une hypothèse
corroborée par les faits disponibles
(plutôt que possibles). EX. L'affirmation Tous
les éléphants sont gris est une affirmation temporairement
vraie car elles correpond aux faits
actuels, mais non-définitive puisqu'on ne peut exclure la
possibilité que l'on trouve un jour sur la planète Etyllik-0.8 un
éléphant rose. Pour que l'hypothèse soit vrai à jamais, il
faudrait passer en revue toutes les époques et tous les lieux où
il est possible d'observer des éléphants. Cela étant impossible,
il se pourrait que l'on découvre, un jour, une nouvelle planète
(Etyllik-24 ou Sirhose-12) où s'ébattent en toute tranquilité des
millions d'éléphants roses et ronds. /définitivement
fausse.
|
|
|
Temps
:
|
|
|
Temps
(humain) : Temps
réel ou objectif décomposé subjectivement en portion
équivalente et périodique (ou durée) par un dispositif, une
machine (sablier, montre, horloge nucléaire ou solaire, etc).
Temps et espace.
= temps objectif.
|
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1946). Le développement de la notion de
temps chez l'enfant. Paris : Presses Universitaires
de France. |
ALBERT, D. (2000). Time and chance. Harvard
University Press. |
|
SHAFFER, H. & HARDWICK, J. (1969). Monitoring
simultaneous auditory messages. Perception &
Psychophysics, 6, 401-404. |
BROWN, J.W. (2004). A microgenetic approach to time and
memory in neuropsychology. Acta Neuropsychologica, 2
(1), 1-12. |
|
FREDERICK, W. & WALBERGH, J. (1980). Learning as a
function of time. Journal of Educational Research,
73, 183-194. |
UTTAL W.R. (2008). Time, space, and number in physics
and psychology. Cornwell- on-Hudson, NY : Sloan. |
GIBBON, J. & CHURCH, R.M. (1981). Time left :
Linear versus logarithmic subjective time. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 7,
87-108.
|
|
MECK, W.H., CHURCH, R.M. & OLTON, D. (1984).
Hippocampus, time, and memory. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 98, 3-22.
|
|
CHURCH, R.M. & BROADBENT, H. A. (1990). Alternative
representations of time, number, and rate. Cognition,
37, 55-81.
|
|
|
ELMAN, J.L. (1990). Finding structure in time. Cognitive
Science, 14, 179-211. |
FIELD D. P. & HINELINE, P.N. (2008). Dispositioning
and the obscured roles of time in psychological
explanation. Behavior & Philosophy, 36,
5-69. [PDF] |
|
GIBBON, J. & CHURCH, R.M. (1990). Representation of
time. Cognition, 37, 23-54. |
TOOLEY, M. (2010). Time, truth, actuality, and causation :
On the impossibility of divine foreknowledge. European
Journal for Philosophy of Religion, 1, 143-163. |
|
BROWN, J.W. (1996). Time, will and mental process.
New York: Plenum. |
ROSA, H (2010). Accélération : une critique sociale du
temps. Paris : La Découverte. |
CRYSTAL, J.D., CHURCH, R.M. & BROADBENT, H.A. (1997).
Systematic nonlinearities in the memory representation of
time. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal
Behavior Processes, 23, 267-282.
|
NÙNEZ, R., COOPERIDDER, K., DOAN, D. & WASSMAN, J.
(2012). Contours of time : Topographic construals of past,
present, and future in the Yupno Valley of Papua New
Guinea. Cognition, 124 (1), 25-35. |
|
DONAHOE, J.W. & BURGOS, J.E. (1999). Timing without a
timer. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 71 (2), 257-263. [PDF]
|
NÙNEZ, R. & COOPERIDDER, K. (2013). The tangle of
space and time in human cognition. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 17 (5), 220-229. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Perception
du temps, Âge,
Perception du temps, Âge,
Chrono, Horloge
interne et Temps |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Temps
(réel) : Mouvement ou changement d'état de la matière vivante ou non. Le temps est donc la différence entre deux états (T 1et T 2). Ainsi défini, il ne peut y avoir de temps sans mouvement (ou énergie) ou
sans transformation de l'état initial (T 1-----»T 2
-----»T x)., d'où l'expression «Le temps passe». Dans
cette conception du temps, la matière et l'énergie précèdent donc
le temps. = temps naturel. Time,
real time.
| |
|
|
GRÜNBAUM, A. (1962). The nature of time. In R.G. Colodny
(Ed.), Frontiers of science and philosophy (Vol.
I., pp. 147-188). Pittsburgh, PA : University of
Pittsburgh Press. |
|
HAWKING, S.H. (1988). A brief history of time : From
the big bang to black holes. Toronto : Bantam
Books. |
|
GLASS, L. & MACKEY, M. (1988). From clocks to
chaos. Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
UTTAL W.R. (2008). Time, space, and number in physics
and psychology. Cornwell-on-Hudson, NY : Sloan. |
|
TOOLEY, M. (2010). Time, truth, actuality, and causation :
On the impossibility of divine foreknowledge. European
Journal for Philosophy of Religion, 1, 143-163. |
|
NORTON, J. (2010). Time really passes. Humana Mente :
Journal of Philosophical Studies, 13, 23-34.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Temps |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Temps
de réaction : Temps de réponse : Laps de temps qui s'écoule entre le
début de la présentation d'un stimulus
et le début de la réponse
de l'organisme. Ce
concepts, initialement développé en physiologie, a été appliqué en
psychologie par Donders et
Galton. En psychologie
cognitive, le temps de réaction permet d'inférer la
vitesse de traitement d'une information (temps
machine), notamment lors des tâches
de rappel et de résolution de problème. Temps de réaction, intelligence
et balayage.
= temps de réponse. Processing
time, reaction time, speed, speed-of-processing, speed of
information processing, response time.
| |
|
|
DONDERS, F.C. (1869). On the speed of mental processes. Acta
Psychologica, 30, 412-431. |
BARRETT, P.T. EYSENK, H.J. & LUCKING, S. (1986).
Reaction time and intelligence : a replicated study. Intelligence,
10 (1), 9-40. |
|
GALTON, F. (1890) (1889). An instrument for measuring
reaction time. Report of the British Association for
the Advancement of Science, 59, 784-785. |
LUCE, R.D. (1986). Response times, their role in
inferring elementary mental organization. New York
: Oxford university press. |
|
GALTON, F. (1890). Exhibition of instruments (1) for
testing the perception of differences of tint, and (2) for
determining reaction-time. Journal of Anthropology
Institute 19, 27-29. |
KAMIN, L.J. & GRANT-HENRY, S. (1987). Reaction time,
race, and racism. Intelligence, 11, 299-304. |
|
FRANZ, S.I. (1905). Anomalous reaction-times in a case of
manic-depressive depression. Psychological Bulletin, 2
(7), 225-232. |
DETTERMAN, D.K. (1987). What does reaction time tell us
about inteligence. In P.A. Vernon (Ed.), Speed of
information-processing and intelligence (pp.
177-200). Norwood, NJ : Ablex |
|
HENMON, V.A.C. (1915). Reaction time. Psychological
Bulletin, 12 (11), 414-415. |
FREARSON, W., BARRETT, P.T. & EYSENK, H.J. (1988)
Intelligence, Reaction Time, and Smoking. Personality
& Individual Differences, 9 (3), 497-517. [PDF] |
|
SEASHORE, R.H., STARMANN, R., KENDALL W.E. & HELMICK,
J.S. (1941). Group factors in simple and discrimination
reaction times. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
29, 346-394. |
WILKINSON, R.T. & ALLISON, S. (1989). Age and simple
reaction time : decade differences for 5,324 subjects. Journal
of Gerontology, 44, 29-35. |
|
FORBES, G. (1945). The effect of certain variables on
visual and auditory reaction times. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 35, 153-162. |
CLARKE, J.M. & ZAIDEL, E. (1989). Simple reaction
times to lateralized light flashes. Varieties of
interhemispheric communication routes. Brain, 112
(4), 849-870. |
|
HYMAN, R. (1953). Stimulus information as a determinant of
reaction-time. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 45
(3), 188-196. [PDF] |
LYNN, R. (1990). Reaction times and intelligence.
Current Psychology, 9 (3), 264-276. |
|
GRICE, G.R. (1955). Discrimination reaction time as a
function of anxiety and intelligence. The Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 50 (1),
71–74. |
|
|
BRICKER, P.D. (1955). Information measurement and reaction
time : a review In H. Quastler (Ed.), Information
theory in psychology. Glencoe : Free Press. |
JENSEN, A.R. (1990). Speed of information processing in a
calculating prodigy. Intelligence, 14, 259-274. |
|
KLEMMER, E. T. (1957). Reaction time. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 51, 179-184. |
TAIMELA, S. (1991). Factors affecting reaction-time
testing and the interpretation of results. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 73, 1195-1202. |
|
KLEMMER, E.T. (1957). Simple reaction time as a function
of time uncertainty. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 54 (3), 195-200. [PDF] |
KAIL, R. (1991). Developmental change in speed of
processing during childhood and adolescence. Psychological
Bulletin, 109, 490-501. |
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1961). Effects of a competitive situation on
the speed of response. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 54, 162-166. |
HEATCOTE, A., POPIEL, S.J. & MEWHORT, D.J.K. (1991).
Analysis of response time distributions : An example using
the Stroop task. Psychological Bulletin, 109
(2), 340-347. [PDF] |
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1962). The effects of competition on
reaction time and palmar skin conductance. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 65, 32-40. |
GEARY, D.C. & WILEY, J.G. (1991). Cognitive addition :
Strategy choice and speed-of-processing differences in
young and elderly adults. Psychology & Aging, 6,
474-483. |
|
SEIBEL, R. (1962). Discrimination reaction time as a
function of the number of stimulus-response pairs and the
self-pacing adjustment of the subject. Psychological
Monographs, 76 (Whole No. 561). |
ABEL, S.M. (1992). The effect of aging on reaction time in
auditory detection and discrimination tasks. Canadian
Acoustics/Acoustique Canadienne, 20 (4), 3-9.
[PDF] |
|
BEHAR, I. (1963). On the relation between response
uncertainty and reaction time in category judgments. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 16, 595-596. |
KOUNIOS J. & HOLCOMB, P.J. (1992). Structure and
process in semantic memory : Evidence from event-related
potentials and reaction time. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 121, 459-479.
[PDF] |
|
|
SEIBEL, R. (1963). Discrimination reaction time for a
1,023 alternative task. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 66, 215-226. |
ROBERT, S. & STERNBERG, S. (1993). The meaning of
additive reaction-time effects : Tests of three
alternatives. In D.E. Meyer & S. Kornblum (Eds.), Attention
and performance XIV : Synergies in experimental
psychology, artificial intelligence, and cognitive
neuroscience (pp. 611-653). Cambridge, MA : M.I.T.
Press. |
|
LABERGE, D. & TWEEDY, J.R. (1964) Presentation
probability and choice time. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 68, 477-481. |
|
|
McCORMACK, P. & WRIGHT, N. (1964). The postive skew
observed in reaction time. Canadian Journal of
Psychology, 18 (1), 43-51. |
RATCLIFF, R. (1993). Methods for dealing with reaction
time outliers. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 510-532.
[PDF] |
|
HILGENDORF, L. (1966). Information input and response
time. Ergonomics, 9, 31–37. |
|
|
ZAHN, T.P. & ROSENTHAL, D. (1966). Simple reaction
time as a function of the relative frequency of the
preparatory interval. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 72, 15-19. |
FOZARD, J.L., VERCRYSSEN, M., REYNOLDS, S.L., HANCOCK,
P.A. & QUILTER, R.E. (1994). Age differences and
changes in reaction time : the Baltimore Longitudinal
Study of Aging. Journal of Gerontology, 49,
179-189. |
|
SMITH, E.E. (1968). Choice reaction time : An analysis of
the major theoretical positions. Psychological
Bulletin, 69, 77-110. |
ULRICH, R. & MILLER, J. (1994). Effects of outlier
exclusion on reaction time analysis. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 123, 34-80. [PDF] |
|
ELLIOTT, R. (1968). Simple visual and simple auditory
reaction time : A comparison. Psychonomic Science,
10, 335-336. |
NICOLSON, R.I. & FAWCETT, A.J. (1994). Reaction times
and dyslexia. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 47A, 29-48. |
|
BAMBER, D. (1969). Reaction times and error rates for
"same" - "different" judgments of multidimensional
stimuli. Perception & Psychophysics, 6,
169-174. |
THORPE, S., FIZE, D. & MARLOT, C. (1996). Speed of
processing in the human visual system. Nature, 381, 520-552.
[PDF] |
|
ATKINSON, R.C., HOLMGREN, J.E & JUOLA J.F. (1969).
Processing time as influenced by the number of elements in
a visual display. Perception & Psychophysics, 6,
321-326. |
DZHAFAROV, E.N. (1997). Process representations and
decompositions of response times. In A.A.J. Marley (Ed.),
Choice, decision, and measurement (pp. 255-278).
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
STERNBERG, S. (1969). Memory-scanning : Mental processes
revealed by reaction-time experiments. American
Scientist, 57 (4), 421-457.
[PDF] |
MINIUSSI, C., WILDING E.L., COULL, J.T. & NOBRE, A.C.
(1999). Orienting attention in time : modulation of brain
potentials. Brain, 122, 1507-1518. [PDF] |
|
SWANSON, J.M. & BRIGGS, G.E. (1969). Information
processing as a function of speed versus accuracy. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 81, 223-229. |
RATCLIFF, R., VAN ZANDT, T. & McKOON, G. (1999).
Connectionist and diffusion models of reaction time. Psychological
Review, 106, 261-300. [PDF] |
|
NEURINGER, A. (2000). Pigeon reaction time, Hick's law and
intelligence. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 7,
284-291. |
LABERGE, D., LEGRAND, R. & HOBBIE, R.K. (1969)
Function identification of perceptual and response biases
in choice reaction time. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 79, 295-299.
|
VIKREY, C. & NEURINGER, A. (2000). Pigeon reaction
time, Hick's law and intelligence. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 7 (2), 284-291. |
|
STERNBERG, S. (1969). The discovery of processing stages :
Extensions of Donders' method. Acta Psychologica, 30,
276-315. |
CHWILLA, D.J., KOLK, H.J. & MULDER, G. (2000).
Mediated Priming in the lexical decision task : Evidence
from event-related potentials and reaction time. Journal
of Memory & Language, 42, 314-341. [PDF] |
|
KORNBLUM, S. (1969). Sequential determinants of
information processing in serial and discrete choice
reaction time.Psychological
Review, 76, 113–131. |
HAYNE, H., GROSS, J., HILDRETH, K. & ROVEE-COLLIER, C.
(2001). Repeated reminders inrease the speed of memory
retrieval by 3-month-old infants. Developmental
Science, 3 (3), 312–318. |
|
DEARY, I.J., DER, G. & FORD, G. (2001). Reaction times
and intelligence differences : a population-based cohort
study. Intelligence, 29, 389-399. |
|
LABERGE, D., VAN GELDER, P. & YELLOTT, J. (1970) A
cueing technique in choice reaction time. Perception
& Psychophysics, 7, 57-62. |
DEARY, I.J. (2003). Reaction time and psychometric
intelligence : Jensen's contributions. In H. Nyborg (Ed.),
The scientific study of general intelligence: A
tribute to Arthur R. Jensen (pp. 53-75). Oxford :
Pergamon. |
|
LEFCOURT, H.M. & SIEGEL, J.M. (1970). Reaction time
behaviour as a function of internal-external control of
reinforcement and control of test administration.
Canadian Journal of Behavioural Sciences, 2, 253-266. |
DER G. & DEARY, I.J. (2003). IQ, reaction time and the
differentiation hypothesis. Intelligence, 31,
491-503. |
|
SEAMON, J.G. (1972). Serial position effects in probe
recall : Effect of rehearsal on reaction time. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 96, 460-462. |
SMILLER, J. & ULRICH, R. (2003). Simple reaction time
and statistical facilitation : A parallel grains model.
Cognitive Psychology, 46, 101-151. [PDF] |
|
YONAS, A. & PITTENGER, J. (1973). Searching for many
targets : An analysis of speed and accuracy. Perception
& Psychophysics, 13, 513-516. |
DEARY, I.J. & DER, G. (2005). Reaction time, age, and
cognitive ability : longitudinal findings from age 16 to
63 years in representative population samples. Aging,
Neuropsychology, & Cognition, 12, 187-213. |
|
TEICHNER, W. & KREBS, M. (1974). Laws of visual choice
reaction time. Psychological Review, 81, 75-98. |
DER, G. & DEARY, I.J. (2006). Age and sex differences
in reaction time in adulthood : results from the United
Kingdom health lifestyle survey. Psychology &
Aging, 21, 62-73.
[PDF] |
|
PACHELLA, R.G. (1974). The interpretation of reaction time
in information processing research. In. B.H. Kantowitz
(Ed.), Human information processing : Tutorials in
performance and cognition (pp. 41-42). Hillsdale,
NJ : Erlbaum. |
RATCLIFF, R., SCHMIEDEK, F. & McKOON, G. (2008). A
diffusion model explanation of the worst performance rule
for reaction time and IQ. Intelligence, 36, 10-17.
[PDF] |
|
KESSLER, Y. & MEIRAN, N. (2010). The reaction-time
task-rule congruency effect is not affected by working
memory load : Further support for the activated long-term
memory hypothesis. Psychological Research, 74,
388-399. [PDF] |
|
|
BRIGGS, G.E. (1974). On the predictor variable for choice
reaction time. Memory & Cognition, 2,
575-580. |
MONTARE, A. (2010). The simplest chronoscope II : reaction
time measured by meterstick versus machine. Perception
& Motor Skills, 111, 819-828. |
|
SILVERMAN, I.W. (2010). Simple reaction time: It is not
what it used to be. The American Journal of
Psychology, 123, 39-50. |
|
SHAW, M.L. (1978). A capacity allocation model for
reaction time. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 4, 586-598. |
MEIRAN, N., HSIEH S. & DIMOV, E. (2010). Resolving
task rule incongruence during task switching by competitor
rule suppression. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 36, 992-1002. [PDF] |
|
PALMER, E.M., HOROWITZ, T.S., WOLFE, J.M. & TORRALBA,
A. (2011). What are the shapes of response time
distributions in visual search ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 37 (1), 58-71.
[PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, W. & DEARY, I.J. (2011). Placing inspection
time, reaction time, and perceptual speed in the broader
context of cognitive ability : The VPR model in the
Lothian Birth Cohort 1936. Intelligence, 39,
405-417. |
|
ANNETT, M. & ANNETT, J. (1979). Individual differences
in right and left reaction time. British Journal of
Psychology, 70, 393-404. |
LITTLE, D.R., NOSOFSKY, R.M. & DENTON, S.E. (2011).
Response-time tests of logical-rule models of
categorization. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 37, 1-27. [PDF] |
|
DYKIERT, D., DER, G. STARR, J. & DEARY, I.J. (2012).
Age differences in intra-individual variability in simple
and choice reaction time : systematic review and
meta-analysis. PLOS One, 7 (10), 1-23. [PDF] |
|
RATCLIFF, R. (1979). Group reaction time distributions and
an analysis of distribution statistics. Psychological
Bulletin, 86, 446-461. |
BRAND, A. & BRADLEY, M.T. (2012). Assessing the
effects of technical variance on the statistical outcomes
of Web experiments measuring response times. Social
Science Computer Review, 30 (3), 350-357. [PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1980). Short-term memory demands of reaction
time tasks that differ in complexity. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 6, 375-389.
[PDF] |
WOODLEY, M.A., TE NIJENHUIS, J. & MURPHY, R. (2013).
Were the Victorians cleverer than us ? The decline in
general intelligence estimated from a meta-analysis of the
slowing of simple reaction time. Intelligence, 41
(6), 843-850. [PDF] |
|
|
|
ASHBY, F.G. & TOWNSEND, J.T. (1980). Decomposing the
reaction time distribution : Pure insertion and selective
influence revisited. Journal of Mathematical
Psychology, 21, 93-123. [PDF] |
DODONOVA, Y. A. & DDONOV, Y S. (2013). Is there any
evidence of historical slowing of reaction time ? No,
unless we compare apples and oranges. Intelligence,
41, 674-687. |
|
NIEMI, P. & NÄÄTÄNEN, R. (1981). Foreperiod and simple
reaction time. Psychological Bulletin, 89,
133-162. |
WOODLEY, M.A., MADISON, G. & CHARLTON, B.G. (2014).
Possible dysgenic trends in simple visual reaction time
performance in the Scottish Twenty-07 cohort : a
reanalysis of Deary & Der (2005). Mankind
Quarterly, 55 (1 & 2), 110-124. [PDF] |
|
NICOLAS, S. & PINS, D. (2014). La loi de Piéron et les
premiers instruments de mesure des temps de réaction. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 67 (5), 385-407. |
|
JENSEN, A.R. (1981). Reaction times and intelligence. In
M.P. Friedman, J.P. Das & N. O'Connor (Eds.), Intelligence
and Learning. NATO Conference Series (Vol 14, pp.
39-50). Boston, MA. : Springer.
[PDF] |
WOODLEY, M.A. TE NIJENHUIS, J. & MURPHY, R. (2014). Is
there a dysgenic secular trend towards slowing simple
reaction time ? Responding to a quartet of critical
commentaries. Intelligence 46, 131-147 |
|
TEN HOOPEN, G., AKERBOOM, S. & RAAYMAKERS, E.
(1982). Vibrotactual choice reaction time, tactile
receptor systems and ideomotor compatibility. Acta
Psychologica, 50, 143–157 |
HOPE, D., BATES T.C., DYKIERT, D., DER, G. & DEARY,
I.J. (2015). More symmetrical children have faster and
more consistent choice reaction times. Developmental
Psychology, 51 (4), 524-532. |
|
ASHBY, F.G. (1982). Testing the assumptions of exponential
additive reaction time models. Memory &
Cognition, 10, 125-134.
[PDF] |
WOODS, D.L., KISHIYAMA, M.M., YUND, E.W., HERRON, T.J.
& REED, B. (2015). Factors influencing the latency of
simple reaction time. Frontiers of Human
Neuroscience, 9 [131], 1-12. [PDF] |
|
JENSEN, A.R. (1982). Reaction time and psychometric g. In
H.J. Eysenck (Ed.), A model for intelligence (pp.
93-132). New York : Springer. |
GALE, C.R., BATTY, G.D., COOPER, S.-A., DEARY, I.J., DER,
G., MCEWAN, B.S. & CAVANAGH, J. (2015). Reaction time
in adolescence, cumulative allostatic load and symptoms of
anxiety and depression in adulthood : the West of Scotland
Twenty-07 Study. Psychosomatic Medicine, 7 (5),
493-505. |
|
JASKOWSKI, P. (1983). Distribution of the human reaction
time measurements. Acta Neurobiologiae
Experimentalis, 43, 221-225. [PDF] |
WOODS, D.L., WYMA, J.M., YUND, E.W., HERRON, T.J. &
REED, B. (2015). Age-related slowing of response selection
and production in a visual choice reaction time task.
Frontiers of Human Neuroscience, 9 [193], 1-12. [PDF] |
|
ASHBY, F.G. (1983). A biased random walk model of two
choice reaction times. Journal of Mathematical
Psychology, 27, 277-297. |
MADISON, G., WOODLEY, M.A. & SÄNGER, J. (2016).
Secular slowing of auditory simple reaction time in Sweden
(1959-1985). Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 10 [407],
1-8. [PDF] |
|
LONGSTRETH, L.E. (1984). Jensen's reaction-time
investigations of intelligence : A critique. Intelligence,
8 (2), 139-160. |
|
|
HOCKLEY, W.E. (1984). Analysis of response time
distributions in the study of cognitive processes. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 10 (4), 598-615. |
DER, G. & DEARY, I.J. (2017). The relationship between
intelligence and reaction time varies with age: Results
from three representative narrow-age age cohorts at 30, 50
and 69 years. Intelligence, 64, 89-97. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Temps, Latence
intelligence
et Vitesse de traitement |
| |
|
|
Temps
de réaction (Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer le temps
de réaction.
| |
|
|
GALTON, F. (1889). An instrument for measuring reaction
time. Report of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science, 59, 784-785. |
|
|
GALTON, F. (1890). Exhibition of instruments (1) for
testing the perception of differences of tint, and (2) for
determining reaction-time. Journal of Anthropology
Institute 19, 27-29 |
|
|
BRICKER, P.D. (1955). Information measurement and reaction
time : a review In H. Quastler (Ed.), Information
theory in psychology. Glencoe : Free Press. |
KUTCHER, J.S., J.T., KUTCHER, J.S. & RICHARDSON, J.K.
(2011). Between-seasons test-retest reliability of
clinically measured reaction time in National Collegiate
Athletic Association Division I athletes. Journal of
Athletic Training, 46, 409-414. |
|
JASKOWSKI, P. (1983). Distribution of the human reaction
time measurements. Acta Neurobiologiae Experimentalis
43, 221-225. [PDF] |
NICOLAS, S. & PINS, D. (2014). La loi de Piéron et les
premiers instruments de mesure des temps de réaction. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 67 (5), 385-407. |
|
MONTARE, A. (2010). The simplest chronoscope II : reaction
time measured by meterstick versus machine. Perception
& Motor Skills, 111, 819-828. |
|
|
NEATH, I., EARLE, A., HALLETT, D. & SURPRENANT, A.M.
(2011). Response time accuracy in Apple Macintosh
computers. Behavior Research Methods, 43, 353-362. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Temps de réaction et
Vitesse de traitement |
|
|
Temps
de rétention : Propriété d'une mémoire.
Laps de temps qui s'écoule entre le stockage d'une information
donnée et son oubli. =
durée.
|
Temps
historique : Découpage scientifique, donc non- arbitraire,
du temps objectif en époques et
périodes marquantes du développement des sociétés
et des civilisations.
| |
|
|
HEIDEGGER, M. (1916/78). The concept of time in the
science of history. Journal of the British Society
for Phenomenology, 9 (1), 3-10. [PDF] |
|
LELLO, J. (1980). The concept of time, the teaching of
history, and school organization. The History Teacher,
13 (3), 341-350. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Civilisation,
Temps et Histoire |
|
|
|
|
Temps
long/court : Expression utilisée en science pour
insister sur le fait qu'il vaut parfois mieux considérer un
phénomène sur une longue période de temps (perpective
développementale) pour mieux le comprendre, surtout lorsque
ce phénomène subit de fortes variations (phase, stade,
étapes, crise).etc).
|
Temps
machine : Durée de traitement
de l'information d'une ou de plusieurs tâches
double ou quasi-simultanées (temps partagé) réalisé par un
ordinateur ou un humain. Le temps machine peut être partagé entre
deux ou plusieurs tâches. EX: Vous calculez le
montant de vos achats (tâche no 1), vous vous demandez où est
votre foutu portefeuille (tâche no 2), tout en essayant de vous
rappeler le nombre de billets de 20 $ qu'il vous reste (tâche no
3).
= gestion du temps machine.
Time
in cognitive processing.
| |
|
|
SHAFFER, H. & HARDWICK, J. (1969). Monitoring
simultaneous auditory messages. Perception &
Psychophysics, 6, 401-404. |
|
MEDIN, D.L. (1984). Time in cognitive processing and
memory : Discussion paper. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 423, 385-388. |
|
ELMAN, J.L. (1990). Finding structure in time. Cognitive
Science, 14, 179-211. |
|
GEARY, D.C. & WILEY, J.G. (1991). Cognitive addition :
Strategy choice and speed-of-processing differences in
young and elderly adults. Psychology & Aging, 6,
474-483. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Temps |
|
|
Temps
neural : Neural time.
| |
|
|
LIBET, B. (1992). The neural time-factor in perception,
volition and free will. Revue de Métaphysique, 2, 255-272. |
|
|
Voir aussi Temps |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tendance
: Le mot a deux acceptions complémentaires : a) la
tendance est le produit d'une cause qui oriente fortement un phénomène.
b) Phénomène dont
la fréquence ou l'intensité (ou d'autres paramètres) s'accélère
(parfois le contraire) de manière notable.
Trend.
|
Tendance
à l'autoactualisation : Pour Maslow
et Rogers, motivation
fondamentale de tout être humain, qui pousse la personne à
s'accomplir, à réaliser son plein potentiel. Pour Maslow, il
s'agit chez l'humain du dernier besoin
à se développer.
|
Tennie
Claudio ( ) : Biologiste
et primatologue
cognitiviste américain, spécialiste de la psychologie
comparée et de la cognition
animale, notamment chez le
chimpanzé. Étudiant de Call
et Tomasello.
Collaborateur de Frith, Haun
et Henrich.
|
TENNIE, C., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2006). Push or
pull : Imitation vs. emulation in great apes and Human
Children. Ethology, 112, 1159-1169. [PDF] |
|
TENNIE, C., HEDWIG, D., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2008). An experimental study of nettle feeding in captive
gorillas. American Journal of Primatology, 70,
584-93. [PDF] |
|
TENNIE, C., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2009).
Ratcheting up the ratchet: on the evolution of cumulative
culture. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society of London B Biological Sciences, 364,
2405-2415. [PDF] |
|
TENNIE, C., FRITH, U. & FRITH, C. (2010). Reputation
management in the age of the world-wide web. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 14, 482-488. |
|
TENNIE, C., O'MALLEY, R.C. & GILBY, I.C. (2014). Why
do chimpanzees hunt ? Considering the benefits and costs
of acquiring and consuming vertebrate versus invertebrate
prey. Journal of Human Evolution, 71, 38-45. |
|
|
|
Tennis
: Sport.
Tennis.
| |
|
|
JONES, C.M. & MILES, T.R. (1978). Use of advance cues
in predicting the flight of a lawn tennis ball. Journal
of Human Movement Studies, 4, 231-235. |
ANSHEL, M.H. & WRISBERG, C. (1993). Reducing warm-up
decrement in the performance of the tennis serve. Journal
of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 15, 290-303. |
|
GOULD, D., TUFFEY, S., UDRY, E. & LOEHR, J., GOULD,
D., TUFFEY, S., UDRY, E. & LOEHR, J. (1996). Burnout
in competitive junior tennis players : II. Qualitative
analysis. The Sport Psychologist, 10, 341-366. |
|
RIKLI R. & SMITH, G. (1980). Videotape feedback
effects on tennis serving form. Perceptual &
Motor Skills, 50 (3), 895-901. |
DEHOYOS, D.V., HERRING, D., GARZARELLA, L., WERBER, G.,
BRECHUE, W.F. & POLLOCK, M.L. (1997). Effect of
strength training volume on the development of strength
and power in adolescent tennis players. Medicine
& Science in Sports & Exercise, 29 (S),
164. |
|
KELLER, D. (1985). Comportement préparatoire et adaptation
au tennis. Revue des Sciences et Techniques des
Activités Physiques et Sportives, 6, 57-63. |
GIACOMINI, C.P. (1999). Association of birthdate with
success of nationally ranked junior tennis players in the
United States. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 89,
381-386. |
|
RIEMER, H.A. & TOON, K. (2001). Leadership and
satisfaction in tennis : Examination of congruence,
gender, and ability. Research Quarterly for Exercise
& Sport, 72, 243-256. |
|
GOULET, C., FLEURY, M., BARD, C., YERLES, M., MICHAUD, D.
& LEMIRE, L. (1988). Analyse des indices visuels
prélevés en réception de service au tennis. Journal
Canadien des Sciences du Sport, 13, 79-87. |
MORAES, L.C., SALMELA, J.H., RABELO, A. & VIANNA, N.
(2004). Le rôle des parents dans le développement des
jeunes joueurs de football et de tennis brésiliens.
Revue STAPS, 64, 109-126. |
|
GOULET, C., BARD, C. & FLEURY, M. (1989). Expertise
differences in preparing to return a tennis serve : A
visual information processing approach. Journal of
Sport & Exercise Psychology, 11, 382-398. |
DELFORGE, C. & LE SCANFF, C. (2006). Rôles et
comportements favorables ou défavorables des parents pour
les jeunes joueurs de tennis. Staps, 7, 39-56.
[PDF] |
|
McPHERSON, S.L. & KERNODLE, M. (2007). Mapping two new
points on the tennis expertise continuum : tactical skills
of adult advanced beginners and entry-level professionals
during competition. Journal of Sports Sciences, 25 (8), 945-959. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Sport |
|
|
Tennis
de table : Sport.
Table tennis
| |
|
|
WILLIAMS, A.M., VICKERS, J. & RODRIGUES, S. (2002).
The effects of anxiety on visual search, movement
kinematics, and performance in table tennis : A test of
Eysenck and Calvo's processing efficiency theory. Journal
of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 24, 438-455. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Sport |
|
|
Tension
: Terme utilisé pour désigner un malaise (individuel)
ou une situation sociale désagréable (collectif), voire
anxiogène, entre des individus
ou des groupes, situation
susceptible de se transformer en
conflit, parfois même en
crise.
| |
|
|
KUHN, T.S. (1977/90). The essential tension. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. / La tension essentielle :
Tradition et changement dans les Sciences. Paris :
Gallimard. |
|
|
Voir aussi conflit et
Crise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Teo
Thomas ( ) : Psychosociologue
socioconstructiviste
canadien.
|
TEO, T. (1997) Developmental psychology and the relevance
of a critical metatheoretical reflection. Human
Development 40 (4), 195-210. [LIRE] |
|
TEO, T. (1998). Klaus Holzkamp and the rise and decline of
German critical psychology. History of Psychology, 1
(3), 235-253. [PDF] |
|
TEO, T. (1999). Functions of knowledge in psychology. New
Ideas in Psychology, 17 (1), 1-15. [PDF]
|
|
TEO, T. (1999). Methodologies of critical psychology :
Illustrations from the field of racism. Annual Review
of Critical Psychology, 1, 119-134. [LIRE] |
|
TEO, T. (2012). Psychology is still a problematic science
and the public knows it. American Psychologist, 67
(12), 807-808. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tepperman
Lorne (1943-) : Sociologue
canadien. Collaborateur de Curtis.
|
TEPPERMAN, L. (1975). Deviance as a search process. Canadian
Journal of Sociology, 1 (3), 277-294. |
|
TEPPERMAN, L. (1975). Social mobility in Canada.
Toronto : McGraw-Hill Ryerson. |
|
TEPPERMAN, L. (1977). Crime control : The urge toward
authority. Toronto : McGraw-Hill Ryerson. |
|
TEPPERMAN, L., CURTIS, J. (2004). What is sociology ? In
L. Tepperman & J. Curtis (Eds.), Sociology : A
Canadian perspective (pp. 1-31). Toronto : Oxford
University Press. |
|
TEPPERMAN, L. (2005). Straight and narrow : An
introduction to the sociology of deviance and control. Toronto
: Oxford University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Terman
Lewis Madison (Johnson County 1877-1956 Palo Alto) :
Psychométricien
américain spécialisé dans l'étude et la mesure de l'intelligence.
Inventeur du test
d'intelligence Stanford-Binet (1916) et du test d'habileté
mentale Terman-McNemar (Terman-McNemar Test of Mental Ability-
1942). Président de l'APA en
1923. NDLR : La seule chose que Terman ne
semble pas avoir mesurée, c'est son influence sur la psychologie !
Étudiant de Hall. Professeur
de Goodenough, Kelly
et Mcnemar. Collaborateur
de Merrill.
No
72 |
TERMAN L.M. (1916). The uses of intelligence tests.
Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
TERMAN, L.M. (1919). The intelligence of school
children. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
TERMAN, L.M. (1924). The mental test as a psychological
method. Psychological Review, 31, 93-117. |
|
TERMAN, L.M. & MERRILL, M. (1937). Revised
Stanford-Binet scale. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
TERMAN, L. & MERRILL, M. (1937). Measuring
intelligence. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
|
AUTEUR INCONNU (1957). Obituary : Lewis M. Terman, Ph.D. British
Medical Journal, 19 (1), 170. [PDF] |
|
MINTON, H.L. (1998). Lewis M. Terman : Pioneer in
psychological testing. New York : New York
University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termote
Marc ( ) : Démographe
québécois, professeur à l'Université
de Montréal et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'immigration et de la démographie linguistique. Il est
aussi membre du comité scientifique de
l'Institut de recherche sur le français en Amérique.
 |
LEDENT, J. et TERMOTE, M. (1999). L'immigration et la
croissance des régions métropolitaines : implications
politiques. Options Politiques - Policy Options, 20,
39-44. |
|
TERMOTE, M. (2002). The explanatory power of migration
models. In R. Franck (Ed.), The explanatory power of
models (pp. 165-179). Boston/Dordrecht/London :
Kluwer Academic Publishers. |
|
TERMOTE, M. (2002). La mesure de l'impact économique de
l'immigration internationale. Problèmes méthodologiques et
résultats empiriques. Cahiers Québécois de
Démographie, 31 (1), 35-67. |
|
TERMOTE, M. (2003). L'immigration n'est qu'une solution
partielle. Le cas des États-Unis et du Canada. Forum
: Revue Suisse pour l'Étude des Migrations et de la
Population, 2, 32-36. |
|
TERMOTE, M. (2003). La dynamique démolinguistique du
Québec et de ses régions. Dans V. Piché et C. Le Bourdais
(Dirs.), La démographie québécoise : Enjeux du XXIe
siècle (p. 264-299). Montréal : Les Presses de
l'Université de Montréal. |
|
|
|
Terracciano
Antonio ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain, d'origine
italienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité.
Collaborateur de Costa et McCrae.
|
TERRACCIANO, A., MERRITT, M., ZONDERMAN, A.B. & EVANS,
M.K. (2003). Personality traits and sex differences in
emotions recognition among African. Annals of New
York Academy of Sciences, 1000, 309-312. [PDF] |
|
TERRACCIANO, A. & COSTA, P.T. (2004). Smoking and the
five-factor model of personality. Addiction, 99, 472-480.
[PDF] |
|
TERRACCIANO, A. & COSTA, P.T. (2007). Perceptions of
Americans and the Iraq invasion : Implications for
understanding national character stereotypes. Journal
of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 38 (6), 695-710.
[PDF] |
|
TERRACCIANO, A., LOECKENHOFF, C.E., CRUM, R.M., BIENVENU,
O.J. & COSTA, P.T. (2008). Five-factor model
personality profiles of drug users. BMC Psychiatry, 8
22. |
|
TERRACCIANO, A., McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (2010).
Intra-individual change in personality stability and age.
Journal of Research in Personality, 44, 31-37. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Terrace
Herbert S. (1936-) :
Psychologue et
primatologue cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain. Il a mis sur pied un
laboratoire d'étude de la cognition chez les primates, à l'Université
Columbia. Terrace et Nim
Chimpsy. Professeur de
Brannon et Roitblat.
Collaborateur de Balsam, Colombo,
Gibbon, Holloway,
Locurto, Kornell et Scarf.
 |
TERRACE, H.S. (1963). Errorless transfer of a
discrimination across two continua. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (2), 223-232.
[PDF] |
|
TERRACE, H.S., GIBBON, J., FARRELL, L. & BALDOCK, M.D.
(1975). Temporal factors influencing the acquisition and
maintenance of an autoshaped keypeck. Animal Learning
& Behavior, 3, 53-62. [PDF] |
|
TERRACE, H.S., PETITTO, L.A., SNADERS, R.J. & BEVER,
T.G. (1979). Can an ape create a sentence ? Science,
206, 891-902. |
|
TERRACE, H.S., SON, L.K. & BRANNON, E.M. (2003).
Serial expertise of rhesus macaques. Psychological
Science, 14 (1), 66-73. [PDF] |
|
TERRACE, H.S. (2005). The simultaneous chain : a new
approach to serial learning. Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 9 (4), 202-210. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Terrain
: Le mot renvoie à deux réalités voisines : a)
Partie du milieu naturel
d'un organisme que l'on
souhaite étudier (Recherche
en milieu naturel). En ce sens, le terrain s'oppose au laboratoire.
= in vivo, conditions réelles,
conditions naturelles, vraie vie. /laboratoire.
Natural environment, field. b)
Le terrain désigne également une surface aménagée pour pratiquer
un sport ou faire de
l'exercice. Terrain et avantage
du terrain.
Field.
|
|
| a |
|
THARP, R.G. & WETZEL, R.J. (1969). Behavior
modification in the natural environment. New York :
Academic Press. |
|
NOIRIEL, G. & WEBER, F. (1990). Journal de terrain,
journal de recherche et auto- analyse. Genèses, 2,
138-147. |
|
De SARDAN, O. (1995). La politique du terrain.
Enquête, 1, 71-109. |
|
HUGHES, E.C. (1996). La place du travail de terrain dans
les sciences sociales. Dans Le regard sociologique
(pp. 267-279). Paris : Éditions de l'EHESS. |
|
GOLD, R. (1958/2003). Jeux de rôle sur le terrain.
Observation et participation dans l'enquête sociologique.
Dans D. Céfaï (Dir.), L'enquête de terrain (pp.
340-349). Paris : La Découverte. |
|
BEAUD, S. et WEBER, F. (2003). Guide de l'enquête de
terrain. Paris : La Découverte. |
| GOULET, J-G.A. (2011). Trois manières d'être sur le
terrain. Une brève histoire des conceptions de
l'intersubjectivité. Anthropologie et Sociétés, 35 (3),
107-125. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Recherche
en milieu naturel |
| b |
|
BAUMEISTER, R.F. & STEINHILBER, A. (1984). Paradoxical
effects of supportive audiences on performance under
pressure : The home-field disadvantage in sports
championships. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 47, 85-93. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Sport et
Avantage du terrain |
|
|
|
|
Terre
: Terre, territoire
et pays.
Earth.
| |
|
|
DAILY G.C. & HRLICH, P.R. (1992). Population,
sustainability, and earth's carrying capacity. BioScience,
42 (10), 761-771. |
|
COHEN, J.E. (1995). How many people can the earth support
? The Sciences, 35 (6), 25-39. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, J.E. (1995). Popula on growth and earth's human
carrying capacity. Science, 269 (5222), 341-346. |
|
COHEN, J.E. (1995). How many people can the earth
support ? New York and London : Norton. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Populatiom,
Territoire et Pays |
|
|
Terreur
: Grande peur, qui
s'accompagne de l'angoisse
que l'événement
qui est à l'origine de cette émotion
se reproduise, perdure, n'ait de fin. =
frayeur. Terror.
| |
|
|
KAM, C. & KINDER, D.R.. (2007) Terror and
ethnocentrism : Foundations of American support for the
war on terrorism. Journal of Politics, 69,
320-338. |
|
MUSGRAVE, L. & McGARTY, C. (2008). Opinion-based group
membership and the war on terror. Social Psychology,
39 (1), 37-47. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Terrorisme |
|
|
Terreur
nocturne : Parasomnie.
| |
|
|
DURAND, V.M. & MINDELL, J.A. (1999). Behavioral
intervention for childhood sleep terrors. Behavior
Therapy, 30, 705-715. |
|
DURAND, V.M. (2002). Treating sleep terrors in children
with autism. Journal of Positive Behavioral
Interventions, 4, 66-72. |
|
DURAND, V.M. & CHRISTODULU, K.V. (2003). Sleep
terrors. In T.H. Ollendick and C.S. Schroeder (Eds.), Encyclopedia
of pediatric and child psychology (pp. 617- 618).
Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. |
|
DURAND, V.M. (2006). Sleep terrors. In J.E. Fisher &
W.T. O'Donohue (Eds.), Practitioners guide to
evidenced based psychotherapy (pp. 654-660). New
York : Springer. |
|
|
|
Terrisse
Bernard ( ) : Psychologue
québécois d'origine française, spécialisé en éducation
spécialisée. Il s'intéresse notamment à la résilience. Il
enseigne à l'Université du Québec
à Montréal. Collaborateur de Larivée.
 |
TERRISSE, B. et DANSEREAU, S. (1988). Une approche
systémique en intervention précoce. International
Journal of Early Chilhood, 20 (2), 11-22. |
|
TERRISSE, B., ROBERTS, D., PALACIO-QUINTIN, E. &
MACDONALD, B. (1998). Parenting practices and child
development. Swiss Journal of Psychology, 57
(2), 114-123. |
|
TERRISSE, B. (2001). La résilience : facteurs de risque et
facteurs de protection dans l'environnement social et
scolaire du jeune enfant. Cahiers du Centre de
recherche sur les formes d'éducation et
d'enseignement/École/Famille : Quelle médiation ? 14, 129-172.
[PDF] |
|
TERRISSE, B. (2002). Enfance et résilience. Cahiers
de Psychopédagogie Curative et Interculturelle, 1
(2), 34-52. |
|
LAROSE, F., TERRISSE, B. et BÉDARD, J. (2006). Les
représentations de parents québécois au regard de
l'intervention socioéducative au préscolaire. Brock
Education : A Journal of Educational Research &
Practice, 15 (2), 148-174. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Territoire : Territorialité
: Espace occupé
(et défendu dans la plupart des cas) par un individu, un groupe,
une population ou un pays. Celui qui occupe le territoire se nomme
habitant ou résidant,
tandis que celui qui le pénètre est un étranger (avec permission)
ou un envahisseur (sans permission). Territoire et
priorité de
résidence. *priorité de
résidence. Territory.
| |
|
|
GREENBERG, N. (1947). Some relations between territory,
social hierarchy and leadership in the green sunfish
(Lepomis cyanellus). Physiological Zoology, 20, 269-299. |
LUCKMANN, T. (1982). Territorial borders as system
boundaries. In R. Strassoldo & G. Delli Zotti (Eds.),
Cooperation and conflict in border areas (pp.
235-244). Franco Angeli Editore. |
|
TINBERGEN, N. (1957). The fonction of territory. Bird
Study, 4, 14-27. |
EDNEY, J.J. & BELL, P.A. (1983). The commons dilemma :
comparing altruism, the Golden Rule, perfect equality of
outcomes, and territoriality. The Social Science
Journal, 20, 23-33. |
|
ESSER, A.H., CHAMBERLAIN, A.S., CHAPPIE, E.D. & KLINE,
N.S. (1965). Territoriality of patients on a research
ward. In Wortis, J. (Ed.), Recent advances in
biological psychiatry (Vol. 7). New York : Plenum
Press. |
|
|
ARDREY, R. (1966). The Territorial Imperative.
Atheneum : New York. |
|
|
COLEMAN, A.D. (1968). Territoriality in man; a comparison
of behavior in home and hospital. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 38, 464-468. |
|
|
ALTMAN, I. (1970). Territorial behavior in humans : An
analysis of the concept. In L. Pastalan & D. Carson
(Ed.), Spatial behavior of older people (pp.
1-24). Michigan : The University of Michigan. |
SACHSER, N. & PRÖVE, E. (1984). Short-term effects of
residence on the testosterone responses to fighting in
alpha male guinea pigs. Aggressive Behavior, 10,
285-292. |
|
EDNEY, J.J. (1974). Property, possession, and permanence:
A field study in human territoriality. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 2, 275-282. |
SHANK, C.C. (1986). Territory size, energetics, and
breeding strategy in the Corvidae. The American
Naturalist, 128, 642-652. |
|
SYMONS, P.E.K. (1974). Territorial behavior of juvenile
Atlantic salmon reduces predatio by brook trout.
Canadian Journal of Zoology, 52, 677-679. |
HEINSOHN, R. (1997). Group territoriality in two
populations of African lions. Animal Behaviour, 53, 1143-1147.
[PDF] |
|
EDNEY, J.J. & JORDAN-EDNEY, N. (1974). Territorial
spacing on a beach. Sociometry, 37, 92-104. |
HEINSOHN, R. & PACKER. C. (1995). Complex cooperative
strategies in group-territorial African lions. Science,
269, 1260-1262. [PDF] |
|
EDNEY, J.J. (1974). Human territoriality.
Psychological Bulletin, 81 (12), 959-975. |
NEAVE, N. & WOLFSON, S. (2003). Testosterone,
territoriality, and the "home advantage". Physiology
& Behavior, 78, 269-275. [PDF] |
|
ZAYAN, R.C. (1975). Défense du territoire et
reconnaissance individuelle chez Xiphophorus (Pisces,
Poeciliidae). Behaviour, 52, 266-312. |
MOSSER, A. & PACKER, C. (2009) Group territoriality
and the benefits of sociality in the African lion,
Panthera leo. Animal Behaviour, 78, 359-370. [PDF] |
|
EDNEY, J.J. (1975). Territoriality and control : A field
experiment. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 31, 1108-1115. |
|
|
EDNEY, J.J. & BUDA, M.A. (1976). Distinguishing
territoriality and privacy : Two studies. Human
Ecology, 4, 283-296. |
|
|
EDNEY, J.J. & HARPER, C.S. (1978). Human territories :
Comment on functional properties. Environment &
Behavior, 8 (1), 141. |
|
|
WELLS, K.D. (1978). Territoriality in the green frog (Rana
clamitans) : vocalizations and agonistic behaviour. Animal
Behaviour, 26, 1051-1063. |
VERKUYTEN, M., SIERKSMA J. & THIJS, J. (2015). First
arrival and owning the land : How children reason about
ownership of territory. Journal of Environmental
Psychology, 41, 58-64. |
|
TULLOCK, G. (1978). On the adaptive significance of
territoriality : Comment. The American Naturalist,
113 (5), 772-775. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Utilisation
de l'espace, Espace
public et
Priorité de résidence |
|
|
|
Terrorisme : Terroriste
: Stratégie militaire
ou para-militaire qui vise à semer la terreur
au sein d'une population civile. Le but de cette «stratégie
indirecte» est de déstabiliser ou de détruire ceux que l'on
considère comme nos véritables ennemis
(un gouvernement, une coalition au pouvoir, la police, l'armée, un
groupe religieux, etc.).
Le terrorisme fait généralement usage de violence,
mais il existe d'autres moyens pour déstabliser un ennemi et semer
la terreur (virus informatique qui paralyse un gouvernement, par
exemple ou qui enraye le fonctionnement d'une centrale électique
ou nucléaire). Les victimes
d'un attentat sont donc rarement les véritables cibles de cette
stratégie. Le choix des victimes dépend alors de la nature de la
cause défendue. Il peut s'agir de sa propre population, dans le
cas du terrorisme révolutionnaire (guérilla), ou de la population
d'un pays ennemi, lorsque
l'attentat est commis dans le contexte d'une guerre
("froide" ou non). Dans les deux cas, il s'agit d'un sous-groupe
("nous/les bons") qui en attaque un autre ("eux/les méchants"). Le
plus souvent, les terroristes opèrent secrètement (complot),
même s'ils révèlent parfois publiquement leur cible ou leurs
motifs (tract, manifeste, lettre de menace, etc.) ou revendiquent
leur geste (attentat, kidnapping, bommbe sale, etc) ou leur
appartenance. Par définition, les victimes d'un attentat sont des
civils (accidentellement des militaires); s'il s'agit de soldats,
on utilise plutôt les termes "opération militaire ou déclaration
de guerre" pour désigner cette stratégie.
Sauf exception, le terrorisme prend généralement la forme d'un
acte criminel violent planifié
par des individus (terroristes) bien organisées
(cellule, front, bande, faction, etc.) ayant une
idéologie commune (politique, raciale, religieuse,
révolutionnaire, etc.). NDLR : Je suis conscient que cette
définition opérationnelle du terrorisme (voir tableau ci-dessous)
est très restrictive, mais ces précisions sont à mes yeux
nécessaires si on veut éviter que le concept ne soit
récupérer par les uns et les autres à des fins strictement
idéologiques, plutôt qu'analytiques ou scientifiques. C'est
d'ailleurs le sort qui attend le concept de racisme ou genre, si
on ne parvient pas à les définir plus clairement. Utiliser
«à toutes les sauces», ces concepts finissent par perdre leur
pertinence, leur sens. De fait, on confond souvent le terrorisme
avec le loup solitaire, le meurtrier de masse ou le cinglé
puissance 10.
Contrairement au meurtrier
de masse ou au loup solitaire, celui ou celle qui sème la
terreur (sbire, exécutant, lampiste, sous-fifres, second violon,
homme de main, etc.) n'agit pas en son nom propre; il est
l'instrument de "l'organisation", le rouage d'une machination qui
le dépasse. Il peut être payé pour agir ainsi (meurtrier
professionnel) ou se sacrifier pour la cause en obéissant
aux ordres (fidèle). En ce sens, les attentats commis en Norvège
par Anders Breivik (2011) et Timothy McVeigh à Oklahoma City
(1996) ne peuvent être considérés comme des attentats terroristes
puisqu'ils n'étaient pas commandés par un sous-groupe organisé
autour d'une idéologie commune (même si McVeigh avait trois
complices qui se réclamaient des Davidiens, la secte de David
Koresch). Le terroriste connaît parfois les motifs belliqueux et
criminel qui animent son sous-groupe d'appartenance, mais le plus
souvent il les ignore totalement ou n'en a qu'une vague idée
(instrumentalisation). Terrorisme, trouble
de stress post-traumatique et victime.
= guerre par procuration. (
): 11
septembre, Piazza Fontana, attentat de Oklahoma City, la
gare de Bologne, les attentats de Madrid, Opération
Condor.
Terrorism, bombing.
|
| Conditions
nécessaires du terrorisme |
| 1 |
Acte
criminel, généralement violent
|
| 2 |
Planifié
par un sous-groupe d'individus ("nous", les
terroristes) |
| 3 |
Les
membres de ce sous-groupe partagent la même idéologie,
la même cause |
| 4 |
Commis souvent par un exécutant (sbire, lampiste, homme de main, etc.) au nom des
terroristes
|
| 5 |
À
l'endroit d'un autre groupe/sous-groupe ("eux"/victimes) |
| 6 |
Victimes
essentiellement composées de civils (Si
militaire = guerre) |
| 7 |
Dans le
but de semer la terreur chez la
population de ce groupe/sous-groupe de victimes |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
HACKER, F.J. (1976). Crusaders, criminals, crazies :
terror and terrorism in our time. New York : W.W.
Norton. |
SPECKARD, A. & AKMEDOVA, K. (2005). Talking to
terrorists. Journal of Psychohistory, 33, 125-156. |
|
OCHBERG, F.M. (1978). The victim of terrorism :
Psychiatric considerations. Terrorism, 1,
147-168. |
MOGHADDAM, F.M. (2005). The staircase to terrorism : A
psychological exploration. American Psychologist, 60
(2), 161-169. [PDF] |
|
COOPER, H.H.A. (1978). Psychopath as terrorist. Legal
Medical Quarterly, 2, 253-262. |
BLOOM, M. (2005). Dying to kill : The allure of
suicide terror. New York : Columbia University
Press. |
|
MERARI, A.A. (1978). A classification of terrorist
groups. Terrorism, 1 (3–4). 331–346. |
|
|
WOLF, J. (1978). Organization and management practices of
urban terrorist groups. Terrorism, 1 (2),
169-186. |
MILAM, J., RITT-OLSON, A., TAN, S., UNGER, J. &
NEZAMI, E. (2005). The September 11th 2001 terrorist
attacks and reports of posttraumatic growth among a
multi-ethnic sample of adolescents. Traumatology, 11,
233-246. |
|
KELLEN, K. (1980). Terrorists what are they like "How some
terrorists describe their world and actions". IN B.M.
Jenkins (Ed ), Terrorism and beyond : An international
conference on terrorism and low-level conflict (pp.
123-173). Santa Monica, CA : Rand. |
GARCIA-GARCIA, M., TORRES-PÉREZ, I. & VALDES-DIAZ, M.
(2005). Ten outstandind references about : Psychopathology
and terrorism. Annuary of Clinical & Health
Psychology, 1, 39-51. [PDF] |
|
CORRADO R. (1981). A critique of the mental disorder
perspective of political terrorism. International
Journal of Law & d Psychiatry, 4, 3-4, 293-309. |
POST, J.M. (2005). When hatred is bred in the bone:
Psycho-cultural foundations of contemporary terrorism. Political
Psychology, 26, 615-636. |
|
KNUTSON, J.N. (1981). Social and psychodynamic pressure
toward a negative identity: the case of an American
revolutionary terrorist. Y. Alexander & J.M. Gleason
(Eds.), Behavioral and quantitative perspectives on
terrorism (pp. 105-150). New York : Pergamon. |
MARTIN, G. (2005). Understanding terrorism. Thousand
Oaks, CA : SAGE Publications. |
|
STRENTZ, T. (1981). The terrorist organizational profile :
A psychological role model. Y. Alexander, & J.M.
Gleason (Eds.), Behavioral and quantitative
perspectives on terrorism (pp. 86-104). New York :
Pergamon. |
FREMONT, W.P., PATAKI, C. & BERESIN, E.V. (2005). The
impact of terrorism on children and adolescents : terror
in the skies, terror on television. Child &
Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 14
(3), 429-451. |
|
HERMAN, E.S. (1982). The real terror network :
Terrorism in fact and propaganda. Boston : South
End Press. |
COHRS, J.C., KILEMANN, S., MAES, J. & MOSCHNER, B.
(2005). Effects of right-wing authoritarianism and threat
from terrorism on restriction of civil liberties.
Analyses of Social Issues & Public Policy, 5, 263-276. |
|
FRIED, R. (1982). The psychology of the terrorist. In B.M.
Jenkins (Ed.), Terrorism and beyond : An
international conference on terrorism and low- level
conflict. Santa Monica, California : Rand. |
ARENA, M.P. & ARIGO, B.A. (2005). Identity and the
terrorist threat : An interpretative and explanatory
model. In L. Snowden & B. Whistel (Eds.), Terrorism
: Research, readings and realities (pp. 11-45).
Upper Saddle River, NJ : Person-Prentice Hall. |
|
WAUGH, W. (1983). The values in violence : organizational
and political objectives of terror groups. Conflict
Quarterly, 5-19. |
GAMBETTA, D. (Ed.) (2005). Making sense of suicide
missions. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
POST, J.M. (1984). Notes on a psychodynamic theory of
terrorist behaviour. Terrorism, 7, 241-256. |
AHMED, N.M. (2005). The war on truth : 9/11,
Disinformation, and the anatomy of terrorism. Olive
Branch Press. / La Guerre contre la vérité : 11
Septembre, désinformation et anatomie du terrorisme.
Demi-Lune. |
|
FRIEDLAND, N. & MERARI, A. (1985). The psychological
impact of terrorism : A double-edged sword. Political
Psychology 6, 591-604. |
PAPE, R.A. (2005). Dying to win : The strategic logic
of suicide terrorism. New York, NY : Random House. |
|
MARTIN, L.J. (1985). The media's role in international
terrorism. Terrorism : An International Journal, 8,
127-143. |
VICTOROFF, J. (2005). The mind of the terrorist : A review
and critique of psychological approaches. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 49 (1), 3-42. |
|
CRENSHAW, M. (1985). An organizational political approach
to the analysis of political terrorism. Orbis, 29
(3), 465-489. |
BONANNO, G.A., RENNICKE, C. & DEKEL S. (2005).
Self-enhancement among high-exposure survivors of the
September 11th terrorist attack : Resilience or social
maladjustment ? Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 88, 984-998. |
|
SHAW, E.D. (1986). Political terrorists : Dangers of
diagnosis and an alternative to the psychopathology model.
International Journal of Law & Psychiatry, 8,
359-68. |
KERBY, D.S., BRAND, M.W., JOHNSON, D.L. & GHOURI, F.S.
(2005). Self-assessment in the measurement of public
health workforce preparedness for bioterrorism or other
public health disasters. Public Health Reports, 120,
186-191. |
|
CRENSHAW, M. (1986). The psychology of political
terrorism. In M.G. Hermann (Ed.), Political
psychology : contemporary problems and issues (pp.
379-413). London : Josey- Bass. |
GOODWIN, R., WILSON, M. & GAINES, S. (2005). Terror
threat perception and its consequences in contemporary
Britain. British Journal of Psychology, 96,
389-406. |
|
LAQUER, W. (1987). The age of terrorism. Boston
: Little, Brown. |
SADLER, M.S., LINEBERGER, M., CORRELL, J. & PARK, B.
(2005). Emotions, attributions, and policy endorsement in
response to the September 11th terrorist attacks.
Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 27, 249-258. |
|
SCHMID, A.P., JONGMAN, A.J. & HOROWITZ, I.L. (1988). Political
terrorism : a new guide to actors, authors, concepts,
data bases, theories, and literature. Amsterdam,
Netherlands : Transaction Books. |
ARENA, M.P. & ARIGO, B.A. (2005). Social psychology,
terrorism, and identity : A preliminary re-examination of
theory, culture, self, and society. Behavioral
Sciences & the Law, 23 (4), 485-506. |
|
FRIEDLAND, N. & MERARI, A. (1985). The psychological
impact of terrorism : A double-edged sword. Political
Psychology, 6, 591-604. |
RODGERS, J.L., ST. JOHN, C. & COLEMAN, R. (2005). Did
fertility go up after the Oklahoma City bombing ? An
analysis of births in metropolitan counties in Oklahoma,
1990-1999. Demography, 42, 675-692. |
|
GREENBERG, J., PYSZCZYNSKI, T. & SOLOMON, S. (1986).
The causes and consequences of the need for self-esteem :
A terror management theory. In R. F. Baumeister (Ed.), Public
self and private self (pp. 189-212). New York :
Springer-Verlag. |
HARRIS, S. (2005). The end of faith : Religion, terror
and the future of reason. New York : W.W. Norton. |
|
CRENSHAW, M. (1988). The subjective reality of the
terrorist: Ideological and psychological factors in
terrorism. In In R.O. Slater and M. Stohl. (Eds.),
Current Perspectives in international terrorism.
Basingstoke, Hampshire : Macmillan. |
PEDHAZUR, A. (2005). Suicide terrorism.
Cambridge, UK : Polity Press. |
|
TAYLOR, M. (1988). The terrorist. London :
Brassey's. |
MOGHADDAM, F.M. (2005). Psychological processes and the
staircase to terrorism. American Psychologist, 60,
1039-1044.
[PDF] |
|
|
MaCAULEY, C.R. & SEGAL, M.E. (1989). Terrorist
individuals and terrorist groups: The normal psychology of
extreme behavior. J. Groebel & J.H. Goldstein (Eds.),
Terrorism : Psychological perspectives (pp.
41-64). Seville: Publicaciones de la Universidad de
Sevilla. |
GALEA, S. & RESNICK, H. (2005). Posttraumatic stress
disorder in the general population after mass terrorist
incidents : Considerations about the nature of exposure. CNN
Spectrums, 10, 107-115. |
|
OOTS, K.L. (1989). Organizational perspectives on the
formation and disintegration of terrorist groups.
Terrorism, 12, 139-152. |
RUBIN, G.J., BREWIN, C.R., GREENBERG, N., SIMPSON. J.
& WESSELY, S.S. (2005). Psychological and behavioural
reactions to the bombings in London on 7 July 2005 : Cross
sectional survey of a representative sample of Londoners.
British Medical Journal, 33, 1-7.
[PDF] |
|
CORRADO, R.R. & TOMPKINS, E. (1989). A comparative
model of the psychological effects on the victims of state
and anti-state terrorism. International Journal of
Law & Psychiatry, 12, 281-293. |
CHOSSUDOVSKY, M. (2005). America’s war on terrorism. Global
Research. |
|
HERMAN, E.S. (1990). The terrorism industry.
Pantheon. |
|
|
PEARLSTEIN, R.M. (1991). The mind of the political
terrorist. Wilmington, DE : Scholarly Resources. |
|
|
RAPOPORT, D.C. (1990). Sacred terror : A case from
contemporary Islam. In W. Reich (Ed.), Origins of
terrorism (pp. 103-130). Cambridge, England :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
MERARI, A. (1991). Academic research and government policy
on terrorism. Terrorism & Political Violence, 3
(1), 88-102. |
|
|
WEINBERG, L. (1991). Turning to terror : The conditions
under which political parties turn to terrorist
activities. Comparative Politics, 23 (4),
423-438. |
|
|
FRIEDLAND, N. (1992). Becoming a terrorist : Social, and
individual antecedents. In L. Howard (Ed.), Terrorism
: roots, impacts, responses (pp. 81-93). New York,
NY : Praeger. |
|
|
CRENSHAW, M. (1992). How terrorists think : Psychological
contributions to understanding terrorism. In L. Howard
(Ed), Terrorism : Roots, impact, responses (pp.
71-80). London : Praeger. |
|
|
CRENSHAW, M. (1992). Decisions to use terrorism :
Psychological constraints on instrumental reasoning. International
Social Movements Research, 4, 29-42. |
PRUITT, D.G. (2006). Negotiation with terrorists. International
Negotiation, 11, 370-394. |
|
CRENSHAW, M. (1992). Current research on terrorism : The
Academic Perspective. Studies in Conflict &
Terrorism, 15, 1-11. |
ALY, A.. (2006). Australian Muslim responses to the
discourse on terrorism in the Australian popular media. Australian
Journal of Social Issues, 42, 27-40. |
|
SCHMID, A.P. (1993). Defining terrorism : The response
problem as a definition problem. In A.P. Schmid and R.D.
Crelinsten (Eds.) Western responses to terrorism.
London : Frank Cass. |
NERIA, Y., GROSS, R. & MARSHAL, R.D. (2006). Mental
health in the wake of terrorism : Making sense of mass
casualty trauma. In Y. Neria, R. Gross, R. Marshall
& E. Susser (Eds.), 9/11 : Mental health in the
wake of terrorist attacks (pp. 3-16). New York,
NY : Cambridge University Press. |
|
MERARI, A. (1993). Terrorism as a strategy in insurgency.
Terrorism & Political Violence, 5, 213-251. |
BONGER, B., BEUTLER, J., BRECKENRIDGE, J. & ZIMBARDO,
P. (2006). The psychology of terrorism. New
York : Oxford Press. |
|
ROSS, J. (1993). Structural causes of pppositional
political terrorism. Journal of Peace Research, 30, 317-329. |
POST, J. (2006). The mind of the terrorist : The
psychology of terrorism from the IRA to Al Qaeda.
New York, NY : Palgrave Macmillan. |
|
SMITH, B.L. (1994) Terrorism in America : Pipe bombs
and pipe dreams. Albany, NY : SUNY Press. |
|
|
LUCKABAUGH, R., FUQUA, H.E., CANGEMI, J.P. & KOWALSKI,
C.J. (1997). Terrorist behavior and United States Foreign
Policy : Who Is the enemy ? Some psychological and
political perspectives. Psychology, 34 (2),
1-15. |
SHEPPARD, B., RUBIN, G.J., WARDMAN, J.K. & WESSELEY,
S. (2006). Terrorism and dispelling the myth of a panic
prone public. Journal of Public Health Policy, 27, 219-245. |
|
HOFFMAN, B. (1998). Inside terrorism. New York :
Columbia University Press. |
SMALL, D.A., LERNER, J.S. & FISCHHOFF, B. (2006).
Emotion priming and attributions for terrorism :
Americans' reactions in a national field experiment. Political
Psychology, 27, 289-298. |
|
SILKE, A. (1998) Cheshire-cat logic : The recurring theme
of terrorist abnormality in psychological research. Psychology,
Crime & Law, 4 (1), 51-69. |
ECHEBARRA-ECHABE, A. & FERNÀNDEZ-GUEDE, A. (2006).
Effects of terrorism on attitudes and ideological
orientation. European Journal of Social Psychology,
36, 259-265. |
CARTER, A.B., DEUTSCH. & ZELOKOW, P. (1998).
Catastrophic terrorism : Tackling the new danger. Foreign
Affairs, 77, 80–94.
|
|
|
DRAKE, C.J.M. (1998). The role of ideology in terrorists'
target selection. Terrorism & Political Violence,
10 (2), 53-85. |
WEINBERG, L. & EUBANK, W.L. (2006). What is
terrorism ? New York, NY : Infobase Publishing. |
|
AKHTAR, S. (1999). The psychodynamic dimension of
terrorism. Psychiatric Annals, 29 (6), 350-355. |
RICHARDSON, L. (2006). What terrorists want :
Understanding the enemy, containing the threat. New
York, NY : Random House. |
|
SPRANG, G. (1999). Post-disaster stress following the
Oklahoma City bombing : An Examination of three community
groups. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 14,
69-83. |
SKITKA, L.J., BAUMAN, C.W., ARAMOVICH, N.P. & MORGAN,
G.S. (2006). Confrontational and preventative policy
responses to terrorism : Anger wants a fight and fear
wants "them" to go away. Basic & Applied Social
Psychology, 28 (4), 375-384. [PDF] |
|
NORTH, C.S., NIXON, S.J., SHARIAT, S., MALLONCE, S.,
McMILLEN, J.C., SPITZNAGEL E.L. & SMITH, E. (1999).
Psychiatric disorders among survivors of the Oklahoma City
bombing. Journal of American Medical Association,
282, 755-762. |
ABRAMS, M. (2006). Why terrorism does not work. International
Security, 2, 42-78. |
|
|
HOFFMAN, B. (1999). The mind of the terrorist :
Perspectives from social psychology. Psychiatric
Annals, 29 (6), 337-340. |
ROSZAK, T. (2006). World beware ! American
triumphalism in an age of terror /La menace américaine.
Le triomphalisme américain à l'âge du terrorisme.
Paris : Édition le cherche midi. |
|
SCHMID, A.P. (2000) Terrorism and the use of weapons of
mass destruction : From where the risk ? In M. Taylor, and
J. Horgan, (Eds.), The future of terrorism. London
: Frank Cass. |
ATRAN, S. (2006). The moral logic and growth of suicide
terrorism. The Washington Quarterly, 29, 127-147. |
|
WILSON, M.A. (2000). Toward a model of terrorist behavior
in hostage-taking incidents. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 44 (4), 403-424. |
NOOR, F.A. (2006). How Washington's "war on terror" became
everyone's : Islamophobia and the impact of september 11
on the political terrain of south and southeast Asia. Human
Architecture : Journal of the Sociology of
Self-Knowledge, 5 (1), 29-50. [PDF] |
|
CAMERON, G. (2000). WMD terrorismm the United States
: The threat and possible countermeasures. The
Non-proliferation Review, 7 (1), 162-179. [PDF] |
ALY, A. (2006). Australian Muslim responses to the
discourse on terrorism in the Australian popular media. Australian
Journal of Social Issues, 42, 27-40. |
|
CRENSHAW, M. (2001). The psychology of terrorism : An
agenda for the 21st century. Political Psychology, 21
(2), 405-420. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & FISMAN, S. (2006). The psychology
of terrorism : "Syndrome" versus "tool" perspectives.
Journal of Terrorism & Political Violence, 18,
193-215. [PDF] |
|
KEANE, F. (2001). The mind of a terrorist. In J. Baxter
& M. Downing (Ed.), The day that shook the world
: Understanding Sept. 11 (pp. 54-67). London : BBC
Worldwide. |
McDERMOTT, R. & ZIMBARDO, P. (2006). The psychology of
terrorist alarms. In B. Bonger, L. Beutler, J.
Breckenridge & P.G. Zimbardo (Eds.), The
psychology of terrorism. New York : Oxford Press. |
|
SCHUSTER, M.A., STEIN, B.D., JAYCOX, L.H., COLLINS, R.I.,
MARSHALL, G.N., ELLIOT, M.N., ET NNIE, J., ZHOU, M.S.,
KANOUSE, D.E., MORRISON, J.L. & BERRY, S.H. (2001). A
national survey of stress reactions after the September
11, 2001, terrorist attacks. New England Journal of
Medicine, 345,1507-1512. |
ENDERS, W. & SANDLER, T. (2006). The political
economy of terrorism. Cambridge University Press :
Cambridge. |
| MMICHEL, L. & HERBECK, D. (2001). American
terrorist: Timothy McVeigh and the Oklahoma city
bombing. New York, NY : Harper. |
TAYLOR, M. & HORGAN, J. (2006). A conceptual framework
for understanding psychological process in the development
of the terrorist. Terrorism & Political Violence,
18 (5), 585-601. |
|
HEWITT, C. (2002). Understanding terrorism in America
(Extremism and Democracy). Routledge. |
MERARI, A. (2007). Terrorism as a strategy of insurgency.
Terrorism & Political Violence, 5 (4),
213-251. |
|
NORTH, C.S. & PFEFFERBAUM, B. (2002). Research on the
mental health effects of terrorism. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 288, 633-636. |
LOZA, W. (2007). Psychology of extremism and terrorism : A
middle-eastern perspective. Aggression & Violent
Behavior, 12 (2), 141-155. |
|
WHITEHEAD, J.W. & ADEN, S.A. (2002). Forfeiting
"enduring freedom" for "homeland security": A
constitutional analysis of the USA Patriot Act and the
Justice Department's anti-terrorism initiatives.
American University Law Review, 51, 1080-1133. |
MARSHALL, R.D., BRYANT, R.A., AMSEL, L., SUH, E.J., COOK,
J.M. & NERIA, Y. (2007). The psychology of ongoing
threat : relative risk appraisal, the September 11
attacks, and terrorism-related fears. American
Psychologist, 62 (4), 304-316. [PDF] |
|
RUBY, C.L. (2002). Are terrorists mentally deranged ? Analysis
of Social Issues & Public Policy, 2, 15-26. |
BLANCHETTE, I., RICHARDS, A., MELYNK, L. & LAVDA, A.
(2007). Reasoning about emotional contents following
shocking terrorist attacks : a tale of three cities. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Applied, 13, 47-56. |
|
STOUT, C.E. (2002). The psychology of terrorism :
Theoretical understandings and perspectives. Westport
: Praeger. |
ULLRICH, J. & COHRS, C. (2007). Terrorism salience
increases system justification : Experimental evidence.
Social Justice Research, 20, 117-137. |
|
SEDGEWICK, M. (2007). Inspiration and the origins of
global waves of terrorism. Studies in Conflict &
Terrorism, 2, 97-112. |
|
ALEXANDER Y. (2002). Palestinian religious terrorism
: Hamas and Islamic jihad. Ardsley, NY :
Transnational Publishers. |
CONEJERO, S. & ETXEBARRIA, I. (2007). The impact of
the Madrid bombing on personal emotions, emotional
atmosphere and emotional climate. Journal of Social
Issues, 63, 273-287. |
|
HEWITT, C. (2002). Understanding terrorism in America
(Extremism and democracy). Routledge. |
WOLFENDALE, J. (2007). Terrorism, security, and the threat
of Counterterrorism. Studies in Conflict &
Terrorism, 1 75-92. |
|
DEMAUSE, L. (2002). The childhood origins of terrorism. Journal
of Psychohistory, 29 (4), 340- 348. |
LADD, J.M. (2007). Predispositions and public support for
the president during the war on terrorism. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 71, 511-538. |
|
SHILOH, S., KAPTAN, G. & ONKAL, D. (2007). Cognitive
and emotional representations of terror attacks : A
cross-cultural exploration. Risk Analysis, 27 (2),
397-408. |
|
|
GALEA, S., AHERN, J., RESNICK, H., KILPATRICK, D.
BUCUVALAS, M., GOLD, J. & VLAHOV, D. (2002).
Psychological sequelae of the September 11 terrorist
attacks on New York City. New England Journal of
Medicine, 346, 982-987. |
MARSHALL, R.D., BRYANT, R.A., AMSEL, L., SUH, E.J., COOK,
J.M. & NERIA, Y. (2007). The psychology of ongoing
threat : relative risk appraisal, the September 11
attacks, and terrorism-related fears. American
Psychologist, 62 (4), 304-316. [PDF] |
|
SCHLENGER, W.E., CADDELL, J.M., EBERT, L., JORDAN, B.K.,
ROURKE, K.M., WILSON, D., THALJI, L., DENNIS, M. FAIRBANK,
J.A. & KULKA, R.A. (2002). Psychological reactions to
terrorist attacks. Findings from the national study of
American's reactions to september 11. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 288, 581-588. |
ABBOTT, C., ROGERS, P. & SLOBODA, J.A. (2007). Beyond
terror : the truth about the real threats to our world.
London : Rider |
|
HOFFMAN, B. (2002). Rethinking terrorism ? and
counterterrorism since 9/11. Studies in Conflict
& Terrorism, 25, 303-316. [PDF] |
DUFFY, M., GILLEPSIE, K. & CLARK, D.M. (2007).
Post-traumatic stress disorder in the context of terrorism
and other civil conflict in Northern Ireland : randomised
controlled trial. British Medical Journal, 334 (7604),
1147. |
|
NORTH, C.S. & PFERFFERBAUM, B. (2002). Research on the
mental health effects of terrorism. Jourrnal of
American Medical Association, 288, 633-636. |
BUDSON, A.E., SIMONS, J.S., WARING, J.D., SULLIVAN, A.L.,
HUSSOIN, T. & SCHACTER, D.L. (2007). Memory for the
September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks one year later in
patients with Alzheimer's disease, patients with mild
cognitive impairment, and healthy older adults.
Cortex, 43 (7), 875-88. [PDF] |
|
ESPOSITIO, J.L. (2002). Unholy war : Terror in the
name of Islam. New York : Oxford University Press. |
LAFREE, G. & HENDRICKSON, J. (2007). Build a criminal
justice policy for terrorism. Criminal & Public
Policy, 6 (4), 781-790. |
|
SCIUTTO, M.J. (2002). Cognition, anger, and terrorism. In
J.C. Kovats-Bernat & M. Hass (Eds.), Aftermath :
Thinking about september 11th. Center for Ethics
and Leadership : Muhlenberg College. |
WHALLEY, M.G. & BREWIN, C.R. (2007). Mental health
following terrorist attacks. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 190, 94-96.
[PDF] |
|
FREYD, J.J. (2002). In the wake of terrorist attack hatred
may mask fear. Analyses of Social Issues & Public
Policy, 2, 5-8.
[PDF] |
ULLRICH, J. & COHRS, J.C. (2007). Terrorism salience
increases system justification : Experimental evidence. Social
Justice Research, 20, 117-139. |
|
SLOVIC, P. (2002). Terrorism as hazard : A new species of
trouble. Risk Analysis, 22 (3), 425-426. |
ROBERTS, R. (Ed.) (2007). Just war : Psychology and
terrorism. Ross on Wye : PCCS Books. |
|
HAMM, M.S. (2007). Terrorism as crime : From Oklahoma
city to Al-Qaeda and beyond. New York : New York
University Press. |
|
AOUN, S. et COSSETTE-TRUDEL, A. (2002). Le terrorisme
religieux. Dans C.P. David (Dir.), Repenser la
sécurité. Montréal : Fides. |
GANSER, D. (2007). Les armées secrètes de l'OTAN :
Réseaux Stay Behind, Opération Gladio et terrorisme en
Europe. Éditions Demi-Lune. |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (2002). Pirates and emperors, old and new:
International terrorism in the real world. South End
Press. |
ALY, A.& BALNAVES, M. (2007). "They want us to be
afraid": Developing a metric for the fear of terrorism. The
International Journal of Diversity in Organisations,
Communities & Nations, 6, 113-122. |
|
BAKKER, E. (2007). Jihadi terrorists in Europe : Their
characteristics and the circumstances in which they
joined the Jihad : An Exploratory study. The Hague :
Clingendael
Institute |
|
JACKSON, R. (2007). Constructing enemies: "Islamic
terrorism" in political and academic discourse. Government
& Opposition, 42, 394–426.
|
|
KAM, C. & KINDER, D.R. (2007) Terror and ethnocentrism
: Foundations of American support for the war on
terrorism. Journal of Politics, 69, 320-338. |
|
BECK, U. (2003). La société du risque globalisé revue sous
l'angle de la menace terroriste. Cahiers
Internationaux de Sociologie, 114 (1), 27-33. [PDF] |
BUENO DE MESQUITA, E. & DICKSON, E.S. (2007). The
propaganda of the Deed : Terrorism, counterterrorism, and
mobilization. American Journal of Political Science,
51, 364-381. |
|
SELLNOW, T.L., ULMER, R.R., SEEGER, M.W. & VEIL, S.R.
(2008). Terrorism as chaos : A chaos model for managing
random acts of terror. In D. O'Hair, R. Health & G.
Ledlow (Eds.), Terrorism : Communication and
rhetorical perspectives (pp. 411-424). Cresskill,
NJ : Hampton Press. |
|
PYSCZYNSKI, T., SOLOMON, S. & GREENBERG, J. (2003). In
the wake of 9/11 : The psychology of terror. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 160 (5), 1019. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W., CRENSHAW, M., POST, J.M. &
VICTOROFF, J. (2008). What should this fight be called?
Metaphors of counterterrorism and their implications. Psychological
Science, in the Public Interest, 8, 97-133. |
|
|
SUEDFELD, P. (2003). Integrative complexity of western and
terrorist leaders in the war against the afghan terrorist
regime. Psicología Política, 27, 79-91. [PDF] |
WOODS, J., TEN EYCK, T.A., KAPLOWITZ, S.A. &
SHLAPENTOKH, V. (2008). Terrorism risk perceptions and
proximity to primary terrorist targets : How close is too
close ? Human Ecology Review, 15 (1), 63-70. [PDF] |
|
HORGAN, J. (2008). From profiles to pathways and roots to
routes : Perspectives from psychology on radicalization
into terrorism. The ANNALS of the American Academy of
Political and Social Science, 618 (1), 80-94. |
|
ATRAN, S. (2003). Genesis of suicide terrorism. Science,
299, 1534-1539. |
HENRICH, C.C. & SHAHAR, G. (2008). Social support
buffers the effects of terrorism on adolescent depression
: Findings from Sderot, Israel. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
47 (9), 1073-1076. |
|
BORUM. R. (2003). Understanding the terrorist mindset. FBI
Law Enforcement Bulletin, 72 (7), 7-10. |
McCAULEY C. & MOSKALENKO, S. (2008). Mechanisms of
political radicalization : Pathways toward terrorism. Terrorism
& Political Violence, 20, 415-433. |
|
GALEA, S., VLAHOV, D., RESNICK, H., AHERN, J., SUSSER, E,
GOLD, J., BUCUVALAS, M. & KILPATRICK, D. (2003).
Trends on probable post-traumatic stress disorder in New
York City after the September 11 terrorist attacks. American
Journal of Epidemiology, 158, 514-524. |
HARROW, M. (2008). Inside a wave of terrorism : The
dynamic relation between terrorism and the factors leading
to terrorism. Journal of Global Change &
Governance, 1 (3), 1-18. [PDF] |
|
BAHDI, R. (2003). No exit : Racial profiling and Canada's
war against terrorism. Osgoode Hall Law Journal, 41
(2-3), 293-316. |
LOYER, B. & AGUERRE, C. (2008). Terrorisme et
démocratie : les exemples basque et catalan. Hérodote,
130, 112-145. [PDF] |
|
PAPE, R.A. (2003). The strategic logic of suicide
terrorism. American Political Science Review, 97
(3), 343-361. |
SCHWARTZ, S.J., DUNKEL, C. & WARERMAN, A.S. (2009).
Terrorism : An identity theory perspective. Studies
in Conflict & Terrorism, 32, 537-559. |
|
HEWITT, C. (2003). The political context of terrorism in
Amercia : Ignoring extremists of panderong to them ? In Understanding
terrorism in America : from the klan to al Qaeda.
London and New York : Routledge.[PDF] |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & FISMAN, S. (2009). What makes
terrorism tick ? Its individual, group, and organizational
aspects. Revista de Psicologia Social, 24,139-162. |
|
BLEICH, A., GELKOPF, M. & SOLOMON, Z. (2003). Exposure
to terrorism, stress-related mental health symptoms, and
coping behaviours among a nationally representative sample
in Israel. Journal of American Medical Association,
290, 612-620. |
DE CASTELLA, K., McGARTHY, C. & MUSGROVE, L. (2009).
Fear appeals in political rhetoric about terrorism : An
analysis of speeches by Australian Prime Minister Howard.
Political Psychology, 30 (1), 1-26. |
|
PYSCZYNSKI, T., SOLOMON, S. & GREENBERG, J. (2003). In
the wake of 9/11: The psychology of terror.
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
HIRST, W., PHELPS, E.A., BUCKNER, R.L., BUDSON, A.E., CUC,
A., GABRIELI, J.D.E., SIMONS, J.S., BUDSON, A.E., JOHNSON,
M.K., LYLE, K.B., LUSTIG, C., MATHER, M, MEKSIN, R.,
MITCHELL, K.J., OCHSNER, K.N. & SCHACTER, D.L. (2009).
Long-term memory for the terrorist attack of September 11
: Flashbulb memories, event memories, and the factors that
influence their retention. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 138 (2), 161-176. [PDF] |
OSOFSKY, H.J. & OSOFSKY, J.D. (2003). Terrorism
: Improving psychosocial preparedness for young
children and families. Zero to Three, 23 (3),
44-49. |
SHAHAR, G., COHEN, G., GROGAN, K.E., BARILE, J.P. &
HENRICH, C.C. (2009). Terrorism-related perceived stress,
adolescent depression, and social support from friends. Pediatrics,
24 (2), 35-40. |
|
SILKE, A. (2003). The psychology of suicidal terrorism. In
A. Silke (Ed.), Terrorist, victims, and society :
Psychological perspectives on terrorism and its
consequence (pp. 93-108). London : John Wiley. |
DAS, E., BUSHMAN, B.J., BEZEMER, M.D., KERKHOF, P. &
VERMEULEN, I.E. (2009). How terrorism news reports
increase prejudice against out-groups : A terror
management account. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 45, 453-459. |
|
HORGAN, J. (2003). The social and psychological
characteristics of terrorism and terrorists. In T. Bjorgo
(Ed.), A Forerunner to fighting terrorism for
humanity : A conference on the roots of evil; New
York. Norwegian Institute of International Affairs and
Norwegian Ministry of Foreign Affairs. |
MANNIK, E. (2009). Terrorism: Its Past, Present and Future
Prospects. KVÜQA Toimetised, 12, 151-171. [PDF] |
|
NACOS, B.L. (2003). Terrorism as breaking news : Attack on
America. Political Science Quarterly, 118, 1,
23-52. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W., CHEN, X., DECHESNE, M., FISMAN, S. &
OREHEK, E. (2009). Fully committed : Suicide bombers'
motivation and the quest for personal significance. Political
Psychology, 30, 331-557. |
|
POST, J.M., FARHANA, A., HENDERSON, S.W., SHANFIELD, S.,
VICTOROFF, J. & WEINE, S. (2009). The psychology of
suicide terrorism. Psychiatry : Interpersonal &
Biological Processes, 72 (1), 13-31. |
|
HORGAN, J. (2009). Deradicalization or disengagement ? A
process in need of clarity and a counterterrorism
initiative in need of evaluation Revista de
Psicología Social, 24, 291-298. |
|
DIXON, M.R., DYMOND, S., REHFELDT, R A., ROCHE, B. &
ZLOMKE, K.R. (2003). Terrorism and relational frame
theory. Behavior & Social Issues, 12,
129-147. [PDF] |
DE CASTELLA, K., MCGARTY, C. & MUSGRAVE, L. (2009).
Fear appeals in political rhetoric about terrorism : An
analysis of speeches by australian Prime Minister Howard.
Political Psychology, 30 (1), 1-26. |
|
FISCHHOFF, B., GONZALEZ, R., SMALL, D. & LERNER, J.
(2003). Judged terror risk and proximity to the World
Trade Center. Journal of Risk & Uncertainty, 26 (2/3),
137-151. |
MINTZ, A. & BRULE, D. (2009). Methodological issues in
studying suicide terrorism. Political Psychology, 30
(1), 365-371. [PDF] |
|
|
HORGAN, J. & TAYLOR, M. (2003). The psychology of
terrorism. London : Frank Cass. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & FISMAN, S. (2009). Psychological
factors in terrorism and counterterrorism : Individual,
group, and organizational levels of analysis. Social
Issues & Policy Review, 3 (1), 1-44. [PDF] |
|
McCORMICK, G.H. (2003). Terrorist decision making. Annual
Review of Political Science, 6, 473-507. |
HORGAN, J. (2009). Walking away from terrorism : Accounts
of disengagement from radical and extremist movements
London : Routledge. |
KUSHNER, H.W. (2003). Encyclopedia of terrorism.
Thousand Oaks and London: Sage. |
GINGES, J., HANSEN, I.G. & NORENZAYAN, A. (2009).
Religion and support for suicide attacks.
Psychological Science, 20, 224-230. [PDF] |
|
ATRAN, S. (2003). Genesis of suicide terrorism. Science,
299, 1534-1539. |
RICE, S.K. (2009). Emotions and terrorism research : A
case for a social-psychological agenda. Journal of
Criminal Justice, 37, 248-255. |
|
WILSON, M.A. & LEMANSKI, L., (2009) The forensic
psychology of terrorism. In J. Adler and J. Gray (Eds.), Forensic
Psychology; Concepts, debates and practice. Willan
Publishing. |
|
JACQUES, K. & TAYLOR, P.J. (2009). Female terrorism :
A review. Terrorism & Political Violence, 21
(3), 499-515. |
|
SIDMAN, M. (2003). Introduction : Terrosrism as behavior.
Behavior & Social Issues, 12, 83-89. |
JOHNSON, D.D.P. (2009) Darwinian selection in asymmetric
warfare : the natural advantage of insurgents and
terrorists. Journal of the Washington Academy of
Sciences, 95 (3), 89-112. [PDF] |
|
SPAAIJ, R. (2010). The enigma of lone wolf terrorism : an
assessment. Studies in Conflict Terrorism, 33,
854–870. |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. (2003). A duplex theory of hate :
Development and application to terrorism, massacres, and
genocide. Review of General Psychology, 7 (3),
299-328. |
SHARVIT, K., BAR-TAL, D., RAVIV, A., RAVIV, A. &
GUREVICH, R. (2010). Ideological orientation and social
context as moderators of the effect of terrorism : The
case of Israeli-Jewish public opinion regarding peace.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 40, 105-121. |
|
SALZINGER, K. (2003). Terrorism is behavior. NYS
Psychologist, 15, 7-10. |
HORGAN, J. (2010). Rehabilitating the terrorists ?
Challenges in assessing the effectiveness of
de-radicalization programs. Terrorism & Political
Violence, 22, 267-291.
[PDF] |
|
SIMCOX, R., STUART, H. & AHMED, H. (2010). Islamist
terrorism: the British connections. London, U.K.:
Center for Social Cohesion. |
|
SCHMIDT, F. (2010). From Islamic warriors to drug lords :
The evolution of Taliban insurgency. Mediterranean
Quarterly, 21 (2), 61-77. |
|
BARTLETT, J. & MILLER, C. (2010). The power of
unreason: Conspiracy theories, extremism and
counter-terrorism. London, England : Demos. |
|
PAPE, R.A. (2003). The strategic logic of suicide
terrorism. American Political Science Review, 97
(3), 343-361. |
BURNS, W.J. & SLOVIC, P. (2010). Predicting and
modeling public response to a terrorist strike. In P.
Slovic (Ed.), The feeling of risk : New perspectives
on risk perception (pp. 285-306). London :
Earthscan. |
|
LERNER, J.S., SMALL, D.A. & FISCHHOFF, B. (2003).
Effects of fear and anger on perceived risks of terrorism
: A national field experiment. Psychological Science,
14, 144-150. [PDF] |
OREHEK, E., DOSSJE, B., KRUGLANSKI, A.W., COLE, A.,
SADDLER, T. & JACKSON, J. (2010). Need for closure and
the social response to terrorism. Basic & Applied
Social Psychology, 32, 279-290. [PDF] |
|
TURK, A.T. (2004). Sociology of terrorism. Annual
Review of Sociology, 30, 271-286. |
REINARES, F. (2011). Exit from terrorism : A qualitative
empirical study on disengagement and deradicalization
among members of ETA. Terrorism & Political
Violence, 23, 780-803. |
|
BLOOM, M.M. (2004). Palestinian suicide bombing : Public
support, market share and outbidding. Political
Science Quarterly, 199, 61-88. |
De CASTELLA, K. & MCGARTY, C. (2011). Two leaders, two
wars : A psychological analysis of fear and anger content
in political rhetoric about terrorism. Analyses of
Social Issues, & Public Policy, 11 (1),
180-200. |
|
HENRY, V.E. & KING, D.H. (2004). Improving emergency
preparedness and public-safety responses to terrorism and
weapons of mass destruction. Brief Treatment &
Crisis Intervention, 4 (1), 11-35. [PDF] |
FISCHHOFF, B. (2011). Communicating about the risks of
terrorism (or anything else). American Psychologist,
66, 520-531.
[PDF] |
REINARES, F. (2004). Who are the terrorists ? Analyzing
changes in sociological profile among members of
ETA. Studies in Conflict Terrorism, 33, 465–488.
|
JACKSON, R., JARVIS, L., GUNNING, J. & SMITH, M. B.
(2011). Terrorism : a critical introduction.
Palgrave Macmillan.
|
|
TILLY, C. (2004), Terror, terrorism, terrorists. Sociological
Theory, 22 (1), 5-13. |
HUDDY, L. & FELDMAN, S. (2011). Americans respond
politically to 9/11 understanding the impact of the
terrorist attacks and their aftermath. American
Psychologist, 66 (6), 455-467. [PDF] |
|
BLOOM, M. (2011). Bombshell: women and terrorism. Philadelphia,
PA: University of Pennsylvania Press. |
|
SKITKA, L.J., BAUMAN, C.W. & MULLEN, E. (2004).
Political tolerance and coming to psychological closure
following the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks : A
model comparison approach. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 30, 743-756. |
KURZMAN, C. (2011). The missing martyrs : Why there
are so few Muslim terrorists. Oxford University
Press. |
|
HENRY, D.B., TOLAN, P. & GORMAN-SMITH, D. (2004). Have
there been effects associated with the September 11, 2001,
terrorist attacks among inner-city parents and children ?
Professional Psychology : Research & Practice, 3,
542-547. |
EISENBERG, N. & COHEN, R.C. (2011). Growing up in the
shadow of terrorism : Youth in America after 9/11. American
Psychologist, 66, 468-481.
[PDF] |
|
MOGHADDAM, F.M. & MARSELLA, A.J. (2004). Understanding
terrorism : Psychosocial roots, causes and consequences.
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association Press. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & OREHEK, E. (2011). The role of
quest for significance in motivating terrorism. In J.
Forgas, A. Kruglanski & K. Williams (Eds.), Social
conflict and aggression (pp. 153-164). New York, NY
: Psychology Press.
[PDF] |
|
MILLER, A.M. & HELDRING, M. (2004). Mental health and
primary care in a time of terrorism : psychological impact
of terrorism attacks. Families Systems & Health,
22, 7-30. |
PERLIGER, A. & PEDAHZUR, A. (2011). Social network
analysis in the study of terorism and political violence.
Political Science & Politics, 44 (1), 45-50.
[PDF] |
|
ALY, A. (2011). Terrorism and global security :
Historical and contemporary perspectives. Palgrave
Macmillan. |
|
DAVIS, D.W. & SILVER, B.D. (2004). Civil liberties vs.
security in the context of the terrorist attacks on
America. American Journal of Political Science, 48, 28-46. |
EISENBERG, N. & SILVER, R.C. (2011). Growing up in the
shadow of terrorism : Youth in America after 9/11. American
Psychologist, 66, 468-481. [PDF] |
|
SAGEMAN, M. (2004). Understanding terror networks. Philadelphia
: University of Pennsylvania Press. |
WILSON, M.A., BRADFORD, E. & LEMANSKI, L. (2012). The
role of group psychology in terrorism. In J. Wood & T.
Gannon (Eds.), Criminal activity and crime reduction
: the role of group processes (pp. not yet known).
London : Psychology Press/Taylor and Francis. |
|
STERN, J. (2004). Terror in the name of God. New
York, NY : Ecco. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W. & OREHEK, E. (2012). The need for
certainty as a psychological nexus for individuals and
society. In M.A. Hogg and D.L. Blaylock. (Eds.), Extremism
and the psychology of uncertainty. Blackwell
Publishing Ltd. [PDF] |
|
WILLER, R. (2004). The effects of government-issued terror
warnings on president approval ratings. Current
Research in Social Psychology, 10, 1-12. [PDF] |
McGARTY, G., THOMAS, E.F. & LOUIS, W.R. (2012). Are
they terrorist sympathizers or do they just disagree with
the war on terror ? A comment on testing theories of
radicalization in polls of U.S. Muslims. Analyses of
Social Issues & Public Policy, 12 (1), 316-319.
[PDF] |
|
LEVANT, R.F. & SALZINGER, K. (2004). Psychology
responds to terrorism. In T.L. Jackson and L. VandeCreek
(Eds.), Innovations in clinical practice : Focus on
violence treatment and prevention (pp. 151-164).
Sarasota, FL. Professional Resource Press. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W., GELFAND, M.J. & GUNARATNA, R.
(2012). Terrorism as means to an end : How political
violence bestows significance. In P.R. Shaver & M.
Mikulincer (Eds.), Meaning, mortality, and choice :
The social psychology of existential concerns (pp.
203-212). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
|
|
ALY, A. (2013). The policy response to home-grown
terrorism : reconceptualising Prevent and Resilience as
collective resistance. Journal of Policing,
Intelligence & Counter Terrorism, 8 (1), 2-18. |
|
WILSON, M.A. & LEMANSKI, L. (2013). Apparent intended
lethality : Toward a model of intent to harm in terrorist
bomb attacks. Dynamics of Asymmetric Conflict
Pathways toward terrorism & Genocide, 6 (1-3).
1-21. |
|
BRAITHWAITE, A. (2013). The logic of public fear in
terrorism and counter-terrorism. Journal of Police
& Criminal Psychology, 28 (2), 95-101. |
|
TAYLOR, D.M. & LOUIS, W. (2004). Terrorism and the
quest for identity. In F.M. Moghaddam & A.J Marsella
(Ed.), Understanding terrorism : Psychosocial roots,
consequences, and interventions (pp. 169-185).
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
HORGAN, J. (2014). Bombing alone : Tracing the motivations
and antecedent behaviors of lone-actor terrorists. Journal
of Forensic Sciences, 59 (2), 425-435.
[PDF] |
|
GRAY, J.M. & DICKINS, T.E. (2014). Suicide terrorism
and post-mortem benefits. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 37 (4), 369-370.
|
|
BORUM, R. (2004). Psychology of terrorism. Tampa
: University of South Florida. |
HORGAN, J. (2014). The psychology of terrorism. Routledge. |
|
COLLINS, R. (2004). Rituals of solidarity and security in
the wake of terrorist attack. Sociological Theory,
22, 53-87. |
KRUGLANSKI, A.W., GELFAND, M.J., BÉLANGER, J.J.,
SHEVELAND, A., HETIARACHCHI. M. & GUNARATNA, R.
(2014). The psychology of radicalization and
deradicalization : How significance quest impacts violent
extremism. Advances in Political Psychology, 35
(S1), 69-93. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
SMALL, D.A., LERNER, J.S., GONZALEZ, R.M. & FISCHHOFF,
B. (2004). Emotion priming and attributions for terrorism
: Americans' reactions in a national field experiment. Political
Psychology, 27, 289-298. |
GILL, P. (2015). Lone-actor terorists : A behavioural
analysis. Routlege. |
|
MARTENS, W.H.J. (2004). Terrorist with Antisocial
Personality Disorder. Journal of Forensic Psychology
Practice, 4 (1), 45-56. |
SCHLEGELMILCH, J., PETKOVA, E., MARTINEZ, S. &
REDLENER, I. (2015). Acts of terrorism and mass violence
targeting schools : Analysis and implications for
preparedness in the USA. Journal of Business
Continuity & Emergency Planning, 10 (3),
280-289. [PDF] |
|
FERGUSON, N. (2016). Disengaging from terrorism : A
northern Irish experience. Journal for
Deradicalization, 6, 1-23.
[PDF] |
|
WIRTZ, P.W. & ROHRBECK C.A. (2017). Efficacy for
dealing with terrorism precautionary behavior: laying the
groundwork for communication effectiveness. Journal
of Health Communication, 22 (10), 829-838. |
|
BERNIER, M.-F. (2018). Introduction. Médias, terrorisme et
conflit : Pratiques et stratégies [Introduction. Media,
terrorism and conflict : Practices and strategies]. Les
Cahiers du Journalisme, 2 (1), 3-6. |
|
VASILOPOULOS, P., MARCUS, G.E. & FOUCAULT, M. (2018).
Emotional responses to the Charlie Hebdo attacks :
Addressing the authoritarianism puzzle. Political
Psychology 39 (3), 557-575. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Violence,
Pouvoir,
Complot, Guerre,
TSPT,
Territoire,
Théorie du complot et 11
Septembre |
|
|
|
Terrorisme
(Contre-) : Counter-terrorism.
| |
|
|
HOFFMAN, B. (2002). Rethinking terrorism ? and
counterterrorism since 9/11. Studies in Conflict
& Terrorism, 25, 303-316. [PDF] |
|
WOLFENDALE, J. (2007). Terrorism, security, and the threat
of counterterrorism. Studies in Conflict &
Terrorism, 1 75-92. |
|
BARTLETT, J. & MILLER, C. (2010). The power of
unreason : Conspiracy theories, extremism and
counter-terrorism. London, England : Demos. |
|
BRAITHWAITE, A. (2013). The logic of public fear in
terrorism and counter-terrorism. Journal of Police
& Criminal Psychology, 28 (2), 95-101. |
|
|
Voir aussi Terrorisme |
|
|
|
|
|
Tesser
Abraham (New York 1941-) :
Psychosociologue américain.
 |
TESSER, A., MILLAR M. & MOORE, J. (1988). Some
affective consequences of social comparison and reflection
processes : The pain and pleasure of being close. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 54, 49-61. |
|
TESSER, A. (1993). On the importance of heritability in
psychological research : The case of attitudes. Psychological
Review, 100, 129-142. |
|
TESSER, A. & BEACH, S.R.H. (1998). Life events,
relationship quality, and depression : An investigation of
judgement discontinuity in vivo. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 74, 36-52. |
|
TESSER, A. (2000). On the confluence of self-esteem
maintenance mechanisms. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 4, 290-299. [PDF] |
|
TESSER, A. (2001). On the plasticity of self defense. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 66-69. |
|
|
|
Tessier Réjean ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste québécois et
professeur à l'Université Laval.
Il se spécialise dans l'étude du développement
psychologique et social des enfants
nés prématurément. Collaborateur de Nadeau
et Tarabulsy.
 |
TARABULSY, G.M., TESSIER, R. & KAPPAS, A. (1996).
Contingency detection and the contingent organization of
behavior in interactions : Implications for socioemotional
development in infancy. Psychological Bulletin, 119,
1-17. |
|
TESSIER, R., CRISTO, M.E., VELEZ, S., GIRON, M., NADEAU,
L. & CHARPAK, N. (2003). Kangaroo mother-care : A
method of protecting high-risk premature infants against
developmental delay. Infant Behavior &
Development, 26, 384-397. |
|
NADEAU, L., TESSIER, R., BOIVIN, M., LEFEVBRE, F. &
ROBAEY, P. (2003). Extreme premature and very low
birthweight infants : A double hazard population ? Social
Development, 12, 235-248. |
|
NADEAU, L. & TESSIER, R. (2003). Relations sociales
entre enfants à l'âge scolaire : effet de la prématurité
et de la déficience motrice. Enfance, 55, 48-55. |
|
LAGANIÈRE, J., TESSIER, R. & NADEAU, L. (2003).
Attachement mère-enfant prématuré : Un lien médiatisé par
les perceptions maternelles. Enfance, 55,
101-117. |
|
|
|
Test : Tester : De façon générale, un test est la mise à
l'épreuve du fonctionnement d'un objet, d'une idée. Les tests
répondent à la question : est-ce que ça fonctionne ? Est-ce que
ceci ou cela donne les résultats escomptés ? Dans quelle mesure ?
En science, le mot possède
au moins six acceptions : a) En psychologie,
notamment chez Freud, il
désigne une expérience personnelle qui consiste à confronter ses perceptions
à la réalité (test de réalité).
Reality test, realty testing.
b) Toujours en
psychologie, le mot renvoie à un outil
qui permet d'évaluer de
manière objective ou subjective certaines propriétés psychologique
de l'humain ou de l'animal (intelligence, personnalité,
apprentissage, troubles mentaux, etc); On dit «passer ou
administrer un test». Généralement, ces tests comparent l'individu
évalué aux résultats moyens d'une population (tout ceux qui ont
passé le test avant lui), ce qui permet deux choses : comparer le
sujet à un standard et le déclarer plus ou moins normal sur le
plan statistique = épreuve, tâche,
inventaire, échelle. Psychological test,
mental test. c) En méthodologie,
le test prend la forme d'une expérience
scientifique ou d'une simulation
dont la fonction est de mettre à l'épreuve une hypothèse
en la confrontant directement aux faits (test
empirique) ou à un test de cohérence
théorique (simulation), de manière à pouvoir affirmer que
cette hypothèse est vraie
ou fausse ou Le
test permet donc de vérifier
une hypothèse, et indirectement la théorie
de laquelle découle cette hypothèse. Test, méthodes scientifiques
et inférence
forte. Empirical test, experimental
test. d) En relation avec 3, on
utilise ce terme pour désigner la procédure mathématique et
logique qui permet de vérifier si une hypothèse
statistique est vraie ou fausse en la confrontant aux
résultats d'une recherche (données empiriques), et en comparant
ces résultats à ceux que l'on pourrait obtenir au
hasard (données de la variable
aléatoire). = test
statistique. Statistical test. e)
Finalement, en éducation,
le terme désigne une forme d'examen
court composé de
questions qui permettent de vérifier les apprentissages/ connaissances
acquises en lisant.
Test,
quizz. f) On utilise également ce terme
comme synonyme d'essai clinique ou étude
clinique.
Clinical trial.
| |
|
| a |
|
HURVICH, M. (1970). On the concept of reality testing.
The International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 51, 299-312. |
|
LANDA, Y., SILVERSTEIN, S.M., SCHWARTZ, F. & SAVITZ,
A. (2006). Group cognitive behavioral therapy for
delusions : helping patients improve reality testing.
Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 36, 9-17. |
| b |
|
GULLILSEN, H. (1950). Theory of mental tests. New
York : Wiley. |
|
WITKIN, H.A., OLTMAN, P.K., RASKIN, E. & KARP, S.A.
(1971). A manual for the embedded figures test.
Palo Alto : Consulting Psychologists Press, Inc. |
|
BURROUGHS, W.A., MURRAY J., WESLEY, S.S., MEDINA, D.R.,
PENN, S.L., GORDON, S.R. & CATELLO, M. (1999). Easing
the implementation of behavioral testing through
computerization. In F. Drasgow & J.B. Olson-Buchanan
(Eds.), Innovations in computerized assessment (pp.
221-247) Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
MEYER, G.J., FINN, S.E., EYDE, L.D., KAY, G.G., MORELAND,
K.L., DIES, R.R., EISMAN, E.J., KUBISZYN, T.W. & REED,
G.M. (2001). Psychological testing and psychological
assessment : A review of evidence and issues. American
Psychologist, 56 (2), 128-165. |
|
LAVEAULT, D. et GRÉGOIRE, J. (2002). Introduction aux
théories des tests en psychologie et en sciences de
l'éducation. Bruxelles : De Boeck Université. |
|
URBINA, S. (2004). Essentials of psychological
testing. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. |
|
NAGLIERI, J.A., DRASGOW, F., SCHMIT, M., HANDLER, L.,
PRIFITERA, A., MARGOLIS, A. & VELASQUEZ, R. (2004).
Psychological testing on the Internet : New problems, old
issues. American Psychologist, 59 (3), 150-162.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir Test
psychologique/Test psychométrique |
| c |
|
WILTON, R.N. & CLEMENTS, R.O. (1971). The role of
information in the emission of observing responses : a
test of two hypotheses. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 16, 161-166. [PDF] |
|
HACKMAN, J.R. & OLDAM, G.R. (1976). Motivation through
the design of work : Test of a theory. Organizational
Behavior & Human Performance, 16, 250-279 |
|
BURNS, D.J. (1990). The generation effect : A test between
single- and multifactor theories. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 16, 1060-1067. |
|
KYONKA, E.G.E. & CHURCH, R.M. (2005). Empirical tests
of "Take-the-best" with non-human subjects.
Behavioural Processes, 69, 133-135. |
|
POHL, R.F. (2006). Empirical tests of the recognition
heuristic. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 19
(3), 251-271. |
|
LAIDRE, M.E. (2009). How often do animals lie about their
intentions ? An experimental test. The American
Naturalist, 173 (3), 337-346. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir Expérience
scientifique |
| d |
|
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1933). On the problem of
the most efficient tests of statistical hypotheses. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society, 231, 289-337. [PDF]
|
|
BUCHANAN-WOLLASTON, H.J. (1935). Statistical tests.
Nature, 136, 182-183. |
|
|
Voir Test statistique |
| e |
|
HALADYNA, T.M. (1974). Effects of different samples on
item and test characteristics of criterion-referenced
tests. Journal of Educational Measurement, 11,
93-100. |
|
TOWNSEND, N.R. & WHEATLEY, G.H. (1975). Analysis of
frequency of tests and varying feedback delays in college
mathematics achievement. College Student Journal, 9, 32-36. |
|
ANDERSON, J.E. (1984). Frequency of quizzes in a
behavioral science course : An attempt to increase medical
student study behavior. Teaching of Psychology, 11,
34. |
|
ZEIDNER, M. (1990). College students' reactions towards
key facets of classroom testing. Assessment &
Evaluation in Higher Education, 15, 151-169. |
|
LANDRUM, R.E. (1992). Students' perceptions of the effects
of test delays. College Student Journal, 26 (3),
387-389. |
|
|
|
Voir Examen et Test
de lecture |
| f |
|
|
Voir Étude
clinique |
|
|
|
Test(Pré/Post-) : Le terme prétest
a deux acceptions : a) Dans une recherche
quasi-expérimentale, il désigne la mesure réalisée avant le
traitement; le terme post-test est donc utilisé pour
désigner la mesure réalisée après le traitement. b) On
utilise également les termes prétest et prétester pour
désigner les tests réalisés avant une recherche pour parfaire un
outil de collecte de données (grille d'observation, appareil de
mesure, etc.).
= essai.
Pretest-posttest design.
| |
|
| a |
| HUNT, S.D., SPARKMAN, R.D. & WILCOX, J.B. (1982). The pretest in survey research : Issues and preliminary
findings. Journal of Marketing Research, 19, 269-273. |
|
THYER, B.A. & CURTIS, G.C. (1983). The repeated
pretest-posttest single-subject experiment : A new design
for empirical clinical practice. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 14,
311-315. |
|
VENTER, A., MAXWELL, S.E. & BOLIG, E. (2002). Power in
randomized group comparisons : The value of adding a
single intermediate time point to a traditional
pretest-posttest design. Psychological Methods, 7 (2),
194-209. |
|
MORRIS, S.B. (2008). Estimating effect sizes from
pretest-posttest-control group designs. Organizational
Research Methods, 11 (2), 364-386. |
| b |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
biologique/Médical :
|
Test bilatéral : Tout test
statistique qui permet de refuser l'hypothèse
nulle (Ho) et donc d'accepter l'hypothèse
alternative (H1) selon laquelle le groupe A est différent du
groupe B. Différent signifie deux choses : ou bien A < B, ou
bien A > B, d'où le préfixe bi qui signifie "deux".
Tests unilatéral et
bilatéral.
= test bidirectionnel ou
bicaudale.
Two-sided test, two-tailed test.
| |
|
|
LEVENTHAL, L. & HUYNH, C.-L. (1996). Directional
decisions for two-tailed tests : Power, error rates, and
sample size. Psychological Methods, 1 (3),
278-292. |
| |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test
statistique |
|
|
Test binomial : Test
statistique qui permet notamment de comparer au hasard
les données des classes d'un échantillon. =
modèle de la pièce de monnaie (pile ou face), test dichotomique.
Binomial test.
|
|
|
KEMP, K.E. & BUTCHER, D.F. (1972). Methods of
analyzing binomial data in a two-factor experiment
compared by computer simulation. JRSS, Series C 21 (3). |
HSU, L.M. (2004). Biases of success rate differences shown
in binomial effect display. Psychological Methods, 9
(2), 183-197. |
|
McGARTY, C. (2005). Independence and nonindependence : A
simple methods for comparing groups using multiple
measures and the binomial test. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 35, 171-180. |
|
BUTCHER, D.F. & KEMP, K.E. (1974). Analyzing binomial
data in a two-factor experiment with unequal observations
per cell. JRSS, Series C 23, 190. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). Le test binomial exact de la
différence entre deux proportions et ses approximations. Lettres Statistiques, 12, 1-14. |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (1978). Estimating true score in the compound
binomial error model. Psychometrika, 43,
245-258. |
ABDI, H. (2007). Binomial distribution : Binomial and sign
tests. In N.J. Salkind (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
measurement and statistics. Thousand Oaks (CA) :
Sage. |
|
D'AGOSTINO, R.B., CHASE, W. & BELANGER, A. (1988). The
appropriateness of some common procedures for testing the
equality of two independent binomial populations.
American Statistician, 42, 198-202. |
GOULET, C. (2003). Tutoriel SPSS / Comment faire un
test binomial. Montréal : Collège Ahuntsic. |
| |
| SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse et
Test statistique |
|
|
|
|
Test d'Ishihara : Test chromatique
qui permet de diagnostiquer le daltonisme,
inventé par le docteur Shinobu Ishihara (1879-1963).
|
Test d'ajustement (Données)
: Famille de tests
statistiques qui permet de mesurer le degré d'ajustement ou
de prédiction d'un modèle statistique à un ensemble de données.
Les tests de normalité sont des test d'ajustement d'un modèle
statistique particulier, celui de la courbe
normale. Test of goodness of fit.
| |
|
|
ANDERSON, T.W. & DARLING, D.A. (1954). A test of
Goodness-of-fit. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 49 (268), 765-769. |
|
|
|
Test
d'Ammons : Test
d'intelligence inventé par Ammons
et Ammons qui évalue l'intelligence verbale au moyen de liste de
mot. Surtout utilisé auprès des déficients
intellectuels. Ammons Quick Test.
| |
|
|
AMMONS, R.B. & HOLMES, C. (1949). The Full-Range
Picture Vocabulary Test: III. Results for a Preschool-Age
Population. Child Develpment, 20 (1), 5-14. |
OTTO, W. & McMENEMY, R.A. (1965). An appraisal of the
Ammons Quick Test in a remedial reading program.
Journal of Educational Measurement, 2 (2), 193-198. |
|
AMMONS, R.B. & HUTH, R.W. (1950). The Full-Range
Picture Vocabulary Test: I. Preliminary scale. The
Journal of Psychology Interdisciplinary & Applied,
28 (1), 151-64. |
MEDNICK, M.T. (1967). Relationship of the Ammons quick
test of intelligence to other ability measures. Psychology
Reports, 20 (2), 523-526. |
|
AMMONS, R.B. & RACHIELE, L.D. (1950). The Full-Range
Picture Vocabulary Test : Ii. Selection of Items for Final
Scales 1. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 10 (2), 307-319. |
MEDNICK, M.T. (1969). Ammons quick test validity among
randomly selected referrals. Psychological Reports,
24 (2), 388-390. |
|
AMMONS, R.B., ARNOLD, P.R. & HERMANN, R.S. (1950). The
full-range picture vocabulary test : IV. Results for a
white school population. Clinical Psychology, 6
(2), 164-169. |
SEITZ, F.C. & BRAUCHT, G.N. (1971). Ammons' quick test
as a measure of adult intelligence in a psychiatric
sample. Psychological Reports, 29 (2), 356-358. |
| AMMONS, R.B., LARSON, W.L. & SHEARN, C.R. (1950). The Full-Range Picture Vocabulary Test : V. Results for an
adult population. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
14 (2), 150-155. |
VANCE, B., HANKINS, N. & BROWN, W. (1986). The
Relationship among the Test of Nonverbal Intelligence,
Ammons' Quick Test, and Wechsler Intelligence Scale for
Children-Revised. Assessment for Effectice
Intervention, 12 (1), 47-52. |
|
ZAGAR, R.J., KOVACH, J.W., BUSCH, K.G., ZABLOCKI, M.D.,
OSNOWITZ, W., NEUHENGEN, J., LIU, Y. & ZAGAR, A.K.
(2013). Ammons quick test validity among randomly selected
referrals. Psychological Reports, 113 (3),
823-854. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
d'intelligence |
|
|
|
|
Test
d'aperception thématique : TAT : Test
projectif, inventé par Morgan et Murray,
dans lequel on demande au répondant
d'interpréter une série d'illustrations ambiguës mettant en scène
des personnes.
Thematic Apperception
Test.
| |
|
  |
|
|
MORGAN, C.D. & MURRAY, H.A. (1935). A method of
investigating fantasies : The Thematic Apperception Test.
Archives of Neurology & Psychiatry, 34, 289–306. |
HOLMSTROM, R.W., SILBER, D.E. & KARP, S.A. (1990).
Development of the Apperceptive Personality Test. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 54 (1-2), 252-264. |
|
MURRAY, H.A. (1938). Explorations in personality.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
WESTEN, D. (1991). Clinical assessment of object relations
using the TAT. Journal of Personality Assessment,
56, 56-74. |
|
HARRISON, R. (1940). Studies in the use and validity of
the Thematic Apperception Test with mentally disordered
patients. I. A quantitative validity study. Journal of
Personality, 9 (2), 122-133. |
MORGAN, W.G. (1995). Origin and history of the Thematic
Apperception Test images. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 65, 237-254. |
|
SANFORD, R.N. (1943). Thematic apperception test.
CMonographs of the Society for Research in Child
Development, 8 (1), 258-301. |
|
|
MURRAY, H.A. (1943). Thematic Apperception Test
Manual. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
HOLT, R.R. (1999). Empiricism and the Thematic
Apperception Test : Validity is the payoff. In L. Gieser
& M. I. Stein (Eds.), Evocative Images: The
Thematic Apperception Test.Washington, DC :
American Psychological Association. |
|
HARRISON, R. & ROTTER, J.B. (1940). A note on the
reliability of the Thematic Apperception Test. The
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 40
(1), 97-99. |
CRAMER, P. (1999). Future directions for the Thematic
Apperception Test. Journal of Personality Assessment,
72, 74-92. |
|
HARRISON, R. (1943). The Thematic Apperception and
Rorschach methods of personality investigation in clinical
practice. The Journal of Psychology :
Interdisciplinary & Applied, 15, 49-74. |
ACKERMAN, S.J., HILSENROTH, M.J., CLEMENCE, A.J.,
WEATHERILL, R. & FOWLER, J.C. (2001). Convergent
validity of Rorschach and TAT scales of object relations.
Journal of Personality Assesment, 77, 295-306. |
|
TOMKINS, S.S. (1947). The thematic apperception test.
A theory and technique of interpretation. New York
USA : Grune & Stratton. |
HIBBARD, S., MITCHELL, D. & PORCERELLI, J. (2001).
Internal consistency of the object relations and social
cognition scales for the thematic apperception test. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 77 (3), 408-419. |
|
ERON, L.D. (1950). A normative study of the Thematic
Apperception Test. Psychological Monographs : General
& Applied, 64 (9), 1-48. |
PICA, M. (2001). The responses of dissociative patients on
the Thematic Apperception Test. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 57, 847-864. |
|
SEN, A. (1953). A preliminary study of the Thematic
Apperception Test. British Journal of Statistical
Psychology, 6, 91-100. |
|
|
WINCH, R.F. & MORE, D.M. (1956). Does TAT add
information to interviews ? Statistical analysis of the
increment. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 12,
316-321. |
ARONOW, E., WEISS, K.A. & REZINKOFF, M. (2001). A
Practical Guide to the Thematic Apperception Test. Philadelphia
: Brunner Routledge. |
|
REZNIKOFF, M. (1961). Social desirability in TAT themes. Journal
of Projective Techniques, 25, 87-89. |
|
|
HARRISON, R. (1965). Thematic apperception methods. In
B.B. Wilman (Ed.), Handbook of clinical psychology. New
York : McGraw-Hil. |
|
|
VANE, J.R. (1981). The Thematic Apperception test : A
review. Clinical Psychology Review, 1 (3),
319-336. |
LANGAN-FOX, J. & GRANT, S. (2006). The Thematic
Apperception Test : Toward a standard measure of the big
three motives. Journal of Personality Assessment, 87,
277-291. |
|
FENZ, W.D. & EPSTEIN, S. (1962). Measurement of
approach-avoidance conflict by a stimulus dimension in a
test of thematic apperception. Journal of
Personality, 30, 613-632. |
EURELINGS-BONTEKOE, E., ZWINKELS, K., SCHAAP-JONKER, H.
& EDREDI, M. (2011). Formal characteristics of
Thematic Apperception Test narratives of adult patients
with an autism spectrum disorder. A preliminary study. Psycholoogy,
2 (7), 687-693. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Test projectif |
|
|
Test
d'Apgar : Test inventé par Apgar
en 1952, pour évaluer l'état d'un nouveau-né,
ses signes vitaux. Le mot Apgar est un acronyme pour : Apparence
(coloration), Pouls (fréquence cardiaque), Grimace
(réflexe à l'irritation), Activité (tonus
musculaire) et Respiration.
= score d'Apgar.
| |
| Valeur |
Apparence
(Coloration) |
Pouls
(Fréquence cardiaque) |
Grimace
(Réflexe à l'irritation ou réactivité) |
Activité
(Tonus musculaire) |
Respiration |
| 0 |
Corps
bleu (cyanose) ou gris |
Absente |
Aucune |
Flasque
ou Faible |
Absente |
| 1 |
Extrémité
des membres bleutées |
<
100 |
Faible
grimace |
Flexion
des membres |
Irrégulière |
| 2 |
Rose |
>
100 |
Réaction
vive de l'ensemble du visage |
Grande
activité |
Régulière |
|
|
|
Test d'aptitude : ( ):
SAT.
|
Test d'association implicite : TAI : Test psychologique objectif d'évaluation des
attitudes.
Implicit Association Test.
|
|
|
GREENWALD, A.G., McGHEE, D.E. & SCHWARTZ, J.L.K.
(1998). Measuring individual differences in implicit
cognition : The Implicit Association Test. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 74 (6),
1464-1480. [PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. & FARNHAM, S.D. (2000). Using the
Implicit Association Test to measure self-esteem and
self-concept. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 79 (6), 1022-1038. [PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. & NOSEK, B.A. (2001). Health of the
Implicit Association Test at age 3. Zeitschrift für
Experimentelle Psychologie, 48 (2), 85-93. [PDF] |
|
ROTHERMUND, K. & WENTURA, D. (2001). Figure-ground
asymmetries in the Implicit Association Test.
Zeitschrift fur Experimentelle Psychologie, 48 (2),
94-106. [PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G., NOSEK, B.A. & BANAJI, M.R. (2003).
Understanding and using the Implicit Association Test : I.
An Improved Scoring Algorithm. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 85 (2),
197-216. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Mesure
des attitudes |
|
|
Test d'évaluation des fonctions cognitives de Montréal
(MoCA) : Test, inventé par Nasreddine,
qui permet d'évaluer l'existence d'un trouble
neuro-cognitif (démence).
Montreal Cognitive Assessment (MoCA), MoCA
test Full.
| |
|
|
NASREDDINE, Z.S., PHILLIPS, N.A., BÉDIRIAN, V.,
CHARBONNEAU, S., WHITEHEAD, V., COLLIN, I., CUMMINGS, L.
& CHERTKOW, H. (2005). The Montreal Cognitive
Assessment, MoCA : a brief screenig tool for mild
cognitive impairment. Journal of the American
Geriatrics Society, 53 (4), 695-699. |
WITTICH, W., PHILLIPS, N., WITTICH, W, PHILLIPS, N.,
NASREDDINE Z.S. & CHERTOW, H. (2010). Sensitivity and
specificity of the Montreal Cognitive Assessment modified
for individuals who are visually impaired. Journal of
Visual Impairment & Blindness, 104 (6),
360-368. |
|
OLSON, R.A., CHHANABHAI, T. & MCKENZIE, M. (2008).
Feasibility study of the Montreal Cognitive Assessment
(MoCA) in patients with brain metastases. Supportive
Care in Cancer : Official Journal of the Multinational
Association of Supportive Care in Cancer, 16 (11),
1273-1278. |
DALRYMPLE-ALFORD, J.C., MACASKILL, M.R., NAKAS, C.T. &
LIVINGSTON, L. (2010). The MoCA : well-suited screen for
cognitive impairment in Parkinson disease. Neurology,
75 (19), 1717-1725. |
|
LUIS, C.A., KEEGAN, A.P. & MULLAN, M. (2009). Cross
validation of the Montreal Cognitive Assessment in
community dwelling older adults residing in the
Southeastern US. International Journal of Geriatric
Psychiatry, 24 (2), 197-201. |
VIDENOVIC, A., BERNARD, B., FAN, W., JAGLIN, J., LEURGANS,
S. & SHANNON, K.M. (2010). The Montreal Cognitive
Assessment as a screening tool for cognitive dysfunction
in Huntington's disease. Movement Disorders :
Official Journal of the Movement Disorder Society, 25
(3), 401-404. |
|
HOOPS, S., NAZEM, S., SIDEROWF, A.D., DUDA, E., XIE, S.X.,
STERN, M.B. & WIENTRAUB, D. (2009). Validity of the
MoCA and MMSE in the detection of MCI and dementia in
Parkinson disease. Neurology, 73 (21),
1738-1745. [PDF] |
FUJIWARA, Y., SUZUKI, H., MASASHI YASUNAGA, M. &
SUGIYAMA, M. (2010). Brief screening tool for mild
cognitive impairment in older Japanese : validation of the
Japanese version of the Montreal Cognitive Assessment.
Geriatrics & Gerontology International, 10 (3),
225-232. |
|
JULAYANONOT, P., PHILLIPS, N., CHERTKOW, H. &
NASREDDINE, Z.S. (2012). The Montreal Cognitive Assessment
(MoCA) : Concept and clinical review. In A.J. Larner
(Ed.), Cognitive screening instruments : A practical
approach (pp. 111-152). Springer-Verlag. [PDF] |
|
PENDLEBURY, S.T., WELCH, S.J.V., CUTHBERTSON, F.C., MARIZ,
J., MEHTA, Z. & ROTHWELL, P.M. (2013). Telephone
assessment of cognition after transient ischemic attack
and stroke : modified telephone interview of cognitive
status and Telephone Montreal Cognitive Assessment versus
face-to-face Montreal Cognitive Assessment and
neuropsychological battery. Stroke, 44 (1),
227-279.
[PDF] |
|
WONG, A., XIONG, Y.Y., KWAN, P.W., CHAN, A.Y., LAM, W.W.,
WANG, K., CHU, W.C., NYENHUIS, D.L., NASREDDINE, Z.S,
WONG, L.K. & MOK, V.C. (2009). The validity,
reliability and clinical utility of the Hong Kong Montreal
Cognitive Assessment (HK-MoCA) in patients with cerebral
small vessel disease. Dementia & Geriatric
Cognitive Disorders, 28 (1), 81-87. |
TU, Q.Y., JIN, H., DING, B.R., YANG, X., LEI, Z.H., BAI,
S. & TANG, X.Q. (2013). Reliability, validity, and
optimal cutoff score of the Montreal Cognitive Assessment
(Changsha version) in ischemic cerebrovascular disease
patients of Hunan Province, China. Dementia &
Geriatric Cognitive Disorders Extra, 3 (1), 25-36.
[PDF] |
|
DAVIS, D.H.J., CREAVIN, S.T., YIP, J.L.Y., NOEL-STORR,
A.H., BRAYNE, C. & CULLUM, S. (2016). Montreal
Cognitive Assessment for the diagnosisof Alzheimer's
disease and other dementias. Cochrane Database of
Systematic Reviews, 10. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychologique et Test du
mini-mental |
|
|
|
|
Test
d'homogénéité : Test of
homogeneity.
| |
|
|
CAMILLI, G. (1990). The test of homogeneity for 2 X 2
contingency tables : A review of and some personal
opinions on the controversy. Psychological Bulletin,
108, 135-145. |
|
|
|
Test d'hypothèse : Ensemble de tests
statistiques conçu, selon Neyman
et Pearson, pour vérifier
l'hypothèse statistique
d'une recherche (en
rejetant ou non l'hypothèse nulle
et en acceptant par défaut l'hpothèse
alternative). Pour ce faire, on compare la
valeur P du test au seuil
de signification fixé par le chercheur (souvent 5 %). Un bon
test statistique est robuste et puissant.
Les tests infèrent l'existence d'une cause ou d'un
déterminisme en comparant les résultats d'une recherche aux lois
du hasard, donc en inférant que les réusultats d'un échantillon
peuvent être généraliser à l'ensemble de la
population. EX: Test t. =
test de signification, test de comparaison. Hypothesis
testing, significance test, test of signifiance.
|
| Comparaison |
Décision/Conclusion |
Bonne
conclusion |
Mauvaise conclusion
|
| La
valeur P d'un test est supérieure au seuil de
signification |
Je
ne rejette pas l'hypothèse nulle... |
Il
n'y a donc pas de différence significative entre A et B |
A = B
|
| La
valeur P d'un test est inférieure au seuil de
signification |
Je
rejette l'hypothèse nulle... |
Alors
j'accepte l'hypothèse alternative : il y a une différence
significative entre A et B |
|
|
|
|
| Type |
Notation |
Rôle |
| Hypothèse
nulle |
A = B |
Hypothèse que le chercheur tente de rejeter
|
| Hypothèse
alternative |
Unilatérale |
A > B
ou A < B |
Hypothèse que le chercheur souhaite généralement vérifier
|
| Bilatérale |
A 
B |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1933). On the problem of
the most efficient tests of statistical hypotheses.
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, 231, 289-337.
[PDF] |
HARRIS, R.J. (1997). Significance tests have their place.
Psychological Science, 8, 8-11. [PDF] |
|
BUCHANAN-WOLLASTON, H.J. (1935). Statistical tests.
Nature, 136, 182-183. |
RINDSKOPF, D.M. (1997). Testing "small", not null,
hypotheses: Classical and Bayesian approaches. In L.L.
Harlow, S.A. Muliak & J.H. Steiger (Eds.), What if
there were no significance tests ? (pp. 319-322).
Hillsdale NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
BARTLETT, M.S. (1939). A note on tests of significance in
multivariate analysis. Mathematical Proceedings of
the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 35 (2),
180-185. |
HUNTER, J.E. (1997). Needed : A ban on the significance
test. American Psychological Society, 8, 3-7. |
|
BERKSON, J. (1942). Tests of significance considered as
evidence. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 37 (219), 325-335. |
ABELSON, R.P. (1997). On the surprising longevity of
flogged horses : Why there is a case for the significance
test. Psychological Science, 6, 12-15. [PDF] |
|
RAO, C.R. (1948). Tests of significance in multivariate
analysis. Biometrika, 35 (1/2), 58-79. |
HARLOW, L.L., MULAIK, S.A. & STEIGER, J.H. (1997). What
if there were no significance tests. Hillsdale, NJ
: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
BARTLETT, M.S. (1950). Tests of significance in factor
analysis. British Journal of Psychology, 3,
77-85. |
MEEHL, P.E. (1997). The problem is epistemology, not
statistics : Replace significance tests by confidence
intervals and quantify accuracy of risky numerical
predictions. In L.L. Harlow, S.A. Mulaik & J.H.
Steiger (Eds.), What if there were no significance
tests ? Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF] |
|
BARTLETT, M.S. (1950). Tests of significance in
multivariate analysis. British Journal of Mathematical
and Statistical Psychology, 3, 77-85. |
MULAIK, S.A., RAJU, N.S. & HARSHMAN, R.A. (1997).
There is a time and place for significance testing. In
L.L. Harlow S.A. Mulaik & J.H. Steiger (Eds.), What
if there were no significant tests ? (pp. 65-116).
Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1956). On a test of significance in
Pearson's Biometrika Tables (No. 11). Journal of the
Royal Statistical Society Series B, 18 (1), 56-60. |
HAGEN, R.L. (1997). In praise of the null hypothesis
statistical test. American Psychologist, 52,
15-24. [PDF]
|
|
GOOD, I.J. (1958). Significance tests in parallel and in
series. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 53, 799-813. |
THOMPSON, B. (1997). Editorial policies regarding
statistical significance tests : Further comments. Educational
Researcher, 26 (5), 29-32. |
|
STERLING, T.D. (1959). Publication decisions and their
possible effects on inferences drawn from tests of
significance: Or vice versa. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 54, 30-34. |
|
|
NATRELLA, M.G. (1960). The relation between confidence
intervals and tests of significance. The American
Statistician, 14, 20-22. |
|
|
RYAN, T.H. (1960). Significance tests for multiple
comparisons of proportions, variances, and other
statistics. Psychological Bulletin, 57 (4),
318-328. |
|
|
EYSENK, H.J. (1960). The concept of statistical
significance and the controversy about one-tailed tests.
Psychological Review, 67 (4), 269-271. |
CHERRY, S. (1998). Statistical tests in publications of
the Wildlife Society. Wildlife Society Bulletin, 26,
947-953. |
|
CUTLER, S.J., GREENHOUSE, S.W., CORNFIELD, J. &
SCHNEIDERMAN, M.A. (1966). The role of hypothesis testing
in clinical trials. Journal of Chronic Disease, 19
(8), 857-882. |
McLEAN, J.E. & ERNEST, J.M. (1998). The role of
statistical significance testing in educational research.
Research in the Schools, 5 (2), 15-22. |
|
BAKAN, D. (1966). The test of significance in
psychological research. Psychological Bulletin, 66,
1-29. |
BISKIN, B.H. (1998). Comment on significance testing. Measurement
& Evaluation in Counselling & Development, 31 (1),
58-62. |
|
PRATT, J.W. (1961). Testing statistical hypotheses. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 56 (293),
163-167. |
THOMPSON, B. (1998). Use of tests of statistical
significance and other analytic choices in a school
psychology Journal : Review of practices and suggested
alternatives. School Psychology Quarterly, 13
(4), 335-348. |
|
KRUSKAL, W. (1968). Significance, tests of. In The
international encyclopedia of the social science (pp.
238-250). New York : The Macmillan Co. and the Free Press. |
SNYDER, P.A. & THOMPSON, B. (1998). Use of tests of
statistical significance and other analytic choices in a
school psychology journal : Review of practices and
suggested aternatives. School Psychology Quarterly,
13 (4), 335-348. |
|
SEEGER, P. (1968). A note on a method for the analysis of
significances en masse. Technometrics 10 (3),
586-593. |
|
|
|
GOLD, D. (1969). Statistical tests and substantive
significance. The American Sociologist, 5,
42-46. |
|
|
MORRISON, D.E. & HENKEL, R.E. (1969). Significance
tests reconsidered. The American Sociologist, 4, 131-140. |
MBENGUE, A. (1999). Tests de comparaison. In R.A. Thiétart
(Dir.), Méthodes de recherche en management.
Paris : Dunod. |
|
MORRISON, D.E. & HENKEL, R.E. (1969). The
significance test controversy-a reader. Chicago,
Ill : Aldine Publishing. |
NICKERSON, R.S. (1999). Statistical significance testing :
Useful tool or bone-headedly misguided procedure ? Review
of what if there were no significance tests ? Journal
of Mathematical Psychology, 43 (3), 455-471. |
|
KATZER, J. & SODT, J. (1973). An analysis of the use
of statistical testing in communication research.
Journal of Communication, 23, 251-265. |
WAINER, H. (1999). One cheer for null hypothesis
significance testing. Psychological Methods, 4 (2),
212-213.
[PDF] |
|
HENKEL, R.E. (1976). Tests of significance.
London : Sage. |
JOHNSON, D.H. (1999). The insignificance of statistical
significance testing. Journal of Wildlife Management,
63, 763-772. |
|
GILL, J. (1999). The insignificance of null hypothesis
significance testing. Political Research Quarterly, 52
(3), 647-674. |
|
COX, D.R. (1977). The role of significance tests. Scandinavian
Journal of Statistics, 4, 49-63. |
ANDERSSON, G. (1999). The role of meta-analysis in the
significance test controversy. European Psychologist,
4, 75-82. |
|
CARVER, R.P. (1978). The case against statistical
significance testing. Harvard Educational Review, 48
(3), 378-399. [PDF] |
BRANCH, M.N. (1999). Some things significance testing does
and does not do. The Behavior Analyst, 22, 87-92. |
|
CHASE, L.J. & SIMPSON, T.J. (1979). Significance and
substance : An examination of experimental effects. Human
Communication Research, 5, 351-354. |
|
|
BENTLER, P.M. & BONNETT, D.G. (1980). Significance
tests and goodness of fit in the analysis of covariance
structures. Psychological Bulletin, 88, 588-606. |
HSU, L.M. (2000). Effects of directionality of
significance tests on the bias of accessible effect sizes.
Psychological Methods, 5, 333-342. [PDF] |
|
LECOUTRE, M-P. et POITEVINEAU, J. (2000). Aller au delà
des tests de signification traditionnels : vers de
nouvelles normes de publication. L'Année
Psychologique, 100 (4), 683-713. [PDF] |
|
|
SAWYER A.G. & PETER, J.P. (1983). The significance of
statistical significance tests in marketing research.
Journal of Marketing Research, 20 (2), 122-133. |
JONES, L. & TUKEY, J.W. (2000). A sensible formulation
of the significance test. Psychological Methods, 5 (4),
411-414. [PDF] |
|
FLEISS, J.L. (1986). Confidence intervals vs significance
tests : quantitative interpretation. American Journal
of Public Health, 76, 587-588. |
NICKERSON, R.S. (2000). Null hypothesis significance
testing : A review of an old and continuing controversy. Psychological
Methods, 5 (2), 241-301. [PDF] |
|
GARDNER, M.J. & ALTMAN, D.G. (1986). Confidence
intervals rather than P values : Estimation rather than
hypothesis testing. British Medical Journal, 292, 746-750.
[PDF] |
STERNE, J.A.C. & SMITH, G.D. (2001). Sifting the
evidence : what's wrong with significance tests ? British
Medical Journal, 322, 226-331. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, D.W. & WILLIAMS, R.H. (1986). Note on the
reliability of experimental measures and the power of
significance tests. Psychological Bulletin, 100, 123-124. |
KRUEGER, J. (2001). Null hypothesis significance testing :
On the survival of a flawed method. American
Psychologist, 56 (1), 16-26. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
OAKES, M.J. (1986). Statistical inference : A
commentary for social and behavioral sciences. New
York : Wiley. |
GORDON, H.R.D. (2001). American Vocational Education
Research Association members' perceptions of statistical
signif- icance tests and other statistical controversies.
Journal of Vocational Educational Research, 26 (2),
1-18. |
|
LECOUTR, B., LECOUTRE M.-P. & POITEVINEAU J. (2001).
Uses, abuses and misuses of significance tests in the
scientific community : Won't the Bayesian choice be
unavoidable? International Statistical Review, 69,
399-418. [PDF] |
|
BERGER, J.O. & SELLKE, T. (1987). Testing a point null
hypothesis : The irreconcilability of p values and
evidence. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 82, 112-122. [PDF] |
MARKUS, K.A. (2001). The converse inequality argument
against tests of statistical significance. Psychological
Methods, 6 (2), 147-160. |
|
BERGER, J.O. & DELAMPADY, M. (1987). Testing precise
hypothesis (with discussion). Statistical Science, 2
(3), 317-352. [PDF] |
STERNE, J.A. (2002) Teaching hypothesis tests - time for
significant change ? Statistics in Medicine 21,
985-994. |
|
CHOW, S.L. (1988). Significance test or effect size ? Psychological
Bulletin, 103, 105-110. [PDF] |
MACKINNON, D.P., LOCKWOOD, C.M., HOFFMAN, J.M., WEST, S.G.
& SHEETS, V. (2002). A comparison of methods to test
the significance of the mediated effect. Psychological
Methods, 7, 83-104. [PDF] |
|
SAWILOWSKY, S. (2003). Deconstructing arguments from the
case against hypothesis testing. Journal of Modern
Applied Statistical Methods, 2 (2), 467-474. |
|
STEINFATT, T.M. (1990). Ritual versus logic in
significance testing in communication research.
Communication Research Reports, 7, 90-93. |
LECOUTRE, M-P., POITEVINEAU, J. & LECOUTRE, B. (2003).
Even statisticians are not immune to misinterpretations of
null hypothesis significance tests. International
Journal of Psychology, 38 (1), 37-45. |
|
LEHMAN, E.L. (1991). Testing statistical hypotheses.
Pacific Grove, California : Wadsworth & Brooks. |
TRAFINOW, D. (2003). Hypothesis testing and theory
evaluation at the boundaries: Surprising insights from
Bayes's theorem. Psychological Review, 11 (3),
526-535. [PDF] |
|
RUTLEDGE, T. et LOH, C. (2004). Effect sizes and
statistical testing in the determination of clinical
significance in behavioral medicine research. Annals
of Behavioral Medicine, 27, 138-145. |
|
SHAVER, J. (1992), What significance testing is, and
what it isn't. Paper presented at the Annual
Meeting of the American Educational Research Association,
San Francisco, CA. |
POITEVINEAU, J. (2004). L'usage des tests statistiques par
les chercheurs en psychologie : aspects normatif,
descriptif et prescriptif. Mathématiques et Sciences
Humaines / Mathematics & Social Sciences, 42
(3), 5-25. [PDF] |
|
CARVER, R.P. (1993). The case against statistical
significance testing, revisited. Journal of
Experimental Education, 61 (4), 287-292. |
LECOUTRE, B., POITENIVEAU, J. et LECOUTRE, M.-P. (2005).
Une raison pour ne pas abandonner les tests de
signification de l'hypothèse nulle. Modulab, 33,
243-248. |
|
HUBERTY, C.J. (1993). Historical origins of statistical
testing practices : The treatment of Fisher versus
Neyman-Pearson views in textbooks. The Journal of
Experimental Education, 61 (4), 317-333. |
KILLEEN, P.R. (2005). An alternative to null hypothesis
statistical tests. Psychological Science, 16, 345-353.
[PDF] |
|
BELHOUSE, D.R. (1993). P values, hypothesis tests, and
likelihood. American Journal of Epidemiology, 137,
497-498. |
KLINE, R. (2004). Beyond significance testing :
Reforming data analysis methods in behavioral research.
Washington, DC : APA. |
|
|
THOMPSON, B. (1993). The use of statistical significance
tests in research : Bootstrap and other alternatives.
Journal of Experimental Education, 61, 361-377. |
GELMAN, A. & STERN, H. (2006), The difference
between"significant" and "not significant" is not itself
statistically Significant. The American Statistician,
60 (4), 328-331. |
|
COHEN, J. (1994). The earth is round (p < .05). American
Psychologist, 49, 997-1003. [PDF] |
ARMSTRONG, J.S. (2007). Statistical significance tests are
unnecessary even when properly done and properly
interpreted : Reply to commentaries. International
Journal of Forecasting, 23 (2), 335-336. |
|
McCLURE, J. & SUEN, H.K. (1994). Interpretation of
statistical significance testing : A matter of
perspective. Topics in Early Childhood Special
Education, 14, 88-100. |
LEVINE, T.R., WEBER, R., HULLETT, C., PARK, H.S. &
MASSI-LINDSAY, L.L. (2008). A critical assessment of null
hypothesis significance testing in quantitative
communication research. Human Communication Research,
34, 171-187. [PDF] |
|
APA (1996). Board of scientific affairs : Task force on
statistical inference initial report. |
KESELMAN, H.J., AALGINA, J., LIX, L.M., WILCOX, R.R.
& DEERING, K.N. (2008). A generally robust approach
for testing hypotheses and setting confidence intervals
for effect sizes. Psychological Methods, 13,
110-129. [PDF] |
|
BERGER, J.O., BROWN, L.D. & WOLPERT, R.L. (1994). A
unified conditional frequentist and Bayesian test for
fixed and sequential simple hypothesis testing. The
Annals of Statistics, 22, 1787-1807. [PDF] |
BALLUERKA, N., IRAETA, A.I.V. & GRAS, J.A. (2009).
Calculating the main alternatives to
null-hypothesis-significance testing in between-subject
experimental designs. Psicothema, 21 (1),
141-151. [PDF] |
|
SEDLMEIER, P. (2009). Beyond the significance test ritual.
What is there ? Zeitschrift für Psychologie /Journal
of Psychology, 217 (1), 1-5. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, B. (1996). AERA editorial policies regarding
statistical significance testing : Three suggested
reforms. Educational Researcher, 25 (2), 26-30. |
BOURQUE, J., BLAIS, J. et LAROSE, F. (2009).
L'interprétation des tests d'hypothèses : p, la taille de
l'effet et la puissance. Revue des Sciences de
l'Éducation, 35 (1), 211-226. [PDF] |
|
FRICK, R.W. (1996). The appropriate use of null hypothesis
testing. Psychological Methods, 1 (4), 379-390. [PDF] |
MBENGUE, A. (2010). Faut-il brûler les tests de
signification statistique ? M@N@Gement, 13, 100-127.
[PDF] |
|
KIRK, R.E. (1996). Practical significance : A concept
whose time has come. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 56, 746-759. |
KESELMAN, H.J., MILLER, C.W. & HOLLAND, B. (2011).
Many tests of significance : new methods for controlling
type I errors. Psychological Methods, 16,
420-431. [PDF] |
|
SCHIMDT, F. (1996). Statistical significance testing and
cumulative knowledge in psychology : Implications for the
training of researchers. Psychological Methods, 1 (2),
115-129. [PDF] |
FILHO, D.B.F., PARANHOS, R., DA ROCHA, E.C., BATISTA, M.
DA SILVA, J.E., SANTOS, M.L.W. & MARINO, J.G. (2013).
When is statistical significance not signicant ? Brazilian
Political Science Review, 7 (1), 31-55. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, B. (2014). The use of statistical significance
tests in research. The Journal of Experimental
Education, 61 (4), 361-377.
|
|
BENJAMIN, D.J., BERGER, J.O., JOHANNESSON, M., NOSEK,
B.A., WAGENMAKERS, E.J., BERK, R., CESARINI, D. ET al.
(2017). Redefine statistical significance. Nature
Human Behaviour, 2, 6-10. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse,
Seuil de signification, Hypothèse
statistique et Vérification
d'une hypothèse |
|
|
|
|
|
Test
d'intégrité : Integrity test.
| |
|
|
CAMERA, W. & SCHNEIDER, D.L. (1994). Integrity tests :
Facts and unresolved issues. American Psychologist,
49, 112-119. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Bartlett : Test
statistique visant à comparer l'homoscédascité
de deux échantillons.
Il permet d'estimer si les différentes sous-catégories d'une
variable de distribution normale ont la même variance.
Bartlett test.
| |
|
|
BARTLETT, M.S. (1937). Properties of sufficiency and
statistical tests. Proceedings of the Royal
Statistical Society, Series A 160, 268-282. |
|
KNAPP, T.R. & SWOYER, V.H. (1967). Some empirical
results concerning the power of Bartlett's test of the
significance of a correlation matrix. American
Educational Research Journal, 4, 13-17. |
|
DYER, D. & KEATING,P. (1980). On the determinationf of
critical values for Bartlett's test. Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 75, 313-319. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
Test
de Binet-Simon : Premier
test d'intelligence, inventée en 1905 par Binet
et Simon. =
test d'intelligence Binet-Simon, le Binet-Simon, échelle métrique
d'intelligence.
Binet-Simon.
| |
|
|
BOAKE, C. (2002). From the Binet-Simon to the
Wechsler-Bellevue: Tracking the history of intelligence
testing. Journal of Clinical & Experimental
Neuropsychology, 24, 383-405. |
|
|
Voir aussi Binet, Simon
et d'intelligence |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tests
de conformité :
Tests of goodness
of fit.
| |
|
|
ANSCOMBE, F. (1963). Tests of goodness of fit. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society B, 25, 81-94. |
|
|
|
Test/Tableau
de contingence : Tableau croisé
à double entrée montrant la relation entre deux variables
qualitatives nominales
(ou plus). = coefficient de
contingence. Contingency table.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R. A. (1922). On the interpretation of x2 from
contingency tables, and the calculation of P. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, 85, 87-94. |
|
YULE, G.U. (1923). On the application of the khi-deux
method to association and contingency tables, with
experimental illustrations. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 85, 95-104. |
|
YATES, F. (1934). Contingency table involving small
numbers and the ?2 test. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 1 (2), 217-235. |
|
SIMPSON, E.H. (1951). The interpretation of interaction in
contingency tables. Journal of the Royal Statistical
Society, 13 (2), 238-241. |
| BIRCH, M.W. (1963). Maximum
likelihood in three-way contingency tables. Journal of
the Royal Statistical Society, Series B, 25 (1),
220-233. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2007). Les tableaux de fréquences 2 X 2
et leur traitement statistique. Tutorials in
Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 3, 14-25. |
|
GOULET, C. (2003). Tutoriel SPSS/Comment calculer un
coefficient de contingence. Montréal : Collège
Ahuntsic. |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Variable qualitative nominale
et
Coefficient de contingence |
| SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaétan
Morin. |
|
|
|
Test
de continuité de Yates : Yates
continuity correction.
| |
|
|
CONOVER, W.J. (1974). Some reasons for not using the Yates
continuity correction on 2 x 2 Contingency Tables.
Journal of the American Statistical Association, 69, 374-382. |
|
|
|
Test
de corrélation : Test
statistique développé par Pearsons,
à partir du concept de variation proposé par Galton,
qui permet de mesurer l'intensité d'un lien linéaire entre deux ou
plusieurs variables
quantitatives (= corrélation). =
corrélation de Pearson, coefficient R. Correlation.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. (1921). On the "probable error" of a
coefficient of correlation deduced from a small sample. Metron,
4, 1-32. |
|
GOULET, C. (2003). Tutoriel SPSS/Comment calculer un
coefficient de corrélation. Montréal : Collège
Ahuntsic. |
| |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Corrélation
et Test statistique |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de dépistage des retards de développement : Cette
famille de tests psychologiques confie
aux parents le soin de dépister
les retards de développement de leurs enfants.
( ): Ages and Stages Questionnaire (ASQ), Parents'
Evaluation of Developmental Status (PEDS).
Developmental
Screening Test, screening for developmental delay.
| |
|
|
GLASCOE, F.P., MARTIN, E.D. & HUMPHREY, S. (1999). A
comparative review of developmental screening tests. Pediatric,
86, 547-554. |
|
SQUIRES, J., BRICKER, D. & POTTER, L. (1997). Revision
of a parent-completed development screening tool : Ages
and Stages Questionnaires. Journal of Pediatric
Psychology, 22, 313-328. |
|
GLASCOE, F.P. (1999). The validation and standardization
of Parents' Evaluations of Developmental Status. Diagnostique,
23, 185-203. |
|
MALHI, P. & SINGH, P. (2002). Role of Parents'
Evaluation of Developmental Status in detecting
developmental delay in young children. Indian
Pediatrics, 39, 271-275. |
|
BROTHERS, K.B., GLASCOE, F.P. & ROBERTSHAW, N.S.
(2008). PEDS : developmental milestones - an accurate
brief tool for surveillance and screening. Clinical
Pediatrics, 47, 271-279. |
|
LIMBOS, M.M. & JOYCE, D.P. (2011). Comparison of the
ASQ and PEDS in screening for developmental delay in
children presenting for primary care. Journal of
Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 32 (7),
1-13. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychologique |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test de frustration de Rosenzweig : P-F :
Test projectif, inventé
par Rosenzweig, qui
comporte 24 mises en situation mettant en scène deux personnages
et des phylactères que le répondant doit remplir pour donner un
sens à ce qu'il voit.
Rosenzweig Picture Frustration (P-F).
| |
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1945). The picture-association method and
its application in a study of reactions to frustration.
Journal of Personality, 14 (1), 3-23. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. & ROSENZWEIG, L. (1952). Aggression in
problem children and normals as evaluated by the
Rosenzweig P-F Study. Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 47 (3), 683-687. |
|
CLARKE, H.J. & ROSENZWEIG, S. (1945). The reliability
of the scoring of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration
study. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 3 (4),
364-370. |
LINDZEY, G. & GOLDWYN, R.M. (1954). Validity of the
Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study. Journal of
Personality, 22 (4), 519-547. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1945). Frustration tolerance and the
picture frustration study. Psychological Service
Center Journal, 2, 109-115. |
PICHOT, P.et DANJON, S. (1955). La fidélité du test de
frustration de Rosenzweig. Revue de Psychologie
Appliquée, 5, 1-11. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S., CLARKE, H.J., GARFIELD, M.S. &
LENDORFF, A. (1946). Scoring Samples for the Rosenzweig
Picture-Frustration Study. The Journal of Psychology :
Interdisciplinary & Applied, 21 (1), 45-72. |
PAREEK, U.N. (1958). Reliability of the Indian adaptation
of scoring of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study
(children's form). Journal of the Psychologial
Researches, 2, 18-23. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S., FLEMING, E.E. & CLARKE, H.J. (1947).
Revised scoring manual for the Rosenzweig
Picture-Frustration Study. The Journal of Psychology:
Interdisciplinary & Applied, 24 (2), 165-208. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1960). Rosenzweig Picture Frustration
(P-F) Study children's form. In A.I. Rabin & M.
Haworth (Eds.),Projective technique with children
(pp. 149-176). New York : Grune & Stratton. |
|
CLARKE, H.J., FLEMING, E.E. & ROSENZWEIG, S. (1947).
The reliability of the scoring of the Rosenzweig
Picture-Frustration Study. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 3, 364-370. |
ROSENZWEIG, S., LUDWIG, D.J. & ADELMAN, S. (1975).
Retest reliability of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration
Study and similar semiprojective techniques. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 39 (1), 3-12. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S., FLEMING, E.E. & ROSENZWEIG, L. (1948).
The children's form of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration
Study. The Journal of Psychology : Interdisciplinary
& Applied, 26 (1), 141-191. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1976). Aggressive behavior and the
Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration (P-F) study. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 32 (4), 885-891. |
|
BERNARD, J. (1949). The Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration
evaluation. The Journal of Psychology :
Interdisciplinary & Applied, 28 (2), 325-332. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. & ADELMAN, S. (1977). Construct
validity of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 41 (6), 578-588. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1950). Levels of behavior in
psychodiagnosis with special reference to the
Picture-Frustration Study. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 20, 63-72. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1978). An investigation of the reliablitiy
of the Rosenzweig Picture Frustration (P-F) Study
children's form. Journal of Personality Assessment,
42, 483-488. |
|
LINDZEY, G. (1950). An experimental test of the validity
of Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study. Journal of
Personality, 18, (3), 315-320. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1978). Aggresive behavior and the
Rosenzweig Picture Frustration (P-F) Study. New
York : praeger. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1950). Revised norms for the adult form of
the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study. Journal of
Personality, 18 (3), 344-346 |
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1978). The Rosenzweig Picture
Frustration (P-F) Study. St. Louis : Rana House. |
|
|
Voir aussi Rosenzweig
et Test projectif |
|
|
Test
de Hue : Test of hue memory.
| |
|
|
BURNHAM, R.W. & CLARKE, J.R. (1955). A test of hue
memory. Journal of Applied Psychology, 39 (3),
164-172. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Kolmogorov-Smirnov : Test
statistique de normalité développé par Smirnov.
Kolmogorov-Smirnov test, K-S test.
| |
|
|
SMIRNOV, N.V. (1939). Estimate of deviation between
empirical distribution function in two independent
samples. Bulletin Mathématique de Mouscou, 2
(2), 3-16. |
|
SMIRNOV, N.V. (1948). Table for estimating the goodneess
of fit of empirical distributions. The Annals of
Mathematical Statistics 19, 279-281 |
|
GOODMAN, L.A. (1954). Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests for
psychological research. Psychological Bulletin, 51 (2),
160-168. |
|
FASANO, G. & FRANCESCHINI, A. (1987). A
multidimensional version of the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test. Monthly
Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, 225,
155-170. |
|
HASSANI, H. & SIRIMAL-SILVA, E. (2015). A
Kolmogorov-Smirnov based test for comparing the predictive
accuracy of two sets of forecasts. Econometrics, 3,
590-609. [PDF] |
|
MAGEL, R.C. & WIBOWO, S.H. (1997). Comparing the
powers of the Wald-Wolfowitz and Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests.
Biometrical Journal, 39 (6), 665-675. |
| |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Smirnov
et Statistique de normalité |
|
|
Test
de Kruskal-Wallis : Test
statistique non-paramétrique développé par
Kruskal et Wallis. Il
est utilisé lorsqu'il faut décider si k échantillons
indépendants sont issus de la même population.
Il permet aussi de comparer la moyenne des rangs des données
de groupes indépendants. Test de Kruskal-Wallis et
test de Friedman. =
ANOVA univariée sur les rangs, Anova avec données ordinales.
Kruskal-Wallis
1 way anova.
| |
|
|
KRUSKAL, W. & WALLIS, W.A. (1952). Use of ranks in
one-criterion variance analysis. Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 47 (260),
583-621. |
|
RUXTON, G.D. & BEAUCHAMP, G. (2008). Some suggestions
about appropriate use of the Kruskal-Wallis test.
Animal Behaviour, 76, 1083-1087. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Kruskal
et Wallis et Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de la personnalité : Ensemble de tests objectifs
et projectifs qui permet d'évaluer les
diverses facettes de la personnalité,
ainsi que leurs troubles.
( ): Voir ci-dessous. Personality
scale, personality test, personality Inventory.
| |
|
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1952). Objective personality tests : A
reply to Dr. Eysenck. Occupational Psychology, 38,
69-86. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1945). The dynamics of "structured"
personality tests. In L.D. Goodstein & R.I. Lanyon
(Eds.), Readings in personality assessment (pp.
245-253). New York : Wiley. [PDF] |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1971). A historical survey of personality
scales and inventories. In P. McReynolds (Ed.), Advances
in psychological assessment (Vol. 2, pp. 293-336).
Palo Alto, CA : Science and Behavior Books. |
|
WEISS, P. & INWALD, R. (2008). Brief history of
personality assessment in Police Psychology : 1916–2008. Journal
of Police & Criminal Psychology, 33 (2), |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Tests objectifs
et projectifs |
|
|
Test
de personnalité d'Eysenk : Test
de la personnalité développé par Eysenk
pour évaluer deux traits de
personnalité, Extraversion/Intraversion et Stabilité
émotionnelle/Névrotisme. Test de la personnalité d'Eysenk et
inventaire de la
personnailté d'Eysenk.
Eysenck
Personality Questionnaire, EPQ.
| |
|
|
EYSENK, H.J. & EYSENK, S.B.G. (1975). Manual for
the Eysenk Personality Questionnaire. San Diego :
Educational and Indistrial Testing Service. |
FORREST, S., LEWIS, C.A. & SHEVLIN, M. (2000).
Examining the factor structure and differential
functioning of the Eysenck personality questionnaire
revised - abbreviated. Personality & Individual
Differences 29 (3), 579-588. |
|
LOO, R. (1979). A psychometric investigation of the Eysenk
Personality QUestionnaire. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 43, 54-58. |
CARUSO, J.C., WITKIEWITZ, K., BELCOURT-DITTLOFF, A. &
GOTTLIEB, J.D. (2001). Reliability of scores from the
Eysenck Personality Questionnaire : A reliability
generalization study. Educational and Psychological
Measurement, 61 (4), 675-689. |
|
BARRETT, P.T. & KLINE, P. (1980) Personality factors
in the Eysenck Personality Questionnaire. Personality
& Individual Differences, 1, 317-333. [PDF] |
LEWIS, C.A., FRANCIS, L.J., SHEVLIN, N. & FORREST, S.
(2002). Confirmatory Factor Analysis of the French
Translation of the Abbreviated Form of the Revised Eysenck
Personality Questionnaire (EPQR-A). European Journal
of Psychological Assessment, 18, 179-185. |
|
LOO, R. & SHIOMI, K. (1983). Extreme samples on the
Eysenck Personality Questionnaire Psychoticism Scale. Social
Behavior & Personality : An international journal,
11 (2), 29-32. |
SHEVLIN, M., BAILEY, F. & ADAMSON, G. (2002).
Examining the factor structure and sources of differential
functioning of the Eysenck Personality Questionnaire
Revised -Abbreviated. Personality & Individual
Differences, 32 (3), 479-487. |
|
ROCKLIN, T. & REVELLE, W. (1983). The measurement of
extroversion : A comparison of the Eysenck Personality
Inventory and the Eysenck Personality Questionnaire. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 20 (4), 279-284. [PDF] |
SATO, T. (2005). The Eysenck Personality Questionnaire
Brief Version : factor structure and reliability. The
Journal of Psychology, 139 (6), 545-552. |
|
BARRETT, P.T., BARRETT, P.T., PETRIDES, K.V., EYSENK,
S.B.G. & EYSENK, H.J. (1998). The Eysenck Personality
Questionnaire : an examination of the factorial similarity
of P, E, N, and L across 23 countries. Personality
& Individual Differences, 25, 805-819. [PDF] |
ROY, A. (2012). The short-form of the revised junior
Eysenck personality questionnaire : A Bengali edition.
Industrial Psychiatry Journal, 21 (2), 115-118. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Eysenk et
Inventaire de
la personnalité d'Eysenk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHUSMAN, E.,INWALD R. & LANDA, B. (1984). Correction
officer job performance as
predicted by the IPI and MMPI : A validation and
cross-validation study. Criminal Justice &
Behavior, 11, 309-329. |
|
CORTINA, J.M., DOHERTY, M.L., SCHMITT, N., KAUFMAN, G.
& SMITH, R.G. (1992). The "big five" personality
factors in the IPI and MMPI : Predictors of police
performance. Personnel Psychology, 45, 119-141. |
|
KNATZ, H., INWALD, R., BROCKWELL, A. & TRAN, L.
(1992). IPI and MMPI predictions of
counterproductive job behaviors by racial group. Journal
of Business and Psychology Test Validity Yearbook, 7, 189-201. |
|
INWALD, R. & GEBBIA, M. (1993). Confirmation of
the utility of the IPI with same-sex norms. Hilson
Research, Inc. |
|
MUFSON, D. & MUFSON, M. (1998). Predicting police
officer performance using the
Inwald Personality Inventory : An illustration from
Appalachia. Professional Psychology: Research &
Practice, 29, 59-62. |
|
|
| |
Voir aussi Inwald |
|
|
|
Test de personnalité (névrotique) de Woodworth : Test
de la personnalité développé en 1920 par Woodworth
pour évaluer les troubles
de personnalité. Il contient 116 questions
auxquelles on répond oui/non.
Woodworth Personal Data Sheet.
| |
|
|
GARRETT, H.E. & SCHNECK, M.R. (1928). A study of the
discriminative value of the Woodworth Personal Data Sheet.
The Journal of General Psychology, 1 (3-4),
459-471. |
|
PAPURT, M.J. (1930). A study of the Woodworth
Psychoneurotic Inventory with suggested revision. The
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 25
(3), 335. |
|
PESCOR, M.J. (1934). The Woodworth Personal Data Sheet as
applied to delinquents. Public Health Reports, 49
(38), 1111-1115. |
|
|
Voir aussi Woodworth |
|
|
|
Test
de lecture : Forme d'examen
composé de questions à
choix multiples ou de questions
ouvertes, qui permet d'évaluer les apprentissages
réalisées grâce aux lectures
faites dans le cadre d'un cours,
d'une formation. Le test peut se faire en classe
ou à la maison via internet. Test de lecture, examen
et jeu
questionnaire. Quizz, quizzes on the
Web, nettest, out-of-class quizzes internet quizzes, online
study question.
| |
|
|
CLASS, E.C. (1935). The effect of test announcement on
students preparation. Journal of Educational Research,
28, 358-361. |
WHITE, R.J. & HAMMER, C.A. (2000). Quiz-o-Matic : A
free Web-based tool for construction of self-scoring
on-line quizzes. Behavior Research Methods,
Instruments, & Computers, 32 (2), 250-253. [PDF] |
|
THORNE, B.M. (2000). Extra credit exercise : A painless
pop quiz. Teaching of Psychology, 27, 204-205. |
|
FITCH, M.L., DRUCKER, A.J. & NORTON, J.A. (1951).
Frequent testing as a motivating factor in large lecture
classes. Journal of Educational Psychology, 42, 1-20. |
CONNOR-GRENE, P.A. (2000). Assessing and promoting student
learning : Blurring the line between teaching and testing.
Teaching of Psychology, 27 (2), 84-88. |
|
STANDLEE, L.S. & PASHAN, W.J. (1960). "Quizzes"
contribution to learning. Journal of Educational
Psychology, Vol. 51, 322-325. |
BROTHEN, T. & WAMBACH, C. (2001). Effective student
use of computerized quizzes. Teaching of Psychology,
28 (4), 292-294. |
|
OLSEN, R.E., WEBER, L.J. & DORNER, J.L. (1968).
Quizzes as teaching aids. Journal of Medical
Education, 43, 941-942. |
WILDER, D.A., FLOOD, W.A & STROMESNES, W. (2001). The
use of random extra credit quizzes to increase student
attendance. Journal of Instructional Psychology, 28,
117-120. |
|
MAWHINNEY, V.T., BOSTOW, D.E., LAWS, D.R., BLUMENFELD,
G.J. & HOPKINS, B.J. (1971). A comparison of students
studying behavior produced by daily, weekly, and three
week testing schedules. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 4 (4), 257-264. [PDF] |
MAKI, W.S. & MAKI, R.H. (2001). Mastery quizzes on the
Web : Results from a Web-based introductory psychology
course. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments &
Computers, 33, 212-216. |
|
MARTIN, R.R. & SRIKAMESWARAN, K. (1974). Correlation
between frequent testing and student performance. Journal
of Chemical Education, 51, (7), 485-486. |
ZHANG, J., COOLEY, D.H. & NI, Y. (2001). NetTest : An
integrated web-based test tool. International Journal
of Educational Telecommunication, 7, 33-55. |
|
TOWNSEND, N.R. & WHEATLEY, G.H. (1975). Analysis of
frequency of tests and varying feedback delays in college
mathematics achievement. College Student Journal, 9, 32-36.
|
RUSCIO, J. (2001). Administering quizzes at random to
increase students' reading. Teaching of Psychology, 28
(3), 204-206. [PDF] |
|
GEIGER, O.G. & BOSTOW, D.E. (1976).
Contingency-managed college instruction : Effects of
weekly quizzes on performance on examination. Psychological
Reports, 39, 707-710. |
MARCHANT, G.J. (2002). Student reading of assigned
articles : Will this be on the test ? Teaching of
Psychology, 29, 49-51. |
|
PECKHAM, P.D. & ROE M.D. (1977). The effects of
frequent testing. The Journal of Research &
Development in Education, 10, 40-50. |
RAYMARK, P.H. & CONNOR-GREENE, P.A. (2002). The
syllabus quiz. Teaching of Psychology, 29 (4),
286. |
|
LEE-SAMMONS, W.H. & WOLLEN, K.A. (1989). Computerized
practice tests and effects on in-class exams. Behavior
Research Methods, Instruments & Computers, 21,
189-194. |
ESTEELE, J.E. (2003). Effect of essay-style lecture
quizzes on student performance on anatomy and physiology
exams. Bioscene, 29 (4), 15-20. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.E. (1984). Frequency of quizzes in a
behavioral science course: An attempt to increase medical
student study behavior. Teaching of Psychology, 11,
34. |
DESOUZA, E. & FLEMING, M. (2003). A comparison of
in-class vs. online quizzes on student exam performance. Journal
of Computing in Higher Education, 14 (2), 121-134. |
|
ROEDIGER, H.L. & BLAXTON, T.A. (1985). Testing
psychological trivia. Bulletin of the Psychonomic
Society, 23, 433-436. [PDF] |
BROTHEN, T. & WAMBACH, C. (2004). The value of time
limits on internet quizzes. Teaching of Psychology,
31, 62-64.[PDF] |
|
DANIEL, D.B. & BROIDA, J. (2004). Using web-based
quizzing to improve exam performance : Lessons learned. Teaching
of Psychology, 31, 207-208. |
|
FERNALD, P. (2004). The Monte Carlo quiz : Encouraging
punctual completion and deep processing of assigned
readings. College Teaching, 52, 95-99. [PDF] |
|
LANDRUM, R.E. (1992). Students' perceptions of the effects
of test delays. College Student Journal, 26 (3),
87-389. |
KOUYOUMDJIAN, H. (2004). Influence of unannounced quizzes
and cumulative exam on attendance and study behavior. Teaching
of Psychology, 31 (2), 110. |
|
NARLOCH, R., GARBIN, C.P. & TURNAGE, K.D. (2006).
Benefits of prelecture quizzes. Teaching of
Psychology, 33, 109-112. |
|
BURNS, D.J. & VINCHUR, A.J. (1992). Effects of
evaluative quizzes on test performance. Journal of
Instructional Psychology, 19, 148-154. |
URTEL, M.G., BAHAMONDE, R.E., MIKESKY, A.E., UDRY, E.M.
& VESSELY, J.S. (2006). On-line quizzing and its
effect on student engagement and academic performance. Journal
of Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 6 (2),
84-92.
[PDF] |
|
|
KERKMAN, D., KELLISON, K., PINON, M., SCHIMDT, D. &
LEWIS, S. (1994). The quiz game : Writing and explaining
questions improve quiz scores. Teaching of
Psychology, 21 (2), 104-106. |
MCDANIEL, M.A., ANDERSON, J.L., DERBISH, M.H. &
MORRISETTE, N. (2007). Testing the testing effect in the
classroom. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology,
19, 494-513. |
|
EHRLICH, R. (1995). Giving a quiz every lecture. The
Physics Teacher, 33, 378-379. |
CLAYTON, M.C. & WOODARD, C. (2007). The effects of
response cards on participation and weekly quiz scores of
university students enrolled in introductory psychology
courses. Journal of Behavioral Education, 16,
250-258. |
|
IFERT-JOHNSON, D. (2007). Using out-of-class quizzes to
promote cognitive engagement. Communication Teacher,
21 (2), 35-38. |
|
PADILLA-WALKER, L.M. (2007). The impact of daily extra
credit quizzes on exam performance. Teaching of
Psychology, 33 (4), 236. |
|
MARCELL, M. (2008). Effectiveness of regular online
quizzing in increasing class participation and
preparation. International Journal for the
Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 2 (1),
1-9. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
NARLOCH, R., GARBIN, C.P. & TURNAGE, K.D. (2007).
Benefits of prelecture quizzes. Teaching of
Psychology, 33 (2), 109. |
|
AGARWAL, P.K., KARPICKE, J.D., KANG, S.K., ROEDIGER, H.L.
& MCDERMOTT, K.B. (2008). Examining the testing effect
with open-and closed-book tests. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 22, 861-876. |
|
GRABE, M., FLANNERY, K. & CHRISTOPHERSON, K. (2008).
Voluntary use of online study questions as a function of
previous minimal use requirements and learner aptitude. The
Internet & Higher Education, 11 (3-4),
145-151. |
|
LANDRUM, R.E. (2008). Introductory psychology student
performance : weekly quizzes followed by a cumulative
final exam. Teaching of Psychology, 34 (3), 177.
|
|
COX, K. & CLARK, D. (1998). The use of formative
quizzes for deep learning. Computers in Education, 3
(3/4), 57-167. |
JOHNSON, B.C. & KIVINIEMI, M.T. (2009). The effect of
online chapter quizzes on exam performance in an
undergraduate social psychology course. Teaching of
Psychology, 36 (1), 33-37. [PDF] |
|
GRAHAM, R.B. (1999). Unannounced quizzes raise test scores
selectively for mid-range students. Teaching of
Psychology, 26 (4), 271-273. |
GHOLAMI, V. & MOGHADDAM, M.M. (2013). The effect of
weekly quizzes on students' final achievement score.
Modern Education & Computer Science, 1, 36-41.
[PDF] |
|
NGUYEN, K. & McDANIEL, M.A. (2015). Using quizzing to
assist student learning in the classroom : the good, the
bad, and the ugly. Teaching Psychology, 42,
87-92. |
|
BELL, M.C., SIMONE, P.M. & WHITFIELD, L.C. (2015).
Failure of online quizzing to improve performance in
introductory psychology courses. Scholarship of
Teaching & Learning in Psychology, 1, 163-171. |
|
KHANNA, M.M. (2015). Ungraded pop quizzes : test-enhanced
learning without all the anxiety. Teaching of
Psychology, 42, 174-178 |
|
MAURER, T. & LONGFIELD, J. (2015). Using reading
guides and on-line quizzes to improve reading compliance
and quiz scores. International Journal for the
Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 9 (1),
1-22. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Examen,
Réussite
scolaire, Effet
test et Jeu
questionnaire |
|
|
|
|
|
Test de Levene : Test
d'homogénéité des variances, développé par Levene,
qui permet d'évaluer si les variances
de deux populations sont égales ou non. Levene's
test.
| |
|
|
CARROLL R.J. & SCHNEIDEIR, H. (1985). A note on
Levene's tests for equality of variances. Statistics
& Probability Letters, 3, 191-194. |
|
LEVENE, H. (1990). Robust tests for equality of variances.
In I. Olkin (Ed.), Contributions to probability and
statistics (pp. 278-292). Palo Alto, California :
Stanford University Press. |
|
GASTWIRTH, J.L., GEL, Y.L. & MIAO, W. (2009). The
impact of Levene's test of equality of variances on
statistical theory and practice. Statistical Science,
24 (3), 343-360. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test d'homogénéité
et Levene |
|
|
|
Test
de Luria-Nebraska : Batterie
de tests objectifs qui permet
d'évaluer la santé neurocognitive d'un patient. Luria-Nebraska, neuropsychological battery, LNNB.
|
Test de Mann-Whitney : Test statistique non-paramétrique proposé par Wilcoxon,
Mann et Whitney. Test U de Mann-Whitney.Mann-Whitney
statistic, Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon.
| |
|
|
WILCOXON, F. (1945). Individual comparisons by ranking
methods. Biometrics Bulletin, 1 (6), 80-83. |
|
MANN, H.B. & WHITNEY, D.R. (1945). On a test of
whether one of two random variables is stochastically
larger than the other. The Annals of Mathematical
Statistics, 18 (1), 50-56. |
|
NEWCOMBE, R.G. (2006). Confidence intervals for an effect
size measure based on the Mann-Whitney statistic. Part 1 :
General issues and tail-area-based methods. Statistics
in Medicine, 25, 543-557. |
|
NEWCOMBE, R.G. (2006). Confidence intervals for an effect
size measure based on the Mann-Whitney statistic. Part 2:
Asymptotic methods and evaluation. Statistics in
Medicine, 25, 559-573. |
|
DE WINTER, J.C.F. & DODOU, D. (2012). Five-point
Likert items : t test versus Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon.
Practical Assessment, Research & Evaluation, 15
(11), 1-16. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Wilcoxon
et Test statistique
non-paramétrique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test de Newman-Keuls : S-N-K :
Test
statistique post-hoc de
l'analyse de la variance (ANOVA) élaboré par Duncan.
Newman-Keuls test,
Student-Newman-Keuls method, S-N-K.
| |
|
NEWMAN, D. (1939). The distribution of range in samples
from a normal population, expressed in terms of an
independent estimate of standard deviation. Biometrika,
31 (1), 20–30.
|
|
KEULS, M. (1952). The use of the "studentized range" in
connection with an analysis of variance". Euphytica, 1
(2), 112–122. [PDF] |
|
SHAFFER, J.P. (2007). Controlling the false discovery rate
with constraints : The Newman–Keuls test revisited.
Biometrical Journal, 49 (1), 136–143. |
|
ABDI, H. & WILLIAMS, L.J. (2010). Newman-Keuls test
and Tukey test. In Encyclopedia of research design (pp.
1-11). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
|
|
|
|
Test de Page : Test
statistique non-paramétrique.
Page test
|
|
|
VAN DE WIEL, M.A. & DI BUCCHIANICO, A. (2001). Fast
computation of the exact null distribution of Spearman’s
rho and Page’s L statistic for samples with and without
ties. Journal of Statistical Planning and Inference,
92,1 33–145. |
| |
Voir aussi Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
|
|
|
Test de probabilité des intentions : Échelle ordinale des intentions de comportement développée par Juster,qui permet d'évaluer la probabilité subjective d'une intention sur une échelle en onze degrés.
|
| EX: Dans
quelle mesure avez-vous l'intention d'utiliser à nouveau
ce lexique ? |
|
|
|
| Aucune chance |
1 |
0
% |
| Très faible possibilité |
2 |
10 % |
| Faible
possibilité |
3 |
20 % |
| Quelques
possibilités |
4 |
30 % |
| Possibilité
moyenne |
5 |
40 % |
| Assez
bonne possibilité |
6 |
50 % |
| Bonne
possibilité |
7 |
60 % |
| Probablement |
8 |
70 % |
| Très
probablement |
9 |
80 % |
| Presque
sûrement |
10 |
90 % |
| Certainement |
11 |
100 % |
|
|
|
|
Test de rang : Test
statistique non-paramétrique développé par Kendall.
Voir corrélation
de rang.
Rank correlation.
| |
|
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (1937). The use of ranks to avoid the
assumption of normality implicit in the analysis of
variance. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 32 (200), 675-701. |
|
|
KENDALL, M.G. (1938). A new measure of rank correlation. Biometrika, 30, 81-93. |
CONOVER, W.J. (1973). Rank tests for one sample, two
samples, and k-Samples without the assumption of a
continuous distribution function. Annals of
Statistics, 1, 1105-1125. |
|
WILCOXON, F. (1945). Individual comparisons by ranking
methods. Biometrics, 1, 80-83. |
|
|
SIEGEL, S. & TUKEY, J.W. (1960). A nonparametric sum
of ranks procedure for relative spread in unpaired
samples. Journal of American Statistical Association,
55, 429-445. |
CONOVER, W.J. & IMAN, R.L. (1977). On the power of the
t-Test and some ranks tests when outliers may be present.
The Canadian Journal of Statistics, 5 (2), 187-193. |
|
KENDALL, M.G. (1962). Rank correlation methods.
Londres : Griffin. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). La distribution nulle de la somme
de rangs de Wilcoxon et ses moments. Lettres
Statistiques, 12, 99-108. |
|
PAGE, E.B. (1963). Ordered hypotheses for multiple
treatments: A significance test for linear ranks. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 58 (301),
216-230. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2009). Le tau et le tau-b de Kendall pour
la corrélation de variables ordinales simples ou
catégorielles. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for
Psychology, 5 (2), 51-58. [PDF] |
| |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Kendall et
Test statistique
non-paramétrique |
|
|
|
|
Test
de rang de Friedman : Test
statistique non-paramétrique développé par Friedman.
Il s'agit d'un test de comparaison pour échantillons
appariés. Test de Friedman et
Kruskal-Wallis. = Anova de Friedman.
Friedman test, Friedman anova by rank.
|
|
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (1937). The use of ranks to avoid the
assumption of normality implicit in the analysis of
variance. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 32 (200), 675-701. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (1939). A correction : The use of ranks to
avoid the assumption of normality implicit in the
analysis of variance. Journal of the American
Statistical Association. American Statistical
Association, 34 (205), 109. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (1940). A comparison of alternative tests of
significance for the problem of m rankings.The Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 11 (1), 86-92. |
|
DANIEL, W.W. (1990). Friedman two-way analysis of
variance by ranks. Applied nonparametric statistics.
Boston : PWS-Kent. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test de Wilcoxon, Friedman
et Test statistique
non-paramétrique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
Test
de rang de Jonckheree-Terpstra : Test
statistique non-paramétrique. =
Test de tendance de Jonckheere. Jonckheere
Terpstra test.
| |
|
|
JONCKHEERE, A.R. (1954). A distribution-free k-sample test
against ordered alternatives. Biometrika, 41, 133-145. |
|
ALI, A., RASHEED, A., SIDDIQUI, A.A., NASEER, M., WASIM,
S. & AKHTAR, W. (2015). Non-parametric test for
ordered medians : The Jonckheere Terpstra test. International
Journal of Statistics in Medical Research, 4,
203-207. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
|
|
|
Test
de rang de Kendall : Test
statistique non-paramétrique développé par Kendall.
Voir corrélation
de rang. Measure of rank correlation.
| |
|
|
KENDALL, M.G. (1938). A new measure of rank correlation. Biometrika,
30, 81-93. |
|
TERPSTRA, T.J. (1952). The asymptotic normality and
consistency of Kendall's test against trend, when ties are
present in one ranking. Indagationes Mathematicae, 14,
327-333. |
|
KENDALL, M.G. (1962). Rank correlation methods.
Londres : Griffin. |
|
|
Voir aussi Kendall,
Test statistique
non-paramétrique |
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin. |
|
|
Test
de rang de Kruskal et Wallis : Test
statistique non-paramétrique.
Kruskal-Wallis one-way analysis of variance.
| |
|
|
KRUSKAL, W. & WALLIS, W.A. (1952). Use of ranks in
one-criterion variance analysis. Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 47 (260),
583-621. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
Test
de rang de Spearman : =
Test statistique non-paramétrique. Spearman's
rank correlation.
| |
|
|
SPEARMAN, C.E. (1904). Proof and measurement of
association between two things. American Journal of
Psychology, 15, 72-101. [PDF] |
|
SPEARMAN, C.E. (1914). The theory of two factors. Psychological
Review, 21, 101-115. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
Test de rang de Wilcoxon :
Test non-paramétrique élaboré par Wilcoxon.
Ce test est considéré comme une alternative non-paramétrique au
test t pour des échantillons
appariés (ou un groupe à mesure répétées).
=
Test de Wilcoxon, test de rangs signés de Wilcoxon, test
Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon, test MWW.
Wilcoxon signed-rank test.
|
|
|
WILCOXON, F. (1945). Individual comparisons by ranking
methods. Biometrics, 1, 80-83. |
|
KRUSKAL, W. (1957). Historical notes on the Wilcoxon
unpaired two-sample test. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 52, 356-360. |
|
BLAIR, R.C. & HIGGINS, J.J. (1980). A comparison of
the power of Wilcoxon's rank- sum test to that of
Student's t statistic under various nonnormal
distributions. Journal of Educational Statistics, 5,
309-335. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). La distribution nulle de la somme
de rangs de Wilcoxon et ses moments. Lettres
Statistiques, 12, 99-108. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
|
Test
de réalité : Chez Freud,
confrontation du fantasme ou
du désir du patient/sujet
à sa propre réalité.
Reality testing.
| |
|
|
WÄLDER, R. (1936). The problem of freedom in
psycho-analysis and the problem of reality-testing.
International Journal of Psycho-analysis, 17,
89-108. |
HURVICH, M. (1970). On the concept of reality testing. International
Journal of Psycho-analysis, 51, 299-312. |
|
FRENCH, T.M. (1937). Reality testing in dreams. Psychoanalytic
Quaterly, 6, 62-77. |
JACOBSON, J.G. (1973). Reliving the past, perceptual
experience and the reality-testing functions of the ego. International
Journal of Psycho-analysis, 54, 399-413. |
|
KANZER, M. (1957). Acting out, sublimation and reality
testing. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 5, 663-684. |
SCHWABER, E.A. (1997). Psychic reality and psychic
testing. International Journal of Psycho-analysis,
78, 157-158. |
|
RUBINFINE, D.L. (1961). Perception, reality testing, and
symbolism. Psychoanalytic Study of Child, 16, 73-89. |
FIGUEIREDO, L.C. (2006). Sense of reality, reality testing
and reality processing in borderline patients. International
Journal of Psycho-analysis, 87, 769-787. |
|
ARLOW, J.A. (1969). Fantasy, memory, and reality testing.
Psychoanalytic Quaterly, 38, 28-51. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Freud |
|
|
|
Test
de réflexion cognitive : TRC : Test
psychologique. Cognitive reflection test.
| |
|
|
FREDERICK, S. (2005). Cognitive reflection and decision
making. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 19 (4),
25-42. |
|
HOPPE, E.I. & KUSTERER, D.J. (2011). Behavioral biases
and cognitive reflection. Economics Letters, 110
(2), 97-100. |
|
TOPLAK, M., WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2011). The
Cognitive Reflection Test as a predictor of performance on
heuristics-and-biases tasks (PDF). Memory &
Cognition, 39 (7), 1275-1289. |
|
TOPLAK, M.E., WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2014).
Assessing miserly information processing : An expansion of
the Cognitive Reflection Test. Thinking &
Reasoning, 20 (2), 147-168. |
|
BLACKSMITH, N., YANG, Y., BEHREND, T.S. & RUARK, G.
(2019). Assessing the validity of inferences from scores on
the cognitive reflection test. Journal of Behavioral
Decision Making, 32 (5), 599-612. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test psychologique |
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Rorschach : Test projectif
de personnalité élaboré par Rorschach,
dans lequel on demande au patient/ répondant
d'interpréter des taches d'encre abstraites et symétriques. Il
sert à diagnostiquer certains
troubles de la personnalité.
Rorshach test.
| |
|
 |
|
|
RORSCHACH, H. (1924). Manual for Rorschach Ink-blot
Test. Chicago, IL: Stoelting. |
|
|
RORSCHACH, H. & OBENHOLZER, E. (1924). The
application of the interpretation of form to
psychoanalysis. Chicago. |
|
|
RORSCHACH, H. & BECK, S.J. (1932). The Rorschach
Test as applied to a feeble-minded Group. New
York. |
ACKLIN, M.W., McDOWELL C.J., VERSCHELL, M.S. & CHAN,
D. (2000). Interobserver agreement, intraobserver
reliability, and the Rorschach Comprehensive System.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 74, 15-47. [PDF] |
|
ELLIS, A., HERTZ, M.R. & SYMONDS, P.M. (1947).
Rorschach methods and other projective techniques. Review
of Educational Research, 17, 78-100. |
|
|
BRUNER, J.S. (1948). Perceptual theory and the Rorschach
test. Journal of Personality, 17, 157-168. |
WEINER, I.B. (2000). Making Rorschach interpretation as
good as it can be. Journal of Personality Assessment,
74, 164-174. |
|
WIKLER, A. & DAINGERFIELD M. (1948). Practical use of
the Rorschach test. Diseases of the Nervous System,
9, 42-45. |
|
|
BANDURA, A. (1954). The Rorschach white space response and
"oppositional" behavior. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 18, 17-21. |
WOOD, J.M., LILIENFIELD, S.O., GARB, H.N. & NEZWORSKI,
M.T. (2000). The Rorschach Test in clinical diagnosis : A
critical review, with a backward look at Garfield (1947).
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 56 (3), 395-430.
[PDF] |
|
BANDURA, A. (1954). The Rorschach white space response and
perceptual reversal. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 48, 113-117. |
WEINER, I.B. (2000). Using the Rorschach properly in
practice and research. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 56, 435-438. [PDF] |
|
SINGER, J.L. & SPOHN, H. (1954). Some behavioral
correlates of Rorschach's experience type. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 18, 1-9. |
WEINER, I.B. (2001). Advancing the science of
psychological assessment : The Rorschach Inkblot Method as
exemplar. Psychological Assessment, 13, 423-432.
[PDF] |
|
SCHAFER, R. (1954). Psychoanalytic interpretation in
Rorschach testing. New York : Grune & Stratton. |
VIGLIONE, D.J. & HILSENROTH, D.J. (2001). The
Rorschach : Facts, fictions, and future. Psychological
Assessment, 13, 452-471. |
|
SINGER, J.L. (1955). Non-pojective aspects of the
Rorschach : Implications for clinical application.
Journal of Social Psychology, 44, 207-214. |
BLAIS, M.A., HILSENROTH, M.J., CASTLEBURY, F., FOWLER,
J.C. & BAITY, M.R. (2001). Predicting DSM-IV Cluster B
personality disorder criteria from MMPI-2 and Rorschach
data: A test of incremental validity. Journal of
Personality Assesment, 76, 150-168. |
|
LEVENTHAL, H. (1956). The effects of perceptual training
on The Rorschach W and Z scores. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 20, 93-98. |
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (2001). Clinical utility of the Rorschach
Inkblot Method : Reframing the debate. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 77, 39-47. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1957). The adjustment of the male overt
homosexual. Journal of Projective Techniques, 21,
18-31. |
GARB, H.N., WOOD, J.M., NEZWORSKI, M.T., GROVE, W.M. &
STEJSKAL, W.J. (2001). Toward a resolution of the
Rorschach controversy. Psychological Assessment, 13 (4),
433-448. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1958). Male homosexuality in the Rorschach.
Journal of Projective Techniques, 23, 278-281. |
FOWLER, J.C., PIERS, C., HILSENROTH, M.J., HOLDWICK, D.J.
& PADAWER, J.R. (2001). The Rorschach suicide
constellation : Assessing various degrees of lethality. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 76, 333-351. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1961). Homosexuality : Summary of studies. In
E.M. Duvall & S.M. Duvall (Eds.), Sex ways in
fact and faith. New York : Association Press. |
WEINER, I.B. (2001). Considerations in collecting
Rorschach reference data. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 77 (1), 122-127. |
|
|
HOOKER, E. (1965). An empirical study of some relations
between sexual patterns and gender identity in male
homosexuals. In J. Money (Ed.), Sex research : New
development (pp. 24-52). New York : Holt, Rinehart
& Winston. |
MEYER, G.J. (1999). I. The utility of the Rorschach in
clinical assessment [Special section]. Psychological
Assessment, 11 (3). |
|
HOOKER, E. (1965). Male homosexuals and their worlds. In
J. Marmor (Ed.), Sexual inversion : The multiple roots
of homosexuality (pp. 83-107). New York : Basic
Books. |
MEYER, G.J. (2001). II. The utility of the Rorschach in
clinical assessment [Special section]. Psychological
Assessment, 13 (4). |
|
HOOKER, E. (1968). Homosexuality. In The
international encyclopedia of the soci al sciences. New
York : MacMillan and Free Press. |
GARB, H.N., WOOD, J.M., NEZWORSKI, M.T., GROVE, W.M. &
STEJSKAL, W.J. (2001). Toward a resolution of the
Rorschach controversy. Psychological Assessment, 13
(4), 433-448. [PDF] |
|
LOISELLE, R.H., O'LEARY, V.E. & PARRISH, K. (1968). A
comparison of the stimulus value of Rorschach Inkblots and
their percept as perceived by children and schizophrenics.
Journal of Projective Techniques crud Personality
Assessment, 32, 237-245. |
|
|
HOOKER, E. (1969). Parental relations and male
homosexuality in patient and non-patient samples. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 33,
140-142. |
|
|
EXNER, J.E. (1969). Rorschach responses as an index of
narcissism. Journal of Personality Assessment, 33,
324-330. |
|
|
EKEHAMMAR, B. (1971). A psychophysical approach to the
study of individuals' perceptions of Rorschach cards.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 33, 951-965. |
|
|
EXNER, J.E. (1974). The Rorschach : A comprehensive
system. New York : Wiley. |
|
|
BLATT, J.S. & RITZLER, B.A. (1974). Suicide and the
representation of transparency and cross sections on the
Rorschach. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 42, 280-287. |
BAITY M.R. & HILSENROTH, M.J. (2002). Rorschach
aggressive content (AgC) variable : A study of criterion
validity. Journal of Personality Assessment, 78, 275-287. |
|
BLATT, S.J., BRENNEIS C.B., SCHIMEK, J.G. & GLICK, M.
(1976). The normal development and the psychopathological
impairment of the concept of the object on Rorschach. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 85, 364-373. |
|
|
ALBERT, S., FOX, H.M. & KAHN, M.W. (1980). Faking
psychosis on the Rorschach : can expert judges detect
malingering ? Journal of Personality Assessment, 44,
115-119. |
EXNER, J.E. (2002). A new nonpatient data sample forthe
Rorschach Comprehensive System : A progress report. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 78, 391-404. |
|
BLATT, S.J. & BERMAN, W. (1984). A methodology for the
use of the Rorschach in clinical research. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 48, 226-239. |
WOOD, J.M., NEZWORSKI, M.T., LILIENFELD, S.O. & GARB,
H.N. (2003). What's wrong with the Rorschach :
Science confronts the controversial inkblot test.
New York : Jossey-Bass. |
|
EXNER, J.E. (1986). Some Rorschach data comparing
schizophrenic with borderline and schizotypal personality
disorders. Journal of Personality Assessment, 50,
455-472. |
MOULLER, V., SABA, G., VERDON, C.-M. & JANUEL, D.
(2004). Étude de la rémission dans la schizophrénie à
l'aide du test de Rorschach. Pratiques
Psychologiques, 10 (4), 365-377. |
|
EXNER, J.E. (1989). Searching for projection in the
Rorschach. Journal of Personality Assessment, 53,
520-536. |
|
|
|
WEINER, I.B. & EXNER, J.E. (1991). Rorschach changes
in long-term and short-term psychotherapy. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 56, 453-465. |
|
|
EXNER, J.E. & ANDRONIKOF-SANGLADE, A. (1992).
Rorschach changes following brief and short-term therapy.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 59, 59-71. |
|
|
FRUEH, C.B. & KINDER, B.N. (1994). The susceptibility
of the Rorschach Inkblot Test to malingering of
combat-related PTSD. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 62, 280-298. |
HUPRICH, S.K., O'NEILL, R.M., BORNSTEIN, R.F., KUSAJ, C.
& SMITH, P.Q. (2003). Detecting social interest in
dependent patients with the Rorschach Interpersonal
cluster. Individual Differences Research, 1,
64-72. |
|
EXNER, J.E. (Ed.) (1995). Issues and methods in
Rorschach research. Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
WEINER, I.B. (1995). Methodological considerations in
Rorschach research. Psychological Assessment, 7, 330-337. |
|
|
FRUEH, C.B., LEVERETT, J.P. & KINDER, B.N. (1995).
Interrelationship between MMPI-2 and Rorschach variables
in a sample of Vietnam veterans with PTSD. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 64, 312-318. |
HILSENROTH, M.J. & STRCIKER, G. (2004). A
consideration of challenges to psychological assessments
instruments in forensic settings : Rorschach as exemplar.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 83 (2),
141-152. |
|
EXNER, J.E. (1996). Critical bits and the Rorschach
response process. Journal of Personality Assessment,
67, 464-477. |
|
|
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (1996). Construct validity of the
Rorschach Oral Dependency Scale : 1967-1995. Psychological
Assessment, 8, 200-205. |
|
|
WEINER, I.B. (1996). Some observations on the validity of
the Rorschach Inkblot Method. Psychological
Assessment, 8, 206-213. |
|
|
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (1996). Construct validity of the
Rorschach Oral Dependency Scale: 1967-1995. Psychological
Assessment, 8, 200-205. |
|
|
EXNER, J.E. (1997). The future of Rorschach in personality
assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 67,
37-46. |
KLONSKY, E.D. (2004). Performance of PAI and Rorschach
indices of schizophrenia in a public psychiatric hospital.
Psychological Services, 2, 107-110. [PDF] |
|
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (1998). Implicit and self-attributed
dependency needs in dependent and histrionic personality
disorders. Journal of Personality Assessment, 71,
1-14. |
HILSENROTH, M.J. & STRCIKER, G. (2004). A
consideration of Challenges to psychological assessments
instruments in forensic settings : Rorschach as exemplar.
Journal of Personality Assessment, 83 (2),
141-152. |
|
BLAIS, M.A., HILSENROTH, M.J. & FOWLER, J.C. (1998).
Rorschach correlates of the DSM- IV Histrionic Personality
Disorder. Journal of Personality Assessment, 70,
355-364. |
HUPRICH, S.K., GACONO, C.B., SCNEIDER, R.B. & BRIDGES,
M.R. (2004). Rorschach oral dependency in psychopaths,
pedophiles, and sexual homicide perpetrators. Behavioral
Sciences & the Law, 22, 345-356. |
|
SZALAI, J.P. (1998). Kappa-sub(sc) : A measure of
agreement on a single rating category for a single item or
object rated by multiple raters. Psychological
Reports, 82 (3), 1321-1322. |
COSTA, P.T. & McCRAE, R.R. (2005). A Five-Factor
Theory perspective on the Rorschach. Rorschachiana,
27, 76-96. [PDF] |
|
HUNSLEY, J. & BAILEY, J.M. (1999). The clinical
utility of the Rorschach : Unfulfilled promises and an
uncertain future. Psychological Assessment, 11
(3), 266-277. [PDF] |
BORNSTEIN, R.F. & MASLING, J.M. (Eds.) (2005). Scoring
the Rorschach : Seven validated systems. Mahwah,
NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
DAWES, R.M. (1999). Two methods for studying the
incremental validity of a Rorschach variable.
Psychological Assessment, 11 (3), 297-302. |
ACKLIN, M.W. (2007). The Rorschach test and forensic
psychological evaluation : Psychosis and the insanity
defense. In C.B. Gacono & B. Evans (Eds.), The
handbook of forensic Rorschach assessment. New
York : Routledge. [PDF] |
|
BAITY M.R. & HILSENROTH, M.J. (1999). Rorschach
aggression variables : A study of reliability and
validity. Journal of Personality Assessment, 72,
93-110. |
|
|
STRICKER, G. & GOLD, J.R. (1999). The Rorschach :
Toward a nomothetically based, idiographically applicable
configurational model. Psychological Assessment, 11 (3),
240-250. |
PERFECT, M.M., THARINGER, D.J., KEITH, T.Z. &
LYLE-LAHROUD, T. (2011). Relations between Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory-A Scales and Rorschach
variables with scope and severity of maltreatment among
adolesecents. Journal of Personality Assessment, 93,
582-591. |
|
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (1999). Criterion validity of objective
and projective dependency tests : A meta-analytic
assessment of behavioral prediction. Psychological
Assessment, 11, 48-57. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Test projectif et Rorschach |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Stanford-Binet : Test
d'intelligence développé par Binet
et Simon, puis modifié et
adapté en 1916 par Terman
et Merrill.
=
Échelle d'intelligence Stanford-Binet.
Stanford-Binet
scale, Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scale.
| |
|
|
TERMAN, M.L. MERRILL, M.A. (1916). The Stanford
Revision of the Binet-Simon Tests. Boston, Houghton
Mifflin. |
TERMAN L.M. & MERRILL, M.A. (1960). Stanford-Binet
Intelligence Scale : Manual for the third revision, form
L-M.Boston : Houghton Mifflin Compagny. |
|
TERMAN, M.L. & MERRILL, M.A. (1937). Revised
Stanford-Binet Scale. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
|
PINNEAU,
S.R. (1961). Changes in intelligence quotient infancy
to maturity : New insights from the Berkeley Growth
Study with implications for the Stanford-Binet Scales
and applications to professional practice. Boston
: Houghton Mifflin. |
|
TERMAN, M.L. MERRILL, M.A. (1937). Measuring
intelligence : A guide to the administration of the new
revised Stanford-Binet tests of intelligence.
Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
WADDELL, D.D. (1980). The Stanford-Binet : An Evaluation
of the Technical Data Available since the 1972
Restandardization. Journal of School Psychology, 18
(3), 203-209. |
|
MERRILL, M.A. (1938). The significance of IQ's on the
Revised Stanford-Binet Scales. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 29, 641-651. |
THORNDIKE, R.L., HAGEN, E.P. & SATTLER, J.M. (1986). Stanford-Binet intelligence scale (Technical Manual). Chicago : Riverside. |
|
McNEMAR, Q. (1942). The revision of the
Stanford-Binet scale. Boston : Houghton Mifflin
Co. |
CARSON, D. & ROID, G. (2004). Acceptable use of
the Stanford-Binet Form L-M: Guidelines for the
professional use of the Stanford-Binet Intelligence
Scale. Itasca, IL : Riverside Publishing. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
d'intelligence, Binet
et Simon |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Torrance : Test
psychologique dévelopé par Torrance
pour évaluer la créativité.
| |
|
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1962). Non-Test Ways of identifying the
creatively gifted. Gifted Child Quarterly, 6,
71-75. |
|
|
TORRANCE, E.P (1966). The Torrance Tests of Creative
Thinking : Norms-technical manual. Lexington, MA :
Personal Press. |
TORRANCE, E.P. (1998). The torrance tests of creative
thinking norms - technical manual figural (streamlined)
forms A & B. Bensenville, IL : Scholastic
Testing Service. |
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1972). Predictive validity of the Torrance
Tests of Creative Thinking. The Journal of Creative
Behavior, 6, 236-252. |
|
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1974). Torrance tests of creative
thinking. Lexington, MA : Personnel Press. |
TORRANCE, E.P. & HAENSLEY, P.A. (2003). Assessment of
creativity in children and adolescents. In C.R. Reynoolds,
& R.W. Kamphaus (Eds.), Handbook of psychological
and educational assessment of children : Intelligence,
aptitude and achievement (pp. 584-607). New York
: The Guildford Press. |
|
KHATENA, J. & TORRANCE, E.P. (1976).
Khatena-Torrance creative perception inventory. Chicago,
IL : Stoelting. |
WECHSLER, S. (2006). Validity of the Torrance Tests of
Creative Thinking to the Brazilian culture. Creativity
Research Journal, 18, 15-25. |
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1980). Growing up creatively gifted : The
22-year longitudinal study. The Creative Child &
Adult Quarterly, 5, 148-158. |
TORRANCE, E.P.. (2008). The Torrance Tests of
Creative Thinking-norms-technical manual-figural
(streamlined) forms A and B. Bensenville, IL :
Scholastic Testing Service. |
|
TORRANCE, E.P. (1981). Empirical validation of criterion
referenced indicators of creative ability through a
longitudinal study. The Creative Child & Adult
Quarterly, 6, 136-140. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Torrance,
Créativité et Évaluer
la créativité |
|
|
Test de Tukey :Test
statistique post-hoc du test
t, élaboré par Tukey, et
qui permet de comparer deux-à-deux les n échantillons d'une analyse
de variance.= Tukey-Kramer
omnibus test Tukey's range test, Tukey's post
hoc test, Tukey's honestly significant difference (HSD) test.
| |
|
|
TUKEY, J.W. (1949). Comparing individual means in the
analysis of variance. Biometrics, 5 (2),
99-114. [PDF] |
|
ABDI, H. & WILLIAMS, L.J. (2010). Newman-Keuls test
and Tukey test. In Encyclopedia of research design (pp.
1-11). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
RICHTER, S.J. & McCANN, M.H. (2012). Using the
Tukey-Kramer omnibus test in the Hayter-Fisher procedure.
British Journal of Mathematical & Statistical
Psychology, 65 (3), 499-510. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test t, Tukeyet Test
statistique |
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Van der Waerden : Test
statistique non-paramétrique.
Van der
Waerden 1-way anov, Van der Waerden test.
| |
|
|
VAN DER WAERDEN, B.L. (1952). Order tests for the
two-sample problem and their power. Indagationes
Mathematicae, 14, 453-458. |
|
VAN DER WAERDEN, B.L. (1953). Order tests for the
two-sample problem. II, III. Proceedings of the
Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen,
Serie A, 564, 303-310, 311-316. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
|
|
Test
de Wald : Test statistique
développé par Wald pour
vérifier l'existence d'une relation entre deux variables ordinales
ou nominales. Wald test.
|
|
| |
HAUCK, W.W. & DONNER, A. (1977). Wald's test as
applied to hypotheses in logit analysis. Journal of
the American Statistical Association, 72 (360),
851-853. |
GLONEK, G.F.V. (1993). On the behaviour of Wald statistics
for the disjunction of two regular hypotheses. Journal of
the Royal Statistical Society Series B55 749–755.
|
GAFFKE, R., STEYER, R. & VON DAVIER, A.A. (1999). On
the asymptotic null-distribution of the Wald statistic at
singular parameter points. Statististical Decisions,
17, 339–358.
|
|
GAFFKE, R., HEILIGERS, B. & OFFINGER, R. (2002). On
the asymptotic null-distribution of the Wald statistic at
singular parameter points. Statistical Decisions, 20,
379–398. |
DRTON, M. & XIAO, H. (2016). Wald tests of
singular hypotheses. Bernouilli, 22 (1), 38-59.
|
| GUDICHA, D.W., SCHMITTMANN, V.D. & VERMUNT,
J.K. (2017). Statistical power of likelihood ratio and
Wald tests in latent class models with covariates. Behavior
Research Methods, 49 (5), 1824-1837. |
|
ALKAN, G., GÖKPINAR, F. & GÖKPINAR, E. (2023).A Wald
test on the problem of homogeneity of variances.
Communications in Statistics - Simulation and Computation,
1–14. |
|
Voir aussi Wald et Test
statistique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
Test
de Wald-Wolfowitz : Test
statistique élaboré par Wald
et Wolfowitz. Wald-Wolfowitz
runs test, runs test.
| |
|
|
WALD, A. & WOLFWITZ, J. (1940). On a test whether two
samples are from the same population. The Annals of
Mathematical Statistics, 11, 147-162. |
|
FRIEDMAN, J.H. & RAFSKY, L.C. (1979). Multivariate
generalizations of the Wald-Wolfowitz and Smirnov
two-sample tests. Annals of Statistics, 7 (4),
697-717. |
|
MAGEL, R.C. & WIBOWO, S.H. (1997). Comparing the
powers of the Wald-Wolfowitz and Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests.
Biometrical Journal, 39 (6), 665-675. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
Test
de Wallis-Moore : .
Wald-Wolfowitz runs test, runs test.
| |
|
|
WALLIS, W.A. & MOORE, G.H. (1941). A significance test
for time series analysis. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 36 (215), 401-409. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
de Weiss : Voir Échelle
de Weiss.
Weiss
functional impairment rating scale (WFIRS).
|
|
|
Test
de Woodcock : Test
psychologique conçu par Woodcock
en 1973.
Woodcock Reading Mastery Test, WRMT.
| |
|
|
WOODCOCK, R.N.. (1973). Woodcock Reading Mastery
Tests. Circle Pines, MN : American Guidance
Service. |
|
BANNATYNE, A. (1974). Woodcock reading mastery tests
review. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 7,
398-9. |
|
ALLINGTON, RL. (1976). Woodcock reading mastery tests
review. Journal of Reading, 20, 162-163. |
|
HOUCK, C. & HARRIS, L. (1976). Woodcock Reading
Mastery Tests review. Journal of School Psychology,
14 (1), 77-79. |
|
JAEGER, R.M. (1989). Review of the Woodcock Reading
Mastery Tests-revised. In J.C Conoley & J.J. Kramer
(Eds.), The 10th mental measurements yearbook (pp.
913-916). Highland Park, NJ : Gryphon. |
|
EAVES, R.C. (1990). Woodcock Reading Mastery Tests-revised
(WRMTR). Diagnostique, 15, 277-297. |
|
DE ROSE, M. (1999). Review of the Woodcock Reading Mastery
Test-Revised (WRMT-R). TESL Canada Journal/ La Revue
TEST du Canada, 16 (2), 87-93. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Test de Woodcock-Johnson : Batterie de tests
psychométriques comprenant un test d'intelligence (habiletés
cognitives), conçu en 1977 par Woodcock et Johnson.
Woodcock-Johnson Tests of Cognitive Ability, WJ.
| |
|
|
WOODCOCK, R.N. & JOHNSON, M. (1990). Woodcock~Johnson
Psychoeducational Battery - Revised Tests of Achievement
(WJ-R). Chicago : Riverside. |
|
WOODCOCK, R.N. & JOHNSON, M. (1977).
Woodcock-Johnson Psychological Battery. Allen, TX :
DLM Teaching Resources. |
WOODCOCK, R.N., McGREW, K. & WERDER, J. (1994). Woodcock-McGrew-Werder
Mini-Battery of Achievement (MBA). Chicago, IL.
Riverside. |
|
McGREW, K.S. (1983). Comparison of the WISC-R and
Woodcock-Johnson Tests of Cognitive Ability. Journal
of School Psychology, 21, 271-276. |
TAUB, G.E. & McGREW, K.S (1990). The Woodcock-Johnson
Tests of Cognitive Abilities III's Cognitive Performance
Model : Empirical support for intermediate factors within
CHC theory. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment,
32 (3), 187-201 |
|
THOMPSON, P.L. & BRASSARD, M.R. (1984). Validity of
the Woodcock-Johnson tests of cognitive ability : A
comparison with the WISC-R in LD and normal elementary
students. Journal of School Psychology, 22 (2),
201-208. |
McGREW, K.S (1995). Woodcock-Johnson Tests of Cognitive
Ability-Revised. In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of human intelligence (pp. 1152-1158). Macmillan.
|
|
CIZEK, G.J. (2003). Review of the Woodcock-Johnson III. In
B.S. Plake, J.C. Impara & R.A. Spies (Eds.),
The fifteenth mental measurements yearbook (pp.
1020-1024). Lincoln, NE : Buros Institute of Mental
Measurements. |
|
McGREW, K.S. (1985). Investigation of the verbal/nonverbal
structure of the Woodcock-Johnson. Implications for
subtest interpretation and comparisons with the Wechsler
Scales. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 3, 65-71. |
TAUB, G.E. & McGREW, K.S. (2013). The Woodcock-Johnson
Tests of Cognitive Abilities III's Cognitive Performance
Model : Empirical Support for Intermediate Factors Within
CHC Theory. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment,
32 (3), 187-201. [PDF] |
|
McGREW, K.S. (1986). A review of the differential
predictive validity of the Woodcock-Johnson Scholastic
Aptitude clusters. Journal of Psychoeducational
Assessment, 4, 307-3l7. |
SCHRANK, F.A., McGREW, K.S., MATHER, N. & WOODCOCK,
R.W. (2014). Woodcock-Johnson IV. Rolling
Meadows, IL: Riverside Publishing. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
d'intelligence |
|
|
Test
des gobelets :
|
Test des matrices progressives de Raven : Test
d'intelligence développé par Raven
en 1939. Raven's
standard rogressive matrices.
| |
|
|
RAVEN, J. (1939). Progressive matrices : A perceptual
test of intelligence. London. |
VAN DER VEN, A.H.G.S. & ELLIS, J.L. (2000). A Rasch
analysis of Raven's Standard Progressive Matrices. Personality
& Individual Differences, 29, 45-64. |
|
GABRIEL, K.R. (1954). The simplex structure of the
progressive matrices test. British Journal of
Statistical Psychology, 7, 9-14. |
RUSHTON, J.P. & SKUY, M. (2000). Performance in
Raven's Matrices by African and White university students
in South Africa. Intelligence, 28, 251-265. |
|
BURKE, H.R. (1958). Raven's progressive matrices : A
review and critical evaluation. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 93, 199-28. |
|
|
HUNT, E.B. (1974). Quote the Raven ? Nevermore ! In L.W.
Gregg (Ed.), Knowledge and cognition (pp.
129-158). Hillsdale : Erlbaum. |
|
|
VINCENT, K.R. & COX, J.A. (1974). A re-evaluation of
Reven's Standard Progressive Matrices. Journal of
Psychology, 88, 299-303. |
|
|
CARLSON, J.S. & WIEDL, K.H. (1979). Toward a
differential testing approach : Testing-the-limits
employing the Raven matrices. Intelligence, 3,
323-344. |
|
|
DILLON, R.F., POHLMAN J.T. & LOHMAN, D.F. (1981). A
factor analysis of Raven's advanced progressive matrices
freed of difficulty factors. Educational &
Psychological Measurement, 41, 1295-1302. |
LYNN, R., ALLIK, J., PULLMAN, H. & AIDRA, K. (2002).
Sex differences on the progressive matrices among
adolescents : Some data for Estonia. Personality
& Individual Differences, 34, 669-679. |
|
COURT, J.H. (1983). Sex differences in performance on
Raven's progressive matrices : A review. Alberta
Journal of Educational Research, 29, 54-74. |
VERGUTS T. & DE BOECK, P. (2002). The induction of
solution rules in Raven's Progressive Matrices Test.
European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 14,
521-547. |
|
VILLARDITA, C. (1985). Raven's colored progressive
matrices and intellectual impairment in patients with
focal brain damage. Cortex, 21, 627-634. |
LYNN, R ALLIK, J. & IRWING, P. (2004). Sex differences
on three factors identified in Raven's Standard
Progressive Matrices. Intelligence, 32, 411-424.
|
|
CARPENTER, P.A., JUST, M.A. & SCHELL, P. (1990). What
one intelligence test measures : A theoretical account of
the processing in the Raven's progressive matrices test. Psychological
Review, 97, 404-431. |
ABAD, F.J., COLOM, R., REBOLLO, I. & ESCORIAL, S.
(2004). Sex differential functioning in the Raven's
advanced progressive matrices : Evidence for bias. Personality
& Individual Differences, 36, 1459-1470. |
|
ARTHUR, W. & WOEHR, D.J. (1993). A confirmatory factor
analytic study examining the dimensionality of the Raven's
progressive matrices. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 50, 471-478. |
COLOM, R., ESCORIAL, S. & REBOLLO, I. (2004). Sex
differences on the progressive matrices are influenced by
sex differences on spatial ability. Personality &
Individual Differences, 37, 1289-1293. |
|
VODEGEL-MATZEN, L., VAN DER MOLEN, M. & DUDINK, A.
(1994). Error analysis of Raven test performance.
Personality & Individual Differences, 16, 433-445. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. & BENNETT, E.S. (2005). What do
Raven's Matrices measure ? An analysis in terms of sex
differences. Intelligence, 33, 663-674. [PDF] |
|
DESCHON, R.P., CHAN, D. & WEISSBEIN, D.A. (1995).
Verbal overshadowing effects on Raven's advanced
progressive matrices : Evidence for multidimensional
performance determinants. Intelligence, 21,
135-155. |
WILEY, J., JAROSZ, A.F., CUSHEN, P.J. & COLESH, G.J.H.
(2011). New rule use drives the relation between working
memory capacity and Raven's Advanced Progressive Matrices.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 37, 256-263. |
|
RAVEN, J. RAVEN, J.C. & COURT, J.H. (1998).
Manual for Raven's Progressive Matrices and Vocabulary
Scales. Section 1 : General overview. San Antonio,
TX : Harcourt Assessment. |
VAN DER ELST, W., OUWEHAND, C., VAN RIJN, P., LEE, N., VAN
BOXTEL, M. & JOLLES, J. (2013). The Shortened Raven
Standard Progressive Matrices : Item response theory-based
psychometric analyses and normative data. Assessment,
20 (1), 48-59. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychométrique |
|
|
Test
des signes : Test
statistique non-paramétrique, qui permet de comparer K échantillons
ou groupes appariés. = test du signe.
Sign test.
| |
|
|
RAISON, J. (1957). Le test des signes. Note complémentaire
théorique. Revue de Statistique Appliquée, 5 (3),
91-98. |
|
YANG, M.C.K. & SCHRECKENGOST, J.F. (1981). Difference
sign test for comovements between two time serie. Communications
in Statistics, Theory & Methods, A10, 355-369. |
| |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaétan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
Test
des tracés : Test
psychologique qui évalue la
flexibilité cognitive. Il se déroule en deux étapes. Dans un
premier temps, le sujet doit relier une série de nombres en ordre
croissant le plus rapidement possible (1-2-3-4...); lors de la
seconde étape, il doit procéder de la même manière mais en
alternant des nombres et des lettres (1-A/2-B/3-C ...). Le sujet
doit donc planifier en parallèle et en alternance deux tâches
sans qu'elles interfèrent entre elles.
Trail
Making Test, TMT, Army Individual Test Battery.
| |
|
|
REITAN, R.M. (1958). Validity of the Trail Making test as
an indicator of organic brain damage. Perception &
Motor Skills, 8,271-276. |
|
DAVIES, A. (1986). The influence of age on Trail Making
Test performance. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 24,
96–98. |
|
CORRIGAN, J.D. & HINKELDEY, M.S. (1987). Relationships
between Parts A and B of the Trail Making Test.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 43, 402–409. |
|
GAUDINO, E.A., GEISLER, M.W. & SQUIRES, N.K. (1995).
Construct validity in the Trail Making Test : what makes
Part B harder ? Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Neuropsychology, 17 (4), 529-535. |
|
BECHTOLD-KORTLE, K, HOPKINS, J. & HORNE, M.D. (2002).
The Trail Making Test, Part B : Cognitiv flexibility or
ability to maintain set ? Applied Neuropsychology, 9 (2),
106-109. |
|
TOMBAUGH, T.N. (2004). Trail Making Test A and B:
Normative data stratified by age and education Author
links open overlay panel Tom N Tombaugh. Archives of
Clinical Neuropsychology, 19 (2), 203-214.
[PDF) |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychométrique |
|
|
Test
du cube de Knox : Knox cube
imitation test.
| |
|
|
VECCHI, T. & RICHARDSON, J.T.E. (2001). Measures of
visuospatial short-term memory: The knox cube imitation
test and the corsi blocks test compared. Brain &
Cognition, 46, 291-295. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test
psychométrique |
|
|
Test
du développement moral de Rest :
Defining Issues Test, DIS.
| |
|
|
REST, J., THOMA, S.J., NARVAEZ, D. & BEBEAU, M.J.
(1997). Alchemy and beyond : indexing the Defining Issues
Test. Journal of Educational Psychology, 89,
498-507. |
|
REST, J.R., NARVAEZ D., THOMA, S. & BEBEAU, M. (1999).
DIT2 : Devising and testing a revised instrument of moral
judgment. Journal of Educational Psychology, 9,
644-659. |
|
REST, J.R., NARVAEZ D., BEBEAU, M. & THOMA, S. (1999).
A neo-kohlbergian approach : The DIT and schema theory. Educational
Psychology Review, 11 (4), 291-324. |
|
NARVAEZ D. & BOCK, T. (2002). Moral schemas and tacit
judgment or how the Defining Issues Test is supported by
cognitive science. Journal of Moral Educational, 31
(3), 297-314. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Rest et Test
psychométrique |
|
|
Test
du khi-deux : Khi2 :
Test d'hypothèse, inventé par Pearson
(1900), qui permet de comparer deux ou plusieurs variables
qualitatives nominales, afin d'inférer entre elles un lien
de dépendance. NDLR : Doit-on écrire
Khi-deux avec un trait d'union ou non ? L'usage semble hésitant...
Quoi qu'il en soit, prononcez « Qui deux».
= Khi 2 , khi carré, test du khi, khi de
Pearson. Pearson's chi-square test,
chi-squared test, Tests of
chi-squared types.
| |
|
|
PEARSON, K. (1900). On the criterion that a given system
of deviations from the probable in the case of a
correlated system of variables is such that it can be
reasonably supposed to have arisen from random sampling.
Philosophical Magazine Series, 5, 50 (302),
157-175. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
GOULET, C. (2003). Tutoriel SPSS/Comment faire un
khi-deux/Khi-carré. Montréal : Collège Ahuntsic. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1922). On the interpretation of ?2 from
contingency tables, and the calculation of P. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, 85, 87-94. |
BENTON, D. & KRISHNAMOORTHY, K. (2003). Computing
discrete mixtures of continuous distributions : Noncentral
chisquare, noncentral t and the distribution of the square
of the sample multiple correlation coefficient. Computational
Statistics & Data Analysis, 43, 249-267. |
|
YULE, G.U. (1923). On the application of the khi-deux
method to association and contingency tables, with
experimental illustrations. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 85, 95-104. |
|
|
YATES, F. (1934). Contingency table involving small
numbers and the X2 test. Journal of the
Royal Statistical Society, 1 (2), 217-235. |
YUAN, K.H. & BENTLER, P.M. (2004). On chi-square
difference and Z tests in mean and covariance structure
analysis when the base model is mispecified. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 64, 737-757. |
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1952). The X2 test of goodness
of fit. Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 23, 315-345.
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). La représentativité d'un
échantillon et son test par le Khi-deux. Lettres
Statistiques, 12, 131-146. |
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1954). Some methods for strengthening the
common X2 tests. Biometrics, 10,
417-451. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2007). Les tableaux de fréquences 2 x 2
et leur traitement statistique. Tutorials in
Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 3 (1), 14-25.
[PDF] |
|
MOORE, D.S. (1986). Tests of chi-squared type. In R.B.
D'Agostino & M.A. Stephens (Eds.), Goodness-
of-fit techniques (pp. 63-96). New York : Marcel
Dekker. |
|
|
PLACKETT, R.L. (1983). Karl Pearson and the chi-squared
test. International Statistical Review, 51 (1),
59-72. |
|
|
RAO, J.N.K. & SCOTT, A.J. (1984). On chi-squared tests
for multiway contingency tables with cell proportions
estimated from survey data. Annals of Statistics, 12,
46-60. |
|
| |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse et
Test statistique |
|
|
Test du khi-deux corrigé : Utilisé à la place d'un X2
lorsque N < 20 et que tous les effectifs théoriques sont
inférieurs à 5. = test de correction de
la continuité de Yates.
Yates continuity correction X2 test.
| |
|
|
YATES, F. (1934). Contingency table involving small
numbers and the ?2 test. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 1 (2), 217-235. |
|
GRIZZLE, J.E. (1967). Continuity correction in the X
2-test for 2 X 2 tables. American Statistician, 21,
28-32. |
|
CONOVER, W.J. (1974). Some reasons for not using the Yates
continuity correction on 2 x 2 contingency tables. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 69,
374-376. |
|
HABER, M. (1980). A comparison of some continuity
corrections for the Chi-square test on 2 x 2 tables. Journal
of the American Statistical Association, 75, 510-515. |
| |
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin |
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse et
Test statistique |
|
|
|
|
Test
du mini-mental : Test
psychologique, inventé par Folstein,
Folstein et McHugh, qui
détecte l'existence et évalue l'ampleur d'un trouble
neuro-cognitif (démence).
Mini-Mental State, Mini-Mental State
Examination, MMSE.
| |
|
|
FOLSTEIN, M.F., FOLSTEIN, S.E. & McHUGH, P.R. (1975).
Mini-Mental State : a practical method for grading the
cognitive state of patients for the clinician. Journal
of Psychiatric Research, 12 (3), 189-198. |
AEVARSSON, O. & SKOOG, I. (2000). A longitudinal
population study of the Mini-Mental State Examination in
the very old : relation to dementia and education. Dementia
& Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 11, 166-175. |
|
MAGAZINER, J., BASSETT, S.S. & HEBEL, J.R. (1987).
Predicting performance on the Mini-Mental State
Examination : use of age and educational-specific
equations. Journal of American Geriatrics Society,
35, 996-1000. |
DORAIlSWAMY, P.M. & KAISER, L. (2000). Variability of
the Mini-Mental State Examination in dementia.
Neurology, 54, 1538-1539. |
|
FILLENBAUM, G.G., HUGHES, D.C., HEYMAN, A., GEORGE, L.K.
& BLAZER, D.G. (1988). Relationship of health and
demographic characteristics to Mini-Mental State
Examination score among community residents. Psychological
Medicine, 18, 719-726. |
|
|
O'CONNOR, D.W., POLLITT, P.A., HYDE, J.B., FELLOWS J.L.,
MILLER, N.D., BROOK C.P. & REISS B.B. (1989). The
reliability and validity of the Mini-Mental State in a
British community survey. Journal of Psychiatry
Research, 23, 87-96. |
JUVA, K., SULKAVA, R., VERKKONIEMI, A. & NIINISTÖ, L.
(2001). Sex differences in cognitive performance among the
very old & Mini-Mental State Examination in a
population aged 85 years and over. Journal of
Clinical Geropsychology, 7 (1), 39-45. |
|
GALASKO, D., KLAUBER, M.R., HOFSTETTER, C.R., SALMON,
D.P., LASKER, B. & THAL, L.J. (1990). The Mini-Mental
State Examination in the early diagnosis of alzheimer's
disease. Archives of Neurology, 47, 49-52. |
|
|
OLIN, J.T. & SELINSKI, E.M. (1991). The 12-month
reliability of the Mini-Mental State Examination. Psychological
Assessment, 3 (3), 427-432. |
JONES, R.N. & GALLO, J.J. (2002). Education and sex
differences in the Mini-Mental State Examination : effects
of differential item functioning. Journal of
Gerontology, 57B, 548-558. |
|
UHLMANN, R.F. & LARSON, E.B. (1991). Effect of
education on the Mini-Mental State Examination as a
screening tests for dementia. Journal of the American
Geriatrics Society, 39, 876-880. |
SHIGEMORI, K., OHGI, S., OKUYAMA, E., SHIMURA, T. &
SCHNEIDER, E. (2010). The factorial structure of the
mini-mental state examination (MMSE) in Japanese dementia
patients. BMC Geriatrics, 10, 36-42. [PDF] |
|
TOMBAUGH, T.N. & McINTYRE, N.J. (1992). The
mini-mental state examination : a comprehensive review. Journal
of American Geriatric Society, 40(9), 922-935. |
BOBANA, M., MALOJCIC, B., MIMICA, N., VUKOVIC, S., ZRILIC,
I., HOF, P.R. & SIMIC, G. (2012). The reliability and
validity of the Mini-Mental State Examination in the
erlderly Croatian population. Dementia &
Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 33, 385-392. [PDF]
|
|
JAGGER, C., CLARKE, M., ANDERSON, J. & BATTCOCK, T.
(1992). Misclassification of dementia by the Mini-Mental
State Examination - Are education and social class the
only factors ? Age & Ageing, 21, 404-411. |
|
|
DEALBERTO, M.J., GAGNON, M., BARBERGER-GATEAU, P.,
DARTIGUES, J.F. et ALPEROVITCH, A.A. (1992). Influence du
niveau d'études sur un test de dépistage de la démence, le
Mini-Mental State Examination. Revue d'Épidémiologie
et de Santé Publique, 40, 93-101. |
|
|
CRUM, R.M., ANTHONY, J.C., BASSETT, S.S. & FOLSTEIN,
M.F. (1993). Population-based norms for the Mini-Mental
State Examination by age and education level. Journal
of American Medical Association, 269, 2386-2391. |
|
|
IZAKS, G.J., GUSSEKLOO, J., DERMOUT, K.M.T., HEEREN, T.J.
& LIGTHART, G.J. (1995). Three-year follow-up of
Mini-Mental State Examination score in community residents
aged 85 and over. Psychological Medicine, 25, 841-848. |
|
|
TOMBAUGH, T.N., McDOWELL, I., KRISTJANSSON, B. &
HUBLEY, A.M. (1996). Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE)
and the Modified MMSE (3MS) : a psychometric comparison
and normative data. Psychological Assessment, 8 (1),
48-59. |
|
|
MAGNI, E., BINETTI, G., PADOVANI, A., CAPPA, S.F. &
BIANCHETTI, A. (1996). Mini-Mental State Examination in
Alzheimer's disease and multi-infarct dementia. International
Psychogeriatrics, 8, 127-134. |
|
|
JACQMIN-GADDA, H., FARIBOULE, C., COMMENGES, D. &
DARTIGUES, J.-F. (1997). A 5-year study of the Mini-Mental
State Examination in normal aging. American Journal
of Epidemiology, 145, 498-506 |
CREAVIN, S.T., WISNIEWSKI, S., NOEL-STORR, A.H.,
TREVELYAN, C.M., HAMPTON, T., RAYMENT, D., THOM, V.M.,
NASH, K.J.E., ELHAMOUI, H., MILLIGAN, R., PATEL, A.S.,
TSIVOSDV, WING, T., PHILLIPS, E., KELLMAN, S.M.,
SHACKLETON, H.L., SINGLETON, G.F., NEALE, B.E., WATTON,
M.E. & CULLUM, S. (2016). Mini-Mental State
Examination (MMSE) for the detection of dementia in
clinically unevaluated people aged 65 and over in
communityandprimary care populations. Cochrane
Database of Systematic Reviews, 1. [PDF] |
|
KANG, Y., NA, D.L. & HAHN, S.H. (1997). A validity
study on the Korean version of Mini-Mental State
Examination in dementia patients. Journal of Korean
Neurological Association, 15, 300-307. |
BAEK, M.J., KIM, K., PARK, Y.H. & KIM, S. (2016). The
validity and reliability of the Mini-Mental State
Examination-2 for detecting mild cognitive impairment and
alzheimer's disease in a Korean population. PLOS
One, 11 [9], 1-19. [PDF] |
|
BRAYNE, C. (1998). The Mini-Mental State Examination, will
we be using it in 2001 ? International Journal of
Geriatric Psychiatry, 13, 285-290. |
|
|
KRAEMER, H.C., MORITZ, D.J. & YESAVAGE, J. (1998).
Ajusting Mini-Mental State Examination score for age and
educational level to screen for dementia : correcting bias
or reducing validity ? International
Psychogeriatrics, 10, 43-51. |
|
|
GRIGOLETTO, F., ZAPPALA, G., ANDERSON, D. & LEBOWITZ,
B. (1999). Norms for the Mini-Mental State Examination in
a healthy population. Neurology, 53, 315-320. |
|
|
CLARK, C.M. SHEPPARD, L., FILLENBAUM, G.G., GALASKO, D.,
MORRIS, J.C., KOSS, E., MOHS, R. & HEYMAN, A. (1999).
Variability in annual Mini-Mental State Examination score
in patients with probable Alzheimer's disease : a clinical
perspective of data from the Consortium to establish a
eegistry for Alzheimer's disease. Archives of
Neurology, 56, 857-862. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Test
psychologique, Test du MOCA et
Alzheimer |
|
|
|
Test
du miroir : Dispositif
expérimental utilisé de manière différente selon que l'on
souhaite mesurer la reconnaissance
de soi ou l'agressivité
: a) En psychologie, cette procédure
expérimentale, mise au point par Gallup,
ser à vérifier la capacité d'un enfant ou d'un animal à se
reconnaître dans un miroir. On
utilise également ce test pour accroître la conscience de soi./a> b)
En éthologie, le test du
miroir est également utilisé pour induire des comportements
agonistiques chez des espèces
qui ne se reconnaissent pas dans un miroir (notamment chez les
poissons comme le Xiphophorus
helleri) et observer
les menaces et les attaques
à l'égard du dispositif.
Test du miroir, reconnaissance
de soi et
conscience de soi. = épreuve
du miroir. Mirror test, mirror effect.
| |
|
| a |
|
BOULANGER-BALLEYGUIER, G. (1964). Premieres réactions
devant le miroir. Enfance, 1, 51-67. |
HEYES, C.M. (1995). Self-recognition in primates : Further
reflections create a hall of mirrors. Animal
Behaviour, 50 (1), 533-1542. [PDF] |
|
GALLUP, G.G. (1970). Chimpanzees : self-recognition. Science,
167, 86-87. |
INOUE, N. (1995). Mirror self-recognition among infant
chimpanzees : Application of longitudinal and
cross-sectional methods. Japanese Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 5, 51-60. |
|
AMSTERDAM, B. (1972). Mirror self-image reactions before
age two. Developmental Psychobiology, 5,
297-305. |
WALRAVEN, V., VAN ELSACKER, L. & VERHEYEN, R. (1995).
Reactions of a group of pygmy chimpanzees (Pan paniscus)
to their mirror-images: Evidence of self-recoguition. Primates,
36, 145-150. |
|
BENHAR, E., CARLTON, P. & SAMUEL, D. (1975). A search
for mirror-image reinforcement and self-recognition in
baboons. In S. Kondo, M. Kawai & A. Ehara (Eds.),
Contemporary primatology (pp. 202-208). Tokyo :
Japan Science Press. |
INOUE-NAKAMURA, N. (1997). Mirror self-recognition in
nonhuman primates : A phylogenetic approach. Japanese
Psychological Research, 39 (3), 266-275. [PDF] |
|
ZAZZO, R. (1975). Des jumeaux devant le miroir: Questions
de methode. Journal de Psychologie, 4, 389-341. |
GLANZER, M., KIM, K. & ADAMS, J.K. (1998). Response
distribution as an explanation of the mirror effect. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning Memory &
Cognition, 24, 633-644. |
|
EPSTEIN, R., LANZA, R.P. & SKINNER, B.F. (1981).
"Self-awareness" in the pigeon. Science, 212,
695-696. [PDF] |
HYATT, C.W. (1998). Responses of gibbons (Hylobates lar)
to their mirror images. American Journal of
Primatology, 45, 307-311. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1983). Responses to mirror-image
stimulation, and assessment of self-recognition in
mirror-and peer-reared stumptail macaques. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 35, 201-222. |
SWARTZ, K.B., SARAUW, D. & EVANS, S. (1999).
Comparative aspects of mirror self-recognition in great
apes. In S.T. Parker, R.W. Mitchell & H.L. Miles
(Eds.), The mentalities of gorillas and orangutans :
Comparative perspectives (pp. 283-294). New York :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
EGLASH, A.R. & SNOWDON, C.T. (1983). Mirror-image
responses in pygmy marmosets (Cebuella pygmaea). American
Journal of Primatology, 5, 211-219. |
UJHELYI, M., BUK, P., MERKER, B. & GEISSMANN, T.
(2000). Observations on the behavior of gibbons (Hylobates
leucogenys, H. gabriellae, and H. lar) in the presence of
mirrors. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 114
(3), 253-262. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1984). Monkeys with mirrors : some
questions for primate psychology. International
Journal of Primatology, 5, 81-98. |
VYT, A. (2001). Processes of visual self-recognition in
in- fants : Experimental induction of "mirror" experience
via video self-image presentation. Infant & Child
Development, 10, 173-187. |
|
BAYART, F. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1985). Mirror-image
reactions in tool-using, adult male Macaca tonkeana. Behavioural
Processes, 10, 219-227. |
|
|
PLATT, M.M. & THOMPSON, R.L. (1985). Mirror responses
in a Japanese macaque troop. Primates, 26,
300-314. |
GALLUP, G.G., ANDERSON, J.R. & SHIKLITO, D.J. (2002).
The mirror test. In M. Bekoff, C. Allen & G. Burghardt
(Eds.), The cognitive animal (pp. 325-333).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1986). Mirror-mediated finding of hidden
food by monkeys (Macaca tonkeana and M. fascicularis). Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 100, 237-242. |
|
|
ANDERSON, J.R. & CHAMOVE, A.S. (1986). Infant
stumptail macaques reared with mirrors or peers : Social
responsiveness, attachment, and adjustment. Primates,
27, 63-82. |
|
|
ITAKURA, S. (1987). Use of a mirror to direct their
responses in Japanese monkeys (Macaca fuscata fuscata).
Primates, 28, 343-352. |
ROCHAT, P. & STRIANO, T. (2002). Who's in the mirror ?
Self- other discrimination in specular images by 4- and
9-month-old infants. Child Development, 73,
35-46. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. & ROEDER, J.-J. (1989). Responses of
capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella) to different conditions of
mirror-image stimulation. Primates, 30, 581-587. |
KEENAN, J.P., FALK, D. & GALLUP, G.G. (2003). The
face in the mirror : The search for the origins of
consciousness. New York : Harper Collins
Publishers. |
|
MORIN, A. & DEBLOIS, S. (1989). Gallup's mirrors :
More than an operationalization of self-awareness in
primates. Psychological Reports, 65, 287-291. |
NIELSEN, M., DISSANAYAKE, C. & KASHIMA, Y. (2003). A
longitudinal investigation of self-other discrimination
and the emergence of mirror self-recognition. Infant
Behavior & Development, 26, 213-226. |
|
GLANZER, M. & ADAMS, J.K. (1990). The mirror effect in
recognition memory : Data and theory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 16, 5-16. |
TATTERSALL, I. (2003). The Monkey in the mirror :
Essays on the science of what makes us human.
Mariner Books. |
|
GALLUP, G.G. & SUAREZ, S.D. (1991). Social responding
to mirrors in rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) : effects of
temporary mirror removal. Journal of Comparative
Psychology 105 (4), 376-379. |
NIELSEN, M. & DISSANAYAKE, C. (2004). Pretend play,
mirror self-recognition and imitation: A longitudinal
investi- gation through the second year. Infant
Behavior & Development, 27, 342-365. |
|
GLANZER, M., ADAMS, J.K. & IVERSON, G. (1991).
Forgetting and the mirror effect in recognition memory :
Concentering of underlying distributions. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 17, 81-93. |
SHERMAN, P.W. & BEKOFF, M. (2004). Monkeys, mirrors,
mark tests and minds. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 19 (8), 407-408. |
|
FORNASIERI, I., ROEDER, J. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1991).
Les reactions au miroir chez trois especes de lemuriens
(Lemur fulvus, L. macaco, L. catta). Comptes Rendus
de L'academie des Sciences, 312, 349-354. |
NIELSEN, M., SUDDENDORF, T. & SLAUGHER, V. (2006).
Mirror self-recognition beyond the face. Child
Development, 77 (1), 176-185. [PDF] |
|
MITCHELL, R.W. (1993). Mental models of mirror
self-recognition : Two theories. New Ideas in
Psychology, 11, 295-325. |
BROESCH, T.L., CALLAGHAN, T., HENRICH, J., MURPHY, C.
& ROCHAT, P. (2011). Cultural variations in children's
mirror sef-recognition. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 42 (6), 1018-1029.
[PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, R.L. & BOATRIGHT-HOROWITZ. S.L. (1994). The
question of mirror-mediated self-recognition in apes and
monkeys: Some new results and reservations. In S.T.
Parker, R.W. Mitchell, & M.L. Boccia (Eds.), Self-awareness
in animals and humans : Developmental perspectives (pp.
330-349). New York : Cambridge University Press. |
ANDERSON, J.R. & GALLUP, G.G. (2011) Do rhesus monkeys
recognize themselves in mirrors ? American Journal of
Primatology, 73, 603-606. |
|
BALZARINI, V., TABORSKY, M., WANNER, S., KOCH, F. &
FROMMEN, J.G. (2014). Mirror, mirror on the wall : the
predictive value of mirror tests for measuring aggression
in fish. Behavoral Ecology Sociobioology, 68 (5),
871–878. |
|
ITAKURA, S. (1994). An exploratory study of mirror-image
shape discrimination in young children : vision and touch.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 78, 83-88. |
CHANG, L., FANG, Q., ZHANG, S., POO, M.-M. & ONG, N.
(2015) Mirror-induced self-directed behaviors in rhesus
monkeys after visual-somatosensory training. Current
Biology, 25 (2), 212-217. [PDF] |
|
BOCCIA, M.L. (1994). Mirror behavior in macaques. In S.T.
Parker, R.W. Mitchell, & M.L. Boccia (Eds.),
Self-awareness in animals and humans (pp. 350-360).
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
TODA, K. & PLATT, M.L. (2015). Animal cognition :
Monkeys pass the mirror test. Current Biology, 25
(2), 64-66.
[PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1994). The monkey in the mirror : A
strange conspecific. In S.T. Parker, R.W. Mitchel &
M.L. Boccia (Eds.), Self-awareness in animals and
humans : developmental perspectives (pp 315-329.
New York : Cambridge University Press. |
ANDERSON, J.R.
& GALLUP, G.G. (2015). Mirror self-recognition : a
review and critique of attempts to promote and engineer
self-recognition in primates. Primates, 56 (4),
317-326.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Concept
de soi, Conscience
de soi et Reconnaissance
de soi |
| b |
|
BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991).
Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish
(Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior
dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194. |
DE WAAL, F.B.M., DINDO, M., FREEMAN, C.A. & HALL, M.
(2005). The monkey in the mirror : Hardly a stranger. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 102,
11140-11147. |
|
|
Voir aussi Comportements
agonistiques |
|
|
Test
du MMPI : Sigle pour Minnesota Multiphasic
Personality Inventory. Test
de personnalité objectif, l'un des plus utilisés dans le
monde, inventé en 1937, par Hathaway
et McKinley. MMPI, mesure
de la personnalité et personnalité.
Minnesota Multiphasic
Personality Inventory, MMP-
MMPI-2I.
| |
|
|
HATHAWAY, S.R. & McKINLEY, J.C. (1940). A multiphasic
personality schedule (Minnesota) : Construction of the
schedule. Journal of Psychology, 10, 249-254. |
HERSH, P.D. & ALEXANDER, R.W. (1990). MMPI
profile
patterns of emotional disability claimants. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 46, 793-799. |
|
GREENE, R.L. (1990). Stability of MMPI scale scores with
four code types across forty years. Journal of
Personality
Assessment, 55, 1-6 |
|
GRAHAM, J.R., WATTS, D. & TIMBROOK, R.E. (1991).
Detecting fake good and fake bad MMPI-2 profiles. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 57, 264-277. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1946). Profile analysis of the Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory in differential
diagnosis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 30, 517-524. |
BEN-PORATH, Y.S., BUTCHNER, J.N. & GRAHAM, J.R.
(1991). Contribution of the MMPI-2 Content Scales to the
differential diagnosis of schizophrenia and major
depression. Psychological Assessment, 3, 634-640. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. & HATHAWAY, S.R. (1946). The K factor as a
supressor variables in the MMPI. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 30, 525-564. |
BERRY, D., BAER, R. & HARRIS, M. (1991). Detection of
malingering on the MMPI : A meta-analysis. Clinical
Psychology Review, 11, 585-598. |
|
McKINLEY, J.C. & MEEHL, P.E. (1948). The Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory : VI. The K scale. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 12, 20-31. |
WOYCHYSHYN, C.A., McELHERAN, W.G. & ROMENY, D.M.
(1992). MMPI validity measures : A comparative study of
iriginal with alternative indices. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 58, 138-148. |
|
CORTINA, J.M., DOHERTY, M.L., SCHMITT, N., KAUFMAN, G.
& SMITH, R.G. (1992). The "big five" personality
factors in the IPI and MMPI : Predictors of police
performance. Personnel Psychology, 45, 119-141. |
|
HATHAWAY, S.R. & MEEHL, P.E. (1951). An atlas for
the clinical use of the MMPI. Minneapolis :
University of Minnesota Press. |
WEED, N.C., BUTCHER, J.N. & WILLIAMS, C.L. (1994).
Development of MMPI-A alcohol/drug problem scale. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 55, 296-302. |
|
FORDYCE, W.E. (1956). Social desirability in the MMPI. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 20, 171-175. |
KELLEY, P.L., JACOBS, R.R. & FARR, J.L. (1994).
Effects of
multiple administrations of the MMPI for employee
screening. Personnel Psychology, 47, 575-591. |
|
FRICKE, B.G. (1956). Response sets as a suppressor
variable in the OAIS and MMPI. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 20, 161-169. |
FRUEH, C.B., LEVERETT, J.P. & KINDER, B.N. (1995).
Interrelationship between MMPI-2 and Rorschach variables
in a sample of Vietnam veterans with PTSD. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 64, 312-318. |
|
MERRILL, R.M., HEATHERS, L.B. & FORDYCE, W.E. (1956).
The relation of the MMPI to the Edwards Personal
Preference Schedule on a College Counseling Center Sample.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 20, 310-314.
|
ARBISI, P.A. & BEN-PORATH, Y.S. (1995). An MMPI-2
Infrequent Response Scale for use with psychopathological
populations: The Infrequency- Psychopathology Scale, F(p).
Psychological Assessment, 7 (4), 424-431. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. & DAHLSTROM, W.G. (1960). Objective
configural rules for discriminating psychotic from
neurotic MMPI profiles. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 24, 375-387. |
BISSON, T. (1997). Le M.M.P.I. Grenoble :
Presses universitaires de Grenoble. |
|
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1959). A comparison of clinicians with five
statistical methods of identifying MMPI profiles. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 6, 102-109. |
ARCHER, R.P., FONTAINE, J. & MCCRAE, R. R. (1998). The
effects of two MMPI-2 validity scales on basic scale
relations to external criteria. Journal of Personality
Assessment, 70, 87-102. |
|
EDWARDS, A.L. (1962). Social desirability and expected
means on MMPI Scales. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 22 (1), 71-76. |
WORKOWSKI, E.J. & PALLONE, N.J. (1999). Previously
unscored pre-service MMPI data in relation to police
performance over a decade : A multivariate inquiry. Journal
of Offender Rehabilitation, 29, 71-94. |
|
PERKINS, J. & GOLDBERG, L.R. (1964). Contextual
effects on the MMPI. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
28, 133-140. |
ZHANG, J.X. SONG, W.Z. & ZHANG, M.Q. (1999).
Introduction on Minnesota Multiphasic Personality
Inventory-2 (MMPI-2) and it's standardization process in
mainland China and Hong Kong. Chinese Mental Health
Journal, 1, 29-31. |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1969). The search for configural
relationships in personality assessment : The diagnosis of
psychosis vs. neurosis from the MMPI. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 4, 523-536. |
KLONSKY, E.D. & BERTELSON, A.D. (2000). MMPI-2
clinical scale differences between dysthymia and major
depression. Assessment, 7, 143-149. [PDF] |
|
WIGGINS, J.S., GOLDBERG, L.R. & APPLEBAUM, M. (1971).
MMPI content scales : Interpretative norms and
correlations with other scales. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 37, 403-410. |
BAER, R.A. & MILLER, J. (2002). Underreporting of
psychopathology on the MMPI-2: A meta-analytic review. Psychological
Assessment, 14, 16-26. |
|
DEROGATIS, L.R., RICKELS, K. & ROCK, A. (1976). The
SCL-90 and the MMPI : A step in the validation of a new
self-report scale. British Journal of Psychiatry,
128, 280-289. |
WANG, J., ZHANG, Y. & LUO, G. (2005). A study on
applicability of brief MMPI for Chinese armed police
force. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 13, 138-140. |
|
BUTCHER, J.N. & TELLEGEN, A. (1978). Common
methodological problems in MMPI. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 46 (4),
620-628. |
TELLEGEN, A., BEN-PORATH, Y.S., SELBOM, M., ARBISI, P.A.,
McNULTY, J.L. & GRAHAM, J.R. (2006). Further evidence
on the validity of the MMPI-2 Restructured Clinical (RC)
Scales : Response to Rogers, Sewell, Harrison and Jordan
and Nichols. Journal of Personality Assessment, 87,
148-171. |
|
GOLDEN, R. & MEEHL, P.E. (1979). Detection of the
schizoid taxon with MMPI indicators. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 88, 217-233. |
TELLEGEN, A. & BEN-PORATH, Y.S. (2008). The
Minnesota Multiphaisc Personality Inventory -2
Restructured Form: Technical manual. Minneapolis,
MN : University of Minnesota Press. |
|
DRALLE, P.W. & BAYBROK, R.M. (1985). Screening of
police applicants: A replication of a 5- item MMPI
research index validity study. Psychological Reports,
57, 1031-1034. |
SIIRA, V., WAHLBERG, K.E., MIETTUNNEN, J. & LÄSKY, K.
(2008). MMPI measures as signs of predisposition to mental
disorder among adoptees at high risk for schizophrenia. Psychiatry
Research, 158 (3), 278-286. |
|
SHUSMAN, E.J., INWALD, R.E. & KNATZ, H. (1987). A
cross-validation of police recruit performance as
predicted by the IPI and MMPI. Journal of Police
Science & Administration, 15, 162-169. |
BUTCHER, J.N. (2009). Personality assessment with the
MMPI-2 : Historical roots, international adaptations, and
current challenges. Applied Psychology : Health &
Well-Being, 2, 105-135. |
|
COSTA, P.T., BUSCH, C.M., ZONDERMAN, A.B. &
McCRAE, R.R. (1986). Correlations of MMPI factor scales
with measures of the five factor model of personality. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 50, 640-650. |
TELLEGEN, A., BEN-PORATH, Y.S. & SELBOM, M. (2009).
Construct validity of the MMPI-2- Restructured Clinical
(RC) Scales : Reply to Rouse, Greene, Butcher, Nichols,
& Williams. Journal of Personality Assessment, 91
(3), 211-221. |
|
ERICKSON, W.D., LUXENBERG, M.G., WALBEK, N.H. & SEELY,
R.K. (1987). Frequency of MMPI two-point code types among
sex offenders. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 55, 566-570. |
PERFECT, M.M., THARINGER, D.J., KEITH, T.Z. &
LYLE-LAHROUD, T. (2011). Relations between Minnesota
Multiphasic Personality Inventory-A Scales and Rorschach
variables with scope and severity of maltreatment among
adolesecents. Journal of Personality Assessment, 93, 582-591. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
objectif et Mesure
de la personnalité |
|
|
|
|
Test
du N-back : Test de la mémoire à court terme/de
travail, qui consiste à présenter des lettres ou des fomes
successives (EX: carré, triangle, cercle) au sujet qui doit
répondre uniquement quand une forme (cercle) a déjà été présenté n
positions auparavant (par exemple, 2 positions (n) auparavant).
N-back test.
| |
|
|
OWEN, A.M., McMILLAN, K.M., LAIRD, A.R. & BULLMORE, E.
(2005). N-back working memory paradigm : A meta-analysis
of normative functional neuroimaging studies. Human
Brain Mapping, 25 (1), 46-59. |
|
KANE, M.J., CONWAY, A.R.A., MIURA, T.K. & COLFLESH,
G.J.H (2007). Working memory, attention control, and the
N-back task : a question of construct validity.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
& Cognition, 33 (3), 615-622. |
|
JAEGGI, S.M., STUDER-LUETHI, B., BUSCHKUEHL, M., SU,
Y.-F., JONIDES, J. & PERRIG, W.J. (2010). The
relationship between n-back performance and matrix
reasoning -- implications for training and transfer. Intelligence,
38 (6), 625-635. |
|
JAEGGI, S.M., BUSCHKUEHL, M., PERRIG, W.J. & MEIER, B.
(2010). The concurrent validity of the N-back task as a
working memory measure. Memory, 18 (4), 394-412. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychométrique |
|
|
Test
du pouvoir : Test de réalité
qu'une parti politique doit subir lorsqu'il forme le gouvernement.
En effet, une fois au pouvoir,
les partis sacrifient souvent de grands pans de leur
idéologie et de leur programme
politique. Des projets
ou des valeurs au coeur de
ces programmes sont mis sur la glace ou en veilleuses, soit parce
qu'ils étaient irréalistes ou flous, soit parce qu'ils n'étaient
en fait que des stratégies
ou des techniques pour persuader
l'électeur, ou bien encore
en raison de la conjoncture sociale et économique qui ne se prête
pas à la réalisation de tels projets/valeurs. De fait, les partis
trop à gauche
ou à droite
gouvernent souvent au centre et les élections
qui les portent au pouvoir sont souvent le théâtre d'une migration
idéologique vers le "p'tit mou commun".
|
Test
du tri qualitatif : Test
projectif d'évaluation du point de vue d'un sujet, de ses opinions,
inventée par Stephenson. Le
sujet doit choisir à partir d'une liste d'énoncés décrivant des traits,
des comportements ou
des attitudes celles qui lui semblent le mieux correspondre à ses
opinions, à son point de vue. Q-sort method.
| |
|
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1953). The study of behavior : Q-technique
and its methodology. Chicago : University of Chicago
Press. |
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1982). Q-methodology, interbehavioral
psychology, and quantum theory. Psychological Record,
32, 235-248. |
|
STEPHENSON, W. (1987). Q-methodology : Interbehavioral and
quantum theoretical connections in clinical psychology. In
D.H. Ruben & D.J. Delprato (Eds.), New ideas in
therapy (pp. 95-106). Westport, CT : Greenwood. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test projectif et Stephenson |
|
|
Test
du Wisconsin : WCST : Test
neuropsychologique élaboré par Grant et Berg (1948) pour évaluer
les fonctions
exécutives. Il s'agit d'un jeu de 128 cartes qui présentent
des formes que l'on peut classer
ou associer selon la couleur, la forme ou le nombre.
Wisconsin Card Sorting Test.
| |
|
|
GRANT, D.A. & BERG, E. (1948). A behavioral analysis
of degree of reinforcement and ease of shifting to new
responses in Weigl-type card-sorting problem. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 38, 404-411. |
SMITH-SEEMILLER, L., ARFFA, S. & FRANZEN, M.D (2001).
Use of Wisconsin Card Sorting Test short forms with
scholl-age children. Archives of Clinical
Neuropsychology, 16, 489-499. |
|
HEATON, R.K. (1981). A manual for the Wisconsin Card
Sorting Test. Psychological Assessment Resources,
Odessa, FL. |
LAVOIE, K. & EVERETT, J. (2001). Schizophrénie et
performance au Wisconsin Card Sorting Test.
L'encéphale, 27, 444-449. |
|
HARTMAN, M., BOLTON, E. & FEHNEL, S.E. (2001).
Accounting for age differences on the Wisconsin Card
Sorting Test : decreased working memory, not
inflexibility. Psychology & Aging, 16 (3),
385-399. |
|
WANG, L., KAKIGI, R. & HOSHIYAMA, M. (2001). Neural
activities during Wisconsin Card Sorting Test - MEG
observation. Brain Research : Cognitive Brain
Research, 12, 19-31. |
|
GRAFMAN, J., JONES, B. & SALAZAR, A. (1990). Wisconsin
Card Sorting Test performance based on location and size
of neuroanatomical lesion in Vietnam veterans with
penetrating head injury. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 71, 1120-1122. |
MONCHI, O., PETRIDES, M., PETRE, V., WORSLEY, K. &
DAGHER, A. (2001). Wisconsin card sorting revisited :
Distinct neural circuits participating in different stages
of the task identified by event-related functional
magnetic resonance imaging. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 21 (19), 7733-7741. |
|
STUSS, D.T., LEVINE, B., ALEXANDER, M.P., HONG, J.,
PALUMBO, C., HAMER, L. MURPHY, K. & IZUKAWA, D.
(2000). Wisconsin card sorting test performance in
patients with focal frontal and posterior brain damage:
Effects of lesion location and test structure on separable
cognitive processes. Neuropsychologia, 38, 388-402. |
|
ARNETT, P.A., RAO, S.M., BERNARDIN, L., GRAFMAN, J.,
YETKIN, F.Z. & LOBECK, L. (1994). Relationship between
frontal lobe lesions and Wisconsin Card Sorting Test
performance in patients with multiple sclerosis. Neurology,
44 (3), 420-425. |
DEMAKIS, G.J. (2003). A meta-analytic review of the
sensitivity of the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test to frontal
and lateralized frontal brain damage. Neuropsychology,
17, 255-264. |
|
BERMAN K.F., OSTREM J.L., RANDOLF, C., GOLD, J., GOLDBERG,
T.E, COPPOLA R., CARSON, R.E., HERSCOVITCH, P. &
WEINBERGER, D.R. (1995). Physiological activation of a
cortical network during performance of the Wisconsin Card
Sorting Test : A positron emission tomography study. Neuropsychologia,
33, 1027-1046. |
GREVE, K.W., STICKLE, T.R., LOVE, J., BIANCHINI, K.J.
& STANFORD, M.S. (2005). Latent structure of the
Wisconsin Card Sorting Test : a confirmatory factor
analytic study. Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology,
20, 355-364. |
|
NYHUS, E. & BARCELO, R. (2009). The Wisconsin Card
Sorting Test and the cognitive assessment of prefrontal
executive functions : A critical update. Brain &
Cognition 71 (2009) 43-451. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychométrique |
|
|
Test
empirique : Tester empiriquement : En méthodologie,
le test est une recherche
qui vise à éprouver la véracité d'une hypothèse et la solidité
d'une théorie en les confrontant directement aux faits. Le test
permet donc de vérifier si hypothèse/théorie sont vraies ou
fausses. Le résultat de ce test peut être favorable ou non (test
négatif) à la théorie et entraîner son rejet en partie ou en totalité. =
recherche empirique.
|
Test
exact de Fisher : Test
statistique élaboré par Fisher
lorsque les conditions d'application du Khi-deux
ne sont pas observés, par exemple un petit nombre de sujets.
Fisher's exact test, Fisher exact probability
test.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. (1922). On the interpretation of ?2 from
contingency tables, and the calculation of P. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, 85 (1), 87-94. |
|
METHA, C.R. & PATEL, N.R. (1983). A network algorithm
for performing Fisher's exact test in r Xc contingency
tables. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 78 (382), 427-434. |
|
YATES, F. (1984). Tests of Significance for 2 x 2
contingency tables (with discussion). Journal of the
Royal Statistical Society, Series A 147 (3),
426-463. |
|
METHA, C.R., PATEL, N.R. & TSIATIS, A. (1984). Exact
significance testing to establish treatment equivalence
with ordered categorical data. Biometrics, 40
(3), 819-825. |
|
AGRESTI, A. (1992). A survey of exact inference for
contingency tables. Statistical Science, 7 (1),
131-153. |
|
|
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse et
Test statistique |
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
|
|
|
|
Test
G : Test de conformité.
Test of goodness-of-fit.
| |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. (1922). The goodness of fit of regression
formula, and the distribution of regression coefficients.
Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, 85, 597-612. |
BOLLEN, K.A. & STINE, R. (1992). Bootstrapping
goodness of fit measures in structural equation models. Sociological
Methods & Research, 21, 205-229. |
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1952). The X2 test of goodness of fit. Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 23, 315-345. |
SOKAL, R.R. & ROHLF, F.J. (1994). Biometry : the
principles and practice of statistics in biological
research. New York : Freeman. |
|
LAMTZ, K. (1978). Small-sample comparisons of exact levels
for chi-squared goodness-of-fit statistics. Journal of
the American Statistical Association, 73 (362),
253-263. |
MADEU-OLIVARES, A. & JOE, H. (2006). Limited
information goodness-of-fit testing in multidimensional
contingency tables. Psychometrika, 71, 713-732. |
|
BLACK, P., LAURENCELLE, L. (1987). Le test G pour les
tableaux de fréquences et sa décomposition additive. Lettres
Statistiques, 8, 99-114. |
MADEU-OLIVARES, A. & GARCIA-FORERO, C. (2010).
Goodness-of-Fit testing. International Encyclopedia
of Education, 7, 190-196. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test
papier-crayon : En science,
expression qui désigne un type de tests
qui demande à un sujet de
répondre par écrit à des questions
- objectives ou subjectives - ou de résoudre un problème en
choisissant une solution, par opposition à une épreuve dans
laquelle la réponse du sujet est un comportement moteur. Cette
expression a de moins en moins cours aujourd'hui puisque ces tests
sont de plus en plus admnistrés au moyen d'un ordinateur.
Paper-and-pencil test, Paper-and-pencil instrument.
| |
|
|
KNAPP, H. & KIRK, S.A. (2003). Using pencil and paper,
Internet and touch-ton phones for self- administered
surveys : does methodology matter ? Computers in
Human Behavior, 19, 117–134. |
|
| |
Voir aussi Test objectif |
|
|
Test
post-hoc : Test statistique
que l'on réalise après un premier test (= post-hoc), par
exemple une anayse de variance, et dont la fonction est de
préciser quelle paire de groupe comparée deux-à-deux est
significative. EX: Test
de Scheffé. ( ): Voir
tableau ci-bas. Post-hoc test, pairwise
multiple comparisons, comparisons of
treatments after an analysis of variance.
| |
|
|
DAY, R.W. & QUINN, G.P. (1989). Comparisons of
treatments after an analysis of variance in ecology.
Ecological Monographs, 5, 433-463. |
|
SEAMAN, M.A., LEVIN, J.R. & SERLIN, R.C. (1991). New
developments in pairwise multiple comparisons : Some
powerful and practicable procedures. Psychological
Bulletin, 110, 577-586. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test statistique |
|
|
Test
projectif : Tout test
psychologique dont les bonnes réponses ne sont pas
déterminées par le chercheur.
Il contient habituellement des figures ou des mises en situation
floues ou ambiguës. = test subjectif,
méthode projective. /test
objectif. ( ): C.A.T.,
Test de Rorscharch, Test
de Szondi, T.A.T. Projective
test.
|
|
|
GEMELLI, A. (1950). Le film comme methode projective.
Acta Psychologica, 7, 190-195. |
LILIENFELD, S.O. (2000). Projective measures of
personality and psychopathology. How well do they work ?
Skeptical Inquirer, 23 (5), 32-39. |
|
VAN LENNEP, D.J. & HOUWINK, R.H. (1951/52). Projection
tests and overt behavior. Acta Psychologica, 8,
240-253. |
LILIENFELD, S.O., WOOD, J. & GARB, H.N. (2000). The
scientific status of projective tests. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 1 (2), 27-66. [PDF] |
|
SOSKIN, W.F. (1954). Bias in postdiction from protective
tests. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology,
49, 69-74. |
|
|
JENSEN, A.R. (1959). The reliability of projective
techniques : methodology. Acta Psychologica, 16,
108-136. |
LILIENFELD, S.O., WOOD, J. & GARB, H.N. (2001). What's
wrong with this picture? Scientific American, 81-87. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1959). Structured and projective tests : Some
common problems in validation. Journal of Projective
Techniques, 23, 268-272. |
BORNSTEIN, R.F. (2002). A process dissociation approach to
objective-projective test score relationships. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 78, 47-68. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
psychologique |
|
|
Test
psychologique : Test psychométrique : Outil de collecte de
données et d'évaluation
qui permet de mesurer et d'évaluer
un grand nombre de phénomènes
psychologiques au moyen de questions et de mises en
situation réelles ou virtuelles. Les tests permettent d'évaluer
les traits de personnalité, les états émotionnels, les troubles
cognitifs, les capacités intellectuelles, les intérêts, les
habiletés, les valeurs, les opinions, etc. Test psychologique, tâche
et épreuve.
= test psychométrie.
( ): test
objectif, test projectif. Mental
test, psychological test, psychometric test.
| |
|
|
CATTELL, J.M. (1890). Mental tests and measurements.
Mind, 15, 373-381. |
PASCUAL-LEONE, J., BAILLARGEON, R., LEE, C. & HO, G.W.
(1990). Toward standardization of mental capacity
testing. Department of Psychology Report. York
University, Toronto. |
|
BURT, C. (1909). Experimental tests of general
intelligence. British Journal of Psychology, 3,
94-177. |
|
|
KENT, G.H. (1923). A combination mental test for clinical
use. Journal of applied Psychology, 7, 246-257. |
CHEVRIER, J.-M. (1990). Chronique de test : Epreuve
individuelle d'habileté mentale. McGill Journal of
Education, 25 (1), 121-127. |
|
GUILFORD, J.P. (1936/54). Psychometric methods. New
York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
|
KENT, G.H. (1938). Use and abuse of mental tests in
clinical diagnosis. Psychological Record, 2, 391-400.
|
THIRIART, O. (1991). Acceptance of personality test
results Skeptical Inquirer, 15 (2),
|
|
CRONBACH, L.J. (1949/1990). Essentials of psychological
testing. New York: Harper |
HEILBRUN, K. (1992). The role of psychological testing in
forensic assessment. Law & Human Behavior, 16
(3), 257-272. [PDF] |
|
GULLIKSEN, H. (1950). Theory of mental tests. New
York : Wiley. |
|
|
KENT, G.H. (1950). Mental tests in clinics for
children. New York : D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc. |
FITZGERALD, L.F., GELFAND, M.J. & DRASGOW, F. (1995).
Measuring sexual harassment : Theoretical and psychometric
advances. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 17,
425-427. [PDF] |
|
SPREEN, O. & STRAUSS, E. (1998). A compendium of
neuropsychological tests : Administration, norms and
commentary. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (1954). Technical
recommendations for psychological tests and manuals. Washington
DC : American Psychological Association |
McDONALD, R.P. (1999). Test theory. A unified
treatment. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
ANASTASI, A. (1954). Psychological testing. New
York : Macmillan. |
|
|
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (1966). Standards
for educational and psychological tests. Washington
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
|
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1972). Implications of testing for
individual and society. In L.J. Cronbach & P.J.D.
Drenth (Eds.), Mental tests and cultural adaptation.
(pp. 23-26). The Hague : Mouton. |
WARWICK, K. (2000). QI : the quest for intelligence.
London : Judy Piatkus Publishers Ltd. |
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1975). Psychological tests for developing
countries; rationale and objectives. Nederlands
Tijdschrift voor de Psychologie, 30, 5-22. |
|
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. & FLIER, H. (1976). Cultural
differences and comparability of test scores. International
Review of Applied Psychology, 25, 137-144. |
|
|
FLIER, H. & DRENTH, P.J.D. (1980). Fair selection
and comparability of test scores. In L.J. Kamp, W.F.
Langerak, & D.N.M. de Gruijter (Eds.), Psychometrics
for educational debates (pp. 85-101). London :
Wiley. |
|
|
ANASTASI, A. (1983). What do intelligence tests measure ?
In S.B. Anderson & J.S. Helmick (Eds.), On
educational testing : Intelligence, performance
standards, test anxiety, and latent traits (pp.
5-28). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
KLINE, P. (2000). Handbook of psychological testing.
London : Routledge. |
BALI, S.K., DRENTH, P.J.D., FLIER H. & YOUNG, W.C.E.
(1983). Contribution of aptitude tests to the
prediction of school performance in Kenya: A
longitudinal
study. Lisse : Swets & Zeitlinger. |
|
|
ANASTASI, A. (1986). Evolving concepts of test
validations. Annual Review of Psychology, 37,
1-15. |
RAMSAY, M.C. & REYNOLDS, C.R. (2000). Development of a
scientific test : A practical guide In M. Hersen & G.
Goldstein (Eds.), Handbook of psychological
assessment (pp. 21-42). Oxford, UK : Elsevier
Science. |
|
KLINE, P. (1986). A handbook of test construction :
Introduction to psychometric. Design. London :
Methuen. |
KOHN, A. (2000). The case against standardized
testing. Portsmouth, NH : Heinemann. |
|
CROCKER, L. & ALGINA, J. (1986). Introduction to
classical and modern test theory. New York :
Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. |
MEYER, G.J., FINN, S.E., EYDE, L.D., KAY, G.G., MORELAND,
K.L, DIES, R.R., EISMAN, E.J., KUBISZYN, T.W. & REED,
G.M. (2001). Psychological testing and psychological
assessment : A review of evidence and issues. American
Psychologist, 56 (2), 128-165. [PDF] |
|
DRENTH, P.J.D. (1989). Psychological testing and
discrimination. In P. Herriot (Ed.), Assessment and
selection in organizations (pp. 71-80). London :
Wiley. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Épreuve
et Tâche |
|
|
|
|
Test
seize (16) PF : Test de
personnalité inventé par Cattell
pour mesurer les diverses facettes de la personnalité,
telles que décrites par sa théorie. =
seize facteurs de personnalité. 16PF scales.
| |
|
|
CATTELL, R.B. & DREVDAHL, J.E. (1955). A comparison of
the personality profile (16 P.F.) of eminent teachers and
administrators, and of the general population. British
Journal of Psychology, 46, 248-261. |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R., NORMAN, W.T. & SCHWARTZ, E. (1980).
The comparative validity of questionnaire data (16PF
scales) and objective test data (O-A Battery) in
predicting five peer-rating criteria. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 4, 183-194. |
|
KIRTON, M.J. & DE CIANTIS, S.M. (1986). Cognitive
styles and personality : The Kirton Adaptation-Innovation
and Cattell 16-PF Personality Factors Inventories. Personality
& Individual Differences, 7, 141-146. |
|
KRUG, S.E. & JOHNS, E.F. (1986). A large scale
cross-validation of second-order personality structure
defined by the 16PF. Psychological Reports, 59
(2), 683-693. |
|
GROSSMAN, L.S. & CRAIG, R.J. (1995). Comparison of
MCMI-II and 16PF Validity Scales. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 64, 384-389. |
|
CATTELL, H.E.P. & MEAD, A.D. (2007). The 16
Personality Factor Questionnaire (16PF). In G.J. Boyle, G.
Matthews & D.H. Saklofske (Eds.), Handbook of
personality theory and testing : Personality measurement
and assessment (Vol. 2). London : Sage. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test de
personnalité |
|
|
|
|
Test
statistique : Ensemble de tests et d'analyses qui
utilisent les statistiques pour prendre une décision.
Test statistique, variation
et hasard.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Statistical
test.
|
|
|
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1933). On the problem of
the most efficient tests of statistical hypotheses. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, 231, 289-337. [PDF]
|
ZUMBO, B.D. & ZIMMERMAN, D.W. (1993). Is the selection
of statistical methods governed by level of measurement ?
Canadian Psychology, 34, 390-400. [PDF] |
|
BUCHANAN-WOLLASTON, H.J. (1935). Statistical tests.
Nature, 136, 182-183. |
INMAN, H.F. (1994). Karl Pearson and R.A. Fisher on
statistical tests : A 1935 Exchange from Nature. The
American Statistician, 48 (1), 2-11. |
|
BERKSON, J. (1942). Tests of significance considered as
evidence. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 37 (219), 325-335. |
|
|
FISHER, R.A. (1956). On a test of significance in
Pearson's Biometrika Tables (No. 11). Journal of the
Royal Statistical Society Series B, 18 (1), 56-60. |
|
|
BAKAN, D. (1966).The test of significanccin
psychologicarlescarch. Psychological Bulletin, 66,
1-29. |
|
|
MORRISON, D. & HENKEL, R.E. (1970). The
significance test controversy. Chicago Aldine. |
STERLING, T.D., ROSENBAUM, W.L. & WEINKAM, J.J.
(1995). Publication decisions revisited : The effect of
the outcome of statistical tests on the decision to
publish and vice versa. American Statistician, 49, 108-112.
[PDF] |
|
SCHWWEDER, T. (1988). A significance version of the basic
Neyman-Pearson theory for scientific hypothesis testing. Scandinavian
Journal of Statistics, 15, 225-242. |
COX, D.R. (1995). The relation between theory and
application in statistics (with discussion). Test, 4,
207-261. |
|
THOMPSON, B. (1996). AERA editorial policies regarding
statistical significance testing : Three suggested
reforms. Educational Researcher, 25 (2), 26-30. |
JOHNSON, D.H. (1999). The insignificance of statistical
significance testing. Journal of Wildlife Management,
63 (3), 763-772. |
|
JONES, L.V. & TUKEY, J.W. (2000). A sensible
formulation of the significance test. Psychological
Methods, 5 (4), 411-414. |
KLINE, R.B. (2004). Beyond significance testing :
reforming data analysis methods in behavioral research.
Washington, District of Columbia : American Psychological
Association. |
|
LAVEAULT, D et GRÉGOIRE, J. (2002). Introduction aux
théories des tests en psychologie et en sciences de
l'éducation. Bruxelles : De Boeck Université. |
POITEVINEAU, J. (2004). L'usage des tests statistiques par
les chercheurs en psychologie : aspects normatif,
descriptif et prescriptif. Mathématiques et Sciences
Humaines / Mathematics & Social Sciences, 42
(3), 5-25. [PDF] |
|
MBENGUE, A. (2010). Faut-il brûler les tests de
signification statistique ? M@N@Gement, 13, 100-127.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Estimateur,
Ampleur de
l'effet, Hasard, Test
d'hypothèse, Hypothèse
nulle et
Seuil de signification |
|
|
|
Test
statistique (Puissance) :
Capacité d'un test
statistique à détecter une différence entre deux
groupes/mesures (si cette différence existe dans la population,
cela va de soi) et donc de postuler l'existence d'un effet. La
puissance est donc la probabilité de rejeter l'hypothèse nulle
alors qu'elle est fausse (faux négatif). Pour Cohen,
il s'agit de la probabilité qu'un test produise des résultats
statistiquement significatifs lorsque H0 est fausse. Cette
puissance se calcule en soustrayant la probabilité d'une erreur de
type II ( erreur beta ou ?)
moins 1. Cinq facteurs déterminent cette puissance : 1)
La taille réelle de l'effet observé (plus cet effet est faible,
plus le test doit être puissant pour le détecter); 2)
la taille de l'échantillon
(plus le n de l'échantillon augmente, plus la puissance du
test augmente); 3) la taille réelle de l'effet
observé (plus l'effet est faible, plus le test doit être puissant
pour le détecter); 4) l'erreur alpha (?)
consentie (plus l'erreur alpha est grande, plus la puissance du
test est faible); 5) la fréquence naturelle
d'apparition du phénomène (plus le phénomène est rare ou variable,
plus le test doit être puissant pour le détecter). =
résolution ou acuité statistique d'un test. Statistical
power.
| |
|
|
|
 Puissance faible/Conclusion du test : absence de différence entre les 2 groupes (= cercles) |
Augmentation
de la puissance du test/Conclusion : la différence entre
les 2 groupes (= cercles) existe bel et bien |
|
|
|
COHEN, J. (1962/88). The statistical power of
abnormal-social psychological research : a review. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 65 (3),
145-153. |
BLOOM, H.S. (1995). Minimum detectable effects : A simple
way to report the statistical power of experimental
designs. Evaluation Review, 19 (5), 547-556. |
|
COHEN, J. (1969). Statistical power analysis for the
behavioral sciences. Hillsdale : Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates. |
WILLIAMS, R.H., ZIMMERMAN, D.W. & ZUMBO, B.D. (1995).
Impact of measurement error on statistical power : review
of an old paradox. Journal of Experimental Education,
63 (4), 363-370. |
|
BREWER, J.K. (1972). On the power of statistical tests in
the American Educational Research. Journal of
american educational research journal, 9 (3),
391-401. |
|
|
HAASE, R.F. (1974). Power analysis of research in
counsellor education. Counselor Education &
Supervision, 14 (2), 124-132. |
MONE, M.A., MUELLER, G.C. & MAULAND, W. (1996). The
perceptions and usage of statistical power in applied
psychology and management research. Personnel
Psychology, 49, 103-120. |
|
KEMP, K.E. (1975). Multiple comparisons : Comparison wise
versus experiment wise Type I error rates and their
relationship to power. Journal of Dairy Science, 58,
1373-1378. |
MacCALLUM, R.C., BROWNE, M.W. & SUGARAWA, H.M. (1996).
Power analysis and determination of sample size for
covariance structure modeling. Psychological Methods,
1 (2), 130-149. |
|
BLAIR, R.C. & HIGGINS, J.J. (1980). A comparison of
the power of Wilcoxon's rank- sum test to that of
Student's statistic under various non-normal
distributions. Journal of Educational Statistics, 5,
309-335. |
LEVINE, J. (1997). Overcoming feelings of powerlessness in
"aging" researchers : A primer on statistical power in
analysis of variance designs. Psychology & Aging,
12, 84-106. |
|
CASIO, W.F. & ZEDECK, S. (1983). Opening a new window
in rational research planning : Adjust alpha to maximize
statistical power. Personnel Psychology, 36,
517-526. |
CLARK-CARTER, D. (1997). The account taken of statistical
power in research published in the British Journal of
Psychology. British Journal of Psychology, 88,
71-83. |
|
ORME, J.G. & TOLMAN, R.M. (1986). The statistical
power of a decade of social work education research. Social
Service Review, 60, 619-632. |
BORENSTEIN, M., COHEN, J. & ROTHSTEIN, H. (1997). Power
and precision. Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, D.W. & WILLIAMS, R.H. (1986). Note on the
reliability of experimental measures and the power of
significance tests. Psychological Bulletin, 100, 123-124. |
CLARK-CARTER, D. (1997). The account taken of statistical
power in research. British Journal of Psychology, 88
(1), 71-83. |
|
KRAEMER, H.C. & THIEMANN, S. (1987). How many
subjects ? Statistical power analysis in research.
Newbury Park, CA : Sage Publications. |
RAUDENBUSH, S.W. & LIU, X. (2000). Statistical power
and optimal design for multisite randomized trials. Psychological
Methods, 5 (2), 199-213. |
|
MAGID, A., MAZEN, M., HENMASSI, M. & LEWIS, M.F.
(1987). Assessment of statistical power in contemporary
strategy research. Strategic management journal, 8,
403-410. |
|
|
LIPSEY, M.W. & HURLEY, S.M. (1989). Design sensitivity
: Statistical power for applied experimental research. In
M.W. Lipsey (Ed.), Design sensitivity : Statistical
power for Experimental Research (pp. 44-76). Sage
Publications.
[PDF] |
BEZEAU, S. & GRAVES, R. (2001). Statistical power and
effect sizes of clinical neuropsychology research.
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Neuropsychology,
23 (3), 399-406. |
|
|
GATSONIS, C. & SAMPSON, A.R. (1989). Multiple
Correlation : Exact power and sample size calculations. Psychological
Bulletin, 106, 516-524. [PDF] |
MADDOCK, J.E. & ROSSI, J. (2001). Statistical power of
articles published in three health psychology-related
journals. Health Psychology, 20, 76-78. |
|
SEDMEIER, P. & GIGERENZER, G. (1989). Do studies of
statistical power have an effect on the power of studies ?
Psychological Bulletin, 105, 309-316. |
HOENIG, J.M. & HEISE, D.M. (2001). The abuse of power
: the pervasive fallacy of power calculations in data
analysis. The American Statistician, 55, 19-24. |
|
SAWILOWSKY, S.S., BLAIR, R.C. & HIGGINS, J.J. (1989).
An investigation of the type I error and power properties
of the rank transform procedure in factorial ANOVA.
Journal of Educational Statistics, 14, 255-267. |
BOOIL, J. (2002). Statistical power in randomized
intervention studies with noncompliance. Psychological
Methods, 7 (2), 178-193. |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. & BASS, D. (1989). Power to detect
differences between alternative treatments in comparative
psychotherapy outcome research. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 57 (1), 138-147. |
COHN, L.D. & BECKER, B.L. (2003). How meta-analysis
increases statistical power. Psychological Methods, 8
(3), 243-253. |
|
ROSSI, J.S. (1990). Statistical power of psychological
research : What have we gained in 20 years ? Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58,
646-656. |
NAKAGAWA, S. (2004). A farewell to Bonferroni : the
problems of low statistical power and publication bias.
Behavioral Ecology, 15 (6), 1044-1045. |
|
CHOW, S.L. (1991). Some reservations about power analysis.
American Psychologist, 46, 1088-1089. |
BAGULEY, T. (2004). Understanding statistical power in the
context of applied research. Applied Ergonomics, 35
(2), 73-80. |
|
GREEN, S.A. (1991). How many subjects does it take to do a
multiple regression analysis ? Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 26, 499-510. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). L'estimation de la puissance
statistique à partir des données d'expérience. Lettres
Statistiques, 12, 15-36. |
|
COHEN, J. (1992). A power primer. Psychological
Bulletin, 112, 155-159. [PDF] |
MacCALLUM, R.C., BROWNE, M.W. & CAI, L. (2006).
Testing differences between nested covariance structure
models : Power analysis and null hypotheses. Psychological
Methods 11 (1), 19-35. |
|
ZIMMERMAN, D.W. & ZUMBO, B.D. (1993). The relative
power of parametric and nonparametric statistical methods.
In G. Keren & C. Lewis (Eds.), A handbook for
data analysis in the behavioral sciences :
Methodological issues (pp. 481-517). Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
DESCÔTEAUX, J. (2007). Statistical power : An historical
introduction. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for
Psychology, 3 (2), 28-34. [PDF] |
|
ZIMMERMAN, D.W., WILLIAMS, R.H. & ZUMBO, B.D. (1993).
Reliability, power, functions, and relations : A reply to
Humphreys. Applied Psychological Measurement, 17 (1),
15-16. [PDF] |
O'KEEFE, D.J. (2007). Post hoc power, observed power, a
priori power, retrospective power, prospective power,
achieved power : Sorting out appropriate uses of
statistical power analyses. Communication Methods
& Measures, 1, 291-299. [PDF] |
|
KOSCIULEK, J.F. & SZYMANSKI, E.M. (1993). Statistical
power analysis of rehabilitation counseling research. Rehabilitation
Counseling Bulletin, 36, 212-219. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2007). Inventer ou estimer la puissance
statistique : Quelques considérations utiles pour le
chercheur. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for
Psychology, 3, 35-42. [PDF] |
|
ZIMMERMAN, D.W., WILLIAMS, R.H. & ZUMBO, B.D. (1993).
Reliability of measurement and power of significance tests
based on differences. Applied Psychological
Measurement, 17, 1-9. |
YERGEAU, E. (2009). Étude sur la puissance statistique des
devis de recherche en éducation. Revue des Sciences
de l'Éducation, 35 (2), 199-221. [PDF] |
|
FAUL, F., ERDFELDER, E., BUCHNER, A. & LANG, A.-G.
(2009). Statistical power analyses using G* Power 3.1:
tests for correlation and regression analyses. Behavior
Research Methods, 41, 1149-1160. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, J. (1994). The earth is round (p > .05). American
Psychologist, 49, 997-1003. [PDF] |
BOURQUE, J., BLAIS, J. & LAROSE, F. (2009).
L'interprétation des tests d'hypothèses : p, la taille de
l'effet et la puissance. Revue des Sciences de
l'Éducation, 35 (1), 211-226. [PDF] |
|
STONE-ROMERO, E.F. & ANDERSON, L.E. (1994). Relative
power of moderated multiple regression and the comparison
of subgroup correlation coefficients for detecting
moderating effects. Journal of Applied Psychology, 79
(3), 354-359. |
BUTTON, K.S., IOANNIDIS, J.P.A., MOKYSZ, C., NOSEK, B.A.,
FLINT, J., ROBINSON, E.S.J. & MUNAFÖ, M.R. (2013).
Power failure : Why small sample size undermines the
reliability of neuroscience. Nature Reviews
Neuroscience, 14, 365-376. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Inférence
statistique, Différence
significative, Seuil
de signification, Hypothèse
nulle et Tests
|
|
|
|
Test statistique (Robustesse) : Se
dit d'un test
statistique qui peut transgresser ses conditions
d'application sans compromettre la valeur de ses conclusions
(rejet ou non de l'hypothèse
nulle). Parmi les conditions d'application des tests, on
compte un très petit nombre de sujets (- de 5), la normalité des populations,
l'indépendance des échantillons,
des populations d'égale variance,
etc. Robustness of parametric statistics.
|
|
|
CONOVER, W.J. & KEMP, K.E. (1973). Robustness and
power of the t-Test compared with some nonparametric
alternatives when sampling from a poisson distribution.
Journal of Statistical Computation & Simulation, 2,
293-307. |
HETTMANSPERGER, T.P. & McKEAN, J.W. (1998). Robust
nonparametric statistical methods. London : Arnold. |
|
BROWN, M.B. & FORSYTHE, A.B. (1974). Robust tests for
the equality of variances. Journal of the American
Statistical Association 69, 364-367. |
|
|
BRADLEY, J.V. (1978). Robustness ? British Journal of
Mathematical & Statistical Psychology, 31,
144-152. |
|
|
HUBER, P. (1981). Robust statistics. New York :
Wiley. |
|
|
HOAGLIN, D.C., MOSTELLER, E. & TUKEY, J.W. (1983). Understanding
robust and exploratory data analysis. New York :
Wiley. |
GANGESTAD, S.W. & THORNHILL, R. (1998). The analysis
of fluctuating asymmetry redux : The robustness of
parametric statistics. Animal Behaviour, 55,
497-501. |
|
STAUDTE, R.G. & SHEATHER, S.J. (1990). Robust
estimation and testing. New York : Wiley. |
WILCOX, R.R. (2003). Modern robust data analysis methods :
Measures of central tendency. Psychological Method, 8
(3), 254-274. [PDF] |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (1993). Robustness in ANOVA. In L. Edwards
(Ed.), Applied analysis of variance in the behavioral
sciences (pp. 345-374). New York : Marcel Dekker. |
WILCOX, R.R. (2009). Comparing robust measures of
association estimated via a smoother. Communications
in Statistics-Simulation & Computation, 38,
1969-1979. |
|
CURRAN, P.J., WEST, S.G. & FINCH, J.F. (1996). The
robustness of test statistics to nonnormality and
specification error in confirmatory factor analysis.
Psychological Methods, 1 (1), 16-29. |
WILCOX, R.R., GRANGER, D. & CLARK, F. (2013). Modern
robust statistical methods : Basics with illustrations
using psychobiological data. Universal Journal of
Psychology, 1, 21-31. |
|
WILCOX, R.R. (1997/2005/2012). Introduction to robust
estimation and hypothesis testing. San Diego, CA:
Academic Press. |
WILCOX, R.R. (2014). Modern robust statistical methods can
provide substantially higher power and a deeper
understanding of data. Annals of Phytomedicine 3
(1), 25-30. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
statistique |
|
|
|
|
Test statistique non paramétrique : Contrairement aux tests paramétriques, ces tests
statistiques ne formulent aucune hypothèse sur la normalité
de la distribution de X. Il n'est donc pas nécessaire de préciser
la forme de la distribution de la population étudiée.
Non-parametric statistic, free distribution test.
| |
|
|
HODGES, J.L. & LEHMANN, E.L. (1956). The efficiency of
some nonparametric competitors of the t-test. The
Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 27 (2), 324-335.
[PDF] |
BELL, W.D., ROTHSTEIN, S.M. & LI, W. (1982). Empirical
study of some non-parametric tests of dispersion of
correlated data. Journal of Statistical Computation
& Simulation, 15, 9-15. |
|
SIEGEL, S. (1956). Non-parametric statistics for the
behavioral sciences. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
SIEGEL, S. & CASTELLAN, N.J. (1988). Nonparametric
statistics for the behavioral sciences. New York :
McGraw-Hill. |
|
CONOVER, W.J. (1971/99). Practical nonparametric
statistics. New York : John Wiley and Sons. |
GIBBONS, J.D. (1998). Non parametric methods for
quantitative analysis. Columbus, Ohio : American
Sciences Press, Inc. |
|
HOLLANDER, M. & WOLFE, D.A. (1973). Nonparametric
Statistics. New York : Wiley. |
DALMAY, F., PREUX, P.M., DRUET-CABANAC, M. &
VERGNENÈGRE, A. (2003). Qu'est-ce qu'un test non
paramétrique ? Revue des Maladies Respiratoires, 20
(6), 955-958. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test
statistique |
| |
|
Test
t : Test d'hypothèse
élaboré par Gosset, qui
permet de comparer la moyenne de deux groupes. =
test de Student, test de comparaison des moyennes, test de Gosset.
T test, Student's t.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
STUDENT/GOSSET, W.S. (1908). The probable error of a mean.
Biometrika, 6, 1-25. |
GOULET, C. (2003). Tutoriel SPSS/Comment faire un
test T. Montréal : Collège Ahuntsic. |
|
BENTON, D. & KRISHNAMOORTHY, K. (2003). Computing
discrete mixtures of continuous distributions : Noncentral
chisquare, noncentral t and the distribution of the square
of the sample multiple correlation coefficient. Computational
Statistics & Data Analysis, 43, 249-267. |
|
STEIGER, J.H. (2004). Beyond the F test : Effect size
confidence intervals and tests of close fit in the
analysis of variance and contrast analysis.
Psychological Methods, 9, 164-182. |
|
HODGES, J.L. & LEHMANN, E.L. (1956). The efficiency of
some nonparametric competitors of the t-test. The
Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 27 (2), 324-335.
[PDF] |
COUSINEAU, D. (2007). Computing the power of t-tests. Tutorials
in Quantitative Methods for Psychology, 3 (2),
60-62. |
|
CONOVER, W.J. & KEMP, K.E. (1973). Robustness and
power of the t-Test compared with some nonparametric
alternatives when sampling from a poisson distribution.
Journal of Statistical Computation & Simulation, 2,
293-307. |
ROUDER, J.N., SPRECKMAN, P.L., SUN, D. & MOREY, R.D.
(2009). Bayesian t tests for accepting and rejecting the
null hypothesis. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review,
16 (2), 225-237. [PDF] |
|
YUEN, K.K. (1974). The two-sample trimmed t for unequal
population variances. Biometrika, 61, 165-170. |
ZUO, Y. (2010). Is the t confidence interval ± t? (n -
1)s/?n optimal ?. The American Statistician, 64
(2), 170-173. |
|
CRESSIE, N.A.C. & WHITFORD, H.J. (1986). How to use
the two-sample t-test. Biometrical Journal, 28, 131-148.
|
BORNEMAN, M.J. (2010). Mean comparisons. In N.J. Salkind,
B. Frey & D.M. Dougherty (Eds.), Encyclopedia of
research design. (pp. 785-790). Thousand Oaks, CA
: Sage. |
|
TITACHMAN, J.J., GIAMBALVO, V. & DIPNNER, R S. (1978).
On the assumptions concerning the assumptions of a test. Journal
of General Psychology, 99, 107-116. |
DE WINTER, J.C.F. & DODOU, D. (2012). Five-point
Likert items : t test versus Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon.
Practical Assessment, Research & Evaluation, 15
(11), 1-16. [PDF] |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse |
|
|
Test
U de Mann-Whitney : Test
statistique non-paramétrique élaboré séparément par Mann et
Witney d'un côté et Wilcoxon
de l'autre. Ce test est considéré comme alternative
non-paramétrique au test t pour des échantillons indépendants. =
test Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon, test MWW, test de rang de Wilcoxon.
Mann-Whitney U, Mann-Whitney-Wilcoxon test, test MWW, Wilcoxon
rank-sum test, Mann-Whitney comparaison.
| |
|
|
MANN, H.B. & WHITNEY, D.R. (1947). On a test of
whether one of 2 random variables is stochastically larger
than the other. Annals of Mathematical Statistics,
18, 50-60. |
|
WILCOXON, F. (1945). Individual comparisons by ranking
methods. Biometrics Bulletin, 1, 80-83. |
|
FAGERLAND, M.W. & SANDVICK, L. (2009). The
Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney test under scrutiny. Statistics
in Medicine, 28, 1487-1497. |
| |
|
SCHERRER, B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi :
Gaëtan Morin. |
Voir aussi Test
statistique non-paramétrique |
|
|
Test unilatéral : Tout test
statistique qui permet de refuser l'hypothèse nulle et donc
d'accepter l'hypothèse alternative selon laquelle le groupe A est
> que B ou l'inverse (mais non les deux possibilités car le
préfixe un signifie un seul). Contrairement au test
bilatéral, le test unilatéral permet de préciser le sens de la
différence entre A et B. Tests unilatéral et bilatéral.
= test unidirectionnel ou
unicaudale.
One-sided test, one-tailed test.
| |
|
|
DEUTSCH, M. (1977). Recurrent themes in the study of
social conflict. Journal of Social Issues, 33,
222-225. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse |
|
|
Test
Z : Test d'hypothèse. Z
test.
| |
|
|
YUAN, K.H. & BENTLER, P.M. (2004). On chi-square
difference and z tests in mean and covariance structure
analysis when the base model is mispecified. Educational
& Psychological Measurement 64, 737-757. |
|
Voir aussi Test d'hypothèse |
| |
|
|
Testabilité : Ensemble des caractéristiques qui permet à une théorie
ou à une thérapie
d'être soumise à un test empirique,
et donc d'être vérifiée
ou non par les faits.
Ces caractéristiques sont : définitions
claires des concepts,
organisation logique des concepts (cohérence),
variables mesurables
avec précision, hypothèses
opérationelles, outil de
mesure adéquat, etc. Testability.
| |
|
|
POPPER, K.R. (1968). The logic of scientific
discovery. London : Hutchinson. |
|
ZAMORA-BONILLA, J.P. (2003). Meaning and testability in
the structuralist theory of science. Erkenntnis, 59,
47-76. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Test empirique |
|
|
|
|
Testicule
: Testis.
| |
|
|
BRUBAKER, R. & WICKERSHAM, D. (1990). Encouraging the
practice of testicular self-examination : a field
application of the theory of reasoned action. Health
Psychology, 9, 154-163. |
|
KARAMAN, M.I., KAYA, C., CASKURLU, T., GUNEY, S. &
ERGENEKON, E. (2005). Measurement of pediatric testicular
volume with Prader orchid-ometer : comparison of different
hands. Pediatric Surgery International, 21 (7),
517-520. |
|
|
|
|
|
Testostérone : Hormone
masculine sécrétée par les testicules. Elle agit, entre autres,
sur le développement des caractères
sexuels. Testostérone, agressivité
et agression.
Testosterone.
| |
|
|
STONE, C.P. (1938). Activation of impotent male rats by
injections of testosterone propionate. Comparative
Psychology, 25, 445-450. |
NETTER, P., TOLL, C., ROHRMANN, S., HENNIG, J. &
NYBORG, H. (2000). Configural frequency analysis of
factors associated with testosterone levels in Vietnam
veterans. Psychologische Beiträge, Band 42,
504-514. |
|
PHOENIX, C.H., GOY, R.W., GERALL, A.A. & YOUNG, W.C.
(1959). Organizing action of prenatally administered
testosterone propionate on the tissues mediating mating
behavior in the female guinea pig. Endocrinology, 65,
369-382. |
POPE, H.G., KOURI E.M. & HUDSON, J.I. (2000). The
effects of supraphysiologic doses of testosterone on mood
and aggression in normal men : A randomized controlled
study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57,
133–140. |
|
ROSE, R., BERNSTEIN, I. & GORDON, T. (1975).
Consequences of social conflict on plasma testosterone
levels in rhesus monkeys. Psychosomatic Medicine, 37,
50-61. |
DABBS, J.M. & DABBS, M.G. (2000). Heroes, rogues,
and lovers : Testosterone and behavior. New York :
McGraw-Hill. |
|
MOFFAT, S.D. & HAMPSON, E. (2000). Salivary testosterone concentrations in left-handers : an
association with cerebral language lateralization ? Neuropsychology,
14, 71–81. |
|
MICHAEL, R.P. & BONSALL, R.D. & ZUMPE, D. (1984).
The behavioral thresholds of testosterone in castrated
male rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Hormones &
Behavior, 18 (2), 161-176. |
RABKIN, J.G. WAGNER, G. & RABKIN, R. (2000). A
double-blind placebo controlled trial of testosterone
therapy for HIV+ men with hypogonadal symptoms.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 141-147. |
|
SACHSER, N. & PRÖVE, E. (1984). Short-term effects of
residence on the testosterone responses to fighting in
alpha male guinea pigs. Aggressive Behavior, 10, 285-292. |
NYBORG, H. & JENSEN, A.R. (2000). Testosterone Levels
as Modifiers of Psychometric g. Personality &
Individual Differences, 28, 601-607. |
|
O'CARROLL, R. & BANCROFT, J. (1984). Testosterone
therapy for low sexual interest and erectile dysfunction
in men : a controlled study. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 145, 146-151. |
DAVIS, S.R. & TRAN, J. (2000). Testosterone influences
libido and well being in women. Trends in
Endocrinology & Metabolism, Journal, 12, 33–37. |
|
ZUMPE, D. & MICHAEL, R.P. (1985). Effects of
testosterone on the behavior of male cynomolgus monkeys
(Macaca fascicularis). Hormones & Behavior, 19 (3),
265-277. |
BERG, S.J. & WYNNE-EDWARDS, K.E. (2001). Changes in
testosterone, cortisol, and estradiol levels in men
becoming fathers. Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 76
(6), 582-592. |
|
WINGFIELD, J.C., BALL, G.F., DUFTY, A.M., HEGNER, R.E.
& RAMENOFSKY, M. (1987). Testosterone and aggression
in birds. American Scientist, 75 (6), 602-608.
[PDF] |
RABKIN, J.G. WAGNER, G.J. & RABKIN, R. (2001).
Testosterone's effects not limited to mood (letter).
Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 403-404. |
|
DABBS, J.M. RUBACK, R.B., FRADY, R.L., HOPPER, C.H. &
SGOUTAS, D.S. (1988). Saliva testosterone and criminal
violence among women. Personality & Individual
Differences, 9, 269-275. |
|
|
|
|
JULIAN T. & McKENRY, P.C. (1989). Relationship of
testosterone to men's family functioning in mid-life.
Aggressive Behavior 15, 281-289. |
O'CONNOR, D.B., ARCHER, J., HAIR, M. & WU, F.W.C.
(2001). Activational effects of testosterone on cognitive
function in men. Neuropsychologia, 39,
1385-1394. [PDF] |
|
DABBS, J.M. (1990). Salivary testosterone measurements :
reliability across hours, days and weeks. Physiology
& Behavior, 48, 83-86. |
GUAY, A.T. (2001). Decreased testosterone in regularly
menstruating women with decreased libido : a clinical
observation. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy,
27, 513-519. |
|
ALEXANDER, G.M. & SHERWIN, B.B., BANCROFT, J.B. &
DAVIDSON, D.W. (1990). Testosterone and sexual behavior in
oral contraceptive users and nonuser s: A prospective
study. Hormones & Behavior, 24, 388-402. |
DABBS, J.M., BERNIERI, F.J., STRONG, R.K., CAMPO, R. &
MILUN, R. (2001). Going on stage : Testosterone in
greetings and meetings. Journal of Research in
Personality, 35, 27-40. |
|
ALEXANDER, G.M. & SHERWIN, B.B. (1991). The
association between testosterone, sexual arousal, and
selective attention for erotic stimuli in men. Hormones
& Behavior, 25, 367-381. |
BOOK, A.S., STARZYK, K.B. & QUINSEY, V.L. (2001). The
relationship between testosterone and aggression : A
meta-analysis. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 6
(6), 579-599. |
|
MAZUR, A., BOOTH, A. & DABBS, J. (1992). Testosterone
and chess competition. Social Psychology Quarterly,
55, 70-77. |
MAZUR, A. (2002). Does testosterone cause machismo ? Contemporary
Psychology, 47, 275-276. |
|
ROOF, R.L. & HAVENS, M.D. (1992). Testosterone
improves maze performance and induces development of a
male hippocampus in females. Brain Research, 572
(12), 310-313. |
HINES, M., GOLOMBOK, S., RUST, J., JOHNSTON, K.J. &
GOLDING, J. (2002). Testosterone during pregnancy and
gender role behavior of preschool children : A
longitudinal, population study. Child Development,
73, 1678-1687. |
|
DE BEUN, R., JANSEN, E., SLANGEN, J.D. & VAN DE POLL,
N.E. (1992). Testosterone as appetitive and discriminative
stimulus in rats : Sex- and dose-dependent effects. Physiology
& Behavior, 5 (4), 629-634. |
DABBS, J.M., CATE, K., BROWER, A., EMERY, C., LEANDER, P.
& ZACHERY, M. (2003). Testosterone treatment, affect,
and appearance : Slight effects in normal subjects.
Social Behavior & Personality, 31, 387-394. |
|
ELLIS, L. & NYBORG, H. (1992). Racial/ethnic
variations in male testosterone levels : A possible
contributor to group differences in health. Steroids,
57 (2), 72-75. |
NEAVE, N. & WOLFSON, S. (2003). Testosterone,
territoriality, and the "home advantage". Physiology
& Behavior, 78, 269-275. [PDF] |
|
DABBS, J.M., (1992).Testosterone and occupational
achievement. Social Forces, 70, 813-824. |
NYBORG, H. (2004). Multivariate modelling of
testosterone-dominance associations. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 27, 155-162. |
|
ALEXANDER, G.M., PACKARD, M.G. & HINES, M. (1994).
Testosterone has rewarding affective properties in male
rats : Implications for the biological basis of sexual
motivation. Behavioral Neuroscience, 108,
424-428. |
O'CONNOR, D.B., ARCHER, J. & WU, F.C.W. (2004).
Effects of testosterone on mood, aggression and sexual
behavior in young men : A double-blind,
placebo-controlled, cross-over study. Journal of
Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 89,
2837-2845. |
|
DABBS, J.M., CARR, T.S., FRADY, R.L. & RIAD, J.K.
(1995). Testosterone, crime, and misbehavior among 692
male prison inmates. Personality & Individual
Differences, 18 (5), 627-633. |
HOOVEN, C.K., CHABRIS, C.F., ELISON, P.T. & KOSSLYN,
S.M. (2004). The relationship of testosterone to
components of mental rotation. Neuropsychologia, 42,
782-790. [PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, M., LACUNA, A. & WONG, C. (1995). Sex
behavior after neonatal progesterone, testosterone,
estrogen or antiandrogens hormones. Behavior, 4
(1-2), 73-88. |
POISBLEAU, M., FRITZ, H., GUILLEMAIN, M. & LACROIX, A.
(2005). Testosterone and linear social dominance status in
captive male dabbling ducks in winter. Ethology, 111,
493-509. [PDF] |
|
VAN ANDERS, S.M. & HAMPSON, E. (2005). Waist-to-hip
ratio is positively associated with bioavailable
testosterone but negatively associated with sexual desire
in healthy pre-menopausal women. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 67, 246-250.[PDF] |
|
DABBS, J.M. (1997). Testosterone, smiling, and facial
appearance. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 21,
45-55. |
ISIDORI, A.M., GIANETTA, E., GIANFRILLI, D., GRECO, E.A.,
BONIFACIO, V., AVERSA, A., ISIDORI, A., FABBRI, A. &
LENZI, A. (2005). Effects of testosterone on sexual
function in men : Results of a meta-analysis. Clinical
Endocrinology, 63, 381-394. [PDF] |
|
|
|
TÖNNESSEN, F.E. (1997). Testerone and dyslexia. Pediatric
Rehabilitation, 51-58. |
BEEHNER, J.C., BERGMAN, T.J., CHENEY, D.L., SEYFARTH, R.M.
& WHITTEN, P.L (2005). Testosterone predicts future
dominance rank and mating activity among male chacma
baboons. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 59
(4), 469-479. [PDF]+[PDF] |
|
MAZUR, A. (2006). The role of testosterone in male
dominance contests that turn violent. Social Biology, 53
(1-2), 24-29. |
|
KRAUSE, W., MUELLER, U. & MAZUR, A. (2006).
Testosterone supplementation in the aging male : Which
questions have to be answered ?The Aging Male, 8,
31-38. |
|
ARCHER, J. (2006). Testosterone and human behavior : An
evaluation of the challenge hypothesis. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 30, 319-345. |
|
TRAVISON, T.G., MORLEY, J.E., ARAUJO, A.B., O'ODNNELL,
A.B. & McKINLAY, J.B. (2006). The relationship between
libido and testosterone levels in aging men. The Journal
of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 91 (7),
2509-2513. |
|
MAZUR, A. (2006). Testosterone and social behavior. Social
Forces, 86, 166-191. |
|
McDERMOTT, R., JOHNSON, D., COWDEN, J. & ROSEN, S.
(2007). Testosterone and Aggression in a Simulated Crisis
Game. In J. Hibbing & K. Smith (Eds.), The annals
: Biology and political behavior. American Academy
of Political and Social Science. |
|
VAN ANDERS, S.M., HAMILTON, L.D. & WATSON, N.V.
(2007). Multiple partners are associated with higher
testosterone in North American men and women. Hormones
& Behavior, 51, 454-459. |
|
JOHNSON, D.D.P., McDERMOTT, R., BARRETT, E.S., COWDEN, J.,
WRANGHAM, R., McINTYRE, M.H. & ROSEN, S. (2006).
Overconfidence in wargames : experimental evidence on
expectations, aggression, gender and testosterone. Proceedings
of the Royal Society (B), 273 (1600), 2513-2520. |
|
KINSBERG, S., SHIFREN, J., WEKSELMAN, K., RODENBERG, C.,
KOOCHAKI, P. & DEROGATIS, L. (2007). Evaluation of the
clinical relevance of benefits associated with transdermal
testosterone treatment in postmeno- pausal women with
hypoactive sexual desire disorder. Journal of Sexual
Medicine, 4, 1001-1008. |
|
MEHTA, P.J., JONES, A.C. & JOSEPHS, R.A. (2008). The
social endocrinology of dominance : Basal testosterone
predicts cortisol changes and behavior following victory
and defeat. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 94 (6), 1078-1093. [PDF] |
|
CARRÉ, J.M. & McCORMICK, C.M. (2008). Aggressive
behavior and change in salivary testosterone
concentrations predict willingness to engage in a
competitive task. Hormones & Behavior, 54, 403-409.
[PDF] |
|
ALLAN, C.A., FORBES, E.A., SRAUSS, B.J. & McLACHIAN,
R.I. (2008). Testosterone therapy increases sexual desire
in ageing men with low-normal testosterone levels and
symptoms of androgen deficiency. International
Journal of Impotence Research, 20, 396-401. [PDF] |
|
MAZUR, A. (2009). Dominance hierarchies. In J. Levine
& M. Hogg (Eds.), Encyclopedia of group processes
and intergroup relations. Sage. |
|
|
|
SAPOLSKY, R. (1998). The trouble with testosterone :
And other essays on the biology of the human
predicament. Scribner. |
CARRÉ, J.M. (2009). No place like home : testosterone
responses to victory depend on game location. American
Journal of Human Biology, 21, 392-394. [PDF] |
|
DABBS, J.M. (1998) Testosterone and the concept of
dominance. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 370-371. |
CAMPBELL, B.C., DREBER, A., APICELLA, C.L., EISENBERG,
D.T.A., GRAY, P.B., LITTLE, A.C., GARCIA, J.R., ZAMORE,
R.S. & LUM. K.J. (2010). Testosterone exposure,
dopaminergic reward, and sensation-seeking in young men. Physiology
& Behavior, 99 (4), 451-456. [PDF] |
|
BENRHARDT, P.C., DABBS, J.M., FIELDEN, J.A. & LUTTER,
C.D. (1998) Testosterone changes during vicarious
experiences of winning and losing among fans at sporting
events. Physiology & Behavior, 65, 59-62. |
MILLER, S.L. & MANER, J.K. (2010). Scent of a woman :
Men's testosterone responses to olfactory ovulation cues.
Psychological Science, 21, 276-283. [PDF] |
|
TREMBLAY, R.E., SCHAAL, B., BOULERICE, B., ARSENEAULT, L.,
SOUSSIGNAN, R.G., PAQUETTE, D. & LAURENT, D. (1998).
Testosterone, physical aggression, dominance, and physical
development in early adolescence. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 22, 753-777. |
CARRÉ, J. & PUTNAM, S.K. (2010). Watching a
previous victory produces an increase in testosterone
among elite hockey players. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
35, 475-479. [PDF] |
|
MAZUR A. & BOOTH, A. (1998). Testosterone and
dominance in men. Behavioral & Brain Science, 21,
353-397. [PDF] |
LIENING, S.H. & JOSEPHS, R.A. (2010). It is not just
about testosterone : Physiological mediators and
moderators of testosterone's behavioral effects. Social
& Personality Psychology Compass, 4 (11),
982-994. [PDF] |
|
CARRÉ, J.M. & MEHTA, P.J. (2011). Importance of
considering testosterone-cortisol interactions in
predicting human aggression and dominance. Aggressive
Behavior, 37, 1-3. [PDF] |
|
EISENEGGER, C., HAUSHOFER, J. & FEHR, E. (2011). The
role of testosterone in social interaction. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 15 (6), 263-271. [PDF] |
|
DENSON, T.F., MEHTA, P.H. & HO TAN, D. (2013).
Endogenous testosterone and cortisol jointly influence
reactive aggression in women.
Psychoneuroendocrinology, 38, 416-424. [PDF] |
|
REIS, S.L. & ABDO, C.H. (2014). Benefits and risks of
testosterone treatment for hypoactive sexual desire
disorder in women : a critical review of studies published
in the decades preceding and succeeding the advent of
phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors. Clinics, 69
(4), 294-303. [PDF] |
|
JORDAN-YOUNG, R. & RUMIATI, R. (2015). Debating a
testosterone "sex gap". American Association for the
Advancement of Science, 348 (6237), 858-886. |
|
MAZUR, A. (2016). Testosterone is high among young Black
men with little education. Frontiers in Sociology, 1
[1], 1-5. [PDF] |
|
CORONA, G., RASTRELLI. G., MORGENTALER, A., SFORZA, A.,
MANNUCCI. E. & MAGGI, M. (2017). Meta-analysis of
results of testosterone therapy on sexual function based
on International Index of Erectile Function Scores. European
Urology, 72 (6), 1000-1011. |
|
KOHN, T.P. & RAMASAMY, R. (2017). Is a normal
testosterone level necessary for erectile function ? European
Urology, 72 (6), 1012-1013. |
|
FINE, C. (2017). Testosterone Rex. : Myths of sex,
science and society. W.W. Norton. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Violence,
Dominance
e Hormone |
|
|
|
|
Tête
(Circonférence) : Head
circumference.
| |
|
|
FROEHLICH, W., CLEVELAND, S., TORRES, A., PHILLIPS, J.,
COHEN, B., TORIGOE, T., MILLER, J., FEDELE, A., COLLINS,
J., SMITH, K., LOTSPEICH, L., CROEN, L.A., OZONOFF, S.,
LAJONCHERE, C., GRETHER, J.K., RISCH, N. & HALLMAYER,
J. (2013). Head circumference in twins with and without
autism spectrum disorder. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 43, 2026-2037. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Apparence
physique |
|
|
Tetlock
Philip E. ( ) : Psychosociologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude des conflits
et des idéologies.
Il s'intéresse également aux styles
cognitifs. Collaborateur de
Jussim, Singh, Skitka,
Stern, Suedfeld
et Roese.
|
TETLOCK, P.E. & LEVI, A. (1983). Attribution biais :
On the inconclusiveness of the cognition : Motivation
debate. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
18, 66-888. [PDF] |
|
TETLOCK, P.E. (1986). A value pluralism model of
ideological reasoning. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 50, 819-827. [PDF] |
|
TETLOCK, P.E. (1994). Political psychology or politicized
psychology : Is the road to scientific hell paved with
good moral intentions ? Political Psychology, 15,
509-530. [PDF] |
|
TETLOCK, P.E. (2004). Political psychology : The
challenges of sustaining interdisciplinary research
programs. Contemporary Psychology, 49 (2),
170-173. [PDF] |
|
TETLOCK, P.E., VISSER, P., SINGH, R., POLIFRONI, M.,
ELSON, B., MAZZOCCO, P. & RESCOBER, P. (2007). People
as intuitive prosecutors : The impact of social control
motives on attributions of responsibility. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 43, 195-209. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Teven
Jason J. ( ) : Spécialiste américain
de l'éducation et de la communication.
Il s'intéresse notamment à la
convivialité des
enseignants. Collaborateur de
McCroskey et Richmond.
|
TEVEN, J.J. & McCOSKEY, J.C. (1997). The relationship
of perceived teacher caring with student learning and
teacher evaluation. Communication Education, 46,
1-9. [PDF] |
|
TEVEN, J.J. & HANSON, T.L. (2004). The impact of
teacher immediacy and perceived caring on teacher
competence and trustworthiness. Communication
Quarterly, 52, 39-53. [PDF] |
|
TEVEN, J.J. & McCROSKEY, J.C. & RICHMOND, V.P.
(2006). Communication correlates of perceived
Machiavellianism of supervisors : Communication
orientations and outcomes. Communication Quarterly,
54, 127-142. |
|
TEVEN, J.J. (2007). Teacher temperament : Correlates with
teacher caring, burnout, and organizational outcomes.
Communication Education, 56 (3), 382-400. [PDF] |
|
TEVEN, J.J. (2010). The effects of supervisor nonverbal
immediacy and power use on employees' ratings of
credibility and affect for the supervisor. Human
Communication, 13, 69-85. |
|
|
|
Texte
: Ensemble de phrases,
généralement divisé en paragraphes, dont le but est d'exprimer au
moins une idée.
|
|
|
|
|
Texte: Cette fonction du
lexique vous permet de lire des textes/articles/chapitres de livre
des auteurs disponibles sur internet, en format html ou pdf. Exemple
de
Des PDF sont aussi disponibles sous [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
| TEM - THAGARD - THALAMUS
- THÈME DE RECHERCHE -
THÉORÈME - THÉORÊT - THÉORIE
- THÉRAPEUTE - THÉRAPIE
- THÈSE - THI |
Thagard Paul R. (Yorkton Canada 1950-) : Philosophe
cognitiviste
américain, d'origine canadienne, spécialisé dans l'étude du
raisonnement (modèle
computationnel) et des émotions.
Collaborateur de Holyoak,
Nisbett et Holland.
 |
THAGARD, P.R. (1982). From the descriptive to the
normative in psychology and logic. Philosophy of
Science, 49 (1), 24-42. [PDF] |
|
THAGARD, P.R. (1989). Explanatory coherence. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 12, 435-467. [PDF] |
|
THAGARD, P.R. (1992). Adversarial problem solving :
Modelling an opponent using explanatory coherence. Cognitive
Science, 16, 123-149.
[PDF] |
|
THAGARD, P. (2005). The emotional coherence of religion. Journal
of Cognition & Culture, 5, 58-74. [PDF] |
|
THAGARD, P. (2006). Evaluating explanations in science,
law, and everyday life. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 15, 141-145. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Thalamus
: Structures jumelles du cerveau
découverte par Galien. Il
s'agit en fait de deux
noyaux de matière grise qui relaient et filtrent les messages
sensoriels au cortex
cérébral. Thalamus et amygdale.
Thalamus, thalamic nuclei.
| |
|
|
LEGROS CLARK, W.E. (1932). The structure and connections
of the thalamus. Brain 55, 406-470. |
LEDOUX, J.E., FARB, C. & RUGGIERO, D.A. (1990).
Topographic organization of neurons in the acoustic
thalamus that project to the amygdala. Journal of
Neuroscience, 10 (4), 1043-1054. [PDF] |
|
MORISON, R.S. & DEMPSEY, E.W. (1942). A study of
thalamo-cortical relations. American Journal of
Physiology, 135, 281-292 |
VON KROSIGK, M., BAL, T. & MCCORMICK, D.A. (1993).
Cellular mechanisms of a synchronized oscillation in the
thalamus. Science, 261, 361-364. |
|
LASHLEY, K.S. & SPERRY, R.W. (1943). Olfactory
discrimination after destruction of the anterior thalamic
nuclei. American Journal of Physiology, 139,
446-450. |
|
|
MAGOUN, H.W. & McKINLEY, W.A. (1942). The termination
of ascending trigeminal and spinal tracts in the thalamus
of the cat. American Journal of Physiology, 137, 409-416. |
PURPURA, K.P. & SCHIFF, N.D. (1997). The thalamic
intralaminar nuclei : a role in visual awareness. The
Neuroscientist, 3, 8-15. |
|
POLLEN, D.A., PEROT, P. & REID, K.H. (1963).
Experimental bilateral wave and spike from thalamic
stimulation in relation to level of arousal. Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 13, 1017-1028. |
VAN DER WERF, Y.D., WITTER, M.P., UYLINGS, H.B. &
JOLLES, J. (2000). Neuropsychology of infarctions in the
thalamus : a review. Neuropsychologia, 38,
613-627. [PDF] |
|
POLLEN, D.A. (1964). Intracellular studies of cortical
neurones during thalamic induced wave and spike. Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 17, 398-404. |
BENDER, D.B. & YOUAKIM, M. (2001). Effect of attentive
fixation in macaque thalamus and cortex. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 85 (1), 219-234. [PDF] |
|
JONES, E.G. (1985). The Thalamus. New York :
Plenum Press. |
GAILLOUD, P., CAROTA, A., BOGOUSSLAVSKY, J. & FASEL,
J. (2003). Histoire de l'anatomie du thalamus de
l'antiquité à la fin du XIXe siècle.
Archives Suisses de Neurologie, Neurochirurgie et de
Psychiatrie, 154, 49-58. |
|
RAFAL, R.D. & POSER, M.I. (1987). Deficit in human
spatial attention following thalamic lesions. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences U.S.A. 84,
7349-7353. |
SHERMAN, S. (2006). Thalamus. Scholarpedia. 1
(9), 1583.
[PDF] |
|
LEDOUX, J.E., FARB C. & RUGGERIO, D.A. (1990).
Topographic organization of neurons in the acoustic
thalamus that project to the amygdala. Journal of
Neuroscience, 10, 1043-1054. |
JONES, E. (2006). The thalamus 2. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
EDELINE, J.M. & WEINBERGER, N.M. (1991). Thalamic
short-term plasticity in the auditory system : associative
returning of receptive fields in the ventral medial
geniculate body. Behavioral Neuroscience, 105
(5), 618-639. |
KAAS, J.H. (2007). The thalamus revisited : where do we go
from here ? Brain, 130 (9), 2470-2473. [PDF] |
|
BUTLER, A.B. (2008). Evolution of the thalamus : A
morphological and functional review. Thalamus &
Related Systems, 4 (1), 35-58. |
|
EDELINE, J.M. & WEINBERGER, N.M. (1992). Associative
retuning in the thalamic source of input to the amygdala
and auditory cortex : receptive field plasticity in the
medial division of the medial geniculate body.
Behavioral Neuroscience, 106 (1), 81-105. |
KUNIATSU, J. & TANAKA, M. (2010). Roles of the primate
motor thalamus in the generation of antisaccades.
Journal of Neuroscience, 30 (14), 5108-5117. [PDF] |
|
PARNAUDEAU, S., TAYLOR, K.T., BOLKAN, S .S., WARD, R.D.,
BALSAM, P. & KELLENDONK, C. (2015) Mediodorsal
thalamus hypofunction impairs flexible goal-directed
behavior. Biological Psychiatry, 77, 445-453. |
| |
|
PINEL, J. (2007). Biopsychologie. Pearsons. |
Voir aussi Cerveau
et Noyaux de
matière grise |
|
|
|
|
Thaler
Richard (East Orange 1945-) : Économiste
américain et spécialiste du comportement social et de la
théorie des jeux. On lui doit la théorie du libéralisme
paternalisme (nudge theory). Il a reçu prix
de la Banque de Suède en Sciences Économiques en 2017.
Collaborateur de Dawes, Kahneman
et Tversky.
|
THALER, R. (1980). Toward a positive theory of consumer
choice. Journal of Economic Behavior &
Organisation, 1, 39-60. [PDF] |
|
THALER, R. (1981). Some empirical evidence on dynamic
inconsistency. Economic Letters, 8, 201-207. [PDF] |
|
THALER, R. (1985). Mental accounting and consumer choice.
Marketing Science, 4 (3), 199-214. [PDF] |
|
THALER, R. (1994). Psychology and savings policies. American
Economic Review, 84 (2), 186-192. [PDF] |
|
THALER, R., TVERSKY, A., KAHNEMAN, D. & SCHWARTZ, A.
(1997). The effect of myopia and loss aversion on risk
taking : An experimental test. Quarterly Journal of
Economics, 12 (2), 647-661. [PDF] |
|
|
DEDAI, A.C. (2011). Libertarian paternalism,
externalities, and the “spirit of liberty”: How Thaler and
Sunstein Are nudging us toward an “overlapping consensus.
Law & Social Inquiry, 36 (1), 263–295. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Thanatos
: Thanatos est un dieu grec. Chez Freud,
pulsion qui engendre des
comportements haineux, violents et destructeurs. =
pulsion de mort. /Éros.
Thanatos.
|
|
|
Thelen
Esther (Brooklin 1941-2004 Bloomington) :
Psychologue américaine
et spécialiste du développement
des enfants, notamment du développement
moteur. Collaboratrice de Bates.
|
|
THELEN, E. (1985). Developmental origins of motor
coordination: Leg movements in human infants. Developmental
Psychobiology, 18, 1–22. |
|
THELEN, E. KELSO, J. & FOGEL, A. (1987).
Self-organizing systems and infant motor development. Developmental
Review, 7, 39–65. |
|
THELEN, E. & ULRICH, B. (1991). Hidden skills : A
dynamic systems analysis of treadmill stepping during the
first year. Monographs of the Society for Research in
Child Development, 56, 1–104. |
|
THELEN, E. (1995). Motor Development : A new synthesis. American
Psychologist, 50 (2), 79-95. |
|
THELEN, E. & BATES, E. (2003). Connectionism and
dynamic systems : Are they really different ? Developmental
Science, 6, 378–391. |
|
|
ADOLPH, K., CORBETTA, D., VEREIJKEN, B. & SPENCER, J.
(2005).In meoriam : Esther Thelen. Infancy, 7 (1),
1-4. [PDF] |
|
ADOLPH, K. & VEREIJKEN, B. (2005). Esther Thelen
(1941-2004) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 60 (9),
1032. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Theofilou
Pareskevi ( ) : Psychologue
grec et spécialiste de l'étude de la santé, notamment de la
qualité de vie.
|
THEOFILOU, P. (2011). Quality of life in patients
undergoing haemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis treatment.
Journal of Clinical Medicine Research, 3,
132-138. |
|
THEOFILOU, P. (2011). The role of sociodemographic factors
in health-related quality of life of patients with
end-stage renal disease. International Journal of
Caring Sciences, 4, 40-50. |
|
THEOFILOU, P. (2012). The relation of social support to
mental health and locus of control in chronic kidney
disease. Journal of Renal Nursing, 4, 18-22. |
|
THEOFILOU, P. (2012). Self-esteem in Greek dialysis
patients : The contribution of health locus of control. Iranian
Journal of Kidney Diseases, 6 (2), 136-140. |
|
THEOFILOU, P. (2013). Quality of life : Definition and
measurement. Europe's Journal of Psychology, 9
(1), 150-162. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Théorème central limite : Central limit
theorem.
| |
|
|
ADAMS, W.J. (1974). The life and times of the central
limit theorem. New York : Kaedmon. |
|
|
|
| | |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1926). Bayes' theorem and the fourfold
table. Eugenics Review, 18 (1), 32-33. [PDF] |
COX, D.R. (2000). The five faces of Bayesian statistics. Calcutta
Statistical Association Bulletin, 50, 127-136. [PDF] |
|
WINKLER, R.L. (1972). Introduction to bayesian
inference and decision. New York : Holt. |
SCHOOLER, L.J., SHIFFRIN, R.M. & RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W.
(2001). A bayesian model for implicit effects in
perceptual identification. Psychological Review, 108,
257-272. [PDF] |
|
TRAFINOW, D. (2003). Hypothesis testing and theory
evaluation at the boundaries : Surprising insights from
Bayes's theorem. Psychological Review, 11 (3),
526-535. [PDF] |
|
ELLISON, A.M. (2004). Bayesian inference in ecology. Ecology
Letters 7, 509-520. |
|
CLARK, J.S. (2005). Why environmental scientists are
becoming Bayesians. Ecology Letters, 8, 2-14. |
|
EFRON, B. (1986). Why isn't everyone a bayesian ? The
American Statistician, 40, 1-11. [PDF] |
CELEUX, G., FORBES, F., ROBERT, C.P. & TITTERINGTON,
D.M. (2006). Deviance Information criteria for missing
data models. Bayesian Analysis, 1 (4), 651-674.
[PDF] |
|
FELDMAN, J. (2009). Bayes and the simplicity principle in
perception. Psychological Review, 116 (4),
875-888. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, J.Q. (1988). Decision analysis : A bayesian
approach. London : Chapman and Hull. |
VAN DER HELM, P.A. (2011). Bayesian confusions surrounding
simplicity and likelihood in perceptual organization.
Acta Psychologica, 138, 337-346. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Statistique
bayesienne, Modèle
de Bayes, Raisonnement bayesien et Bayes |
|
|
|
|
|
Théorème du singe savant : Théorème
selon lequel un nombre infini de singe
qui taperaient indéfiniment et à l'aveuglette sur le clavier d'une
machine à écrire finiraient un jour "presque sûrement" par écrire
un texte intelligible. Infinite monkey
theorem.
|
Théorêt
Manon ( ) :Psychologue
béhavioriste,
féministe et écologiste
québécoise, professeure au département de
psychopédagogie et d'andragogie de l'Université
de Montréal. Elle s'intéresse à l'apprentissage et au décrochage
en milieu scolaire, à la discrimination envers les filles à
l'école et à la résilience.
Elle est l'un des quatre fondatrices des Scientifines.
Étudiante de Bélanger.
Collaboratrice de Chamberland,
De la
Sablonnière, Garon et
Hrimech.
 |
CHAMBERLAND, C., THÉORÊT, M. et GARON, R. (1995). Les
Scientifines en action : conception, implantation et
évolution. Montréal : Université de Montréal :
École de service social. |
|
THÉORÊT, M. et GARON, R. (1995). Reconnaître les plans à
cas unique en sciences de l'éducation. Mesure et
Évaluation en Éducation, 28, 1. |
|
THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R. et HRIMECH, M. (2000). Évaluation
d'une intervention de mentorat visant a reduire le risque
d'abandon scolaire. Revue Canadienne de
Psycho-Education, 29 (1), 65-86. |
|
THÉORÊT, M., LEROUX, M., CARPENTER, A. et BERTRAND, C.
(2005). Analyse de l'appropriation de la réforme du
curriculum par des enseignants et évaluation d'impact
sur la réussite en mathématiques d'élèves à risque.
Projet Transmaths. Montréal : Université de
Montréal. |
|
THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R., HRIMECH, M. et CARPENTIER, A.
(2006). Exploration de la résilience éducationnelle chez
des enseignants. International Review of Education,
52 (6), 575-598. |
|
|
|
Théorie (scientifique) : Synonyme d'explication.
Une théorie est toujours une réduction de la complexité à
l'essentiel; jamais une description/explication totale de la
réalité, dans ses moindres détails. En science,
il s'agit d'un système de suppositions et de principes organisés
plus ou moins logiquement, visant à décrire et à expliquer un
ensemble donné de phénomènes
et leurs relations. Une théorie comprend au moins deux concepts
logiquement reliés ( EX: ça-moi-surmoi chez Freud
ou Sd-R-C chez Skinner), desquels on peut déduire une hypothèse
vérifiable ou
potentiellement vérifiable. Bref, une théorie est une explication logique qui s'appuie sur des faits. Théorie, qualité d'une théorie et explication.
= explication scientifique, modèle
scientifique, simplification volontaire de la réalité, abstraction
du réel. /athéorique.
Theory, scientific explanation.
| Problème |
 |
Théorie |
|
Solution |
 |
| Recherche |
 |
| Méthodes
scientifiques |
|
| |
| |
 |
|
| Rôle
des théories |
|
WOODGER, J.H. (1939). The technique of theory
construction. Chicago : University of Chicago
Press. |
ANKER, J.D. (Ed.) (1987). Systems and theories in
psychology. New York : McGraw Hill. |
|
HULL, C.L., ROSS, R.T., HALL, M., PERKINS, D.T. &
FITCH, F.B. (1940). Mathematico-deductive theory of
rote learning. New Haven, NJ : Yale University
Press. |
MARX, M.H. & CRONAN-HILLIX, W.A. (1987). Systems
and theories in psychology. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1941). Current trends in psychological
theory. Psychological Bulletin, 38, 29-65. |
GERGEN, K.J. (1988). The concept of progress in
psychological theory. Recent Trends in Theoretical
Psychology 1-14. |
|
SPENCE, K.W. (1944). The nature of theory construction in
contemporary psychology. Psychological Review, 51
(1), 47-68 |
STAGNER, R. (1988). A history of psychological
theories. New York : Macmillan. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1950). Are thories of learning necessary ?
Psychological Review, 57, 193-216. [PDF] |
GREENWALD, A.G. & PRATKANIS, A.R. (1988). On the use
of "theory" and the usefulness of theory. Psychological
Review, 95, 575-579. |
|
BORING, E.G. (1953). The role of theory in experimental
psychology. American Journal of Psychology, 66,
169-184. |
SUPPE, F. (1989). The semantic conception of theories
and scientific realism. Chicago : University of
Illinois Press. |
|
DALLENBACH, K.M. (1953). The place of theory in science.
Psychological Review, 60 (1), 33-39. |
MEEHL, P.E. (1990). Appraising and amending theories : The
strategy of Lakatosian defense and two principles that
warrant It. Psychological Inquiry, 1 (2),
108-141. [PDF] |
|
HEMPEL, C.G. (1958). The theoretician's dilemma. In H.
Feigel and M. Scriven (Eds.), Minnesota studies in the
philosophy of science (Vol. II). Minneapolis :
University ofMinnesota Press. |
HINELINE, P.N. (1990). The origins of environment-based
psychological theory. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 53 (2), 305-320. [PDF] |
|
SELLARS, W. (1961). The language of theories. In H.Feigl
and G.Maxwell, (Eds.), Current issues in the
philosophy of science. New York. |
DECERF, A. (Dir.) (1991). Les théories scientifiques
ont-elles un sexe ? Moncton : Éditions d'Acadie. |
|
HEMPEL, C.G. (1965). Aspects of scientic explanation.
New York : Free Press. |
LUNDIN, R.W. (1991). Theories and systems of
psychology. Lexington, MA : Heath. |
|
SUPPES, P. (1967). What is a scientific theory ? In S.
Morgenbesser (Ed.), Philosophy of science today
(pp. 55-67). New York : Basic Books. |
WEINBERG, S. (1992). Dreams of a Final Theory, Pantheon
Books, New York, |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1967). Theory-testing in psychology and
physics : a methodological paradox. Philosophy of
Science, 34, 103-115. [PDF] |
BAUM, W.M. & HEATH, J.L. (1992). Behavioral
explanation and intentional explanations in psychology. American Psychologist, 47, 1312-1317. |
|
|
ROZEBOOM, W.W. (1970). The art of metascience, or, What
should a psychological theory be ? In J.R. Royce (Ed.), Toward
unification in psychology. Toronto: Toronto
University Press. |
SUPPES, P. (1995). What is a scientific theory ? In S.
Morgenbesser (Ed.), Philosophy of science today
(pp. 55-67). New York : Basic Books. |
|
SUPPE, F. (1972). What's wrong with the received view on
the structure of scientific theories ? Philosophy of
Science, 39, 1-19. |
MOORE, J.C (1998). On behaviorism, pragmatism and
scientific theories. Mexican Journal of Behavior
Analysis, 22, 83-118. [PDF]
|
|
KOCH, S. (1973). Theory and experiment in psychology. Social
Research, 40, 691-707. |
LEIGLAND S. (1997). Systems and theories in behavior
analytic science : An overview of alternatives. In L.J.
Hayes & P.M. Ghezzi (Eds.), Investigations in
behavioral epistemology (pp. 11-31). Reno, NV :
Context Press. |
|
SUPPE, F. (1974). The search for philosophic understanding
of scientific theories. In F. Suppe (Ed.), The
structure of scientific theories (pp. 1-232).
Illinois : University of Illinois Press. |
THYER, B.A. (1997). Is it possible to know when theories
of human behavior are obsolete ? Yes. In M. Bloom & W.
Klein (Eds.), Controversial issues in human behavior
(pp. 64-71, 79-80). Boston, MA : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
SUPPE, F. (Ed.) (1977). The structure of scientific
theories. Champagne-Urbana, IL : University of
Illinois Press. |
MOORE, J.C (1998). On behaviorism, theories, and
hypothetical constructs. Journal of Mind &
Behavior, 19, 215-242. |
|
DUNCAN, S. & FISKE, D.W. (1977). Face-to-face
interaction : Research, methods, and theory.
Hillsdale, New Jersey : Lawrence Erlbaum associates
Publishers. |
GOERGE, J.M. & JONES, G.R. (2000). The role of time in
theory and theory building. Journal of Management,
26, 657-684. [PDF] |
|
ROYCE, J.R. (1978). How can we best advance the
construction of theory in psychology. Canadian
Psychological Review, 19 (4), 259-274. |
MACHADO, A., LOURENÇO, O. & SILVA, F.J. (2000). Facts,
concepts, and theories : The shape of psychology's
epistemic triangle. Behavior & Philosophy, 28,
1-40. [PDF]
|
|
LEARY, M.R. (1979). Levels of discomfirmability and social
psychological theory : A response to Greenwald.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 5, 149-153. |
MITCHELL, T.R. & JAMES, L.R. (2001). Building better
theory : Time and the specification of when things happen.
The Academy of Management Review, 26 (4),
530-547. [PDF] |
|
MARTIN, J.L. (2001). On the limits of sociological theory
Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 31 (2),
187-220. |
|
PAPINEAU, D. (1979). Theory and meaning. Oxford
: Clarendon Press. |
LATTAL, K.A. & CHASE, P.N. (Eds.) (2003). Behavior
theory and philosophy. New York : Plenum
Publishing. |
|
RIBES-INESTA, E. (2003). Concepts and theories :
Relation to scientific categories. In K.A. Lattal &
P. Chase (Eds.), Behavior theory and philosophy (pp.
147–164). New York, NY : Kluwer-Plenum.
|
|
CHAPLIN, J.P. & KRAWIEK, T.S. (1979). Systems and
theories of psychology. New York : Holt, Rinehart
& Winston. |
BURGOS, J.E. (2003). Laudable goals, interesting
experiments, unintelligible theorizing : A critical review
of relational frame theory. Behavior &
Philosophy, 31, 19-45. [PDF] |
|
GLYMOUR, C. (2004). Review of "James Woodward, making
things happen" : A theory of causal explanation (Critical
notice). British Journal for the Philosophy of
Science, 55, 779-790. |
|
SHEVRIN, H. & DICKMAN, S. (1980). The psychology of
unconscious : A necessary assumption for all psychological
theory ? American Psychologist, 35, 421-434. |
WYNNE, L. (2004). The missing theory : Why behavior
analysis has little impact on voluntary adult outpatient
services. Ethical Human Psychology & Psychiatry,
6 (2), 135-146. [PDF] |
|
LOWRY, R. (1982). The evolution of psychological
theory. New York : Aldine. |
GEARY, D.C. (2005). Role of theory in study of learning
difficulties in mathematics. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 38, 305-307. [PDF] |
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1984). Theories and models in cognitive
psychology. In E. Donchin (Ed.), Cognitive
psychophysiology : Event-related potentials and the
study of cognition. The Carmel conferences (Vol.
1). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
BURGOS, J.E. (2007). The theory debate in psychology.
Behavior & Philosophy, 35, 149-183.
[PDF] |
|
TORRES, I.M. (2007). A tale of two theories : Sympathy or
competition ? Journal of Business Research, 60
(3), 197-205. |
|
WYNNE, L. (2007). The missing theory II : Further musings
on a new zeitgeist for clinical psychology. Ethical
Human Psychology & Psychiatry, 9 (2), 87-98. [PDF] |
|
SHIMP, C.P. (1985). The development of theory : Logic of
method or underlying processes ? Commentary on
"Associations across time : The hippocampus as a temporary
memory store" by J.N.P. Rawlins. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 8, 511-512. |
HUBER, F. (2008). Assessing theories, Bayes style. Synthèse, 161, 89-118. |
|
MURPHY, G.L. & MEDIN, D.L. (1985). The role of
theories in conceptual coherence. Psychological
Review, 92, 289-316. [PDF] |
MAY, C., MAIR, F.S., FINCH, T., MACFARLANE, A., DOWRICK,
C., TREWEEK, S., RAPLEY, T., BALLINI, L., ONG, B.N.,
ROGERS, A., MURRAY, E., ELWYN, G. LÉGARÉ, F.J., GUNN, J.
& MONTORI, V.M. (2009). Development of a theory of
implementation and integration : Normalization process
theory. Implementation Science, 4 [29], 1-9.
[PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, B.A. (1986). On the role of theory in behavior
analyst. Behaviorism, 14 (2), 111-124. [PDF] |
DODDS, W.K. (2009). Laws, theories, and patterns in
ecology. San Francisco : University of California
Press. |
|
GREENWALD, A.G., PRATKANIS, A.R., LEIPPE, M.R. &
BAUMGARDNER, M.H. (1986). Under what conditions does
theory obstruct research progress ? Psychological
Review, 93 (2), 216-229. [PDF] |
DAR-NIMROD, I., HEINE, S.J. CHEUNG, B.Y. & SCHALLER,
M. (2011). Do scientific theories affect men's evaluations
for sex crimes ? Aggressive Behavior, 37 (5),
440-449. |
|
SHWEDER, R.A. & FISKE, D.W. (Eds.) (1986). Metatheory
in social science : Pluralisms and subjectivities.
Chicago : The University of Chicago Press. |
GORELICK, R. (2011). What is theory. Ideas in Ecology
& Evolution, 4, 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
ZAMORA-BONILLA, J.P. (2013). Why are good theories good ?
Reflections on epistemic values, confirmation, and formal
epistemology. Synthese, 190 (9), 1533-1553. [PDF] |
|
|
| Exemple |
|
SPEARMAN, C.E. (1914). The theory of two factors. Psychological
Review, 21, 101-115. |
|
|
MALINOWSKI, B. (1968). Une théorie scientifique de la
culture. Paris : Maspéro. |
|
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1968). Toward a theory of memory and
attention Psychological Review, 75, 522-536. |
|
|
WALLER, B. (1982). Skinner's two stage value theory. Behaviorism,
10, 25-44. |
MAYES, A.R. & ROBERTS, N. (2001). Theories of episodic
memory. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society B: Biological Sciences, 356, 1395-1408. [PDF] |
|
EMMONS, R.A. (1987). Narcissism : Theory and measurement.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 52,
1117. [PDF] |
|
|
RICCIO, G.E. & STROFFREGEN, T.A. (1991). An ecological
theory of motion sickness and postural instability. Ecological
Psychology, 3, 195-240. [PDF] |
PYLYSHYN, Z.W. (2002). Mental imagery : In search of a
theory. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 25 (2),
157-237.
[PDF] |
|
McCLOSKEY, M. (1991). Networks and theories : The place of
connectionnism in cognitive science. Psychological
Science, 2 (6), 387-395. [PDF] |
|
|
ACKERMAN, P.L. (1996). A theory of adult intellectual
development : Process, personality, interests, and
knowledge. Intelligence, 22, 229- 259. |
HIDDLESTON, E. (2005). A causal theory of counterfac-
tuals. Nous, 39, 632-657. |
|
ANDERSON J.R., BOTHELL, D., LEBIERE, C. & MATESSA, M.
(1998). An integrated theory of list memory. Journal
of Memory & Language, 38, 341-380. |
HSEE, C.K. & ZHANG, J. (2010). General evaluability
theory. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 5 (4),
343-355. [PDF] |
|
VICENTE, K.J. & WANG, J.H. (1998). An ecological
theory of expertise effects in memory recall. Psychological
Review, 105, 33-57. |
THYER, B.A. & MYERS, L.L. (2011). Behavioral and
cognitive theories. In J.R. Brandell (Ed.), Theory
and practice in clinical social work (pp. 21-40).
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Explication,
Qualité d'une théorie, Neutralité
théorique,
Athéorique et Science |
|
|
|
Théorie
(Cimetière) : Expression utilisée en science
pour désigner l'ensemble des théories tombées dans l'oubli,
simplement parce qu'elles étaient fausses, donc infirmée, ou parce qu'avec le temps elles ont été remplacées par de meilleures théories, plus puissantes.
|
Théorie (Complexité) : Par
définition, une théorie est une
simplification de la réalité. On peut cependant distinguer les
théories simples (au moins deux concepts logiquement reliés) des
théories complexes, qui comptent de nombreux concepts formant un
tout relativement cohérent.
= nombre
de concepts.
Complexity theory.
| |
|
|
GELL-MANN, M. (1988). Simplicity and complexity in the
description of nature. Engineering & Science, 5
(3), 2-9. |
|
COLEMAN, S.R. (1984). Background and change in B.F.
Skinner's metatheory from 1930 to 1938. Journal of
Mind & Behavior, 5, 471-500. |
|
STREVENS, M. (2016). Complexity theory. In P. Humphreys
(Ed.), Oxford handbook of the philosophy of science.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Complexité
et Théorie |
|
|
|
|
Théorie
(Puissance) : Qualité
d'une théorie qui renvoie à sa capacité d'expliquer et de prédire
les faits, la réalité. Les théories
tente d'expliquer une portion de la réalité,
jamais toute la réalité. Toutefois, plus le nombre de
phénomène (P X) expliqué par une théorie est grand, plus
cette théorie sera considérée comme puissante. Les théories ont
également la prétention d'être vraie en tout monde en tout temps.
NDLR : : Attention, une théorie peut s'intéresser
à de nombreux facteurs mais n'en expliquer réellement que
quelques-uns. Il ne faut donc pas confondre la puissance d'une
théorie avec son caractère
synthétique.
| T1 |
P1 |
|
P5 |
P4 |
> |
T2 |
P1 |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
P3 |
| |
P2 |
P3 |
P6 |
|
P2 |
|
|
| P7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| + |
|
- |
|
Théorie (Qualités/Propriétés) : Une bonne théorie
possède de nombreuses qualités : la cohérence (ou l'absence de contradiction), la clarté (concepts exempts de flous et bien définis, certains de manière opérationnelle),
la fécondité/heuristique
(qui donne naissance à de nouvelles explications), le caractère
intemporel (vraie en tout temps), la précision (concepts définis
de manière à réduire l'erreur de mesure), la puissance (capacité à
expliquer et à prédire les faits), le caractère universel (vraie
en tout monde, en tout temps), la vérificabilité (concepts
formulés de manière à être confrontés aux faits), le caractère
synthétique (qui embrasse la réalité la plus large possible), la
complétude (toutes les hypothèses formulées ont été vérifiées).
Certaines qualités sont dites internes car elles ne concernent que
les aspects logiques de la théorie, alors que d'autres qualités
sont qualifiées d'externes car elles renvoient à la relation entre
les concepts de la théorie et la réalité qu'elle cherche à décrire
et expliquer.
|
|
|
Théorie
ancrée : Théorie
proposée par Glaser et Strauss.
= théorie auto-régulée
empiriquement. Grounded theory.
| |
|
|
GLASER, B. & STRAUSS, A. (1967). The discovery of grounded theory : Strategies for qualitative research. Chicago : Aldine. |
ANNELLS, M. (1997). Grounded theory method, part I :
Within the five moments of qualitative research. Nursing Inquiry, 4 (2), 120-129. |
|
ANNELLS, M. (1997). Grounded theory method, part II :
Options for users of the method. Nursing Inquiry, 4
(3), 176-180. |
|
GLASER, B.G. (1978). Advances in the methodology of
grounded theory : Theoretical sensitivity. Mill
Valley, CA : The Sociology Press. |
STARRIN, B., DAHLGREN, L., LARSSON, G. & STYBORN, S.
(1997). Along the path of discovery. Qualitative
methods and grounded theory. Lund, Sweden : Student
Litteratur. |
|
PIDGEON N. & HENWOOD, K. (1997). Using grounded theory
in psychological research. In N. Hayes (Ed.), Doing
qualitative analysis in psychology (pp. 245-273).
Hove, UK : Psychology Press. |
|
STERN, P.N. (1980). Grounded theory methodology : Its uses
and processes. Image. The Journal of Nursing
Scholarship, 12 (1), 20-23. |
DEMAZIÈRE, D. et DUBAR, C. (1997). E.C. Hughes,
intitiatieur et précurseur critique de la grounded theory.
Sociétés Contemporaines, 27, 49-55. |
|
MARTIN, P.Y. & TURNER, B.A. (1986). Grounded theory
and organizational research. The Journal of Applied
Behavioral Science, 22 (2), 141. |
RENNIE, D.L. (1998). Grounded theory methodology : The
pressing need for a coherent logic of justification.
Theory & Psychology, 8, 101-119. |
|
GLASER, B.G. (1992). Basics of grounded theory
analysis. Mill Valley, CA : Sociology Press. |
GLASER, B.G. (1998). Doing grounded theory : Issues
and discussions. Mill Valley, CA : Sociology Press. |
|
DEY, I. (1999). Grounding grounded theory : Guidelines
for qual itative inquiry. San Diego : Academic
Press. |
|
CORBIN, J. & STRAUSS, A.L. (1990). Grounded theory
research : Procedures, canons, and evaluative criteria. Qualitative
Sociology, 13 (1), 3-21. |
NORTON, L. (1999). The philosophical bases of grounded
theory and their implications for research practice. Nurse
Researcher, 7 (1), 31-43. |
|
CUTCLIFFE, J.R. (2000). Methodological issues in grounded
theory. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 31,
1476-148. |
|
D'AMBROISE, G. & NKONGOLO-BAKENDA, J.-M. (1992). Le
"grounded theory" et ses possibilités d'utilisation en
sciences de l'administration. Québec : Faculté des
sciences de l'administration de l'Université Laval. |
GILGUN, J.F. (2001). Grounded theory and other inductive
research methods. Dans B.A. Thyer (Ed.), The handbook
of social work research methods (pp. 345-364).
Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
STRAUSS, A.L. & CORBIN, J. (1994). Grounded theory
methodology : An overview. In N.K. Denzin & Y.S.
Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research
(pp. 273-285). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
HUTCHISON, S.A. & WILSON, H.S. (2001). Grounded theory
: The method. In P.L. Munhall (Ed.), Nursing research
: A qualitative perspective (pp. 209-243). Sudbury,
MA : Jones & Bartlett. |
|
PAILLÉ, P. (1994). L'analyse par théorisation ancrée. Cahiers
de recherche sociologique, 23, 147-181. |
WUEST, J. & MERRITT-GRAY, M. (2001). Feminist grounded
theory revisited : Practical issues and new
understandings. In R. Schreiber & P.N. Stern (Eds.), Using
grounded theory in nursing (pp. 159-176). New York
: Springer. |
|
CHARMAZ, K. (1995). Grounded theory. In J. Smith, R. Harré
& L. Langenhove (Eds.), Rethinking methods in
psychology (pp. 27-65). London : Sage. |
GLASER, B.G. (2001). The grounded theory perspective
: Conceptualization contrasted with description.
Mill Valley, CA : Sociology Press. |
|
JEON, Y. H. (2004). The application of grounded theory and
symbolic interactionism. Scandinavian Journal of
Caring Sciences, 18 (3), 249-256. |
|
MAY, K.A. (1996). Diffusion, dilution, or distillation ? :
The case of grounded theory method. Qualitative
Health Research, 6 (3), 309-311. |
GLASER, B.G. (2005). The grounded theory perspective
III : Theoretical coding. Mill Valley, CA :
Sociology Press. |
|
SUDDABY, R. (2006). What grounded theory is not. Academy
of Management Journal, 49, 633-642. |
|
ANNELLS, M. (1996). Grounded theory method : Philosophical
perspectives, paradigm of inquiry, and postmodernism. Qualitative
Health Research, 6, 379-393. |
MILLS, J., BONNER, A. & FRANCIS, K. (2006). The
development of constructivist grounded theory. International
Journal of Qualitative Methods, 5 (1), 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
STARKS, H. & BROWN-TRINIDAD, S. (2007). Choose your
method : a comparison of phenomenology, discourse
analysis, and grounded theory. Qualitative Health
Research, 17 (10), 1372-1380. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, R.B., McGOWAN, M.W. & TURNER, L.A. (2010).
Grounded theory in practice : Is it inherently a mixed
method ? Research in the Schools, 17 (2), 65-78.
|
|
CORBIN, J. (2012). Préface. In J. Luckerhoff & F.
Guillemette (Dirs.), Méthodologie de la théorisation
enracinée (p. 7-12). Presses de l'Université du
Québec. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie, Glaser
et Strauss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Théorie
complotiste : Voir Théorie
du complot et Complot. Conspiracy
theories, CT, conspiracy belief, conspiracy thinking, culture of
conspiracy, conspiracist ideation, conspiracist ideation bogus
conspiracy theory, genuine conspiratorial politics. |
Théorie computationnelle : Computational theory, computational model.
| |
|
|
MARR, D. (1982/90). Vision : A computational
investigation into the human representation and
processing of visual information. San Francisco :
W.H. Freeman. |
VAN GELDER, T. (1995). What might cognition be, if not
computation ? Journal of Philosophy, 92 (7),
345-381. [PDF] |
|
PYLYSHYN, Z.W. (1984). Computation and cognition :
Toward a foundation for cognitive science. Cambridge
: MIT Press. |
SUN, R. (1999). Computational models of consciousness : An
evaluation. Journal of Intelligent Systems, 9, 507-562. |
|
KOSSLYN, S.M. (1987). Seeing and imagining in the cerebral
hemispheres : A computational approach. Psychological
Review, 94, 148-175. |
MEYER, D.E. & KIERAS, D.E. (1997). A computational
theory of executive control processes and human
multiple-task performance: Part 1. Basic Mechanisms.
Psychological Review, 104, 3-65. |
|
JACKENDOFF, R. (1987). Consciousness and the
computational mind. Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press. |
GREEN, C.D. (2000). Dispelling the "mystery" of
computational cognitive science. History of
Psychology, 3, 62-66. |
|
CHURCHLAND, P.M. (1989). A neurocomputational
perspective. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
SPERLING, G. REEVES, A., BLASER, E., LU, Z.-L. &
WEICHSELGARTNER, E. (2001). Two computational models of
attention. In J. Braun, C. Koch & J.L. Davis (Eds.), Visual
attention and cortical circuits (pp. 177-214).
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
WAGNER, A.R. & DONEGAN, N. (1989). Some relationships
between a computational model (SOP) and an essential
neural circuit for Pavlovian (rabbit eyeblink)
conditioning. In R.D. Hawkins and G.H. Bower (Eds.), Computational
models of learning in simple neural systems : The
psychology of Learning & Motivation (Vol. 23,
pp. 157-203). New York : Academic Press. |
JORDAN, M.I. & RUSSEL, S. (2001). Computational
intelligence. In R.A. Wilson & F.C. Keil (Eds.),The
MIT encyclopedia of the cognitive sciences.
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
FRENCH, R.M. (2002). The computational modeling of
analogy-making. Trends in Cognitive Science, 6, 200-205. |
|
GALLISTEL, C.R. & GELMAN, R. (1992). Preverbal and
verbal counting and computation. Cognition, 44,
43-74. |
LANE, P.C.R. & GOBET, F. (2003). Developing
reproducible and comprehensible computational models.
Artificial Intelligence, 144, 251-263. [PDF] |
|
CHURCHLAND, P.S. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1992). The
computational brain. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
PICCININI, G. (2004). The first computational theory of
mind and brain : A close look at McCulloch and Pitts's
logical calculus of ideas immanent in nervous activity.
Synthese, 141, 175-215. [PDF] |
|
MUMFORD, D. (1992). On the computational architecture of
the neocortex II. The role of cortico-cortical loops. Biological Cybernetics, 66, 241-251. |
SCHMAJUK, N.A., LARRAURI, J.A., HAGENBUCH, N., LEVIN,
E.D., FELDON, J. & YEE, B.K. (2006). Startle and
pre-pulse inhibition as a function of background noise : A
computational and experimental analysis. Behavioural
Brain Research, 170, 182-196. |
|
WILSON, R. (1994). Wide computationalism. Mind, 103,
351-72. |
JONES, F., GOBET, F. & PINE, J.M. (2007). Linking
working memory and long-term memory : A computational
model of the learning of new words. Developmental
Science, 10 (6), 853-873. [PDF] |
|
SMOLENSKY, P. (1994). Computational theories of mind. In
S. Guttenplan (Ed.), A companion to the philosophy of
mind (pp. 176-185). Blackwell Publishers. |
HERNANDEZ, A.E. & LI, P. (2007). Age of acquisition :
Its neural and computational mechanisms. Psychological
Bulletin, 133, 638-650. [PDF] |
|
ZHANG, Q. (2009). A computational account of dreaming :
Learning and memory consolidation. Cognitive Systems
Research, 10 (2), 91-101. |
|
CHALMERS, D.J. (1994). On implementing a computation. Minds
& Machines, 4, 391-402. |
GENTNER, D. & FORBUS, K. (2011). Computational models
of analogy. WIREs Cognitive Science, 2, 266-276. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Computation |
|
|
Théorie de l'action :
Action theory.
| |
|
|
STEVENSON, G.P. (2004). Revamping action theory. Behavior
& Philosophy, 32, 427-451. [PDF] |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie de l'action raisonnée : Théorie
proposée par Fishbein
pour expliquer et prédire le comportement.
Theory of reasoned action.
| |
|
|
BAGOZZI, R.P. (1986). Attitude formation under the theory
of reasoned action and a purposeful behavior
reformulation. British Journal of Social Psychology,
25, 95-107. |
|
|
SHEPPARD, B., HARTWICK, H. & WARSHAW, P. (1988). The
theory of reasoned action : A meta-analysis of past
research with recommendations for modifications and future
research. Journal of Consumer Research, 15, 325-343. |
AJZEN, I. & FISHBEIN, M. (2004). Questions raised by a
reasoned action approach : Comment on Ogden (2003). Health
Psychology, 23, 431-434. |
|
MONTANO, D. & TAPLIN, S. (1991). A test of an expanded
theory of reasoned action to predict mammography
participation. Social Science & Medicine, 32,
733-741. |
AJZEN, I. & ALBARRACIN, D. (2007). The theory of
reasoned action approach. In I. Ajzen, D. Albarracin &
R. Hornik (Eds.), Prediction and change of health
behavior : Applying the theory of reasoned action
approach. Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
MADDEN, T.J., ELLEN, P.S. & AJZEN, I. (1992). A
comparison of the theory of planned behavior and the
theory of reasoned action. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 18 (1), 3-9. |
ANDERSON, A. & LAVALLEE, D. (2008). Applying the
theories of reasoned action and planned behavior to
athlete training adherence behavior. Applied
Psychology : An International Journal, 57 (2),
304-312. |
|
MORRISON, D.M., BAKER, S.A. & GILLMORE, M.R. (1998).
Condom use among high-risk heterosexual teens : A
longitudinal analysis using the theory of reasoned action.
Psychology & Health, 13, 207-222. |
YOUSAFZAI, S.Y., FOXALL, G.R. & PALLISTER, J.G.
(2010). Explaining internet banking behavior : Theory of
reasoned action, theory of planned behavior, or technology
acceptance model ? Journal of Applied Psychology, 40
(5), 1172-1202. |
|
SHEENAN, P. & TAYLOR, S. (1999). Predicting intentions
to use condoms: A meta-analysis and comparison of the
theories of reasoned action and planned behavior.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 28, 1624-1675. |
AJZEN, I. (2012). Martin Fishbein's legacy : The reasoned
action approach. Annals of the American Academy of
Political & Social Science, 640 (1), 11-27. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie,
Ajzen et Fishbein |
|
|
|
|
Théorie
de l'apprentissage : Ensemble de théories
qui postule que le principal mécanisme ou processus de changement
psychologique chez l'humain et l'animal provient de l'apprentissage
(et non de la personnalité, du développement ou des gènes). Ces
changements peuvent être de nature comportemental
(pour les behavioristes)
ou cognitive (pour les cognitivistes).
Learning theory.
| |
|
|
MOWRER, O.H. (1948). Learning theory and the neurotic
paradox. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry 18, 571-609.
|
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1950). Are theories of learning necessary?
Psychological Review, 57 (4), 193-216. |
JOHNSTON, T.D. (1981). Contrasting approaches to a theory
of learning. The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 4,
125-173. |
|
ESTES, W.K. (1950). Toward a statistical theory of
learning. Psychological Review, 57, 94-104. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1986). Tolman and modern conditioning
theory. British Journal of Psychology, 77,
517-523. |
|
ESTES, W.K., KOCH, S., MaCORQUODALE, K., MEEHL, P.E.,
MUELLER, C.G., SCHOENFELD, W.N. & VERPLANK, W.S.
(Eds.) (1954). Modern learning theory : A critical
analysis of five examples. New York :
Appleton-Century- Crofts. |
HERGENHAHN, B.B. (1988). An introduction to the
theories of learning. Englewood Cliffs, NJ :
Prentice Hall. |
|
AMSEL, A. (1989). Behaviorism, neobehaviorism and
cognitivism in learning theory. Hillsdale, New
Jersey : Erlbaum. |
|
BUSH, R.R. & MOSTELLER, F. (1955). Stochastic
models for learning. New York : Wiley. |
MALONE, J.C. (1990). Theories of learning : A
historical approach. Belmont, CA : Wadsworth. |
|
SPENCE, K.W. (1960). Behavior theory and learning. Englewood
Cliffs, New Jersey : Prentice-Hall. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1997). Has the wheel turned full circle
? Fifty years of learning theory, 1946-1996. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 50A, 879-898. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1961). Learning theory and future research.
In J. Lysaught (Ed.), Programmed learning : Evolving
principles and industrial applications. (pp.
59-66). Ann Arbor : Foundation for Research on Human
Behavior. |
TARPY, R.M. (1997). Contemporary learning theory and
research. Boston, MA : McGraw-Hill. |
|
GROSSBERG, S. (1969). Embedding fields : A theory of
learning with physiological implications. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 6, 209-239. |
DOMJAN, M. (2000). General process learning theory :
Challenges from Response and Stimulus Factors. International
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 13, 101-118. [PDF] |
|
HILGARD, E.R & BOWER, G.H. (1975). Theories of
learning. New York : Appleton Century-Crofts. |
BOUTON, M.E., MINEKA, S. & BARLOW, D.H. (2001). A
modern learning theory perspective on the etiology of
panic disorder. Psychological Review, 108, 4-32.
[PDF] |
|
DICKINSON, A. (1980). Contemporary animal learning
theory. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
MINEKA, S. & ZINBARG, R. (2006). A contemporary
learning theory perspective on the etiology of anxiety
disorders : It's not what you thought it was. American
Psychologist, 61 (1), 10-26. |
|
ROTHSCHILD, M.L. & GAIDIS W.C. (1981). Behavioral
learning theory : Its relevance to marketing and
promotions. Journal of Marketing, 45, 70-78. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Apprentissage |
|
|
|
|
Théorie
de l'attachement :
Théorie de
l'attachement. Attachment theory.
| |
|
|
BRETHERTON, I. (1985). Attachment theory: Retrospect and
prospect. In I. Bretherton & E. Waters (Eds.), Growing
points of attachment theory and research. Monographs
of the Society for Research in Child Development, 209
(1-2), 3-35. |
SHAVER, P.R. & FRALEY, R.C. (2000). Attachment theory
and caregiving : An evaluation of Bell and Richard's
critique. Psychological Inquiry, 11, 109-114. |
|
BOWLBY, J. (1988). A secure base: Clinical
applications of attachment theory. Routledge :
London. |
SROUFE, L.A. & SAMPSON, M. C. (2000). Attachment
theory and systems concepts. Human Development, 43, 321-326. |
|
THOMPSON, R. (1988). The effects of infant day care
through the prism of attachment theory. Early
Childhood Research Quarterly, 3, 273-282. |
SCHORE, A.N. (2002). Advances in neuropsychoanalysis,
attachment theory, and trauma research : Implications for
self psychology. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 22,
433-484. [PDF] |
|
LEVINE, R.A. & MILLER, P.M. (1990). Commentary on
cross-cultural validity of attachment theory. Human
Development, 33, 73-80. |
SIMPSON, J.A. (2002). Attachment theory in modern
evolutionary context. In J. Cassidy & P.R. Shaver
(Eds.), Handbook of attachment : theory, research,
and clinical applications. The Guilford Press. |
|
BRETHERTON, I. (1991). The roots and growing points of
attachment theory. In C.M. Parkes, J. Stevenson- Hinde
& P. Harris (Eds.), Attachment across the life
cycle (pp. 9-32). London : Routledge. |
|
|
SCHNEIDER, E.L. (1991). Attachment theory and research :
review of the literature. Clinical Social Work
Journal, 19, 251-266. |
MIKULINCER, M., SHAVER, P.R. & PEREG, D. (2003).
Attachment theory and affect regulation : The dynamics,
development, and cognitive consequences of
attachment-related strategies. Motivation &
Emotion, 27 (2), 77-102. [PDF] |
|
BRETHERTON, I. (1992). The origins of attachment theory :
John Bowlby and Mary Ainsworth. Developmental
Psychology, 28, 759-775. [PDF] |
|
|
HOLMES, J (1993). John Bowlby and attachment theory.
London : Routledge. |
|
|
BELSKY, J. & CASSIDY, J. (1994). Attachment theory and
evidence. In M. Rutter & D. Hay (Eds.) Development
through life; A handbook for clinicians (pp.
373-402). Oxford : Blackwell Scientific Publications. |
|
|
HAZAN, C. & SHAVER, P.R. (1994). Deeper into
attachment theory. Psychological Inquiry, 5,
68-79. |
MIKULINCER, M. & SHAVER, P.R. (2005). Attachment
theory and emotions in close relationships : Exploring the
attachment-related dynamics of emotional reactions to
relational events. Personal Relationships, 12, 149-168. |
|
BARTHOLOMEW, K. & THOMPSON, J. (1995). The application
of attachment theory to counseling psychology. The
Counseling Psychologist, 23, 484-490. [PDF] |
LEVY, K.N. (2005). The implications of attachment theory
and research for understanding borderline personality
disorder. Development & Psychopathology, 17,
959-986. [PDF] |
|
GROSSMANN, K.E. (1995). The evolution and history of
attachment research and theory. In S. Goldberg, R. Muir
& J. Kerr (Eds.), Attachment theory : Social,
developmental and clinical perspectives (pp.
85-102). Hillsdale, NJ. : The Analytic Press. |
BYRNE, J., CONNOR, T., MARVIN, R. & WHELAN, W. (2005).
Practitioner review : The contribution of attachment
theory to child custody assessments. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 46, 115-127. |
|
BRETHERTON, I. (1996). Attachment theory and research in
historical and personal context : A review of ABecoming
attached@ by Robert Karen. Contemporary Psychology,
41, 236-238. |
|
|
BELSKY, J. (1997). Theory testing, effect-size evaluation,
and differential susceptibility to rearing influence : The
case of mothering and attachment. Child Development,
64, 598-600. |
|
|
MORTON, N. & BROWNE, K.D. (1998). Theory and
observation of attachment and its relation to child
maltreatment : a review. Child Abuse Neglect, 22, 1093-1104. |
|
|
SROUFE, L.A., CARLSON, E., LEVY, A. & EGELAND, B.
(1999). Implications of attachment theory for
developmental psychopathology. Development &
Psychopathology, 11, 1-13. |
STERNEK, C. (2007). Attachment theory and gestalt
psychology. Gestalt Theory, 29 (1), 310-318. |
|
CASSIDY, J. & SHAVER, P.R. (1999). Handbook of
Attachment : Theory, research and clinical applications.
New York : Guilford Press. |
BERRY, K., BARROWCLOUGH, C. & WEARDEN, A. (2008).
Attachment theory : A framework for understanding symptoms
and interpersonal relationships in psychosis. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 46 (12), 1275-1282. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, E.R., MURPHY, J. & COATS, S. (1999). Attachment
to groups : Theory and measurement. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 77, 94-110. |
SIMPSON, J.A. & BELSKY, J. (2008). Attachment theory
within a modern evolutionary framework. In P.R. Shaver
& J. Cassidy (Eds.), Handbook of attachment :
Theory, research, and clinical applications. New
York : Guilford. |
|
LEVY, K.N. & BLATT, S.J. (1999). Attachment theory and
psychoanalysis : Further differentiation within insecure
attachment patterns. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 19, 541-575.
[PDF] |
GARBER, B.D. (2009). Attachment methodology in custody
evaluation : Four hurdles standing between developmental
theory and forensic application. Journal of Child
Custody, 6, 38-61.
[PDF] |
|
SIMPSON, J.A. (1999). Attachment theory in modern
evolutionary perspective. In J. Cassidy & P. Shaver
(Eds.), Handbook of attachment theory and research
(pp. 115-140). New York : Guilford Press. |
MERCER, J. (2009). Child custody evaluations, attachment
theory, and an attachment measure : the science remains
limited. The Scientific Review of Mental Health
Practice, 7 (1), 37-54. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Attachement |
|
|
Théorie
de l'attention visuelle : Fonction
cognitive qui trie ou sélectionne l'information
contenue dans la mémoire
vsiuelle. Attention visuelle, vision
et champ
visuel. Selective visual attention,
visual attention.
| |
|
|
BUNDESEN, C. (1990). A theory of visual attention. Psychological
Review, 97, 523-547. [PDF]
|
TSAL, Y., MEIRAN, N. & LAMY, D. (1995). Toward a
resolution theory of visual attention. Visual
Cognition, 2, 313-330. |
|
OLSHAUSEN, B.A., ANDERSON, C.H. & VANESSEN, D.C.
(1993). A neurobiological model of visual attention and
invariant pattern recognition based on dynamic routing of
information. The Journal of Neuroscience, 13, 4700-4719. |
LOGAN, G.D. (1996). The CODE theory of visual attention:
An integration of space-based and object-based attention.
Psychological Review, 103, 603-649. |
|
GROSSBERG S., MINGOLLA E. & ROSS W.D. (1994). A neural
theory of attentive visual search : Interactions of
boundary, surface, spatial, and object representations. Psychological
Review, 101, 470-489. |
KASTNER, S. & UNGERLEIDER, L.G. (2000). Mecanism of
visual attention in the human cortex. Annual Review
Neuroscience, 23, 315-341.
[PDF] |
|
ANDERSEN, T.S. & KYLINGSBAEK, S. (2012). The theory of
visual attention without the race : a new model of visual
selection. 34th Annual Meeting of the Cognitive
Science Society, 1284-1289. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Vision,
Attention, Yeux,
Cortex
visuel et Champ
visuel |
| |
|
|
Théorie
de l'attribution : Ensemble de théories
qui tentent d'expliquer comment les individus attribuent
ou inférent les causes de
leurs comportements (ou
d'autres phénomènes) et de ceux d'autrui. (
): théorie de Jones
et Davis, théorie de Kelley,
théorie de Wiener.
Attribution theory.
| |
|
|
JONES, E.E. & DAVIS, K.E. (1965). From acts to
dispositions : The attribution process in person
perception. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in
experimental social psychology. Orlando, FL :
Academic Press. |
BUSS, A.R. (1978). Causes and reasons in attribution
theory : A conceptual critique. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 1311-1321. |
|
KELLEY, H.H. (1967). Attribution theory in social
psychology. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 15,
192-238. |
WEINER, B. (1986). An attributional theory of
Motivation & Emotion. New York :
Springer-Verlag. |
|
KELLEY, H.H. (1967). Attribution theory in social
psychology. In D. Levine (Ed.), Nebraska symposium on
motivation (Vol. 15, pp. 192-238). Lincoln :
University of Nebraska Press. |
SMITH, E.R. (1994). Attribution theory and research :
Returning to Heider's conceptions. In P.G. Devine, D.L.
Hamilton & T.M. Ostrom (Eds.), Social cognition :
Its impact on social psychology (pp. 77-108).
Orlando, FL : Academic Press. |
|
WEINER, B. (1972). Theory, achievement motivation, and the
educational process. Review of Educational Research,
42 (2), 203-215. |
METALSKY, G.I., LAIRD, R.S., HECK, P.M. & JOINER, T.E.
(1995). Attribution theory : Clinical applications. In W.
O'Donohue & L. Krasner (Eds.), Theories of
behavior therapy : Exploring behavior change (pp.
385-413). Washington, D.C. : American Psychological
Association. |
|
HIMMELFARB, S. (1972). Integration and attribution
theories in personality impression formation.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 23 (3),
309-313. |
|
|
| |
|
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Attribution |
|
|
Théorie
de l'autodétermination : Théorie
développée par Deci et Ryan
pour expliquer l'autodétemination
et la motivation. Elle
repose sur trois besoins : le besoin
d'autonomie, le besoin
de compétence et le besoin
d'appartenance sociale. Théorie de l'auto-détermination
et auto-détermination.
Self-determination theory.
| |
|
|
VANSTEENKISTE, M., LENS, W. & DECI, E. (2006).
Intrinsic versus extrinsic goal contents in
self-determination theory: Another look at the quality of
academic motivation. Educational Psychologist, 41, 19-31. |
|
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (1985). Intrinsic
motivation and self-determination in human behavior.
Plenum, New York. |
PATRICK, H., KNEE, C., CANEVELLO, A. & LONSBARY, C.
(2007). The role of need fulfillment in relationship
functioning and well-being : A self-determination theory
perspective. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 92 (3), 434-457. |
|
RYAN, R.M. & CONNELL, J.P. & DECI, E.L. (1985). A
motivational analysis of self-determination and
self-regulation in education. In C. Ames & R.E. Ames
(Eds.), Research on motivation in education : The
classroom milieu (pp. 13-51). New York : Academic
Press. |
RYAN, R.M., HUTA, V. & DECI, E.L. (2008). Living well
: a self-determination theory perspective on eudaimonia. Journal
of Happiness Studies 9, 139-170. |
|
DECI, E.L., VALLERAND, R.J., PELLETIER, L.G. & RYAN,
R.M. (1991). Motivation and education : The
self-determination perspective. The Educational
Psychologist, 26, 325-346. |
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (2008). Self-determination
theory : A macrotheory of human motivation, development,
and health. Canadian Psychology, 49 (3), 182-185.
[PDF] |
|
VANSTEENKISTE, M., RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (2008).
Self-determination theory and the explanatory role of
psychological needs in human well-being. In L. Bruni, F.
Comim & M. Pugno (Eds.), Capabilities and
happiness (pp. 187-223). Oxford, UK : Oxford
University Press. |
|
DECI, E.L., EGHARI, H., PATRICK, B.C. & LEONE, D.R.
(1994). Facilitating internalization : the
self-determination theory perspective. Journal of
Personality, 62, 119-142. |
RYAN, R.M., PATRICK, H., DECI, E.L. & WILLIAMS, G.C.
(2008). Facilitating health behavior change and its
maintenance : interventions based on self-determination
theory. The European Health Psychologist, 10, 2-5. |
|
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (1994). Promoting self
determined education. Scandinavian Journal of
Educational Research, 38, 3-41. |
LA GUARDIA, J.G. & PATRICK, H. (2008).
Self-determination theory as a fundamental theory of close
relationships. Canadian Psychology, 49 (3),
201-209. |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., BIDDLE, S.J.H. & MEEK,
G.A. (1997). A self-determination theory approach to the
study of intentions and the intention-behaviour
relationship in children's physical activity. British
Journal of Health Psychology, 2 (4), 343-360. |
RYAN, R.M. & NIEMIEC, C.P. (2009). Self-determination
theory in schools of education : Can an empirically
supported framework also be critical and liberating ? Theory
& Research in Education, 7, 263-272. [PDF] |
|
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (2000). The «what» and «why»
of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination
of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11, 227-268. |
RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (2009). Promoting
self-determined school engagement : motivation, learning,
and well-being. In K.R. Wentzel & A. Wigfield, A.
(Eds.), Handbook on motivation at school (pp.
171-196). Routledge : New York. |
|
RYAN, R.M., WILLIAMS, G., PATRICK, H. & DECI, E.L.
(2009). Self-determination theory and physical activity :
The dynamics of motivation in development and wellness. Hellenic
Journal of Psychology, 6, 107-124. |
|
VALLERAND, R.J. (2000). Deci and Ryan's self-determination
theory : A view from the hierarchical model of intrinsic
and extrinsic motivation. Psychological Inquiry, 11,
312-318. [PDF]
|
PELLETIER, L.G., VALLERAND, R.J. & KOESTNER, R.
(2009). Self-determination theory : A Canadian
contribution. Canadian Psychology / Psychologie
Canadienne, 49 (3), |
|
VAN LANGE, P..A.M. (2000). Self-determination in
interpersonal situations. Psychological Inquiry, 11,
310-312. |
NTOUMANIS N. & STANDAGE M. (2009). Morality in sport :
a self-determination theory perspective. Journal of
Applied Sport Psychology, 2, 365-380. |
|
RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (2000). Self-determination
theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation,
social development, and well-being. American
Psychologist 55, 68-78. |
SOENENS, B. & VANSTEENKISTE, M. (2010). A theoretical
upgrade of the concept of parental psychological control :
Proposing new insights on the basis of self-determination
theory. Developmental Review, 30 (1), 74-99. [PDF] |
|
REEVE, J. (2002). Self-determination theory applied to
educational settings. In E.L. Deci & R.M. Ryan (Eds.),
Handbook of self- determination research (pp.
183-203). Rochester, NY : University of Rochester Press. |
SHELDON, K.M. & SCHÜLER, J. (2011). Wanting, having,
and needing : Integrating motive disposition theory and
self-determination theory. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 101 (5), 1106-1123. [PDF] |
|
SARRAZIN, P.G., PELLETIER, L. DECIN E.L. et RYAN, R.M.
(2012). Nourrir une motivation autonome et des
conséquences positives dans différents milieux de vie :
Les apports de la théorie de l'autodétermination. In
C.Martin-Krumm et C. et Tarquinio (Eds.), Traité de
psychologie positive. Bruxelles, Belgium : De
Boeck. |
|
PELLETIER, L.G. (2002). A motivational analysis of
self-determination for pro- environmental behaviors. In
E.L. Deci & R.M. Ryan (Eds.), The handbook of
self-determination research (pp. 205-232).
Rochester, NY : University of Rochester Press. |
VERSTUYF, J., PATRICK, H., VANSTEENKISTE, M. &
TEIXEIRA, P. (2012). Motivational dynam- ics of eating
regulation : A self-determination theory perspective. International
Journal of Behavioral Nutrition & Physical Activity,
9, 1-16. |
|
CHIRKOV, V., RYAN, R.M., KIM, Y., KAPLAN, U. (2003).
Differentiating autonomy from individualism and
independence: a self-determination theory perspective on
internalization of cultural orientations and well-being. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 84, 97-110. |
NG, J.Y.Y., NTOUMANIS, N., THOGERSEN-NTOUMANI, C., DECI,
E.L., RYAN, R.M., DUDA, J. & WILLIAMS, G.C. (2012).
Self-determination theory applied to health contexts : a
meta-analysis. Perspectives on Psychological Science,
7, 325-340. |
|
ASSOR, A., ROTH, G. & DECI, E.L. (2004). The emotional
costs of parents' conditional regard : A
self-determination theory analysis. Journal of
Personality, 72, 47-88. |
GOURLAN, M., SARRAZIN, P. & TROUILLOD, D. (2013).
Motivational interviewing as a way to promote physical
activity in obese adolescents : A randomised-controlled
trial using self-determination theory as an explanatory
framework. Psychology & Health, 28 (11),
1265-1286. [PDF] |
|
GAGNÉ, M. & DECI, E. (2005). Self-determination theory
and work motivation. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 26, 331-362. [PDF] |
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (2015). Self-determination
theory. International Encyclopedia of the Social
& Behavioral Sciences, 21, 486-491. [PDF] |
|
AITKEN, N.M., PELLETIER, L.G. & BAXTER, D.E. (2016).
Doing the difficult stuff : Influence of self-determined
motivation toward the environment on transportation
pro-environmental behaviour. Ecopsychology, 8,
153-162. [PDF] |
|
MARKLAND, D., RYAN, R.M., TOBIN, V.J. & ROLLNICK, S.
(2005). Motivational interviewing and self-determination
theory. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology,
24 (6), 811-831.
[PDF] |
GUERTIN, C., BARBEAU, K., PELLETIER, L.G. &
MARTINELLI, G. (2017). Why do women engage in fat talk ?
Examining fat talk using self-determination theory as an
explanatory framework. Body Image, 20, 7-15. [PDF] |
|
SOENENS, B. & VANSTEENKISTE, M. (2005). Antecedents
and outcomes of self-determination in 3 life domains : the
role of parents' and teachers' autonomy support .Journal
of Youth & Adolescence, 34, 589-604. |
MATOSIC, D., NTOUMANIS, N., BOARDLEY, I.D., SEDIKIDES, C.,
STEWART, B.D. & CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. (2017).
Narcissism and coach interpersonal style : A
self-determination theory perspective. Scandinavian
Journal of Medicine & Science in Sports, 27 (2),
254-261. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie, Deci
et Ryan |
|
|
Théorie
de l'auto-efficacité : Théorie
développée par Bandura.
Self-efficacity theory.
|
|
 |
|
|
|
BANDURA, A. (1977). Self-efficacy : Toward a unifying
theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review,
84, 191-215. |
|
TRYON, W.W. (1981). A methodological critique of Bandura's
self-efficacy theory of behavior change. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 12, 113-114. |
|
BIGLAN, A. (1987). A behavior-analytic critique of
Bandura's self-efficacy theory. The Behavior Analyst,
10 (1), 1-15. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir Théorie, Bandura
et Sentiment
d'auto-efficacité |
|
|
Théorie
de l'esprit : Ensemble des
fonctions cognitives humaines (et animales) qui permettent à
un individu d'inférer
chez un congénère
l'existence d'états ou d'un processus
internes inobservables, dit "cognitif ou mentaux". =
Théorie intuitive de la psychologie.
Theory of mind.
| |
|
|
AJZEN, I. (1977). Intuitive theories of events and the
effects of base-rate information on prediction. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 35,
303-314. |
HEYES, C.M. (1998). Theory of mind in nonhuman primates. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 21, 101-148. |
|
PREMACK, D. & WOODRUFF, G. (1978). Does the chimpanzee
have a theory of mind ? Behavioral & Brain
Sciences 4 (1), 515-528. [PDF] |
LESLIE, A.M. (1999). The innate capacity to acquire a
theory of mind : synchronic or diachronic modularity ? Mind
& Language, 17, 141-155. |
|
WELLMAN, H.M., CROSS, D. & WATSON, J. (2001).
Meta-analysis of theory-of-mind development : The truth
about false belief. Child Development, 72, 655-684. |
|
WIMMER, H. & PERNER, J. (1983). Beliefs about beliefs
: Representing and constraining function of wrong beliefs
in young children's understanding of deception. Cognition,
13, 103-128.[PDF] |
HARE, B., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2001). Do
chimpanzees know what conspecifics know and do not know ?
Animal Behaviour, 61, 139-151. [PDF] |
|
TERRACE, H.S. (1984). A behavioral-theory of mind. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 7 (4), 569-571. |
KRAUSS, R.M., FREYBERG, R. & MORSELLA, E. (2002).
Inferring speaker's physical attributes from their voices.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38
(6), 618-625. |
|
MALLE, B.F. (2002). The relation between language and
theory of mind in development and evolution. In T. Givon
& B.F. Malle (Eds.), The evolution of language
out of pre-language (pp. 265-284). Amsterdam :
Benjamins. [PDF] |
|
BARON-COHEN, S., LESLIE, A.M. & FRITH, U. (1985). Does
the autistic child have a "theory of mind" ? Cognition,
21, 37-46. [PDF] |
SAXE, R. & KANWISHER, N. (2003). People thinking about
thinking people : The role of the temporo-parietal
junction in"theory of mind". NeuroImage, 19 (4),
1835-1842. [PDF] |
|
CARLSON, S.M. & MOSES, L.J. (2003). Individual
differences in inhibitory control and ildren's theory of
mind. Child development, 72, (4), 1032-1053. |
|
GALLAGHER, H.L. & FRITH, C.D. (2003). Functional
imaging of "theory of mind". Trends in Cognitive
Science, 2 (7), 77-83. |
|
WELLMAN, H.M. (1990). The child's theory of mind. MIT
Press. [KB] |
OLSON, M.A. & FAZIO, R.H. (2004). Trait inferences as
a function of automatically-activated racial attitudes and
motivation to control prejudiced reactions. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1-11. [PDF] |
|
PREMARK, D. (1990). The infant's theory of self-propelled
objects. Cognition, 36, 1-16. [PDF] |
MALLE, B.F. (2005). Folk theory of mind : Conceptual
foundations of human social cognition. In R. Hassin, J.S.
Uleman & J.A. Bargh (Eds.), The new unconscious (pp.
225-255). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
MELOT, A.M. (1993). Métacognition et théories de l'esprit.
Journal International de Psychologie, 28,
581-593. |
SALLY, D. & HILL, E. (2006). The development of
interpersonal strategy : Autism, theory-of-mind,
cooperation and fairness. Journal of Economic
Psychology, 27 (1), 73-97.
[PDF] |
|
FOMBONNE, E., SIDDONS, F., ACHARD, S. & FRITH, U.
(1994). Adaptive behaviour and theory of mind in autism.
European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 3,176-186. |
KAMINSKI, J., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2008).
Chimpanzees know what others know, but not what they
believe. Cognition, 109 (2), 224-234. [PDF] |
|
CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (2008). Does the chimpanzee
have a theory of mind ? 30 years later. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 12 (5), 187-192.
[PDF] |
|
ASTINGTON, J.W. & JENKINS, J.M. (1995). Theory of mind
and social understanding. Cognition & Emotion, 9
(2-3), 151-165. |
MALLE, B.F. & HOLBROOK, J. (2009). Theory of mind and
consciousness. In A. Cleeremans, P. Wilken & T. Bayne
(Eds.), Oxford companion to consciousness (pp.
630-632). Oxford, England : Oxford University Press. |
|
LIVERTA-SEMPIO, O. & MARCHETTI, A. (1997). Cognitive
development and theories of mind : Towards a contextual
approach. European Journal of Psychology Education,
12 (1), 3-21. |
WELLMAN, H.M. (2010). Developing a theory of mind. In U.
Goswami (Ed.), The Wiley-Blackwell handbook of
childhood cognitive development (pp. 258-284).
Wiley. |
|
POIRIER, N. (1998). La théorie de l'esprit de l'enfant
autiste. Autisme, 23 (1), 115-129. [PDF] |
BEGEER, S., MALLE, B.F., NIEUWLAND, M. & KEYSAR, B.
(2010). Using theory of mind to represent and take part in
social interactions : Comparing individuals with
high-functioning autism and typically developing controls.
European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 7
(1), 104-122.
[PDF] |
|
MITCHELL, R.W. & ANDERSON, J.R. (1998). Primate theory
of mind is a Turing test. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 21, 127-128. [PDF] |
ASTINGTON, J.W. & EDWARD, M.J. (2010). The development
of theory of mind in early childhood.
[PDF] |
|
SHOLL, B. & LESLIE, A.M. (1999). Modularity,
development and "theory of mind". Mind &
Language, 14, 131-153. |
NADER-GROSBOIS, N. & THIRRION MARISSIAUX, A F. (2011)
Principaux cadres théoriques à propos de la Théorie de
l'esprit. La théorie de l'esprit. Entre cognition,
émotion et adaptation sociale.Deboek éditeur. |
|
SAXE, R. & HOULIHAN, S.D. (2017). Formalizing emotion
concepts within a Bayesian model of theory of mind. Current
Opinion in Psychology, 17, 15-21.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie, Fonction
cognitive et Inférer
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie de l'évolution : Théorie
proposée par Darwin pour
expliquer l'évolution
des espèces. =
lutte pour la survie,
théorie synthétique de l'évolution. Theory
of evolution, evolutionary theory, evolutionary perspective,
evolutionist explanation.
| |
|
|
DARWIN, C. (1859). On the origin of species.
London : Murray. [PDF] |
GAULIN, S.J.C. (1995). Does evolutionary theory predict
sex differences in the brain ? In M.S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The
cognitive neurosciences (pp. 1211-1225). Cambridge
: MIT Press. |
|
DARWIN, C. (1871). The descent of man, and selection
in relation to sex. London : John Murray. |
|
|
MORGAN, C.L. (1885). The springs of conduct; An essay
in evolution. London : Kegan Paul, Trench. |
DENNETT, D.C. (1995). Darwin's dangerous idea :
Evolution and the meanings of life. New York :
Touchstone. |
|
WHITMAN C.O. (1895). Evolution and epigenesis : Bonnet's
theory of evolution, a system of negations. The
Monist, 5 (3), 412-426. |
SCHLINGER, H.D. (1996). What's wrong with evolutionary
explanations of human behavior. Behavior & Social
Issues, 6, 35-54. [PDF] |
|
MORGAN, T.H. (1916). A critique of the theory of
evolution. Princeton University Press : Princeton. |
GOULD, S.J. (2002). The structure of
evolutionary theory. Cambridge, MA : Belknap Press. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1959). The theory of evolution.
London : Penguin Books. |
BURGESS, R.L. & MacDONALD, K. (2005). Evolutionary
perspectives on human development. Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage Publications. |
|
HULL, D.L. (1973/83). Darwin and his critics : The
reception of Darwin's theory of evolution by the
scientific community. Cambridge, MA : Harvard
University Press. |
SHTULMAN, A. (2006). Qualitative differences between naive
and scientific theories of evolution. Cognitive
Psychology, 52, 170–194. [PDF] |
|
TURCHIN, V. (1977). The phenomenon of science : A
cybernetic theory of human evolution. Columbia
University Press. |
|
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1981). Toward a falsifiable theory of
evolution. In P.P.G. Bateson and P.H. Klopfer (Eds.), Perspectives in ethology (Vol. 4, pp. 51-73). Plenum Publishing. |
PIGLIUCCI, M. & KAPLAN, J.M. (2006). Making sense
of evolution : The conceptual foundations of
evolutionary theory. Chicago : University of
Chicago Press. |
|
RICHARDS, R.J. (1987). Darwin and the emergence of
evolutionary theories of Mind & Behavior. Chicago
: The University of Chicago Press. |
MAHER, B. (2009). Evolution : Biology's next top model ? Nature, 458 (7239), 695-698. |
|
SOBER, E. (1984). Force and disposition in evolutionary
theory. In C. Hookway (Ed.), Minds, machines and
evolution (pp. 43-62). Cambridge : University
Press. |
DeBRUINE, L.M. (2009). Beyond "just-so stories" : How
evolutionary theories led to predictions that
non-evolution-minded researchers would never dream of. The
Psychologist, 22 (11), 930-931.
[PDF] |
|
EVANS, E.M. & LANE, J.D. (2011). Contradictory or
complementary ? Creationist and evolutionist explanations
of the origin(s) of species. Human Development, 54 (3),
144-159. |
|
LLOYD E. (1988). The structure and confirmation of
evolutionary theory. Boulder : Greenwood Press. |
SCOTT-PHILLIPS, T.C., DICKINS, T.E. & WEST, S.A.
(2011). Evolutionary theory and the ultimate-proximate
distinction in the human behavioral sciences. Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 6 (1), 38-47.
[PDF] |
|
KIMURA, M. (1989). The neutral theory of molecular
evolution and the world view of the neutralists. Genome,
31 (1), 24-31. |
LALAND, K.J., ULLER, T., FELDMANM M., STERELNY, K.,
MÜLLER, G.B., MOCZEK, A., JABLONKA, E., ODLING-SMEE, J.,
WRAY, G.A., HOEKSTRA, H.E., FUTUYMA, J. LENSLKI, R.E.,
McKAY, T., SCHULER, D. & STRASSMANN, J.E. (2014). Does volutionary theory need a rethink ? Nature, 514
(7521), 161-164. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Théorie,
Évolution, Fossile et Darwin |
|
|
Théorie
de l'évolution et des jeux : Théorie
des jeux appliquée à l'évolution.
Théorie qui tente de mesurer les avantages (pertes) et les
inconvénients (gains) d'un comportement ou d'une stratégie
collective (= espèce). ( ): Beaugrand,
Maynard Smith, Parker.
Evolution games theory, EGT.
| |
|
|
LEWONTIN, R.C. (1961). Evolution and the theory of
games. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 1, 382-403. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. & MICHIE, D. (1965). Machines that
play games. New Scientist, 12, 367-369. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1974). The theory of games and animal
conflicts. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 47,
209-221. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1976). Evolution and the theory of
games. American Scientist, 64, 41-45. |
|
GIRALDEAU, L.-A. & LIVORELLI, B. (1998). Game theory
and social foraging, In L.A. Dugatkin, et H.K. Reeve
(Eds.), Game theory and animal behavior. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
|
STEPHENS, D.W. & CLEMENTS, K.C. (1995). Game theory
and learning : The law of effect and altruistic
cooperation. In L.A. Dugatkin & H.K. Reeve (Eds.), Advances in game theory and the study of animal behavior.
Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (2003). Games and theories. New
Scientist, 178, 48-51. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie et
Théorie des
jeux |
|
|
Théorie de l'identité (physique) : En logique, ensemble de théories
qui tentent de répondre à la question : Qu'est-ce qu'un objet
? Quelles caractéristiques doit posséder un objet x pour que l'on
puisse affirmer qu'il s'agit bel est bien d'un objet x ? Une
légende grecque, rapportée par Plutarque, Thésée et le Minotaure,
permet de mieux comprendre ce problème. À son retour d'Athènes,
Thésée, vainqueur du Minotaure, un colosse à tête de taureau,
confie son bateau aux autorités du port d'Athènes, qui, en bons
marins, en retirèrent les planches usées pour les remplacer par du
bois neuf. Ainsi, le bateau fut préservé pendant des siècles. Mais
après un certain temps, il ne restait plus aucune planche
d'origine. Le problème est ici de savoir si le changement de
matière (les planches) implique un changement d'identité (un autre
bateau ?), ou si l'identité du bateau de Thésée est préservée par
sa forme initiale, malgré les transformations ? S'agit-il du
Bateau de Thésée ou d'un autre bateau ? En philosophie et en
psychologie, le problème consiste à se demander si les concepts de
corps et d'esprit renvoient à une seule et même chose (identité)
ou s'il s'agit deux objets ou états ayant des propriétés
différentes (non-identité). L'une des solutions à ce problème
consiste en une théorie de l'identité, élaborée par Feigl
et Place, qui postule
l'existence d'une identité entre les états
mentaux et les états
physiques (ou neurobiologiques) du cerveau. Théorie de
l'identité, problème
du corps et de l'esprit et matérialisme.
= théorie de l'identité,
cerveau-esprit.
Identity theory of mind,
mind-brain identity theory.
| |
|
|
PLACE, U.T. (1956). Is consciousness a brain process ? In
B. Beakley & P. Ludlow (Eds.), The philosophy of
mind : Classical problems/contemporary issues (pp.
33-39). Cambridge : MIT Press. / British Journal of
Psychology, 47, 44-50. |
KIM, J. & BRANDT, R.B. (1967). The logic of the
identity theory. Journal of Philosophy, 64, 515-537. |
|
FEIGL, H. (1958).The "mental" and the "physical". In H.
Feigl, M. Scriven & G. Maxwell, G. (Eds.) Concepts,
theories and the mind-body problem (Vol. 2).
Minneapolis, Minnesota Studies in the Philosophy of
Science. |
HORGAN, T.E. (1976). Functionalism and token physicalism. Synthese, 59, 321-38. |
|
LEWIS, D. (1966). An argument for the identity theory. Journal
of Philosophy, 63 17-25. |
RICHADSON, R.C. (1981). Disappearance and the identity
theory. The Canadian Journal of Philosophy, 11, 473-485. |
|
FEIGL, H. (1967). The "mental" and the "physica" : The
essay and a postscript. Minneapolis : University of
Minnesota Press. |
DODD, J. (2000). An identity theory of truth. New York : St. Martin's Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie,
Feigl et Place |
|
|
Théorie de l'identité (sociale et psychologique) :
En psychologie/ sociologie,
ensemble de théories qui
tentent de répondre à la question : Qu'est-ce qu'un individu ? Qui
suis-je ? Théorie de l'identité et identité
sociale et
identité psychologique.
Social identity theory.
| |
|
|
TAJFEL, H. & TURNER, J.C. (1986). The social identity
theory of inter-group behavior. In S. Worchel & L.W.
Austin (Eds.), Psychology of intergroup relations.
Chigago : Nelson-Hall. |
|
DOBBS, M. & CRANO, W.D. (2001). Outgroup
accountability in the minimal group paradigm :
Implications for aversive discrimination and social
identity theory. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 27, 355-364. |
|
SCHWARTZ, S.J. (2001). The evolution of Eriksonian and
Neo-Eriksonian identity theory and research : A review and
integration. Identity : An International Journal of
Theory & Reseach, 1 (1), 7-58. [PDF] |
|
McGARTY, C. (2001). Social identity theory does not
maintain that identification produces bias, and
Self-categorization Theory does not maintain that salience
is identification : Two comments on Mummendey, Klink and
Brown. British Journal of Social Psychology, 40
(2), 173-176. |
|
HAKOLA, R. (2009). Erik H. Erikson's identity theory and
the formation of early Christianity. Journal of
Beliefs & Values, 30 (1), 5-15.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Théorie,
Identité
sociale, Erickson,
Marcia et Psychologique |
| |
|
|
Théorie de l'influence sociale : Théorie proposée par Latané.
Social impact theory, Dynamic social impact
theory.
| |
|
|
LATANÉ, B. & WOLF, S. (1981). The social impact of
majorities and minorities. Psychological Review, 88,
438-453. |
|
LATANÉ, B. (1981). The psychology of social impact. American
Psychologist, 36, 343-356. |
|
LATANÉ, B. & BOURGEOIS, M.J. (1996). Experimental
evidence for dynamic social impact : The emergence of
subcultures in electronic groups. Journal of
Communication, 46 (4), 35-47. |
|
LATANÉ, B. (1996). Dynamic social impact : The creation of
culture by communication. Journal of Communication, 46
(4), 13-25. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Latané |
|
|
Théorie de l'information : Théorie proposée par Shannon et Weaver.
= modèle de l'information, théorie de Shannon et Weaver.
Information theory, theory of communication.
| |
|
|
SHANNON, C. (1948). Mathematical theory of communication.
Bell System Technical Journal, 27,
379-423/623-656. |
|
GOOD, I.J. (1955-6). Some terminology and notation in
information theory. IEE Monograph/Proceedings of the
Institution of Electrical Engineers, 103, 200-204. |
|
SHANNON, C.E. & WEAVER, W. (1969). The
mathematical theory of communication. Chicago :
The University of Illinois Press//London : Urbana. |
|
ESCARPIT, R. (1970). Théorie générale de l'information
et de la communication. Paris : Hachette. |
|
WOLFOWITZ, J. (1978). Coding theorems of information
theory. New York : Springer-Verlag. |
|
LUCE, D. (2003). Whatever happened to information theory
in psychology ? Review of General Psychology, 7,
183-188. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie, Shannon
et Weaver |
|
|
|
|
Théorie de l'investissement parental :
|
Théorie de l'optimisme dispositionnel : Théorie
proposée par Scheier et Carver
pour expliquer le degré d'optimisme
des individus face aux difficultés de la vie (catastrophe,
cancer, mortalité, etc.) et à l'influence de cet optimisme sur nos choix de vie.
| |
|
|
SCHEIER, M.F. & CARVER, C.S. (1985). Optimism, coping,
and health : Assessment and implications of generalized
outcome expectancies. Health psychology, 4 (3),
219-247. |
|
SCHEIER, M.F & CARVER, C.S. (1992). Effects of
optimism on psychological and physical well-being :
Theoretical overview and empirical update. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 16, 201-228. |
|
SCHEIER M.F., MATTHEWS, K.A., OWENS, J.F., SCHULZ, R.,
BRIDGES, M.W., MAGOVERN, G.J. & CARVER, C.S. (1999).
Optimism and rehospitalization following coronary artery
bypass graft surgery. Archives of Internal Medicine,
159, 829-835. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie,
Scheier et Carver |
|
|
Théorie de l'organisation hormonale du cerveau : Théorie
selon laquelle le cerveau
se diférencie sur le plan sexuel dès la naissance en raison de
l'effet différentiel in utero de la
testostérone. /Intersexualisme.
Brain organization theory, hardwired
paradigm.
| |
|
|
JOST, A. 1953. Problems of fetal endocrinology-the gonadal
and hypophyseal hormones. Recent Progress in Hormone
Research, 8, 379-418. |
|
PHOENIX, C.H. & GOY, R.W., GERALL, A.A. & YOUNG,
W.C. (1959). Organizing action of prenatally administered
testosterone propionate on the tissues mediating mating
behavior in the female guinea pig. Endocrinology, 65,
369-382. |
|
BISHOP, K.M. & WAHLSTEN, D. (1999). Sex and species
differences in mouse and rat forebrain commissures depend
on the method of adjusting for brain size. Brain
Research, 815, 358-366. |
|
BAO, A.M. & SWAAB, D.F. (2010). Sex differences in the
brain, behavior, and neuropsychiatric disorders. Neuroscientist, 16, 550-565. |
|
FINE, C. (2012). Explaining, or sustaining, the status quo
? The potentially self- fulfilling effects of "hardwired"
accounts of sex differences. Neuroethics, 5, 285-294. |
|
JORDAN-YOUNG, R. & RUMIATI, R.I. (2012). Hardwired for
sexism ? Approaches to sex/gender in neuroscience. Neuroethics,
5 (3), 305-315. [PDF] |
|
JORDAN-YOUNG, R.M. (2016). Hormones, sexe et cervau.
Paris : Belin. / Brainstorm : The flaws in the science
of sexe differences. Harvard University Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Différence sexuelle/Hormone/Cerveau |
|
|
Théorie de la boîte grise :
Grey box.
| |
|
|
DOUGLAS, R.J. & MARTIN, K.A.C. (1991). Opening the
grey box. Trends in Neuroscience, 14, 286-293. |
|
SOHLBER, B. & JACOBSEN, E.W. (2008). Grey box Modeling
- Branches and experience. IFAC Proceeding, 41
(2), 11415-11420. |
|
|
|
Théorie de la boîte noire : En psychologie,
ensemble de théories qui
refusent de postuler l'existence de processus pour l'instant inobservable, en tout ou en partie (comme la conscience ou l'apprentissage), pour se concentrer sur l'étude des données observables (dites intrant/ extrant) qui alimentent (stimuli) ou émanent (comportement) de ces processus. Dans cette expression, la "boîte" renvoie aux mécanismes
causaux, qu'ils soient
mécanique, biologique ou cognitif, et sa «couleur» à notre
capacité d'en observer
(blanc ou translucide) ou non (noir/gris) le contenu (=
mécanismes). EX: l'esprit est une boîte noire
car on ne peut observer directement ses mécanismes, seulement en
inférer l'existence; ou grise si l'on suppose que l'esprit
repose en partie sur le fonctionnement biologique, qui lui est
observable ou potientiellement oservable. C-EX:
Un vélo est une boîte translucide car on peut observer tous les
rouages de son mécanisme d'entraînement, et ainsi en expliquer
aisément les comportements (avance, tourne, freine); une voiture
est une boîte blanche car il faut ouvrir le capot pour observer
son fonctionnement, ses mécanismes. =
contexte opaque, fonctionnement opaque, mécanisme opaque. /cerveau
virtuel. Black box theory, black boxism.
|
|
|
HUNT, J.G., BOAL, K.B. & SORENSEN, R.L. (1990). Top
management leadership : Inside the black box. Leadership
Quarterly, 1, 41-65. |
|
BUNGE, M. (1963). A general black box theory.
Philosophy of Science, 30, 346-358. |
RICHARDSON, R.C. (1999). Heuristics; Black box,
figure-ground, modularity, split brain effects and
Zeigarnik effect. In R. Audi (Ed.), The Cambridge
dictionary of philosophy (pp. 310-311, 379, 579,
874-5, 987). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
WHITHLEY, R. (1972). Black boxism and the sociology of
science; a discussion of the major developments in the
field. The Sociological Review Monograph, 18,
61-91. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). Disorder as a black box
essentialist concept. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
108, 465-472. |
|
SALZINGER, K. (1973). Inside the black box, with apologies
to Pandora. A review of Ulric Neisser's Cognitive
Psychology. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 19, 369-378. [PDF] |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2000). Aristotle as sociobiologist : The
'function of a human being' argument, black box
essentialism, and the concept of mental disorder. Philosophy,
Psychiatry, & Psychology, 7, 17-44. |
|
ROSENBERG, N. (1982). Inside the black box :
Technology and economics. Cambridge, New York :
Cambridge University Press |
ZHOU X., ZHU, J. & WEISS, L.G. (2010). Peeking inside
the "black box" of the Flynn effect : Evidence from three
Wechsler instruments. Journal of Psychoeducational
Assessment, 28, 399-411. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie de la cognition socialement distribué :
Distributed cognition.
| |
|
|
HUTCHINS, E. (1995). Cognition in the wild.
Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press. |
|
KIRSH, D. (1999). Distributed cognition, coordination and environment design. Proceedings of the European Cognitive
Science Society. [LIRE] |
|
HUTCHINS, E. (2000). Distributed cognition.
Working paper, UCSD. |
|
HOLLAN, J.E., HUTCHINS, E. & KIRSH, D. (2000).
Distributed cognition: toward a new foundation for
human-computer interaction research. ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction, 7 (2), 174-196. [PDF] |
|
CONEIN, B. (2004). Cognition distribuée, groupe social et
technologie cognitive. Réseaux, 2 (124), 53-79.
[PDF] |
|
KIRSH, D. (2006). Distributed cognition : A methodological
note. Pragmatics & Cognition, 14 (2),
249-262. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
|
|
Théorie
de la communication : Ensemble de théories
qui étudient le contexte social et l'efficacité de la
communication et de transmission du message.
Communication theory.
|
|
|
GABOR, D. (1946). Theory of communication. Journal of
the Institute of Electrical Engineers, 93, 429-441. |
|
SHANNON, C. (1948). Mathematical theory of communication. Bell System Technical Journal, 27,
379-423/623-656. |
|
SHANNON, C.E. & WEAVER, W. (1964/69). The
mathematical theory of communication. Chicago :
The University of Illinois Press//London : Urbana. |
|
ESCARPIT, R. (1970). Théorie générale de l'information
et de la communication. Paris : Hachette. |
|
MATUSITZ, J. & BREEN, G.-M. (2011). Applying
communication theories toward designing compliance-gaining
techniques in customer dissatisfaction. Journal of
Tourism & Cultural Heritage, 9 (1), 37-46. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Message |
|
|
Théorie de la confirmation : Voir Confirmation.
Confirmation theory.
|
|
|
Théorie de la correspondance :
Correspondence theory of truth.
| |
|
|
SCHAFFNER, K.F. (1964). Correspondence rules. Philosophy
of Science, 36 (3), 280-290. |
|
O'CONNOR, D.J. (1975). The correspondence theory of
truth. London : Hutchinson University Library. |
|
VISION, G. (2004). Veritas: The correspondence theory
and its critics. Cambridge : The MIT Press. |
|
DAVID, M. (2004). Don't forget about the correspondence
theory of truth. In F. Jackson & G. Priest (Eds.), Lewisian
themes : The philosophy of David K. Lewis (pp.
43-48). Oxford : Clarendon Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie
et Vérité
empirique |
|
|
Théorie de la décision (psychologique) : Voir
Décision.
Decision, decision making.
|
Théorie de la décision (statistique) : Voir Décision.
|
Théorie de la détection du signal : Ensemble des théories qui
s'intéressent au processus par lequel un
stimulus est repéré - parmi d'autres - et reconnu
par le cerveau. Dans
plusieurs théories, il s'agit de la première étape de l'attention.
= détection du stimulus. Detection
of signal.
| |
|
|
TANNER, W.P. & SWETS, J.A. (1953). A new
theory of visual detection. Michigan : University of
Michigan. [PDF] |
|
|
TANNER, W.P. & SWETS, J.A. (1954). The human use of
information-I-II : Signal detection for the case of the
signal known exactly. Transactions of the IRE
Professional Group on Information Information Theory, 4, 213-221/222-227. |
NEVIN, J.A. & MacWILLIAMS, S. (1983). Ratio
reinforcement of signal detection. Behaviour Analysis
Letters, 3, 317-324. |
|
TANNER, W.P. & SWETS, J.A. (1954). A decision-making theory of visual detection. Psychological Review, 61,
401-409. |
|
|
ATKINSON, R.C. (1963). A variable sensitivity theory of
signal detection. Psychological Review, 70, 91-106. |
|
|
SWETS, J.A. (1964). Signal detection and recognition
by human observers. Contemporary readings. New York
: Wiley. |
ZAHAVI, A. (1987). The theory of signal detection and some
of its implications. In V.P. Delfino (Ed.), International
symposium of biological evolution. Bari : Adriatica
Editrice. |
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1964). Stochastic learning and a quantal
model of signal detection. Transactions of IEEE on
Applications & Industry, 83, 292-296. |
ASHBY, F.G. (1988). Estimating the parameters of
multidimensional signal detection theory from simultaneous
ratings on separate stimulus components. Perception
& Psychophysics, 44, 195-204. [PDF] |
|
RILLING, M. & McDIARMID, C. (1965). Signal detection
in fixed-ratio schedules. Science, 148, 526-527. |
MACMILLAN, N.A. & CREELMAN, C.D. (1990). Response bias
: Characteristics of detection theory, threshold theory,
and "nonparametric" indexes. Psychological Bulletin,
107 (3), 401-413. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, D.M. & SWETS, J.A. (1966). Signal
detection theory and psychophysics. New York :
Wiley. |
NEVIN, J.A. (1991). Signal detection analysis of illusions
and heuristics. In M.L. Commons, M. Davison & J.A.
Nevin (Eds.), Quantitative analyses of behavior (Vol.
11). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
PARKS, T.E. (1966). Signal detectability theory of
recognition performance. Psychological Review, 73,
44-58. |
YONELINAS, A.P., DOBBINS, I., SZYMANSKI, M.D., DHALIWAL,
H.S. & KING, L. (1996). Signal-detection, threshold,
and dual-process models of recognition memory : ROCs and
conscious recollection. Consciousness &
Cognition, 5, 418-441. |
|
BLOUGH, D.S. (1967). Stimulus generalization as signal
detection in pigeons. Science, 158, 940-941. |
SWETS, J.A. (1996). Signal detection theory and ROC
analysis in psychology and diagnostics. Collected
papers. Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
|
KRANTZ, D.H. (1969). Threshold theories of signal
detection. Psychological Review, 76, 308-324. |
SLOTNICK, S.D., KLEIN, S.A., DODSON, C.S. & SHIMAMURA,
A.P. (2000). An analysis of signal detection and threshold
Models of source memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26, 1499-1517. |
|
KUBOVY, M., RAPPAPORT, A. & TVERSKY, A. (1971).
Deterministic vs. probabilistic strategies in detection. Perception
& Psychophysics, 9, 427-429. |
ALLAN, L.G. & SIEGEL, S. (2002). A signal detection
theory analysis of the placebo effect. Evaluation
& the Health Professions, 25, 410-420. |
|
AHUMADA, A.J. & LOVELL, J. (1971). Stimulus features
in signal detection. Journal of the Acoustical
Society of America, 49, 1751-1756. |
|
|
McNICOL, D. (1972). A primer of signal detection
theory. London : George Allen & Unwin. |
WICKENS, T.D. (2002). Elementary signal detection theory.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
WRIGHT, A.A. & NEVIN, J.A. (1974). Signal detection
methods for the measurement of utility in animals. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 21,
373-380. [PDF] |
ROTELLO, C.M., MACMILLAN, N.A. & REEDER, J.A. (2004).
Sum-difference theory of remembering and knowing : A
two-dimensional signal-detection model. Psychological
Review, 111, 588-616. [PDF] |
|
|
NEVIN, J.A., OLSON, K., MANDELL, C & YARENSKY, P.
(1975). Differential reinforcement and signal detection. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 24 (3),
355-367. [PDF] |
KILLEEN, P.R. & TAYLOR, T.J. (2004). Symmetric
receiver operating characteristics. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 48, 432-434. |
|
EGAN, J.P. (1975). Signal detection theory and ROC
analysis. New York : Academic Press. |
WRIGHT, D.B., HORRY, R. & SKAGERBERG, E.M. (2009).
Functions for traditional and multilevel approaches to
signal detection theory. Behavior Research Methods,
41, 257-267. |
|
KUBOVY, M. (1977). A possible basis for conservatism in
signal detection and probabilistic categorization tasks. Perception
& Psychophysics, 22, 277-281. |
LIPP, O.V., DERAKSHAN, N., WATERS, A.M. & LOGIES, S.
(2004). Snakes and cats in the flowerbed : Fast detection is not specific to pictures of fear-relevant animals.
Emotion, 4, 233-250. |
|
DAVISON, M.C. & TUSTIN, R.D. (1978). The relation
between the generalized matching law and signal-detection
theory. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 29, (2), 331-336.
[PDF] |
ALLAN, L.G., SIEGEL, S. & TANGEN, J.M. (2005). A
signal detection analysis of contingency data. Learning
& Behavior, 33 (2), 250-263. [PDF] |
|
POSNER, M.I., SNYDER, R.R. & DAVIDSON, D.J. (1980).
Attention and the detection of signals. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 109, 160-174. [PDF] |
ROUDER, J.N. & LU, J. (2005). An introduction to
Bayesian hierarchical models with an application in the
theory of signal detection. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 12, 573-604. [PDF] |
|
HEALY, A.F. & KUBOVY, M. (1981). Probability matching
and the formation of conservative decision rules in a
numerical analog of signal detection. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory,
7, 344-354. |
WIXTED, J.T. (2007). Dual-process theory and
signal-detection theory of recognition memory. Psychological
Review, 114 (1), 152-176. [PDF] |
|
NEVIN, J.A., OLSON, K., MANDELL, C. & YARENSKY, P.
(1982). Differential reinforcement and signal detection. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 24 (3),
355-367. [PDF] |
SIEGEL, S.L., ALLAN, S.D. & HANNAH, S.D. (2009).
Applying signal detection theory to contingency
assessment. Comparative Cognition & Behavior
Reviews, 4, 116-134. [PDF] |
|
NEVIN, J.A., JENKINS, P., WHITTAKER, S. & YARENSKY, P.
(1982). Reinforcement contingencies and signal detection.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 37 (1), 65-79. [PDF] |
JANG, Y., WIXTED, J.T. & HUBER, D.E. (2009). Testing
signal-detection models of yes/no and two-alternative
forced-choice recognition memory. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 138 (2),
291-306. [PDF] |
|
LYNN, S.K. & BARRETT, L.F. (2014). "Utilizing" signal
detection theory. Psychological Science, 25 (9),
1663–1673. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Reconnaissance |
| |
|
|
Théorie de la double contrainte :Théorie proposée par Bateson,
Haley, Jackson
et Weakland, qui décrit
et explique les réactions parfois pathologiques des
individus qui sont soumis à des situations sociales dans
lesquelles il n'y a pas de façon adéquate d'agir, de bonne
réponse, peu importe nos tentatives ou nos efforts. Autrement dit,
peu importe ce que l'on fait la conséquence de nos comportements
est aversive ou désagréable (d'où le mot "contrainte"). Pour certains auteurs, ces réactions pathologiques ou «sous contraintes» vont de
la paralysie, lorsque la situation est passagère, à la
schizophrénie, si la double-contrainte perdure trop longtemps. EX
: Il y a un exemple de situation contraignante
passagère dans l'album «Astérix en Corse» lorsque un chef de
village Corse réplique à un légionnaire romain : «Je n'aime pas
qu'on parle à ma soeur (le Corse) — Mais elle ne m'intéresse pas
votre sœur, je voulais seulement... (Le Romain) — Ah, elle te
plaît pas ma soeur ? — Mais si, bien sûr, elle me plaît… — Ah, elle te plaît, ma soeur !!! Retenez-moi ou je le tue lui et ses
imbéciles ! » Bref, le légionnaire est piégé, quoi qu'il
dise.
Double bind theory.
|
|
|
BATESON, G., JACKSON, D.D., HALEY, J. & WEAKLAND, J.H.
(1956). Toward a theory of schizophrenia. Behavioral
Science, 1, 251-264. |
|
BATESON, G. (1978). The birth of a matrix or double bind
and epistemology. In M.M. Berger (Ed.), Beyond the
double bind (pp. 39-64). New York : Brunner/Mazel.
|
|
|
Voir aussi Palo Alto
Bateson,
Haley, Jackson
et Weakland. |
|
|
|
Théorie de la fixation des objectifs/buts : Théorie
proposée par Locke, qui
stipule que la fixation des objetifs/ buts
clairs et précis (assigned goal) accroît la motivation
d'un individu et, partant, son efficacité au travail (task
performance).
Goal-setting theory of
motivation.
|
|
|
LOCKE, E.A. (1968). Toward a theory of task motivation and
incentives. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 3 (2), 157-189. |
LOCKE, E.A. (1991). Goal theory vs. control theory:
Contrasting approaches to understanding work motivation.
Motivation & Emotion, 15, 9–28. |
|
LOCKE, E.A. & BRYAN, J. (1968). Goal setting as a
determinant of the effects of knowledge of score in
performance. American Journal of Psychology, 81,
398–406. |
BUTTON, S., MATHIEU, J. & ZAJAC, D. (1995). Goal
orientation in organizational behavior
research. Organizational Behavior & Human Decision
Processes, 67, 26-48 |
|
LATHAM, G.P. & BALDES, J. (1975). The «practical
significance» of Locke's theory of goal setting. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 60, 122–124. |
LOCKE, E.A. (2001). Self-set goals and self-efficacy as
Lumean mediators of incentives and personality. In M. Erez, H.U.
Kleinbeck & H. Thierry (Eds.), Work motivation in
the context of a globalizing economy (pp. 13–26).
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
LATHAM, G.P., MITCHELL, T.R. & DOSSETT, D.L. (1978).
The importance of participative goal setting and
anticipated rewards on goal difficulty and job
performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 63, 163–171. |
VANDEWALLE, D., BROWN, S., CRON, W. & SLOCUM, J.
(1999). The influence of goal orientation and
self-regulation tactics on sales performance. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 84, 249-259. |
|
VANDEWALLE, D. (2001). Goal orientation : Why wanting to
look successful doesn’t always lead to success. Organizational Dynamics, 30 (2), 162-171. |
|
VANDEWALLE, D., CRON, W. & SLOCUM, J. (2001). The role
of goal orientation following performance feedback.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 86 (4), 629-640. |
|
LATHAM, G.P. & SAARI, L.M. (1979). The importance of
supportive relationships in goal setting. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 64, 151–156. |
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G.P. (2002). Building a
practically useful theory of goal setting and task
motivation : A 35-year odyssey. American
Psychologist, 57 (9), 705-717. [PDF] |
|
VAN YPEREN, N.W. & JANSENN, O. (2002). Fatigued and
dissatisfied or fatigued but satisfied? Goal orientations
and responses to high job demands. Academy of
Management Journal, 45 (6), 1161-1171 |
|
LATHAM, G.P. & Marshall, H. A. (1982). The effects of
self-set, participatively set, and assigned goals on the
performance of government employees. Personnel
Psychology, 35, 399-404. |
LATHAM, G.P. (2003). Goal setting : A five-step approach to
behavior change. Organizational Dynamics, 32 (3),
309-318. |
|
LOCKE, E.A., MOTOWILDO, S.J. & BOBKO P. (1986). Using
self-efficacy theory to resolve the conflict between
goal-setting theory and expectancy theory in
organizational behavior and industrial/organizational
psychology. Journal of Social & Clinical
Psychology 4, 328-338. |
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G.P. (2009). Has goal setting
gone wild, or have its attackers abandoned good
scholarship ? Academy of Management Perspectives, 23,
17-23. |
|
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G.P. (1990). A theory of
goal setting and task performance. Upper Saddle
River, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
LUNENBERG, F.C. (2011). Goal-setting theory of motivation.
International Journal of Management, Business, &
Administration, 15 (1), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Locke et
Théorie |
|
|
|
|
Théorie de la mémoire floue : Théorie
de la mémoire floue.
Fuzzy-trace theory.
| |
|
|
REYNA, V.F. & BRAINERD, C.J. (1991). Fuzzy-trace
theory and framing effects in choice : gist extraction,
truncation, and conversion. Journal of Behavior
Decision Making, 4, 249-262 |
|
REYNA, V.F. (2000). Fuzzy-trace theory and source
monitoring : An evaluation of theory and false memory
data. Learning & Individual Differences, 12,
163-175. |
|
REYNA, V.F. & ADAM, M.B. (2003). Fuzzy-trace theory,
risk communication, and product labeling in sexually
transmitted diseases. Risk Analysis, 23, 325-342.
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
de la frustration/agression : Ensemble de théories
qui postule l'existence d'un lien étroit entre la frustration
(cause) et l'agressivité
(effet et l'agression).
Frustration-aggression hypothesis.
|
|
|
DOLLARD, J., DOOB, L.W., MILLER, N.E., MOWRER, O.H. &
SEARS, R.R. (1939). Frustration and aggression.
New Haven : Yale University Press. |
ELLIS, A. (1969). Sex, frustration and aggression. Rogue,
18, 27-30 |
|
SEARS, R.R., HOVLAND, C.I. & MILLER, N.E. (1940).
Minor studies of aggression : I. Measurement of aggressive
behavior. Journal of Psychology, 9, 275-295. |
HANRATTY, M., O'NEIL, E. & SULZER, J. (1972). The
effect of frustration on the imitation of aggression. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 21, 30-34. |
|
BARKER, R., DEMBO, T. & LEWIN, K. (1941). Frustration
and aggression : An experiment with young children. University
of Iowa Studies in Child Welfare, 18, 1-314. |
CAPRARA, G.V. (1982). A comparison of the
frustration-aggression and emotional susceptibility
hypothesis. Aggressive Behavior, 8, 234-236. |
|
MILLER, N.E. & BUGELSKI, R. (1948). Minor studies of
aggression II. The influence of frustrations imposed by
the in-group on attitudes expressed toward out-groups. Journal
of Psychology, 25, 437-442. |
BERKOWITZ, L. (1989). The frustration-aggression
hypothesis : Examination and reformulation. Psychological
Bulletin, 106, 59-73. [PDF]
|
|
DILL, J. & ANDERSON, C.A. (1995). Effects of justified
and unjustified frustration on aggression. Aggressive
Behavior, 21, 359-369. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Agressivité,
Agression, Frustration
et Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
de la motivation : Ensemble de théories
qui postule l'existence d'une force ou d'une énergie - la
motivation - qui pousse les individu à agir.
Motivation
theory, théory of motivation.
|
|
|
MASLOW, A.H. (1943). A preface to motivation theory. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 5, 85-92. |
ZAGZEBSKI, L. (2004). Divine motivation theory.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
BOLLES, R.C. (1967). Theory of motivation. New
York : Harper & Row. |
|
|
SOLOMON, R.L. & CORBIT, J.D. (1973). An
opponent-process theory of motivation. II. Cigarette
addiction. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 81 (2),
158-171. |
LATHAM, G.P. & PINDER, C.C. (2005). Work motivation
theory and research at the dawn of the twenty-first
century. Annual Review of Psychology, 56,
485-516. [PDF]
|
|
SOLOMON, R.L. & CORBIT, J.D. (1974). An
opponent-process theory of motivation. I. Temporal
dynamics of affect. Psychological Review, 81,
119-415. |
|
|
SOLOMON, R.L. & HOFFMAN, H.S. (1974). An
opponent-process theory of motivation. III. Some affective
dynamics in imprinting. Learning & Motivation, 5,
149-64. |
MILLER, W.R. & ROSE, G.S. (2009). Toward a theory of
motivational interviewing. American Psychologist, 64
(6), 527-537. |
|
THOMPSON, N.S. (1977). "Instinctive behavior" and
"Ethological motivation theory". In B.B. Wolman and L.R.
Pomeroy (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of
Neurology, Psychiatry, Psychoanalysis & Psychology,
6, 67-68 and 4, 388-390. |
|
|
SOLOMON, R.L. (1977). An opponent-process theory of
motivation. V. Affective dynamics of eating. In L.M.
Barker, M.R. Best & M. Domjan (Eds.), Learning
mechanisms in food selection (pp. 255-293). Waco,
Texas : Baylor University Press. |
|
|
WEINER, B. (1979). A theory of motivation for some
classroom experiences. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 71, 3-25. |
|
NUTTIN, J. (1980). Théorie de la motivation humaine.
Paris : PUF. |
|
|
KORNADT, H.-J., ECKENSBERGER, L.H. & EMMINGHAUS, W.B.
(1980). Cross-cultural research on motivation and its
contribution to a general theory of motivation. In H.C.
Triandis & W. Lonner (Eds.), Handbook of
cross-cultural psychology : Basic processes (Vol.
3, pp. 223-321). Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
|
|
BOWMAN, R.F. (1982). A Pac-Man theory of motivation.
Tactical implications for classroom instruction.
Educational Technology 22 (9), 14-17. |
|
|
WEINER, B. (1986). An attributional theory of
motivation and emotion. New York :
Springer-Verlag. |
|
|
TURNER, J.H. (1987). Toward a sociological theory of
motivation. American Sociological Review, 52 (1),
15-27. |
|
|
KANFER, R. (1990). Motivation theory and industrial and
organizational psychology. In M. Dunnette & L. Hough
(Eds.), Handbook of industrial and organizational
psychology (pp. 76-170). Palo Alto, Consulting
psychologists press. |
UDECHUKWU, I. (2009). Correctional officer turnover : Of
Maslow's needs hierarchy and Herzberg's motivation theory.
Public Personnel Management, 38 (2), 69-82. |
|
URDAN, T. & MAEHR, M.L. (1995). Beyond a two-goal
theory of motivation : A case for social goals. Review
of Educational Research, 65, 213-244. |
REEVE, J. (2016). A grand theory of motivation : Why not ?
Motivation & Emotion, 40, 31-35. |
|
ZAGZEBSKI, L. (1997). Perfect goodness and divine
motivation theory. Midwest Studies in Philosophy 21,
296-310. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Motivation et Théorie |
|
|
Théorie de la personnalité : Ensemble de théories
qui postule l'existence d'une organisation stable de la psyché (personnalité),
laquelle organisation serait à l'origine des comportements,
des émotions ou de
l'interprétation de nos expériences.
Elles permettraient également d'expliquer les variations entre les
individus. EX: Théorie de la personnalité de
Freud (ca-moi-surmoi).
Theories of
personality.
| |
|
|
LEWIN, K. (1936). Dynamic theory of personality.
New York : McGraw-Hill. |
EYSENK, H.J. (1993). Creativity and personality :
suggestions for a theory. Psychological Inquiry, 4,
147-178. |
|
HALL, C.S. & LINDZEY, G. (1957). Theories of
personality. New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
FEIST, J. (1994). Theories of personality.
Harcourt Brace. |
|
BOUCHARD, T.J. (1997). Experience producing drive theory :
How genes drive experience and shape personality. Acta
Paediatrica, 422 (S), 60-64. |
|
DOHERTY, M.A (1973). Sexual bias in personality theory.
The Counseling Psychologist, 4, 67-75. |
HALL, C., LINDZEY, G. & CAMPBELL, J.B. (1997). Theories
of personality. New York : Wiley. |
|
PERVIN, L.A. (1980). Personality, Theory, assessment
and research. New York : Wiley & Sons. |
PERVIN, L.A. & JOHN, O.P. (Eds.) (1999/2005). Handbook
of personality : Theory and research. / La personnalité.
Théorie et recherche. New York : The Guilford
Press/Bruxelles : Deboeck. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. (1983). Structured personality learning
theory. New York : Praeger. |
PHELPS, B.J. (2001) Personality, personality "theory" and dissociative identity disorder : What behavior analysis
can contribute and clarify. The Behavior Analyst
Today, 2 (4), 325-335. |
|
FONAGY, P., TARGET, M., GERGELY, G., ALLEN, J.G. &
BATEMAN, A. (2001). The developmental roots of borderline
personality disorder in early attachment relationships : A
theory and some evidence. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 23,
412-459. |
|
HUMPHREYS, M.S. & REVELLE, W. (1984). Personality,
motivation, and performance : A theory of the relationship
between individual differences and information processing.
Psychological Review, 91 (2), 153-184. |
McCRAE, R.R. & COSTA, P.T. (2003). Personality in
adulthood : A five-factor theory perspective. New
York : Guilford. |
|
GATCHEL, R.J. & MEARS, F.G. (1984). Personality.
Theory, assessment and research. New York :
Saint-Martin Press. |
RYCKMAN, R. (2004). Theories of personality.
Belmont, CA : Thomson/Wadsworth. |
|
MADDI, S.R. (2006). Taking the theorizing in personality
theories seriously. American Psychologist, 61, 330-331. |
|
CLONINGER, C.R. (1986). A unified biosocial theory of
personality and its role in the development of anxiety
states. Psychiatric Developments, 3, 167-226. |
CORR, P.J. (2008). The reinforcement sensitivity
theory of personality. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1987). Dialectical behavior therapy for
borderline personality disorder : Theory and method. Bulletin
of the Menninger Clinic, 51, 261-276. |
LANE, C. (2009). The surprising history of
passive-aggressive personality disorder. Theory &
Psychology, 19 (1), 55-70. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1989). Levels of explanation in
personality theory. In D. Buss & N. Cantor (Eds.), Personality
psychology : Recent trends and emerging directions
(pp. 333-346). New York : Springer-Verlag. |
DE YOUNG, C.G. (2010). Toward a theory of the Big Five. Psychological
Inquiry, 21 (1), 26-33. [PDF] |
|
PERVIN, L.A. (1990). Handbook of personality, theory
and research. New York : Guilford Press. |
BOAG, S. & TILIOPOULOS, N. (Eds.) (2011).
Personality and individual differences : Theory,
assessment and application. New York : Nova. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Personnalité
et Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
de la preuve : En logique, étude des relations logiques
entre les éléments d'un raisonnement
théorique et ses critères de vérité ou son degré de
véracité, sans égard aux aspects sémantiques de la question. Proof
theory.
|
Théorie
de la probabilité : Theory of
probability.
| |
|
|
NEYMAN, J. (1937). Outline of a theory of statistical
estimation based on the classical theory of probability. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series A,
Mathematical & Physical Sciences, 236 (767),
333-380. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Probabilité
et Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
de la réciprocité : Theory of
reciprocity.
| |
|
|
FALKA, A. & FISHBACHE, U. (2006). A theory of
reciprocity. Games & Economic Behavior, 54 (2),
293-315. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
de la référence : Théorie
qui explique comment les mots
et les concepts sont
reliés aux objets qu'ils désignent ou dénotent. (
): théorie de la référence descriptive, théorie de la
référence causale.
Theory of reference.
| |
|
|
LINSKY, L. (1967). Le problème de la référence.
Paris : Seuil. |
|
LINSKY, L. (Ed.) (1971). Reference and modality.
Oxford University Press. |
|
QUINE, W.V.O (1974). The roots of reference open
court. La Salle, IL. |
|
UNGER, P. (1983). The causal theory of reference. Philosophical
Studies : An International Journal for Philosophy in the
Analytic Tradition, 43 (1), 1-45. |
|
CUMMINS, R. (1997). The lot of the causal theory of
reference. The Journal of Philosophy, 94,
535-542. |
|
JACKSON, F.C. (1998). Reference and description revisited.
Philosophical Perspectives : Language, mind, and
ontology, 12, 201-218. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie de la relation mot-milieu : Théorie
proposée par Barnes-Homes
et Hayes
pour expliquer le comportement verbal (= cognition ou idée). Cette
théorie stipule que les mots sont des
comportements verbaux qui, comme tous les comportements, ont
un effet sur le milieu (ou contexte),
lequel effet ou renforcement augmente la fréquence ou la
probabilité d'utilisation de ces mots pour nommer
les objets.
=
théorie de la relation mot-contexte.
Relational
frame theory, RFT.
| |
|
|
BARNES-HOLMES, D. (1994). Stimulus equivalence and
relational frame theory. The Psychological Record, 50,
61-81. |
BLACKLEDGE, J.T. (2003). An introduction to relational
frame theory : basics and applications. The Behavior
Analysist, 3 (4), 421-433. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C. & WILSON, K.G. (1996). Criticisms of
relational frame theory : Implications for a behavior
analytic account of derived stimulus relations.
Psychological Record, 46, 221-236. |
BURGOS, J.E. (2003). Laudable goals, interesting
experiments, unintelligible theorizing : A critical review
of relational frame theory. Behavior &
Philosophy, 31, 19-45. [PDF] |
|
GALIZIO, M. (2003). The abstracted operant : A review of
relational frame theory : A post-skinnerian account of
human language and cognition. The Behavior Analyst,
26 (1), 159-169. [PDF] |
|
GALIZIO, M. (2003). Relational frames : Where do they come
from ? A comment on Barnes-Holmes and Hayes (2003). The
Behavior Analyst, 27, 107-112. [PDF] |
|
BARNES-HOLMES, D., BARNES-HOLMES, Y. & CULLINAN, V.
(2000). Relational frame theory and Skinner's Verbal
Behavior : A possible synthesis. The behavior
Analyst, 23 (1), 69-84. [PDF] |
TONNEAU, F. (2004). Review of the book Relational frame
theory : A post-Skinnerian account of human language and
cognition. British Journal of Psychology, 95,
265-268. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., BARNES-HOLMES, D. & ROCHE, B. (Eds.)
(2001). Relational frame theory : A post-skinnerian
account of human language and cognition. New York
: Plenum Publishers. |
DYMOND, S., WHELAN, R. & SMEETS, P.M. (2005). A
transformation of discriminative functions in accordance
with equivalence relations. European Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 6 (2), 111-123. [PDF] |
|
TONNEAU, F. (2001). Equivalence relations : A critical
analysis. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 2,
1-33. [PDF] |
CULLINAN, V. & VITALE, A. (2008). The contribution of
relational frame theory to the development of
interventions for impairments of language and cognition. Journal
of Speech-Language Pathology & Applied Behavior
Analysis 3 (1), 122-35. [PDF] |
|
BARNES-HOLMES, Y., BARNES-HOLMES, D., ROCHE, B. &
SMEETS, P.M. (2001). The development of self and
perspective-taking : A relational frame analysis.
Behavioral Development Bulletin, 1, 42-45. [PDF] |
GROSS, A.C. & FOX, E.J. (2007). Relational frame
theory: An overview of the controversy. The Analysis
of Verbal Behavior, 25, 87-98. [PDF] |
|
STEWART, I. & BARNES-HOLMES, Y. (2001). Understanding
metaphor : a relational frame perspective. Behaviour
Analysis 24 (2), 191-199. |
VILLATTE, M., MONESTES, J.L. & McHUGH, L. FREIXA i
BAQUÉ, E. & LOAS, G. (2010). Adopting the perspective
of another in belief attribution : Contribution of
relational frame theory to the understanding of
impairments in schizophrenia. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 41, 125-134. |
|
BARNES-HOLMES, D. & HAYES, S.C. (2002). Relational
frame theory is a behavior analytic account : Is
Tonneau's. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 3 (2),
87-94. [PDF] |
VILLATTE, M., VILLATTE, J.L. & MONESTES, J.L. (2014).
Understanding and using Relational Frame Theory in
experiential clinical practice. In J. Stoddard & N.
Afari (Eds.), The big book of ACT metaphors : A
practitioner's guide to experiential exercises and
metaphors in acceptance and commitment therapy.
Oakland, CA : New Harbinger. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie de la réponse : TRI : Sous
ce vocable, on désigne un ensemble de modèles probabilistes qui
tente de mettre en relation le résultat d'un répondant pour une question
donnée (item response) avec son niveau de performance ou
d'habileté sur une échelle relative à la compétence mesurée par
cette question, compétence ou habileté que l'on ne peut observer
directement mais qui peut être inférée à partir des réponses du
répondant. Trois auteurs ont, séparément, à leur manière,
contribué au dévelopmment de ces théories, soit Lazersfeld,
Lord et Rasch.
Théorie de la réponse et
modèle de Rasch.
Item response theory,
item response modelS, IRT, latent trait theory, strong true
score theory, modern mental test theory.
| |
|
|
LORD, F.M. & NOVICK, M.R. (1968). Statistical
theories of mental test scores. Reading :
Addison-Wesley. |
EMBRETSON, S.E. & REISE, S.P. (2000). Item
response theory for psychologists. Lawrence Erlbaum
Ass. |
|
SCHEUNEMAN, J.D. (1980). Latent trait theory and item
bias. In L.J.T. van der Kamp, W.F. Langerak & D.N.M.
de Gruijter (Eds.), Psychometrics for educational
debates (pp. 140-151). New York : Wiley. |
|
|
HOLLAND, P.W. (1981). When are item response models
consistent with observed data ? Psychometrika, 46,
79-92. |
SIJTSMA, K. & HEMKER, B.T. (2000). A taxonomy of IRT
models for ordering persons and items using simple sum
scores. Journal of Educational & Behavioral
Statistics, 25 (4), 391-415. [PDF] |
|
LORD, F.M. (1982). Standard error of an equating by item
response theory. Applied Psychological Measurement,
6, 463-472. |
FRALEY, R.C WALLER, N.G. & BRENNAN, K.A. (2000). An
item response theory analysis of self-report measures of
adult attachment. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 78, 350-365. [PDF] |
|
LORD, F.M. (1982). Application of item response
theory to practical testing problems. Hillsdale, NJ
: LEA |
|
|
HULIN, C.L., DRASOGW, F. & PARSON, C.K. (1983).
Item response theory-application to psychological
measurement. homewood : Irwin. |
|
|
STOCKING, M.L. & LORD, F.M. (1983). Developing a
common metric in item response theory. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 7, 201-210. |
|
|
LORD, F.M. (1983). Maximum likelihood estimation of item
response parameters when some responses are omitted. Psychometrika,
48, 477-482. |
|
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. & SWAMINATHAN, H. (1984). Item
response theory : Principles and applications.
Boston : Kluwer Academic. |
|
|
KINGSTON, N.M. & DORANS, N.J. (1984). Item Location
Effects and their implications for IRT equating and
adaptive testing. Applied Psychological Measurement,
8 (2), 147-154. |
|
|
LORD, F.M. & WINGERSKY, M.S. (1984). Comparison of IRT
true-score and equipercentile observed-score "equatings".
Applied Psychological Measurement, 8, 453-461. |
|
|
KINGSTON, N.M. & DORANS, N.J. (1985). The analysis of
item-ability regressions : An exploratory IRT model fit
tool. Applied Psychological Measurement, 9 (3),
281-288. |
|
|
ROSENBAUM, P.R. (1985). Comparing distributions of item
responses for two groups. British Journal of
Mathematical & Statistical Psychology, 38,
206-215. |
|
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. & SWAMINATHAN, H. (1985). Item
response theory : Principles and applications.
Boston, MA : Kluwer-Nijhoff. |
LAVEAULT, D et GRÉGOIRE, J. (2002). Introduction aux
théories des tests en psychologie et en sciences de
l'éducation. Bruxelles : De Boeck Université. |
|
HOLLAND, P.W. & ROSENBAUM, P.R. (1986). Conditional
association and unidimensionality in monotone latent
variable models. Annals of Statistics, 14,
1523-1543. [PDF] |
RIJMEN, F., TUERLINCKX, F., DE BOECK, P. & KUPPENS, P.
(2003). A nonlinear mixed model framework for item
response theory. Psychological Methods, 8, 185-205. |
|
THISSEN, D. & STEINBERG, L. (1986). A taxonomy of item
response models. Psychometrika, 51, 567-577. |
|
|
TATSUOKA, K.K. (1986). Diagnosing cognitive errors :
Statistical pattern classi cation based on item response
theory. Behaviormetrika, 13, 73-86. |
|
|
|
THISSEN, D. & LYNNE, S. (1986). A taxonomy of item
response models. Psychometrika, 51, 567-577. |
|
|
LORD, F.M. (1986). Maximum likelihood and Bayesian
parameter estimation in item response theory. Journal
of Educational Measurement, 23 (2), 57-162. |
VON DAVIER, M. (2004). Partially observed mixtures of IRT
models : An extension of the generalized partial-credit
model. Applied Psychological Measurement 28
(6), 389-406. |
|
MISLEVY, R. (1987). Recent developments in item response
theory with implications for teacher certi cation. Review
of Research in Education, 14, 239-275. |
BERTRAND R. et BLAIS, J.-G. (2004). Modèles de mesure.
L'apport de la théorie des réponses aux items. Sainte-Foy,
Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
McKINLEY, R.L. (1988). A comparison of six methods for
combining multiple IRT item parameter estimates.
Journal of Educational Measurement, 25, 233-246. |
VON DAVIER, M. & ROST, J. (2006) Mixture Distribution
Item Response Models. In C.R. Rao and S. Sinharay (Eds.),
Handbook of Statistics (Vol. 26). Psychometrics.
Amsterdam : Elsevier. |
|
THISSEN, D. & STEINBERG, L. (1988). Data analysis
using item response theory. Psychological Bulletin,
104, 385-395. |
SIJTSMA, K. & JUNKER, B.W. (2006). Item response
theory : Past performance, present developments, and
future expectations. Behaviormetrika, 33, 75-102 |
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. (Ed.) (1989). Applications of item
response theory. International Journal of Educational
Research, 13, 121-220. |
VON DAVIER, M. & VON DAVIER, A.A. (2007). A unified
approach to IRT scale linking and scale transformation.
Methodology : European Journal of Research Methods
for the Behavioral & Social Sciences, 3,
115-124. |
|
WARM, T.A. (1989). weighted likelihood estimation of
ability in item response models. Psychometrika, 54, 427-450. |
HABERMAN, S.J., HOLLAND, P.W. & SINHARAY, S. (2007).
Limits on log odds ratios for unidimen- sional item
response theory models. Psychometrika, 72, 551-561. |
|
McKINLEY, R.L. (1989). Methods plainly speaking : An
introduction to item response theory. Measurement and
Evaluation in Counseling & Development, 22, 37-57. |
DE AYALA, R.J. (2009). The theory and practice of
item response theory. New York : The Guilford
Press. |
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. (1989). Constructing tests with item
response models : A discussion of methods and two
problems. Bulletin of the International Test
Commission, 16, 96-106. |
LEVY, R., MISLEVY, R. & SINHARAY, S. (2009). Posterior
predictive model checking for multidimensionality in item
response theory. Applied Psychological Measurement,
33, 519- 537 |
|
HOLLAND, P.W. (1990). On the sampling theory foundations
of item response theory models. Psychometrika, 55, 577-601. |
RIJMEN, F. (2010). Formal relations and an empirical
comparison among the bi-factor, the testlet, and a
second-order multidimensional IRT model. Journal of
Educational Measurement, 47, 361-372. |
|
STOCKING, M.L. (1990). Specifying optimum examinees for
item parameter estimation in item response theory. Psychometrika,
55, 461-475. |
|
|
HOLLAND, P.W. (1990). The Dutch identity : A new tool for
the study of item response theory models. Psychometrika,
55, 5-18. |
HABERMAN, S.J. & SINHARAY, S. (2010). Reporting of
subscores using multidimensional item response theory. Psychometrika,
75, 209-227. |
|
THISSEN, D. & WAINER,H. (1990). Con dence envelopes
for item response theory. Journal of Educational
Statistics, 15, 113-128. |
LI, D., JIANG, Y. & VON DAVIER, A.A. (2012). The
accuracy and consistency of a series of IRT true score
equatings. Journal of Educational Measurement, 49, 167-189. |
|
MISLEVY, R. & VERHEIST, N. (1990). Modeling item
responses when different subjects employ different
solution strategies. Psychometrika, 55, 195-215. |
BÉLAND, S., MAGIS, D. et RAÎCHE, G. (2013). Estimation des
paramètres d'item et de sujet à partir du modèle de Rasch
: une étude comparative des logiciels BILOG-MG, ICL et R.
Mesure et Évaluation en Éducation, 36 (1),
83-110. [PDF] |
|
HAMBLETON, R.K., SWAMINATHAN, H. & ROGERS, J. (1991).
Fundamentals of item response theory. Newbury Park,
CA : Sage. |
KHORRAMDEL, L. & VON DAVIER, M. (2014). Measuring
response styles Across the Big Five : A multiscale
extension of an approach using multinomial processing
trees. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 49 (2),
161-177. |
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. & JONES, W. (1993). Comparison of
classical test theory and item response. Educational
Measurement : Issues & Practice, 12 (3),
38-47. |
SINHARAY, S. & HABERMAN, S.J. (2014). How often is the
misfit of item response theory models practically
significant ? Educational Measurement : Issues &
Practice, 33 (1), 23-35. |
|
MISLEVY, R. (1993). Foundations of a new test theory. In
N. Frederiksen, R.J. Mislevy & I.I. Bejar (Eds.), Test
theory for a new generation of tests (pp. 19-39).
Hillsdale : Erlbaum. |
ROSE, N., VON DAVIER, M. & NAGENGAST, B. (2015).
Commonalities and differences in IRT-based methods for
nonignorable item nonresponses. Psychological Test
& Assessment Modeling, 57, 472-498. |
|
MURAKI, E. & CARLSON, J.E. (1995). Full information
factor analysis for polytomous item responses. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 19, 73-90. |
ROSE, N., VON DAVIER, M. & NAGENGAST, B. (2017).
Modeling omitted and not-reached items in IRT models. Psychometrika,
82, 795-819. |
|
GRAY-LITTLE, B., WILLIAMS, V.S.L. & HANCOCK, T.D.
(1997). An item response theory analysis of the Rosenberg
Self-Esteem Scale. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 443-451. [PDF] |
CARLSON, J. & VON DAVIER, M. (2017). Item response
theory. In R.E. Bennett & M. Van Davier (Eds.),
Advancing human assessment ; The methodological,
psychological, and policy contributions of ETS (pp.
133-178). Springer Open. |
|
HARVEY, R.J. & HAMMER, A. (1999). Item response
theory. Counseling Psychologist, 27, 353-383. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Mesure,
Style de réponse et
Modèle de Rasch |
|
|
Théorie
de la séduction : Chez Freud...
Seduction theory.
| |
|
|
MASSON, J.M. (1984) The assault on truth : Freud's
suppression of the seduction theory. New York, NY
: Farrar, Straus & Giroux. |
|
SCHIMEK, J (1987). Fact and fantasy in the seduction
theory : A historical review. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association 35, 937-965. |
|
ALVAREZ-LINCE, V. (2005). From the seduction theory to the
oedipus complex. Vertex, 16, 386-397. |
|
ZEPF, S. & ZEPF, F.D. (2011). "You are requested to
close an eye" : Freud's seduction theory and theory of the
Oedipus complex revisited. Psychoanalytic Review, 98
(3), 287-323. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
des automates : Un automate est un système
ou une machine simple dont tous les états internes ou externes
(comportements) et les règles de transformation (passage d'un état
à l'autre) peuvent être décrit par des
équations.
Theory of automata.
| |
|
|
VON NEUMANN, J. (1951). The general and logical theory of
automata. In L.A. Jeffress (Ed.), Cerebral mechanisms
in behavior (pp. 1-41). New York : Wiley. |
|
SHANNON, C.E. & McCARTHY, J. (Eds.) (1956). Automata
studies. Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
KLEENE, S.C. (1956). Representation of events in nerve
nets and finite automata. In C.E. Shannon & J.
McCarthy (Eds.), Automata studies (pp. 3-41).
Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
|
MINSKY, M.L. (1956). Some universal elements for finite
automata. In C.E. Shannon & J. McCarthy (Eds.), Automata
studies. (pp. 117-128). Princeton : Princeton
University Press. |
|
BICKHARD, M.H. (1982). Automata theory, artificial
intelligence, and genetic epistemology. Revue
Internationale de Philosophie, 36 (142-143),
549-566. |
|
RUBINSTEIN, A. (1986). Finite automata play the repeated
prisoner's dilemma. Journal of Economic Theory, 39,
83-96. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie des catastrophes : Théorie proposée par Thom pour
expliquer comment un système parvient
grâce à de lègères et multiples modifiations internes à maintenir
sont équilibre, jusqu'à
ce qu'il ne puisse plus le faire; alors l'équilibre est rompu et
le système, pour s'adapter,
doit se transformer brusquement (=catastrophe). Les équations
de Thom décrivent comment de petites modifications
engendrent un grand changement.
=
théorie de la goutte qui fait déborder le vase.
Catastrophe
theory.
| |
|
|
THOM, R. (1975). Structural stability and
morphogenesis; an outline of a general theory of models.
Reading, MA : W.A. Benjamin. |
|
ZEEMAN, E.C. (1976). Catastrophe theory. Scientific
American, 234, 65-83. |
|
ZEEMAN, E.C. (1977). Catastrophe Theory : Selected
Papers 1972-1977. Addison-Wesley. |
|
FREY, P.W. & SEARS, R.J. (1978). Model of conditioning
incorporating the Rescorla-Wagner associative axiom, a
dynamic attention process, and a catastrophe rule. Psychological
Review, 85 (4), 321-340. |
|
THOM, R. (1983). Paraboles et catastrophes. Paris
: Flammarion. |
|
THOM, R. (1990). La théorie des catastrophes. Dans R. Thom
(Dir.), Apologie du logos (p. 333-451). Paris :
Hachette. |
|
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W., VAN KOTEN, S. & MOLENAAR, P.C M.
(1996). On the validity of simulating stagewise
development by means of PDP networks : Application of
catastrophe analysis and an experimental test of rule-like
network performance. Cognitive Science, 20,
101-136. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
des champs : Field theory.
| |
|
|
LEWIN, K. (1942). Field theory and learning. In D.
Cartwright (Ed., 1951). Field theory in social
science : selected theoretical papers. London :
Social Science Paperbacks. |
|
LEWIN, K. (1943). Defining the field at a given time. Psychological
Review, 50, 292-310. |
|
LEWIN, K. (1951). Field theory in social science. New
York : Harper. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
des écarts aversifs entre les sois : Théorie
proposée par Higgins. Self-concept
discrepancy theory.
|
|
|
HIGGINS, E.T., KLEIN, R. & STAUMAN, T. (1985).
Self-concept discrepancy theory : a psychological model
for distinguishing among different aspects of depression
and anxiety. Social cognition, 3, 51-76. |
|
HIGGINS, E.T., BOND, R.N., KLEIN, R. & STRAUMAN, T.
(1986). Self-discrepancies and emotional vulnerability :
how magnitude, accessibility, and type of discrepancy
influence affect. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 51, 5-15. |
|
HIGGINS, E.T. (1987). Self-discrepancy : A theory relating
self and affect. Psychological Review, 94 (3),
319-340.
[PDF] |
|
MORETTI M.M. & HIGGINS, E.T. (1990). Relating
self-discrepancy to self-esteem : The contribution of
discrepancy beyond actual-self ratings. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 26, 108-123. |
|
HIGGINS, E.T. (1999). When do self discrepancies have
specific relations to emotions ? The second-generation
question of Tangney, Niedenthal, Covert, and Barlow
(1998). Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 77 (6), 1313-1317. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Higgins
et Théorie |
|
|
|
|
Théorie
des équilibres ponctués : Voir Équilibres
ponctués.
Punctuationism, punctuated
equilibrium, punctuated equilibria.
|
Théorie des jeux : Théorie
qui tente de mesurer les avantages
(gains) et les inconvénients (perte) d'un comportement
ou d'une stratégie
(individuelle ou collective). EX: Un animal
a-t-il avantage à être agressif si ses congénères lui tiennent
tête ? Un consommateur a-t-il avantage à acheter une maison si les
taux d'intérêt sont élevés ? Une enfant a-t-elle avantage à prêter
ses jouets à ses amies si elle est la seule à le faire ? Un pays
a-t-il avantage à réduire ses émission de gaz à effet de serre si
ses voisins n'emboîtent pas le pas ? Le terme jeu
désigne ici une situation où les acteurs peuvent gagner ou perdre
quelque chose, selon qu'ils agissent ou non, et selon qu'ils
savent ou non ce que les autres feront
(stratégie). Théorie des jeux, jeu
et conflits.
Game theory, games.
| |
|
|
VON NEUMANN, J. & MORGENSTERN, O. (1944). Theory
of games and economic behavior. Princeton :
Princeton University Press. |
FRIEDMAN, J.W. & MEZZETTI, C. (2001). Learning in
games by random sampling. Journal of Economic
Theory, 98 (1), 55-84. |
|
STONE, R. (1948). The theory of games. The Economic
Journal, 58 (20), 185–201. |
RASMUSSEN, E. (2001). Games and information : An
introduction to game theory. Blackwell, Oxford.
|
|
NASH, J. (1950). Equilibrium points in n-person games. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 36 (1),
48-49. |
|
|
NASH, J. (1951). Non-cooperative games. The Annals of
Mathematics, 54 (2), 286-295. |
|
|
NASH, J. (1953). Two-person cooperative games.
Econometrica, 21 (1), 128-140. [PDF] |
|
|
TUCKER, A.W. & LUCE, D. (Eds.) (1959). Contributions
to the theory of games, IV, annals of mathematics study,
(AM-40). Princeton, NJ : Princeton University
Press. |
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (2003). Games and theories. New
Scientist, 178, 48-51. |
|
DAVID, F.N. (1962). Games, gods and gambling : the
origins and history of probability and statistical ideas
from the earliest times to the newtonian era.
London : Griffin. |
COLMAN, A.M. (2003). Cooperation, psychological game
theory, and limitations of rationality in social
interaction. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 26, 139-153. |
|
HARSANYI, J.C. (1973). Games with randomly distributed
payoffs : A new rationale for mixed-strategy equilibrium
points. International Journal of Game Theory, 2 (1),
1-23. |
CAMERER, C.F. (2003). Behavioral game theory :
Experiments in strategic interaction. Princeton,
NJ. : Princeton University Press. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1974). The theory of games and animal
conflicts. Journal of Theoritecal Biology, 47,
209-221. [PDF] |
OSBORNE, M.J. (2004). An introduction to game theory.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
RAPOPORT, A. (1974). Game theory as a theory of
conflict resolution. D. Riedel Publishing Company. |
WISEMAN, T. (2005). A partial folk theorem for games with
unknown payoff distributions. Econometrica, 73 (2),
629-645.
|
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1976). Evolution and the theory of
games : In situations characterized by conflict of
interest, the best strategy to adopt depends on what
others are doing American Scientist, 64 (1),
41-45. [PDF] |
EBER, N. (2005/2018). Théorie de jeux. Paris :
Dunod. |
|
HINDE, R.A. (1981). Animal signals : ethological and
games-theory approaches are not incompatible. Animal
Behaviour, 29, 535-542. |
ZAMORA-BONILLA, J.P. (2007). Science studies and the
theory of games. Perspectives on Science, 14, 639-671. |
|
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1976). Evolution and the theory of
games. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
HOFBAUER, J. & SANDHOLM, W. (2007). Evolution in games
with randomly distributed payoffs. Journal of
Economic Theory, 132 (1), 47-69.
|
|
MYERSON, R.B. (1991). Game theory : Analysis of
conflict. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
|
BINMORE, K. (1991). Fun and games theory : A text
on game theory. Lexington, MA : D.C. Heath.
|
|
|
FUDENBERG, D. & TIROLE, J. (1991). Game theory.
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
VAN VUGT, M. & KURZBAN, R.K. (2007). Cognitive and
social adaptations for leadership and followership :
Evolutionary game theory and group dynamics. In J. Forgas,
W. von Hippel & M. Haselton (Eds.), The evolution
of the social mind : Evolutionary psychology and social
cognition (Vol. 9 pp. 229-244). London : Psychology
Press. |
|
GIBBONS, R. (1992). Game theory for applied
economists. Princeton : Princeton University
Press, |
|
|
RABIN, M. (1993). Incorporating fairness into game theory
and economics. American Economic Review, 83,1281–1302.
|
ROY, D. (2008). Comportement stratégique en économie
- Une introduction à la théorie des jeux. Montréal
: Modulo. |
|
STEPHENS, D.W. & CLEMENTS, K.C. (1995). Game theory
and learning : The law of effect and altruistic
cooperation. In L.A. Dugatkin & H.K. Reeve (Eds.), Advances
in game theory and the study of animal behavior.
Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press. |
BOTELHO, A., HARRISON, G.W., PINTO, L.M. & RUTSTRÖM,
E.E. (2009). Testing static game theory with dynamic
experiments : A case study of public goods. Games
& Economic Behavior, 67 (1), 253-265. [PDF] |
|
RAPOPORT, A. (1999). Game theory : Contributions to the
study of human cognition. Cognitive Studies : Bulletin
of the Japanese Cognitive Science Society, 6,
142-167. |
CAPPS, D. (2011). John Nash, game theory, and the
schizophrenic brain. Journal of Religion &
Health, 50 (1), 145-162. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
des niveaux intégrés :
Theory of
integrative levels.
| |
|
|
FEIBLEMAN, J.K. (1954). Theory of integrative levels.
The British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 5,
59-66. |
|
ARONSON, L.R. (1984). Levels of integration and
organization : a reevaluation of the evolutionary scale.
In G. Greenberg & E. Tobach (Eds.), Behavioral
evolution and integrative levels (pp. 57-82).
Hillsdale, NJ : Psychology Press. |
|
BELLO-MORALES, R. & DELGADO-GARCIA, M. (2015). The
social neuroscience and the theory of integrative levels.
Frontiers in Integrative Neuroscience, 9 [54]
1-11. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Émergence
et Théorie |
|
|
|
|
Théorie des petits pas : Conception intuitive
du changement qui
prétend que pour apprendre il faut faire les choses souvent mais à
petites doses : «Souvent;peu». Cette conception renvoie, sur le
plan scientifique, à l'apprentissage
par façonnement, un
concept largement appuyé par les faits. Cette théorie s'applique
également aux changements sociaux. Elle se fonde sur le principe
que les changements trop en profondeur, proposés par des "experts"
sont long à planifier et à initier, et de ce fait suscitent
souvent chez les principaux intéressés une grande
résistance. Il est donc préférable de procéder à quelques
petits changements (les petits pas), rapidement implantés, évalués
et corrigés s'il y a lieu. EX : En éducation,
plutôt que de procéder à de grandes et interminables réformes, il
vaudrait mieux apprendre aux futurs maîtres de bonnes
méthodes d'enseignement du français, qui ont fait leur
preuve dans les écoles, et
compter sur le dévouement et le dynamisme du milieu pour
transformer ce «petit pas» en un changement substantiel et
bénéfique pour tous.
= Souvent;peu,
démarche à petits pas.
Small step theory.
| |
|
| Étapes |
Théorie des petits pas |
| 1 |
Interroger
les acteurs sur les solutions possibles à un problème |
| 2 |
Proposer
un petit changement qui fait consensus chez les
acteurs/experts |
| 3 |
Implanter
rapidement ce changement |
| 4 |
Évaluer
ce changement le plus tôt possible |
| 5 |
S'il y
a lieu, corriger les erreurs et proposer une autre petit
changement, et ainsi de suite... |
|
|
|
Théorie des petits problèmes : Croyance
selon laquelle un individu confronté à des problèmes a très peu de
risque d'être affligé de problèmes encore plus graves, du moins à
court terme . EX: Un type qui découvre que sa
femme le trompe avec son meilleur ami est convaincu d'être à
l'abri d'un cancer ou de déboires financiers. Le raisonnement de
ce "pauvre" type est simple : la malchance n'est pas aveugle, elle
obéit a un principe de justice, en conséquence elle ne peut
frapper un même individu deux fois, et si oui, elle ne poussera
pas l'odieux jusqu'à lui pourir davantage la vie.
= justice naturelle des pauvres, l'équilibre de la
malchance, optimisme des éclopés.
|
Théorie
des portillons : Théorie
développée par Melzack et
Wall pour expliquer la perception de la douleur.
Gate control theory.
|
|
|
MELZACK, R. & WALL, P. (1965). Pain mechanisms : A new
theory. Science, 150, 971. |
|
WALL, P.D. (1978). The gate control of pain mecanism :
re-examination and restatement. Brain, 101 (1),
1-18. |
|
MELZACK, R. (1996). Gate control theory : on the evolution
of pain concepts. Official Journal of the American
Pain Society, 5, 128-138. |
|
KUGELMANN, R. (1997). The psychology and management of
pain : Gate control as theory and symbol. Theory
& Psychology, 7 (1), 43-65. |
|
MELZACK, R. & KATZ, J (2003). The gate control theory
: Reaching for the brain. In T. Hadjistavropoulos &
K.D. Craig (Eds.), Pain : Psychological perspectives.
New Jersey : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
CRAMÉR, H. (1946). |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
des types :
Type theory.
| |
|
|
JACKSON, F.C., PARGETTER, R. & PRIOR, E.W. (1982).
Functionalism and type-type identity theories. Philosophical
Studies, 42, 209-225. |
|
MOSER, P.K. (1984). Types, tokens, and propositions :
Quine's alternative to propositions. Philosophy &
Phenomenological Research, 44 (3), 361-375. |
|
DILWORTH, J. (2003). A refutation of Goodman's type-token
theory of notation. Dialectica, 57 (3), 330-336.
[PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
des vecteurs : Théorie qui met l'accent sur un
ensemble de phénomènes importants et de longue durée (les vecteurs
ou facteurs profonds) pour expliquer les grandes transformations
des sociétés. Ces vecteurs non-orthogonaux forment une toile de
fond de phénomènes, sociaux ou naturels, dont l'influence sur les
phénomènes sociaux plus microscopiques et à court terme est
grandissante, mais souvent sous-estimée ou ignorée. EX :
Rôle des armées dans l'économie mondiale, militarisation de
l'espace et effet sur les conflits armées. Cette toile de
fond vectorielle est, par ailleurs, peu influencée par la nature
des régimes politiques (démocratique ou non), des idéologies
(gauche-droite) ou des valeurs individuelles.
| |
|
|
|
Les vecteurs
|
| 1 |
Vente/Achat
du pétrole en dollar US |
| 2 |
Déplacement
massifs des populations + Immigration |
| 3 |
Réchauffement
climatique + Hausse du niveau de l'eau des océans |
| 4 |
Contrôle
et militarisation de l'espace |
| 5 |
Automatisation
de l'industrie + Développement des processeurs |
| 6 |
Exploitation
des terres rares et des métaux précieux |
| 7 |
Contrôle
et
accès à l'eau potable |
| 8 |
Course
à l'armement + Robotisation militaire |
| 9 |
Production
du pétrole et des autres formes d'énergies |
| 10 |
Contrôle
de l'information + Internet |
|
|
|
Théorie des visuels et des auditifs : Théorie
non-fondée empiriquement qui suggère l'existence de trois styles
d'apprentissage (visuel, auditif et kinesthésique) et se
fonde sur l'idée ou le principe que les individus apprennent de
manière différente et que les sens sont des modalités qui explique
ces différences. NDLR : Pour une raison que
j'ignore, cette pseudothéorie a un succès fou au Québec, notamment
dans le milieu de l'éducation.
Comprenne qui pourra...
= VAK.
| |
|
|
LAFONTAINE, R. et LESSOIL, B. (1989). Êtes-vous
auditif ou visuel ? Montréal : Québécor. |
|
LIEURY, A. (1990). Auditifs, visuels. La grande illusion.
Cahiers pédagogiques, 267, 58-62. |
|
ROUSSEAU, L., GAUTHIER, Y. et CARON, J. (2018).
L'utilité des "styles d'apprentissage" VAK (visuel,
auditif, kinesthésique) en éducation : entre l'hypothèse
de recherche et le mythe scientifique. Revue de
psychoéducation, 47 (2), 409-448. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
dominante : Dans un domaine
de recherche, théorie
qu'une majorité de chercheurs considèrent comme la plus
susceptible d'expliquer
les phénomènes que l'on
cherche à comprendre. Il ne s'agit pas forcément de la théorie «la
plus vraie» ou de la plus «puissante»,
mais bien de la théorie qui emporte l'adhésion auprès des
chercheurs d'un domaine. Il n'y a donc pas de critères objectifs
pour la distinguer d'autres théories, même si le nombres
d'articles scientifiques empiriques et théoriques publiés
constitue une excellente Indication de
sa valeur. Dans certains cas, ces théories deviennent des
paradigmes; parfois elles sont remplacées par une "meilleure"
théorie et disparaissent complètement (cimetière
des théories).
|
Théorie du big five : Voir Traits
centraux (Théorie).
Five personality traits, Five factor model of personality, Big five personality theory.
|
Théorie du chaos :
Chaos theory.
| |
|
|
GLEICK, J. (1989). La théorie du chaos. Albin
Michel. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Chaos |
|
|
|
|
Théorie du choix maximisé : TCM : Théorie,
développée par Shimp, qui cherche à comprendre comment les
individus font des choix.
Maximization
theory.
|
|
|
SHIMP, C.P. (1969) Optimum behavior in free-operant
experiments. Psychological Review, 76, 97–112. |
RACHLIN, H., BATTALIO, R., KAGEL, J. & GREEN, L.
(1981). Maximization theory in behavioral psychology. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 4 (3), 371-388. |
|
STADDON, J.E.R. (1980) Optimality analyses of operant
behavior and their relation to optimal foraging. In J.R.
Staddon (Ed.), Limits to action (pp.
101–141). New York : Academic Press.
|
KAGEL, J., BATTALIO, R.C. & GREEN, L. (1983).
Maximizing versus matching : Comments on Prelec's paper. Psychological
Review, 90, 380-384. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Choix et
Théorie |
|
|
Théorie
du choix public (TCP) : Théorie,
développée par Buchanan
et Tullock, qui tente d'expliquer le
rôle de l'état et
le comportement des
acteurs (électeurs, hommes
et femmes politiques, fonctionnaires, groupes de pression,
etc.).
( ): Buchanan,
Olson, Tullock.
Public choice theory.
| |
|
|
BUCHANAN, J.M. & TULLOCK, G. (1962). The
calculus of consent : Logical foundations of
constitutional democracy. Ann Arbor : University
of Michigan Press. |
|
MUELLER, D.C. (1976). Public choice : A survey.
Journal of Economic Literature, 14 (2), 395-433. |
|
MUELLER, D.C. (1976). Public choice.
New York : Cambridge University Press. |
|
SHUGART, W.F. (2008). Public choice. In David R.
Henderson (Ed.), Concise encyclopedia of economics.
Indianapolis : Library of Economics and Liberty. |
|
|
|
Théorie
du choix rationnel (TCR) : Théorie,
développée par Buchanan
et Tullock, qui attribuent à l'acteur la
possibilité d'opérer des choix rationnels qui permettent de maximiser les gains et de réduire des pertes ou les désavantages.
Rationel choice theory.
| |
|
SIMON, H.A. (1956) Rational choice and the structure of
the environment. Psychological Review, 63,
129–138.
|
|
GOLDTHORPE, J. (1996). Goldthorpe, Rational choice
theory and large-scale data analysis, Oxford : Oxford
University Press.
|
BOUDON, R. (2007). Essais sur la théorie
générale de la rationalité. Paris : Presses Universitaires
de France.
|
|
DING, H. & LI, A.M. (2018). A study on maximization
paradox and its psychological origin. Psychology, 9,
785-796. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Théorie du complot : TC : Il ne s'agit pas
d'une théorie scientifique à proprement
parlé mais plutôt d'une forme
d'explication - parfois scientifique - qui repose sur l'idée
que certains actes ou événements à caractère public sont
planifiés, préparés et commis secrétement, ou du moins à l'insu
des principaux intéressés, en raison de leur nature illégale ou
repréhensible, ou simplement parce que ceux et celles qui complotent
craignent que leur actes soient perçus ainsi. Certaines de ces théories
sont fondées sur des faits et
décrivent ou expliquent de véritables complots
( EX: Rôle de la CIA dans le renversement du
président Salvador Allende au Chili en 1973 (opération Condor), le
Watergate, le scandale des commandites au Canada, etc.), alors que
d'autres sont de pures fictions sans fondements ou appuis
empiriques ( EX: Simulation des voyages sur la
lune par la Nasa, enlèvements par les extra-terrestres). En clair,
certaines "théories" du complot ne reposent que sur des croyances
et des superstition,
souvent amplifiées par Internet (bogus conspiracy theory), alors
que d'autres empruntent à la méthode scientifique et se fondent
sur des hypothèses
vérifiables (genuine conspiratorial politics). En ce sens,
et contrairement à l'idée reçue, une théorie du complot n'est pas
forcément fausse ou produite par des illuminés en mal d'attention.
En fait, ces "théories" ont plusieurs fonctions : elles peuvent
«expliquer» des phénomènes qui semblent inexplicables, qui
échappent à notre compréhension spontanée des choses ( EX:
Objet volant rapidement dans le ciel, de forme étrange); il s'agit
parfois de véritable anomalies,
que même les théories admises en la matière (théorie
dominante ou paradigme)
ne parviennent pas à expliquer; elles peuvent également
servir à contester une théorie
officielle fragile ou bancale ( EX : La
tour numéro 7 lors du 11 septembre) et, dans certains cas,
proposer une explication
alternative à cette théorie. Précisons que les acteurs
savent pertinemment que le complot qu'ils fomentent est un acte
que le public et les autorités considèrent comme illégal ou
repréhensible; en revanche, toute personne participant à un
complot à son insu, donc sans connaître les motifs réels de
l'entreprise, doit être considérée comme instrumentalisée.
Théorie du complot, terrorisme
et Onze
septembre 2001. Conspiracy theories, CT,
conspiracy belief, conspiracy thinking, culture of conspiracy,
conspiracist ideation, Conspiracist ideation bogus conspiracy
theory, genuine conspiratorial politics.
| |
|
|
WRIGHT, T.L. & ARBUTHNOT, J. (1974). Interpersonal
trust, political preference, and perception of the
Watergate affair. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 1, 168-170. |
DARWIN, H., NEAVE, N. & HOLMES, J. (2011). Belief in
conspiracy theories : The role of paranormal belief,
paranoid ideation and schizotypy. Personality &
Individual Differences, 50, 1289-1293. |
|
McCAULEY, C. & JACQUES, S. (1979). The popularity of
conspiracy theories of presidential assassination : a
Bayesian analysis. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 37, 637-644. |
PELKMANS, M. & MACHOLD, R. (2011). Conspiracy theories
and their truth trajectories. Focaal-Journal of
Global & Historical Anthropology, 59, 66-80. |
|
INGLEHART, R. (1987). Extremist political position and
perceptions of conspiracy : Even paranoids have real
enemies. In C.F. Graumann & S. Moscovici (Eds.), Changing
conceptions of conspiracy (pp. 231-244). New York,
NY : Springer-Verlag. |
HAGEN, K. (2011). Conspiracy theories and stylized facts.
Journal for Peace & Justice Studies, 21 (2),
3-22. |
MOSCOVICI, S. (1987). The conspiracy mentality. In C.F.
Graumann & S. Moscovici (Eds.),
Changing conceptions of conspiracy (pp. 151–-169).
New York, NY : Springer-Verlag.
|
NEWHEISER, A.K., FARIAS, M. & TAUSH, N. (2011). The
functional nature of conspiracy beliefs : Examining the
underpinnings of belief in the Da Vinci Code conspiracy. Personality
& Individual Differences, 58, 1007-1011. |
|
GROH, T. (1987). The temptation of conspiracy theory, or :
Why do bad things happen to good people ? Part II : Case
studies In In C.F. Graumann & S. Moscovici (Eds.), Changing
conceptions of conspiracy (pp. 15–37). New York,
NY : Springer-Verlag. |
SWAMI, V., COLES, R., STIEGER, S., PIETSHING, J., FURNHAM,
A., REHIM, S. & VORACEK, M. (2011). Conspiracist
ideation in Britain and Austria : evidence of a
monological belief system and associations between
individual psychological differences and real-world and
fictitious conspiracy theories. British Journal of
Psychology, 102, 443-463. |
BILLIG, M. (1988). Rhetoric of the conspiracy theory :
arguments in national front propaganda. Patterns
Prejudice, 22, 23–34.
|
BOGART, L.M., GALVAN, F.H., WAGNER, G. & KLEIN, D.J.
(2011). Longitudinal association of HIV conspiracy beliefs
with sexual risk among Black Males living with HIV. AIDS
& Behavior, 15 (6), 1180-1186. [PDF] |
|
SIMMEL, G. (1991). Secret et sociétés secrètes.
Circé. |
DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2011). Does it take one
to know one ? Endorsement of conspiracy theories is influ-
enced by personal willingness to conspire. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 50, 544-552. |
|
GOERTZEL, T. (1994). Belief in conspiracy theories. Political
Psychology, 15, 731-742. |
BARTLETT, J. & MILLER, C. (2011). A bestiary of the
9/11 truth movement : notes from the front line. Skeptical
Inquirer, 35, 43-46. |
|
ZONIS, M. & JOSEPH, C.M. (1994). Conspiracy thinking
in the Middle East. Political psychology, 15 (3),
443-459. |
DARWIN, H., NEAVE, N. & HOLMES, J. (2011). Belief in
conspiracy theories : the role of paranormal belief,
paranoid ideation and schizotypy. Personality &
Individual Differences, 50 (8), 1289-1293. [PDF]
|
|
PIDGEN, C. (1995). Popper revisited, or what is wrong with
conspiracy theories. Philosophy of the Social
Sciences, 25, 3-34. |
WOOD, M.J., DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2012). Dead
and alive : beliefs in contradictory conspiracy theories.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 3,
767-773. |
|
SASSON, T. (1995). African American conspiracy theories
and the social construction of crime. Sociol.
Inquiry, 65, 265–285. |
SWAMI, V. (2012). Social psychological origins of
conspiracy theories : the case of the Jewish conspiracy
theory in Malaysia. Frontiers in Psychology, 3
[280], 1-9. [PDF]
|
|
PIPES, D. (1997). Conspiracy : How the paranoid style
flourishes and where it comes from. New York : Free
Press. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. (2012). Suspicions of injustice : The
sense-making function of belief in conspiracy theories. In
E. Kals & J. Maes (Eds.), Justice and conflicts :
Theoretical and empirical contribution (pp.
121-132). Berlin Heidelberg, Germany : Springer-Verlag. |
|
KEELEY, B. (1999). Of conspiracy theories. Journal of
Philosophy, 96 (3), 109-126. |
SWAMI, V. & FURNHAM, A. (2012). Examining conspiracist
beliefs about the disappearance of Amelia Earhart. Journal
of General Psychology, 139, 244–259. |
|
FENSTER, M. (1999). Conspiract thories : Secrecy
and power American culture. Minneapolis :
University of Minnesota Press. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & JOSTMANN, N.B. (2013). Belief in
conspiracy theories : The influence of uncertainty and
perceived morality. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 43, 109-115. |
|
SWAMI, V., PIETSCHNIG, J., TRAN, U.S., NADER, I.W.,
STIEGER, S. & VORACEK, M. (2013). Lunar lies :
the impact of informational framing and individual
differences in shaping conspiracist beliefs about the moon
landings. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 27, 71–80.
|
|
|
FORD, C., WALLACE, S., NEWMAN, P., LEE, S.-J. &
CUNNINGHAM, W. (2013). Belief in AIDS- related conspiracy
theories and mistrust in the government : Relationship
with HIV testing among at-risk older adults. The
Gerontologist, 53 (6), 1–12. |
|
ABALAKINA-PAAP, M., STEPHAN, W.G., CRAIG, T. &
GREGORY, W.L. (1999). Beliefs in conspiracies.
Political Psychology, 20 (3), 637-647. |
WOOD, M.J. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2013). "What about
building 7 ? " A social psychological study of online
discussion of 9/11 conspiracy theories. Frontiers in
Psychology, 4, 1-9. [PDF] |
|
LEWANDOWSKY, S., COOK, J., OBERAUER, K. & MARRIOTT, M.
(2013). Recursive fury : Conspiracist ideation in the
blogosphere in response to research on conspiracist
ideation. Frontiers in Psychology, 4,
73. |
|
WILSON, M.S. & ROSE, C. (2013). The role of
paranoia in a dual-process motivational model of
conspiracy belief. In J.W. van Prooijen &
P.A.M. van Lange (Eds.), Power, politics, and paranoia
(pp. 273–291). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
|
|
BANAS, J.A. & MILLER, G. (2013). Inducing resistance
to conspiracy theory propaganda : testing inoculation and
metainoculation strategies. Human Communication
Research, 39, 184–207. |
|
BRUDER, M., HAFFKE, P., NEAVE, N., NOURIPANAH, N.
& IMHOFF, R. (2013). Measuring individual
differences in generic beliefs in conspiracy theories
across cultures : conspiracy mentality questionnaire.
Frontiers in Psychology, 4 [225], 1-15.
[PDF]
|
|
QUINBY, L. (1999). Millennial civilization and its
discontents : Terminal cynicism, conspiracy mania, and
avatarism. Psychohistory Review, 27 (2), 33-46. |
BROTHERTON, R. (2013). Towards a definition of "conspiracy
theory". PsyPAG Quarterly, 8 (S), 9-14. |
|
CROCKER, J., LUHTANEN, R., BROADNAX, S. & BLAINE, B.E.
(1999). Belief in U.S. government conspiracies against
blacks among black and white college students :
Powerlessness or system blame ? Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 941-953. |
SAPOUNTZIS, A. & CONDOR, S. (2013). Conspiracy
accounts as intergroup theories : Challenging dominant
understandings of social power and political legitimacy. Political Psychology, 34, 731-752 |
|
STIEGER, S., GUMHALTER, N., TRAN, U.S., VORACEK, M. &
SWAMI, V. (2013). Girl in the cellar : a repeated
cross-sectional investigation of belief in conspiracy
theories about the kidnapping of Natascha Kampusch. Frontier
in Psychology, 4, 297.
|
|
PARKER, M. (2001). Human science as conspiracy theory. In
J. Parish & M. Parker (Eds.), The age of anxiety :
Conspiracy theory and the human sciences (pp.
191-207). Oxford : Blackwell. |
LEWANDOWSKY, S., GIGNAC, G.E. & OBERAUER, K. (2013).
The role of conspiracist ideation and worldviews in
predicting rejection of science. PLoS ONE, 8 [10],
1-11. [PDF] |
PARKER, M. (2001). Human science as conspiracy theory. Sociological
Review Monographs, 49, 192–207.
|
LEMAN, P.J. & CINNIRELLA, M. (2013). Beliefs in
conspiracy theories and the need for cognitive closure. Frontiers
in Psychology, 4, [378], 1-10.
|
BYFORD, J. & BILLIG, M. (2001). The emergence of
anti-semitic conspiracy theories in Yugoslavia during the
war with NATO. Patterns Prejudice 35, 50–63.
|
SWAMI, V., PIETSCHNIG, J., TRAN, U.S., NADER, I.W.,
STIEGER, S. & VORACEK, M. (2013). Lunar lies : The
impact of informational framing and individual differences
in shaping conspiracist beliefs about the moon landings.
Applied Cognitive Psychology, 27, 71-80. |
|
DE HAVEN-SMITH, L. (2013). Conspiracy theory in
America. University of Texas Press.
|
|
CLARKE, S. (2002). Conspiracy theories and conspiracy
theorizing. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 32
(2), 131-150. |
LEWANDOWSKY, S., GIGNAC, G.E. & OBERAUER, K. (2013).
NASA faked the moon landing - therefore (climate) science
is a hoax : An anatomy of the motivated rejection of
science. Psychological Science, 24, 622-633. [PDF] |
|
MASHURI A. & ZADUQISITI, E. (2013). The role of social
identification, intergroup threat, and out-group
derogation in explaining belief in conspiracy theory about
terrorism in Indonesia. International Journal of
Research Studies in Psychology, 3, 35-50. |
|
BROTHERTON, R., FRENCH, C.C. & PICKERING, A.D. (2013).
Measuring belief in conspiracy theories : the generic
conspiracist beliefs scale. Frontiers in Psychology, 4 [279], 1-15. [PDF]
|
KNIGHT, P. (2002). Conspiracy nation : The politics of
paranoïa in postwar America. new York : New York
University Press.
|
SUTTON, R.M. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2014). Examining the
monological nature of conspiracy theories. In J.W. Van
Prooije & P.A.M., Van Lang. (Eds.), Power,
politics, and paranoia : Why people are suspicious of
their leaders. Cambridge University Press. |
|
MELLEY, T. (2002) Agency panic and the culture of
conspiracy. In P. Knight (Ed.), Conspiracy nation
thepolitics of paranoia in postwar America. (pp.
57-81). New York, NY : New York University Press. |
LOBATO, E., MENDOZA, J., SIMS, V. & CHIN, M. (2014).
Examining the relationship between conspiracy theories,
paranormal beliefs, and pseudoscience acceptance among a
university population. Applied Cognitive Psychology,
28, 617-625. |
|
BROTHERTON, R. & FRENCH, C. (2014). Belief in
conspiracy theories and susceptibility to the conjunction
fallacy. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 28, 238-248. |
|
SUNSTEIN, C.R. (2014). Conspiracy theories and other
dangerous ideas. New York : Simon and Schuster. |
|
|
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & VAN DIJK, E. (2014). When
consequence size predicts belief in conspiracy theories :
The moderating role of perspective taking. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 55, 63-73. |
|
BOGART, L.M. & BIRD, S.T. (2003). Exploring the
relationship of conspiracy beliefs about HIV/AIDS to
sexual behaviors and attitudes among African American
adults. Journal of the National Medical Association,
95, 1057-1065. |
JOLLEY, D. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2014). The social
consequences of conspiracism : Exposure to conspiracy
theories decreases intentions to engage in politics and to
reduce one's carbon footprint. British Journal of
Psychology, 105, 35-36. |
|
BIRD, S.T. & BOGART, L.M. (2003). Birth control
conspiracy beliefs, perceived discrimination, and
contraceptive attitudes and behavior among African
Americans : An exploratory study. Journal of Health
Psychology, 8, 263-276. |
USCINSKI, J.E. & PARENT, J.M. (2014). American
conspiracy theories. New York, NY : Oxford
University Press. |
BARTUN, M. (2003). A culture of conspiracy :
Apocalyptic Visions in contemporary america.
Berkeley, CA : University of California Press.
|
OLIVER, J.E. & WOOD, T.J. (2014). Conspiracy theories
and the paranoid style(s) of mass opinion. American
Journal of Political Sciences, 58 (4), 952–966.
|
|
BASHAM, L. (2003). Malevolent global conspiracy.
Journal of Social Philosophy, 34, 91-103. |
SWAMI V. & FURNHAM, A. (2014). Political paranoia and
conspiracy theories. In J.-W. van Prooijen & P.AM. van
Lange (Eds.), Power, politics, and paranoia : Why
people are suspicious of their leaders (pp.
218-236). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
|
JOLLEY, D. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2014). The social
consequences of conspiracism : Exposure to conspiracy
theories decreases intentions to engage in politics and to
reduce one's carbon footprint. British Journal
of Psychology, 105 (1), 35-56. |
|
SWAMI, V., VORACEK, M., STIEGER, S., TRAN, U.S. &
FURNHAM, A. (2014). Analytic thinking reduces belief in
conspiracy theories. Cognition, 133, 572-585. |
|
BARRON, D., MORGAN, K., TOWELL, T., ALTEMEYER, B. &
SWAMI, V. (2014). Associations between schizotypy and
belief in conspiracist ideation. Personality &
Individual Differences, 70, 156–159.
|
|
IMHOFF, R. & BRUDER, M. (2014). Speaking (un-) truth
to power : Conspiracy mentality as a generalised political
attitude. European Journal of Personality, 28, 25-43. |
|
OLIVER, J.E. & WOOD, T.J. (2014). Medical
conspiracy theories and health behaviors in the United
States. JAMA Internal Medicine 174, 817–818. |
|
JOLLEY, D. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2014). The effects of
anti-vaccine conspiracy theories on vaccination
intentions. PLoS ONE, 9 [2], 1-9. [PDF] |
|
LOBATO, E., MENDOZA, J., SIMS, V. & CHIN, M. (2014).
Examining the relationship between conspiracy theories,
paranormal beliefs, and pseudoscience acceptance among a
university population. Applied Cognitive Psychology,
28, 617–-625. |
|
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W., KROUWEL, A.P. & POLLET, T.V.
(2015). Political extremism predicts belief in conspiracy
theories. Social Psychological & Personality
Science, 6 (5), 570-578. [PDF] |
|
BROTHERTON, R. & ESER, S. (2015). Bored to fears
: boredom proneness, paranoia, and conspiracy theories. Personality
& Individual Differences, 80, 1–5.
|
|
GIRY, J, (2015). Le conspirationnisme. Archéologie et
morphologie d'un mythe politique. Diogène, 249-250,
40-50. |
|
MASHURI, A. & ZADUQISTI, E. (2015). The effect of
intergroup threat and social identity salience on the
belief in conspiracy theories over terrorism. International
Journal of Psychological Research, 8, 24–35.
|
|
KREKO, P. (2015). Conspiracy theory as motivated
collective cognition. In M. Bilewicz, A. Cichocka & W.
Soral(Eds.), The psychology of conspiracy
(pp. 62-76). London : Routledge.
|
|
DIEGUEZ, S., WAGNER-EGGER, P. & GAUVRIT, N. (2015).
Nothing happens by accident, or does it ? A low prior for
randomness does not explain belief in conspiracy theories.
Psychological Science, 26, 1762-1770. |
|
BILEWICZ, M. & SEDEK, G. (2015). Conspiracy
stereotypes. Their socio-psychological antecedents and
consequences. In M. Bilewicz, A. Cichocka,
& W. Soral (Eds.). The psychology of
conspiracy. Routledge.
|
|
|
PASEK, J., STARK, T.H., KROSNICK, J.A. & TOMPSON, T.
(2015). What motivates a conspiracy theory ? Birther
beliefs, partisanship, liberal-conservative ideology, and
anti-Black attitudes. Electoral Studies, 40, 482-489.
[PDF] |
|
CAMPION-VINCENT, V. (2015). Note sur les entrepreneurs en
complots. Diogène, 249-250, 99-106. |
|
WHITSON J.A., GALINSKY, A.D. & KAY, A. (2015). The
emotional roots of conspiratorial perceptions, system
justification, and belief in the paranormal. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 56, 89-95. |
|
CICHOCKA, A., MARCHLEWSKA, M., GOLEC DE ZAVALA, A. &
OLECHOWSKI, M. (2015). “They will not control us”: Ingroup
positivity and belief in intergroup conspiracies. British
Journal of Psychology, 107 (3), 556–576.
|
|
VAN DER LINDEN, S. (2015). The conspiracy-effect :
Exposure to conspiracy theories (about global warming)
decreases pro-social behavior and science acceptance. Personality
& Individual Differences, 87, 171-173. |
|
LEWANDOWSKY, S., COOK, J., OBERAUER, K., BROPHY, S.,
LLOYD, E.A. & MARRIOTT, M. (2015). Recurrent fury :
Conspiratorial discourse in the blogosphere triggered by
research on the role of conspiracist ideation in climate
denial. Journal of Social & Political Psychology,
3 (1), 142-178. |
|
LEWANDOWSKY, S., GIGNAC, G.E. & OBERAUER, K., (2015).
The robust relationship between conspiracism and denial of
(climate) science. Psychological Science, 26 (5),
667–670.
|
|
BROTHERTON, R. (2015). Suspicious minds : Why we
believe conspiracy theories. Bloomsbury Sigma. |
|
BIRD, S.T. & BOGART, L.M. (2005). Conspiracy beliefs
about HIV/AIDS and birth control among African Americans :
Implications for the prevention of HIV, other STDs, and
unintended pregnancy. Journal of Social Issues, 61, 109-126. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & ACKER, M. (2015). The influence
of control on belief in conspiracy theories : Conceptual
and applied extensions. Applied Cognitive Psychology,
29, 753-761. |
|
CAMPION-VINCENT, V. (2005). La socété parano, théories
du complot, menaces et incertitude. Paris : Payot. |
DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2015). Climate change :
Why the conspiracy theories are dangerous. Bulletin of
the Atomic Scientists, 71, 98-106.
|
|
CHARPIER, F. (2005). L'obsession du complot.
Bourin Éditeur. |
USCINSKI, J.E., KLOFSTAD, C. & ATKINSON, M.D. (2016).
What drives conspiratorial beliefs ? The role of
informational cues and predispositions. Political
Research Quarterly, 69, 57-71. |
|
TAGUIEFF, P.-A. (2005). La foire aux illuminés :
Esotérisme, théorie du complot, extrêmisme. Paris :
Mille et une nuits. |
BUTTER, M. & KNIGHT, P. (2016). Bridging the great
divide : conspiracy theory research for the 21st century.
Diogenes, 1-13. |
|
|
LANTIAN, A., MULLER, D., NURRA, C. & DOUGLAS, K.M.
(2016). Measuring belief in conspiracy theories:
Validation of a French and English single-item scale.
International Review of Social Psychology, 29 (1),
1–14.
|
|
DOUGLAS, K.M., SUTTON, R.M., CALLAN, M.J., DAWTRY, R.J.
& HARVEY, A.J. (2016). Someone is pulling the strings
: Hypersensitive agency detection and belief in conspiracy
theories. Thinking & Reasoning, 22 (1),
57–77. |
|
SIMMONS, W.P. & PARSONS, S. (2005). Beliefs in
conspiracy theories among African Americans : a comparison
of elites and masses. Social Science Quarterly, 86,
582-598. |
CICHOCKA, A., MARCHLEWSKA, M. & GOLEC DE ZAVALA, A.
(2016). Does self-love or self-hate predict conspiracy
beliefs ? Narcissism, self-esteem and the endorsement of
conspiracy theories. Social Psychological &
Personality Science, 7, 157-166. |
|
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & DE VRIES, R.E. (2016).
Organizational conspiracy beliefs : Implications for
leadership styles and employee outcomes. Journal of
Business & Psychology, 31, 479-491. |
|
SWAMI, V., WEIS, L., LAY, A., BARRON, D. & FURNHAM, A.
(2016). Associations between belief in conspiracy theories
and the maladaptive personality traits of the personality
inventory for DSM-5. Psychiatry Research, 236 (28)
86-90. |
|
SWAMI, V., FURNHAM, A., SMYTH, N., WEIS, L., LAY, A. &
CLOW, A. (2016). Putting the stress on conspiracy theories
: examining associations between psychological stress,
anxiety, and belief in conspiracy theories.
Personality & Individual Differences, 99, 72–76.
|
|
COADY, D. (2006) (Ed.), Conspiracy theories : The
philosophical debate. Aldershot : Ashgate. |
CICHOCKA, A., MARCHLEWSKA, M., GOLEC DE ZAVALA, A. &
OLECHOWSKI, M. (2016). "They will not control us" :
In-group positivity and belief in intergroup conspiracies.
British Journal of Psychology, 107, 556-576. |
|
MOULDING, R., NIX-CARNELL, S., SCHNABEL, A., NEDELJKOVIC,
M., BURNSIDE, E.E., LENTINI, A.F. & MEHZABIN, N.
2016). Better the devil you know than a world you don’t ?
Intolerance of uncertainty and worldview explanations for
belief in conspiracy theories. Personality
& Individual Differences, 98, 72 345–354.
|
|
BOGART, L.M. & THORBURN, S.T. (2006). Relationship of
African Americans' sociodemographic characteristics to
belief in conspiracies about HIV/AIDS and birth control. Journal
of the National Medical Association, 98, 1144-1150. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. (2016). Sometimes inclusion breeds
suspicion : Self-uncertainty and belongingness predict
belief in conspiracy theories. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 46, 267-279. |
|
RAMSAY, R. (2006). Conspiracy theories. Harpenden
: Pocket Essentials. |
DOUGLAS, K.M. & LEITE, A.C. (2016). Suspicion in the
workplace : Organizational conspiracy theories and
work-related outcomes. British Journal of Psychology
108 (3), 486-506. |
|
OROSZ, G., KREK,Ó, P., PASKUJ, B., TÓTH-KIRÁLY, I., BOTHE,
B. & ROLAND-LÉVY, C. (2016). Changing (2016).
Changing conspiracy beliefs through rationality and
ridiculing. Frontiers in Psychology, 7 [1525],
1-9. [PDF]
|
|
BURHANUDDIN, A. (2007). The conspiracy of Jews: the quest
for anti-semitism in media dakwah. Graduate Journal of
Asia Pacific Studies, 5, 53-76. |
MASHURI, A., ZADUQISTI, E., SUKMAWATI, F., SAKDIAH,
H. & SUHARINI, N. (2016). The role of identity
subversion in structuring the effects of intergroup
threats and negative emotions on belief in anti-west
conspiracy theories in Indonesia. Psychology &
Developing Societies, 28 (1), 1–28. |
|
LEMAN, P.J. & CINNIRELLA, M. (2007). A major event has
a major cause : evidence for the role of heuristics in
reasoning about conspiracy theories. Social
Psychological Review, 9 (2), 18-28. [PDF] |
WOOD, M.J. (2016). Some dare call it conspiracy : Labeling
something a conspiracy theory does not reduce belief in
it. Political Psychology, 37 (5), 695-705. |
|
WAGNER-EEGERT, P. & BANGERTER, A. (2007). La vérité
est ailleurs : Corrélats de l'adhésion aux théories du
complot. Revue Internationale de Psychologie Sociale,
20, 31-61. |
GRIMES, D.R. (2016). On the viability of conspiratorial
beliefs. PLoS ONE 11 (1), 1-17.
[PDF] + correction |
|
BALE, J.M. (2007). Political paranoia v. political realism
: On distinguishing between bogus conspiracy theories and
genuine conspiratorial politics. Patterns of
Prejudice, 41 (1), 45-60. |
PIGDEN, C. (2016). Are conspiracy theories epistemically
vicious ? In K. Lippert-Rasmussen, K., Brownlee & D.
Coady (Eds.), A companion to applied philosophy. Chichester
: Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
LEMAN, P. (2007). The born conspiracy. New Scientist,
195, 35–37. |
SWAMI, V., BARRON, D., WEIS, L., VORACEK, M., STIEGER, S.
& FURNHAM, A. (2017). An examination of the factorial
and convergent validity of four measures of conspiracist
ideation, with recommendations for researchers. PLoS
ONE, 12, 1-27. [PDF]
|
|
PIDGEN, C. (2007). Conspiracy theories and the
conventional wisdom. Episteme : A Journal of Social
Epistemology, 4 (2), 219-232. |
DENTITH, M.R.X. & ORR, M (2017). Secrecy and
conspiracy. Episteme, 15 (4), 433-450. [PDF] |
|
KEELEY, B.L. (2007). God as the ultimate conspiracy
theory. Episteme, 4 (2), 135-149. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. (2017). Why education predicts
decreased belief in conspiracy theories. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 31, 50-58. |
|
CLARKE, S. (2007). Conspiracy theories and the Internet :
controlled demolition and arrested development.
Episteme, 4, 167-180 |
IMHOFF, R. & LAMBERTY, P.K. (2017). Too special to be
duped : Need for uniqueness motivated conspiracy beliefs.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 47 (6),
724-734. |
|
RICHEY, S. (2017). A birther and a truther : the influence
of the authoritarian personality on conspiracy beliefs. Politics
& Policy, 45 (3), 465-485. |
|
ROSE, C. L. (2017). The measurement and prediction of
conspiracy beliefs. Wellington : Victoria University
of Wellington. |
|
MARCHLEWSKA, M., CICHOCKA, A. & KOSSOWSKA, M. (2017).
Addicted to answers: need for cognitive closure and the
endorsement of conspiracy beliefs. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 8, 109–117.
|
|
STEMPEL, C., HARGROVE, R. & STEMPEL, G.H. (2007).
Media use, social structure, and belief in 9/11 conspiracy
theories. Journalism & Mass Communication
Quarterly, 84 (2), 353-372. [PDF]
|
WOOD, M.J. (2017). Conspiracy suspicions as a proxy for
beliefs in conspiracy theories : implications for theory
and measurement. British. Journal of Psychology, 108,
507–527.
|
|
HUSTING, G. & ORR, M. (2007). Dangerous machinery :
Conspiracy theorist as a transpersonal strategy of
exclusion. Symbolic Interaction, 30 (2),
127-150. |
DOUGLAS, K.M., SUTTON, R.M. & CICHOCKA, A. (2017). The
psychology of conspiracy theories. Current Directions
in Psychological Science, 26 (6), 538-542. [PDF] |
|
|
BALLOVÀ MIKUSKOVÀ, E. (2017). Conspiracy beliefs of future
teachers. Current Psychology, 37, 692–701.
|
|
BOGART, L.M., KALICHMAN, S.C. & SIMBAYI, L.C. (2008).
Endorsement of a genocidal HIV conspiracy as a Barrier to
HIV Testing in South Africa. Journal of Acquired
Immune Deficiency Syndromes, 49 (1), 115-116. |
DIGRAZIA, J, (2017). The social determinants of
conspiratorial ideation. Socius, 3, 1-9. |
|
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W., DOUGLAS, K.M., De INOCENCIO, C.
(2017). Connecting the dots : Illusory perception predicts
belief in conspiracies and the supernatural. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 48, (3), 320-335.
|
|
BRATICH, J.Z. (2008). Conspiracy panics : Political
rationality and popular culture. State University
of New York Press. |
MANCOSU, M., VASSALLO, S. & VEZZONI, C. (2017).
Believing in conspiracy theories : evidence from an
exploratory analysis of Italian survey data. South
European Society & Politics 22, 327–344. |
|
GRZESIAK-FELDMAN, M. & EJSMONT, A. (2008). Paranoia
and conspiracy thinking of Jews, Arabs, Germans, and
Russians in a Polish sample. Psychological Reports,
102, 884-886. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. (2018). The psychology of
conspiracy theories. Oxon, England : Routledge. |
GRAY, M. (2008). Explaining conspiracy theories in modern
Arab Mid- dle Eastern political discourse : some problems
and limitations of the literature. Critique : Critical
Middle Eastern Studies,17, 155–174.
|
SWAMI, V., BARRON, D., WEIS, L & FURNHAM, A. (2018).
To Brexit or not to Brexit : the roles of islamophobia,
conspiracist beliefs, and integrated threat in voting
intentions for the United Kingdom European Union
membership referendum. British. Journal of Psychology,
109, 156–-179.
|
|
DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2008). The hidden impact
of conspiracy theories : perceived and actual influence of
theories surrounding the death of Princess Diana. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 148, 210-222. |
DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2018). Why conspiracy
theories matter : A social psychological analysis. European
Review of Social Psychology, 29 (1), 256-298. |
|
MARCHLEWSKA, M., CICHOCKA, A. & KOSSOWSKA, M. (2018).
Addicted to answers : Need for cognitive closure and the
endorsement of conspiracy theories. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 48, 109-117. |
|
HOLM, N. (2009). Conspiracy theorizing surveillance.
considering modalities of paranoia and conspiracy in
surveillance studies. Surveillance & Society, 7,
36-48. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W., DOUGLAS, K. & DE INOCENCIO, C.
(2018). Connecting the dots : Illusory pattern perception
predicts beliefs in conspiracies and the supernatural. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 48, 320-335. |
|
SUNSTEIN, C.R. & VERMEULE, A. (2009). Conspiracy
theories : Causes and cures. Journal of Political
Philosophy, 17 (2), 202-227. [PDF] |
JOLLEY, D., DOUGLAS, K.M. & SUTTON, R.M. (2018).
Blaming a few bad apples to save a threatened barrel : The
system-justifying function of conspiracy theories. Political
Psychology, 39, 465-478. |
|
WOOD, M.J. (2018). Propagating and debunking conspiracy
theories on Twitter during the 2015-2016 Zika virus
outbreak. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social
Networking, 21 (8), 485-490. [PDF]
|
|
AARONOVTICH D. (2009). Voodoo histories: The role of
the conspiracy theory in shaping modern history. London
: Jonathan Cape. |
DENTITH, M.R.X. (2018). The problem of conspiracism. Argumenta,
3 (2), 327-343. [PDF] |
|
HAGEN, K. (2018). Conspiracy theorists and monological
belief systems. Argumenta, 3 (2), 303-326. [PDF] |
|
TAÏEB, E. (2010). Logiques politiques du
conspirationnisme. Sociologie et Sociétés, 4, 265-89. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & VAN VUGT, M. (2018). Conspiracy
theories : Evolved functions and psychological mechanisms.
Perspectives on Psychological Science, 13 (6)
770-788. [PDF] |
|
GOERTZEL, T. (2010). Conspiracy theories in science. EMBO
reports, 11, 493-499. |
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2018). Belief in
conspiracy theories : Basic principles of an emerging
research domain. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 48 (7), 897-908. [PDF] |
|
IMHOFF, R., LAMBERTY, P., KLEIN, O. (2018). Using power as
a negative cue : How conspiracy mentality affects
epistemic trust in sources of hstorical knowledge. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 44, 1364-1379.
|
|
BARTLETT, J. & MILLER, C. (2010). The power of
unreason : Conspiracy theories, extremism and
counter-terrorism. London, England : Demos. |
COADY, D. (2018). Cass Sunstein and Adrian Vermeule on
conspiracy theories. Argumenta, 6, 291-302.
[PDF] |
|
SWAMI, V., CHAMORRO-PREMIUZIC, T. & FURNHAM, A.
(2010). Unanswered questions : A preliminary investigation
of personality and individual difference predictors of
9/11 conspiracist beliefs. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 24, 749-761. [PDF] |
WOOD, M.J. (2019). The age of conspiracy theory and the
promise of apocalypse. Poltical Psychology, 40
(4), 911-914. |
|
DOUGLAS, K.M., SUTTON, R.M. & STAHI, S. (2010). Why I
am less persuaded than you : people's intuitive
understanding of the psychology of persuasion. Social
Influence, 5, 133-148. |
DOUGLAS, K.M., USCINSKI, J., SUTTON, R.M., CICHOCKA, A.,
NEFES, T., ANG, J. & DERAVI, F. (2019). Understanding
conspiracy theories. Advances in Political
Psychology, 40 (S1), 3-35.
[PDF] |
|
JOLLEY, D. (2019). Belief in conspiracy theories and
intentions to engage in everyday crime. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 58, 534-49. |
|
GOREIS, A. & VORACEK, M. (2019). A systematic review
and meta-analysis of psychological research on conspiracy
beliefs : Field characteristics, measurement instruments,
and associations with personality traits. Frontiers in
Psychology, 10 [205], 1-13. [PDF] |
|
MARCH, E. & SPRINGER, J. (2019). Belief in conspiracy
theories : The predictive role of schizotypy,
machiavellianism, and primary psychopathy. PLoSONE, 14
(12), 1-10. [PDF]
|
|
SWAMI, V. & COLES, R. (2010). The truth is out there :
Belief in conspiracy theories. The Psychologist, 23
(7), 560-563. [PDF] |
SUTTON, R.M. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2020). Conspiracy
theories and the conspiracy mindset : Implications for
political ideology. Current Opinion in Behavioral
Sciences, 34, 118-122. |
|
McMANUS, S., D'ARDENNE, J. & WESSELEY, S. (2020).
Covid conspiracies : Misleading evidence can be more
damaging than no evidence at all. Psychological
Medicine, 52 (3), 597-598. [PDF] |
|
|
JOLLEY, D. & PATERSON, J.L. (2020). Pylons
ablaze : Examining the role of 5G COVID-19 conspiracy
beliefs and support for violence. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 58 (3), 628–640. |
|
MAO, J.-Y., YANG, S.-L. & GUO, Y.-Y. (2020). Are
individuals from lower social classes more susceptible to
conspiracy theories ? An explanation from the
compensatory control theory. Asian Journal of Social
Psychology, 23, 372–383.
|
|
ROBINSON, J. (2020). On the psychology of
conspiracy theories. Self & Society: International
Journal for Humanistic Psychology, 48 (2),
17–20. |
|
IMHOFF, R. & LAMBERTY, P. (2020). A
bioweapon or a hoax ? The link between distinct conspiracy
beliefs about the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) outbreak
and pandemic behavior. Social Psychological &
Personality Science 11 (8), 1110-1118.
|
|
FREEMAN, D., WAITE, F., ROSEBROCK, L., PETIT, A., CAUSIER,
C., EAST, A., JENNER, L., TEALE, A.L. CARR, L., MULHALL,
S., BOLD, E. & LAMBE, S. (2020). Coronavirus
conspiracy beliefs, mistrust, and compliance with
government guidelines in England. Psychological
Medicine, 52 (2), 251-263. [PDF]
|
|
HORNSEY, M.J. (2020). Conspiracy theories. In J. Jetten,
S.D. Reicher, S.A. Haslam & T. Cruwys (Eds.), Together
apart : The psychology of COVID-19 (pp. 41–46). Sage
Publishing.
|
|
GRAY, M. (2010). Revisiting Saddam Hussein's political
language : The sources and roles of conspiracy theories. Arab
Studies Quarterly, 32, 28-46. |
SUTTON, R.M. & DOUGLAS, K.M. (2020). Agreeing to
disagree : Reports of the popularity of Covid-19
conspiracy theories are greatly exaggerated. Psychological
Medicine, 52 (4), 791-793. [PDF] |
|
HORNSEY, M.J., CHAPMAN, C.M., ALVAREZ, B., BENTLEY, S.,
CASARA, B.G.S., CRIMSTON, C. R., IONESCU, O., KRUG, H.,
SELVANATHAN, H.P., STEFFENS, N.K. & JETTEN, J. (2021).
To what extent are conspiracy theorists concerned for self
versus others ? A COVID-19 test case. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 51, 285–293.
|
|
VAN PROOIJEN, J.-W. & SONG, M. (2021). The cultural
dimension of intergroup conspiracy theories. British
Journal of Psychology, 112, 455–473.
|
|
OLESKY, T., WNUK A., MAISON D. & LYS, A. (2021).
Content matters. Different predictors and social
consequences of general and government-related conspiracy
theories on COVID-19. Personality & Individual
Differences, 168, 1-7. [PDF]
|
|
DEHAVEN-SMITH, L. (2010). Beyond conspiracy theory :
Patterns of high crime in American government. American
Behavioral Scientist, 53, 795-825. |
RIZEQ, J., FLORA, D.B. & TOPLAK, M.E. (2021). An
examination of the underlying dimensional structure of
three domains of contaminated mindware : paranormal
beliefs, conspiracy beliefs, and anti-science attitudes.
Thinking & Reasoning, 27 (2), 187-211. |
BOGART, L.M., WAGNER, G., GALVAN, F.H. & BANKS, D.
(2010). Conspiracy beliefs about HIV are related to
antiretroviral treatment nonadherence among African
American men with HIV. Journal of Acquired Immune
Deficiency Syndromes 53, 648–655.
|
VAND DER LINDEN, S., PANAGOPOULOS, C., AZAVEDO, F. &
JOST, J.T. (2021). The paranoid style in American
politics revisited : An ideological asymmetry in
conspiratorial thinking. Political Psychology, 42, 23–51.
|
|
BARTLETT, J. & MILLER, C. (2010). The power
of unreason : Conspiracy theories, extremism and
counter-terrorism. London : Demos.
|
WILLIAMS, M.N., MARQUES, M.D., HILL, S.R., KERR, J.R.
& LING, M. (2022). Why are beliefs in different
conspiracy theories positively correlated across
individuals? Testing monological network versus
unidimensional factor model explanations. British
Journal of Psychology, 61 (3), 1011-1031.
|
|
SHERMER, M. (2010). The conspiracy theory detector. how to
tell the difference between true and false conspiracy
theories. Scientific American, 303 (6),
102./Erratum : (2011) Scientific American, 304 (4),
10. |
PUMMERER, L., BOHM, R., LILLEHOLT., WINTER, K., ZETTLER,
I. & SASSENBERG, K. (2022). Conspiracy theories and
their societal effects during the Covid-19 pandemic. Social
Psychological & Personality Science, 13, 49–59.
|
|
HORNSEY, M.J., BiIERWIACZONEK, K. & SASSENBERG, K.
DOUGLAS, K.M. (2022). Individual, intergroup and
nation-level influences on belief in conspiracy theories.
Nature Reviews Psychology, 2 (2), 85-97. |
|
BOWES, S.M., COSTELLO, T.H. & TASIMI, A. (2023). The
conspiratorial mind: A meta-analytic review of
motivational and personological correlates. Psychological
Bulletin, 149 (5-6), 259–293. [PDF] |
|
HORNSEY, M.J. et al. (2023). Multinational data show that
conspiracy beliefs are associated with the perception (and
reality) of poor national economic performance. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 53 (1), 78-89. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Complot,
Terrorisme, Mythe,
Antivaccination,
Légende urbaime,
Rejet de la scienceet
11 septembre |
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
du comportement orienté par les buts/objectifs : Goal-directed
behaviour.
| |
|
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1932). Purposive behavior in animals
and men. New York : Century. |
|
|
BAGOZZI, R.P. & WARSHAW, P.R. (1992). An examination
of the etiology of the attitude-behavior relation for
goal-directed behaviors. Multivariate Behavioral
Research, 27, 601-634. |
TAYLOR, S.A., HUNTER, G.H. & LONGFELLOW, T.A. (2006).
Testing an expanded attitude model of goal-directed
behaviour in a loyalty context. Journal of 400
Satisfaction, Dissatisfaction & Complaining
Behavior, 19 (1), 18-39. |
|
BAGOZZI, R.P. & KIMMEL, S.K. (1995). A comparison of
leading theories for the prediction of goal-directed
behaviors. British Journal of Social Psychology, 34,
437-461. |
DE WIT, S. & DICKINSON, A. (2009). Associative
theories of goal-directed behaviour : a case for
animal-human translational models. Psychological
Research, 73, 463-476. [PDF] |
|
BAGOZZI, R.P. (1997). Goal-directed behaviors in marketing
: Cognitive and emotional perspectives. Psychology
& Marketing, 14, 539-543. |
|
|
BAGOZZI, R.P. (1997). Goal-directed behaviors in
marketing : The role of emotion, volition, and motivation.
Psychology & Marketing, 14, 309-313. |
SONG, H., YOU, G.-J., REISINGER, Y., LEE, C.K. & LEE,
S.-K. (2014). Behavioral intention of visitors to an
Oriental medicine festival : An extended model of goal
directed behavior. Tourism Management, 42,
101-113. |
|
BALLEINE, B. & DICKINSON, A. (1998). Goal-directed
instrumental action : contingency and incentive learning
and their cortical substrates. Neuropharmacology, 37,
407-419. |
ESPOSITO, G., VAN BAVEL, R., BARANOWSKI, T. &
DUCH-BROWN, N. (2016). The model of goal-directed
behavior, including descriptive norms, to physical
activity intentions : A contribution to improving the
theory of planned Behavior. Psychological Reports,
119 (1), 5-26. |
| |
|
Voir aussi But |
|
|
Théorie
du comportement planifié : Théorie
proposée par Aizen pour
expliquer et prédire le comportement,
centrée sur le rôle des intentions,
des attitudes, des valeurs
et de la perception
de contrôle.
Theory of planned
behavior.
| |
|
|
|
|
AJZEN, I. (1985). From intentions to actions : A theory of
planned behavior. In J. Kuhl & J. Beckman (Eds.),
Action-control : From cognition to behavior (pp.
11-39). Heidelberg, Germany : Springer. [PDF] |
GAGNÉ, C. & GODIN, G. (2000). The theory of planned
behavior : Some measurement issues concerning belief-based
variables. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 30 (10),
2173-2157. |
|
COURNEYA, K.S., NIGG, C.R. & ESTABROOKS, P.A. (2000).
Relationships among the theory of planned behavior, stages
of change, and exercise behavior in older persons over a
three year period. In P. Norman, C. Abraham & M.
Conner (Eds.), Understanding and changing health
behavior : From health beliefs to self-regulation
(pp.189-205). Amsterdam : Harwood. |
|
SCHIFTER, D.E. & AJZEN, I. (1985). Intention,
perceived control, and weight loss : An application of the
theory of planned behavior. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 49, 843-851. |
ARMITAGE, C. & CONNER, M. (2001). Efficacy of the
theory of planned behavior : a meta-analytic review. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 38, 35-54. |
|
ALBARRACIN, D., JOHNSON, B., FISHBEIN, D. &
MUELLERLEILE, P. (2001). Theories of reasoned action and
planned behavior as models of condom use : a
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 127,
142-161. [PDF] |
|
MURGRAFF, V., McDERMOTT, M.R. & WALSH, J. (2001).
Exploring attitude and belief correlates of adhering to
the new guidelines for low-risk single-occasion drinking :
an application of the theory of planned behavior. Alcohol
& Alcoholism, 36, 135-140. |
|
COURNEYA, K.S., PLOTNIKOKK, R.C., HOTZ, S.B. &
BIRKETT, N.J. (2001). Predicting exercise stage
transitions over two consecutive six month periods : A
test of the theory of planned behavior in a
population-based sample. British Journal of Health
Psychology, 6, 135-150. |
|
CONNER, M. & KIRK, S.F.L. CADE, J.E. & BARRETT, J.H.
(2001). Why do women use dietary supplements ? The use of
the theory of planned behaviour to explore beliefs about
their use. Social Science & Medicine, 52 (4),
621-633. |
|
CONNER, M. & ABRAHAM, C. (2001). Conscientiousness and
the theory of planned behavior : Toward a more complete
model of the antecedents of intentions and behavior. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 1547-1561. |
|
RHODES, R.E., COURNEYA, K.S. & HAYDUK, L.A. (2002).
Does personality moderate the theory of planned behavior
in the exercise domain ? Journal of Sport &
Exercices Psychology, 24, 120-132. [PDF] |
|
CONNER, M., NORMAN, P. & BELL, R. (2002). The theory
of planned behavior and healthy eating. Health
Psychology, 21 (2), 194-201. |
|
ARMITAGE, C., NORMAN, P. & CONNER, M. (2002). Can the
theory of planned behaviour mediate the effects of age,
gender and multidimensional health locus of control ? British
Journal of Health Psychology, 7, 299-316. |
|
AJZEN, I. (2002). Perceived behavioral control,
self-efficacy, locus of control, and the theory of planned
behavior. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32
(4), 665-683. |
|
AJZEN, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 50, 179-211.
[PDF] |
RISE, J., THOMPSON, M. & VERPLANKEN, B. (2003).
Measuring implementation intentions in the context of the
theory of planned behaviour. Scandinavian avian
Journal of Psychology, 44, 87-95. |
|
BECK, L. & AJZEN, I. (1991). Predicting dishonest
actions using the theory of planned behavior. Journal
of Research in Personality, 25, 285-301. |
RHODES, R.E. & COURNEYA, K.S. (2003). Self-efficacy,
controllability and intention in the theory of planned
behavior: Measurement redundancy or causal independence ?
Psychology & Health, 18, 79-92. |
|
MADDEN, T.J., ELLEN, P.S. & AJZEN, I. (1992). A
comparison of the theory of planned behavior and the
theory of reasoned action. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 18 (1), 3-9. |
RIVIS, A. & SHEERAN, P. (2003). Descriptive norms as
an additional predictor in the theory of planned behavior
: a meta-analysis. Current Psychology : Developmental,
Learning, Personality, Social, 22 (3), 218-233.
[PDF] |
|
PARKER, D. MANSTEAD, A.S.R., STRADLING, S.G. REASON, J.T.
& BAXTER, J.S. (1992). Intention to commit driving
violations. An application of the theoiy of planned
behavior. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 77,
94-101. |
RHODES, R.E. & COURNEYA, K.S. (2003). Relationships
between personality, an extended theory of planned
behaviour and exercise behaviour. British Journal of
Health Psychology, 8, 19-36. |
|
SPARKS, P. & GUTHRIE, C.A. (1992). Self-identity and
the theory of planned behaviour : Assessing the role of
identification with green consumerism. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 55 (4), 388-399. |
RHODES, R.E. & COURNEYA, K.S. (2003). Self-efficacy,
controlability, and intention in the theory of planned
behaviour : Measurement redundancy or causal independence
? Psychology & Health, 18, 79-91. |
|
McMILLAN, B. & CONNER, M. (2003). Applying an extended
version of the theory of planned behavior to illicit drug
use among students. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 33 (8), 1662-1683. |
|
DOLL, J. & AJZEN, I. (1992). Accessibility and
stability of predictor in the theory of planned behavior.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 63,
754-765. |
BAMBERG, S., AJZEN, I. & SCHMIDT, P. (2003). Choice of
travel mode in the theory of planned behavior : The roles
of past behavior, habit, and reasoned action. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 25 (3), 175-188. [PDF] |
|
RHODES, R.E. & COURNEYA, K.S. (2004). Differentiating
motivation and control in the theory of planned behaviour.
Psychology, Health, & Medicine, 9, 205-215. |
|
HAGGER, M.S. & ARMITAGE, C. (2004). The influence of
perceived loci of control and causality in the theory of
planned behavior in a leisure-time exercise context. Journal
of Applied Biobehavioral Research, 9 (1), 45-64. |
|
UMEH K. & PATEL, R. (2004). Theory of planned
behaviour and ecstasy use : An analysis of
moderator-interactions. British Journal of Health
Psychology, 9, 25-38. |
|
|
GODIN, G., VALOIS, P., LEPAGE, L. & DESHARNAIS, R.
(1992). Predictors of smoking behavior : an application of
Ajzen's theory of planned behavior. British Journal of
Addiction, 87, 1335-1343. |
SPIJKERMAN, R., VAN DEN EIJNDEN, R., VITALE, S. &
ENGELS, R. (2004). Explaining adolescents' smoking and
drinking behavior : the concept of smoker and drinker
prototypes in relation to variables of the theory of
planned behavior. Addictive Behaviors, 29, 1615-1622. |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., HAGGER, M.S., SMITH, B. &
PHOENIX, C. (2004). The influences of continuation
intentions on execution of social behaviour within the
theory of planned behaviour. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 43 (4), 551-583. |
|
WANKEL, L.M. & MUMMERY, W.K. (1993). Using national
survey data incorporating the theory of planned behavior:
Implications for social marketing strategies in physical
activity. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 5,
158-177. |
KRAFT, P., RISE, J., SUTTON, S. & ROYSAMB, E. (2005).
Perceived difficulty in the theory of planned behaviour :
Perceived behavioural control or affective attitude ? British
Journal of Social Psychology, 44, 479-496. [PDF] |
|
SYMONS, D. & HAUSENBLAS, H. (2005). The theories of
reasoned action and planned behavior applied to exercise :
a meta-analytic update. Journal of Physical Activity
& Health, 2, 76-97. |
|
NORMAN, P. & CONNER, M. (2005). The theory of planned
behavior and exercise : Evidence for the mediating and
moderating roles of planning on intention-behavior
relationships. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 27 (4), 488-504. |
|
KAISER, F.G., HÜBNER, G. & BOGNER, F.X. (2005).
Contrasting the theory of planned behavior with the
value-belief-norm model in explaining conservation
behavior. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 35, 2150-2170. |
|
BUCHAN, H.F. (2005). Ethical decision making in the public
accounting profession : An extension of Ajzen's Theory of
Planned Behavior. Journal of Business Ethics, 61,
165-181. |
|
MCCAUL, K.D., SANDGREN, A.K., O'NEILL, H.K. & HINSZ,
V.B. (1993). The value of the theory of planned behavior,
perceived control and self-efficacy expectations for
predicting health- protective behaviors. Basic &
Applied Social Psychology, 14, 114-128. |
SIDERIDIS, G.D. (2005). Performance approach-avoidance
orientation and planned behaviour theory : Model stability
with Greek students with and without learning
disabilities. Reading & Writing Quarterly, 21,
331-359. |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. HAGGER, M.S., SMITH, B. & SAGE,
L.D. (2006). The influences of intrinsic motivation on
execution of social behaviour within the theory of planned
behaviour. European Journal of Social Psychology, 36,229-237. |
|
MANSTEAD, A.S.R. & PARKER, D. (1995). Evaluating and
extending the theory of planned behaviour. In W. Stroebe
& M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of social
psychology (Vol. 6, pp. 68-95). London : Wiley. |
RHODES, R.E., BLANCHARD, C.M., MATHESON, D.H. & COBLE,
J. (2006). Disentangling motivation, intentin, and
planning in the physical activity domain. Psychology
of Sport & Exercise, 7, 15-27. |
|
FANG, M.-L. (2006). Examining ethical intentions of
individual employees of Taiwan from theory of planned
behavior. The Business Review, 6 (1), 257-263. |
|
BAILEY, A.A. (2006). Retail employee theft : a theory of
planned behavior perspective. International Journal of
Retail & Distribution Management, 34 (11),
802-816. |
|
RHODES, R.E., BROWN, S.G. & McINTYRE, C.A. (2006).
Integrating the perceived neighborhood environment and the
theory of planned behavior when predicting walking in
Canadian adult sample. American Journal of Health
Promotion, 21, 110-118. |
|
COURNEYA, K.S. (1995). Understanding readiness for regular
physical activity in older individuals : An application of
the theory of planned behavior. Health Psychology,
14, 80-87. |
SMITH, J.R., MANSTEAD, A.S.R, TERRY, D.J., LOUIS, W.R.,
KOTTERMAN, D. & WOLFS, J. (2007). Interaction effects
in the theory of planned behavior : The interplay of
self-identity and past behavior Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 37 (11), 2726-2750. [PDF] |
|
TERRY, D.J. & O'LEARY, J.E. (1995). The theory of
planned behaviour : The effects of perceived behavioural
control and perceived self-efficacy. British Journal
of Social Psychology, 34, 199-220. |
HARDING, T.S., MAYHEW, M.J., FINELLI, C.J. &
CARPENTER, D.D. (2007). The theory of planned behavior as
a model of academic dishonesty in engineering and
humanities undergraduates. Ethics & Behavior 17 (3),
255-279. |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., HAGGER, M.S. & SMITH, B.
(2007). Influences of perceived autonomy support on
physical activity within the theory of planned behavior. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 934-954. [PDF] |
|
GODIN, G. & KOK, G. (1995). the theory of planned
behavior : A review of its applications to health-related
behaviors. American Journal of Health Promotion, 11,
87-98. |
VAN DE VEN, M., ENGELS, R.C., OTTEN, R. & VAN DEN
EIJNDEN, R.A. (2007). Longitudinal test of the theory of
planned behavior predicting smoking onset among asthmatic
and non-asthmatic adolescents. Journal of Behavioral
Medicine, 30, 435-445. |
|
ANDERSON, A. & LAVALLEE, D. (2008). Applying the
theories of reasoned action and planned behavior to
athlete training adherence behavior. Applied
Psychology : An International Journal, 57 (2),
304-312. |
|
FEN, Y.S. & SABSRUDDIN, N.A. (2008). An extended model
of theory of planned behaviour in predicting exercise
intention. International Business Research, 1
(4), 108-122. [PDF] |
|
|
KIRAKIDIS, S.P. (2008). Application of the theory of
planned behavior to recidivism : The role of personal norm
in predicting behavioral intentions of re- offending. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology 38 (9), 2210-2221. |
|
HANSON, M. (1997). The theory of planned behavior applied
to cigarette smoking in African-American, Puerto Rican,
and non-Hispanic white teenage females. Nursing
Reearch, 48, 155-162. |
TOPA, G. & MORIANO, J.A. (2010). Theory of planned
behavior and smoking : meta-analysis and SeM model. Substance
Abuse & Rehabilitation, 1, 23-33. [PDF] |
|
MARCOUX, B. & SHOPE, J. (1997). Application of the
theory of planned behavior to adolescent use and misuse of
alcohol. Health Education Research, 12, 323-331. |
YOUSAFZAI, S.Y., FOXALL, G.R. & PALLISTER, J.G.
(2010). Explaining internet banking behavior : Theory of
reasoned action, theory of planned behavior, or technology
acceptance model ? Journal of Applied Psychology, 40
(5), 1172-1202. |
|
MAHER, R. & RICKWOOD, D. (1997). The theory of planned
behavior, domain specific self-efficacy and adolescent
smoking. Journal of Child & Adolescent Substance
Abuse, 6, 57-76. |
LEE, J., CERRETO, F.A. & LEE, J. (2010). Theory of
planned behavior and teachers' decisions regarding use of
educational technology. Educational Technology &
Society, 13 (1), 152-164. [PDF] |
|
COURNEYA, K.S., ESTBROOKS P.A. & NIGG, C.R. (1997).
Predicting change in exercise stage over a three year
period : An application of the theory of planned behavior.
Avante, 3, 1-14. |
AJZEN, I., JOYCE, N., SHEIKH, S. & GILBERT-CÔTÉ, N.
(2011). Knowledge and the prediction of behavior: The role
of information accuracy in the theory of planned behavior.
Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 33 (2),
101-117. |
|
HILL, A., BOUDREAU, F., AMYOT, E., DÉRY, D. & GODIN,
G. (1997). Predicting the stages of smoking acquisition
according to the theory of planned behavior. Journal
of Adolescent Health, 21, 107-115. |
SOMMER, L. (2011). The theory of planned behaviour and the
impact of past behaviour. International Business &
Economics Research Journal, 10 (1), 91-110. [PDF] |
|
AJZEN, I. (2011). Is the theory of planned behavior an
appropriate model for human fertility ? Reflections on
Morgan and Bachrach's critique. Vienna Yearbook of
Population Research, 9, 63-74. |
|
WALL, A., HINSON, R.E. & MCKEE, S.A. (1998) Alcohol
outcome expectancies, attitudes toward drinking and the
theory of planned behavior. Journal of Studies on
Alcohol, 59, 409-419. |
AJZEN, I. (2011). The theory of planned behavior :
Reactions and reflections. Psychology & Health, 26
(9), 1113-1127. |
|
SOMMER, L. (2011). The theory Of planned behaviour and The
impact of past behaviour. International Business
& Economics Research Journal, 10 (1), 91-111. [PDF] |
|
COURNEYA, K.S., NIGG, C.R. & ESTBROOKS, P.A. (1998).
Relationships among the theory of planned behavior, stage
of change, and exercise behavior in older persons over a
three year period. Psychology & Health, 13,
355-367. |
LIN, C.-H S. & CHEN, C.-F. (2011). Application of
theory of planned behavior on the study of workplace
dishonesty. International Conference on Economics,
Business and Management, 2, 66-69. [PDF] |
|
RISE, J., ASTROM, A.N. & SUTTON, S. (1998). Predicting
intentions and use of dental floss among adolescents : An
application of the theory of planned behaviour. Psychology
& Health, 13, 223-236. |
BROWNE, J.L. & CHAN, A.Y.C. (2012). Using the theory
of planned behaviour and implementation intentions to
predict and facilitate upward family communication about
mammography. Psychology & Health : an
international journal, 27 (6), 655-673. [PDF] |
|
CONNER, M. & McMILLIAN, B. (1999). Interaction effects
in the theory of planned behavior : Studying cannabis use.
British Journal of Social Psychology, 38, 195-222. |
AJZEN, I. & KLOBAS, J. (2013). Fertility intentions :
An approach based on the theory of planned behavior. Demographic
Research, 29 (8), 203-232. |
|
SHEERAN, P. & TAYLOR, S. (1999). Predicting intentions
to use condoms: A meta-analysis and comparison of the
theories of reasoned action and planned behavior.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 28, 1624-1675. |
CHAN, K. & BISHOP, B. (2013). A moral basis for
recycling : Extending the theory of planned behaviour. Journal
of Environmental Psychology, 36, 96-102. [PDF] |
|
COURNEYA, K.S., BOBICK, T.M. & SCHINKEE, R.J. (1999).
Does the theory of planned behavior mediate the relation
between personality and exercise behavior ? Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 21 (4), 317-324. |
RHODES, R.E., BEAUCHAMP, M.R., CONNER, M., GERT-JAN DE
BRUIJN, G.-J., KAUSH, N. & LATIMER-CHEUNG, A. (2014).
Prediction of depot-based specialty recycling behavior
using an extended theory of planned behavior. Environment
& Behavior, 1-23. [PDF] |
|
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D., KAMAROVA, S., KAWABATA, M. WANG,
J. & HAGGER, M.S. (2015). Developing and evaluating
utility of school-based intervention programs in promoting
leisure-time physical activity : An application of the
theory of planned behavior. International Journal of
Sport Psychology, 46 (2), 95-116. [PDF] |
|
CONNER, M., WARREN, R., CLOSE, S. & SPARKS, P. (1999).
Alcohol consumption and the theory of planned behavior: An
examination of the cognitive mediation of past behavior. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 29, 1676-1704. |
AJZEN, I. (2015). Consumer attitudes and behavior: The
theory of planned behavior applied to food consumption
decisions. Rivista di Economia Agraria, 70 (2),
121-138. |
|
CHEUNG, S.F., CHAN, D. & WONG, Z. (1999). Reexamining
the theorie of planned behaviour in understanding waste
paper recycling. Environment & Behaviour, 31
(5), 587-612. |
ZHANG, D., HUANG, G., YIN, X. & GONG, Q. (2015).
Residents' waste separation behaviors at the source :
Using SEM with the theory of planned behavior in
Guangzhou, China. International Journal of
Environmental Research & Public Health, 12,
9475-9491. [PDF] |
|
HAGGER, M.S., CHAN, D.K.C., PROTOGEROU, C. &
CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. (2016). Using meta-analytic path
analysis to test theoretical predictions in health
behavior : An illustration based on meta-analyses of the
theory of planned behavior. Preventive Medicine, 89,
154-161. |
|
ESPOSITO, G., VAN BAVEL, R., BARANOWSKI, T. &
DUCH-BROWN, N. (2016). The model of goal-directed
behavior, including descriptive norms, to physical
activity intentions : A contribution to improving the
theory of planned Behavior. Psychological Reports,
119 (1), 5-26. |
|
SHEERAN, P. & ORBELL, S. (1999). Augmenting the theory
of planned behavior : Roles for anticipated regret and
descriptive norms. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 29 (10),2107-2142. |
FICHTEN, C., AMSEL, R., JORGENSEN, M., NGUYEN, M.N.,
BUDD, J., HAVEL, A., KING, L., JORGENSEN, S. &
ASUNCION, J. (2016). Theory of planned behavior :
Sensitivity and specificity in predicting graduation and
drop-out among college and university students ? International
Journal of Learning, Teaching & Educational
Research, 15 (7), 38-52. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie et
Aizen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
du contact social : Théorie
proposé par Allport (1954)
selon laquelle les préjugés,
la discrimation
et même le racisme
diminuent entre les groupes
lorsque ceux-ci partagent le même territoire (contact), plutôt que
de former des ghettos (absence de contact). Théorie du contact, relations
entre les groupes et conflit.
= hypothèse.
Contact hypothesis, intergroup contact theory, intergroup
contact.
| |
|
|
WIILLIAMS, R.M. (1947). The reduction of intergroup
tensions. New York : Social Science Research
Council. |
CONNOLLY, P. (2000). What now for the contact hypothesis ?
Towards a new research agenda. Race Ethnicity &
Education, 3, 169-193. |
|
ALLPORT, G.W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Addison-Wesley.
[PDF] |
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L.R. (2000). Does intergroup
contact reduce prejudice ? Recent meta-analytic findings.
In S. Oskamp (Ed.), Reducing prejudice and
discrimination : social psychological perspectives
(pp. 93-114). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
AMIR, Y. (1969). Contact hypothesis in ethnic relations. Psychological
Bulletin, 71, 319-342. |
|
|
GARDNER, R.C., TAYLOR, D.M. & SANTOS, E. (1969).
Ethnic stereotypes : The role of contact. Philippine
Journal of Psychology, 2, 11-24. |
BROWN, R., MARAS, P., MASSER, B., VIVIAN, J. &
HEWSTONE, M. (2001). Life on the ocean wave : Testing some
intergroup hypotheses in a naturalistic setting. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 4, 81-98. |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F. (1971). Racially Separate or together
? New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
|
AMIR, Y. (1976). The role of intergroup contact in change
of prejudice and race relations. In P. Katz & D.A.
Taylor (Eds.), Towards the elimination of racism (pp.
245-308). New York : Pergamon Press. |
ROBINSON, J. & PRESTON, J. (2001). Equal-status
contact and modification of racial prejudice : A
reexamination of the contact hypothesis. Social
Forces, 54, 911-924. |
|
BRADOCK, J.H. (1980). The perpetuation of segregation
across levels of education: a behavioral assessment of the
contact hypothesis. Sociology of Education, 53, 178-186. |
ISLAM, M.R. & HEWSTONE, M. (1993). Dimensions of
contact as predictors of intergroup anxiety, perceived
out-group variability, and out-group attitude : An
integrative model. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 19, 700-710. |
|
MILLER, N. & BREWER, M.B. (Eds.) (1984). Groups
in contact : The psychology of desegregation. Orlando,
FL : Academic Press. |
TROPP, L.R. (2003). The psychological impact of prejudice
: Implications for intergroup contact. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 131-149. |
|
CASPI, A. (1984). Contact hypothesis and inter-age
attitudes : A field study of cross-age contact. Social
Psychology Quarterly, 47 (1), 74-80. |
|
|
CHU, D. & GRIFFEY, D. (1985). The contact theory of
racial integration : The case of sport. Sociology of
Sport Journal, 2 (4), 323-333. [PDF] |
HEWSTONE, M. (2003). Intergroup contact, panacea for
prejudice ? The psychologist, 16 (7), 352-355. [PDF] |
|
STEPHAN, W.G. & BRIGHAM, J.C. (1985). Intergroup
contact : Introduction. Journal of Social Issues, 1,
1-8. |
VAN DICK, R., WAGNER, U., PETTIGREW, T.F., CHRIST, O.,
WOLF, C., PETZEL, T., THOMAS, T., CASTRO, V.S. &
JACKSON, J.S. (2004). The role of perceived importance in
intergroup contact. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 87 (2), 211-227. |
|
ROTHBART, M. & JOHN, O.P (1985). Social categorization
and behavioral episodes : A cognitive analysis of the
effects of intergroup contact. Journal of Social
Issues, 41, 81-104. |
DIXON, J.A., DURRHEIM, K. & TREDOUX, C. (2005). Beyond
the optimal strategy : A "reality check" for the contact
hypothesis. American Psychologist, 60, 697-711.
|
|
HEWSTONE, M. & BROWN, R. (Eds.) (1986). Contact
and conflict in intergroup encounters. London :
Basil Blackwell. |
BROWN, R. & HEWSTONE, M. (2005). An integrative theory
of intergroup contact. Advances in Experimental
Social Psychology, 37, 255-343. |
|
HEWSTONE, M. & BROWN, R. (1986). Contact is not enough
: An intergroup perspective on the "Contact Hypothesis."
In M. Hewstone and R.J. Brown (Eds.), Contact and
conflict in intergroup encounters. London :
Basil-Blackwell. |
HEWSTONE, M., CAIRNS, E., VOCI, A., PAOLINI, S., McLERNON,
F., CRISP, R. & NIENS, U. (2005). Intergroup contact
in a divided society : Challenging segregation in Northern
Ireland. In D. Abrams, J.M. Marques & M.A. Hogg
(Eds.), The social psychology of inclusion and
exclusion (pp. 265-292). Philadelphia, PA :
Psychology Press. |
|
STEPHAN, W.G. (1987). The contact hypothesis in intergroup
relations. In C. Hendrick (Ed.), Review of personality
and social psychology (pp. 13-40). Beverly Hills :
Sage. |
HEWSTONE, M., CAIRNS, E., VOCI, A., HAMBERGER, J. &
NIENS, U. (2006). Intergroup contact, forgiveness, and
experience of "The troubles" in Northern Ireland.
Journal of Social Issues, 62, 99-120. |
|
WELLER, L. & GRUNES, S. (1988). Does contact with the
mentally ill reduce prejudice ? British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 61, 277-284. |
TROPP, L.R., STOUT, A.M., BOATSWAIN, C., WRIGHT, S.C.
& PETTIGREW, T.F. (2006). Trust and acceptance in
response to references to group membership : Minority and
majority perspectives on cross-group interactions. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 36, 769-794 |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L.R. (2006). A meta-analytic
test of intergroup contact theory. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 90, 751-783. |
|
SIGELMAN, L. & WELCH, S. (1993). The contact
hypothesis revisited: Black-White interaction and positive
racial attitudes. Social Forces, 71, 781-795. |
HENRY, P. & HARDIN, C. (2006). The contact hypothesis
revisited. Psychological Science, 17, 862-868. |
|
ISLAM, M.R. & HEWSTONE, M. (1993). Dimensions of
contact as predictors of intergroup anxiety, perceived
out-group variability, and out-group attitude : An
integrative model. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 19, 700-710. |
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L.R. (2006). A meta-analytic
test of intergroup contact theory. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 90, 751-783. [PDF] |
|
GAERTNER, S.L., RUST, M.C., DOVIDIO, J.F., BACHMAN, B.A.
& ANASTASIO, P.A. (1994). The contact hypothesis : The
role of a common ingroup identity on reducing intergroup
bias. Small Group Research, 25, 224-249. |
ABERSON, C.L. & HAAG, S.C. (2007). Contact,
perspective taking, and anxiety as predictors of
stereotype endorsement, explicit attitudes, and implicit
attitudes. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 10, 179-201. [PDF] |
|
|
HEWSTONE, M. (1996). Contact and categorization : Social
psychological interventions to change intergroup
relations. In C.N. Macrae, C. Sechrist and Stangor Stangor
& M. Hewstone (Eds.), Stereotypes and stereotyping
(pp. 323-368). New York : The Guilford Press. |
DIXON, J.A., DURRHEIM, K. & TREDOUX, C. (2007).
Intergroup contact and attitudes toward the principle and
practice of racial equality. Psychological Science,
18, 867-872. |
|
TURNER, R.N., CRISP, R.J. & LAMBERT, E. (2007).
Imagining intergroup contact can improve intergroup
attitudes. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 10, 427-441. |
|
GAERTNER, S.L., RUST, M.C., DOVIDIO, J.F., BACHMAN, B.A.
& ANASTASIO, P.A. (1996). The contact hypothesis : The
role of a common ingroup identity on reducing intergroup
bias among majority and minority group members. In J.L.
Nye & A.M. Brower (Eds.), What's social about
social cognition ? (pp. 230-260). Newbury Park, CA
: Sage Publications. |
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L.R. (2008). How does
intergroup contact reduce prejudice ? Meta-analytic tests
of three mediators. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 38 (6), 922-934. [PDF] |
|
TROPP, L.R. (2008). The role of trust in intergroup
contact : Its significance and implications for improving
relations between groups. In U. Wagner, L. R. Tropp, G.
Finchilescu & C. Tredoux (Eds.), Improving
intergroup relations : Building on the legacy of Thomas
F. Pettigrew (pp. 91-106). Malden, MA : Blackwell. |
|
STANGOR, C., JONAS, K., STROEBE, W. & HEWSTONE, M.
(1996). Influence of student exchange on national
stereotypes, attitudes and perceived group variability. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 663-675. [PDF] |
PETTIGREW, T.F. (2008). Future directions for intergroup
contact theory and research. International Journal of
Intercultural Relations, 32, 187-199. |
|
GAERTNER, S.L., DOVIDIO, J.F. & BACHMAN,
B.A. (1996). Revisiting the contact hypothesis: The
induction of a common ingroup identity. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 20 (3 & 4),
271-290. |
TURNER, R.N., HEWSTONE, M., VOCI, A. & VONOFAKOU, C.
(2008). A test of the extended intergroup contact
hypothesi s: The mediating role of intergroup anxiety,
perceived ingroup and outgroup norms, and inclusion of the
outgroup in the self. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 95, 843-860. |
|
WILSON, T.C. (1996). Prejudice reduction or self-selection
? A test of the contact hypothesis. Sociological
Spectrum, 16, 43-60. |
ATA, A., BASTIAN, B. & LUSHER, D. (2009). Intergroup
contact in context : The mediating role of social norms
and group-based perceptions on the contact : prejudice
link. International Journal of Intercultural
Relations, 33, 498-506. [PDF] |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F. (1997). Generalized intergroup contact
effects on prejudice. Personality & Social
Psychological Bulletin, 23, 173-185. |
BINDER, J., ZAGEFKA, H., BROWN, R., FUNKE, F., KESSLER.
T., MUMMENDY, A., MAQUIL, A., DEMOULIN, S. & LEYENS,
J.P. (2009). Does contact reduce prejudice or does
prejudice reduce contact ? A longitudinal test of the
contact hypthesis among majority and minority groups in
three European coutries. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 96 (4), 843-856. |
|
WRIGHT, S.C., ARON, A., McLAUGHLIN, VOLPE, T. & ROPP
,P.S.A. (1997). The extended contact effect : Knowledge of
cross-group friendships and prejudice. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 73-90. |
SAGUY, T., TAUSCH, N., DOVIDIO, J.F. & PRATTO, F.
(2013). The irony of harmony : Intergroup contact can
produce false expectations for equality. Psychological
Science, 20 (1), 114-121. [PDF] |
|
TROPP, L.R. & PETTIGREW, T.F. (2009). Intergroup
contact theory: Summarizing results from a meta-analytic
review. In G. L. Carter (Ed.), Empirical approaches to
sociology. Boston: Allyn & Bacon. |
|
HAMBERGER, J. & HEWSTONE, M. (1997). Inter-ethnic
contact as a predictor of blatant and subtle prejudice :
Tests of a model in four west European nations. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 36, 173-190. |
PETTIGREW, T.F. (2009). Contact's secondary transfer
effect : Do intergroup contact effects spread to
noncontacted outgroups ? Social Psychology, 40, 55-65. |
|
TURNER, R.N. & CRISP, R.J. (2010). Imagining
intergroup contact reduces implicit prejudice. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 49 (1), 129-142. [PDF] |
|
HUSNU, S. & CRISP, R.J. (2010). Elaboration enhances
the imagined contact effect. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 46, 943-950 |
|
HEWSTONE, M. & SWART, H. (2011). Fifty-odd years of
inter-group contact : From hypothesis to integrated
theory. British Journal of Social Psychology, 50 (3),
374-386 |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F. (1998). Intergroup contact theory. Annual
Review of Psychology, 49, 65-85. [PDF] |
PETTIGREW, T.F. & TROPP, L.R. (2011). When groups
meet : The dynamics of intergroup contact.
Psychology Press. |
|
EVERETT, J.A.C. & ONU, D. (2013). Intergroup contact
theory : Past, present, and future. The Inquisite
Mind, 17, 1-7. [PDF] |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F., TROPP, L.R., WAGNER, U. & CHRIST, O.
(2011). Recent advances in intergroup contact theory. International
Journal of Intercultural Relations, 35, 271-280. |
|
TROPP, L.R. (2012). Intergroup contact theory. In D.
Christie (Ed.), Encyclopedia of peace psychology (pp.
254-259). Hoboken, NJ : Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
WITTIG, M. & GRANT-THOMPSON, S. (1998). The utility of
Allport's conditions of intergroup contact for predicting
perceptions of improved racial attitudes and beliefs. Journal
of Social Issues, 54, 795-812. |
CRISP, R.J. & TURNER, R.N. (2013). Imagined intergroup
contact : Refinements, debates and clarifications. In G.
Hodson & M. Hewstone (Eds.), Advances in
intergroup contact. New York, NY : Psychology
Press. |
|
TROPP, L.R. & PAGE-GOULD, E. (2014). Contact between
groups. In M. Mikulincer, P.R. Shaver, J.F. Dovidio &
J.A. Simpson (Eds.), APA handbook of personality and
social psychology : Group Processes (Vol. 2, pp.
535-560). Washington DC: American Psychological
Association. |
|
BROWN, R., VIVIAN, J. & HEWSTONE, M. (1999). Changing
attitudes through intergroup contact : The effects of
group membership salience. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 29, 741-764. |
PETTIGREW, T.F. (2016). In pursuit of three theories :
Authoritarianism, relative deprivation, and intergroup
contact. Annual Review of Psychology, 67, 1-21.
[PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Voir Théorie, Préjugé,
Conflits, Tension
sociale, Ghetto
et Relations/groupes |
|
|
|
Théories
du développement : Voir Développement.
Developmental theory.
| |
|
|
BOWEN, F. (1860). Remarks on the latest form of the
development theory. Memoirs of the American Academy of
Arts and Sciences. In G. Daniels (Ed.) (1968). Darwinism
comes to America (pp. 66-74). Waltham, MA :
Blaisdell. [LIRE] |
ARNETT, J.J. (2000). Emerging Adulthood : A theory of
development from the late teens through the twenties.
American Psychologist, 55 (5), 469-480. [PDF] |
|
BIJOU, S.W. & BAER, D.M. (1961). Child
development : A systematic and empirical theory.
New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
KNIGHT, C. & SUTTON, R. (2004). Neo-Piagetian theory
and research : enhancing pedagogical practice for
educators of adults. London Review of Education, 2,
47-60. |
|
REESE, H.W. & OVERTON, W.F. (1970). Models of
development and theories of development. In L.R. Goulet
and P.B. Baltes (Eds.), Life-span developmental
psychology : Research and theory (pp. 115-145). New
York : Academic Press. |
|
|
BRAINERD, C.J. (1978). Piaget's theory of
intelligence. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. :
Prentice-Hall |
YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & THEOKAS, C. (2006). The multiple
contexts of youth development : Implications for theory,
research, and practice. Applied Developmental Science,
10, 58-60. [PDF] |
|
CAIRNS, R.B. (1980). Developmental theory before Piaget :
The remarkable contributions of James Mark Baldwin.
Contemporary Psychology, 25, 438-440. |
JENSEN, L. (2010). Bridging cultural and developmental
approaches to psychology : New syntheses in theory,
research, and policy. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
FISHER, K.W. (1980). A theory of cognitive development :
The control and construction of hierarchies and skills. Psychological
Review, 87, 477-531. |
|
|
OVERTON, W.F. (1991). The structure of developmental
theory. In H.W. Reese (Ed.), Advances in child
development and behavior (Vol. 23, pp. 1-37) New York :
Academic Press. |
|
|
OVERTON, W.F. (1991). Metaphor, recursive systems and
paradox in science and developmental theory. In H.W. Reese
(Ed.), Advances in child development and behavior
(Vol. 2, pp. 59-71). New York : Academic Press. |
|
| SCARR, S. (1992). Developmental theories for the 1990s:
Development and individual differences. Child
Development, 63, 1-19. |
SIMATWA, E.M.W. (2010). Piaget's theory of intellectual
development and its implication for instructional
management at pre- secondary school level. Educational
Research and Reviews, 5 (7), 366-371. [PDF] |
|
SCHLINGER, H.D. (1992). Theory in behavior analysis : An
application to child development. American
Psychologist, 47, 1396-1410. [PDF] |
|
|
MARKOVITS, H. (1993). The development of conditional
reasoning : A piagetian reformulation of the theory of
mental models. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly :
Invitational issue on the Development of Rationality
& Critical Thinking, 39 (1), 133-160. |
|
|
LOURENÇO, O. & MACHADO, A. (1996). In defense of
Piaget's theory. Psychological Review, 103 (1),
143-164. [PDF] |
|
|
WADSWORTH, B.J. (1996). Piaget's theory of cognitive
and affective development : Foundations of
constructionism. Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Développement |
|
|
Théorie
du développement cognitif de Piaget : Théorie
proposée par Piaget pour
décrire et expliquer le développement
des connaissances
chez un organisme. Piaget's theory, Piagetian theory.
| |
|
|
BRAINERD, C.J. (1978). Piaget's theory of
intelligence. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. :
Prentice-Hall |
WADSWORTH, B.J. (1996). Piaget's theory of cognitive
and affective development : Foundations of
constructionism. Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
SHULMAN, V., RESTAINO-BAUMANN, L. & BUTLER, L. (Eds.)
(1985). The future of Piagetian theory : The
neo-Piagetians. New York : Plenum. |
DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. (1997). Les modèles néo-piagétiens :
Quoi de nouveau ? Psychologie Française, 42,
9-21. |
|
SMITH, L. (1991). Age, ability, and intellectual
development in Piagetian theory. In M. Chandler & M. Chapman (Eds.), Criteria for competence (pp.
69-91). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
KNIGHT, C. & SUTTON, R. (2004). Neo-Piagetian theory and research : enhancing pedagogical practice for
educators of adults. London Review of Education, 2, 47-60. |
|
LOURENÇO, O. & MACHADO, A. (1996). In defense of
Piaget's theory. Psychological Review, 103 (1),
143-164. [PDF] |
SIMATWA, E.M.W. (2010). Piaget's theory of intellectual
development and its implication for instructional
management at pre-secondary school level. Educational
Research & Reviews, 5 (7), 366-371. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Piaget
et Développement |
|
|
Théorie(s) du genre :Il existe clairement deux théories
du genre qu'il convient de bien distinguer car, même si ces deux
théories partagent le concept de genre - la nature de leur
explication et les conséquences que l'on peut en tirer sont fort
différentes. La premières est scientifique, la seconde idéologie;
pour cette raison, il serait préférable de désigner cette
dernière sous le vocable de «conception du genre» plutôt que
«théorie».
La première théorie, développée dans les années
1970, repose sur des arguments à la fois scientifiques et
idéologiques. Les tenants de cette première théorie - souvent des
féministes - fondent leur
raisonnement sur deux arguments : 1) les femmes n'ont pas à être
cantonnées ou réduites aux rôles traditionnels de la femme (en
gros, mère, épouse, secrétaire, etc); il s'agit d'un argument
moral ou idéologique et 2) les rôles sexuels ne sont pas
déterminés par la génétique du sexe : une homme peut très bien
s'occuper de l'éducation de ses enfants - cette tâche n'étant pas
naturellement ou biologiquement dévolues aux femmes - alors qu'une
femme peut très bien apprendre à réparer la voiture familliale. Si
la première affirmation n'est ni vrai ou fausse - au sens
scientique du terme - la seconde a été maintes fois confirmée par
les faits; les rôles sexuels ou comportements genrés sont le
résultats d'apprentissage social et non le produit du sexe
biologique, comme on l'a longtemps laissé entendre en science sous
l'influence notamment de la théorie de l'instinct maternel et des
des études corrélationnelles entre les gènes et le comportement.
Si le rôle des gènes n'est pas totalement nul - après tout la
capacité d'apprendre est génétiquement programmé - ce que l'on
apprend (les comportements) est d'abord et avant tout influencé
par les contingences sociales et culturelles de notre milieu. Par
voie de conséquence, le même raisonnement s'applique aux hommes
qui, malgré leur attributs virils, peuvent très bien apprendre à
coudre, à s'occuper des enfants ou à danser le ballet (EX :
Épisode des Simpson/saison 6 épisode 17).
Bem et sa théorie
des schémas de genre est l'une des nombreuses psychologues qui ont
contribué à l'assise scientifique de cette théorie. En conclusion,
il faut clairement distinguer sexe biologique et genre social; le
premier phénomène est déterminé par les gènes, le second par la
société. Cette théorie du genre permet par ailleurs de combattre
les stéréotypes sexuels. À une jeune fille qui veut jouer au
hockey, on ne dit pas «c'est un sport d"hommes, tu n'as pas ce
qu'il faut sur le plan anatomique ou hormonal», mais plutôt «on va
t'apprendre à jouer»; et surtout pas «c'est parce que tu es en
réalité un garçon !». La première théorie du genre soutient qu'une
fille (sexe) peut se comporter comme un homme (genre); et
vice-versa. Dans cette conception des choses, le genre renvoie à
l'ensemble des comportements et des choix traditionnellement
associés à un sexe. Un gars joue au hockey, une fille à la poupée.
Pour cette théorie, il s'agit d'un stéréotype qui peut engendrer
de la discrimination, et non d'une réalité.
En marge de la théorie originale du genre s'est
développée une seconde théorie, notamment sous l'influence du
socioconstructivisme français et américain. Cette nouvelle théorie
prétend que le sexe est une construction sociale; elle nie
donc l'existence biologique du sexe, et par voie de
conséquence donc la théorie de l'évolution. Elle repose sur deux
arguments fallacieux et incompatibles avec la science : 1) chexz
l'humain, il existe plus de deux sexes biologiques, homme et
femme. En effet selon Fausto-Sterling, il existe cinq sexes sur le
plan chromosomique) Ce que l'on ressent détermine notre
appartenance à un sexe. Cette pseudo-théorie confond sexe et
genre, et laisse entendre que le sexe biologique est une simple
construction sociale et le genre un choix individuel conscient.
Les cellules sont elles une construction sociale ? Le cancer, la
faim ? Le sexe biologique ne se réduit pas à des organes et
des hormones, comme on le laisse souvent entendre. En effet, le
fonctionnement des gonades sexuelles est régulé par le cerveau;
idem pour les hormones. S'il est vrai qu'il existe peu différences
entre le cerveau d'une femme et celui d'un homme, nier toute
différence est une hérésie. Un homme ne peut donc pas décidé
d'être une femme; ce serait comme affirmer que vous n'avez
pas de cerveau ou que votre cerveau peut se modifier à votre guise.
Si le cerveau est doté d'une grande plasticité, et peut apprendre
de nombreuses choses, il ne peut transformer ses propres
structures cérébrales (sauf dans le cas de la regénéresence des
neurones de l'hippocampe ou neurogenèse). Qui plus est, au-delà de
sa structure, le sexe est défini par sa fonction, soit la
reproduction. Or dans la plupart des rares cas de non-femme ou de non
-homme, que l'on appelle des intersexués, les individus sont stérils. Gender
theory.
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
du monde juste : Croyance
selon laquelle il existe un monde juste et équitable.
En conséquence, on dira que «chacun reçoit ce qu'il mérite et
mérite ce qui lui arrive».
= hypothèse
du monde juste.
Belief in a just world.
| |
|
|
LERNER, M.J. & SIMMONS, C.H. (1966). Observer's
reaction to the innocent victim : Compassion or rejection
? Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 4 (2),
203-210. [PDF] |
JOSE, P.E. (1990). Just-world reasoning in children's
immanent justice judgments. Child Development, 61,
1024-1033. |
|
RUBIN, Z. & PEPLAU, L.A. (1973). Belief in a just
world and reactions to another's lot : A study of
participants in the national draft lottery. Journal
of Social Issues, 29 (4), 73-93. |
DALBERT, C. & KATONA-SALLAY, H. (1996). The "belief in
a just world" construct in Hungary. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 27, 293-314. |
|
RUBIN, Z. & PEPLAU, L.A. (1975). Who believes in a
just world ? Journal of Social Issues, 31,
65-89. [PDF] |
LERNER, M.J. & MONTADA, L. (1998). An overview :
advances in belief in a just world theory and methods. In
M.J. Lerner & L. Montada (Eds.), Responses to
Victimizations and Belief in a Just World. Critical
Issues in Social Justice. (pp. 1-7). New York :
Plenum. |
|
MAES, J. (1998). Eight stages in the development of
research on the construct of belief in a just world ? In
M.J. Lerner & L. Montada (Eds.), Responses to
victimizations and belief in a just world (pp.
163-185). New York : Plenum. |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M. & GERBASI, K.C. (1977). Belief in
internal control or belief in a just world : Use and
misuse of I-E Scale in prediction of attitudes and
behavior. Journal of Psychology, 45, 356-378. |
LERNER, M.J. (1998). The two forms of the belief in a just
world : Some thoughts on why and how people care about
justice. In M.J. Lerner & L. Montada (Eds.), Responses
to victimizations and belief in a just world (pp.
246-269). New York : Plenum. |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M. (1975). Belief in a just world and
altruistic behavior. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 31, 972-976. |
BÈGUE, L. & FUMEY, V. (2000). Belief in a just world
or self-serving strategy ? Social Behavior &
Personality, 28, 119-124. |
|
MILLER, D.T. (1977). Altruism and threat to a belief in a
just world. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 13, 113-125. |
HAFER, C.L., BOGAERT, A.F. & McMULLEN, S. (2001).
Belief in a just world and high risk sexual behaviour in
gay men. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 31,
1892-1910. |
|
LERNER, M.J. & MILLER, D.T. (1978). Just world
research and the attribution process : Looking back and
ahead. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 1030-1051. |
DALBERT, C., LIPKUS, I.M., SALLAY, H. & GOCH, I.
(2001). A just and an unjust world : Structure and
validity of different world beliefs. Personality
& Individual Differences, 30, 561-577. |
|
LERNER, M.J. (1980). The belief in a just world : A
fundamental delusion. New York : Plenum. |
BÈGUE, L. (2002). Beliefs in justice and faith in people :
Just world, religiosity and interpersonal trust. Personality
& Individual Differences, 32 (3), 375-382. |
|
REICHLE, B. & SCHMITT, M. (2002). Helping and
rationalization as alternative strategies for restoring
the belief in a just world : Evidence from longitudinal
change analyses. In R. Michael & D.T. Miller (Eds.), The
justice motive in everyday life (pp. 127-148).
Cambridge University Press. |
|
FURNHAM, A. (2003). Belief in a just world : research
progress over the past decade. Personality &
Individual Differences, 34 (5), 795-817. |
|
WAGSTAFF, G.F. (1983). Correlates of the just world in
Britain. Journal of Social Psychology, 121, 145-146. |
BÈGUE, L. & BASTOUNIS, M. (2003). Two spheres of
belief in justice : Extensive support for the
bidimensional model of belief in a just world. Journal
of Personality, 71, 435-463. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, K.B. & GREEN, D.N. (1984). Individual
correlates of the belief in a just world. Psychological
Reports, 54, 435-438. |
HAFER, C.L. & BÈGUE, L. (2005). Experimental research
on just-world theory : problems, developments, and future
challenges. Psychological Bulletin, 131,
128-167. [PDF] |
|
FURNHAM, A. & GUNTER, B. (1984). Just world beliefs
and attitudes towards the poor. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 23, 265-269. |
DALBERT, C. & STOEBER, J. (2005). The belief in a just
world and distress at school. Social Psychology of
Education, 8, 123-135. |
|
ZWEIGENHAFT, R.L., PHILLIPS, B.K.G., ADAMS, K.A., MORSE,
C.K. & HORAN, A.E. (1985). Religious preference and
belief in a just world. Genetic, Social & General
Psychology Monographs, 11, 333-348. |
BÈGUE, L. & MULLER, D. (2006). Belief in a just world
as moderator of hostile attributional bias. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 45, 117-126. [PDF] |
|
DION, K.L. & DION, K.K. (1987). Belief in a just world
and physical attractiveness stereotyping. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 52, 775-780. |
DALBERT, C. & FILKE, E. (2007). Belief in a just
world, justice judgments, and their functions for
prisoners. Criminal Justice & Behavior, 34,
1516-1527. [PDF] |
|
FINAMORE, F. & CARLSON, J.M. (1987). Religiosity,
belief in a just world and crime control attitudes.
Psychological Reports, 61, 135-138. |
CORREIA, I. & DALBERT C. (2007). Belief in a just
world, justice concerns, and well-being at Portuguese
schools. European Journal of Psychology of Education,
22, 421-437. [PDF] |
|
HAFER, C.L. & OLSON, J.M. (1989). Beliefs in a just
world and reactions to personal deprivation. Journal
of Personality, 57, 799-823. |
LENCH, H.C. & CHANG, E.S. (2007). Belief in an unjust
world : When beliefs in a just world fail. Journal of
Personality Assessment, 89 (2), 126-135. [PDF] |
|
FURNHAM, A. & PROCTER, E. (1989). Belief in a just
world : Review and critique of the individual difference
literature. British Journal of Social Psychology, 28,
365-384. |
CORREIA, I., KAMBLE, S.V. & DALBERT, C. (2009). Belief
in a just world and well-being of bullies, victims and
defenders : a study with Portuguese and Indian students. Anxiety,
Stress & Coping : An International Journal, 22
(5), 1-22. [PDF] |
|
DALBERT, C. (2009). Belief in a just world. In M.R. Leary
& R.H. Hoyle (Eds.), Handbook of Individual
Differences in Social Behavior (pp. 288-297). New
York : Guilford Publications. [PDF] |
| |
SUTTON, R.M., STOEBER, J. & KAMBLE, S. (2017). Belief
in a just world for oneself versus others, social goals,
and subjective well-being. Personality &
Individual Differences, 113, 115-119. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Altruisme
et Théorie |
|
|
Théorie du schéma du ruissèlement : Théorie selon laquelle
l'amélioration économique du niveau
socio-économique des individus au sommet de la hiérarchie
sociale profite également à ceux qui occupent le bas du
pavé, en raison d'un mécanisme de distribution de la richesse
globale qui va du haut vers le bas, des riches aux pauvres
(métaphore du ruissèlement montagneux). =
écoulement de la richesse.
|
Théorie du schéma du genre : Théorie
proposée par Bem qui tente
d'expliquer comme se développe le schéma
de genre d'un individu. Un schéma de genre est un réseau
intégré de connaissances,
de croyances et d'attentes
qui déterminent
l'identité sexuelle, le genre
d'un individu.
Selon Bem, l'identité
sexuelle se développe en trois temps : 1) d'abord acquérir le sentiment
(je me sens un x ) et la conviction
intime (je crois être un x) d'être un garçon ou une fille; 2)
apprendre les comportements
(= rôles) , qui dans
chaque culture, sont propres à son genre;
3) choisir un
partenaire sexuel masculin ou féminin. Gender
schema theory.
| |
|
|
BEM, S.L. (1981). Gender schema theory : A cognitive
account of sex-typing. Psychological Review, 88,
354-364. |
BEM, S.L. (1985). Androgyny and gender schema theory : A
onceptual and empirical integration. In T.B. Sonderegger
(Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation 1984:
Psychology and gender (pp. 179-226). Lincoln :
University of Nebraska Press. |
|
SPENCE, J.T. & HELMREICH, R.L. (1981). Androgyny
versus gender schema : a comment on Bem's gender schema
theory. Psychological Review, 88, 365-368. |
|
|
BEM, S.L. (1981). The BSRI and gender schema theory : A
reply to Spence and Helmreich. Psychological Review,
88 (3), 369-371. |
|
|
BEM, S.L. (1982). Gender schema theory and self-schema
theory compared : A comment on Markus, Crane, Bernstein,
and Siladi's "Self-schemas and gender". Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 43 (6),
1192-1194. |
ARCHER, J. (1991). A methodological commentary on gender
schema research. British Journal of Social Psychology,
30, 185-188. |
|
BEM, S.L. (1983). Gender schema theory and its
implications for child development : Raising
gender-aschematic children in a gender- schematic society.
Signs, 8, 598-616. |
HUDAK, M.A. (1993). Gender schema theory revisited: men's
stereotypes of American women. Sex Roles, 28, 279-293.
|
|
MORGAN, K.P. & AYIM, M. (1984). Comment on Bem's
"Gender schema theory and its implications for child
development : Raising gender-aschematic children in a
gender-schematic society". Signs, 10, 188-196.
|
STARR, C. & ZURBRIGGEN, E.L. (2017). Sandra Bem's
gender schema theory after 34 Years : A review of its
reach and impact. Sex Roles, 76 (9-10), 566-578. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Bem, Genre,
Schéma de genre,
Inventraire des rôles
sexuels de Bem et Théorie |
|
|
|
Théorie
du traitement de l'information :
Information-theory, information processing theory.
|
|
|
HICK, W.E. (1951). Information theory and intelligence
tests. British Journal of Psychology, 4, 157–164. |
|
HICK, W.E. (1953). Information theory in psychology. Transactions of the IRE Professional Group on Information Theory 1
(1), 130-133. |
|
BERLYNE, D.E. (1957). Uncertainty and conflict : a point
contact between information-theory and behavior-theory
concepts. Psychological Review, 64, 329-339. |
|
LEAVITT, C. (1975). Information processing theory : New
ideas for copy testing. in American Marketing
Association Proceedings. Chicago : American
Marketing Association. |
|
BETTMAN, J.R. (1979). An information processing
theory of consumer choice. Reading M.A. :
Addison-Wesley. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Traitement de l'information |
|
|
Théorie général des systèmes :
|
Théorie
implicite ou naïve de la personnalité : Il s'agit d'un
ensemble de théorie scientifique qui étudie les théories
personnelles des individus, d'où l'expression «théories des
théories». Ces théories personnelles désignent chez un individu
un système de connaissances et de suppositions non-vérifiées (croyances,
perception, cognition,
attribution, etc), mais
considérées par l'individu comme vraies, qui permettent d'expliquer
(d'où le mot théorie). de nombreux aspects du fonctionnement
normal et anormal d'autrui et de soi-même. EX: Certains
individus croient que les personnes qui portent des lunettes sont
plus intelligentes que la moyenne. Les jeunes enfants croient que
les nuages choisissent la direction vers laquelle ils se déplacent
(animisme). Bien qu'il
soit fréquent, le terme "théorie naïve" laisse entendre que ces
théories personnelles sont suffisamment conscientes et explicites
pour qu'on puisse les décrire et les qualifier de naïves (ce qui
est parfois le cas). Ces théories font partie d'un domaine plus
large de la psychologie que l'on nomme la perception
sociale. Théorie implicite, représentation
sociale et attribution.
= théorie implicite de la personnalité,
théorie de l'esprit, théorie scientifique des théories intuitive,
théorie du monde physique, théorie des théories. Implicit
personality theory, folk psychology.
| |
|
|
BRUNER, J.S. & TAGIURI, R. (1954). The perception of
people. In G. Lindzey (Ed.), Handbook of social
psychology. Cambridge : Addison Wesley. |
MALLE, B.F. (2001). Folk explanations of intentional
action. In B.F. Malle, L.J. Moses & D.A. Baldwin
(Eds.), Intentions and intentionality : Foundations
of social cognition (pp. 265-286). Cambridge, MA :
MIT Press. |
|
SCHNEIDER, D.J. (1973). Implicit personality theory : a
review. Psychological Bulletin, 79 (5), 294-309. |
POON, C.S.K. & KOEHLER, D.J. (2008). Person theories :
Their temporal stability and relation to intertrait
inferences. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 34 (7), 965-977. [PDF]
|
|
AJZEN, I. (1977). Intuitive theories of events and the
effects of base-rate information on prediction. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 35,
303-314. |
|
|
RANDS, M. & LEVINGER, G. (1977). Implicit Theories of
Relationship : An Intergenerational Study. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 37 (5),
645-661. [PDF]
|
|
|
JACKSON, D.N., CHAN, D.W. & STRICKER, L.J. (1979).
Implicit personality theory : Is it illusory. Journal
of Personality, 47, 1-10. |
ROBINS, R.W. & PALS, J.L. (2002). Implicit
self-theories in the academic domain : Implications for
goal orientation, attributions, affect, and self-esteem
change. Self & Identity, 1, 313-336. |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. (1985). Implicit theories of intelligence,
creativity, and wisdom. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 49, 607-627. |
CURY, F., FONSECA D.A., RUFO M et SARRAZIN, P.G. (2002).
Perceptions of competence, implicit theory of ability
perception of motivational climate and achievement goals :
a test of the trichotomous conceptualization of
endorsement of achievement motivation in the physical
education setting. Perception & Motor Skills, 95, 233-244. |
|
RUNCO, M.A. & BAHLEDA, M.D. (1986). Implicit theories
of artistic, scientific, and every- day creativity.
The Journal of Creative Behavior, 20, 93-98. |
WERTH, L. & FORSTER, J. (2002). Implicit person
theories influence memory judgments : the circumstances
under which metacognitive knowledge is used. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 353-362.
[PDF] |
|
ROSS,M. (1989). Relation of implicit theories to the
construction of personal histories. Psychological
Review, 96, 341-357. |
FONSECA, D.A., CURY, F., BAILLY, D. & RUFO, M. (2004).
Rôle des théories implicites de l'intelligence chez les
élèves en situation d'apprentissage. L'Encéphale, 30,
456-463 |
|
McFARLAND C., ROSS, M. & GILTROW, M. (1992). Biased
recollections in older adults : The role of implicit
theories of aging. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 62, 837-850. |
OLSON, M.A. & FAZIO, R.H. (2004). Trait inferences as
a function of automatically-activated racial attitudes and
motivation to control prejudiced reactions. Basic
& Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1-11. |
|
ERDLEY, C.A. & DWECK, C.S. (1993). Children's implicit
personality theories as predictors of their social
judgments. Child Development, 64, 863-878. |
TAMIR, M., JOHN, O.P., SRIVASTAVA, S. & GROSS, J.J.
(2007). Implicit theories of emotion : affective and
social outcomes across a major life transition.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 92, 731-744. |
|
RUNCO, M.A., JOHNSON, D.J. & BEAR, P.K. (1993).
Parents' and teachers' implicit theories of children's
creativity. Child Study Journal, 23, 91-113. |
BLACKWELL, L.S., RZESNIEWSKI, K.H. & DWECK, C.S.
(2007). Implicit theories of intelligence predict
achievement across an adolescent transition : A
longitudinal study and an intervention. Child
Development, 78 (1), 246-263. [PDF] |
|
DWECK, C.S., HONG, Y. & CHIU, C. (1993). Implicit
theories : Individual differences in the likelihood and
meaning of dispositional inference. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 644-656. |
BREWER, G. & ARCHER, J. (2007). What do people infer
from facial attractiveness ? Journal of Evolutionary
Psychology, 5, 39-49. |
|
DA FONSÉCA, D., CURY, F., FAKRA, E., RUFO, M., POINSO, F.,
BOUNOUA, L. & HUGUET, P. (2008). Implicit theories of
intelligence and IQ test performance in adolescents with
generalized anxiety disorder. Behavior Research and
Therapy, 46 (4), 529-536. |
|
|
WEGENER, D.T. & PETTY, R.E. (1995). Flexible
correction processes in social judgment : the role of
naive theories in corrections for perceived bias. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 68,
36-51. |
MALLE, B.F. (2009). Folk theories of consciousness. In W.
Banks (Ed.), Encyclopedia of consciousness (Vol.
1, pp. 251-263). Elsevier/Academic Press. |
|
ANDERSON, C.A. (1995). Implicit theories in broad
perspective. Psychological Inquiry, 6, 286-290.
[PDF] |
PIZZINGRILLI, P. & ANTONIETTI, A. (2010). Implicit
theories of creativity in schoolchildren an exploratory
study. Procedia Social & Behavioral Sciences, 2,
4732-4736. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, C.A. (1995). Implicit personality theories and
empirical data : Biased assimilation, belief perseverance
and change, and covariation detection sensitivity.
Social Cognition, 13, 25-48. [PDF] |
MIELE, D.B. & MOLDEN, D.C. (2010). Naive theories of
intelligence and the role of processing uency in perceived
comprehension. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 139, 535-555. |
|
ANDERSON, C.A. (1995). Implicit theories in broad
perspective. Psychological Inquiry, 6, 286-290.
[PDF] |
MONROE, A.E. & MALLE, B.F. (2010). From uncaused will
to conscious choice : The need to study, not speculate
about, people's folk concept of free will. Review of
Philosophy & Psychology, 1, 211-224. |
|
DWECK, C.S., CHIU, C. & HONG, Y. (1995). Implicit
theories and their role in judgments and reactions : A
word from two perspectives. Psychological Inquiry, 6
(4), 267-285.
[PDF] |
MALLE, B.F. (2010). Intentional action in folk psychology.
In T. O'Connor and C. Sandis (Eds.), A companion to
the philosophy of action (pp. 357-365). Chichester,
UK : Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
DWECK, C.S., CHIU, C. & HONG, Y. (1995). Implicit
theories : Elaboration and extension of the model. Psychological
Inquiry, 6 (4), 322-333. |
KAPPES, H.B., STEPHENS, E.J. & OETTINGEN, G. (2011).
Implicit theories moderate the relation of positive future
fantasies to academic outcomes. Journal of Research
in Personality, 45, 269-278. |
|
HARE, A.P., HARE, S.E. & KOENIGS, R.J. (1996).
Implicit personality theory, social desirability, and
reflected appraisal of self in the context of new field
theory (SYMLOG). Small Group Research, 27 (4),
504-531. |
YEAGER, D.S., TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H., TIRRI, K., NOKELAINEN,
P. & DWECK, C.S. (2011). Adolescents' implicit
theories predict desire for vengeance after peer conflicts
: Correlational and experimental evidence. Developmental
Psychology, 47, 1090-1107. |
|
DWECK, C.S. (1996). Implicit theories as organizers of
goals and behavior. In P.M. Gollwitzer & J.A. Bargh
(Eds.), The psychology of action : Linking cognition
and motivation to behavior (pp. 69-90). Guilford :
New York. |
CARR, P.B., RATTAN, A. & DWECK, C.S. (2012). Implicit
theories shape intergroup relations. Advances in
Experimental Social Psychology, 45, 127-165. [PDF] |
|
CHIU, C., HONG, Y. & DWECK, C.S. (1997). Lay
dispositionism and implicit theories of personality. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 73 (1),
19-30. [PDF]
|
McFARLAND, C. & BUEHLER, R. (2012). Negative moods and
the motivated remembering of past selves : The role of
implicit theories of personal stability. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 102, 242-263. |
|
ERDLEY, C. A, CAIN, K.M., LOOMIS, C.C., DUMAS-HINES, F.
& DWECK, C.S. (1997). Relations among children's
social goals, implicit personality theories, and responses
to social failure. Developmental Psychology, 33,
263-272. |
YEAGER, D.S., MIU, A.S., POWERS, J. & DWECK, C.S
(2013). Implicit theories of personality and attributions
of hostile intent : A meta-analysis, an experiment, and a
longitudinal intervention. Child Development, 84 (5),
1651-1667. |
|
CHIU, C., DWECK, C.S., TONG, J.Y.-Y. & FU, J.H.-Y.
(1997). Implicit theories and conceptions of morality. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 73 (5),
923-940. |
YEAGER, D.S., TRZESNIEWSKI, K.H. & DWECK, C.S (2013).
An implicit theories of personality intervention reduces
adolescent aggression in response to victimization and
exclusion. Child Development, 84 (3), 970-988. |
|
MALLE, B.F. (1997). People's folk theory of behavior. In
M. G. Shafto, and P. Langley (Eds.), Proceedings of
the nineteenth annual conference of the Cognitive
Science Society (pp. 478-483). Mahwah, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
YEAGER, D.S., JOHNSON, R., SPITZER, B., TRZESNIEWSKI,
K.H., POWERS, J. & DWECK, C.S. (2014). The
far-reaching effects of believing people can change :
Implicit theories of personality shape stress, health, and
achievement during adolescence. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 106 (6),
867-884. |
|
GOLDSTEIN, M.D. (1998). Forming and testing implicit
personality theories in cyberspace. Teaching of
Psychology, 25, 216-218. |
|
|
ANDERSON, C.A. & LINDSAY, J. (1998). The development,
perseverance, and change of naive theories. Social
Cognition, 16, 8-30.
[PDF] |
CABELLO, R. & FERNANDEZ-BEROCAL, P. (2015). Implicit
theories and ability emotional intelligence. Frontiers
in Psychology, 6 [700] : 1-8. [PDF] |
|
RUNCO, M.A. (1999). Implicit theories. In M.A. Runco &
S. Pritzker (Eds.), Encyclopedia of creativity
(Vol. 2, pp. 2-30). London : Academic Press. |
YEAGER, D.S., MIU, A.S., POWERS, J. & DWECK, C.S.
(2015). Implicit theories of personality and attributions
of hostile intent : A meta-analysis, an experiment, and a
longitudinal intervention. Child Development, 84,
1651-1667. [PDF] |
|
MALLE, B. F. (1999). How people explain behavior : A new
theoretical framework. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 3, 23-48. [PDF] |
SHTULMAN, A. (2017). Scienceblind : Why our intuitive
theories of the world are so often wrong. New
York : Basic Books. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Représentation
sociale, Cognition
sociale, Attribution,
Explication et
Théorie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
neutraliste de l'évolution :
Théorie de l'évolution, proposée par Kimura,
selon laquelle la plupart des mutations
ont une influence négligeable, sinon nulle, sur la valeur
sélective des individus
d'une espèce.
Neutralism, neutral theory of molecular evolution.
| |
|
|
KIMURA, M. (1983). The neutral theory of molecular
evolution. Cambridge, United Kingdom : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
KIMURA, M. (1985). The neutral theory of molecular
evolution. New Scientist, 41-46. |
|
KIMURA, M. (1989). The neutral theory of molecular
evolution and the world view of the neutralists. Genome,
31 (1), 24-31. |
|
GILLEPSIE, J.H. (1994). Alternatives to the neutral
theory. In Y. Kim, W. Stephan and B. Golding. (Ed.),
Non-neutral evolution : Theories and molecular data (pp.
1–17). London : Chapman and Hall. |
|
|
|
Théorie
officielle : Explication
d'un phénomène ou d'un évènement proposée par une autorité
(scientifique, gouvernementale, experts d'un domaine, etc.) et
qui, à un moment donné, semble faire l'unanimité,
ou du moins faire consensus,
dans un groupe, une
société. Une théorie
officielle n'est pas nécessairement «vraie» ni scientifique, bien
que certaines le soient totalement (EX : théorie
sur les vaccins) ou partiellement (EX : théorie
du 11 septembre). Et encore, faut-il préciser que «par
scientifique» on entend pas ici que l'explication officielle ait
été vérifiée, donc soumise à un test au moyen de la méthode
scientifique, ce qui est plutôt rare étant donné le caractère
singulier des événements «historiques» à l'origine de ces théories
(EX : L'assassinat de J.F. Kennedy). Cela ne veut
pas dire non plus dire que la théorie explique «tout» ou qu'aucun
doute ne subsiste quant à la nature des faits qui sont considérés;
ce sont de toute manière des exigences qu'aucune théorie n'est en
mesure de pleinement remplir. En fait, le mot «officiel» renvoie
davantage à une certaine rigueur dans l'examen des faits. C'est
cette dernière qualité «analytique» - la rigueur ou la
cohérence - qui donne aux autorités officielles suffisamment
de poids ou de crédibilité pour convaincre la majorité
du bien-fondé de la théorie. C'est sans doute pour cette raison
que certains auteurs préférent utiliser les termes «version des
faits, vision ou conception des choses ou thèse dominante», plutôt
que «théorie», des termes plus faibles qui s'éloignent de l'idée
de vérité probante ou incontestable.
Bref, une explication officielle serait
davantage un point de vue simple et cohérent partagé par une
majorité, à un moment donné de
l'histoire. C'est d'ailleurs le «danger» qui guette
certaines de ces théories qui s'enferment dans un vocabulaire
hermétique et un raisonnement tellement étriqué et inacessible
qu'elles deviennent, pour de mauvaises raisons, incontestables, la
«seule version» des faits possible. Rappelons que la découverte de
faits cachés, plusieurs années après les incidents du golfe
du Tonkin a permis d'ébranler la version officielle de
l'entrée en guerre des États-Unis contre le Vietnam, une «théorie
officielle» que l'on croyait pourtant solide. Notons qu'une
théorie officielle devient un
dogme lorsqu'il n'est plus possible de la contester ou
lorsque ses détracteurs ou ses «sérieux sceptiques» sont tournés
en dérision dans les médias à la moindre objection
(EX : théorie du 11 septembre du NIST). =
version officielle des faits, vision partagée par la majorité,
concensus historique.
|
Théorie
psychologique : Ensemble des théories
proposées par les psychologues.
Psychological theory.
|
|
| HULL,
C.L. (1930). Simple trial-and-error learning : A study in
psychological theory. Psychological
Review, 37, 241-256.
|
|
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1941). Current trends in psychological
theory. Psychological Bulletin, 38, 29-65. |
HINELINE, P.N. (1990). The origins of environment- based
psychological theory. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 53, 305-320. |
|
RAKOVE, S.S. (1981). Social psychological theory and
falsification. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 7, 123-130. |
HOUSE, R.J., SPANGLER, W.D. & WOYKE, J. (1991).
Personality and charisma in the U.S. presidency : A
psychological theory of leadership effectiveness. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 36, 364-396. |
|
LOWRY, R. (1982). The evolution of psychological
theory. New York : Aldine. |
GREENWOOD, J.D. (1992). Realism, empiricism, and social
constructionism : Psychological theory and the social
dimensions of mind and action. Theory &
Psychology, 2, 131-151. |
|
REICHER, S.D. & POTTER, J. (1985). Psychological
theory as intergroup perspective : A comparative analysis
of "scientific" and "lay" accounts of crowd events. Human
Relations, 38, 167-189. |
|
|
GERGEN, K.J. (1988). The concept of progress in
psychological theory. Recent Trends in Theoretical
Psychology 1-14. |
BROWN, L.A. & CAMPIONE, J.C. (1996). Psychological
theory and design of innovative learning environments : on
procedures, principles and systems. In L. Schauble &
R. Glaser (Eds.), Innovations in learning : New
environments for education. Mahwah, New Jersey :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
GILLIGAN, C. (1989). Mapping the moral domain : A
contribution of women's thinking to psychological theory
and education. Harvard : Harvard University Press. |
CACIOPPO, J.T., SEMIN, G.R. & BERNTSON, G.G. (2004).
Realism, instrumentalism, and scientific symbiosis :
Psychological theory as a search for truth and the
discovery of solutions. American Psychologist, 59
(4), 214-223. [PDF]
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérorie et Psychologie |
|
|
Théorie
parfaite : Désigne les
théories qui expliquent tous les phénomènes
de leur domaine, mieux que toutes les autres thérories dites phénomènes
= Meilleure explication.
|
Théorie
synthétique de l'évolution : Désigne les ajouts à la théorie
de base de l'évolution de Darwin,
notamment les connaissances en génétiques des populations.
= modèle standard de l'évolution. Evolutionary
theory, Modern evolutionary synthesis, evolutionary
synthesis.
|
|
| |
LALAND, K.N., ULLER, T., FELDMAN, M.W. SRERELNY, K.,
MÜLLER, G.B, MOCZECK, A., JABLONKA, E. & ODLING-SMEE,
J. (2015). The extended evolutionary synthesis : its
structure, assumptions and prediction. Proceedings of
the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 282, 1-14.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Théorie
type/token :
Type-token theory.
| |
|
|
PEIRCE, C.S. (1931). Collected papers. Cambridge
: Harvard University Press. |
|
HORGAN, T. (1981). Token physicalism, supervenience, and
the generality of physics. Synthese, 49,
395-413. |
|
JACKSON, F., PARGETTER, R. & PRIOR, E. (1982).
Fuctionalism and type-type theories. Philosophical
Studies, 42, 209-225. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Théorie |
|
|
Théorie universelle : Théorie unifiée : Théorie unique : Voir Psychologie
unifiée. Unifying psychology, .
|
Théorique : Qualifie toute chose (raisonnement, explication ou
affirmation) qui recourt à des éléments abstraits ou non
observables.
|
théorique
(A-) : Le terme a trois acceptions voisines: a)
Se dit d'une explication, d'un concept ou d'un outil de recherche
dont le développement ne repose pas systématiquement sur une
théorie. Dans ce sens, athéorique est synonyme de neutralité
théorique. EX: Plusieurs psycholologues
considèrent que le DSM-IV
est athéorique, alors que les premières versions du DSM étaient
fortement influencées par la psychanalyse; b) On
utilise également ce terme pour qualifier - souvent dans un sens
péjoratif - les théories psychologiques matérialistes qui refusent
de faire appel à des concepts mentalistes
pour expliquer le comportement. EX: Plusieurs
psycholologues considèrent que la théorie du conditionnement
opérant de Skinner est
athéorique car tous les concepts explicatifs (renforcement,
punition, contingence, etc.) sont du même niveau
ontologique que le comportement (ou la chose à expliquer).
c) Finalement, on utilise ce qualificatif pour désigner
la démarche de certains psychologues empiristes qui prétendent
développer des techniques d'intervention thérapeutique ou des
méthodes d'enseignement hors de tout contexte théorique, en ne se
fondant uniquement sur les données de la recherche. EX:
L'enseignement par
instruction de Engelmann.
En ce sens, «athéorique» est ici synonyme d'empirique.
|
|
|
Theory
& Psychology : Revue
scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'examen des théories
de la psychologie.
Éditeur : Sage.
GREEN, C.D. (2001). Scientific models, connectionist
networks, and cognitive science. Theory &
Psychology, 11, 97-117. [LIRE]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Thérapeute : Terme générique qui désigne celui ou
celle qui administre un traitement
à une personne souffrante
ou en détresse, que ce
traitement soit ou non éprouvé sur le plan clinique et
scientifique. Au sens strict, spécialiste ou technologue
qui utilise des thérapies qui se fondent
sur les connaissances issues de la psychologie
scientifique pour aider et guérir ses clients/ patients.
= psychothérapeute, clinicien,
psychologue clinicien, analyste.
Therapist, psychotherapist, clinician,
clinician practice, psy, shrink.
| |
|
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1978). Therapists play monopoly. New
Forum, 5, 37-38. |
STILES, W.B., SHAPIRO, D.A. HARPER, H. & MORRISON, L.
(1995). Therapist contributions to psychotherapeutic
assimilation : An alternative to the drug metaphor.
British Journal of Medical Psychology, 68, 1-13. |
|
STILES, W.B., SHAPIRO, D.A. & FIRTH-COZENS, J.A.
(1989). Therapist differences in the use of verbal
response mode forms and intents. Psychotherapy, 26, 314-322. |
MACRAN, S. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1998). The role of
personal therapy for therapists : A review. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 71, 13-25. |
|
JENNINGS, L. & SKOVHOLT, T.M. (1999). The cognitive
emotional and relational characteristics of master
therapists. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 46,
3-11. |
|
RIEMER, M., ROSOF-WILLIAMS, J. & BICKMAN, L. (2005).
Theories related to changing clinician practice. Child
& Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America,
14 (2), 241-254. |
|
SAPYTA, J., RIEMER, M. & BICKMAN, L. (2005). Feedback
to clinicians : Theory, research & practice. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 61 (2), 145-153. |
|
SCHOLER, S.J., REICH, S.M., BOSHERS, R.B. & BICKMAN,
L. (2005). A multimedia violence prevention program
increases pediatric residents and childcare providers'
knowledge about responding to childhood aggression.
Clinical Pediatrics, 44 (5), 413-417. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A., FIRTH-COZENS, J.A. & STILES, W.B.
(1989). The question of therapists' differential
effectiveness : A Sheffield Psychotherapy Project
addendum. British Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 383-385. |
KUYKEN, W. & TSIVRIKOS, D. (2009). Therapist
competence, comorbidity and cognitive-behavioral therapy
for depression. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
78 (1), 42-48. |
|
ELLIOT, R.K. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1992). Client and
therapist as analysts of significant events. In S.G.
Toukmanian & D.L. Rennie (Eds.), Psychotherapeutic
change : Theory-guided and descriptive research
strategies (pp. 163-186). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
ANDERSON, T., OGLES, B.M., PATTERSON, C.L., LAMBERT, M.J.
& VERMEERSCH, D.A. (2009). Therapist effects :
Facilitative interpersonal skills as a predictor of
therapist success. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
65, 755-768. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie et Effet
du thérapeute |
|
|
Thérapeute (Effet) : Effet bénéfique
ressenti par le clients/ patients
du seul fait de la présence de son thérapeute,
à son contact répété lors des séances,
peu importe le type de thérapie auquel ce dernier a recours pour
l'aider et le guérir. Effet du thérapeute, thérapeute
et thérapie. Therapist
effect.
| |
|
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. & MINTZ, J. (1991). Implications
of therapist effects for the design and analysis of
comparative-studies of psychotherapies. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59 (1),
20-26. [PDF] |
|
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., BARANACKIE, K., KURCIAS, J.S., BECK,
A. T., CARROLL, K., PERRY, K. & ZITRIN, C. (1991).
Meta-analysis of therapist effects in psychotherapy
outcome studies. Psychotherapy Research, 1 (2),
81-91. |
|
|
NAJAVITS, L.M., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. & DIEBERGER, A.
(2000). Clinicians' impact on substance abuse treatment. Substance
Use & Misuse, 35, 2161-2190. [PDF] |
SANDELL, R., LAZAR, A., GRANT, J., CARLSSON, J., SCHUBERT,
J. & BROBERG, J. (2007). Therapist attitudes and
patient outcomes : II. Therapist attitudes influence
change during treatment. Psychotherapy Research, 17
(2), 201-211. |
|
HUPPERT, J.D., BUFKA, L.F., BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M.,
SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W. (2001). Therapists,
therapist variables, and cognitive-behavioral therapy
outcome in a multicenter trial for panic disorder.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69 (5),
747-755. |
LUTZ, W., MARTINOVICH, Z., LYONS, J.S., LEON, S.C. &
STILES, W.B. (2007). Therapist effects in outpatient
psychotherapy : A three-level growth curve approach. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 54 (1), 32-39. [PDF] |
|
SANDELL, R., LAZAR, A., GRANT, J., CARLSSON, J., SCHUBERT,
J. & BROBERG, J (2002). Varieties of therapeutic
experience and their associations with patient outcome. European
Psychotherapy, 3 (1), 17-35. |
MILLER, S.D., HUBBLE, M. & DUNCAN, B. (2008).
Supershrinks : What is the secret of their success. Psychotherapy
in Australia, 14 (4), 14-22. |
|
OKIISHI, J.C., LAMBERT, M.J., NIELSEN, L. & OGLES,
B.M. (2003). Waiting for supershrink: An empirical
analysis of therapist effects. Clinical Psychology
& Psychotherapy, 10 (6), 361-373. |
KUYKEN, W. & TSIVRIKOS, D. (2009). Therapist
competence, comorbidity and Ccognitive-behavioral therapy
for depression. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
78 (1), 42-48. |
|
TREPKA, C., REES, A., SHAPIRO, D. A., HARDY, G.E. &
BARKMAN, M. (2004). Therapist competence and outcome of
cognitive therapy for depression. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 28 (2), 143-157. |
ANDERSON, T., OGLES, B.M., PATTERSON, C.L., LAMBERT, M.
& VERMEERSCH, D.A. (2009). Therapist effects :
Facilitative interpersonal skills as a predictor of
therapist success. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
65, 755-768. |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. & BROWN, G.S. (2005). Estimating
variability in outcomes attributable to therapists : A
naturalistic study of outcomes in managed care.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 73
(5), 914-923. |
LARRISON, C.R. & SCHPPELREY, S.L. (2011). Therapist
effects on disparities experienced by minorities receiving
services for mental illness. Research on Social Work
Practice, 21 (6), 727-736. |
|
KIM, D.M., WAMPOLD, B.E. & BOLT, D.M. (2006).
Therapist effects in psychotherapy : A random-effects
modeling of the National Institute of Mental Health
Treatment of Depression Collaborative Research Program
data. Psychotherapy Research, 16 (2), 161-172. |
OWEN, J., LEACH, M.M., WAMPOLD, B. & RODOLFA, E.
(2011). Client and therapist variability in clients'
perceptions of their therapists' multicultural
competencies. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 58 (1),
1-9 |
|
SANDELL, R., LAZAR, A., GRANT, J., CARLSSON, J., SCHUBERT,
J. & BROBERG, J. (2006). Therapist attitudes and
patient outcomes. III. A latent class analysis of
therapists. Psychology & Psychotherapy-Theory
Research & Practice, 79, 629-647. |
SAXON, D. & BARKHAM, M. (2012). Patterns of therapist
variability : Therapist effects and the contribution of
patient severity and risk. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 80 (4), 535-546. |
|
OKIISHI, J.C., LAMBERT, M.J., EGGETT, D., NIELSEN, L.,
DAYTON, D.D. & VERMEERSCH, D.A. (2006). An analysis of
therapist treatment effects : Toward providing feedback to
individual therapists on their clients' psychotherapy
outcome. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62 (9),
1157-1172. |
PODELL, J.L., KENDALL, P.C., GOSCH, E.A., COMPTON, S.N.,
MARCH, J.S., ALBANO, A.-M. & PIACENTINI, J.C. (2013).
Therapist factors and outcomes in CBT for anxiety in
youth. Professional Psychology-Research &
Practice, 44 (2), 89-98. |
|
ELKIN, I., FALCONNIER, L., MARTINOVICH, Z. & MAHONEY,
C. (2006). Therapist effects in the National Institute of
Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative
Research Program. Psychotherapy Research, 16
(2), 144-160. |
LASKA, K.M., SMITH, T.L., WISLOCKI, A.P., MINAMI, T. &
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2013). Uniformity of evidence-based
treatments in practice ? Therapist effects in the delivery
of cognitive processing therapy for PTSD. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 60 (1), 31-41. |
|
STILES, W.B. & HORVARTH, A.O. (2017). Appropriate
responsiveness as a contribution to therapist effects. In
L. Castonguay & C.E. Hill (Eds.), How and why are
some therapists better than others ? Understanding
therapist effects (pp. 71-84). Washington, DC : APA
Books. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Effets,
Relation
thérapeutique,
Effet thérapeutique équivalent et Efficacité
des thérapies |
|
|
|
Thérapeute/Psychologue
(Éthique/Déontologie) : Ethics
in psychotherapy and counseling.
| |
|
|
POPE, K.S., LEVENSON, H. & SCHOVER, L.R. (1979).
Sexual intimacy in psychology training : Results and
implications of a national survey. American
Psychologist, 34, 682-689.
[LIRE] |
POPE, K.S. (1990). Therapist-patient sex as sex abuse :
Six scientific, professional and practical dilemmas in
addressing victimization and rehabilitation. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 21, 227-239.
[LIRE] |
|
POPE, K.S., SCHOVER, L.R. & LEVENSON, H. (1980).
Sexual behavior between clinical supervisors and trainees
: Implications for professional standards.
Professional Psychology, 11, 157-162. |
POPE, K.S. (1990). Therapist-patient sexual involvement :
A review of research. Clinical Psychology Review, 10,
477-490. |
|
REDICH, F. & POPE, K.S. (1980). Ethics of mental
health training. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 168, 709-714. |
|
|
FELDMAN-SUMMER, S. & JONES, G. (1984). Psychological
impacts of sexual contact between therapists or other
health care practitioners and their clients. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52, 1054-1061. |
|
|
KEITH-SPIEGEL, P. & KOOCHER, G. (1985). Ethics in
psychology : Professional standards and cases. New
York : Random House. |
HANKINS, G.C., VERA, M.I. BARNARD, G.W. & HERKOV, M.J.
(1994). Therapist sexual involvement : A review of
clinical and research. Bulletin of the American
Academy of Psychiatry & the Law, 22 (1),
109-126. [PDF] |
|
ROBINSON, W.L. & REID, P.T. (1985). Sexual intimacies
in psychology revisited. Professional Psychology, 16,
512-520. |
|
|
GARTRELL, N., HERMAN, J., OLARTE, S., FELDSTEIN, M. &
LOCALIO, R. (1986). Psychiatrist-patient sexual contact :
results of a national survey. I : Prevalence. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 143 (9), 1126-1131. |
|
|
POPE, K.S., KEITH-SPIEGEL, P. & TABACHNICK, B.G.
(1986). Sexual attraction to clients : The human therapist
and the (sometimes) in human training system. American
Psychologist, 41, 147-158. [LIRE] |
POPE, K.S. & VASQUEZ, M.J.T. (1998). Ethics in
psychotherapy and counseling : A practical guide for
psychologists. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Relation
thérapeutique, Affaire
Tarasoff et Éthique
|
|
|
|
Thérapeute
en psychologie (Formation) :
Ensemble des techniques pédagogiques qui permettent de former un psychologue
thérapeute. Au Québec, Tout individu
portant le titre de psychologue doit obligatoirement possèder un permis
de pratique et être inscrit au tableau des membres de
l'Ordre des psychologues (OPQ). Pour obtenir ce permis, il
faut depuis le 27 juillet 2006 détenir un doctorat
(voir la liste des
doctorats admissibles). Formation d'un thérapeute en
psychologie, psychologie
clinique et modèle
de Boulder. Therapist training,
supervision of psychotherapy, graduate training in psychology.
| |
|
|
HILGARD, E.R., KELLY, E.L., LUCKEY, B., SANFORD, N.,
SHAFFER, L.F. & SHAKOW, D. (1947). Recommended
graduate training program in clinical psychology. American
Psychologist, 2, 539-558. |
|
|
WOODY, R.H. (1969). Behavioral counseling : Role
definition and professional training. The Counseling
Psychologist, 1, 84-88. |
AVELINE, M. (1997). The use of audiotapes in supervision
of psychotherapy. In G. Shipton (Ed.), Supervision of
psychotherapy and counselling (pp. 80-93).
Buckingham : Open University Press. |
|
AGRAS, W.S. (1973). Toward the certification of behavior
therapists ? Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6
(1), 167-172. [PDF] |
KRASNER, R., HOWARD, K. & BROWN, A. (1998) The
acquisition of psychotherapeutic skill : An empirical
study. Journal of Clinical Psychology 54,
895-903. |
|
HENDERSON, J., BRIÈRE.J. & HARTSOUGH, W.R. (1980).
Sexism and sex roles in letters of recommendation to
graduate training in psychology. Canadian Psychology,
21, 75-80. [PDF] |
MACRAN, S. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1998). The role of
personal therapy for therapists : A review. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 71, 13-25. |
|
DODENHOFF, J.T. (1981). Interpersonal attraction and
direct-indiret supervisor influence as predictors of
counselor trainee effectivenes. Counselling
Psychology, 28, 47-52. |
DAVIDSON, C. & DAVIDSON, J. (1997). Similarities and
differences between the training of clinical psychologists
and counsellors. Clinical Psychology, 101, 9-12. |
|
STROSAHL, K.D. & JACOBSON, N. (1986). The training and
supervision of behavior therapists. The Clinical
Supervisor, 4, 183-206. |
ADDIS, M.E. (2000). Graduate training in Boulder model
clinical psychology programs : The evolving tension
between science and art. In S. Soldz & L. McCullough
(Eds.), Reconciling empirical knowledge and clinical
practice (pp. 51-66). Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association. |
|
COLLINS, F.L., FOSTER, S.L. & BERLER, E.S. (1986).
Clinical training issues for behavioral psychology. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 17, 301-307. |
BEIDEL, D.C. (2000). Comment on "On the origins of
clinical psychology faculty : Who is training the
trainers". Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 7, 355-356. |
|
CARROL, M. (1988). Counselling supervision : of personal
the British context. Psychology Quarterly, 1, 387-396. |
BELAR, C.D. (2000). Scientist-practitioner ? Science +
practice : Boulder is bolder. American Psychologist,
55, 249-250. |
|
|
ALBERTS, G. & EDELSTEIN, B. (1990). Therapist training
: a critical review of skill training studies.
Clinical Psychology Review, 10, 497-511. |
CASTONGUAY, L.G. (2000). A common factors approach to
psychotherapy training. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 10, 263-282. |
|
AIKEN, L.S., WEST, S.G., SECHREST, L. & RENO, R R.
(1990). Graduate training in statistics, methodology, and
measurement in psychology : A survey of Ph.D. programs in
North America. American Psychologists, 45, 721-734. |
ADDIS, M.E. & JACOB, K. (2000). On the process of
outcome of graduate training in clinical psychology: Where
do we want to go, how will we get there, and who will join
us? Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 7,
364- 367. |
|
CUSHWAY, D. (1992). Stress in clinical psychology
trainees. British Journal Clinical Psychology, 31, 169-179. |
STICKER, G. (2002). What is the scientist-practi- tioner
anyway? Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58,
1277-1283. |
|
BERNARD, J.M. & GOODYEAR, R.K. (1992). Fundamentals
supervision. Boston, MA, US : Allyn & Bacon,
Inc. |
OLATUNJI, B.O., FELDNER, M.T. & WITTE, T.H. (2004).
Graduate training of the scientist-practitioner : Issues
in translational research and statistica analysis. The
Behavior Therapist, 27 (3), 45-68. [PDF] |
|
BELAR, C.D. & PERRY, N.W. (1992). National conference
on scientist-practitioner education and training for the
professional practice of psychology. American
Psychologists, 47, 71- 75. |
LECOMTE, C., SAVARD, R., DROUIN, M.-S. & GUILLON, V.
(2004). Qui sont les psychothérapeutes efficaces ?
Implications pour la formation en psychologie. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 25 (3), 73-102.
[PDF] |
|
TSOI-HOSHMAN, L. & POLKINGHORNE, D.E. (1992).
Redefining the science-practice rela- tionship and
professional training. American Psychologist, 47, 55-66. |
NORCROSS, J.C. (2005). The psychotherapist's own
psychotherapy : Educating and developing psychologists. American
Psychologist, 60, 840-850. |
|
HENRY, W.P., SCHACHT, T.E., STRUPP, H.H., BUTLER, S.F.
& BINDER, J. (1993). Effects of training in time
limited psychotherapy : Mediators of therapist' responses
to training. Journal of Clinical & Consulting
Psychology, 61, 434-440. |
McFALL, R.M. (2006). Doctoral training in clinical
psychology. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 2,
21-49. |
|
LECOMTE, C. CASTONGUAY, L.-G., CYR, M. & SABOURIN, S.
(1993). Supervision and instruction in doctoral
psychotherapy integration. In S. Stricker et J.R. Gold
(Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychotherapy
integration. New York : Plenum Press. |
HASSERT, D.L., KELLY, A.N., PRITCHARD, J.K. &
CAUTILLI, J.D. (2008). The licensing of behavior analyste
: Protecting The Profession and the public. Journal
of Early & Intensive Behavior Intervention, 5
(2), 8-19. [PDF] |
|
HENRY, W.P., STRUPP, H.H., BUTLER, S.F., SCHACHT, T.E.
& BINDER, J. (1993). Effects of training in time
limited psychotherapy : Changes in therapist behavior. Journal
of Clinical & Consulting Psychology, 61, 434-440. |
BAKER, T.B., MCFALL, R.M. & SHOHAM, V. (2008). Current
status and future prospects of clinical psychology :
Toward a scientically principled approach to mental and
behavioral health care. Psychological Science in the
Public Interest, 9 (2), 67-103. |
|
BINDER, J.L. (1993). Is it time to improve psychotherapy
training? Psychology Review, 13, 301-318. |
WEISS, J.A., LUNSKY, Y. & MORI, D. (2010). Psychology
graduate student training in developmental disability : A
Canadian survey. Canadian Psychology, 51 (3),
177-184. |
|
FOX, R.E. (1994). Training professional psychologists for
the twenty-first century. American Psychologist, 49,
200-206. |
GRUS, C.L. (2011). Training, credentialing, and new roles
in clinical psychology : Emerging trends. In D.H. Barlow
(Ed.), Oxford handbook of clinical psychology
(pp. 150-168). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
ELLIS, M.V, LADANY, N., KRENGEL, M. & SCHULT, D.
(1996). Clinical supervision research from 1981 to 1993: A
methodological critique. Journal of Counselling
Psychology, 43 (1), 35-50. |
BARLOW, D.H. & CARL, J.R. (2011). The future of
clinical psychology : Promises, perspectives, and
predictions. In D. H. Barlow (Ed.), Oxford handbook
of clinical psychology (pp. 891-911). New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
DORAN, A. & CARR, A. (1996). Clinical Psychologists'
roles. Irish Journal Psychology, 17, 228-240. |
MORIN, D., WEISS, J.A., LUNSKY, Y. & TREMBLAY, A.
(2011). Formation des étudiants en psychologie en
déficience intellectuelle et troubles envahissants du
développement. Revue Francophone de la Déficience
Intellectuelle, 22, 51-62. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Psychologie clinique, Doctorat
et Modèle
de Boulder |
|
|
|
|
|
Thérapeutique
équivalent (Effet) : Hypothèse
(Are all psychotherapies equivalent ? demande Stiles),
proposée par Ronsenweig,
selon lequel les thérapies
ont des effets bénéfiques équivalents, peu importe les principes
théoriques sur lesquels elles reposent. Cet effet - dont
l'existence fait toujours l'objet de débat - s'expliquerait par le
fait que les différentes thérapies ont en commun un ensemble de
caractéristiqes (les
facteurs communs) qui ont un effet thérapeutique plus
important que les caractéristiques qui permettent de distinguer ces thérapies les une des autres. On utilise souvent le mot Dodo pour désigner
cet effet. Il s'agit d'un synonyme qui fait allusion à un
personnage (Un oiseaux Dodo) d'un roman de Lewis Caroll, Les
aventures d'Alice au Pays des Merveilles. Dans cette fiction, le
Dodo organise une course qui se termine sans gagnant; le Dodo
décide alors de déclarer gagnant tous les coureurs, peu importe
leur performance, et de leur remettre à chacun un trophée : «
Everybody has won and all must have prizes ». =
effet dodo, verdict de l'oiseau Dodo, la conjecture de
l'oiseau Dodo. Dodo bird verdict,
psychotherapy equivalence, Dodo bird conjecture.
|
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1936). Some implicit common factors in
diverse methods of psychotherapy: "At last the Dodo said,
"Everybody has won and all must have prizes". American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 6, 412-415. |
HUNSLEY, J. & DI GULIO, G. (2002). Dodo bird, phoenix,
or urban legend ? The question of psychotherapy
equivalence. The Scientific Review of Mental Health
Practice, 1 (1), 11-22. [LIRE]
|
|
LUBORSKY, L., SINGER, B. & LUBORSKY, L. (1975).
Comparative studies of psychotherapies : Is it true that
"Everyone has won and all must have prizes" ? Archives
of General Psychiatry, 32, 995-1008. |
GIFFORD E. (2002). Socrates and the Dodo Bird : Clinical
BehaviorAnalysis and Psychotherapy Research. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 3 (3), 259-263 |
|
STILES, W.B., SHAPIRO, D.A. & ELLIOTT, R.K. (1986).
Are all psychotherapies equivalent ? American
Psychologist, 41, 165-180. |
DUNCAN, B.L. (2002). The legacy of Saul Rosenzweig : The
profundity of the dodo bird. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 12 (1), 32-57.
[PDF] |
|
SHADISH, W.R. & SWEENEY, R.B. (1991). Mediators
and moderators in meta-analysis : There's a reason why we
don't let Dodo birds tell us which psychotherapies should
have prizes. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59, 883-893. |
BEUTLER, L.E. (2002). The dodo bird is extinct. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 9, 30-34. |
|
BEUTLER, L.E. (1991). Have all won and must all have
prizes ? Revisiting Luborsky et al.’s verdict. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59, 226-232.
|
CHAMBLESS, D. (2002). Beware the dodo bird : the dangers
of overgeneralization. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 9, 13-16. |
|
NORCROSS, J.C. (1995). Dispelling the dodo bird verdict
and the exclusivity myth in psychotherapy.
Psychotherapy, 32, 500-504. |
LUBORSKY, L., ROSENTHAL, R., DIGUER, L., ANDRUSYNA, T.P.,
BERMAN, J.S., LEVITT, J.T., SELIGMAN, D.A. & KRAUSE,
E.D. (2002). The Dodo bird verdict is alive and well and
mostly. Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice,
9 (1), 2-12. [PDF]
|
|
WAMPOLD, B.E., MONDIN, G.W., MOODY, M., STICH, F., BENSON,
K. & AHN, H. (1997). A meta-analysis of outcome
studies comparing bonafide psychotherapies : Empirically,
"all must have prizes." Psychological Bulletin, 122,
203-215. |
WINTER, D. (2006). Avoiding the fate of the Dodo bird: the
challenge of evidence-based practice. In D. Loewenthal
& D. Winter (Eds.), What is psychotherapy
research ? (pp. 41-46). London : Karnac Books |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E., MONDIN, G.W., MOODY, M. & AHN, H.
(1997). The flat earth as a metaphor for the evidence for
uniform efficacy of bona fide psychotherapies : Reply to
Crits-Christoph (1997) and Howard et al. (1997). Psychological
Bulletin, 122, 226-230. |
WESTMACOTT, R. & HUNSLEY, J. (2007). Weighing the
evidence for psychotherapy equivalence : Implications for
research and practice. The Behavior Analyst Today, 8
(2), 210-225. [PDF]
|
|
REID, W.J. (1997). Evaluating the Dodo bird verdict : do
all interventions have equivalent outcomes ? Social
Work Research, 21, 5-16. |
SIEV, J. & CHAMBLESS, D.L. (2009). The dodo bird,
treatment technique, and disseminating empirically
supported treatments. The Behavior Therapist, 32,
69-75. [PDF]
|
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. (1997). Limitations of the "dodo bird"
verdict and the role of clinical trials in psychotherapy
research : Comment on Wampold et al. (1997). Psychological
Bulletin, 122, 216-220. [PDF] |
BARLOW, D.H. (2010). The dodo bird- again- and again. The
Behavior Therapist, 33, 15-16. |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E., MONDIN, G.W., MOODY, M. & AHN, H.
(1997), The flat earth as a metaphor for the evidence for
uniform efficacy of bona fide psychotherapies : reply to
Crits-Christoph (1997) and Howard et al. (1997). Psychological
Bulletin, 122, 226-230. |
CARROLL, K.M. & ROUNSAVILLE, B.J. (2010). Commentary
on Sellman (2010). Perhaps it's the Dodo bird verdict that
should be extinct. Addiction, 105 (1), 18-20. [PDF]
|
|
HOWARD, K.I., KRAUSE, M.S., SAUNDERS, S.M. & KOPTA,
S.M. (1997). Trials and tribulations in the meta-analysis
of treatment differences : Comment on Wampold et al.
(1997). Psychological Bulletin, 122, 221-225 |
ELLIOTT, K.P., BARKER, K.K. & HUNSLEY, J. (2015). Dodo
bird verdict in psychotherapy. In R. Cautin & S.
Lilienfeld (Eds.), Encyclopedia of clinical
psychology. Hoboken, NJ : Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
CUIJPERS, P. (1998). Minimising interventions in the
treatment and prevention of depression : Taking the
consequences of the Dodo bird verdict. Journal of
Mental Health, 7, 335-365. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Effets, Efficacité
des thérapies et Méta-analyse |
|
|
|
Thérapeutique
(Relation/Alliance) : Expression
qui désigne la relation qui se tisse entre un thérapeute
et son patient/ client.
Cette rleation se décompose en trois principaux éléments : 1) les
buts de la thérapie (EX : Fumer moins); 2) la nature de la
relation entre le thérapeute et son client/patient (Ex : 2
rencontres par semaine en face à face); 3) la nature des tâches
que le thérapeute propose à son patient/client (S'auto-observer au
moyen d'une grille, parler de son enfance, remplir un
questionnaire, etc). = relation
client-thérapeute, relation patient-thérapeute, alliance
thérapeutique. Client-therapist interaction,
therapeutic alliance, working alliance, therapeutic
relationship, patient-therapist matching, helping alliance.
| |
|
|
DOUGHERTY, F.E. (1976). Patient-therapist matching for
prediction of optimal and minimal therapeutic outcome. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 44 (6),
889-897. |
MARTIN, D.J., GARSKE, M.J. & DAVIS, M.M. (2000).
Relation of the therapeutic alliance with outcome and
other variables : A meta-analytic review. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68, 438-450. |
|
BORDIN, E. (1979). The generalizability of the
psychoanalytic concept of the working alliance. Psychotherapy
: Theory, Research, & Practice, 16, 252-260. |
FLORSHEIM, P., SHOTORBANI, S., GUEST-WARNICK, G., BARRATT,
T. & HWANG, W.-C. (2000). Role of the working
alliance in the treatment of delinquent boys in
community-based programs. Journal of Clinical Child
Psychology, 29 (1), 94-107. |
|
ANDERSON, L. & CARTER, J.H. (1982). Psychotherapy :
Patient-therapist matching reconsidered. Journal of
the National Medical Association, 74 (5), 461-464. |
BOLLING, M., PARKER, C., KANTER, J., KOHLENBERG, R.J.
& TSAI, M. (2000). The client-therapist interaction :
The core of a behavioral approach. European
Psychotherapy, 1, 21-29. |
|
HORVATH, A.O. (2000). The therapeutic relationship : from
transference to alliance. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 56, 163-173. |
|
FELDMAN-SUMMER, S. & JONES, G. (1984). Psychological
impacts of sexual contact between therapists or other
health care practitioners and their clients. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52, 1054-1061. |
LEBLANC, L.A., HAGOPIAN, L.P., MARHEEFKA, J.M. &
WILKE, A. (2001). Effects of therapist gender and type of
attention on assessment and treatment of
attention-maintained destructive behavior. Behavioral
Interventions, 16, 39-57. |
|
HUNT D.D., CARR, J.E., DAGADAKIS, C.S. & WALKER E.A.
(1985). Cognitive match as a predictor of psychotherapy
outcome. Psychotherapy : Theory, Research, Practice,
Training, 22 (4), 718-721. |
BAILLARGEON P. et LEDUC, A. (2002). Inventaire de
l'alliance théra- peutique (IAT). Trois-Rivières :
Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières. |
|
WEINSTOCK-SAVOY, D.E. (1986). The relationship of
therapist and patient interpersonal styles to outcome in
brief dynamic psychotherapy. Dissertation Abstracts
International, 47, 26-38. |
HALL, J.A. & ROTER, D.L. (2002). Do patients talk
differently to male and female physicians ? A
meta-analytic review. Patient Education &
Counseling, 48, 217-224. |
|
SAFRAN, J.D., CROCKER, P., McMAIN, S. & MURRAY, P.
(1990). Therapeutic alliance rupture as a therapy event
for empirical investigation. Psychotherapy, 27, 154-165. |
MURAN, J.C., SAFRAN, J.D., SAMSTAG, L.W. & WINSTON, A.
(2005). Evaluating an alliance-focused treatment for
personality disorders. Psychotherapy, 42 (4),
532-454. [PDF] |
|
TRYON, G.S. & KANE, A.S. (1990). The helping alliance
and premature termination. Counseling Psychology
Quarterly, 3, 233-238. |
SAFRAN, J.D., MURAN, J.C., SAMSTAG, L. & WINSTON, A.
(2005). Evaluating an alliance-focused intervention for
potential treatment failures. Psychotherapy, 42,
512-531. |
|
POPE, K.S. (1991). Dual relationships in psychotherapy. Ethics
& Behavior, 1, 21-34. |
|
|
HORVATH, A.O. & SYMONDS, B.D. (1991). Relation between
working alliance and outcome in psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 38,
139-149. |
DIAMOND, D. & YEOMANS, F.E. (2008). La relation
patient-thérapeute : rapport avec la théorie de
l'attachement et le fonctionnement réflexif. Santé
Mentale au Québec, 33 (1), 61-87. |
|
HORVATH, A.O. & MARX, R.W. (1991). The development and
decay of the working alliance during time-limited
counseling. Canadian Journal of Counselling &
Psychotherapy, 24 (4), 240-259. |
SAFRAN, J.D., MURAN, J.C. & PROSKUROV, B. (2009).
Alliance, negotiation, and rupture resolution. In R. A.
Levy & J. S. Ablon (Eds.), Handbook of
evidence-based psychodynamic psychotherapy : Bridging
the gap between science and practice (pp. 201-225).
Humana Press. |
|
BEUTLER, L.E., CLARKIN, J.F., CRAGO, M. & BERGAN, J.
(1991). Client-therapist matching. In C.R. Snyder &
D.R. Forsyth (Eds.), Handbook of social and clinical
psychology : The health perspective (pp. 699-716).
New York : Pergamon Press. |
ARDITO, R.B. & RABELINO, D. (2011). Therapeutic
alliance and outcome of psychotherapy: Historical
excursus, measurements, and prospects for research. Frontiers
in Psychology, 2 [270], 1-11. [PDF] |
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., BARBER, J. & KURCIAS, J. (1993).
The accuracy of therapists' interpretations and the
development of the therapeutic alliance. Psychotherapy
Research, 3, 25-35. |
CABRAL, R.R. & SMITH, T.B. (2011). Racial/ethnic
matching of clients and therapists in mental health
services : A meta-analytic review of preferences,
perceptions, and outcomes. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 58 (4), 537-554. |
|
TRYON, G.S. & KANE, A.S. (1993). Relationship of
working alliance to mutual and unilateral termination.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 40, 33-36. |
BRILLON, M. (2011). L'alliance thérapeutique Un défi
constant pour le thérapeute. Psychologie Québec, 28
(2), 20-23. [PDF] |
|
HORVATH, A.O. & LUBORSKY, L. (1993). The role of the
therapeutic alliance in psychotherapy. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61, 561-573. |
DEL RE, A.C., FLÜCKIGER, C., HORVATH, A.O., SYMONDS, D.
& WAMPOLD, B.E. (2012). Therapist e ects in the
therapeutic alliance- outcome relationship : A
restricted-maximum likelihood meta-analysis. Clinical
Psychology Review, 32 (7), 642-649. |
BLAAUW, E. & EMMELKAMP, P.M. (1994). The
therapeutic relationship: A study on the value of the
Therapist Client Rating Scale. Behavioural and
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 22, 25–35.
|
|
|
TRYON, G.S. & KANE, A.S. (1995). Client involvement,
working alliance, and type of therapy termination. Psychotherapy
Research, 5, 189-198. |
BAILLARGEON P. et PUSKAS, D. (2013). L'alliance
thérapeutique : Conception, pratique. Défi Jeunesse,
19 (3), 4-9. [PDF] |
|
HORVATH, A.O. (1995). The therapeutic relationship : From
transference to alliance. Psychotherapy in Practice,
1, 7-17. |
|
|
HARDY, G.E., ALDRIDGE, J., DAVIDSON, C., ROWE, C., REILLY,
S. & SHAPIRO, D. (1999). Therapist responsiveness to
client attachment styles and issues observed in
client-identified significant events in psychodynamic-
interpersonal psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Research,
9, 36-53. |
STILES, W.B. (2017). The client-therapist relationship. In
C. Feltham, T. Hanley, & L.A. Winter (Eds.), The
Sage handbook of counselling and psychotherapy (pp.
66-71). London : Sage.
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Effet du thérapeute, Effet thérapeutique équivalent et Efficacité des thérapies |
|
|
|
Thérapie
: Terme générique qui désigne une forme
particulière de traitement pratiqué
par un professionnel,
notamment les psychologues,
dans le but d'aider et de
guérir un patient/ client.
Il existe toutes sortes de thérapies : certaines sont fondées sur
la science, d'autres
reposent uniquement sur l'expérience
acquise par un thérapeute au fil de sa pratique. Enfin, de
nombreuses thérapies ne s'appuient que sur des croyances
et des superstitions.
Les thérapies scientifiques sont des technologies
qui reposent sur des théories
fondées empiriquement et
des observations
cliniques : leur efficacité
et leurs limites ont été clairement montrées.
La nature, les principes, les techniques et le déroulement des
thérapies varient habituellement selon les perspectives.
Certaines thérapies prennent la forme d'entretien (cure
talk), alors que d'autres nécessitent de la part du
patient/ client qu'il
modifie son environnement physique et social (behavior
therapy). NDLR : Au Québec, le terme psychothérapeute
est parfois utilisé pour désigner les non-psychologues qui
pratiquent la psychologie. Cependant, depuis 2006, la pratique de
la psychothérapie est réglementée et donc reservée au seul
détenteur d'un permis (octroyé de facto aux psychologues
cliniciens en titre et... aux médecins (!?). Psychothérapie, pseudothérapies
et psychologie
clinique. = psychothérapie,
technologie ou technique psychologique, traitement.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Therapy,
psychotherapy, psycholgical treatment.
| |
|
|
FREUD, S. (1904/1953). De la psychothérapie in La
technique psychanalytique. Paris : Presses
Universitaire de France |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G. & DENELSKY, G.Y.
(1995). Psychotherapy versus medication for depression :
Challenging the conventional wisdom with data. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 26, 574-585. |
|
MÜNSTERBERG, H. (1909). Psychotherapy. Moffat,
Yard and Company. |
EPSTEIN, W.M. (1995). The illusion of psychotherapy.
New Brunswick, NJ : Transaction. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1940). Areas of agreement in
psychotherapy. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
10, 703-704. |
POOLE, D.A., LINDSAY, D.S., MEMON, A. & BULL, R.
(1995). Psychotherapy and the recovery of memories of
childhood sexual abuse : U.S. and British practitioners'
opinions, practices, and experiences. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63 (3),
426-437. |
|
FREUD, S. (1904/1953). De la psychothérapie in La
technique psychanalytique. Paris : Presses
Universitaire de France |
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1995). The effectiveness of
psychotherapy : The consumer reports study. American
Psychologist, 50, 965-974. |
|
MALING, M.S., GURTMAN, M.B. & HOWARD, K.I. (1995). The
response of interpersonal problems to varying doses of
psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Research, 5, 63-75. |
|
HILGARD, E.R., KELLY, E.L., LUCKEY, B., SANFORD, N.,
SHAFFER, L.F. & SHAKOW, D. (1947). Recommended
graduate training program in clinical psychology. American
Psychologist, 2, 539-558. |
BARBER, J.P., LUBORSKY, L., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. &
DIGUER, L. (1995). A comparison of core conflictual
relationship themes before psychotherapy and during early
sessions. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 63 (1), 145-148. [PDF] |
|
SASLOW, G. (1954). Psychotherapy. Annual Review of
Psychology, 5, 311-336. |
HOWARD, K.I., MORAS, K., BRILL, P.L., MARTINOVICH, Z.
& LUTZ, W. (1996). The evaluation of psychotherapy :
efficacy, effectiveness, patient progress. American
Psychologist, 10, 1059-1064. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1955). Psychotherapy. Annual Review of
Psychology, 6, 357-378. |
BLATT, S.J., SANISLOW, C.A., ZUROFF, D.C. & PILKONIS,
P. (1996). Characteristics of effective therapists :
Further analysis of data from the National Institute of
Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative
Research Program. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 64, 1276-1284. |
|
JESSOR, R. (1956). Social values and psychotherapy. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 20, 264-266. |
KADERA, S.W., LAMBERT, M.J. & ANDREW, A.A. (1996). How
much therapy is enough ? A session-by-session analysis of
the psychotherapy dose-effect relationship. Journal
of Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 5, 132-151. |
|
BANDURA, A. (1956). Psychotherapists' anxiety level,
self-insight, and psychotherapeutic competence. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 52, 333-337. [PDF] |
GARFIELD, S.L. (1996). Somes problems ssociated with
"validated" forms of psychotherapy. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 39 (3),
218-229. [PDF] |
|
|
HOWARD, K.I., MORAS, K., BRILL, P.L., MARTINOVICH, Z.
& LUTZ, W. (1996). Evaluation of psychotherapy :
Efficacy, effectiveness, and patient progress. American
Psychologist, 51 (10), 159-164. [PDF] |
|
|
|
MAHL, G.F. (1956). Disturbances and silences in the
patient's speech in psychotherapy. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 53, 1-15 |
FENSTERHEIM, H. & RAW, S.D. (1996). Psychotherapy research
is not psychotherapy practice. Clinical Psychology:
Science & Practice, 3 (2), 168–171.
|
|
BANDURA, A., LIPSHER, D.H. & MILLER, P.E. (1960).
Psychotherapists' approach-avoidance reactions to
patients' expression of hostility. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 24, 1-8. |
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B., HAN, S.S., GRANGER, D.A. &
MORTON, T. (1995). Effects of psychotherapy with children
and adolescents revisited : A meta-analysis of treatment
outcome studies. Psychological Bulletin, 117
(3), 450-468. [PDF] |
|
BANDURA, A. (1961). Psychotherapy as a learning process. Psychological
Bulletin, 58, 143-159. |
WAMPOLD, B.E., MONDIN, G.W., MODDY, M., STICH, F., BENSON,
K. & AHN, H.N. (1997). A meta-analysis of outcome
studies comparing bona fide psychotherapies : empirically,
"all must have prizes". Psychological Bulletin, 122,
203-215. [PDF] |
|
BANDURA, A., WINDER, C.L., AHMAD, F.Z. & RAU, L.C.
(1962). Dependency of patients, psychotherapists'
responses, and aspects of psychotherapy. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 26, 129-134. |
GOLDEN, G.A. (1997). Impact of psychotherapy : Does it
affect frequency of visits to family physicians ?
Canadian Family Physician, 43, 1098-1102.
[PDF] |
|
GRINBERG, L. (1963). Relations between psycho-analysts. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44, 363-367. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (1997). Methodological problems in
identifying efficacious psychotherapies. Psychotherapy
Research, 7, 21-43. |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1963). Free-operant conditioning and
psychotherapy. In J.H. Masserman (Ed.), Current
psychiatric therapies (Vol. 3. pp. 47-56). New York
: Grune and Stratton. |
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1997). Why bogus therapies seem to work.
Skeptical Inquirer, 21 (5), 29-34. |
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1964). The old and the new : Theory and
research in counseling and psychotherapy. Journal of
Counseling & Development, 42 (9), 860-866. |
LAZAR, S.G. & GABBARD, G.O. (1997). The
cost-effectiveness of psychotherapy. Journal of
Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 6, 307-314. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1965). Discussion of Eysenck's "The effects
of psychotherapy". International Journal of
Psychiatry, 1, 156-157. [PDF] |
GOLDFRIED, M.R., CASTONGUAY, L.G., HAYES, A.M., DROZD,
J.F. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1997). A comparative analysis of
the therapeutic focus in cognitive-behavioural and
psychodynamic-interpersonal sessions. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 65, 740-748. |
|
KIESLER, D. (1966). Some myths of psychotherapy research
and the search for paradigm. Psychological bulletin,
65, 110-136. |
DeRUBEIS, R.J. & CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P.J. (1998).
Empirically supported individual and group psychological
treatments for adult mental disorders. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66 (1),
37-52. |
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1966). Reinforcement and nonreinforcement in
Rogerian psychotherapy. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 71 (1), 1-9. [PDF]
|
BOHART, A.C., O'HARA, M. & LEITNER, L.M. (1998).
Empirically violated treatments: Disenfranchisement of
humanistic and other psychotherapies. Psychotherapy
Research, 8, 141-157. |
|
STILES, W.B., HONOS-WEBB, L. & SURKO, M. (1998).
Responsiveness in psychotherapy. Clinical Psychology:
Science & Practice, 5, 439-458.
|
|
BERGIN, A.E. (1966). Some implications of psychotherapy
research for therapeutic practice. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 71 (4), 235-246. |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G. (1998). A
cost-effectiveness model : is pharmacotherapy really less
expensive than psychotherapy for depression? In S. Hayes
and Heiby (Eds.), Prescription privileges for
psychologists : A critical analysis. Context Press. |
|
MARGOLIS, J. (1966). Psychotherapy and morality : A
study of two concepts. New York : Random House. |
MILLER, N.E. & MacGRUDER K.M. (Eds.) (1999). Cost-effectiveness of psychotherapy. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
McCARTHY, W.C. & FRIEZE, I.H.. (1999). Negative
aspects of therapy : Client perceptions of therapists
social influence, burnout, and quality of care.
Journal of Social Issues, 55, 33-50. |
|
PAUL, G.L. (1967). Outcome research in psychotherapy. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 31, 109-118. |
MACRAN, S., STILES, W.B. & SMITH, J.A. (1999). How
does personal therapy affect therapists' practice ? Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 46, 419-431. |
|
ZEILBERGER, J., SAMPEN, S.E. & SLOANE, H.N. (1968).
Modification of a child's problem behaviors in the home
with the mother as therapist. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 1 (1), 47-53.
[ PDF] |
RUSH, A.J. (1999). Psychotherapy for major mood disorders.
In N.E. Miller & K.M. Magruder (Eds.), Cost-effectiveness
of psychotherapy (pp. 211-223). New York : Oxford
University Press. |
|
|
BERGIN, A.E. & JASPER, L. (1969). Correlates of
empathy in psychotherapy : A replication. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 74, 477-481. |
PARKER, I. (Ed.) (1999). Deconstructing
psychotherapy. London : Sage. |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (1971). Psychotherapy as applied ethics.
Psychiatry 34, 59-75. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1999). Disorder as a black box
essentialist concept. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
108, 465-472. |
|
BERGIN, A.E. & GARFIELD, S.L. (1971). Handbook of
psychotherapy and behavior change : An empirical
analysis. New York : Wiley. |
MAHRER, A.R. (2000). Philosophy of science and the
foundations of psychotherapy. American Psychologist,
55, 1117-1125. [PDF]
|
|
HARLOW H.F., HARLOW, M.K. & SUOMI, S.J. (1971). From
thought to therapy : Lessons from the primate laboratory.
American Scientist, 59 (5), 538-549. |
HUBER, W. (2000). Les psychothérapies. Quelle
thérapie pour que le patient ? Paris : Armand
Colin. |
|
LUBORSKY, L., AUEBACH, A.H., CHANDLER, M., COHEN, J. &
BACHRACH, H. (1971). Factors influencing the outcome of
psychotherapy : A review of quantitative researchPsychological
Bulletin, 75 (3), 145-185. |
SHADISH, W.R., NAVARRO, A.M., MATT, G.E. & PHILLIPS,
G. (2000). The effects of psychological therapies under
clinically representative conditions : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 126 (4), 512-529. |
|
GARFIELD, S.L. (1974). What are the therapeutic variables
in psychotherapy ? Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
24 (4-6), 372-378. |
RYCHLAK, J.F. (2000). A psychotherapist's lessons from the
philosophy of science. American Psychologist, 55,
1126-1132. |
|
LUBORSKY, L., SINGER, B. & LUBORSKY, L. (1975).
Comparative studies of psychotherapies : Is it true that
"Everyone has won and all must have prizes"? Archives
of General Psychiatry, 32, 995-1008. |
CASTONGUAY, L.G. (2000). A common factors approach to
psychotherapy training. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 10, 263–282. |
|
YATES, A.J. (1975). Theory and practice in behaviour
therapy. New York : Wiley. |
|
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1975). Some implications of psychotherapy
research for clinic al psychology. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 48, 199-206. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2001). The great psychotherapy debate:
models, methods, and findings. Mahwah, NJ : L.
Erlbaum, |
|
BERGIN, A.E. & SUINN, R.M. (1975). Individual
psychotherapy and behavior therapy. Annual Review of
Psychology, 26, 509-556. |
GARETY, P.A., KUIPERS, E., FOWLER, D., FREEMAN, D. &
BEBBINGTON, P.E. (2001). A cognitive model of the positive
symptoms of psychosis. Psycological Medicine, 31,
189-195. [PDF]
|
|
SMITH, M.L. & GLASS, G.V. (1977). Choosing your
psychotherapist : Meta-analysis of psychotherapy outcome
studies. American Psychologist, 32 (9), 752-760.
[PDF] |
ANDREWS, B., BREWIN, C.R., OCHERA, J., MORTON, J.,
BEKERIAN, D.A., DAVIES, G.M. & MOLLON, P. (2000). The
process of memory recovery among adults in therapy.
British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 39, 11-26. |
|
STRUPP, H. & HADLEY, S.W. (1977). A tripartite model
of mental health and therapeutic outcomes : With special
reference to negative effects in psychotherapy. American
Psychologist, 32, 187-196. |
|
|
KAZDIN, A.E. & WILSON, G.T. (1978). Criteria for
evaluating psychotherapy. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 35, 407-416. |
HART, V., BLATTNER J. & LEIPSIC, S. (2001). Coaching
versus therapy : A perspective. Consulting
Psychology Journal : Practice & Research, 53,
229-237. |
|
SZASZ, T. (1978). The myth of psychotherapy.
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
STEKEL, W. (2001). Technique de la psychothérapie
analytique. Paris : Payot. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J., DEJULIO, S.S. & STEIN, D.M. (1978).
Therapist interpersonal skills. And recommendations for
future research. Psychological Bulletin, 85,
467-489. |
HALL, G.C.N. (2001). Psychotherapy research with ethnic
minorities : Empirical, ethical, and conceptual issues.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69,
502-510. [PDF] |
|
BEUTLER, L.E. (1979). Toward specific psychological
therapies for specific conditions. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 47, 882-892. |
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (2001). Fringe psychotherapies : The
public at risk. The Scientific Review of Alternative
Medicine, 5 (2), 5-13. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1980). The value of efficiency in
psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Theory, Research &
Practice, 17 (4), 414-419. |
WARWICK, H.M.C. & SALKOVSKI, P.M. (2001). Cognitive-
behavioral treatment of hypochondriasis. In V. Starcevic
& D.R. Lipsitt (Eds.), Hypochondriasis : Modern
perspectives on an ancient malady (pp. 314-328).
New York : Oxford. |
|
McDERMUT, W., MILLER, I.W. & BROWN, R.A. (2001). The
efficacy of group psycho-therapy for depression : a
meta-analysis and review of the empirical research. Clinical
psychology : Science & Practice, 8 (1), 98-116. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1980). Science and psychotherapy : The
state of the art. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 53, 1-10. |
ROSENZWEIG, S. (2002). Some implicit common factors in
diverse methods of psychotherapy. Journal of Psycho-
therapy Integration, 12, 5-9. |
|
SMITH, M.L., GLASS, G.V. & MILLER, T.I. (1980). The
benefits of psychotherapy. Baltimore : John Hopkins
University Press. |
WHEELER, S. (2002). nature or nurture : Are therapists
born or trained ? Psychodynamic Practice. Individuals,
Groups & Organisations, 8 (4), 427-441. |
|
BERGIN, A.E. (1980). Psychotherapy and religious values. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 48,
95-105. [PDF] |
SCHULBERG, H.C., RAUE, P.J. & ROLLMAN, B.L. (2002).
The effectiveness of psychotherapy in treating depressive
disorders in primary care practice : clinical and
costperspectives. General Hospital Psychiatry, 24
(4), 203-212. |
|
ANDREWS, G. & HARVEY, R. (1981). Does psychotherapy
benefit neurotic patients ? A reanalysis of the Smith,
Glass and Miller data. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 38, 1203-1208. |
BERGIN, A.E. & GARFIELD, S.L. (2003). Handbook of
psychotherapy and behavior change. John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. [PDF] |
|
LUBORSKY, L., WOODY, G.E., McLELLAN, A.T., O'BRIEN, C.P.
& ROSENSWEIG, J. (1982). Can independent judges
recognize different psychotherapies ? An experience with
manual-guided therapies. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 50, 49-62. |
BASKIN, T.W., TIERNEY, S.C., MINAMI, T. & WAMPOLD,
B.E. (2003). Establishing specificity in psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis of structural equivalence of placebo
controls Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71 (6), 973-979. [PDF] |
|
LANDMAN, J.T. & DAWES, R.M. (1982). Psychotherapy
outcome. American Psychologist, 37, 504-516. |
ROSEN, G.M., GLASGOW R.E. & MOORE, T.E. (2003).
Self-help therapy : The science and business of giving
psychology away. In S.O. Lilienfeld, S.J. Lynn & J.M.
Lohr (Eds.), Science and pseudoscience in clinical
psychology (pp. 399-424). New York, NY : Guilford
Press. |
|
PRIOLEAU, L., MURDOCK, M. & BRODY, N. (1983). An
analysis of psychotherapy versus placebo studies. The
Behavioral & Brain Sciences 6, 275-310. |
WESTEN, D., NOVONTY, C.M. & THOMPSON-BRENNER, H.
(2004). Empirical status of empirically supported
psychotherapies : Assumptions, findings, and reporting in
controlled clinical trials. Psychological Bulletin,
130, 631-663. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J., SHAPIRO, D.A. & BERGIN, A.E. (1986).
The effectiveness of psychotherapy. In S.L. Garfield &
A.E. BERGIN (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and
behavior change (pp. 157-211). Toronto : John Wiley
and Sons. |
WAMPOLD, B.E., MINAMI, T., TIERNEY, S.C., BASKIN, T.W.
& BHATI, K.S. (2005). The placebo is powerful :
Estimating placebo effects in medicine and psychotherapy
from randomized clinical trials. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 61, 835-854. [PDF] |
|
GARMEZY, N. & MASTEN, A.S. (1986). Stress, competence,
and resilience : Common frontiers for therapist and
psychopathologist. Behavior Therapy, 17, 500-521. |
RIVA, G. (2005). Virtual reality in psychotherapy :
Review. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 8 (3),
220-230. [PDF] |
|
HOWARD, K.I., KOPTA, S.M., KRAUSE, M.S. &
ORLINSKY, D.E. (1986). The dose-effect relationship in
psychotherapy. American Psychologist, 41,
159-164. |
ANCHIN, J.C. (2005). Introduction to the special section
on philosophy and psychotherapy integration and to the
inaugural focus on moral philosophy. Journal of
Psychotherapy Integration, 15 (3), 284-298. [PDF] |
|
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B. ALICKE, M.D. & KLOTZ, M.L.
(1987). Effectiveness of psychotherapy with children and
adolescents : A meta-analysis for clinicians. Journal
of Consulting Clinical Psychology, 55 (4),
542-549. [PDF] |
NORCROSS, J.C. (2005). The psychotherapist's own
psychotherapy : Educating and developing psychologists. American
Psychologist, 60, 840-850. |
|
CASTONGUAY, L.G. (2005). Training issues in psychotherapy
integration : A commentary. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 15, 384–391. |
|
WALTERS, E. & OFSHE, R. (1989). Therapy's
delusions. New York, NY : Scribne. |
LE POLAIN DE WAROUX, G., BARUFFOL, É., VAN BROECK, N.,
LIETAER, G. et DEKEYSER M. (2005). Orientations et
intégration des psychothérapies en Belgique. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 477, 377-386. [PDF] |
|
POIRIER, M. et ROCHON-GOYER, L. (1990). L'efficacité et la
rentabilité des services psychologiques de santé. Psychologie
Québec, 7 (6). |
ROTH, A. & FONAGY, P. (2005). What works for whom
: A critical review of psychotherapy research. New
York : The Guilford Press. |
|
MASSON, J.M. (1990). Against therapy. London :
Fontana. |
CASTONGUAY, L.G. (2006). Personal pathways in
psychotherapy integration. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 16 (1), 36-58. [PDF] |
|
BERGAN, J.R. & KRATOCHWILL, T.R. (1990). Behavioral
consultation and therapy. Plenum Pub Corp.
Hardcover. |
APA PRESIDENTIAL TASK FORCE (2006). Evidence-based
practice in psychology. American Psychologist, 61, 271-283.
[PDF] |
|
ROBINSON, L.A., BERMAN, J.S. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (1990).
Psychotherapy for the treatment of depression : A
comprehensive review of controlled outcomes research. Psychological
Bulletin, 108, 30-49. |
ABEREGG, S.K., ARKES, H.R. & TERRY, P.B. (2006).
Failure to adopt beneficial therapies caused by bias in
medical evidence evaluation. Medical Decision Making,
26, 575-582. |
|
ALFORD, B.A. (1991). Integration of scientific criteria
into the psychotherapy integration movement. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 22 (3),
211-216. |
POPE, K.S., SONNE, J.L. & GREENE, B.G. (2006). What
therapists don't talk about and why : Understanding
taboos that hurt us and our clients. Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B. & DONENBERG, G. R. (1992). The
lab versus the clinic: Effects of child and adolescent
psychotherapy. American Psychologist, 47,
1578-1585. |
THURIN, J.-M. et BRIFFAULT, X. (2006). Limites et
complémentarité des recherches d'efficacité potentielle et
d'efficacité réelle : nouvelles perspectives pour la
recherche en psychothérapie. L'Encéphale, 32,
402-412. |
|
LUBORSKY, L., BARBER, J.P. & DIGUER, L. (1992). The
meanings of the narratives told during psychotherapy : The
fruits of a new observational unit. Psychotherapy
Research, 2, 277-290. |
THURIN, J.-M. (2006). Limites de la médecine fondée sur
des preuves et orientations actuelles; une nouvelle
génération des recherches en psychothérapies. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 59 (6), 575-584. |
|
STRICKER, G. & CUMMINGS, N.A. (1992). The professional
school movement. In D.K. Freedheim, H.J. Freudenberger,
J.W. Kessler, S.B. Messer, D.R. Peterson, H.H. Strupp and
P.L. Wachtel (Eds.), History of psychotherapy : A
century of change (pp. 801-828). Washington, DC :
American Psychological Association. |
PLANTE, T.G. (2007). Integrating spirituality and
psychotherapy : Ethical issues and principles to consider.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 63, 891-902.
[PDF] |
|
GOLDFRIED, M. & NEWMAN, C. (1992). A history of
psychotherapy integration. In J. Norcross and M. Goldfried
(Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy integration
(pp. 46-93). New York : Basic books. |
SCHNURR, P.P. (2007). The rocks and hard places in
psychotherapy outcome research. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 20, 779-792. |
|
PROCTOR, G. (2008) Gender dynamics in person-centered
therapy : Does gender matter ? Person-Centered and
Experiential Psychotherapies, 7 (2), 82-94. |
|
HOWARD, K.I., LUEGER, R.J., MALING, M.S. &
MARTINOVICH, Z. (1993). A phase model of psychotberapy :
Causal mediation of outcome. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 61, 678-685. |
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
|
LUNDH, L.G. (1993). The role of behaviour and cognition in
psychotherapy. Towards an integration. Scandinavian
Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 22, 3-30. |
ANDERSON, T., OGLES, B.M., PATTERSON, C.L., LAMBERT, M.
& VERMEERSCH, D.A. (2009). Therapist effects :
Facilitative interpersonal skills as a predictor of
therapist success. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
65, 755-768. |
|
KOPTA, S.M., HOWARD, K.I., LOWRY, J.L. & BEUTLER, L.E.
(1994). Patterns of symptomatic recovery in psychotherapy.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 62,
1009-1016. |
ÖST, L.-G. (2009). Inventing the wheel once more or
learning from the history of psychotherapy research
methodology : Reply to Gaudiano's comments on Öst's (2008)
review. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 47 (12),
1071-1073.
[PDF] |
|
ELLIS, A. (1994). Reason and emotion in
psychotherapy. New York : Carol Publishing Group. |
VAN DER HELM, E. & WALKER, M.P. (2009). Overnight
therapy ? The role of sleep in emotional brain processing.
Psychological Bulletin, 135 (5), 731-748.
[PDF] |
|
DAWES, R.M. (1994). House of cards : Psychology and
psychotherapy built on myth. New York : The Free
Press. |
BARLOW, D.H. (2010). Negative effects from psychological
treatments : A perspective. American Psychology, 65
(1), 13-20. [PDF] |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. & BUDGE, S.L. (2012). The relationship -
and its relationship to the common and specific factors of
psychotherapy. The Counseling Psychologist, 40,
601-623. |
|
RÂBU, M., BINDER, P.-E. & HAAVIND, H. (2013).
Negotiating ending : A qualitative study of the process of
ending psychotherapy. European Journal of
Psychotherapy & Counselling, 15 (3), 274-295.
|
|
THIMM, J. & ANTONEN, L. (2014). Effectiveness of cognitive behavioral group therapy for depression in routine practice. BMC Psychiatry, 14 [292],
1-9. [PDF] |
|
ROZENTAL, A., ANDERSSON, G., BOETTCHER, J., EBERT, D.D.,
CUIJPERS, P., KNAEVELSRUD, C., LJÓTSSON, B., KALDO, V.,
TITOV, N. & CARLBRING, P. (2014). Consensus statement
on defining and measuring negative effects of internet
interventions. Internet Interventions, 1 (1),
12-19. |
|
EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., DAVID, D., BECKERS, T., MURIS, P.,
CUIJPERS, P., LUTZ, W., ANDERSSON, G., ARAYA, R., BANOS
RIVERA, R.M., BARKHAM, M., BERKING, M., BERGER,T.,
BOTELLA, C., CARLBRING, P., COLOM, F., ESSAU, C.,
HERMANS, D., HOFMANN, S.G., KNAPPE, S., OLLENDICK, T.H.,
RAES, F., RIEF, W., RIPER, H., VAN DER OORD, S. &
VERVLIET, B. (2014). Advancing psychotherapy and
evidence-based psychological interventions. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 23 (S1),
58-91.
|
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2015). How important are the common factors
in psychotherapy ? An update. World Psychiatry, 14
(3), 270-277. [PDF] |
|
LINDSAY, D.S. & READ, J.D. (1994). Psychotherapy and
memories of childhood sexual abuse : A cognitive
perspective. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 8,
281-338. |
CASTONGUAY, L.G., EUBANKS-CARTER, C., GOLDFRIED, M.R.,
MURAN, J.C. & LUTZ, W. (2015). Research in
psychotherapy integration : Relevance of the past and
necessity for the future. Psychotherapy Research, 25,
365-382. |
|
ROZENTAL, A., CASTONGUAY, L., DIMIDJIAN, S., LAMBERT, M.,
SHAFRAN, R., ANDERSSON, G. & CARLBRING, P. (2018).
Negative effects in psychotherapy : commentary and
recommendations for future research and clinical practice.
The British Journal of Psychiatry Open, 4 (4),
307-312. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Efficacité des
thérapies |
|
|
Thérapie
(Auto) : Forme de thérapie
où le client/ patient
est son propre thérapeute. =
autotraitement,
autoanalyse. Self-administered
treatment, self-help.
| |
|
|
McKENDREE-SMITH, N.L., FLOYD, M. & SCOGIN, F.R.
(2003). Self-administered treatments for depression : A
review. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 59, 275-288. |
|
DEN BOER, P., WIESMA, P., BOSCH, P. & VAN DEN, R.
(2004). Why is self-help neglected in the treatment of
emotional disorders ? A meta-analysis. Psychological
Medicine, 34, 959-971. |
|
GELLATLY, J., BOWER, P., HENNESSY, S., RICHARDS, D.,
GILBODY, S. & LOVELL, K. (2007). What makes self-help
interventions effective in the management of depressive
symptoms ? Meta-analysis and meta-regression. Psychological
Medicine, 37 (9), 1217-1228. |
|
|
Voir Thérapie |
|
|
|
Thérapie
(Accès) : Ensemble des
facteurs qui favorisent ou nuisent à l'accès d'un traitement
psychologique. EX: Thérapie remboursée par le
système de santé ou une assurance. Accès à une thérapie et
thérapie à distance.
Barriers
to psychological treatment.
|
|
|
BLUMENTHAL, R. & ENDICOTT, J. (1996). Barriers to
seeking treatment for major depression. Depression
& Anxiety, 4 (6), 273-278. |
|
ALVIDREZ, J. & AZOCAR, F. (1999). Distressed women's
clinic patients : Preferences for mental health treatments
and perceived obstacles. General Hospital Psychiatry,
21 (5), 340-347. |
|
BRITT, T.W., GREENE-SHORTRIDGE, T.M., BRINK, S., NGUYEN,
Q.B., RATH, J. & COX, A.L. (2008). Perceived stigma
and barriers to care for psychological treatment :
Implications for reactions to stressors in different
contexts. Journal of Social & Clinical
Psychology, 27, 317-355. |
|
MOHR, D.C., HO, J., DUFFECY, J., BARON, K.G., LEHMAN,
K.A., JIN, L. & REIFLER, D. (2010). Perceived barriers
to psychological treatments and their relationship to
depression. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 66
(4), 394-409. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir Thérapie |
|
|
|
|
|
Thérapie/Psychologie
(Cyber-) : De façon générale, les
termes cyberthérapie et cyberpsychologie désignent
toute application psychologique qui a recourt aux technologies
de l'information et de la communication, que ce soit en éducation,
en thérapie ou dans
d'autres domaines. En thérapie, le terme désigne les techniques
qui utilisent l'ordinateur
pour simuler certaines réalités susceptibles d'influer sur le comportement
ou les émotions du
patient. EX: Dans le traitement des phobies,
on simule le déplacement d'une araignée
ou d'un serpent au
moyen d'un ordinateur plutôt que d'utiliser de vrais animaux. Il
convient de noter qu'en cyberthérapie, l'ordinateur ne se
substitue pas au traitement. En ce sens, l'usage de ce terme
apparaît un peu abusif puisque dans ce cas l'ordinateur constitue
davantage un accessoire qu'une technique ou un principe
thérapeutique (un peu comme les chiens
en zoothérapie). On
utilise également ce terme pour désigner les thérapies réalisées
par l'entremise d'internet ou du courriel, mais cette pratique
semble relever davantage du charlatanisme
et de la psychologie populaire que de la psychologie
clinique et scientifique.
En éducation, l'enseignemen
assisté par ordinateur donne lieu a une foule
d'applications qui vont des sites
pédagogiques au cours en ligne en passant pas les netquiz.
Cyberpsychologie, thérapie
et ordinateur.
= cyberthérapie, thérapie in virtuo,
thérapie fondée sur la réalité virtuelle. Cyberpsychology,
virtual therapy, internet therapy, teletherapy.
| |
|
|
SULER, J. (1987). Computer-simulated psychotherapy as an
aid in teaching clinical psychology. Teaching of
Psychology, 14, 37-39. |
KRIJN, M., EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., OLAFSSON, R.P. &
BIEMOND, R. (2004). Virtual reality exposure therapy of
anxiety disorders : A review. Clinical Psychology
Review, 24, 259-281. |
|
CARR, A.C., GHOSH, A. & MARKS, I.M. (1988).
Computer-supervised exposure treatment for phobias. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 33, 112-117. |
NEWMAN, M.G. (2004). Technology in psychotherapy : An
introduction. Journal of Cliical Psychoologyl/In
Session, 60 (2), 141-145. [PDF] |
|
ROTHBAUM, B.O., HODGES, L.F., KOOPER, R., OPDYKE, D.,
WILLIFORD, J. & NORTH, M. (1995). Virtual reality
graded exposure in the treatment of acrophobia : a case
study. Behavior Therapy, 26 (3), 547-554. |
KRIJN, M., EMMELKAMP, P.M., EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., BIEMOND,
R., DE WILDE DE LIGNY, C., SCHUEMIE, M.J. & VAN DER
MAST, C.A.P.G. (2004). Treatment of acrophobia in virtual
reality : The role of immersion and presence. Behaviour
Research & Therapy 42, 229-239. |
|
ROTHBAUM, B.O., HODGES, L.F. & WATSON, B.A. (1996).
Virtual reality exposure therapy in the treatment of fear
of flying : A case report. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 34, 477-481. |
WIEDERHOLD, B.K. & WIEDERHOLD, M.D. (2004). Virtual
reality therapy for anxiety disorders : Advances in
evaluation and treatment. Washington, D.C. :
American Psychological Association. |
|
STRICKLAND, D. MARCUS, L.M., MESIBOV, G.B. & HOGAN, K.
(1996). Brief report : Two case studies using virtual
reality a learning tool for autistic children. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 26 (6),
651-659. |
WRIGHT, J. (2004). Computer-assisted cognitive behavior
therapy. In J. Wright (Ed.), Cognitive behaviour
therapy. Washington, DC : American Psychiatric
Association. |
|
WRIGHT, J.H. & WRIGHT, A.S. (1997). Computer-assisted
psychotherapy. Journal of Psychotherapy Practice &
Research, 6, 315-329. |
CHRISTENSEN, H., GRIFFITHS, K.M. & JORM, A.F. (2004).
Delivering interventions for depression by using the
internet : Randomised controlled trial. British
Medical Journal, 328, 265-269. |
|
CARLIN, A.S., HOFFMAN, H.G. & WEGHORST, S. (1997).
Virtual reality and tactile augmentation in the treatment
of spider phobia : a case report. Behavior Research
Therapy, 35 (2), 153-158. |
BOTELLA, C., VILLA, H., GARCIA-PALACIOS, A., BANOS, R.M.,
PERPINA, C. & ALCANIZ, M. (2004). Clinically
significant virtual environments for the treatment of
panic disorder and agoraphobia. Cyberpsychology &
Behavior, 7, 527-535. |
|
LAMSON, R. (1997). Virtual Therapy : prevention and
treatment of psychiatric conditions in virtual reality
environments. Montreal Polytechnic International
Press. |
SIMON, G.E., LUDMAN, E.J., TUTTY, S., OPERSKALSKI, B.
& VON KORFF, M. (2004). Telephone psychotherapy and
telephone care management for primary care patients
starting antidepressant treatment : A randomized
controlled trial. Journal of American Medical
Association, 292, 935-942. |
|
MCCRONE, P., KNAPP, M., PROUDFOOT, J., RYDEN, C.,
CAVANAGH, K., SHAPIRO, D.A., ILSON, S., GRAY, J.A.,
GOLDBERG, G., MANN, A., MARKS, I., EVERITT, B. &
TYLEE, A. (2004). Cost-effectiveness of computerized
cognitive-behavioural therapy for anxiety and depression
in primary care : randomized controlled trial. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 185, 55-62. [PDF] |
|
NORTH, M.M., NORTH, S.M. & COBLE, J.R. (1997). Virtual
reality therapy for fear of flying. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 154, 130. |
ANDERSON, P., JACOBS, C. & ROTHBAUM, B.O. (2004).
Computer-supported cognitive behavioral treatment of
anxiety disorders. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
60, 253-267. |
|
LAMSON, R. (1997). Virtual Therapy : prevention and
treatment of psychiatric conditions in virtual reality
environments. Montreal Polytechnic International
Press. |
PARSONS, S.P., MITCHELL, P. & LEONARD, A. (2005). Do
adolescents with autistic spectrum disorder adheres to
social conventions in virtual environments ? Autism :
an International Journal of Research & Practice, 9,
95-117. |
|
NORTH, M.M., NORTH, J.R. & COBLE, J.R. (1998). Virtual
reality therapy : An effective treatment for
psychological disorders, virtual reality
neuro-psycho-physiology. IOS Press. |
RIVA, G. (2005). Virtual reality in psychotherapy :
Review. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 8 (3),
220-230. [PDF] |
|
BOTELLA, C., BANOS, R.M., PERPINA, C., VILLA, H., ALCANIZ,
M. & REY, M. (1998). Virtual reality treatment of
claustrophobia : a case report. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 36, 239-246. |
KLINGER, E., BOUCHARD, S., LÉGÉRON, P., ROY, S., LAUEUR,
F., CHEMIN, I. & NUGUES, P. (2005). Virtual reality
therapy for social phobia : A preliminary controlled
study. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 8 (1),
76-88. |
|
HUANG, M.P. & ALESSI, N.E. (1998). Current limitations
into the application of virtual reality to mental health
research. In G. RIVA, WIEDERHOLD, B.K. & E. MOLINARI
(Eds.), Virtual environments in clinical psychology
and neuroscience. Amsterdam : Ios Press. |
KLEIN, B., RICHARDS, J.C. & AUSTIN, D.W. (2005).
Efficacy of internet therapy for panic disorder. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 37
(3), 213-238. |
|
SMITH, S.G., ROTHBAUM, B.O. & HODGES, L.F. (1999).
Treatment of fear of flying using virtual reality exposure
therapy : A single case study. Behavior Therapist,
22, 154-158, 160. |
WRIGHT, J.H., WRIGHT, A.S., ALBANO, A.M., BASCO, M.R.,
GOLDSMITH, L.J., RAFFIELD, T. & OTTO, M.W. (2005).
Computer-assisted cognitive therapy for depression :
Maintaining efficacy while reducing therapist time. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1158-1164. |
|
LASZLO, J.V., ESTERMAN G. & ZABKO, S. (1999). Therapy
over the Internet ? Theory, research, and finances. Cyber
Psychology & Behavior, 2, 293-307. |
PROCTOR, G. (2005). Should therapy make you worse ? Clinical Psychology, 45, 7-9. |
|
|
PERTAUB, D.P., SLATER, M. & BARKER, C. (2000). An
experiment on public speaking anxiety in response to three
different types of virtual audience. Teleoperators
& Virtual Environments, 11 (1-3), 68-78. |
McGRATH, P.J. & FINLEY, G.A. (2006). Virtual reality
distraction during pediatric medical procedures.
Pediatric Pain Letter, 8 (1), 6-10. [PDF] |
|
KAHAN, M., TANZER, J. & DARVIN, D. (2000). Virtual
reality-assisted cognitive-behavioral treatment for fear
of flying : Acute treatment and follow-up. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 3, 387-392. |
BOUCHARD, S., CÔTÉ, S., ROBILLARD, G., ST-JACQUES, J.
& RENAUD, P. (2006). Effectiveness of virtual reality
exposure in the treatment of arachnophobia using 3D games.
Technology & Health Care, 14 (1), 19-27. |
|
BOTELLA, C., BANOS, R.M., VILLA, H., PERPINA, C. &
GARCIA-PALACIOS, A (2000). Virtual Reality in the
treatment of claustrophobia : A controlled multiple
baseline design. Behavior Therapy, 31, 583-595. |
SULER, J. (2007). Cybertherapeutic theory and techniques.
In A. Barak (Ed.), Psychological aspects of cyberspace
: Theory, research, applications. Cambridge :
University Press. |
|
WIEDERHOLD, B.K. & WIEDERHOLD, M.D. (2000). Lessons
learned from 600 virtual reality sessions. Cyberpsychology
& Behavior, 3, 393-400. |
COULSON, N.S, BUCHANAN, H. & AUBEELUCK, A. (2007).
Social support in cyberspace : A content analysis of
communication within a Huntington's disease online support
group. Patient, Education & Counseling, 68 (2),
173-178. |
|
FENICHEL, M., SULER, J., BARAK, A., ZELVIN, E., JONES, G.,
MUNRO, K., MEUNIER, V. & WALKER-SHCUMUCKER, W. (2002).
Myths and realities of online clinical work. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 5 (5). 481-497. [PDF] |
KHANNA, M.S. & KENDALL, P.C. (2008). Computer
Assisted CBT for Child Anxiety : Development of the
Coping Cat CD Rom. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice,
15, 159-165. |
|
VINCELLI, F., ANOLLI, L., BOUCHARD, S., WIEDERHOLD, B.K.,
ZURLONI, V. & RIVA, G. (2003). Experiential cognitive
therapy in the treatment of panic disorder with
agoraphobia : A controlled study. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 6 (3), 321-328. |
CÔTÉ, S. & BOUCHARD, S. (2008). Virtual reality
exposure for phobias : A critical review. Journal of
CyberTherapy & Rehabilitation, 1 (1), 75-91. |
|
RENAUD, P., DÉCARIE, S., GOURD, L., PAQUIN, B. &
BOUCHARD, S. (2003). Eye-tracking in immersive
environments : a general methodology to analyze
affordance-based interactions from oculomotor dynamics. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 6 (5), 519-526. |
PARSONS, T.D. & RIZZO, A.A. (2008). Affective outcomes
of virtual reality exposure therapy for anxiety and
specific phobias : A meta-analysis. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 39
(3), 250-261. |
|
ROBILLARD, G., BOUCHARD, S., FOURNIER, T. & RENAUD, P.
(2003). Anxiety and presence during VR immersion : A
comparative study of the reactions of phobic and
non-phobic participants in therapeutic virtual
environments derived from computer games. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 6 (5), 467-476. |
BOUCHARD S., ST-JACQUES, J., RENAUD, P. & WIEDERHOLD,
B.K. (2009). Side effects of immersions in virtual reality
for people suffering from anxiety disorders. Journal
of CyberTherapy & Rehabilitation, 2, 127-137. |
|
ANDERSON, P., ROTHBAUM, B.O. & HODGES, L.F. (2003).
Virtual reality exposure in the treatment of social
anxiety. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 10, 240-247. |
GERMAIN, V., MARCHAND, A., BOUCHARD, S., DROUIN, M.-S.
& GUAY, S. (2009). Effectiveness of cognitive
behavioural therapy administered by videoconference for
posttraumatic stress disorder. Cognitive Behaviour
Therapy, 38 (1), 42-53. |
|
CARBRING, P., EKSELIUS, L. & ANDERSSON, G. (2003).
Treatmentof panic disorder via the Internet : A randomized
trial of CBT vs. applied relaxation. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 34,
129-140. |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2009). Internet help and therapy for
addictive behavior. Journal of CyberTherapy &
Rehabilitation, 2 (1), 43-52. |
|
SULER, J. (2010). Myths about online psychotherapy. Cross
Currents : The Journal of Addiction & Mental Health,
13, 3. |
|
GERSHON, J., ZIMAND, E. & LEMOS, R. (2003). Use of
virtual reality as a distractor for painful procedures in
pa- tients with pediatric cancer : a controlled study. CyberPsychology
& Behavior 6, 657-661. |
KHANNA, M.S. & KENDALL, P.C. (2010). Computer-assisted
cognitive behavioral therapy for child anxiety : Results
of a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 78 (5), 737-745.
[PDF] |
|
WALD, J. & TAYLOR, S. (2003). Preliminary research on
the efficacy of virtual reality exposure therapy to treat
driving phobia. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 6 (5),
459-465. |
EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (2011). Effectiveness of cybertherapy in
mental health : a critical appraisal. In B.K. Wiederhold,
S. Bouchard & G. Riva (Eds.), Annual review of
cybertherapy and telemedicine 2011 : advanced
technologies in behavioral, social and neuroscience (pp.
3-8). Amsterdam : IOS Press. |
|
RIZZO, A.A., SCHUTHEIS, M.T. & ROTHBAUM, B.O. (2003).
Ethical issues for the use of virtual reality in the
psychological sciences. In M. Drexler & S. Bush
(Eds.), Ethical issues in clinical neuropsychology
(pp. 243-280). Lisse, NL : Swets & Zeitlinger. |
KENDALL, P.C., KHANNA, M.S. & EDSON, A., CUMMINGS, C.
& HARRIS, S. (2011). Computers and psychosocial
treatment for child anxiety : recent advances and ongoing
efforts. Depression & Anxiety, 28, 58-66. [PDF] |
|
SULER, J. (2016). Psychoanalytic cyberpsychology. International
Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 14 (1),
97-102. |
|
PROUDFOOT, J., GOLDBERG, D., MANN, A., EVERITT, B., MARKS,
I. & GRAY, J.A. (2003). Computerized, interactive,
multimedia cognitive-behavioural program for anxiety and
depression in general practice. Psychological
Medicine, 33, 217-227. |
SULER, J. (2017). The dimensions of cyberpsychology
architecture. In J. Gackenbach (Ed.), Boundaries of
self and reality online : Implications of digitally
constructed realities. Academic Press. |
|
| |
|
Voir Thérapie
et Thérapie à distance |
|
|
Thérapie
(Durée) :
Time-limited therapy, duration of
psychological therapy.
| |
|
|
BURLINGAME, G.M., FUHRIMAN, A.P.S. & OGLES, B.M.
(1989). Implementing a time-limited therapy : program
differential effects of training and experience. Psychotherapy
: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 26,
303-313. |
STILES, W.B., BARKHAM, M. & WHEELER, S. (2015).
Duration of psychological therapy : Relation to recovery
and improvement rates in UK routine practice.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 207, 115–122.
|
|
|
Voir Thérapie |
|
|
|
Thérapie
(Efficacité) : En psychologique,
l'efficacité est
le rapport optimal entre les bénéfices de la thérapie
et ses effets
secondaires. Les bénéfices de la thérapie sont nombreux et
varient selon l'approche ou la perspective du thérapeute
: diminution de la souffrance,
modification des comportements indésirables ou inadaptés,
développement d'habileté sociale, meilleure connaissance du monde,
agréable compagnie du thérapeute, attention accrue à votre égard,
possibilité de ressasser de vieux souvenirs ou de dire du mal de
ses collègues de travail sans subir de jugement ou de
représailles, découverte et compréhension de soi, enrichissement
du vocabulaire du patient, prise
de conscience de son passé, bref toute chose que l'on résume
souvent par le mot changement.
Il va de soi que le bénéfice escompté de la thérapie est la
la guérison complète. Les
bénéfices d'un thérapie sont évalués au moyen de recherches
scientifique. « Are some psychotherapies much more effective
than others ?» demande Luborsky.
Efficacité d'une thérapie, satisfaction
des patients et pseudotechnologie.
Psychotherapy efficacy, empirically validated
therapy, great psychotherapy debate, empirically supported
treatments.
| |
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1936). Some implicit common factors in
diverse methods of psychotherapy : At last the Dodo said,
"Everybody has won and all must have prizes". American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 6, 412-415. |
SINGER, T. & LALICH, J. (1996). "Crazy therapies"
What are they ? Do they work ? San Francisco : Jossey-Bass
Publishers. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1940). Areas of agreement in
psychotherapy. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
10, 703-704. |
GARFIELD, S.L. (1996). Some problems associated with
"validated" forms of psychotherapy. Clinical
Psychology : Research & Practice, 3, 218-229. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1956). The effectiveness of psychotherapy with
individuals who have severe homosexual problems.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 20, 191-195. |
MINTZ, J., DRAKE, R.E. & CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. (1996)
Efficacy and effectiveness of psychotherapy : Two
paradigms, one science. American Psychologist, 1084-1085.
[PDF] |
|
SHAPIRO, M.B. (1961). A method of measuring psychological
changes specific to the individual psychiatric patient. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 34, 151-155. |
HOWARD, K.I., MORAS, K., BRILL, P.L., MARTINOVICH, Z.
& LUTZ, W. (1996). Evaluation of psychotherapy :
Efficacy, effectiveness, and patient progress. American
Psychologist, 51 (10), 159-164. [PDF] |
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1963). Effective ingredients in psychotherapy
: An approach to unraveling the patient-therapist
interaction. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 10,
256-263. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L., SANDERSON, W.C., SHOHAM, V., BENNETT
JOHNSON, S., POPE, K.S., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., BAKER, M.,
JOHNSON, B., WOODY, S.R., SUE, S., BEUTLER, L., WILLIAMS,
D.A. & McCURRY, S. (1996). An update on empirically
validated therapies. The Clinical Psychologist, 49,
5-18. [PDF] |
|
MANN, J. (1966). Evaluation of group psychotherapy. In J.
Moreno (Ed.), The international handbook of group
psychotherapy (129-148). New York : Philosophical
Library. |
KADERA, S.W., LAMBERT, M.J. & ANDREW, A.A. (1996). How
much therapy is really enough? A session-by-session
analysis of the psychotherapy dose-effect relationship. Journal
of Psychotherapy Practice & Research, 5, 132-151. |
|
TRUAX, C.B. & CARKHUFF, R. (1967). Toward
Effective Counseling and Psvchorherapy. Aldine :
Chicago. |
|
|
PAUL, G.L. (1967). Outcome research in psychotherapy. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 31,
109-118. |
BLATT, S.J., SANISLOW, C.A., ZUROFF, D.C. & PILKONIS,
P. (1996). Characteristics of effective therapists :
Further analysis of data from the National Institute of
Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative
Research Program. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 64, 1276-1284. |
|
LUBORSKY, L., AUEBACH, A.H., CHANDLER, M., COHEN, J. &
BACHRACH, H. (1971). Factors influencing the outcome of
psychotherapy : A review of quantitative research Psychological
Bulletin, 75 (3), 145-185. |
ROTH, A. & FONAGY, P. (1996/2005). What works for
whom ? A critical review of psychotherapy research. New
York : Guilford Press. |
|
BERGIN, A.E. & LAMBERT, M.J. (1971).The
evaluation of therapeutic outcomes In S.L. Garfield &
A.E.Bergin (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and
behavior change (pp. 139–189). Wiley: New York. |
|
|
|
SMITH, M.L. & GLASS, G.V. (1977). Meta-analysis of
psychotherapy outcome studies. American Psychologist,
32, 752-60. |
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1996). "Validated" treatments and
evidence-based psychological services. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 3, 256-259. |
|
ORLINSKY, D.E. & HOWARD K. (1978/86). The relation of
process to outcome in psychotherapy. In S.L. Garfield et
A.E. Bergin (Éds), Handbook of psychotherapy and
behavior change : An empirical analysis (pp.
311-338). New York : Wiley. |
GRISSOM, R.J. (1996). The magic number .7+-.2:
Meta-meta-analysis of the probability of superior outcome
incomparisons involving therapy, placebo, and control. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64 (5),
973-982. |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. & WILSON, G.T. (1978). Criteria for
evaluating psychotherapy. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 35, 407-416. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L. (1996). Identification of empirically
supported psychological interventions. Clinician's
Research Digest/Supplemental Bulletin, 14, 1-2. |
|
RUSH, A.J., HOLLON, S., BECK, A.T. & KOVACS, M.
(1978). Depression : Must pharmacotherapy fail for
cognitive therapy to succeed ? Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 2, 199-206. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L., BAKER, M.J., BAUCOM, D.H., BEUTLER, L.,
CALHOUN, K.S., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., DAIUTO, A., DERUBEIS,
R., DETWEILER, J., HAAGA, D.A.F., JOHNSON, S.B., McCURRY,
S., MUESER, K.T., POPE, K.S., SANDERSON, W.C., SHOHAM, V.,
STICKLE, T., WILLIAMS, D.A. & WOODY, S.R. (1998).
Update on empirically validated therapies, II.
Clinical Psychologist, 51, 3-16. [PDF] |
|
McLEAN, E.D. & HAKSTIAN, A.R. (1979). Clinical
depression : Comparative efficacy of outpatient
treatments. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 47, 818-836. |
BARLOW, D.H. (1996). The effectiveness of psychotherapy :
Science and policy. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 3 (3), 236-240. |
|
ANDERSON, M.P. & BORKOVEC, T.D. (1980). Imagery
processing and fear reduction during repeated exposure to
two types of phobic imagery. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 18, 537-540. |
LUBORSKY, L., MCLELLAN, A.T., DIGUER, L., WOODY, G. &
SELIGMAN, D. (1997). The psychotherapist masters :
Comparison of outcome across twenty-two therapists and
seven patient samples. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 4, 53-63. |
|
SMITH, M.L., GLASS, G.V. & MILLER, T.I. (1980). The
benefits of psychotherapy. Baltimore, MD : The
Johns Hopkins University Press. |
HOAG, M.J. & BURLINGAME, G.M. (1997). Evaluating the
effectiveness of child and adolescent group treatment : A
meta-analytic review. Journal of Clinical Child
Psychology, 26, 234-246. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1980). The value of efficiency in
psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Theory, Research &
Practice, 17 (4), 414-419. |
GOLDEN, G.A. (1997). Impact of psychotherapy : Does it
affect frequency of visits to family physicians ?
Canadian Family Physician, 43, 1098-1102. |
|
SAXE, L. (1980). The efficacy and cost-effectiveness
of psychotherapy. Washington, DC: Government
Printing Office. |
CRASKE, M.G. & ROWE, M.K. (1997). A comparison of
cognitive & behavioural treatments of phobias. In
Davey, G.C.L. (Ed.), Phobias : A handbook of theory,
research and treatment (pp. 247-280). London :
Wiley. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1980). Science and psychotherapy : The
state of the art. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 53, 1-10. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (1997). Methodological problems in
identifying efficacious psychotherapies. Psychotherapy
Research, 7, 21-43. |
|
GAVIN, A. & ROBIN, H. (1981). Does psychotherapy
benefit neurotic patients? A reanalysis of the Smith,
Glass, and Miller data. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 38 (11), 1203-1208. |
NATHAN, P.E. (1997). In the final analysis, it's the data
that counts. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 4, 281-284. |
|
BUGENTAL, J.F.T. (1981). The search for authenticity
: An existential-analytic approach to psychotherapy. New
York : Irvington. |
MONCRIEFF, J., WESSELEY, S. & HARDY, R (1998).
Meta-analysis of trials comparing antidepressants with
active placebos. The British Journal of Psychiatry
172, 227–231.
|
|
KOVACS, M., RUSH, A.J., BECK, A.T. & HOLLON, S.D.
(1981). Depressed outpatients treated with cognitive
therapy or pharmacotherapy : A one-year follow-up. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 38, 33-39. |
WAMPOLD, B.E., MONDIN, G.W., MODDY, M., STICH, F., BENSON,
K. & AHN, H.N. (1997). A meta-analysis of outcome
studies comparing bona fide psychotherapies : empirically,
"all must have prizes". Psychological Bulletin, 122,
203-215. [PDF] |
|
LANDMAN, J.T. & DAWES, R.M. (1982). Psychotherapy
outcome. American Psychologist, 37, 504-516. |
KING, N.J. (1997). Empirically validated treatments and
AACBT. Behaviour Change, 14, 2-5. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1982). Meta-analysis of
comparative therapy outcome studies : A reply to Wilson. Behavioural
Psychotherapy, 10, 307-310. |
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G. (1998). A
cost-effectiveness model : is pharmacotherapy really less
expensive than psychotherapy for depression? In S. Hayes
and Heiby (Eds.), Prescription privileges for
psychologists : A critical analysis. Context Press. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1982). Meta-analysis of
comparative therapy outcome research : A critical
appraisal. Behavioural Psychotherapy, 10, 4-25.
|
BEUTLER, L.E. (1998). Identifying empirically supported
treatments : What if we didn't ? Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66, 113-120. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1982). Meta-Analysis of
comparative therapy outcome studies: A replication and
refinement. Psychological Bulletin, 92 (3),
581-604. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L. & HOLLON, S.D. (1998). Defining
empirically supported therapies. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 66 (1), 7-18. |
|
ALBEE, G.W. (1982). Preventing psychopathology and
promoting human potential. American Psychologist, 37,
1043-1057. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L., BAKER, M.J., BAUCOM, D.H., BEUTLER, L.,
CALHOUN, K.S., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., DAIUTO, A., DERUBEIS,
R., DETWEILER, J., HAAGA, D.A.F., JOHNSON, S.B., McCURRY,
S., MUESER, K.T., POPE, K.S., SANDERSON, W.C., SHOHAM, V.,
STICKLE, T., WILLIAMS, D.A. & WOODY, S.R. (1998).
Update on empirically validated therapies, II.
Clinical Psychologist, 51, 3-16. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, L.M. (1982). What research says about the
effectiveness of psychotherapy. Hospital &
Community Psychiatry, 33 (6), 457-461. |
ROSEN, G.M., LOHR, J.M., McNALLY, R. & HERBERT, J.D.
(1998). Power therapies, miraculous claims, and the cures
that fail. Behavioural & Cognitive Psychotherapy,
26, 97-99. |
|
LANDMAN, J. & DAWES, R. (1982). Psychotherapy outcome
: Smith and Glass' conclusions stand up under scrutiny. American
Psychologist, 37, 504-516. [PDF] |
KING, N.J. & OLLENDICK, T.H. (1998). Empirically
validated treatments in clinical psychology.
Australian Psychologist, 33, 89-95. |
|
BRODSKY, A.M. (1982). Sex, race, and class issues in
psychotherapy research. In J.H. Harvey & M.M. Parks
(Eds.), Psychotherapy research and behavior change. Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
|
|
SMITH, D. (1982) Trends in counseling and psychotherapy. American
Psychologist, 37 (7), 802-809. |
|
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1983). Comparative
therapy outcome research : Methodological implications of
meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 51 (1), 42-53. |
GARFIELD, S.L. (1998). Some comments on empirically
supported treatments. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66, 121-125. |
|
PRIOLEAU, L., MURDOCK, M. & BRODY, N. (1983). An
analysis of psychotherapy versus placebo studies. The
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 6, 275-310. |
DeRUBEIS, R.J. & CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P.J. (1998).
Empirically supported individual and group psychological
treatments for adult mental disorders. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66 (1),
37-52. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J., CHRISTENSEN, E.R. & DEJULIO, S.S.
(Eds.) (1983). The assessment of psychotherapy
outcomes. New York : Wiley. |
McROBERTS, C., BURLINGAME, G.M. & HOAG, J.M. (1998).
Comparative efficacy of individual and group psychotherapy
: A meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics, 2, 101-117. |
|
ROSENTHAL, R. (1983). Assessing the statistical and social
importance of the effects of psychotherapy. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51, 4-13. |
PARKER, I. (Ed.) (1999). Deconstructing
psychotherapy. London : Sage. |
|
MILLER, R.C. & BERMAN, J.S. (1983). The efficacy of
cognitive behavior therapies : A quantitative review of
the research evidence. Psychological Bulletin, 94
(1), 39-53. |
SAUNDERS, S.M. (1999). Clients' assessment of the
affective environment f the psychotherapy session:
Relationship to session quality and treatment
effectiveness. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 55, 597-606. |
|
DELEON, P.H., VANDENBOS, G.R. & CUMMINGS, N.A. (1983).
Psychotherapy : Is it safe, effective, and appropriate ?
The beginning of an evolutionary dialogue. American
Psychologist, 38 (8), 907-911. |
HUBBLE, M.A., DUNCAN, B.L. & MILLER, S.D. (1999).
The heart and soul of change : What works in therapy. Washington
: APA. |
|
WILSON, G.T. & RACHMAN, S.J. (1983). Meta-analysis and
the evaluation of psychotherapy outcome : limitations and
liabilities. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 51, 54-64. |
MUFSON, L., WEISSMAN, M.M., MOREAU, D. & GARFINKEL, R.
(1999). Efficacy of interpersonal psychotherapy for
depressed adolescents. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 56, 573-579. |
|
MANOS, N. & VASIPOULOU, E. (1984). Evaluation of
psychoanalytic psychotherapy outcome. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 70 (1), 28-35. |
LUBORSKY, L.B., DIGUER, L., SELIGMAN, D. A., ROSENTHAL,
R., KRAUSE, E. D., JOHNSON, S., SCHWEIZER, E. (1999). The
researcher's own therapy allegiances : A "wild card" in
efficacy of LTPP 50 comparisons of treatment efficacy. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 6 (1),
95-106. |
|
STEIN, D.M. & LAMBERT, M.J. (1984). On the
relationship between experience and psychotherapy outcome.
Clinical Psychology Review, 4, 1-16. |
ROSEN, G.M., LOHR, J.M., McNALLY, R. & HERBERT, J.D.
(1999). Power therapies : Evidence vs miraculous claims. Behavioural
& Cognitive Psychotherapy, 27, 9-12. |
|
JACOBSON, N.S., FOLLETTE, W.C. & RAVENSTORF, D.
(1984). Psychotherapy outcome research : Methods for
reporting variability and evaluating clinical
significance. Behavior Therapy, 15 (4), 336-352. |
HOWARD, K.I., KRASNER, R.F. & SAUNDERS, S. (1999). The
evaluation of psychotherapy. In Sadock & Sadock
(Eds.), Comprehensive textbook of psychiatry. Philadelphia
: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. [PDF] |
|
SALEND, S.J. (1984). Therapy outcome research : Threats to
treatment integrity. Behavior Modification, 8,
211-222. |
SAUNDERS, S.M. (1999). Psychotherapy is effective : A
brief review of empirical literature supporting the
effectiveness of psychotherapy. In C. Feltham (Ed.), Controversies
in psychotherapy and counseling (pp. 74-85). London
: Sage Publications. |
|
THOMPSON, L.W. & GALLAGHER, D. (1984). Efficacy of
psychotherapy in the treatment of late life depression. Advances
in Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6, 127-139. |
QUITKIN, F.M., RABKIN, J.G., GERALD, J., DAVIS, J. &
KLEIN, D.F. (2000). Validity of clinical trials of
antidepressants. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157,
327-337. |
|
STEINER, J. (1985). The training of psychotherapists.
Psycho-Analytic Psychotherapy, 1, 56-63. |
STEVENS, S.E., HYNAN, M.T. & ALLEN, M. (2000). A
meta-analysis of common factor and specific treatment
effects across the outcome domains of the phase model of
psychotherapy. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 7, 273-290. |
|
CASEY, R.J. & BERMAN, J.S. (1985). The outcome of
psychotherapy with children. Psychological Bulletin,
98 (2), 388-400. |
OLLENDICK, T.H. & KING, N.J. (2000). Empirically
supported treatments for children and adolescents. In P.C.
Kendall (Ed.), Child and adolescent therapy :
Cognitive-behavioral procedures. New York :
Guilford Press.
[PDF] |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. (1985). The role of meta-analysis in the
evaluation of psychotherapy. Special Issue : Meta-analysis
and clinical psychology. Clinical Psychology Review, 5
(1), 49-61. |
|
|
LUBORSKY, L.B., McCLELLAN, A.T., WOODY, G.E., O'BRIEN,
C.P. & AUERBACH, A. (1985). Therapist success and its
determinants. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42,
602-611. |
SHADISH, W.R., MATT, G.E., NAVARRO, A.M. & PHILLIPS,
G. (2000). The effects of psychological therapies under
clinically representative conditions : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 126, 512-529. |
|
FIRTH, J.A., SHAPIRO, D.A. & PARRY, G. (1986). The
impact of research on the practice of psychotherapy.
British Journal of Psychotherapy, 2, 169-179. |
NEZU, A.M., RONAN, G.F., MEADOWS, E.A. & McCLURE, K.S.
(2000). Practitioner's guide to empirically based
measures of depression. New York : Kluwer. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J., SHAPIRO, D.A. & BERGIN, A.E. (1986).
The effectiveness of psychotherapy. In S.L. Garfield &
A.E. Bergin (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and
behavior change (pp. 157-211). Toronto : John Wiley
and Sons. |
MAHRER, A.R. (2000). Philosophy of science and the
foundations of psychotherapy. American Psychologist,
55, 1117-1125. [PDF]
|
|
KAZDIN, A.E. (1986). Comparative outcome studies of
psychotherapy : Methodological issues and strategies.
Special Issue : Psychotherapy research. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 54 (1),
95-105. |
RYCHLAK, J.F. (2000). A psychotherapist's lessons from the
philosophy of science. American Psychologist, 55,
1126-1132. |
|
HOWARD, K.I., KOPTA, S.M., KRAUSE, M.S. & ORLINSKY,
D.E. (1986). The dose-effect relationship in
psychotherapy. Special issue : Psychotherapy research. American
Psychologist, 41 (2), 159-164. |
O'HARA, M.W., STUART, S., GORMAN, L.L. & WENZEL, A.
(2000). Efficacy of interpersonal psychotherapy for
postpartum depression. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 57 (11), 1039-1045. |
|
LUBORSKY, L.B. CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., McCLELLAN, A.T.,
WOODY, G.E., PIPER, W., IMBER, S. & LIBERMAN, B.
(1986). Do therapists vary much in their success ?
Findings from four outcome studies. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 56, 501-512. |
INGRAM, R.E., HAYES, A. & SCOTT, W. (2000).
Empirically supported treatments : A critical analysis. In
C.R. Snyder et R.E. Ingram (Eds.), Handbook of
psychological change. New York : Wiley. |
|
STILES, W.B., SHAPIRO, D.A. & ELLIOT, R. (1986). Are
all psychotherapists equivalent ? American
Psychologist, 41 (2), 165-180. |
NATHAN, P.E., STUART, S.P. & DOLAN, S.L. (2000).
Research on psychotherapy efficacy and effectiveness :
Between Scylla & Charybdis ? Psychological
Bulletin, 126, 964-981. [PDF]
|
|
HAYES, S.C. & NELSON, R.O. (1986). Assessing the
effect of therapeutic intervention. In R.O. Nelson &
S.C. Hayes (Eds.), Conceptual foundations of
behavioral assessment (pp. 430-460). New York :
Guilford Press. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L. & OLLENDICK, T.H. (2001). Empirically
supported psychological interventions : Controversies and
evidence. Annual Review o f Psychology, 52,
685-716. |
|
HERMAN, N. (1987). Why psychotherapy ? Free
Association Books. |
GARETY, P.A., KUIPERS, E., FOWLER, D., FREEMAN, D. &
BEBBINGTON, P.E. (2001). A cognitive model of the positive
symptoms of psychosis. Psycological Medicine, 31,
189-195. [PDF]
|
|
GREENBERG, L.S. & SAFRAN, J.D. (1987). Emotions in
psychotherapy. New York : Guilford Press. |
STEKEL, W. (2001). Technique de la psychothérapie
analytique. Paris : Payot. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A. & SHAPIRO, D. (1987). Meta-analysis of
comparative therapy outcome studies : A replication and
refinement. Psychological Bulletin, 92, 581-604. |
LAMBERT, M.J. & BARLEY, D.E. (2001). Research summary
on the therapeutic relationship and psychotherapy outcome.
Psychotherapy : Theory, Research, Practice, Training,
38, 357-361. |
|
THOMPSON, L.W., GALLAGHER, D. & BREKENBRIDGE, J.S.
(1987). Comparative effectiveness of psychotherapies for
depressed elders. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 55, 385-390. |
THOMAS, C. & HOWELL, P.J. (2001). Assessing efficacy
of stuttering treatments. Journal of Fluency
Disorders, 26, 311-333. [PDF] |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B., ALICKE, M.D. & KLOTZ, M.L.
(1987). Effectiveness of psychotherapy with children and
adolescents : A meta-analysis for clinicians. Journal
of Consulting Clinical Psychology, 55 (4),
542-549. [PDF] |
NORCROSS, J.C. (2001). Purposes, processes, and products
of the task force on empiricall y supported therapy
relationships. Psychotherapy, 38 (4), 345-356.
[PDF] |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1988). Psychotherapy, distributive
justice, and social work : I. Distributive justice as a
conceptual framework for social work. Social Service
Review, 62, 187-210. |
HALL, G.C.N. (2001). Psychotherapy research with ethnic
minorities : Empirical, ethical, and conceptual issues.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69,
502-510. [PDF] |
|
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1988). Psychotherapy, distributive
justice, and social work : II. Psychotherapy and the
pursuit of justice. Social Service Review, 62,
353-382. |
BURLINGAME, G.M., ELLSWORTH, J.R., RICHARDSON, E.J. &
COX, J.C. (2000). How effective is group psychotherapy : A
review and synthesis of treatment outcomes. Ricerche
Sui Gruppi, 10, 7-35. |
|
TURNER, J.A. & CLANCY, S. (1988). Comparison of
operant behavioral and cognitive-behavioral group
treatment for chronic low back pain. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 261-266. |
CHAMBLESS, D.L. & OLLENDICK, T.H. (2001). Empirically
supported psychological interventions : controversies and
evidence. Annual review of psychology, 52,
685-716. [PDF] |
|
STILES, W.B., SHAPIRO, D.A. & FIRTH-COZENS, J.A.
(1988). Do sessions of different treatments have different
impacts ? Journal of Counseling Psychology, 35
(4), 391-396.
[PDF] |
LEICHSENRING, F. (2001). Comparative effects of short-term
psychodynamic psychotherapy and cognitive- behavioral
therapy in depression : A meta-analytic approach. Clinical
Psychology Review, 21, 401-419. |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. & MATHEWS, A.M. (1988). Treatment of
nonphobic anxiety disorders : A comparison of
nondirective, cognitive, and coping desensitization
therapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 56, 877-884. |
ANDREWS, G. (2001). Placebo response in depression : bane
of research, boon to therapy. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 178, 192-194. |
|
STRUPP, H.H. (1989). Psychotherapy : Can the practitioner
learn from the researcher ? American Psychologist, 44
(4), 717-724. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2001). The great psychotherapy debate.
London : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J. (1989). The individual therapist's
contribution to psychotherapy process and outcome. Clinical
Psychotherapy Review, 9, 469-485. |
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (2001). Fringe psychotherapies : The
public at risk. The Scientific Review of Alternative
Medicine, 5 (2), 5-13. |
|
ALBEE, G.W. (1990). The futility of psychotherapy.
Mind & Behavior, 11 (3-4), 369-384. |
WILSON, D.B. & LIPSEY, M.W. (2001). The role of method
in treatment effectiveness research : evidence from
meta-analysis. Psychological Methods, 6 (4),
413-429. |
|
ROBINSON, L.A., BERMAN, J.S. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (1990).
Psychotherapy for the treatment of depression : A
comprehensive review of controlled outcome research. Psychological
Bulletin, 108, 30-49. |
LAMBERT, M.J. & BARLEY, D.E. (2002). Research summary
on the therapeutic relationship and psychotherapy outcome.
In J.C. Norcross (Éd.), Psychotherapy relationship
that work. Toronto : Oxford University Press. |
|
BECKHAM, E. E. (1989). Improvement after evaluation in
psychotherapy of depression : Evidence of a placebo effect
? Journal of Clinical Psychology, 45, 945–950.
|
LEICHSENRING, F. & LEIBLING, E. (2003). The
effectiveness of psychodynamic therapy and cognitive
behavior therapy in the treatment of personality disorders
: A meta-analysis. American Journal of Psychiatry,
160, 1223-1232. |
|
DREYFUS, H.L. (1990). Foucault et la psychothérapie. Revue
Internationale de Philosophie, 44 (173), 209-230. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2002). A meta-(re) analysis of the effects
of cognitive therapy versus 'other therapies' for
depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 68
(2-3), 159-165. |
|
KIRSCH, I. (1990). Changing expectations : A key to
effective psychotherapy. Belmont, CA Brooks/Cole. |
FABIANO, G.A. & PELHAM, W.E. (2002). Evidence-based
treatment for child and adolescent mental disorders. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 4, 93-100. |
|
POIRIER, M. et ROCHON-GOYER, L. (1990). L'efficacité et la
rentabilité des services psychologiques de santé. Psychologie
Québec, 7 (6). |
BASKIN, T.W., TIERNEY, S.C., MINAMI, T. & WAMPOLD,
B.E. (2003). Establishing specificity in psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis of structural equivalence of placebo
controls. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71 (6), 973-979. [PDF] |
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., BARANACKIE, K., KURCIAS, J.S., BECK,
A.T., CARROLL, K., PERRY, K. & ZITRIN, C. (1991).
Meta-analysis of therapist effects in psychotherapy
outcome studies. Psychotherapy Research, 1 (2),
81-91. |
BURLINGAME, G.M., FUHRIMAN, A. & MOSIER, J. (2003).
The differential effectiveness of group psychotherapy : A
meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics : Theory,
Research & Practice, 7 (1), 3-12. [PDF] |
|
LUBORSKY, L., ROSENTHAL, R., DIGUER, L., ANDRUSYNA, T.P.,
LEVITT, J.T., SELIGMAN, D.A., BERMAN, J.S. &
KRAUSE,E.D. (2003). Are some psychotherapies much more
effective than others ? Journal of Applied
Psychoanalytic Studies, 5, 455-460. |
|
STILES, W.B., LEACH, C., BARKHAM, M., LUCOCK, M., IVESON,
S., SHAPIRO, D.A., IVESON, M. & HARDY, G.E. (2003).
Early sudden gains in psychotherapy under routine clinic
conditions : Practice-based evidence. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 71, 14-21. |
|
NEWMAN, M. G., ERICKSON, T., PREWORSKI A. & DZUS, E.
(2003). Self-help and minimal-contact therapies for
anxiety disorders : Is human contact necessary for
therapeutic efficacy ? Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 59, 251-274. |
|
SVARTBERG, M. & STILES, T.C. (1991). Comparative
effects of short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (5), 704-714. [PDF] |
BERGIN, A.E. & GARFIELD, S.L. (2003). Handbook of
psychotherapy and behavior change. John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. [PDF] |
|
|
BURNS, D. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1991). Coping styles,
homework compliance and the effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral therapy. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 59, 305-311. |
ACKERMAN, S.J. & HILSENROTH, M.J. (2003). A review of
therapist characteristics and techniques positively
impacting the therapeutic alliance. Clinical
Psychology Review, 23, 1-33. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1991). Psychotherapy and the value of a
human being. New York : Albert Ellis Institute. |
LAMBERT, M.J. & OGLES, B.M. (2004). The efficacy and
effectiveness of psychotherapy. In M.J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin
and Garfield's handbook of psycho therapy and behavior
change (pp. 139-193). New York : John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F. RABUNG, S. & LEIBLING, E. (2004). The
efficacy of short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy in
specific psychiatric disorders. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 61, 1208-1216. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J. (1992). Implications of outcome research for
psychotherapy integration. In J.C. Norcross & M.
Goldfried (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy
integration (pp. 94-129). New York : Basic Books. |
NATHAN, P.E. (2004). Epilogue : The clinical utility of
therapy research : Bridging the gap between the present
and the future. In A.R. Roberts & K. Yeager (Eds.), Evidence-based
practice manual : Research and outcome measures in
health and human services (pp. 949-960). New York
: Oxford University Press. |
|
SHIRK, S.R. & RUSSELL, R.L. (1992). A reevaluation of
estimates of child therapy effectiveness Journal of
the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 31 (4), 703-710. |
WESTEN, D., NOVONTY, C.M. & THOMPSON-BRENNER, H.
(2004). Empirical status of empirically supported
psychotherapies : Assumptions, findings, and reporting in
controlled clinical trials. Psychological Bulletin,
130 (4), 631-663. [DOC] |
|
WIERZBICKI, M.J. (1992). The effectiveness of
psychotherapy. In Issues in clinical psychology :
Subjective versus objective approaches (pp. 7-48).
Boston : Allyn & Bacon. |
NORCROSS, J. (2004). Empirically supported therapy
relationships. Clinical Psychologist, 57, 19-24. |
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. (1992). The efficacy of brief dynamic
psychotherapy : A meta-analysis. The American Journal
of Psychiatry, 149, 151-158. |
LECOMTE, C., SAVARD, R., DROUIN, M.-S. et GUILLON, V.
(2004). Qui sont les psychothérapeutes efficaces ?
Implications pour la formation en psychologie. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 25 (3), 73-102.
[PDF] |
|
ROSEN, G.H. & DAVISON, G.C. (2004). Ppsychology should
list empirically supported principles of change (ESPS) and
not credential trademarked therapies or other treatment
packages. Behavior Modification, 27 (3),
300-312. [PDF] |
|
ORLINSKY, D.E., RONNESTAD, M.H. & WILLUTSKI, U.
(2004). Fifty years of psychotherapy process-outcome
research : Continuity and change. In M. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin
and Garfield's handbook of psychotherapy and behavior
change (pp.307-390). New York : Wiley. |
|
AREAN, P.A., PERRI, M.G., NEZU, A.M., SCHEIN, R.L.,
CHRISTOPHER, F. & JOSEPH, T.X. (1993). Comparative
effectiveness of social problem-solving therapy and
reminiscence therapy as treatments for depression in older
adults. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 61, 1003-1010. |
GREENBERG, R.P. (2004). Essential ingredients for
successful psychotherapy : The impact of common factors.
In M.J. Dewan, B.N. Steenbarger and R.P. Greenberg (Eds.),
The art and science of brief psychotherapies : A
practitioner's guide. American Psychiatric Press. |
|
| JONES, E.E. & PULOS, S.M. (1993). Comparing the
process in psychodynamic and cognitive behavioral
therapies. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 61 (2), 306-316. |
BOHUS, M., HAAF, B., SIMMS, T., SCHMAHL, C., IMBERGER,
M.F., SCHMAHL, C., UNCKELl, C., LIEB, K. & LINEHAN,
M.M. (2004). Effectiveness of inpatient DBT for BPD : A
controlled trial. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
42 (5), 487-499. |
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R. & CASTONGUAY, L.G. (1993). Behavior
therapy : Redefining strengths and limitations. Behavior
Therapy, 24 (4), 505-526. |
JOSEPH, J. (2004). The gene illusion : Genetic
research in psychiatry and psychology under the
microscope. Ross-on-Wye, UK : PCCS Books. |
|
HOROWITZ, L.M. & MALLE, B.F. (1993). Fuzzy concepts in
psychotherapy research. Psychotherapy Research, 3,
131-148. |
NORCROSS, J.C. (2005). The psychotherapist's own
psychotherapy : Educating and developing psychologists. American
Psychologist, 60, 840-850. |
|
WHISTON, S.C. & SEXTON, T.L. (1993). An overview of
psychotherapy outcome research : Implications for
practice. Professional Psychology Research &
Practice, 24 (1), 43-51. [PDF] |
ROTH, A. & FONAGY, P. (2005). What works for whom
: A critical review of psychotherapy research. New
York : The Guilford Press. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J. (2005). Early response in psychotherapy :
Further evidence for the importance of common factors
rather than "placebo effects". Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 61, 855-869. |
|
LUNDH, L.G. (1993). The role of behaviour and cognition in
psychotherapy. Towards an integration. Scandinavian
Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 22, 3-30. |
JACOBSON, J.W., FOXX, R.M. & MULICK, J.A. (Eds.)
(2005). Controversial therapies for developmental
disabilities : Fad, fashion, and science in professional
practice. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates. |
|
LIPSEY, M.W. & WILSON, D.B. (1993). The efficacy of
psychological, educational, and behavioral treatment:
Confirmation from meta-analysis. American
Psychologist, 48, 1181-1209. |
ANCHIN, J.C. (2005). Introduction to the special section
on philosophy and psychotherapy integration and to the
inaugural focus on moral philosophy. Journal of
Psychotherapy Integration, 15 (3), 284-298. [PDF] |
|
PROCTOR, G. (2005). Should therapy make you worse ? Clinical
Psychology, 45, 7-9. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F. (2005). Are psychodynamic and
psychoanalytic therapies effective ? : A review of
empirical data. The International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 86 (3), 841-868. |
|
THURIN, J.-M. (2005). Expertise collective Inserm sur les
psychothérapies, contexte, déroulement, enseignements et
perspectives. Cliniques Méditerranéennes, 71,
19-40. [PDF] |
|
MASH, E.J. & HUNSLEY, J. (1993). Behavior therapy and
managed mental health care : Integrating effectiveness and
economics in mental health practice. Behavior
Therapy, 24, 67-90. |
WAMPOLD, B.E., MINAMI, T., TIERNEY, S.C., BASKIN, T.W.
& BHATI, K.S. (2005). The placebo is powerful :
Estimating placebo effects in medicine and psychotherapy
from randomized clinical trials. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 61, 835-854. [PDF] |
|
WHISTON, S.C. & SEXTON, T.L. (1993). An overview of
psychotherapy outcome research : Implications for
practice. Professional Psychology Research &
Practice, 24 (1), 43-51. [PDF] |
LEICHSENRING, F., HILLER, W., WEISSBERG, M. & LEIBING,
E. (2006). Cognitive-behavioral therapy and psychodynamic
psychotherapy : Techniques, efficacy, and indications. American
Journal of Psychotherapy, 60 (3), 233- 259.
[PDF] |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. & COSTELLO, E. (1993). Efficacy of
applied relaxation and cognitive behavioral therapy in the
treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61, 611-619. |
WEERSING, V.R., IYENGAR, S. KOLKO, D.J., BIRMAHER, B.
& BRENT, D.A. (2006). Effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for adolescent depression : A
benchmarking investigation. Behavior Therapy, 37 (1),
36-48. |
|
WEISZ, J.R., JENSENN-DOSS, A. & HAWKLEY, K.M. (2006).
Evidence-based youth psychotherapies versus usual clinical
care. American Psychologist, 61, 671-689. |
|
LUTZ, W., LAMBERT, M.J. HARMON, C.J., TSCHITSAZ, A.,
SCHÜRCH, E. & STULZ, N. (2006). The probability of
treatment success, failure and duration - What can be
learnd from empirical data to support decision making in
clinical practice ? Clinical Psychology &
Psychotherapy, 13, 223-232. |
|
LIPSEY, M.W. & WILSON, D.B. (1993). The efficacy of
psychological, educational and behavioral treatment.
Confirmation from meta-analysis. American
Psychologist, 48 (12), 1181-1209. |
DIMIDJIAN, S., HOLLON, S.D., DOBSON, K.S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., ADDIS, M.E., GALLOP, R.,
McGLINCHEY, J.B., MARKLEY, D.K., GOLLAN, J.K., ATKINS,
D.C., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2006). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults
with major depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 74 (4), 658-670. |
|
KRAEMER, H.C. & KUPFER, D.J. (2006). Size of treatment
effects and their importance to clinical research and
practice. Biological Psychiatry, 59, 990-996. |
|
QUINSEY, V.L., RICE, M.E., HARRIS, G.T. & LALUMIÈRE,
M.L. (1993). Assessing treatment efficacy in outcome
studies of sex offenders. Journal of Interpersonal
Violence, 8, 512-523. |
THURIN, J.-M. et BRIFFAULT, X. (2006). Limites et
complémentarité des recherches d'efficacité potentielle et
d'efficacité réelle : nouvelles perspectives pour la
recherche en psychothérapie. L'Encéphale, 32,
402-412. |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B. & McARTHY, C.A. (2006). Effects
of psychotherapy for depression in children and
adolescents : A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin,
132, 132-149 |
|
LINDSAY, R.S. & READ, D.S. (1994). Psychotherapy and
memories of childhood sexual abuse : a cognitive
perspective. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 8, 281-338. |
THURIN, J.-M. (2006). Limites de la médecine fondée sur
des preuves et orientations actuelles; une nouvelle
génération des recherches en psychothérapies. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 59 (6), 575-584. [PDF] |
|
DAWES, R.M. (1994). House of cards : Psychology and
psychotherapy built on myth. New York : The Free
Press. |
THURIN, J.-M., THURIN, M. et BRIFFAULT, X. (2006).
Évaluation des pratiques professionnelles et
psychothérapies. L'Information Psychiatrique, 82,
39-47. |
|
LUBORSKY, L. (1994). Therapeutic alliance as predictor of
psychotherapy outcome : Factors explaining the predictive
success. In A. Horvath et L Greenberg (Eds.), The
working alliance : Theory, research, and practice
(pp. 38-50). New York : Wiley. |
SCHNURR, P.P. (2007). The rocks and hard places in
psychotherapy outcome research. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 20 (5), 779-792. |
|
|
CLINTON, J.J., McCORMICK, K. & BESTERMAN, J. (1994).
Enhancing clinical practice : The role of practice
guidelines. American Psychologist, 49, 30-33. |
SCHNURR, P.P. (2007). The rocks and hard places in
psychotherapy outcome research. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 20, 779-792. |
|
LINDSAY, D.S. & READ, J.D. (1994). Psychotherapy and
memories of childhood sexual abuse : A cognitive
perspective. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 8,
281- 338. |
THURIN, J.-M. (2007). Évaluer les psychothérapies :
méthodes et pratiques. Paris : Éditions Dunod. |
|
HUNSLEY, J. & LEE, C.M. (2007). Research-informed
benchmarks for psychological treatments: Efficacy studies,
effectiveness studies, and beyond. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 38, 21-33. |
|
YAPKO, M.D. (1994). Suggestibility and repressed memories
of abuse : A survey of psychotherapists' beliefs. American
Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 36, 163-171. |
STAINES, G.L. (2007). Comparative outcome evaluations of
psychotherapies : Guidelines for addressing eight
limitations of the gold standard of causal inference. Psychotherapy,
44 (2), 161-174. |
|
ORLINSKY, D.E., GRAWE, K. & PARKS, B.K. (1994).
Process and outcome in psychotherapy. In A.E. Bergin et
S.L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and
behavior change (pp. 311-381). New York : Wiley. |
LEICHSENRING, F. & LEIBLING, E. (2007). Psychodynamic
psychotherapy : a systematic review of techniques,
indications and empirical evidence. Psychological
Psychotherapy, 80 (2), 217-228. |
|
NAJVITS, L.M. & STRUPP, H.H. (1994). Differences in
the effectiveness of psychodynamic therapies : a
process-outcome study. Psychotherapy, 31 (1),
114-123, |
NATHAN, P.E. & GORMAN, J.M. (2007). A guide to
treatments that work. New York : University press.
|
|
SHAPIRO, D.A., BARKHAM, M., REES, A., HARDY, G.E.,
REYNOLDS, S. & STARTUP, M. (1994). Effects of
treatment duration and severity of depression on the
effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral and psychodynamic
interpersonal psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 62, 522-534. |
COFFMAN, S., MARTELL, C.R., DIMIDJIAN, S., GALLOP, R.
& HOLLON, S.D. (2007). Extreme non-response in
cognitive therapy : Can behavioral activation succeed
where cognitive therapy fails ? Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 75 (4), 531-541. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J. & BERGIN, A E. (1994). The effectiveness
of psychotherapy. In A.E. Bergin & S.L. Garfield
(Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change
(pp. 143-189). New York : Wiley. |
SCHNURR, P.P. (2007). The rocks and hard places in
psychotherapy outcome research. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 20 (5), 779-792. |
|
MOTLEY, M.T. & MOOLOY, J.L. (1994) An efficacy test of
a new therapy ("communication-orientation-motivation") for
public-speaking anxiety. Journal of Applied
Communication Research, 22, 48-58. |
MINAMI, T. & WAMPOLD, B.E. (2008). Adult psychotherapy
in the real world. In B.W. Walsh (Ed.), Biennial
review of counseling psychology (pp. 27-45). New
York : Routledge. |
|
CUIJPERS, P., VAN STRATEN, A., VAN OPPEN, P.&
ANDERSSON, G. (2008). Are psychological and pharmacologic
interventions equally effective in the treatment of adult
depressive disorders ? A meta-analysis of comparative
studies. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry 69,
1675-1685. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F. & RABUNG, S. (2008). Effectiveness of
long-term psychodynamic psychotherapy : a meta-analysis.
Journal of American Medical Association, 300 (13),
1551-1565. |
|
HOAGWOOD, K., HIBBS, E., BRENT, D. & JENSEN, P.
(1995). Introduction to the special section : Efficacy and
effectiveness in studies of child and adolescent
psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 63, 683-687. |
ZLOMKE, K. & DAVIS, T.E. (2008). One-session treatment
of specific phobias : A detailed description and review of
treatment efficacy. Behavior Therapy, 39 (3),
207-223. |
|
|
ROSENTHAL, R. (1995). Progress in clinical psychology : Is
there any ? Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 2, 133-150. |
HENDRICK, S. (2009). Efficacité des thérapies familiales
systémiques. Thérapie Familiale, 30 (2), 147-165.
[PDF] |
|
PERSONS, J.B. (1995). Why practicing psychologists are
slow to adopt empirically-validated treatments. In S.C.
Hayes, V.M. Follette, R.M. Dawes & K.E. Grady (Eds.),
Scientific standards of psychological practice.
Context Press. |
McLEOD, B.D. (2009). Understanding why therapy allegiance
is linked to clinical outcomes. Clinical Psychology :
Science & Practice, 16 (1), 69-72. |
|
WEISS, B. & WEISZ, J.R. (1995). Relative effectiveness
of behavioral versus nonbehavioral child psychotherapy. Journal
of Clinical & Consulting Psychology, 63,
317-320. |
LEYKIN, Y. & DERUBEIS, R.J. (2009). Allegiance in
psychotherapy outcome research : Separating association
from bias. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 6 (1), 54-69.
[PDF] |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G. & DENELSKY, G.Y.
(1995). Psychotherapy versus medication for depression :
Challenging the conventional wisdom with data. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 26 (6),
574-585. |
KENNY, D.A. & HOYT, W.L. (2009). Multiple levels of
analysis in psychotherapy research. Psychotherapy
Research, 19 (4-5), 462-468. |
|
POOLE, D.A., LINDSAY, D.S., MEMON, A. & BUUL, R.
(1995). Psychotherapy and the recovery of memories of
childhood sexual abuse : U.S. and British practitioners'
opinions, practices, and experiences. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63, 426-437. |
OLATUNJI, B.O., CISLER, J.M. & DEACON, B.J. (2010).
Efficacy of cognitive behavioral therapy for anxiety
disorders : A review of meta-analytic findings. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 33, 557-577. [PDF] |
|
CUIJPERS, P., VAN STRATEN, A., BOHLMEIJER, E., HOLLON,
S.D. & ANDERSSON, G. (2010). The effects of
psychotherapy for adult depression are overestimated : a
meta-analysis of study quality and effect size. Psychological
Medicine, 40 (2), 211-223. |
|
STEIN, D.M. & LAMBERT, M.J. (1995). Graduate training
in psychotherapy : Are therapy outcomes enhanced ? Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63, 182-196. |
SHEDLER, J. (2010). The efficacy of psychodynamic
psychotherapy. American Psychologist, 65 (2),
98-109. [PDF] |
|
NORDAL, K.C. (2010). Where has all the psychotherapy gone
? Monitor on Psychology, 41 (10), 17. |
|
ISRAELI, A.L. & SANTOR, D.A. (2010). Reviewing
effective components of feminist therapy. Journal
Counselling Psychology Quarterly, 13 (3), 233-247. |
|
VRIJ, A., GRANHAG, P.A. & PORTER, S. (2011). Pitfalls
and opportunities in nonverbal and verbal lie detection. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 11 (3), 89-121. [PDF] |
|
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1995). The effectiveness of
psychotherapy : The Consumer Reports study. American
Psychologist, 50, 965-974. |
DICKERSON, F.B. & LEHMAN, A.F. (2011). Evidence-based
psychotherapy for schizophrenia 2011 update. The
Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 199,
520-526. [PDF] |
|
EPSTEIN, W.M. (1995). The illusion of psychotherapy.
New Brunswick, NJ : Transaction. |
KLINTWALL, L., GILLBERG, C., BÖLT, S. & FERNELL, E.
(2011). The efficacy of intensive behavioral intervention
for children with autism : A matter of allegiance ? Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, doi:10.1007/s10803-011-1223.
[PDF] |
|
CUIJPERS, P., DRIESSEN, E, HOLLON, S.D., VAN OPPEN, P,
BARTH, J,. & ANDERSSON, G. (2012). The efficacy of
non-directive supportive therapy for adult depression : a
meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology Review 32,
280–291
|
|
CUIJPERS, P., BERKING, M., ANDERSSON, G., QUIGLEY, L.,
KLEIBOER, A. & DOBSON, K.S. (2013). A meta-analysis of
cognitive-behavioural therapy for adult depression, alone
and in comparison with other treatments. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry/Revue Canadienne de Psychiatrie,
58 (7), 376-385. |
|
ZIMMERMANN, J., LÖFFLER-STASTKA, H., HUBER, D., KLUG, G.,
ALHABBO, S., BOCK, A. & BENECKE, C. (2015). Is it all
about the higher dose? Why psychoanalytic therapy is an
effective treatment for major depression. Clinical
Psychology & Psychotherapy, 22 (6), 469-487. |
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2015). How important are the common factors
in psychotherapy ? An update. World Psychiatry, 14
(3), 270-277. [PDF] |
|
DRIESSEN, E., HEGELMAIER, L.M., ABBASS, A.A.,
BARBER, J.P., DEKKER, J.J.M., VAN, H.L., JANSMA, E.P.,
CUIJPERS, P. (2015).The efficacy of short-term
psychodynamic psychotherapy for depression : a
meta-analysis update. Clinical Psychology Review, 42,
1–15.
|
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. & IMEL, Z.E. (2015) The great
psychotherapy debate : The research evidence for what
works in psychotherapy. New York : Routledge. |
|
STEIN, D.M. & LAMBERT, M.J. (1995). Graduate training
in psychotherapy : Are therapy outcomes enhanced ? Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63, 182-196. |
JAEKEN, M., VERHOFSTADT, L.L. & VAN BROECK, N. (2015).
Qu'est-ce qui détermine l'efficacité d'une psychothérapie
? Brève mise à jour scientifique. Bulletin de
Psychologie, 3 (537), 237-242. [PDF] |
|
WEISZ, J.R., WEISS, B., HAN, S.S., GRANGER, D.A. &
MORTON, T. (1995). Effects of psychotherapy with children
and adolescents revisited: A meta-analysis of treatment
outcome studies. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 450-468. |
GOORDEN, M., SCHAWO, S.J., BOUWMANS-FRIJTERS, C.A.M., VAN
DER SCHEE, E., HENDRIKS, V.M. & HAKKAART-VAN ROIJEN.,
L. (2016). The cost-effectiveness of family/family-based
therapy for treatment of externalizing disorders,
substance use disorders and delinquency : a systematic
review. BMC Psychiatry, 16, [237] : 1-22. [PDF] |
|
CUIJPERS, P., DONKER, T., WEISSMAN MM, RAVITZ, P,
CRISTEA, I.A (2016). Interpersonal psychotherapy for
mental health problems : a comprehensive meta-analysis. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 173, 680–687.
|
|
FARBER, B., SUZUKI, J. & LYNCH, D.A. (2018). Positive
regard and psychotherapy outcome : A meta-analytic review. Psychotherapy : Theory
Research Practice Training, 55 (4), 411-423.
|
|
WOLL, C. & SCHÖNBRODT, F.D. (2019). A series of
meta-analytic tests of the efficacy of long-term
psychoanalytic psychotherapy. European Psychologist,
25 (1), 1-22. [PDF] |
|
CUIJPERS, P., KARYOTAKI, E., REIJENDES, M. &
EBERT, D.D. (2019). Was Eysenck right after all ? A
reassessment of the effects of psychotherapy for adult
depression. Epidemiology & Psychiatric Sciences,
28, 21–30. [PDF]
|
|
MUNDER, T., FLÜCKIGER, C., LEICHSENRING, F., ABBASS, A.A.,
HILSENROTH, M.J., LUYTEN, P., RABUNG, S., STEINERT, C. & WAMPOLD, B.E.
(2019). Is psychotherapy effective ? A re-analysis of
treatments for depression. Epidemiology &
Psychiatric Sciences, 28 (3), 268-274. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie, Effet
thérapeutique équivalent et Effet
du thérapeute |
|
|
|
Thérapie
(Préférences) : Lorsque deux
traitements ou deux thérapies sont
disponibles, préférence du patient/client pour l'un deux. Treatment
preference.
|
|
|
THOMAS, E., CROFT, P.R., PATERSON, S.M., DZIEDZIC, K.
& HAY, E.M. (2004). What influences participants'
treatment preference and can it influence outcome ?
Results from a primary care-based randomized trial for
shoulder pain. British Journal of General Practice,
54, 93-96. |
|
SIDANI, S., EPSTEIN, D.R., BOOTZIN, R.R., MORITZ, P. &
MIRANDA, J. (2009). Assessment for preferences for
treatment : Validation of a measure. Nursing &
Health, 32, 419-431. |
|
SIDANI, S., MIRANDA, J., EPSTEIN, D.R., BOOTZIN, R.R.,
COUSINS, J. & MORITZ, P. (2009). Relationships between
personal beliefs and treatment attributes, and preferences
for behavioral treatments. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 47, 823-829. |
|
PREFERENCE COLLABORATIVE REVIEW GROUP (2009). Patients'
preferences within randomized trials : Systematic review
and patient level meta-analysis. British Medical
Journal, 338, 1864. |
|
SIDANI, S., BOOTZIN, R.R., MORITZ, P., EPSTEIN, D.R.,
MIRANDA, J. & COUSINS, J. (2010). Patterns of
enrollment in randomized and preference trials of
behavioral treatments for insomnia. Journal of
Methods & Measurement in the Social Sciences, 1
(2), 15-30. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie/Technologie
(Pseudo) : Fausse
thérapie ou
technologie qui repose sur des croyances
et des superstitions,
bref sur une pseudoscience.
Une vraie technologie
est fondée sur les recherches et les données des sciences
fondamentales et appliquées, ainsi que sur l'expérience
systématique et codifiée de ses praticiens. Son efficacité
est clairement montrée, donc supérieure au placebo
actif et passif.
NDLR : Les gens qui croient à l'efficacité de ses
pseudothérpies les désignent souvent sous le vocable de «thérapie
alternative». Ce terme laisse faussement croire qu'il s'agit de
pratiques valables, et même préférables aux thérapies en vigueur
dans une domaine d'intervention.
Il existe plusieurs types de pseudothérapie :
1) la pseudothérapie mystique qui repose sur une
force surnaturelle ou l'intervention divine ( EX:
La thérapie par les anges); 2) la pseudothérapie
technologique qui s'appuie sur un gadget ou une machine
révolutionnaire ( EX: L'intégration
neuro-émotionnelle par les mouvements oculaires); 3)
la pseudothérapie psychologique qui fait appel à une fonction
cognitive ou mentale méconnue ( EX: le pouvoir du
mental); 4) la pseudothérapie biologique qui
repose sur les forces vitales du corps ou le pouvoir infini du
cerveau ( EX: la programmation
neuro-linguistique); 5) la pseudothérapie
pharmacologique qui se fonde sur les effets placebo de leur
potions magiques ( EX: L'homéopathie); 6)
la pseudothérapie naturelle qui table sur les forces
cachées et la pureté de la nature ( EX: La
naturopathie). 7) Finalement, la pseudothérapie
physique se fonde sur de propriétés insoupçonnées des phénomènes
de la physique ( EX: vibration de la baguette du
sourcier). = thérapie alternative, faux
traitement, technique ou méthode bidon, psychologie
populaire, pseudopsychologie, charlatanisme moderne,
psychologie de sous-sol d'église. ( ):
Voir tableau ci-dessous. Pseudotherapy,
pseudotechnology.
|
|
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1995). Psychoanalysis is not yet a science :
Comment on Shevrin. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 43, 1015-1023. |
|
BEYERSTEIN, B.L. (1997). Alternative medicine : Where's
the evidence ? Canadian Journal of Public Health, 88
(3), 149-152. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie à distance : Toute forme de thérapie
conduite à distance par l'intermédiaire d'un téléphone
ou d'un internet/ordinateur.
Thérapie à distance,
groupe de soutien à distance et cyberthérapie.
Online therapy, computer-administered therapy,
computer-assisted therapy, telephone behaviour therapy.
| |
|
|
LAWRENCE, G.H. (1986). Using computers for the treatment
of psychological problems. Computers in Human
Behavior, 2, 43-62. |
MOHR, D.C., HART, S., JULIAN, L., CATLEDGE, C.,
HONOS-WEBB, L., VELLA, L. & TASCH, E.T. (2005).
Telephone-administered psychotherapy for depression.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 1007-1014. [PDF] |
|
SELMI, P.M., KLEIN, M.H., GREIST, J.H., SORRELL, S.P.
& ERDMAN, H.P. (1990). Computer-administered
cognitive-behavioral therapy for depression.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 147 (1), 51-56. |
HIRAI, M. & CLUM, G.A. (2005). An Internet-based
self-change program for traumatic event related fear,
distress, and maladaptive coping. Journal of Traumatic
Stress, 18 (6), 631-636 |
|
SCHNEIDER, S.J., SCHWARTZ, M.D. & FAST, J. (1995)
Computerized, telephone-based health promotion : I.
Smoking cessation program. Computers in Human
Behavior, 11, 135-148. |
WRIGHT, J.H., WRIGHT, A.S., ALBANO, A.M., BASCO, M.R.,
GOLDSMITH, L.J., RAFFIELD, T. & OTTO, M.W. (2005).
Computer-assisted cognitive therapy for depression :
Maintaining efficacy while reducing therapist time.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1158-1164. [PDF] |
|
SWINSON, R.P., FERGUS, K.D., COX, B.J. & WICKWIRE, K.
(1995). Efficacy of telephone- administered behavioral
therapy for panic disorder with agoraphobia. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 33 (4), 465-469. |
LOVELL, K., COX, D., HADDOCK, G., JONES, C., RAINES, D.,
GARVEY, R., ROBERTS, C. & HADLEY, S. (2006). Telephone
administered cognitive behaviour therapy for treatment of
obsessive compulsive disorder : randomised controlled
non-inferiority trial. British Medical Journal, 333,
883-887. [PDF] |
|
ZHU, S-H., STRECH, V., BALABANIS, M., ROSBROOK, B.,
SADLER, G. & PIERCE, J. (1996). Telephone counseling
for smoking cessation : Effects of single-session and
multiple-session intervention. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 64, 202-211. |
PRZEWORSKI, A. & NEWMAN, M.G. (2006). The efficacy and
utility of computer-assisted cognitive-behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders. Clinical Psychologist, 10
(2), 43-53. [PDF] |
|
HAAS, L.J., BENEDICT, J.G. & KOBOS, J.C. (1996).
Psychotherapy by telephone : Risks and benefits for
psychologists and consumers. Professional Psychology : Research
& Practice, 27 (2), 154-160. |
NORMAN, S. (2006). The use of telemedicine in psychiatry.
Journal of Psychiatric & Mental Health Nursing,
13, 711-777. |
|
LICHTENSTEIN, E. GLASGOW, R.E., LANDO, H.A., OSSIP-KLEIN,
D.J. & BOLES, S.M. (1996). Telephone counseling for
smoking cessation : Rationales and meta-analytic review of
evidence. Health Education Research, 11 (2),
243-257. [PDF] |
SPEK, V., CUIJPERS, P., NYKLICEK, I.,RIPER, H., KEYZER, J.
& POP, V. (2006). Internet-based cognitive behaviour
therapy for symptoms of depression and anxiety : a
meta-analysis. Psychological Medicine, 37,
319-328. |
|
TAYLOR, S., WOODY, S., McLEAN, P.D. & KOCH, W.J.
(1997). Sensitivity of outcome measures for treatments of
generalized social phobia. Assessment, 4 (2),
181-191. |
CARLBRING, P., NILSSON-IHRFELT, E., WAARA, J., KOLLENSTAM,
C., BUHRMAN, M., KALDO, V., SÖDERBERG, M., EKSELIUS, L.
& ANDERSSON, G. (2005). Treatment of panic disorder :
Live therapy vs. self-help via the Internet. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 43, 1321-1333. [PDF] |
|
LYNCH, D.J., TAMBURINNO, M. & NAGEL, R. (1997).
Telephone counseling for patients with minor depression :
Preliminary findings in a family practice setting.
Journal of Family Practice, 44, 293-296. |
ANDERSSON, G., CARLBRING, P., HOLMSTRÖM, A., SPARTHAN, E.,
FURMARK, T., NILSSON-IHRFELT, E., BUHRMAN M. &
EKSELIUS, L. (2006). Internet-based self-help with
therapist feedback and in vivo group exposure for social
phobia : A randomized controlled trial. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 74 (4),
677-686. |
|
OSGOOD-HYNES, D.J., GREIST, J.H., MARKS, I.M., HENEMAN,
S.W., WENZEL, K.W., MANZO, P.A., PARKIN, J.R., SPIERINGS,
C.J., DOTTL, S.L. & VITSE, H.M. (1998).
Self-administered psychotherapy for depression using a
telephone-accessed computer system plus booklets : An open
U.S.-U.K. study. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 59 (7),
358-365. |
KLWIN, B., RICHARDS, J.C. & AUSTIN, D.W. (2006).
Efficacy of internet therapy for panic disorder. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 37
(3), 213-238. |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. (1999). The clinical use of palmtop computers
in the treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 6, 222-234. [PDF] |
DE LAS CUEVAS, C., ARREDONDO, M.T., CABRERA, M.F.,
SULZENBACHER, H. & MEISE U. (2006). Randomized
clinical trial of telepsychiatry through videoconference
versus face to face conventional psychiatric treatment. Telemedicine
Journal & E-health, 12 (3), 341-350. |
|
SIDANI, S. & STEVENS, B. (2000). Alternative therapies
and placebos : Conceptual clarification and methodologic
implications. Canadian Journal of Nursing Research, 31/
(4), 73-86. [PDF] |
SULER, J. (2007). Cybertherapeutic theory and techniques.
In A. Barak (ed.), Psychological aspects of
cyberspace : Theory, research, applications.
Cambridge University Press. |
|
MOHR, D.C., LIKOSKY, W., BERTAGNOLLI, A., GOODKIN, D., VAN
DER, W.J., DWYER, P. & DICK, L. (2000).
Telephone-administered cognitive-behavioural therapy for
the treatment of depressive symptoms in multiple
sclerosis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 68, 356-361. |
LUDMAN, E.J., SIMON, G.E., TUTTY, S., VON KORFF, M.
SIMON, G.E. & TUTTY, S. (2007). A randomized trial of
telephone psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy for depression
: continuation and durability of effects. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 75, 257-266. |
|
VANDENBOS, G.R. & WILLIAMS, S. (2000). The internet
versus the telephone: what is telehealth anyway ? Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 31, 490-492. |
TITOV, N. (2007). Status of computerized cognitive
behavioural therapy for adults. Australian and New
Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 41 (2), 95-114. |
|
STRÖM, L., PETTERSSON, R. & ANDERSSON, G. (2000). A
controlled trial of self-help treatment of recurrent
headache conducted via the internet. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68, 722-727. |
CALBRING, P., GUNNARSDOTTIR, M., HEDENSÖ, L., ANDERSSON,
G., EKSELIUS, L. & FURMARK, T. (2007). Treatment of
social phobia : Randomised trial of internet-delivered
cognitive-behavioural therapy with telephone support.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 190, 123-128. [PDF] |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. (2000). Generalized anxiety disorder. In M.
Hersen & M. Biaggio (Eds.), Effective brief
therapies : A clinician's guide (pp. 157-178). San
Diego, CA : Academic Press. [PDF] |
LITZ, B.T., ENGEL, C.C., BRYANT, R.A. & PAPA, A.
(2007). A randomized, controlled proof-of- concept trial
of an Internet-based, therapist-as sisted self-management
treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 164 (11), 1676-1684. |
|
MAHEU, M., WHITTEN, P. & ALLEN, A. (2001). E-health,
telehealth and telemedicine. San Francisco, CA :
Jossey-Bass. |
BARAK, A., HEN, L., BONIEL-NISSIM, M. & SHAPIR, A.N.
(2008). A comprehensive review and a meta-analysis of the
effectiveness of Internet-based psychotherapeutic
interventions. Journal of Technology in Human
Services, 26 (2/4), 109-154. |
|
MINAMI, T. (2008). On the "snapshot" of
telephone-administered psychological therapy: Back to
science for a clearer picture. Clinical Psychology :
Science & Practice, 15, 254-258. |
|
|
FENICHEL, M., SULER, J., BARAK, A., ZELVIN, E., JONES, G.,
MUNRO, K., MEUNIER, V. & WALKER-SHCUMUCKER, W. (2002).
Myths and realities of online clinical Work. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 5 (5). 481-497. [PDF] |
BEE, P.E., BOWER, P, LOVELL. K., GILBODY, S., RICHARDS,
D., GASK, L. & ROACH, P. (2008). Psychotherapy
mediated by remote communication technologies : a
meta-analytic review. BMC Psychiatry, 8 (60),
1-13. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, L. & WEISSMAN, M. (2002). Interpersonal
psychotherapy delivered over the telephone to recurrent
depressives : a pilot study. Depress Anxiety, 16, 114-117. |
BILICH, L.L., DEANE, F.P., PHIPPS, A.B., BARISIC, M. &
GOULD, G. (2008). Effectiveness of bibliotherapy self-help
for depression with varying levels of telephone helpline
support. Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 15,
61-74 |
|
HERTEL, P.T., BROZOVICH, F., JOORMANN, J. & GOTLIB,
I.H. (2008). Biases in interpretation and memory in
generalized social phobia. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 117 (2), 278-288. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSSON, G., LUNDSTRÖM, P. & STRÖM, L. (2003).
Internet-based treatment of headache. Does telephone
contact add anything ? Headache, 43, 353-361. |
KIROPOULOS, L.A., KLEIN, B., AUSTIN, D.W., AUSTIN, D.W.
GILSON, K., PIER, C., MITCHELL, J. & CIECHOMSKI, L.
(2008). Is internet-based CBT for panic disorder and
agoraphobia as effective as face-to-face CBT ?
Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 22 (8), 1273-1284. |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & COOPER, G. (2003). Online therapy :
Implications for problem gamblers and clinicians.
British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 31
(1), 113-135. |
MOHR, D.C., VELLA, L., HART, S., HECKMAN, T. & SIMON,
G. (2008). Th e effect of telephone-administered
psychotherapy on symptoms of de pression and attrition : A
meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 15, 243-253. |
|
LANGE, A., RIETDIJK, D., HUDCOVICOVA, M., VAN DE VEN
SCHHRIEKEN, B. & EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (2003). Interapy :
A cont rolled randomized trial of the standardized
treatment of postt raumatic stress through the Internet.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 71
(5), 901-909. [PDF] |
BILICH, L.L., DEANE, F.P., PHIPPS, A.B., BARISIC, M. &
GOULD, G. (2008). Effectiveness of bibliotherapy self-help
for depression with varying levels of telephone helpline
support. Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 15,
61-74. |
|
TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G., SCHWENCKE, G., SOLLEY, K.,
JOHNSTON, L. & ROBINSON, E. (2009). Clinician-assisted
Internet-based treatment is effective for generalized
anxiety disorder : Randomized controlled trial. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 43 (10),
905-912. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. & CUIJPERS, P. (2009). Internet -based
and other computerized psychological treatments for adult
depression : A meta-analysis. Cognitive Behaviour
Therapy, 38 (4), 196-205. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. (2009). Using the Internet to provide
cognitive behaviour therapy. Behavior Research &
Therapy 47, 175-180. |
|
YEH, A.H., TAYLOR, S., THORDARSON, D.S. & CORCORAN,
K.M. (2003). Efficacy of telephone-administered cognitive
behaviour therapy for obsessive-compulsive spectrum
disorders : Case studies. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy,
32, 75-81 |
VEAZEY, C., COOK, K., STANLEY, M., LAI, E.C. & KUNIK,
M.E. (2009). Telephone administered cognitive behavioral
therapy : A case study of anxiety and depression in
Parkinson's disease. Journal of Clinical Psychology
in Medical Settings, 16, 243-253.
[PDF] |
|
ANDERSSON, G., CALBRING, P., BERGER, T., ALMLÖV, J. &
CUIJPERS, P. (2009). What makes internet therapy work ? Cognitive
Behaviour Therapy, 38 (4), 55-60. |
|
PROUDFOOT, J., GOLDBERG, D., MANN, A., EVERITT, B., MARKS,
I. & GRAY, J.A. (2003). Computerized, interactive,
multimedia cognitive-behavioural program for anxiety and
depression in general practice. Psychological
Medicine, 33, 217-227. |
CRASKE, M.G., ROSE, R.D., LANG, A., WELCH, S.S.,
CAMPBELL-SILLS, L., SULLIVAN, G., SHERBOURNE, C.,
BYSTRITSKY, A., STEIN, M.B. & ROY-BYRNE, P.P. (2009).
Computer-assisted delivery of cognitive behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders in primary-care settings. Depression
& Anxiety, 26 (3), 235-242. [PDF] |
|
TITOV, N. (2010). Email in low intensity CBT
interventions. In J. Bennett-Levy, D. Richards, P.
Farrand, H. Christensen, K. Griffiths, D. Kavanagh &
C. Williams (Eds.), Oxford guide to low intensity CBT
interventions (pp. 287-294). New York : Oxford
University Press. |
|
TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G. KEMP, A. & ROBINSON, E. (2010).
Characteristics of adults with anxiety or depression
treated at an Internet clinic : Comparison with a national
survey and an outpatient clinic. PLoS ONE, 5 [5],
1-5. [PDF] |
|
WIMS, W., TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G. & CHOI, I. (2010).
Clinician-assisted Internet-based treatment is effective
for panic : A randomized controlled trial. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 44,
599-607. |
|
ROBINSON, E., TITOV, N., ANDREWS, G., McINTYRE, K.,
SCHWENCKE, G. & SOLLEY, K. (2010). Internet treatment
for generalized anxiety disorder : A randomized controlled
trial comp aring clinician vs. technician assistance.
PLoS ONE, 5 (6), 1-9. [PDF]
|
|
WOOTTON, B.M., TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., SPENCE, J., ANDREWS,
G., JOHNSTON, L. & SOLLEY, K. (2011). An Internet
administered treatment program for obsessive-compulsive
disorder : a feasibility study. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 25, 1102-1107. |
|
ANDERSSON, E., LJOTSSON,B., HEDMAN, E., KALDO V., PAXLING,
B., ANDERSSON, H., LINDEFORS N. & RUCK, C. (2011).
Internet-based cognitive behavior therapy for obsessive
compulsive disorder : A pilot study. BMC Psychiatry,
11 (125), 1-10. [PDF] |
|
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & COOPER, G. (2003). Online therapy :
Implications for Problem gamblers and clinicians.
British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 31
(1), 113-135. |
LAM, R.W., LUTZ, K., PREECE, M., CAYLEY, P.M. &
WALKER, A.B. (2011). Telephone-administered
cognitive-behavioral therapy for clients with depressive
symptoms in an employee assistance program : A pilot
study. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, 23 (1),
11-16. [PDF] |
|
TITOV, N. (2011). Internet-delivered psychotherapy for
depression in adults. Current opinion in Psychiatry,
24 (1), 18-23. |
|
|
SPENCE, J., TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., JOHNSTON, L., SOLLEY,
K., LORIAN, C., WOOTTON, B., ZOU, J. & SCHWENKE G.
(2011). Randomized controlled trial of Internet-delivered
cognitive behavioral therapy for posttraumatic stress
disorder. Depression & Anxiety, 28 (7),
541-550. |
|
NEWMAN, M.G., SZKODNY, L.E., LLERA, S.J. & PRZEWORSKI,
A. (2011). A review of technology- assisted self-help and
minimal contact therapies for anxiety and depression : Is
human contact necessary for therapeutic efficacy ?
Clinical Psychology Review, 31, 89-103. |
|
TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., LUKE JOHNSTON, L. & TERIDES, M.
(2012). Transdiagnostic internet treatment for anxiety and
depression. Revista de Psicopatología y Psicología
Clínica, 17 (3), 237-260. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSSON, E., ENANDER, J., ANDRÉN, P., HEDMAN, E.,
LJOTSSON, B., HURSTI, T., BERGSTRÖM, J., KALDO, V.,
LINDERSFORS, N., ANDERSSON, G. & RÜCK, C. (2012).
Internet-based cognitive behavior therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder : a randomized controlled
trial. Psychological Medicine, 42, 2193-2203. [PDF] |
|
MURRAY, E. (2012). Web-based interventions for behavior
change and self-management : Potential, pitfalls,
progress. Medicine, 2.0 1 (2), e3. |
|
ESPIE, C.A., KYLE, S.D., WILLIAMS, C., ONG, J.C., DOUGLAS,
N.J., HAMES, P. & BROWN, J.S.L. (2012). A randomized,
placebo-controlled, trial of online cognitive behavioral
therapy for chronic insomnia disorder delivered via an
automated media-rich web application. Sleep, 35 (6),
769-781. [PDF] |
|
MOHR, D.C., HO, J., DUFFECY, J., REIFLER, D., SOKOL, L.,
BURNS, M.N., JIN, L. & SIDDIQUE, J. (2012). Effect of
telephone-administered vs face-to-face cognitive
behavioral therapy on adherence to therapy and depression
outcomesamong primary care patients : A randomized trial.
Journal of American Medical Association, 307 (21),
2278-2285. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSSON, G. & HEDMAN, E. (2013). Effectiveness of
guided internet-based cognitive behavior therapy in
regular clinical settings. Verhaltenstherapie, 23,
140-148.
[PDF] |
|
PRZEWORSKI, A. & NEWMAN, M.G. (2004). Ambulatory
computer-assisted group therapy for generalized social
phobia. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60, 179-188.
[PDF] |
LINTVEDT, O.K., GRIFFITHS, K.M., SÖRENSEN, K., OSTVIK,
A.R., WANG, C.E., EISEMANN, M. & WATERLOO, K. (2013).
Evaluating the effectiveness and efficacy of unguided
internet- based self-help in tervention for the prevention
of depression : a randomized controlled trial. Clinical
Psychology & Psychotherapy, 20, 10-27. |
|
LYNCH, D., TAMBURRINO, M., NAGEL R. & SMITH, N.
(2004). Telephone-based treatment for family practice
patients with mild depression. Psychological Reports,
94, 785-792. |
SHORE, J.H. (2013). Telepsychiatry : Videoconferencing in
the delivery of psychiatric care. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 170, 256-262. [PDF] |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. (2004). Technology in psychotherapy : An
introduction. Journal of Cliical Psychoologyl/In
Session, 60 (2), 141-145. [PDF]
|
ROZENTAL, A., ANDERSSON, G., BOETTCHER, J., EBERT, D.D.,
CUIJPERS, P., KNAEVELSRUD, C., LJÓTSSON, B., KALDO, V.,
TITOV, N. & CARLBRING, P. (2014). Consensus statement
on defining and measuring negative effects of internet
interventions. Internet Interventions, 1 (1),
12-19. |
|
MCCRONE, P., KNAPP, M., PROUDFOOT, J., RYDEN, C.,
CAVANAGH, K., SHAPIRO, D.A., ILSON, S., GRAY, J.A.,
GOLDBERG, G., MANN, A., MARKS, I., EVERITT, B. &
TYLEE, A. (2004). Cost-effectiveness of computerized
cognitive-behavioural therapy for anxiety and depression
in primary care : randomized controlled trial.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 185, 55-62. [PDF] |
ANDERSSON, E., ANDERSSON, E., STENEBY, S., KARLSSON, K.,
LJÖTSSON, B., HEDMAN, E., ENANDER, J., KALDO, V.,
ANDERSSON, G., LINDEFORS, N. & RÜCK, C. (2014).
Long-term efficacy of Internet-based cognitive behavior
therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder with or without
booster : A randomized controlled trial. Psychological
Medicine, 44 (13), 2877-2887. |
|
CHRISTENSEN, H., GRIFFITHS, K.M. & JORM, A.F. (2004).
Delivering inte rventions for depression by using the
internet : randomized controlled trial. British
Medical Journal, 328. [LIRE] |
ANDERSSON, E., HEDMAN, E., LJÖTSSON, B., WIKSTRÖM, M.,
ELVELING, E., LINDEFORS, N., ANDERSSON, G., KALDO, V.
& RÜCK, C. (2015). Cost-effectiveness of
internet-based cognitive behavior therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder : Results from a randomized
controlled trial. Journal of Obsessive-Compulsive
& Related Disorders, 4, 47-53. |
|
BUHRAM, M., GORDH, T. & ANDERSSON, G. (2016). Internet
interventions for chronic pain including headache : a
systematic review. Internet Interventions, 4, 17-34.
[PDF] |
|
HTCHCOCK, P.F., HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2016).
Best learning practices for Internet treatments. The
Behavior Therapist, 39 (2), 51-55 |
|
SEOL, S.-H., KWON, J.S., KIM, Y.Y., KIM, S.N. & SHIN,
M.-S. (2016). Internet-based cognitive behavioral therapy
for obsessive-compulsive disorder in Korea. Psychiatric
Investigation, 13 (4), 373-382. [PDF] |
|
SULER, J. (2016). Psychoanalytic cyberpsychology. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 14 (1),
97-102. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Groupe
de soutien à distance, Cyberthérapie
et Thérapie |
|
|
|
Thérapie
analytique fonctionnelle : Thérapie d'inpiration
béhavioriste fodées sur les travaux de Kohlenberg et Tsai.
Functional analytic
psychotherapy, FAP.
|
|
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J. & TSAI, M. (1987). Functional
analytic psychotherapy. In N. Jacobson (Ed.),
Cognitive and behavioral therapists in clinical
practice. New York : Guilford. |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J. & TSAI, M. (1991). Functional
analytic psychotherapy : Creating intense and curative
therapeutic relationships. New York : Plenum
Publishers. |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J. & TSAI, M. (1994). Functional
analytic psychotherapy : A behavioral approach to
treatment and integration. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 4, 175-201.
[PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., MASUDA, A., BISSETT, R., LUOMA, J. &
GUERRERO, L.F. (2004). DBT, FAP, and ACT : How empirically
oriented are the new behavior therapy technologies ? Behavior
Therapy, 35, 35-54.
[PDF] |
|
TSAI, M., KOHLENBERG, R.J., KANTER, J.W., KOHLENBERG,
B.S., FOLLETTE, W.C. & CALLAGHAN, G.M. (2008). A
guide to functional analytic psychotherapy : Awareness,
courage, love and behaviorism. New York :
Springer. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
auto-administrée : Forme de thérapie
qui repose sur le principe qu'un individu qui apprend à bien
connaître les grandes théories psychologiques et les techniques
thérapeutiques sera en mesure de modifier ses propres comportements
et de résoudre ses problèmes, sans l'aide d'un thérapeute
(ou grâce à une supervision minimale). Dans le cadre de
certaines thérapies, la lecture des livres ou la consultation dess
sites internet qui présentent ces grandes théories/thérapies est
donc prescrite aux malades/patients. EX: Un
béhavioriste peut proposer à son client phobique la lecture de «MARCHAND,
A. et LETARTE, A. (2001). La peur d'avoir peur : Guide de
traitement du trouble panique avec agoraphobie. Stanké».
Dans le cas d'une phobie simple et légère, cette lecture et la
mise en application des recommandations faites par les auteurs
peuvent suffire à résoudre les problèmes du patient. Il convient
cependant de préciser trois choses : 1) La plupart du temps, la
lecture de ces ouvrages de vulgarisation se fait hors du cadre
thérapeutique, donc sans encadrement adéquat; 2) Malheureusement,
la plupart des ouvrages proposés au grand public ne se fonde pas
sur des connaissances scientifiques; 3) Finalement, une évidence :
savoir et pouvoir sont deux choses bien distinctes; c'est pas
parce que l'on sait que l'on peut (et vice-versa). =
Thérapie auto-administrée.
Bibliotherapy, self-help, self-help intervention.
| |
|
|
GLASGOW, R.E. & ROSEN, G.M. (1978). Behavioral
bibliotherapy : A review of self-help behavior therapy
manuals. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 1-23. |
JAMISON, C. & SCOGIN, E (1995). The outcome of
cognitive bibliotherapy with depressed adults. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63,
644-650. |
|
VAN LONDEN, A., VAN LONDEN-BARENTSEN, M.W., VAN SON, M. J.
& MULDER, G.A. (1995). Relapse rate and subsequent
parental reaction after successful treatment of children
suffering from nocturnal enuresis : A 21?2 year follow-up
of bibliotherapy. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
33, 309-311. |
|
MARRS, R.W. (1995). A meta-analysis of bibliotherapy
studies. American Journal of Community Psychology, 23,
843-870. |
|
MIKULAS, W.L., GOFFMAN, M.G., DAYTON, D., FRAYNE, C. &
MAIER, P.L. (1983). Behavioral bibliotherapy and games for
treating fear of the dark. Child & Family
Behavior Therapy, 7 (3), 1-7. |
CUIJPERS, P. (1997). Bibliotherapy in unipolar depression
: A meta-analysis. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 28 (2), 139-147. |
|
CHRISLER, J. & ULSH, M. (2001). Feminist bibliotherapy
: Report on a survey of feminist therapists. Women
& Therapy, 23, 71-85. |
|
ROSEN, G.M. (1987). Self-help treatment books and the
commercialization of psychotherapy. American
Psychologist, 42 (1), 46-51. |
VAN LANKVELD, J.J.D.M., EVERAERD, W. & GROTJOHANN, Y.
(2001). Cognitive-behavioral bbliotherapy for sexual
dysfunctions in heterosexual couples : A Randomized
waiting-list controlled clinical trial in the Netherlands
: Statistical data included. Journal of Sex Research,
38, 51-67. |
|
NEWMAN, M.G., ERICKSON, T., PRZEWORSKI, A. & DZUS E.
(2003). Self-help and minimal-contact therapies for
anxiety disorders : is human contact necessary for
therapeutic efficacy ? Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 59,251-274. |
|
SCOGIN, F., JAMISON, C. & GOCHNEAUR, K. (1989).
Comparative efficacy of cognitive and behavioral
bibliotherapy for mildly and moderately depressed older
adults. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 57 (3), 403-407. |
ROSEN, G.M. (2003). Bibliotherapy. In W. O'Donohue, J.E.
Fisher & S.C. Hayes (Eds.), Cognitive behavior
therapy : Applying empirically supported techniques in
your practice. New York : John Wiley, Inc. |
|
APODACA, T.R. & MILLER, W.R. (2003). A meta-analysis
of the effectiveness of bibliotherapy for alcohol
problems. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 59,
289-304. |
|
FLOYD, M., SCOGIN, F., McKENDREE-SMITH, N.L., FLOYD, D.L.
& ROKKE, P.D. (2004). Cognitive therapy for depression
: a comparison of individual psychotherapy and
bibliotherapy for depressed older adults. Behavior
Modification, 28, 297-318. |
|
CARLBRING, P., NILSSON-IHREFELT, E., WAARA, J.,
KOLLENSTAM, C., BUHRMAN, M., KALDO, V., SÖDERBERG, M.,
EKSELIUS, L. & ANDERSSON, G. (2005). Treatment of
panic disorder : live therapy vs. self-help via the
Internet. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 43
(10), 1321-1333. |
|
MATAIX-COLS D. & MARKS, I.M. (2006). Self-help with
minimal therapist contact for obsessive-compulsive
disorder : a review. European Psychiatry, 21, 75-80. |
|
LONG, N., RICKERT, V.I. & ASHCRAFT, E.W. (1993).
Bibliotherapy as an adjunct to stimulant medication in the
treatment of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal
of Pediatric Health Care, 7, 82-88. |
RAPEE, R.M., ABBOTT, M. & LYNEHAM, H. (2006).
Bibliotherapy for children with anxiety disorders using
written materials for parents : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 74 (3), 436-444. [PDF] |
|
CUIJPERS, P. (2007) Self-help interventions for anxiety
disorders : An overview. Current Psychiatry Reports,
9, 284-290. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thérapie
béhavioriste : Ensemble des thérapies
et des techniques qui vise à modifier les comportements
des client/patient/malade. Ces thérapies
sont fondées sur les théories de l'apprentissage,
et notamment sur l'analyse
fonctionnelle du comportement. Thérapie béhavioriste et
modification du comportement. =
thérapie béhaviorale, thérapie par renforcement/punition, thérapie
comportementale, analyse fonctionnele du comportement.
( ): thérapie
par aversion, thérapie
par exposition, thérapie
par immersion, désensibilisation
systématique, façonnement,
système ou économie de
jetons, technique de punition
et de renforcement, estompage
et mise en relief. Behavior
therapy, behavior therapy technique.
| |
|
|
LINDSLEY, O.R., SKINNER, B.F. & SOLOMON, H.C. (1953).
Studies in behavior therapy. Walthama, MA. :
Metropolitan State Hospital. |
TRYON, W.W. (1981). The practice of clinical behaviorism :
An overview. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 12, 197-202. |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. & SKINNER, B.F. (1954). A method for
the experimental analysis of the behavior of psychotic
patients. American Psychologist, 9, 419-420. |
SLADE, P.D. (1982). Towards a functional analysis of
anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. British Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 21, 167-191. |
|
FOA, E.B. & EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (1983). Failures in
behaviour therapy. New York : Wiley. |
|
DURHAM, R.C. & TURVEY, A.A. (1987). Cognitive therapy
vs behaviour therapy in the treatment of chronic general
anxiety. Behavioural Research & Therapy, 25
(3), 229-234. |
|
O'LEARY, K.D. & WILSON, G.T. (1987). Behavior
therapy : Application and outcome. New Jersey :
Prentice-Hall. |
|
WOLPE, J. (1958). Psychotherapy by reciprocal
inhibition. Stanford : Stanford University Press. |
VAN HOUTEN, R., AXELROD, S., BAILEY, J.S., FAVELL, J.E.,
FOXX, R.M., IWATA, B.A. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1988). The
right to efective behavioral treatment. The Behavior
Analyst, 11, 111-114. |
|
EYSENK, H.J. (1959). Learning theory and behavior therapy.
Journal of Mental Science, 105, 61-75. |
BOOTZIN, R.R. & RUGGILL, J.S. (1988). Training issues
in behavior therapy. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 56 (5), 703-709. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, J.A. & CLANCY, S. (1988). Comparison of
operant behavioral and cognitive-behavioral group
treatment for chronic low back pain. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 261-266. |
|
EYSENK, H.J. (Ed.) (1960). Behaviour therapy and the
neuroses. London : Pergamon. |
SKINNER, B.F. (1988). The operant side of behavior
therapy. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 19, 171-79. |
|
BARLOW, D.H. (1988/2002). Anxiety and its disorders :
The nature and treatment of anxiety and panic. N.Y.
: The Guilford Press. |
|
GLYNN, J.D. & HARPER, P. (1961). Behaviour therapy in
transvestism. The Lancet, 1, 619. |
BOWERS, T.G. & CLUM, G.A. (1988). Relative
contribution of specific and nonspecific treatment effects
: Meta-analysis of placebo-controlled behavior therapy
research. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 315-323. |
|
WOLPE, J. (1962). Isolation of a conditioning procedure as
the crucial psychotherapeutic factor : A case study. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 134, 316-329. |
GOLDFRIED, M.R. & HAYES, A.M. (1989). Can
contributions from other orientations complement behavior
therapy ? The Behavior Therapist, 12, 57-60. |
|
HAWKINS, R.P., PETERSON, R.F., SCHWEID, E. & BIJOU,
S.W. (1966) Behavior therapy in the home : Amelioration of
problem parent-child relations with the parent in a
therapeutic role. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 4, 99-107. |
NEZU, A.M. & NEZU, C.M. (Eds.) (1989). Clinical
decision making in behavior therapy : A problem-solving
perspective. Champaign, IL : Research Press. |
|
WOODY, R.H. (1966). Behavior therapy and school
psychology. Journal of Social Psychology, 4, 1-14. |
LADOUCEUR, R., BOUCHARD, M.A. et GRANGER, L. (1989). Principes
et applications des thérapies behaviorales. Edisem. |
|
WOLPE, J. & LAZARUS, A.A. (1966). Behavior
therapy technique. New York : Pergamon Press. |
HERSEN, M. (1989). Innovations in child behavior
therapy. New York : Springer. |
|
GREENSPOON, J. & BROWNSTEIN, A.J. (1967).
Psychotherapy from the standpoint of a behaviorist. Psychological
Record, 17, 401-416. |
VAN RIPER, C. (1990). Final thoughts about stuttering. Journal
of Fluency Disorders, 15, 317-318. |
|
BENCA, R.M., OBERMEYER, W.H., THISTED, R.A. & GILLIN,
J.C. (1992). Sleep and psychiatric disorders : A meta
analysis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49,
651-668. |
|
|
BARLOW, D.H., RAPEE, R.M. & BROWN, T.A. (1992).
Behavioral treatment of generalized anxiety disorder.
Behavior Therapy, 23, 551-570. |
|
BUTLER, G., FENNELL, M., ROBSON, P. & GELDER, M.
(1991). Comparison of behavior therapy and cognitive
behavior therapy in the treatment of generalized anxiety
disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (1), 167-75. |
|
WOODY, R.H. (1968). Toward a rationale for
psychobehavioral therapy. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 19 (2), 197-204. |
GOLDFRIED, M.R. & CASTONGUAY, L.G. (1993). Behavior
therapy : Redefining strengths and limitations. Behavior
Therapy, 24 (4), 505-526. |
|
WARD, M.H. & BAKER, B.L. (1968). Reinforcement therapy
in the classroom. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 1 (4), 323-328. [PDF] |
KOHLENBERG, R.J., HAYES, S.C. & TSAI, M. (1993).
Radical behavioral psychotherapy : Two contemporary
examples. Clinical Psychology Review, 13,
579-592. [PDF] |
|
KANFER, F. & SASLOW, G. (1969). Behavioral diagnosis.
In C.M. Franks (Ed.), Behavior therapy : appraisal
and status (pp. 2-16). New York : McGraw Hill. |
VAN RILLAER, J. (1995). Les thérapies
comportementales. Bernet-Danilo/Essentialis. |
|
TURNER, J.A., BEIDEL, D.C., SPAULDING, S, BROWN J. (1995).
The practice of behavior therapy: A national survey of
cost and methods. The Behavior Therapist, 18, 1–4 |
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R. & HAYES, A.M. (1995). Contributions
from other orientations to behavior therapy. M.R.
Goldfried (Ed.), From cognitive-behavior therapy to
psychotherapy integration (pp. 147-157). NY :
Springer. |
|
KANFER, F. & SASLOW, G. (1969). Behavioral diagnosis.
In C.M. Franks (Ed.), Behavior therapy : appraisal
and status (pp. 2-16). New York : McGraw Hill. |
FOA, E.B. (1996). The efficacy of behavioral therapy with
obsessive-compulsives. The Clinical Psychologist, 49
(2), 19-22. |
|
YATES, A.J. (1970). Behavior therapy. New York
: Wiley. |
TERI, L., LOGSDON, R.G., UOMOTO J. & McURRY, S.M.
(1997). Behavioral treatment of depression in dementia
patients : A controlled clinical trial. Journal of
Gerontology : Psychological Sciences, 52B, 159-166. |
|
BLINDER, B.J., FREEMAN, D.M. & STUNKARD, A.J. (1970).
Behavior therapy of anorexia nervosa : effectiveness of
activity as a reinforcer of weight gain. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 126 (8), 1093-1098. |
AGRAS, W.S. (1997). Helping people improve their lives
with behavior therapy. Behavior Therapy, 28,
375-384. |
|
WILSON, K.G. (1997). Science and treatment development :
Lessons from the history of behavior therapy. Behavior
Therapy, 28, 547-558. |
|
FORSYTH, J.P. (1997). In the name of the "advancement" of
behavior therapy : Is it all in a name ? Behavior
Therapy, 28, 615-627. |
|
HAWKINS, R.P. & FORSYTH, J.P. (1997). The behavior
analytic perspective : Its nature, prospects, and
limitations for behavior therapy. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28, 7-16. |
|
SCHAUSS, S.L., CHASE, P.N. & HAWKINS, R.P. (1997).
Environment-behavior relations, behavior therapy, and the
process of persuasion and attitude change. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28, 31-40. |
|
DOUGHER, M.J. (1997). Cognitive concepts, behavior
analysis, and behavior therapy. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28, 65-70. |
|
KANFER, F. & PHILLIPS, J.S. (1970). Learning
foundations of behavior therapy. New York : Wiley. |
FORSYTH, J.P., CHASE, P.N. & HACKBERT, L. (1997). A
behavior analytic interpretation of attributions in the
context of behavior therapy. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28, 17-29. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1971). Behavior therapy and beyond.
New York : McGraw-Hill. |
PLAUD, J. & EIFERT, G. (1998). From behavior
theory to behavior therapy. Boston : Allyn and
Bacon. |
|
LOCKE, E.A. (1971). Is "behavior therapy" "behavioristic"
? An analysis of Wolpe's psychotherapeutic methods. Psychological
Bulletin, 76 (5), 318-327. |
FORSYTH, J.P., KOLLINS, S., PALAV, A., DUFF, K. &
MAHER, S. (1999). Has behavior therapy drifted from its
experimental roots ? : A survey of publication trends in
mainstream behavioral journals. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 30, 205-220. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1971). Reflections on behavior therapy and
its development : A point of view. Behavior Therapy,
2, 369-374. |
MORLEY, S., ECCLESTON, C. & WILLIAM, A. (1999).
Systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized
controlled trials of cognitive behaviour therapy and
behaviour therapy for chronic pain in adults, excluding
headache. Pain, 80, 1-13. [PDF] |
|
REISINGER, J.J. (1972). The treatment of
"anxiety-depression" via positive reinforcement and
response. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5 (2),
125-130 [PDF] |
MARTELL, C.R. (1999). Behavior therapy and sexual
minorities : Thoughts on progress and future directions. The
Behavior Therapist, 22 (10), 194-195. |
|
AGRAS, W.S. (1973). Toward the certification of behavior
therapists ? Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6,
167–-173.[PDF] |
|
|
BANDURA, A. (1974). Behavior theory and the models of man.
American Psychologist, 29, 859-869. [PDF] |
ZELIKOVSKY, N., RODRIGUE, J.R., GIDYZC, C.A. & DAVIS,
M.A. (2000). Cognitive behavioral and behavioral
interventions to help children cope during voiding
cystourethogram. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 25,
535-543. |
|
FENSTERHEIM, H. (1974). Behavior therapy of the sexual
variations. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1
(1), 16-28. |
O'DONOHUE, W.T., HENDERSON, D.A., HAYES, S.C., FISHER,
J.E. & HAYES, L.J. (2001). A History of the
behavioral therapies : Founders' Person Histories.
Reno, NV : Context Press. |
|
RIMM, D.C. & MASTERS, J.C. (1974). Behavior
therapy : Techniques and empirical findings. New
York : Academic Press. |
BARBOUR, R. (2001). Checklists for improving rigour in
qualitative research : a case of the tail wagging the dog
? British Medical Journal, 322, 115-117. |
|
O'LEARY, K.D. & WILSON, G.T. (1975/87). Behavior
therapy : Application and outcome. New Jersey :
Prentice-Hall. de psychologie. |
JACOBSON, N.S., MARTELL, C.R. & DIMIDJIAN, S. (2001).
Behavioral Activation for depression : Returning to
contextual roots. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 8, 255-270 |
|
WOLPE, J. (1975/1990). The practice of behavior
therapy. New York : Pergamon. / Pratique de
la thérapie comportementale. Paris : Masson. |
MATAIX-COLS, D., MARKS, I.M., GREIST, J.H., KOBAK, K.A.
& BAER, L. (2002). Obsessive-compulsive symptom
dimensions as predictors of compliance with and response
to behaviour therapy : Results from a controlled trial. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 71, 255-262. |
|
CHESSER, E.S. (1976). Behavior therapy: Recent trends and
current practice. British Journal of Psychiatry, 129,
289-307. |
HOPKO, D.R., LEJUEZ, C.W., RUGGIERO, K.J. & EIFERT,
G.H. (2003). Contemporary behavioral activation treatments
for depression : Procedures, principles, and progress. Clinical
Psychology Review, 23, 699-717. |
|
AL-ISSA, I. (1976). Behavior therapy and hallucinations :
A sociocultural approach. Psychotherapy : Theory,
Research & Practice, 13 (2), 156-159. |
ATTWOOD, T. (2003). Frameworks for behavioral
interventions. Child & Adolescent Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 12 (1), 65-86. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1976). Multimodal behavior therapy.
New York : Springer. |
CONTI, S., GRANDI, S., RUINI, C., RAFANELLI, C., SAVIOTTI,
F.M., BARTOLUCCI, G., TOSSANI, E., BELAISE, C. & FAVA,
G.A. (2003). Long-term follow-up of social phobia treated
by behavioral therapy. Rivista di Psichiatra, 38 (2),
78-85. |
|
RAMSAY, R. (1977). Behavioural approaches to
obsessive-compulsive neurosis. In J.C. Boulougouris &
A.D. Rabavilas (Eds.), The treatment of phobic and
obsessive compulsive disorders : Selected papers from
the sixth annual meeting of the European association of
behaviour therapy (pp. 102-103). Oxford : Pergamon
Press. |
VAN MINNEN, A., HOOGDUIN, K., KEIJSERS, G., HELLENBRAND,
I. & HENDRIKS, G.J. (2003). Treatment of
trichotillomania with behavioral therapy or fluoxetine : a
randomized, waiting-list controlled study. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 60, 517-522. |
|
LADOUCEUR, R., BOUCHARD, M.A. et GRANGER, L. (1977).
Principes et applications des thérapies behaviorales.
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem/Paris : Maloine. |
HASSERT, D.L., KELLY, A.N., PRITCHARD, J.K. &
CAUTILLI, J.D. (2008). The licensing of behavior analyste
: Protecting The Profession and the public. Journal
of Early & Intensive Behavior Intervention, 5
(2), 8-19. [PDF] |
|
MARKS, I.M. (1978). Behavioral psychotherapy of adult
neurosis. In S.L. Garfield and A.E. Bergin (Eds.), Handbook
of psychotherapy and behavior change : an empirical
analysis (pp 493-547). New York : John Wiley &
Sons. |
NEZU, A.M. (2004). Problem solving and behavior therapy
revisited. Behavior Therapy, 35, 1-33. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M. YOUNGREN, M.A. & GROSSCUP, S.J.
(1979). Reinforcement and depression. In R.A. Dupue (Ed.),
The psychobiology of depressive disorders :
Implications for the effects of stress (pp.
291-316). New York : Academic Press. |
EKERS, D., RICHARDS, D. & GILBODY, S. (2008). A
meta-analysis of randomized trials of behavioural
treatment of depression. Psychological Medicine, 38,
611-623.
[PDF] + [PDF] |
|
SJODEN, P., BATES, S. & DOCKENS, W.S. (Eds.) (1979). Trends
in behavior therapy. New York : Academic Press. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2008). Review : Individual behavioural
therapy reduces symptoms of depression. Evidence-Based
Mental Health, 11, 108. |
|
RACHMAN, S. (2009). Psychological treatment of anxiety :
The evolution of behavior therapy and cognitive behavior
therapy. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 5,
97-119. |
|
KAZDIN, A.E. & HERSEN, M. (1980). The current status
of behavior therapy. Behavior Modification, 4
(3), 283-302. |
MARTELL, C.R., DIMIDJIAN, S. & HERMAN-DUNN, R. (2010).
Behavioral activation for depression : A clinician's
guide. Guilford Press. |
|
BEAUDRY, M. et BOISVERT, J.-M. (1980). La thérapie
behaviorale : courants actuels et perspective d'avenir. Revue
de Modification du Comportement, 10, 113-130. |
PIACENTINI, J.C., WOODS, D.W, SCAHILL, L., WILHELM, S.,
PETERSON, A.L., CHANG, S., GINSBURG, G.S., DECKERSBACH,
T., DZIURA, J., LEVI-PEARL, S. & WALKTUP, J.T. (2010).
Behavior therapy for children with tourette disorder : A
randomized controlled trial. Journal of American
Medecine Association, 303 (19), 1929-1937. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, G.T. & O'LEARY, K.D. (1980). Principles
of behavior therapy. New Jersey : Prentice-Hall. |
FRANKLIN, M.E., EDSON, A.L., LEDLEY, D.A. & CAHILL,
S.P. (2011). Behavior therapy for pediatric
trichotillomania : A randomized controlled trial. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 50, 763-771. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M., SULLIVAN, J.M. & GROSSCUP, S.J.
(1980). Changing reinforcing events : An approach to the
treatment of depression. Psychotherapy : Theory,
Research & Practice, 47, 322-334. |
BARRACA, J. (2012). "Mental control" from a third-wave
behavior therapy perspective. International Journal of
Clinical & Health Psychology, 12 (1), 109-121.
[PDF] |
|
WADDEN, T.A., WEBB, V.L., MORAN, C.H. & BAILER, B.A
(2012). Lifestyle modification for obesity : new
developments in diet, physical activity, and behavior
therapy. Circulation, 125, 1157-1170. |
|
MCGUIRE, J.F., UNG, D., SELLES, R.R., RAHMAN, O. LEWIN,
A.B., MURPHY, T.K. & STORCH, E.A. (2014). Treating
trichotillomania : A meta-analysis of treatment effects
and moderators for behavior therapy and serotonin reuptake
inhibitors. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 58,
76-83. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir
Analyse fonctionnelle du comportement, Intervention
intensive comportementale et Modification
du comportement |
|
|
|
|
|
Thérapie
béhavioriale dialectique : TBD : Thérapie
d'inspiration béhaviorale, cognitive et bouddhiste
(!), développée par Linehan
pour traiter les cas de personnalité
limite et sucidaires,
et qui repose sur le principe que les troubles
psychologiques complexes naissent de l'intéraction entre
une vulnérabilité émotionnelle de base (innée ou acquise) et un
environnement invalidant ou sans ressources adéquatre pour
surmonter cette vulnérabilité. =
TBD, thérapie comportementale dialectique. Dialectical
behavioral therapy, DBT.
| |
|
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1987). Dialectical behavior therapy : A
cognitive behavioral approach to parasuicide. Journal
of Personality Disorders, 1, 328-333. |
RATHUS, J.H. & MILLER, A.L. (2002). Dialectical
behavior therapy adapted for suicidal adolescents.
Suicide & Life-Threatening Behavior, 32 (2),
146-157. [PDF] |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1987). Dialectical behavior therapy for
borderline personality disorder : Theory and method. Bulletin
of the Menninger Clinic, 51, 261-276. |
LINEHAN, M.M., DIMEFF, L.A., REYNOLDS, S.K., COMTOIS,
K.A., WELCH, S.S., HEAGERTY, P. & KIVLAHAN, D.R.
(2002). Dialectical behavior therapy versus comprehensive
validation plus 12-step for the treatment of opioid
dependent women meeting criteria for borderline
personality disorder. Drug & Alcohol Dependence,
67 (1), 13-26. |
|
VAN DEN BOSCH, L.M.C., VERHEUL, R., SCHIPPERS, G.M. &
VAN DEN BRINK, W. (2002). Dialectical behavior therapy of
borderline patients with and without substance use
problems : Implementation and long-term effects. Addictive
Behaviors, 27 (6), 911-923. |
|
LYNCH, T.R., MORSE, J.Q., MENDELSON, T. & ROBINS, C.J.
(2003). Dialectical behavior therapy for depressed older
adults : A randomized pilot study. American Journal
of Geriatric Psychiatry, 11 (1), 33-45. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M., ARMSTRONG, H.E., SUAREZ, A., ALLMON, D.
& HEARD, H.L. (1991). Cognitive-behavioral treatment
of chronically parasuicidal borderline patients. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 48, 1060-1064. |
VERHEUL, R., VAN DEN BOSCH, L.M.C., KOETER, M.W.J., DE
RIDDER, M.A.J., STIJNEN, T. & VON DEN BRINK, W.
(2003). Dialectical behaviour therpy for women with
borderline personality disorder. 12-month, randomised
clinical trail in The Netherlands. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 182, 135-140. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1993). Cognitive-behavioral treatment
of borderline personality disorder. New York, NY,
US : Guilford Press. |
BOHUS, M., HAAF, B., SIMMS, T., LIMBERGER, M.F., SCHMAHL,
C., UNCKEL, C., LIEB, K. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2004).
Effectiveness of inpatient dialectical behavioral therapy
for borderline personality disorder : A controlled trial.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 42 (5),
487-499. |
|
ROBINS, C.J. & CHAPMAN, A.L. (2004). Dialectical
behavior therapy : Current status, recent developments and
future directions. Journal of Personality Disorders,
18 (1), 73-89. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M., SCHMIDT, H., DIMEFF, L.A., CRAFT, J.C.,
KANTER, J. & COMTOIS, K.A. (1999). Dialectical
behavior therapy for patients with borderline personality
disorder and drug-dependence. American Journal on
Addiction, 8 (4), 279-292. |
HAYES, S.C. (2004). Acceptance and commitment therapy,
relational frame theory, and the third wave of behavioral
and cognitive therapies. Behavior Therapy, 35
(4), 639-665. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (2000). Traitement
cognitivo-comportemental du trouble de personalité état
limite. Genève : Éditions Médecine et Hygiène. |
HAYES, S.C., MASUDA, A., BISSETT, R., LUOMA, J. &
GUERRERO, L.F. (2004). DBT, FAP, and ACT : How empirically
oriented are the new behavior therapy technologies ? Behavior
Therapy, 35, 35-54.
[PDF] |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (2000). The empirical basis of dialectical
behavior therapy : Development of new treatments vs.
evaluation of existing treatments. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 7, 113- 119. |
VAN DEN BOSCH, L.M.C., KOETER, M.W.J., STIJNEN, T.,
VERHEUL, R. & VAN DEN BRINK, W. (2005). Sustained
efficacy of dialectical behaviour therapy for borderline
personality disorder. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 43 (9), 1231-1241. |
|
KOERNER, K. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2000). Research on
dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality
disorder. The Psychiatric clinics of North America,
23 (1), 151-167. |
HOLMES, P., GEORGESCU, S. & LILES, W. (2005). Further
delineating the applicability of acceptance and change to
private responses : The example of dialectical behavior
therapy. The Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (3),
301-311. |
|
TURNER, R.M. (2000). Naturalistic evaluation of
dialectical behavior therapy-oriented treatment for
borderline personality disorder. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 7 (4), 413-419. |
CHAPMAN, A.L. (2005). Dialectical behavior therapy :
Current Indications and unique elements. Psychiatry
(Edgmont), 3 (9), 62-68. [PDF] |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (2000). Commentary on innovations in
dialectical behavior therapy. Cognitive &
Behavioral Therapy, 7 (4), 478-481 |
LINEHAN, M.M., COMTOIS, K.A., MURRAY, A.M., BROWN, M. Z.,
GALLOP, R.J., HEARD, H.L., KORSLUND, K.E., TUREK, D.A.,
REYNOLDS, S.K. & LINDENBOIM, N. (2006). Two-year
randomized controlled trial and follow-up of dialectical
behavior therapy vs therapy by experts for suicidal
behaviors and borderline personality disorder.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 63 (7), 757-766. [PDF] |
|
KOONS, C.R., ROBINS, C.J., TWEED, J.L., LYNCH, T.R.,
GONZALEZ, A.M., MORSE, J.Q., BISHOP, C.K., BUTTERFIELD,
M.I. & BASTIAN, L.A. (2001). Efficacy of dialectical
behavior therapy in women veterans with borderline
personality disorder. Behavior Therapy, 32,
371-390. [PDF] |
LYNCH, T.R., CHAPMAN, A.L., ROSNETHAL, M.Z., KUO, J.R.
& LINEHAN, M.M. (2006). Mechanisms of change in
dialectical behavior therapy : Theoretical and empirical
observations. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62
(4), 459-480. [PDF] |
|
RIZVI, S.L. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2001). Dialectical
behavior therapy for personality disorders. Current
Psychiatric Reports, 3, 64-69. |
KRÜGER, C., SCHWEIGER, U., SIPOS, V., ARDOLD, R., KAHIB,
K.G., SCHUNERT, T., RUDOLF, S. & REINECHER, H. (2006).
Effectiveness of dialectical behaviour therapy for
borderline personality disorder in an inpatient setting. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 44, 1211-1217. [PDF] |
|
DIMEFF, L. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2001). Dialectical
behavior therapy in a nutshell. The California
Psychologist, 34, 10-13. [PDF] |
MILLER, A.L., RATHUS, J.H. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2007). Dialectical
behavior therapy. New York : Guilford Press. |
|
McMAIN, S.F., LINKS, P.S., GNAM, W.H., GUIMOND, T.,
CARDISH, R.J., KORMAN, L. & STREINER, D. L. (2009). A
randomized trial of dialectical behavior therapy versus
general psychiatric management for borderline personality
disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 166 (12),
1365-1374. |
|
TELCH C.F., AGRAS, W.S. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2001)
Dialectical behavior therapy for binge eating disorder.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 1061-1065.
[PDF] |
NEACSIU, A.D., RIZVI, S.L. & LINEHAN, M.M. (2010).
Dialectical behavior therapy skills use as a mediator and
outcome of treatment for borderline personality disorder.
Behavior Research & Therapy, 48, 832-839. |
|
SAFER, D.L., TELCH C.F. & AGRAS, W.S. (2001).
Dialectical behavior therapy for bulimia nervosa.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 158 (4), 632-634. |
KLIEM, S., KRÜGER, C. & KOSSFELDER, J. (2010).
Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality
disorder : A meta-analysis using mixed-effects modeling. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 78,
936-951.
[PDF] |
|
LINTON, S.J. (2010). Applying dialectical behavior therapy
chronic pain : A case study. Scandinavian Journal of
Pain, 1, 50-54. |
|
KOONS, C.R., ROBINS, C.J., TWEED, J.L., LYNCH, T.R.,
GONSALEZ, A.M., MORSE, J.Q., BISHOP, G.K., BUTTERFIELD,
M.I. & BASTIAN, L.A. (2001). Efficacy of dialectical
behavior therapy in women veterans with borderline
personality disorder. Behavior Therapy, 32 (2),
371-390. [PDF] |
SWEEZY, M. (2011). Treating trauma after dialectical
behavioral therapy. Journal of Psychotherapy
Integration, 21 (1), 90-102. [PDF] |
|
GOETHEM VAN, A., MULDERS, D., MURIS, M., ARNTZ, A. &
EGGER, J. (2012). Reduction of self-injury and improvement
of coping behavior during dialectical behaviour therapy
(DBT) of Patients with borderline personality disorder. International
Journal of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 12
(1), 21-34. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie et
Bouddhiste |
|
|
Thérapie
brève : Ensemble de thérapies
conçues pour atteindre rapidement leur objectifs thérapeutiques,
du moins si on compare leur durée moyenne à celle des traitements
reçus dans le cadre d'une psychanalyse.
Short therapy, brief therapy, brief strategic
therapy, one-session treatment, rapid treatment, brief
treatments.
| |
|
|
GILLIS, J.S. & JESSOR, R. (1970). Effects of brief
psychotherapy on belief in internal control : An
exploratory study. Psychotherapy, 7, 135-137. |
ERON, J. & LUND, T. (1996). Narrative solutions
in brief therapy. New York : Guilford Press. |
|
MADDOCK, J.W. (1975). Initiation problems and time
structuring in brief sex therapy. Journal of Sex
& Marital Therapy, 1 (3), 190-197. |
ÖST L-G. (1997). Rapid treatment of specific phobias. In
G.Davey (Ed.), Phobias : A handbook of theory,
research, and treatment (pp. 227-246). London :
Wiley. |
|
GARFIELD, S.L. (1998). The Practice of brief
psychotherapy. John Wiley Sons. |
|
WOODWARD, C., SANTA-BARBARA, J., LEVIN, S. & EPSTEIN,
N. (1978). Aspects of consumer satisfaction with brief
family therapy. Family Process, 17, 399-407. |
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1999). Book Review : The therapeutic
alliance in brief psychotherapy. Journal of
Psychotherapy Integration, 9, 209-215. |
|
RUSH, A.J. & GILES, D.E. (1982). Cognitive therapy :
Theory and research. In A.J. Rush (Ed.), Short-term
psychotherapies for depression (pp. 143-180). New
York : Guilford Press. |
NARDONE, G. & WATZLAWICK, P. (2000). Brief
strategic therapy. Rowman & Littlefield
Publishers Inc /Paris : Seuil. |
|
RUSH, A.J. (Ed.) (1982). Short-term psychotherapies
for depression. New York : Guilford Press. |
ÖST L-G., ALM, T., BANDBERG, M. & BREITHOLTZ, E.
(2001). One vs. five sessions of exposure and five
sessions of cognitive therapy in the treatment of
claustrophobia. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 39,
167-183. |
|
ÖST L-G. (1989). One-session treatment for specific
phobias. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 27
(1), 1-7. |
ÖST L-G., SVENSSON, L., HELLSTROM, K. & LINDWALL, R.
(2001). One-session treatment of specific phobias in
youths : A randomized clinical trial. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 814-824. |
|
SAFRAN, J.D. (2002). Brief relational psychoanalytic
treatment. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 12, 171-195. |
|
SVARTBERG, M. & STILES, T.C. (1991). Comparative
effects of short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (5), 704-714. [PDF] |
BOND, F.W. & DRYDEN, W. (2002). Handbook of brief
cognitive therapy. Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
|
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P. (1992). The efficacy of brief dynamic
psychotherapy : A meta-analysis. The American Journal
of Psychiatry, 149, 151-158. |
SHAPIRO, D.A., BARKHAM, M., STILES, W.B., HARDY, G.E.,
REES, A., REYNOLDS, S. & STARTUP, M. (2003). Time is
of the essence : A selective review of the fall and rise
of brief therapy research. Psychology &
Psychotherapy : Theory, Research & Practice, 76,
211-235. |
|
SVARTBERG, M. & STILES, T.C. & SELTZER, M.H.
(2004). Randomized, controlled trial of the effectiveness
of short-term dynamic psychotherapy and cognitive therapy
for cluster C personality disorders. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 161 (5), 810-817. |
|
ZUROFF, D.C., KOESTNER, R., MOSKOWITZ, D.S., McBRIDE, C.,
MARSHALL, M. & BAGBY, M.R. (2007). Autonomous
motivation for therapy : A new common factor in brief
treatments for depression. Psychotherapy Research,
17 (2), 137-147. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1992). Brief therapy : The rational-emotive
method or approach. In S.H. Budman, M.F. Hoyt & S.
Fieman (Eds.), The first session in brief therapy
(pp. 36-58). New York : Guilford. |
DEWAN, M.J., STEENBARGAR, B.N. & GREENBERG, R.P.
(2008). Brief psychotherapies. In R.E. Hales, S.C.
Yudofsky & G.O. Gabbard (Eds.), The American
psychiatric publishing textbook of psychiatry (pp.
155-170). Washington DC : American Psychiatric Publishing. |
|
KNEKT, P., LINDFORS, O., LAAKSONEN, M.A., RAITASALO, R.,
HAARAMO, P., JÄRVIKOSKI, A. & The Helsinski
Psychotherapy Study Group. (2008). Effectiveness of
short-term and long-term psychotherapy on work ability and
functional capacity — A randomized clinical trial on
depressive and anxiety disorders. Journal of Affective
Disorders Volume 107, Issues 1–3, April 2008, Pages 95-106
|
|
ELLIS, A. (1995). Better, deeper, more enduring brief
therapy : A rational emotive behavior therapy approach.
New York : Routledge. |
ZLOMKE, K. & DAVIS, T.E. (2008). One-session treatment
of specific phobias : A detailed description and review of
treatment efficacy. Behavior Therapy, 39 (3),
207-223. |
|
ÖST L-G. (1996). One-session group treatment of spider
phobia. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 34,
707-715. |
FISCHER, S., MEYER, A.H., DREMMEL, D., SCHLUP, B. &
MUNSCH, S. (2014). Short-term cognitive-behavioral therapy
for binge eating disorder : Long-term efficacy and
predictors of long-term treatment success. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 58, 36-42. [PDF] |
|
KNEKT, P., VIRTALA, E., HÄRKÄNEN, T., VAARAMA, M.,
LEHTONEN, J. & LINDFORS, O. (2016). The outcome of
short- and long-term psychotherapy 10 years after start of
treatment. Psychological Medicine, 46 (6),
1175-1188. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
centrée sur la personne : Thérapie
développée par Rogers. Dans
ce type de thérapie, le thérapeute doit
accorder à son client une considération
positive inconditionnelle et faire preuve à son égard d'authenticité
et d'empathie, toute
chose qui ont pour but de favoriser son bien-être et sa croissance.
= thérapie centrée sur le client, thérapie humaniste. Rogers's
person-centered therapy,
person-centered way, person centred therapy,
client-centered therapy, Rogers's Person-Centered approach, CCT.
| |
|
|
ROGERS, C.R. (1946). Signifiant aspects of client-centered
therapy. American psychologist, 1, 415-422. |
ROGERS, C.R. (1976). Client-centred therapy. Its
current practice, implications and theory. London :
Constable. |
|
HOBBS, N. (1955). Client-centered psychotherapy. In J.L.
McCary (Ed.), New six approaches to psychotherapy
(pp. 11-60). York, NY : Dryden Press. |
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1977). Asymmetry of responsiveness in
client-centred therapy. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 45, 956. |
|
SHLIEN, J. (1961). A client-centered approach to
schizophrenia : First approximation. In A. Burton (Eds.),
The psychotherapy of the psychoses. New York :
Basic Book. |
MILTON, M. (1993). Existential thought and client centred
therapy. Counselling Psychology Quarterly, 6
(3), 239-248. |
|
ROGERS, C.R. (1963). La relation thérapeutique : les bases
de son efficacité. Bulletin de Psychologie, 17, 12-14. |
O'LEARY, E. & KEANE, N. (1997). Person centred
therapy. In P. Hawkins & J. Nesteros (Eds.), Perspectives
in psychotherapy. Athens : Ellinika Grammata. |
|
PROCTOR, G. (2002). Power in person-centred therapy. In J.
Watson, R. Goldman & M. Warner (Eds.), Client-centered
and experiential psychotherapy in the 21st Century :
Advances in theory, research and practice.
Ross-on-Wye : PCCS Books.
|
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1966). Reinforcement and nonreinforcement in
Rogerian psychotherapy. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 71 (1), 1-9. [PDF]
|
McDOUGALL, C. (2002). Rogers's Person-Centered approach :
Consideration for use in multicultural counseling. Journal
of Humanistic Psychology, 42, 48-65. |
|
PROCTOR, G. & REGAN, A, (2007). From Both Sides: The
experience of therapy. Person-Centred Practice : Case
studies in positive psychology. Ross-on-Wye : PCCS
Books. |
|
PROCTOR, G. (2008). Gender dynamics in person-centered
therapy : Does gender matter ? Person-Centered &
Experiential Psychotherapies, 7 (2), 82-94.
|
|
SCHMID, P F. (2013). The anthropological, relational and
ethical foundations of person-centred therapy. In M.
Cooper, M. O'Hara, P.F. Schmid & A.C. Bohart (Eds.),
The handbook of person-centred psychotherapy and
counselling (pp. 66–83). Palgrave
Macmillan/Springer Nature. |
|
PROCTOR, G. & KEYS, S. (2013). Ethics in practice in
person-centred therapy. In M. Cooper, M. O’Hara, P. Schmid
& A.C. Bohart (Eds.), The handbook of
person-centred psychotherapy and counselling (pp.
422-435). Hampshire : Palgrave Macmillan/Springer. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Rogers, Thérapie
non-directive, Thérapie
humaniste, Gestalt
thérapie et Thérapie |
|
|
|
Thérapie
cognitive : TC : Ensemble de thérapies
qui s'inspire de la perspective
cognitive et dont l'objectif et de modifier les
connaissances/pensées erronées et d'en acquérir de nouvelles plus
adaptées à la réalité. = TC. Cognitive
therapy.
| |
|
|
BECK, A.T. (1976). Cognitive therapy and the
emotional disorders. New York : Penguin. |
DRURY, V., BIRCHWOOD, M. & COCHRANE, R. (1996).
Cognitive therapy and recovery from acute psychosis : a
controlled trial 1 : Impact on psychotic symptoms.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 169, 593-601. |
|
CASTONGUAY, L.G., GOLDFRIED, M.R., WISER, S., RAUE, P. J.
& HAYES, A.M. (1996). Predicting the effect of
cognitive therapy for depression: A study of unique and
common factors. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 64, 497–504. |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G. (1997). A
cost-effectiveness analysis of cognitive behavior therapy
and fluoxetine (Prozac) in the treatment of depression. Behavior
Therapy, 28, 187-210. [PDF] |
|
RUSH, A.J., HOLLON, S.J., BECK, A.T. & KOVACS, M.
(1978). Depression : Must psychotherapy fail for cognitive
therapy to succeed ? Cognitive Therapy &
Research, 2, 199-206. |
HOFMANN, S.G. & DIBARTOLO, P.M. (1997). Techniques of
cognitive therapy. In W.T. Roth and I.D. Yalom (Eds.), Treating
anxiety disorders (pp. 57-82). San Francisco :
Jossey-Bass. |
|
CHAMBOM, O., PERRIS, C. & MARIE-CARDINE, M. (1997).
Techniques de psychothérapie cognitive des psychoses
chroniques. Paris : Masson. |
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R., LINEHAN, M.M. & SMITH, J.L. (1978).
Reduction of test anxiety through cognitive restructuring.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 46,
32-39. |
SHAW, B.F. (1977). Comparison of cognitive therapy and
behavior therapy in the treatment of depression. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 45 (4),
543-551. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M., GOLDFRIED, M.R. & GODFRIED, A P.
(1979). Assertion therapy : Skill training or cognitive
restructuring. Behavior Therapy, 10, 372-388. |
SCOTT, C., TACCHI, M.J., JONES, R. & SCOTT, J. (1997).
Acute and one-year outcome of a randomised controlled
trial of brief cognitive therapy for major depressive
disorder in primary care. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 171, 131-134. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1979). The history of cognition in
psychotherapy. In A. Freeman, K.M. Simon, I.E. Beutler
& H. Aronowitz (Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of
cognitive therapy (pp. 5-19). New York : Plenum. |
SCOTT, J. (1998). Where there's a will ... cognitive
therapy for chronic depression. In N. Tarrier, G. Haddock
and A. Wells (Eds.), Cognitive therapy for complex
cases (pp. 81-104). London : Wiley. |
|
BECK, A.T., RUSH, A.J., SHAW, B.F. & EMERY, G. (1979).
Cognitive therapy of depression. New York :
Guilford. |
GLOAGUEN, V., COTTRAUX, J., CUCHERAT, M. & BLACKBURN,
I-.M. (1998). A meta-analysis of the effects of cognitive
therapy in depressed patients. Journal of Affective
Disorders, 49, 59-72. |
|
WOODWARD, R. & JONES, R.B. (1980). Cognitive
restructuring treatment : A controlled trial with anxious
patients. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 18, 401-407. |
LECOMTE, C. et LECOMTE, T. (1999). Au-delà et en deçà des
thérapies cognitives pour les personnes souffrant de
troubles mentaux graves : Les facteurs communs. La
Revue de Santé Mentale au Québec, 24 (1), 5-12. |
|
KOVACS, M., RUSH, A.J., BECK, A.T. & HOLLON, S.D.
(1981). Depressed outpatients treated with cognitive
therapy or pharmacotherapy : A one-year follow-up. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 38, 33-39. |
SILVERMAN, W.K., KURTINES, W.M., GINSBURG, G.S., WEEMS,
C.F., LUMPKIN, P.W. & CARMICHAEL, D.H. (1999).
Treating anxiety disorders in children with group
cognitive-behavioral therapy : A randomized clinical
trial. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 67, 995-1003. |
|
BLACKBURN, I.M., BISHOP, S., GLEN, A.I.M., WHALLEY, L.J.
& CHRISTIE, J.E. (1981). The efficacy of cognitive
therapy in depression : A treatment trial using cognitive
therapy and pharmacotherapy, each alone and in
combination. British Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 181-189. |
CLARKE, G.N., ROHDE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOPS, H. &
SEELEY, J.R. (1999). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of
adolescent depression : Efficacy of acute group treatment
and booster sessions. Journal of the American Academy
of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 272-279.
|
|
HOLROYD, K.A. & ANDRASIK, F. (1982). Do the effects of
cognitive therapy endure ? A two-year follow-up of tension
headache sufferers treated with cognitive therapy or
biofeedback. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 6 (3),
325-334. |
TARRIER, N, PILGRIM, H, SOMMERFIELD, C, FARAGHER B,
REYNOLDS, M, GRAHAM, E. & BARROWCLOUGH, C. (1999). A
randomized trial of cognitive therapy and imaginal
exposure in the treatment of chronic posttraumatic stress
disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 67, 1-18. |
|
VEALE, D. (1999). Cognitive therapy in the treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Advances in
Psychiatric Treatment, 5, 62-70. [PDF] |
|
RUSH, A.J., BECK, A.T., KOVACS, M., WEISSENBURGER, J.
& HOLLON, S.D. (1982). Comparison of the effects of
cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy on hopelessness and
self-concept. American Journal of Psychiatry, 139,
862-866. |
YOUNG, J.E. (1999). Cognitive therapy for personality
disorders : A schema-focused approach. Sarasota,
FL: Professional Resource Exchange. |
|
MILLER, R.C. & BERMAN, J.S. (1983). The efficacy of
cognitive behavior therapies : A quantitative review of
the research evidence. Psychological Bulletin, 94
(1), 39-53. |
MIALET, J.P. (2000). Les explorations cognitives de
l'anxiéte. Dans M. Van der Linden, J.-M. Danion & A.
Agniel (Dirs), La psychopathologie : Une approche
cognitive et neuropsychologique (pp. 133-160).
France : Solar éditeurs. |
|
TEASDALE, J.D., FENNELL, M.J.V., HIBBERT, G.A. &
AMIES, P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy for major depressive
disorder in primary care. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 144, 400-406. |
HARDY, G.E., CAHILL, J., SHAPIRO, D.A., BARKHAM, M., REES,
A. & MACASKILL, N. (2001). Client interpersonal and
cognitive styles as predictors of response to time-limited
cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 841-845. |
|
BECK, A.T., HOLLON, S.D., YOUNG, J.E., BEDROSIAN, R.C.
& BUDENZ, D. (1985). Treatment of depression with
cognitive therapy and amitriptyline. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 42, 142-148. |
VISSER, S. & BOUMAN, T.K. (2001). The treatment of
hypochondriasis : Exposure plus response prevention vs
cognitive therapy. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
39, 423-442. |
|
BERMAN, J.S., MILLER, R.C. & MASSMAN, P.J. (1985).
Cognitive therapy versus systematic desensitization : Is
one treatment superior ? Psychological Bulletin, 97,
451-461. |
TEASDALE, J.D., SCOTT, J., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURS, H., POPE,
M. & PAYKEL, E.S. (2001). How does cognitive therapy
prevent relapse in residual depression ? Evidence From a
controlled trial. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 69 (3), 347-357. [PDF] |
|
BLACKBURN, I.M., EUNSON, K.M. & BISHOP, S. (1986). A
two-year naturalistic follow-up of depressed patients
treated with cognitive therapy, pharmacotherapy, and a
combination of both. Journal of Affective Disorders,
10, 67-75. |
PERSONS, J.B., DAVIDSON, J. & TOMPKINS, M.A. (2001). Essential
components of cognitive-behavior therapy for depression.
Washington, DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
CLARK, D.M. (1986). A cognitive approach to panic. Behavior
Research & Therapy, 24, 461-470. |
JARRETT, R., KRAFT, D., DOYLE, J., FOSTER, B.M., EAVES,
G.G. & SILVER, P.C. (2001). Preventing recurrent
depression using cognitive therapy with and without a
continuation phase : A randomized clinical trial. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 58, 381-388. |
|
DURHAM, R.C. & TURVEY, A.A. (1987). Cognitive therapy
vs behaviour therapy in the treatment of chronic general
anxiety. Behavioural Research & Therapy, 25
(3), 229-234. |
WHITFIELD, G. & WILLIAMS, C. (2004). The evidence base
for cognitive-behavioral therapy in depression : Delivery
in busy clinical settings. Advances in Psychiatric
Treatment, 9, 21-30. |
|
ZETTLE, R.D. & HAYES, S.C. (1987). Component and
process analysis of cognitive therapy. Psychological
Reports, 64, 939-953. |
CLARK, D.M. (2001). A cognitive perspective on social
phobia. In W.R. Crozier & L.E. Alden (Eds.), International
handbook of social anxiety : Concepts, research and
interventions relating to the self and shyness. John
Wiley & Sons Ltd. [PDF] |
|
BORDEN, K.A., BROWN, R.T. & WYNNE, M.E. (1987).
Piagetian conservation and response to cognitive therapy
in attention deficit disordered children. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 28 (5),
755-764. |
TARRIER, N. (2002). Yes, cognitive behaviour therapy may
be all you need. British Medical Journal, 324,
291-292. |
|
PIASECKI, J. & HOLLON, S.D. (1987). Cognitive therapy
for depression : Unexplicated schemata and scripts. Dans
N. S. Jacobson (Ed.), Psychotherapists in clinical
practice : cognitive and behavioural perspectives
(pp. 121-152). New York : Guilford. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2002). A meta-(re)analysis of the effects
of cognitive therapy versus 'other therapies' for
depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 68
(2-3), 159-165. |
|
FREEMAN, A. & GREENWOOD, V.B. (Eds.) (1987). Cognitive
therapy. New York : Human Sciences Press. |
PERLIS, R.H., NIERENBERG, A.A., ALPERT, J.E. & PAVA,
J., MATTHEWS, J.D. (2002). Effects of adding cognitive
therapy to fluoxetine dose increase on risk of relapse and
residual depressive symptoms in continuation treatment of
major depressive disorder. Journal of Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 22, 474-480. |
|
|
EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., VISSER, M.S. & HOEKSTRA, R.J.
(1988). Cognitive therapy vs exposure in vivo in the
treatment of obsessive-compulsives. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 12,103-114. |
MOORE, R. & GARLAND, A. (2003). Cognitive therapy
for chronic and persistent depression. Chichester,
UK : Wiley. |
|
DOBSON, K.S. (1989). A meta-analysis of the efficacy of
cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of the
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57, 414-419. |
STANGIER, U., HEIDENRICH, T., PEITZ, M., LAUERBACH, W.
& CLARK, D.M. (2003). Cognitive therapy for social
phobia : Individual versus group treatment. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 41, 991-1007. |
|
BARBER, J.P. & DeRuBEIS, R.J. (1989). On second
thought : Where the action is in cognitive therapy for
depression. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 13, 441-457. |
CAHILL, J., BARKHAM, M., HARDY, G.E., REES, A., SHAPIRO,
D.A., STILES, W.B. & MacASKILL, N.D. (2003). Outcomes
of patients completing and not completing cognitive
therapy for depression. British Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 42, 133-143. [PDF] |
|
FREEMAN, A., SIMON, K.M., BEUTLER, L.E. & ARKOWITZ, H.
(Eds.) (1989). Comprehensive handbook of cognitive
therapy. New York : Plenum Press. |
MORRISON, A.P., RENTON, J.C., DUNN, H., WILLIAMS, S. &
BENTALL, R.P. (2003). Cognitive therapy for psychosis
: A formulation-based approach. New York :
Brunner-Routledge. |
|
ACHMON, J., GRANEK, M., GOLOMB, M. & HART, J. (1989).
Behavioral treatment of essential hypertension : A
comparison between cognitive therapy and biofeedback of
heart rate. Psychosomatic Medicine, 51, 152-164.
[PDF] |
CHADWICK, P.D.J., WILLIAMS, C. & MACKENZIE, J. (2003).
Impact of case formulation in cognitive behavioural
therapy for psychosis. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 41, 671-680. |
|
BOWERS, W.A. (1990). Treatment of depressed in-patients :
Cognitive therapy plus medication, relaxation plus
medication, and medication alone. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 156, 73-78. |
CLARK, D.M., EHLERS, A., MCMANUS, F., HACKMAN, A.,
FENNELL, M., CAMPBELL, H., FLOWER, T., DAVENPORT, C. &
LOUIS, B. (2003). Cognitive therapy versus fluoxetine in
generalized social phobia : A randomized
placebo-controlled trial. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 71 (6), 1058-1067. |
|
SAFRAN, J.D. (1990). Towards a refinement of cognitive
therapy in light of interpersonal theory : I. Theory. Clinical
Psychology Review, 10, 87-105. |
|
|
SAFRAN, J.D. (1990). Towards a refinement of cognitive
therapy in light of interpersonal theory : II. Practice. Clinical
Psychology Review, 10, 107-121 |
|
|
CAUTELA, J.R. & KEARNEY, A.J. (1990). Behavior
analysis, cognitive therapy, and covert conditioning. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 21
(2), 83-90. |
CONTI, S., GRANDI, S., RUINI, C., RAFANELLI, C., SAVIOTTI,
F.M., BARTOLUCCI, G., TOSSANI, E., BELAISE, C. & FAVA,
G.A. (2003). Long-term follow-up of social phobia treated
by behavioral therapy. Rivista di Psichiatra, 38 (2),
78-85. |
|
DeRUBEIS, R.J., EVANS, M.D., HOLLON, S.D., GARVEY, M.J.,
GROVE, W.M. & TUASON, V.B. (1990). How does cognitive
therapy work ? Cognitive change and symptom change in
cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for depression. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58,
862-869. |
HERBERT, J.D., RHEINGOLD, A.A., GAUDIANO, B.A. &
MYERS, V.H. (2004). Standard versus extended cognitive
behavior therapy for social anxiety disorder : A
randomized-controlled trial. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 32, 131-147. |
|
HOLLON, S.D., SHELTON, R.C. & LOOSEN, E.T. (1991).
Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for depression. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59, 88-99. |
MORRISSON, A.P., FRENCH, P., WALFORD, L., LEWIS, S.W.,
KILCOMMONS, A., GREEN, J., PARKER, S. & BENTALL, R.P.
(2004). Cognitive therapy for the prevention of psychosis
in people at ultra-high risk : Randomised controlled
trial. British Journal of Psychiatry, 185, 291-297.
[PDF] |
|
SALZINGER, K. (1992). Cognitive therapy : A
misunderstanding of B.F. Skinner. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 23, 3-8. |
BENNETT-LEVY, J., BUTLER, G., FENNELL, M., HACKMANN, A.,
MUELLER, M., WESTBROOK, D. & ROUF, K. (2004). Oxford
guide to behavioural experiments in cognitive therapy.
Oxford, UK : OUP. |
|
HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R.J., EVAN, M.D., WIEMER, M.J.,
GARVEY, M.J., GROVE, W.M. & TUASON, V.B. (1992).
Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for depression :
Singly and in combination. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 49, 774-781. |
LEAHY, R. (2004). Contemporary cognitive therapy :
Theory, research and practice. London : Guilford
Press. |
|
RESICK, P.A. & SCHNICKE, M.K. (1992). Cognitive
processing therapy for sexual assault victims. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 60,
748-756. |
|
|
|
SEGAL, Z.V. & DOBSON, K.S. (1992). Cognitive models of
depression : Report from a consensus development
conference. Psychological Inquiry, 3 (3),
219-224. |
BECK, A.T. (2005). The current state of cognitive therapy
: A 40-year retrospective. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 62, 953-959. [PDF] |
|
EVANS, M.D., HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R.J., PIASECK, J.M.,
GROVE, W.M., GARVEY, M.J. & TUASON, V.B. (1993).
Differential relapse following cognitive therapy and
pharmacotherapy for depression. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 49, 802-808. |
WRIGHT, J.H., WRIGHT, A.S., ALBANO, A.M., BASCO, M.R.,
GOLDSMITH, L.J., RAFFIELD, T. & OTTO, M.W. (2005).
Computer-assisted cognitive therapy for depression :
Maintaining efficacy while reducing therapist time.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1158-1164. [PDF] |
|
BEIDEL, D.C., TURNER, S.M. & COOLEY, M.R. (1993).
Assessing reliable and clinically significant change in
social phobia : Validity of the social phobia and anxiety
inventory. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 31 (3),
331-337. |
DeRUBEIS R, HOLLON, S., AMSTERDAM, J, SHELTON R, YOUNG,
P., SALOMON, R.M., O'REARDON, J.P., LOVETT, M.L., GLADIS,
M.M, BROWN, L.L. & GALLOP, R. (2005). Cognitive
therapy vs medications in the treatment of moderate to
severe depression. Archives of General Psychiatry,
62, 409-416. [PDF] |
|
BECK, A.T., WRIGHT, F.D., NEWMAN, C.F. & LIESE, B.S.
(1993). Cognitive therapy of substance abuse.
New York : Guilford. |
SENSKY, T. (2005). The effectiveness of cognitive therapy
for schizophrenia : what can we learn from the
meta-analyses? Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,
74, 131-134. |
|
O'DONOHUE, W.T. & SZYMANSKI, J. (1993). Mechanisms of
change in cognitive therapy in a simple phobia : logical
analysis and empirical hypothesis testing. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive Behavior Therapy, 11, 207-222. |
CLARK, D.M., EHLERS, A., HACKMAN, A., McMANUS, F.,
FENNELL, M., GREY, N., WADDINGTON, L & WILD, J.
(2006). Cognitive therapy versus exposure and applied
relaxation in social phobia : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 74, 568- 578. |
|
PERSONS, J.B. (1993). The process of change in cognitive
therapy : Schema change or acquisition of compensatory
skills ? Cognitive Therapy & Research, 17, 123-137. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2006). Is symptomatic improvement in
clinical trials of cognitive behavior therapy for
psychosis clinically significant ? Journal of
Psychiatric Practice, 12, 11-23. |
|
WHISMAN, M.A. (1993). Mediators and moderators of change
in cognitive therapy of depression. Psychological
Bulletin, 114, 248-265. |
HOLLON, S.D., STEWART, M.O. & STRUNK, D. (2006).
Cognitive behavior therapy has enduring effects in the
treatment of depression and anxiety. Annual Review of
Psychology, 57, 285-315. [PDF] |
|
WILFLEY, D.E., AGRAS, W.S., TELCH, C.F., ROSSITER, E.M.,
SCHNEIDER, J.A., COLE, A.G., SIFFORD, L.A. & RAEBURN,
S.D. (1993). Group cognitive-behavioral therapy and group
interpersonal psychotherapy for the nonpurging bulimic
individual: a controlled comparison.Journal of
Consulting Clinical Psychology, 61, 296-305 |
WELLS, A. (2006). Cognitive therapy case formulation in
anxiety disorders. In N. Tarrier (Ed.), Case
formulation in cognitive behaviour therapy : The
treatment of challenging and complex cases (pp.
52-80). London, England : Routledge. |
|
CHAMBLESS, D.L. & GILLIES, M.M. (1993). Cognitive
therapy of anxiety disorders. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 61, 248–260 |
|
|
STARTUP, M.J. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1993). Dimensions of
cognitive therapy for depression : A confirmatory factor
analysis. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 17,
139-151. |
DIMIDJIAN, S., HOLLON, S.D., DOBSON, K.S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., ADDIS, M.E., GALLOP, R.,
McGLINCHEY, J.B., MARKLEY, D.K., GOLLAN, J.K., ATKINS,
D.C., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2006). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults
with major depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 74 (4), 658-670. [PDF] |
|
CLARK, D.M., SALKOVSKIS, P.M., HACKMAN, A., MIDDLETON, H.,
ANASTASIADES, P. & GELDER, M. (1994). A comparison of
cognitive therapy, applied relaxation, and imipra-mine in
the treatment of panic disorder. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 164, 759-769. |
SEGAL, Z.V., WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & TEASDALE, J.D. (2006).
La thérapie cognitive basée sur la pleine conscience
pour la dépression. Belgique : De Boeck. |
|
ALFORD, B.A. & BECK. A.T. (1994). Cognitive therapy of
delusional beliefs. Behavior Research & Therapy,
32, 369-380. |
LONGMORE, R.J. & WORRELL, M. (2007). Do we need to
challenge thoughts in cognitive behavior therapy ?
Clinical Psychology Review, 27, 173-187. [PDF] |
|
DURHAM, R.C., MURPHY, T., ALLAN, T., RICHARD, K.,
TRELIVING, L.R. & FENTON, G.W. (1994). Cognitive
therapy, analytic psychotherapy and anxiety management
training for generalised anxiety disorder. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 165 (3), 315-323. |
|
|
ROBINS, C.J. & HAYES, A.M. (1995). An appraisal of
cognitive therapy. in M. J. Mahoney (Ed.), Recent
developments in cognitive and constructivist
psychotherapies (pp. 41-65). New York : Springer. |
FORMAN, E.M., HERBERT, J.D., MOITRA, E., YEOMANS, P.D.
& GELLER, P.A. (2007). A randomized controlled
effectiveness trial of acceptance and commitment therapy
and cognitive therapy for anxiety and depression. Behavior
Modification, 31, 772-779.
[PDF] |
|
BUTLER, A.C. & BECK, A.T. (1995). Cognitive therapy
for depression. The Clinical Psychologist, 48 (3),
3-5. |
COFFMAN, S., MARTELL, C.R., DIMIDJIAN, S., GALLOP, R.
& HOLLON, S.D. (2007). Extreme non-response in
cognitive therapy : Can behavioral activation succeed
where cognitive therapy fails ? Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 75 (4), 531-541. |
|
BECK, J.S. (1995). Cognitive therapy : basics and
beyond. New York : Guilford Press. |
BECKERMAN, N.L. & PASS, J. (2008). Assault : Cognitive
trauma therapy with a single event trauma survivor. Clinical
Social Work Journal, 36 (3), 255-263. |
|
CASTONGUAY, L.G., HAYES, A.M., GOLDFRIED, M.R. &
DeRUBUEIS, R.J. (1995). The focus of therapists'
interventions in cognitive therapy for depression. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 19, 485-503. |
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J., BIRCHWOOD, M.J. & TROWER, P. (1996).
Cognitive therapy for delusions, voices and paranoia.
Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
HAYES, A.M. & CUMMING, J. (2009). Cognitive therapy
for depression. In R. Ingram (Ed.), International
encyclopedia of depression (pp. 148-158). NY :
Springer. |
|
GREENBERGER D. & PADESKY, C.A. (1995). Mind over
mood : A cognitive therapy treatment manual for clients.
New York: Guilford Press. |
RACHMAN, S.J. (2009). Psychological treatment of anxiety :
The evolution of behavior therapy and cognitive behavior
therapy. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 5,
97-119. |
CLARK, D.A. (1995). Perceived limitations of
standard cognitive therapy : A reconsideration of efforts
to revise
Beck’s theory and therapy. Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy, 9, 153–172. |
CUMMINGS J.A., HAYES, A.M., CARDACIOTTO, L. & EWMAN,
C.F. (2012). The dynamics of self-esteem in cognitive
therapy for avoidant and obsessive-compulsive personality
disorders : An adaptive role of self-esteem variability ?
Cognitive Therapy & Research, 36 (4),
272-281. |
|
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2013). Caution : The
differences between CT and ACT may be larger (and smaller)
than they appear. Behavior Therapy, 44, 218-223.
[PDF] |
|
VAN OPPEN, P., DE HAAN, E., VAN BALKOM, A., SPINHOVEN, P.,
HOOGDUIN, K. & VAN DYCK, R. (1995). Cognitive therapy
and exposure in vivo in the treatment of
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behavior Research
& Therapy, 33, 379-390 |
HOLLON, S.D. & BECK, A.T. (2013). Cognitive and
cognitive-behavioral therapies. In M.J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin
and Garfield's handbook of psychotherapy and behavior
change (pp. 393-394). Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley
& Sons. |
|
HERNÁNDEZ-LÓPEZ, M., LUCIANO, M. C., BRICKER, J. B.,
ROALES-NIETO, J.G. & MONTESINOS, F. (2009). Acceptance and commitment therapy for smoking cessation : a
preliminary study of its effectiveness in comparison with cognitive behavioral therapy. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 23 (4), 723–730. |
|
HAYES, A.M., READY, C.B. & YASINSKI, C. (2014).
Exposure to emotion in depression : Exposure- based
cognitive therapy. In N. Thoma and D. McKay (Eds.), Engaging
emotion in cognitive behavioral therapy : experiential
techniques for promoting lasting change (pp.
121-145). Guildford Press. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Cognitivisme et Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie cognitive fondée sur la pleine conscience : Thérapie cognitive qui se fonde sur la méditation
en pleine conscience. Mindfulness-based
cognitive therapy, MBCBT,
Mindfulness-based therapy.
| |
|
|
TEASDALE, J.D., WILLIAMS, J.M.G., SOULSBY, J.M. SEGAL,
Z.V., RIDGEWAY, V.A. & LAU, M.A. (2000). Prevention of
relapse/recurrence in major depression by
mindfulness-based cognitive therapy. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68 (4),
615-623. [PDF] |
HOFMANN, S.G., SAWYER, A.T., WITT, A.A. & OH, D.
(2010). The effect of mindfulness-based therapy on anxiety
and depression : A meta-analytic review. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 78, 169-183. |
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G., TEASDALE J.D., SEGAL, Z.V. &
SOULSBY, J. (2000). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy
reduces overgeneral autobiographical memory in formerly
depressed patients. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
109, 150-155. [PDF] |
McCARNEY, R.W., SCHULZ, J. & GREY, A.R. (2011).
Effectiveness of mindfulness-based therapies in reducing
symptoms of depression: A meta-analysis. European
Journal of Psychotherapy & Counselling, 14 (3),
279-299. |
|
MASON, O. & HARGREAVES, I. (2001). A qualitative study
of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for depression. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 74, 197-212. |
|
|
BISHOP, S.R. (2002). What do we really know about
mindfulness based stress reduction ? Psychosomatic
Medicine, 64, 71-83. |
|
SEGAL, Z.V., WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & TEASDALE, J.D. (2002).
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for depression: A new
approach to preventing relapse. New York : Guilford. |
|
|
BAER, R.A. (2003). Mindfulness training as a clinical
intervention: A conceptual and empirical review clinical
psychology. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 10, 125-143. |
WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & KUYKEN, W. (2012).
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy : a promising new
approach to preventing depressive relapse British
Journal of Psychiatry, 200, 359-360. [PDF]
|
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G. & SWALES, M. (2004). The use of mindfulness-based approaches for suicidal patients.Archives
of Suicide Research, 8,315-330. |
MCMANUS, F., SURAWY, C., MUSE, K., VAZQUEZ-MONTES, M.
& WILLIAMS, J.M.G. (2012). A randomized clinical trial
of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy versus unrestricted
services for health anxiety (Hypochondriasis). Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 80 (5),
817-828. [PDF]
|
|
BISHOP, S.R., LAU, M., SHAPIRO, S., CARLSON, L., ANDERSON,
N.D., CARMODY, J., SEGAL, Z.V., ABBEY, S., SPECA, M.,
VELTING, D. & DEVINS, G. (2004). Mindfulness : A
proposed operational definition. Clinical Psychology :
Science & Practice, 11, 230-241. [PDF] |
CRANE, C., WINDER, R., HARGUS, E., AMARASINGHE, M. &
BARNHOFER, T. (2012). Effects of mindfulness-based
cognitive therapy on specificity of life goals.
Cognitive Therapy & Research, 36, 182-189. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G., DUGGAN, D.S., CRANE, C. & FENNELL,
M.J.V. (2006). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for
prevention of recurrence of suicidal behavior. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 62, 201-210. [PDF] |
McCARNEY, R.W., SCHULZ, J. & GREY, A.R. (2011).
Effectiveness of mindfulness-based therapies in reducing
symptoms of depression: A meta-analysis. European
Journal of Psychotherapy & Counselling, 14 (3),
279-299. |
|
HICK, S.F. & BIEN, T. (2008). Mindfulness and the
therapeutic relationship. New York : Guilford
Press. |
|
|
WILLIAMS, J.M.G., RUSSELL, I.G. & RUSSELL, D.
(2008). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy : Further
issues in current evidence and future research.Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 76,<524-529.
|
|
|
BARNHOFER, T., CRANE, C., HARGUS, E., AMARASINGHE, M.,
WINDER, R. & WILLIAMS, J.M.G. (2009).
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy as a treatment for
chronic depression. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
47, 366-373. |
SHARMA, M.P., MAO, A. & SUDHIR, P.M. (2012).
Mindfulness-based cognitive behavior therapy in patients
with anxiety disorders : A case series. Indian
Journal of Psychological Medicine, 34 (3), 263-269.
[PDF] |
|
SHAFRAN, R., CLARK, D.M., FAIRBURN, C.G., ARNTZ, D.,
BARLOW, D.H., EHLERS, E., FREESTON, M., GARETY, P.A.,
HOLLON, S.D., OST, L.G., SALKOVSKIS, P.M., WILLIAMS J.M.G.
& WILSON, G.T. (2009). Mind the gap : Improving the
dissemination of CBT. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 47, 902-909. [PDF] |
|
|
BANBURY, S., LUSHER, J., SNUGGS,S. & CHANDLER, C.
(2023). Mindfulness-based therapies for men and women with
sexual dysfunction : a systematic review and
meta-analysis. Sexual & Relationship TherapY, 38 (4),
534-555. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Méditation
en pleine conscience et
Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
cognitivo-béhaviorale : Voir
Thérapie comportementale et cognitive. Cognitive-behavioral
therapy, cognitive-behavior modification, cognitive-behavioral
treatment, cognitive behavioral intervention.
|
Thérapie
combinée : Forme de thérapie
qui combine médicaments
et thérapie, simultanément ou
consécutivement. Peu d'études indépendantes semblent avoir fait
clairement la démonstration de l'efficacité d'une combinaison.
Dans certains cas, le rapport bénéfice/effets secondaires n'est
pas supérieur à une simple thérapie ou à l'effet
placebo. EX: Thérapie de modification des
comportements hyperactifs et méthylphénidate. Combined
therapies.
| |
|
|
CHRISTENSEN, D. & SPRAGUE, R. (1973). Reduction of
hyperactive behavior by conditioning procedures alone and
combined with methylphenidate (Ritalin). Behavior
Research & Therapy, 11, 331-334. |
RILEY, W.T., McCORMICK, M., SIMON, E.M., STACK, K.,
PUSHKIN, Y. & OVERSTREET, M.M. (1995). Effects of
alprazolam dose on the induction and habituation processes
during behavioral panic induction treatment. Journal
of Anxiety Disorders, 9, 217-227. |
|
JOHNSTON, D. & GATH, D. (1973). Arousal levels and
attribution effects in diazepam-assisted flooding. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 123, 463-466. |
DUVJONE, V.F., BARNARD, M.U. & RAPPOFF, M.A. (1995).
Pharmacological and cognitive-behavioral approaches in the
treatment of childhood depression : A review and critique.
Clinical Psychology Review, 15, 589-611. |
|
BLACKBURN, I.M., BISHOP, S., GLEN, A.I.M., WHALLEY, L.J.
& CHRISTIE, J.E. (1981). The efficacy of cognitive
therapy in depression : A treatment trial using cognitive
therapy and pharmacotherapy, each alone and in
combination. British Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 181-189.
|
SPITZER M. & KAMMER T. (1996). Combining neuroscience
research methods in psychopathology. Current Opinion
in Psychiatry, 9, 352-363. |
|
KOVACS, M., RUSH, A.J., BECK, A.T. & HOLLON, S.D.
(1981). Depressed outpatients treated with cognitive
therapy or pharmacotherapy. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 38, 33-39. |
STITZER, M.L. & WALSH, S.L. (1997). Psychostimulant
abuse : The case for combined behavioral and
pharmacological treatments. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 57, 457-470. |
|
THASE, M.E., GREENHOUSE, J.B., FRANK, E., REYNOLDS, C.F.,
PILKONIS, P.A., HURLEY, K. & KUPFER, D.J. (1997).
Treatment of major depression with psychotherapy or
psychotherapy-pharmacotherapy combinations. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 54, 1009-1015. |
|
CHOUINARD, G., ANNABLE, L., FONTAINE, R. & SOLYOM, L.
(1982). Alprazolam in the treatment of generalized anxiety
and panic disorders : a double-blind placebo-controlled
study. Psychopharmacology, 77, 229-233. |
ANDERSSON, G. & YARDLEY, L. (1998). Combined
cognitive-behavioural and physiotherapy treatment of
dizziness : A case-report. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 26, 365-369. |
|
WILSON, P.H. (1982). Combined pharmacological and
behavioural treatment of depression. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 20, 173-184. |
GOLDMAN, W., MCCULLOCH, J., CUFFEL, B., ZARIN, D.A.,
SUAREZ, A. & BURNS, B.J. (1998). Outpatient uti-
lization patterns of integrated and split psychotherapy
and psychopharmacology for depression. Psychiatric
Services, 49, 477-482. |
|
RUSH, J., BECK, A.T., KOVACS, M., WEISSENBURGER, J. &
HOLLON, S.D. (1982). Comparison of the effects of
cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy on hopelessness and
self-concept. American Journal of Psychiatry, 139
(7), 862-866. |
DeRUBEIS, R., GELFAND, L.A., TANG, T.Z. & SIMONS, A.D.
(1999). Medications versus cognitive behavioral therapy
for severely depressed outpatients : mega-analysis of four
randomized comparisons. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 156, 1007-1013.
[PDF] |
|
ROTH, D., BIELSKI, R., JONES, M., PARLKER, W. &
OSBORN, G. (1982). A comparison of self-control therapy
and combined self-control therapy and antidepressant
medication in the treatment of depression. Behavior
Therapy, 13, 133-144. |
BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M., SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W.
(2000). Cognitive-behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their
combination for panic disorder : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of American Medical Association, 283 (19),
2529-2536.
[PDF] |
|
MURPHY, G.E., SIMONS, A.D., WETZEL, R.D. & LUSTMAN,
P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy, singly
and together in the treatment of depression. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 41, 33-41. |
MIKLOWITZ, D.J., SIMONEAU, T.L., GEORGE, E.L., RICHARDS,
J.A., KALBAG, A., SACHS-ERICSSON, N. & SUDDATH, R.
(2000). Family-focused treatment of bipolar disorder :
One-year effects of a psychoeducation program in
conjunction with pharmacotherapy. Biological
Psychiatry, 48, 582-592. |
|
BLACKBURN, I.M., EUNSON, K.M. & BISHOP, S. (1986). A
two-year naturalistic follow-up of depressed patients
treated with cognitive therapy, pharmacotherapy, and a
combination of both. Journal of Affective Disorders,
10, 67-75. |
ARNTZ, A. (2002). Cognitive therapy versus interoceptive
exposure as treatment of panic disorder without agorapho-
bia. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 40, 325-341. |
|
SIMONS, A.D., MURPHY, G.E., LEVINE, J.L. & WETZEL,
R.D. (1986). Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for
depression : Sustained improvement over one year. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 43, 43-50. |
BOND, A.J., WINGROVE, J., CURRAN, H.V. & LADER, M.H.
(2002). Treatment of generalised anxiety disorder with a
short course of psychological therapy, combined with
buspirone or placebo. Journal of affective disorders,
72 (3), 267-271. |
|
CONTE, H.R., PLUTCHIK, R., WILD, K.V. & KARASU, T.B.
(1986). Combined psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy for
depression : A systematic analysis of the evidence. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 43, 471-479. |
WATKINS, E.R. (2003). Combining cognitive therapy with
medication in bipolar disorder. Advances in
Psychiatric Treatment, 9, 110-116. |
|
RUSH, A.J. (1986). Pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy. In
L.R. Derogatis (Ed.), Clinical psychopharmacology (pp.
46-67). Menlo Park, CA : Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. |
MORIN, C.M., COLECCHI, C.A., STONE, J., SOOD, R. &
BRINK, D. (2004). Behavioral and pharmacological therapies
for late-life insomnia : A randomized clinical trial. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 281, 991-999.
|
|
FISHER, W.W., PIAZZA, C.C. & PAGE, T. (1989).
Assessing independent and interactional effects of
behavioral and pharmacological interventions for a client
with dual diagnosis. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 20, 241-250. |
CHISHOLM, D., SANDERSON, K., AYUSO-MATEOS, J.L. &
SAXENA, S. (2004). Reducing the global burden of
depression population-level analysis of intervention
cost-effectiveness in 14 world regions. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 184, 393-403.
[PDF] |
|
RUSH, A.J. (1989).The therapeutic alliance in short-term
cognitive-behaviour therapy. In W. Dryden & P. Trower
(Eds.), Cognitive psychotherapy : Stasis & change
(pp. 59-72). London : Cassell Educational Ltd. |
DeRUBEIS, R., HOLLON, S., AMSTERDAM, J., SHELTON, R.,
YOUNG, P., SALOMON, R.M., O'REARDON, J.P., LOVETT, M.L.,
GLADIS, M.M., BROWN, L.L. & GALLOP, R. (2005)
Cognitive therapy vs medications in the treatment of
moderate to severe depression. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 62, 409-416. [PDF] |
|
GELERNTER, C.S., UHDE, T.W., CIMBOLIC, P., ARNKOFF, D.B.,
VITTONE, B.J., TANCER, M.E. & BARTKO, J.J. (1991).
Cognitive-behavioral and pharmacological treatment for
social phobia : A controlled study. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 48, 938-945. |
CLARKE, G., DEBAR, L., LYNCHH, F., POWELL, J. GALE,
J.O'CONNOR, E., LUDMAN, E., BUSH, T., LIN, E.H.B., VON
KORFF, M. & HERTERT, S. (2005). A randomized
effectiveness trial of brief cognitive-behavioral therapy
for depressed adolescents receiving antidepressant
medication. Journal of American Academy Child
Adolescents Psychiatry, 44 (9), 888-889.
[PDF] |
|
HOZA, B., PELHAM, W.E., SAMS, S.E. & CARLSON, C.
(1992). An examination of the "dosage" effects of both
behavior therapy and methylphenidate on the classroom
performance of two ADHD children. Behavior
Modification, 16, 164-192. |
|
|
|
HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R.J., EVAN, M.D., WIEMER, M.J.,
GARVEY, M.J., GROVE, W.M. & TUASON, V.B. (1992).
Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for depression :
Singly and in combination. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 49, 774-781. |
|
|
CARLSON, C.L., PELHAM, W.E., MILICH, R. & DIXON, J.
(1992). Single and combined effects of methylphenidate and
behavior therapy on the classroom performance of children
with ADHD. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 20,
213-232. |
|
|
ABRAMOVITZ, A.J., ECKSTRAND, D., O'LEARY, S.G. &
DULCAN, M.K. (1992). ADHD children's responses to
stimulant medication and two intensities of a behavioral
intervention. Behavior Modification, 16, 193-203.
|
ANTON, R.F., O'MALLEY, S.S., CIRAULO, D.A CISLER, R.A.,
COUPER, D., DONOVAN, D.M., GASTFRIEND, D.R., HOSKING,
J.D., JOHNSON, B.A., LOCASTRO, J.S., LONGABAUGH, R.,
MASON, B.J., MATTSON, M.E., MILLER, W.R., PETTINATI, H.M.,
RANDALL, C.L., SWIFT, R., WEISS, R.D., WILLIAMS, L.D.
& ZWEBEN, A. (2006). Effect of combined
pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions for alcohol
dependence : The COMBINE study : A randomized controlled
trial. JAMA : Journal of the American Medical
Association, 295 (17), 2003-2017. [PDF] |
|
EVAN, M.D., HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R.J., PIASECKI, J.M,
GROVE, W.M., GARVEY, M.J. & TUASON, V.B. (1992).
Differential relapse following cognitive therapy and
pharmacotherapy for depression. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 49, 802-808. |
FABIANO, G.A., PELHAM, W.E., GNAGY, E.M., BURROWS-MACLEAN,
L., COLES, E.K., CHACKO, A., WYMBS, B.T., WALKER, K.S.,
GAREFINO, A., KEENAN, J.K., ONYANGO, A.N., HOFFMAN, M.T.,
MASSETTI, G.M. & ROBB, J.A. (2007). The single and
combined effects of multiple intensities of behavior
modification and multiple intensities of methylphenidate
in a classroom setting. School Psychology Review, 36,
195-216. [PDF] |
|
ECHEBURUA, E., DE CORRAL, P., GARCIA BAJOS, E. &
BORDA, M. (1993). Interactions between self-exposure and
alprazolam in the treatment of agoraphobia without current
panic: an exploratory study. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 21, 219-238. |
WATANABE, N., CHURCHILL, R. & FURUKAWA, T.A. (2007).
Combination of psychotherapy and benzodiazepines versus
either therapy alone for panic disorder : A systematic
review. BMC Psychiatry, 7 (8), 1-14. [PDF] |
|
OTTO, M.W., POLLACK, M.H., SACHS, G.S., REITER, S.R.,
MELTZER-BRODY, S. & ROSENBAUM, J.F. (1993).
Discontinuation of benzodiazepine treatment : efficacy of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for patients with panic
disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1485-1490. |
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
|
SPIEGEL, D.A., BRUCE, T.J., GREGG, S.F. & NUZZARELLO,
A. (1994). Does cognitive behavior therapy assist
slow-taper alprazolam discontinuation in panic disorder ?
American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 876-881. |
GREENBERG, R.P. & GOLDMAN, E.D. (2009).
Antidepressants, psychotherapy or their combination :
Weighing options for depression treatments. Journal
of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 39 (2), 83-91. |
|
STRAVYNSKI, A., VERREAULT, R., GAUDETTE, G., LANGLOIS, R.,
GAGNIER S. & LAROSE, R. (1994). The treatment of
depression with group behavioral-cognitive therapy and
imipramine. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 39,
387-390. |
CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., NEWMAN, M.G., RICKELS, K., GALLOP,
R., GIBBONS, M.B. C., HAMILTON, J.L., RING-KURTZ, S. &
PASTVA, A.M. (2011). Combined medication and cognitive
therapy for generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of
Anxiety Disorders, 25 (8), 1087-1094. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
comportementale : Terme générique qui, par opposition
aux thérapies verbales, désigne
les thérapies qui insistent davantage sur
les changements de comportements
du client/ patient/ malade
(mais non exclusivement) que sur les modifications de la personnalité
(humaniste, psychanalyse, etc.). De fait, le terme renvoie à
l'effet thérapeutique escompté (le changement de comportement), et
non à l'explication sous-jacente (expérience, personnalité,
perception, schéma, conception du monde, croyances, etc). En ce
sens, le mot englobe aussi bien les thérapies
béhavioristes que les thérapies
cognitivo-béhaviorale.
= thérapie
béhaviorale.
/thérapie
verbale.
( ):
Voir ci-dessous.
Behavioral therapy,
behavior therapy, behavioral intervention.
| |
|
BANDURA, A. (1967). Behavioral psychotherapy. Scientific American, 216, 78-86. |
WILSON, K.G. (1997). Science and treatment development :
Lessons from the history of behavior therapy. Behavior
Therapy, 28, 547-558. |
|
YATES, A.J. (1970). Behavior therapy. New York
: Wiley. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A (1971). Reflections on behavior therapy and
its development : A point of view. Behavior Therapy,
2, 369-374. |
O'DONOHUE, W.T. & KRASNER, L. (Eds.) (1997). Theories
of behavior therapy : Exploring behavior change.
Washington : APA. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1976). Multimodal behavior therapy.
New York : Springer. |
VAN MINNEN, A., HOOGDUIN, K., KEIJSERS, G., HELLENBRAND,
I. & HENDRIKS, G.J. (2003). Treatment of
trichotillomania with behavioral therapy or fluoxetine : a
randomized, waiting-list controlled study. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 60, 517-522. |
|
COTTRAUX, J. (1979). Les thérapies comportementales.
Paris : Masson. |
ANTON, R.F., O'MALLEY, S.S., CIRAULO, D.A CISLER, R.A.,
COUPER, D., DONOVAN, D.M., GASTFRIEND, D.R., HOSKING,
J.D., JOHNSON, B.A., LOCASTRO, J.S., LONGABAUGH, R.,
MASON, B.J., MATTSON, M.E., MILLER, W.R., PETTINATI, H.M.,
RANDALL, C.L., SWIFT, R., WEISS, R.D., WILLIAMS, L.D.
& ZWEBEN, A. (2006). Effect of combined
pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions for alcohol
dependence : The COMBINE study : A randomized controlled
trial. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical
Association, 295 (17), 2003-2017. [PDF] |
|
FONTAINE, O., COTTRAUX, J. et LADOUCEUR, R. (1984). Cliniques
de thérapie comportementale. Montréal : Éditions
Mardaga. |
CARROLL, K.M. & ONKEN, L.S. (2005). Behavioral
therapies for drug abuse. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 162 (8), 1452-1460. [PDF] |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J., HAYES, S.C. & TSAI, M. (1993).
Radical behavioral psychotherapy : Two contemporary
examples. Clinical Psychology Review, 13, 579-592. |
CARROLL, K.M. & ROUNSAVILLE, B.J. (2007). A vision of
the next generation of behavioral therapies research in
the addictions. Addiction, 2 (6), 850-862.
[PDF] |
|
VAN RILLAER, J. (1995). Les thérapies
comportementales. Bernet-Danilo/Essentialis. |
McGUIRE, J.F., UNG, D., SELLES, R.R., RAHMAN, O. LEWIN,
A.B., MURPHY, T.K. & STORCH, E.A. (2014). Treating
trichotillomania : A meta-analysis of treatment effects
and moderators for behavior therapy and serotonin reuptake
inhibitors. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 58,
76-83. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie,
Analyse fonctionnelle du comportement et
Thérapie béhavioriste |
|
|
|
Thérapie comportementale basée sur l'acceptation : TCBA
Acceptance-based behavior therapy, ABBT.
|
|
GIFFORD, E.V. KOHLENBERG, B.S., HAYES, S.C., ANTONNUCIO
DO, PIASECKI, M.M., RASMUSSEN-HALL, ML, PALM, K.M. (2004).
Acceptance theory-based treatment for smoking cessation :
An initial trial of acceptance and commitment therapy.
Behavior Therapy, 35, 689–705.
|
|
ROEMER, L. & ORSILLO, L.M. (2005). An acceptance
based behavior therapy for generalized anxiety disorder.
In S.M. Orsillo & L. Roemer L. (Eds.), Acceptance
and mindfulness-based approaches to anxiety :
Conceptualization and treatment (p. 213-240). New
York : Springer.
|
ZARGAR, F., ASGHAR, A., FARID, A., ATEF-VAHID, M.-K.,
AFSHAR, H. & OMIDI, A. (2013). Comparing the
effectiveness of acceptance-based behavior therapy and
applied relaxation on acceptance of internal experiences,
engagement in valued actions and quality of life in
generalized.Journal of Research in Medical Sciences, 18
(2), 118-122. PDF]
|
|
ORSILLO, S.M., ROEMER, L. & HOLOWKA, D. (2005).
Acceptance-based behavioral therapies for for anxiety :
Using acceptance and mindfulness to enhance traditional
cognitive-behavioral approaches. In S.M. Orsillo & L.
Roemer (Eds.), Acceptance-and mindfulness-based
approaches to anxiety : Conceptualization and treatment.
New York : Springer. |
|
|
ROEMER, L. & ORSILLO, S.M. (2007). An open trial of an
acceptance-based behavior therapy for generalized anxiety
disorder. Behavior Therapy, 38, 72-85. |
|
|
ROEMER, L., ORSILO, S.M. & SALTERS-PEDNEAULT, K.
(2008). Efficacy of an acceptance-based behavior therapy
for generalized anxiety disorder : Evaluation in a
randomized controlled trial. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76, 1083-1089. |
|
|
FORMAN, E.M., BUTRYN, M.L., HOFFMAN, K.L. &
HERBERT, J.D. (2009). An open trial of an acceptance-based
behavioral treatment for weight loss. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 16, 223-235. |
HAYES-SKELTON, S.A., ORSILLO, L.M. & ROEMER, L.
(2013). An acceptance-based behavioral therapy for
individuals with generalized anxiety disorder. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 120 (3), 264-281. |
|
FORMAN, E.M., HOFFMAN, K.L., JUARASCIO, A.S., BUTRYN, M.L.
& HERBERT, J.D. (2013). Comparison of acceptance-based
and standard cognitive-based coping strategies for craving
sweets in overweight and obese women. Eating
Behaviors, 14, 64-68. |
FORMAN, E.M., BUTRYN, M.L., MANASSE, S.M.
& BRADLEY, L.E. (2015). Acceptance-based behavioral
treatment for weight control : a review and future
direction. Current Opinion in Psychology, 2, 87–90.
[PDF]
|
|
LEE, J.K., FUCHS, C., ROEMER, L. & ORSILO, S.M.
(2009). Cultural considerations in acceptance-based
behavior therapy In L. Roemer & S.M.
Orsillo (Eds.), Mindfulness and Acceptance-based
behavioral therapies in practice (pp. 215–228). New
York : Guilford |
|
|
FORMAN, E.M. & HERBERT, J.D. (2009). New directions in
cognitive behavior therapy : Acceptance-based therapies.
In W.T. O'Donohue & J.E. Fisher (Eds.), General
principles and empirically supported techniques of
cognitive behavior therapy (pp. 77–101). John Wiley
& Sons. |
BUTRYN, M.L., KERRIGAN, S.G., ARIGO, D., RAGGIO, G.A.
& FORMAN, E.M. (2016). A pilot test of an
acceptance-based behavioral intervention to promote
physical activity during weight loss maintenance. Behavioral
Medicine, 21, 1-11. |
|
ROEMER, L. & ORSILLO, S.M. (2009). Mindfulness
and acceptance-based behavioral therapies in practice.
New York : The Guilford Press. |
ROEMER, L. & ORSILLO, L.M. (2020). Acceptance-based
behavioral therapy treating anxiety and related
challenges. Guilford Press.
|
|
HAYES, S.A., ORSILLO, S.M. & ROEMER, L. (2010).
Changes in proposed mechanisms of action in an
acceptance-based behavior therapy for generalized anxiety
disorder. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 48, 238-245.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et
Thérapie comportementale et cognitive |
|
|
|
Thérapie comportementale et cognitive : TCC :
Ensemble de thérapies et de techniques
qui emprunte à la fois au béhaviorisme
et au cognitivisme.
Les fondement théoriques de ces thérapeutes se rapprochent souvent
plus du cognitivisme que du béhaviorisme. L'objectif est de
modifier le comportement et les pensées (cognition). =
TCC, TC, thérapie cognitivo-béhaviorale, thérapie béhavioriste-cognitiviste,
thérapie cognitivo-béhaviorale, thérapie
cognitivo-comportementale, intervention comportementale et
cognitive, thérapie comportementale et cognitive à distance. (
):
Cognitive-Behavior
Therapy (CBT/CB), cognitive-behavioral therapy,
traditional cognitive behavior therapy, cognitive-behavior
modification, cognitive-behavioral treatment, cognitive
behavioral intervention, behavioral and cognitive-behavioral
approaches. 
| |
|
|
MAHONEY, M.J. (1974). Cognition and behavior
modification. Cambridge, MA : Ballinger. |
PRENDERGAST, J. & AUSTIN, M.P. (2001). Early childhood
nurse-delivered cognitive behavioural counselling for
post-natal depression. Australasian Psychiatry, 9,
255-259. |
|
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. (1976). A cognitive behavior approach to
assessment. In M. Hersen & A.S. Bellack (Eds.), Behavioral
assessment : A practical handbook (pp. 143-171).
New York : Pergamon. |
LEICHSENRING, F. (2001). Comparative effects of short-term
psychodynamic psychotherapy and cognitive- behavioral
therapy in depression : A meta-analyticapproach. Clinical
Psychology Review, 21, 401-419. |
|
MEICHENBAUM, D.H. (1977). Cognitive-behavior
modification : An integrative approach. New York :
Plenum Press. |
BURNS, D.D. & SPANGLER, D.L. (2001). Do changes in
dysfunctional attitudes mediate changes in depression and
anxiety in cognitive behavioral therapy ? Behavior
Therapy, 32, 337-369. |
|
TAYLOR, E.G. & MARSHALL, W.L. (1977). Experimental
analysis of a cognitive-behavioral therapy for depression.
Cognitive Therapy & Research, 1, 59-72. |
EDINGER, J.D., WOHLGEMUTH, W.K., RADTKE, R.A., MARSH, G.R.
& QUILLIAN, R.E. (2001). Cognitive behavioral therapy
for treatment of chronic primary insomnia : a randomized
controlled trial. Journal of American Medicine
Assoicaition, 285, 185-1864. |
|
HUPPERT, J.D., BUFKA, L.F., BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M.,
SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W. (2001). Therapists,
therapist variables, and cognitive-behavioral therapy
outcome in a multicenter trial for panic disorder. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69 (5),
747-755. |
|
BARRETT, P.M., DUFFY, A.L., RAPEE, R.M. & DADDS, M.R.
(2001). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of anxiety
disorders in children : Long-term (6-Year) follow-up.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69
(1), 135-141. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, R.E., SMOLL, F.L. & CURTIS, B. (1979). Coach
effectiveness training : A cognitive behavioral approach
to enhance relationship skills in youth sport coaches. Journal
of Sport Psychology, 1, 59-75. |
VEALE, D. (2001). Cognitive-behavioural therapy for body
dysmorphic disorder. Advances in Psychiatric
Treatment, 7, 125-132. [PDF] |
|
MAHONEY, M.J. & KAZDIN, A.E. (1979). Cognitive
behavior modification : Misconceptions and premature
evacuation. Psychological Bulletin, 86 (5),
1044-1049. |
ESPIE, C.A., INGLIS, S.J., TESSIER, S. & HARVEY, L.
(2001). The clinical effectiveness of cognitive behaviour
therapy for chronic insomnia : Implementation and
evaluation of a sleep clinic in general medical practice.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 39, 45-60. |
|
HEINRICHS, N., HOFFMAN, E. & HOFMANN, S.G. (2001).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment for social phobia in
Parkinson's disease : A single-case study. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 8, 329-335. |
|
|
ANTON, R.K., MOAK, D.H., LATHAM, P.K., WAID, L.R.,
MALCOLM, R.J., DIAS, J.K. & ROBERT, J.S. (2001).
Posttreat- ment results of combining naltrexone with
cognitive- behavior therapy for the treatment of
alcoholism. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology,
21, 72-77. |
|
BARROWCLOUGH, C., KING, P., COLVILLE, J., RUSSELL, E.,
BURNS, A. & RAARIER, N. (2001). A randomized trial of
the effectiveness of CBT and supportive counseling for
anxiety symptoms in older adults. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69 (5),
756-762. |
|
ABDEL-BAKI, A. et NICOLE, L. (2001). Schizophrénie et
psychothérapies cognitivo-comportementales. The
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 46 (6), 511-521. [PDF] |
|
DOBSON, K.S. (Ed.) (2001). Handbook of
cognitive-behavioral therapies. New York : The
Guilford Press. |
|
WOODY, S.R. & ADESSKY, R.S. (2002). Therapeutic
alliance, group cohesion, and homework compliance during
cognitive-behavioral group treatment of social phobia. Behavior
Therapy, 33 (1), 5-27. |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D., NEWMAN, M.G., LYTLE, R. & PINCUS, A.L.
(2002). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral
therapy for generalized anxiety disorder and the role of
interpersonal problems. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70 (2), 288-298. [PDF] |
|
WILFLEY, D.E., ROBINSON WELCH, R., STEIN,R.I., BORMAN
SPURRELL, E., COHEN, L.R., SAELENS, B.E., ZOLER DOUNCHIS,
J., FRANK, M.A., WISEMAN, C.V. & MATT, G.E. (2002).
Randomized comparison of group cognitive-behavioral
therapy and group interpersonal psychotherapy for the
treatment of overweight individuals with binge-eating
disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 713-721.
[PDF] |
|
TARRIER, N (2002). Yes, cognitive behaviour therapy may be
all you need. British Medical Journal, 324,
291-292. |
|
COOMBS, M.M., COLEMAN, D. & JONES, E.E. (2002).
Working with feelings : The importance of emotion in both
cognitive-behavioral and interpersonal therapy in the NIMH
treatment of depression collaborative research program. Psychotherapy
: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 39,
233-244. |
|
FAIRBANK, J.A., BOOTH, S.R. & CURRY, J.F. (2002).
Integrated cognitive-behavior therapy for traumatic stress
symptoms and substance abuse. In B.J. Burns & K.
Hoagwood (Eds.), Community treatment for youth :
Evidence-based interventions for severe emotional and
behavioral disorders (pp. 198-211). Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
WERNICK, R.L. (1983). Stress inoculation in the management
of clinical pain : Applications to burn patients. In D.
Meichenbaum & M. Jaremko (Eds.), Stress reduction
and prevention : A cognitive behavioral approach
(pp. 191-218). New York : Plenum Press. |
SHAFRAN, R., COOPER, Z. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (2002).
Clinical perfectionism : A cognitive-behavioural analysis.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 40, 773-791. |
|
TURK, D.C., MEICHENBAUM, D. & GENEST, M. (1983).
Pain and behavioral medicine : A cognitive-behavioral
perspective. New York, NY : Guilford Press. |
ANDERSSON, G. (2002). Psychological aspects of tinnitus
and the application of cognitive-behavioural therapy. Clinical
Psychology Review, 22 (7), 977-979. |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D., NEWMAN, M.G., PINCUS, A.L. & LYTLE, R.
(2002). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral
therapy for generalized anxiety disorder and the role of
interpersonal problems. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 70, 288-298. |
|
WILSON, P.H., GOLDIN, J.C. & CHARBONNEAU-POWIS, M.
(1983). Comparative efficacy of behavioral and cognitive
treatments of depression. Cognitive Therapy &
Research, 7, 111-124. |
McCLANAHAN, T.M. & ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (2002).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of panic attacks. Clinical
Case Studies, 1, 211-223. |
|
MILLER, R.C. & BERMAN, J.S. (1983). The efficacy of
cognitive behavior therapies : A quantitative review of
the research evidence. Psychological Bulletin, 94,
39-53. |
NEWMAN, M.G., CASTONGUAY, L.G. & BORKOVEC, T.D.
(2002). Integrating cognitive behavioral and
interpersonal/emotional processing treatments for
generalized anxiety disorder : Preliminary outcome
findings. Santa Barbara, CA : Symposium
presentation at the annual meeting of the Society for
Psychotherapy Research. |
|
THURMAN, C.W. (1985). Effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral treatment in reducing Type A behavior
among university faculty. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 32, 74-83. |
BLAGYS, M.D. & HILSENROTH, M.J. (2002). Distinctive
activities of cognitive- behavioral therapy : A review of
the comparative psychotherapy process literature. Clinical
Psychology Review, 22, 671-706. |
|
CADDY, G.R. (1985). Cognitive behavior therapy in the
treatment of multiple personality. Behavior
Modification, 9, 267-292. |
TSAO, J.C., MYSKOWSKI, J.L. & ZUCKER, B.G. (2002).
Effects of cognitive-behavioral therapy for panic disorder
on comorbid conditions : Replication and extension. Behavior
Therapy, 33 (4), 493-509. |
|
SIMONS, A.D., MURPHY, G.E., LEVINE, J.L., WETZEL, R.D.
(1986). Cognitive therapy and pharma- cotherapy for
depression: sustained improvement over one year.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 43, 43-48 |
LAIDLAW, K., THOMPSON, L.W., DICK-SISKIN, L. &
GALLAGHER-THOMPSON, D. (2003). Cognitive behaviour
therapy with older adults. Chichester : John Wiley
& Sons, Ltd. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1987). Dialectical behavior therapy : A
cognitive behavioral approach to parasuicide. Journal
of Personality Disorders, 1, 328-333. |
STANLEY, M.A., BECK, J.G., NOVY, D.M., AVERILL, P.M.,
SWANN, A.C., DIEFENBACH, G.J. & HOPKO, D.R. (2003).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of late-life generalized
anxiety disorder. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 71 309- 319. |
|
EYSENK, H.J. (1987) What does "cognitive" add to behavior
therapy ? Southern Psychology, 3 (2), 5-11. |
BASKIN, T.W., TIERNEY, S.C., MINAMI, T. & WAMPOLD,
B.E. (2003). Establishing specificity in psychotherapy : A
meta-analysis of structural equivalence of placebo
controls. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71 (6), 973-979. [PDF] |
|
DURHAM, R.C. & TURVEY, A.A. (1987). Cognitive therapy
vs behaviour therapy in the treatment of chronic general
anxiety. Behavioural Research & Therapy, 25
(3), 229-234. |
EDINGER, J.D. & SAMPSON, W.S. (2003). A primary care
"friendly" cognitive-behavioral insomnia therapy.
Sleep, 2, 177-182. |
|
|
DOBSON, K.S. (Ed.) (1988). Handbook of
cognitive-behavioral therapies. New York : The
Guilford Press. |
GUMLEY, A., O'GRADY M., MCNAY ,L., REILLY, J., POWER, K.R.
& NORRIE, J. (2003). Early intervention for relapse in
schizophrenia : results of a 12-month randomized
controlled trial of cognitive behavioural therapy. Psychological
Medicine, 33, 419-431. [PDF] |
|
DOBSON, K.S. & SHAW, B.F. (1988). The use of treatment
manuals in cognitive therapy : Experience and issues. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56,
673-680. |
O'DONOHUE, W., FISHER, J.E. & HAYES, S.C. (Eds.)
(2003). Cognitive behavior therapy : Applying
empirically supported techniques in your practice.
Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley & Sons, Inc. |
|
DUGAS, M.J., LADOUCEUR, R., LÉGER, E., FREESTON, M.H.,
ANGOLIS, F.P., PROVENCHER, M.D. & BOISVERT, J.M.
(2003). Group cognitive-behavioral therapy for generalized
anxiety disorder : treatment outcome and long-term
follow-up. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 71, 821-825. |
|
FAIRBURN, C.G., COOPER, Z. & SHAFRAN, R. (2003).
Cognitive behaviour therapy for eating disorders : a
"transdiagnostic" theory and treatment. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 41 (5), 509-528.
[PDF] |
|
FRANK, E., ANDERSON, B., STEWART, B.D., DANCU, C, HUGHES,
C. & WEST, D. (1988). Efficacy of cognitive behavior
therapy and systematic desensitization in the treatment of
rape trauma. Behavior Therapy, 19, 403-420. |
BIONDI, M. & PICARDI, A. (2003). Increased probability
of remaining in remission from panic disorder with
agoraphobia after drug treatment in patients who received
concurrent cognitive-behavioural therapy : A follow-up
study. 60. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 72
(1), 34-42. |
|
STANLEY, M.A., HOPKO, D.R., DIEFENBACH, G.J., BOURLAND,
S.L., RODRIGUEZ, H. & WAGENER, P. (2003).
Cognitive-behavior therapy for late-life generalized
anxiety disorder in primary care : preliminary findings.
American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 11,
92-96. |
|
TURNER, J.A. & CLANCY, S. (1988). Comparison of
operant behavioral and cognitive-behavioral group
treatment for chronic low back pain. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 261-266. |
EHLERS, A., CLARK, D.M., HACKMANN, A., McMANUS, F.,
FENNELL, M., HERBERT, C. & MAYOU, R. (2003). A
randomized controlled trial of cognitive therapy, a
self-help booklet, and repeated assessments as early
interventions for posttraumatic stress disorder.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 1024-1032. |
|
FOWLER, D. & MORLEY, S. (1989). The
cognitive-behavioural treatment of hallucinations and
delusions : a preliminary study. Behavioural
Psychotherapy, 17, 267-282. |
STANLEY, M.A., BECK, J.G., NOVY, D.M., AVERILL, P.M.,
SWANN, A.C. DIEFENBACH, G.J. & HOPKO, D.R. (2003).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of late-life generalized
anxiety disorder. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 71 (2), 309-319. |
|
MILLER, I.W., NORMAN, W.H., KEITNER, G.I., BISHOP, S.B.
& DOW, M.G. (1989). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of
depressed inpatients. Behavior Therapy, 20,
25-47. |
GOLDFRIED, M.R. (2003). Cognitive-behavior therapy :
Reflections on the evolution of a therapeutic orientation.
Cognitivie Behavior Therapy & Research, 27
(1), 53-69. |
|
ROSEN, J.C., SALTZBERG, E. & SREBNIK, D. (1989).
Cognitive behavior therapy for negative body image in
obese women. Behavior Therapy, 20, 393-404. [PDF] |
HAYES, S.C., O'DONOHUE, W.T. & FISHER, J.E. (2003). Cognitive
behavior therapy : Applying empirically supported
techniques in your practice. Wiley. |
|
HEIMBERG, R.G. (1989). Cognitive and behavioral treatments
for social phobia : A critical analysis. Clinical
Psychology Review, 9, 107-128. |
RUNYON, M.K., DEBLINGER, E., RYAN, E.E. &
THAKKAR-KOLAR, R. (2004). An overview of child physical
abuse : Developing an integrated parent-child
cognitive-behavioral treatment approach. Trauma,
Violence & Abuse, 5 (1), 65-85. [PDF] |
|
MERSCH, P.P., EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., BOGELS, S.M. & VAN
DER SLEEN, J. (1989). Social phobia : Individul response
patterns and the effects of behavioral and cognitive
interventions. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 27
(4), 421-434. |
JOHNSON, M. & KAZANTZIS, N. (2004). Cognitive
behavioral therapy for chronic pain : Strategies for the
successful use of homework assignments. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 22
(3), 189-218. |
|
MOYER, A. & HAAR, M.D. (1990). The efficacy of
cognitive-behavior therapy and writing process training
for alleviating writing anxiety. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 14, 515-528. |
LUNDREN, J.D., DANOFF, BURG, S. & ANDERSON, D.A.
(2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for bulimia nervosa :
an empirical analysis of clinical significance. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 35 (3), 262-274. [PDF] |
|
MCCRONE, P., KNAPP, M., PROUDFOOT, J., RYDEN, C.,
CAVANAGH, K., SHAPIRO, D.A., ILSON, S., GRAY, J.A.,
GOLDBERG, G., MANN, A., MARKS, I., EVERITT, B. &
TYLEE, A. (2004). Cost-effectiveness of computerized
cognitive-behavioural therapy for anxiety and depression
in primary care : randomized controlled trial. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 185, 55-62. [PDF] |
|
HEIMBERG, R.G. (1990). Cognitive behavior therapy for
social phobia. In A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Eds.), Comparative
handbook of treatments for adult disorders (pp.
203-218). New York : Wiley. |
BASTIEN, C.H., MORIN, C.M., OUELLET, M-C.B. &
BOUCHARD, S. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for
insomnia : Comparison of individual therapy, group
therapy, and telephone consultations. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 72 (4),
653-659. [PDF] |
|
PEDIATRIC OCD TREATMENT STUDY (POTS) TEAM PEDIATRIC OCD
TREATMENT STUDY (POTS) TEAM (2004). Cognitive-behavior
therapy, sertraline, and their combination for children
and adolescents with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 292, 1969-1976. |
|
SELMI, P.M., KLEIN, M.H., GREIST, J.H., SORRELL, S.P.
& ERDMAN, H.P. (1990). Computer-administered
cognitive-behavioral therapy for depression. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 147 (1), 51-56. |
STANLEY, M.A., DIEFENBACH, G.J. & HOPKO, D.R. (2004).
Cognitive behavioral treatment for older adults with
generalized anxiety disorder. A therapist manual for
primary care settings. Behavior Modification, 28 (1),
73-117. |
|
McCARTHY, B. (1990). Cognitive-behavioral strategies and
techniques in the treatment of early ejaculation. In
Leiblum, SR. & Rosen, R.C. (Eds.), Principles and
practice of sex therapy : update for the 90s (pp.
141-167). New York : The Guilford Press. |
SECKER, D.L., KAZANTSIS, N. & PACHANA, N.A. (2004).
Cognitive behavior therapy for older adults : practical
guidelines for adapting therapy structure. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 22 (2),
93-109. |
|
|
BUTLER, G., FENNELL, M., ROBSON, P. & GELDER, M.
(1991). Comparison of behavior therapy and cognitive
behavior therapy in the treatment of generalized anxiety
disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59 (1), 167-75. |
ANDERSON, P., JACOBS, C. & ROTHBAUM, B.O. (2004).
Computer-supported cognitive behavioral treatment of
anxiety disorders. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60,
253-267. |
|
HUNTER, J.A. & SANTOS, D.R. (1990). The use of
specialized cognitive-behavioral therapies in the
treatment of adolescent sexual offenders.
International Journal of Offender Therapy &
Comparative Crirninology, 34 (3), 239-248. |
GOLDAPPLE, K., SEGAL, Z., GARSON, C., LAU, M., BIELING,
P., KENNEDY, S. & MAYBERG, H. (2004). Modulation of
cortical-limbic pathways in major depression :
treatment-specific effects of cognitive behavior therapy.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 61 (1), 34-41. [PDF] |
|
GELERNTER, C.S., UHDE, T.W., CIMBOLIC, P., ARNKOFF, D.B.,
VITTONE, B.J., TANCER, M.E. & BARTKO, J.J. (1991).
Cognitive-behavioral and pharmacological treatment for
social phobia : A controlled study. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 48, 938-945. |
CARROLL, K.M., FENTON, L.R., BALL, S.A., NICH, C.,
FRANKFORTER, T.L., SHI, J. & ROUNSAVILLE, B.J. (2004).
Efficacy of disulfiram and cognitive behavior therapy in
cocaine-dependent outpatients : a randomized
placebo-controlled trial. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 61 (3), 264-272. [PDF] |
|
BLOOMQUIST, M.L., AUGUST, G.J. & OSTRANDER, R. (1991).
Effects of a school-based cognitive-behavioral
intervention for ADHD children. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 19, 591-605. |
FRIEDBERG, R.A., MILLER, R., PERYMON, A., BOTTOMS, J.
& AATRE, G. (2004). Using a session feedback form in
cognitive therapy with children. Journal of
Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 22
(3), 219-230. |
|
ANTONI, M.H., BAGGETT, L., IRONSON, G., LAPIERRE, A.,
AUGUST, S., LIMAS, N., CHNEIDERMAN, N. & LETCHER, M.A.
(1991). Cognitive-behavioral stress management
intervention buffers distress responses and immunologic
changes following notification of HIV-1 seropositivity. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59, 906-915. |
ATTWOOD, T. (2004). Cognitive behavior therapy for
children and adults with Asperger's syndrome. Behavior
Change, 21, 147-161. |
|
DURLAK, J.A., FUHRMAN, T. & LAMPMAN, C. (1991).
Effectiveness of cognitive-behavior therapy for
maladapting children : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 110 (2), 204-214. |
MARTELL C.R., SAFREN, S.A. & PRINCE, S.E. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral
therapies with lesbian, gay, and bisexual clients. New
York : Guilford. |
|
MCCRONE, P., KNAPP, M., PROUDFOOT, J., RYDEN, C.,
CAVANAGH, K., SHAPIRO, D.A., ILSON, S., GRAY, J.A.,
GOLDBERG, G., MANN, A., MARKS, I., EVERITT, B. &
TYLEE, A. (2004). Cost-effectiveness of computerized
cognitive-behavioural therapy for anxiety and depression
in primary care : randomized controlled trial. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 185, 55-62. |
|
BURNS, D. & NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (1991). Coping styles,
homework compliance and the effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral therapy. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 59, 305-311. |
MATTHEWS, L.T. & MARWIT, S.J. (2004). Complicated
grief and the trend toward cognitive-behavioral therapy. Death
Studies, 28, 849-863. |
|
KEEFE, F.J., DUNSMORE, J. & BURNETT, R. (1992).
Behavioral and cognitive-behavioral approaches to chronic
pain : Recent advances and future directions. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 60 (4),
528-536. [PDF] |
BARSKY, A. & AHEM, D.K. (2004). Cognitive behavior
therapy for hypochondriasis : a randomized controlled
trial. Journal of the American Medical Association,
291, 1464-1470. |
|
GETKA E.J. & GLASS, C.R. (1992). Behavioral and
cognitive-behavioral approaches to the reduction of dental
anxiety. Behavior Therapy, 23 (3), 433-448. |
ADDIS, M.E., HATGIS, C., KRASNOW, A.D., JACOB, K., BOURNE,
L. & MANSFIELD, A. (2004). Effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral treatment for panic disorder versus
treatment as usual in a managed care setting. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 72,
625-635. |
|
ZINBARG, R.E., BARLOW, D.H., BROWN, T.A. & HERTZ, R.M.
(1992). Cognitive-behavioral approaches to the nature and
treatment of anxiety disorders. Annual Review of
Psychology, 43, 235-267 |
NEZU, A., NEZU, C.M. & LOMBARDO, E. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral
case formulation and treatment design : A
problem-solving approach. Springer Publishing
Company. |
|
BLATT, S.J. & MAROUDAS, C. (1992). Convergence of
psychoanalytic and cognitive behavioral theories of
depression. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 9, 157-190. |
SAVARD, J., SIMARD, S., IVERS, H. & MORIN, C.M.
(2005). Randomized study on the efficacy of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia secondary to
breast cancer, part I : sleep and psychological effects.
Journal of Clinical Oncology, 23, 6083-6096. |
|
LOCHMAN, J.E. (1992). Cognitive behavioral intervention
with aggressive boys : Three-year follow-up and preventive
effects. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 60, 426-432. |
CLARKE, G., DEBAR, L., LYNCHH, F., POWELL, J., GALE, J.
O'CONNOR, E., LUDMAN, E., BUSH, T., LIN, E.H.B., VON
KORFF, M. & HERTERT, S. (2005). A randomized
effectiveness trial of brief cognitive-behavioral therapy
for depressed adolescents receiving antidepressant
medication. Journal of American Academy Child
Adolescents Psychiatry, 44 (9), 888-889.
[PDF] |
|
|
SMITH, D.E., MARCUS, M.D. & KAYE, W. (1992).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of obese binge eaters. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 12,257-262. |
SOFRONOFF, K., ATTWOOD, T. & HINTON, S. (2005). A
randomised controlled trial of a CBT intervention for
anxiety in children with Asperger syndrome. Journal of
Child Psycholoy & Psychiatry, 46 (11),
1152-1160. |
|
KERR, S., GOLDFRIED, M.R., HAYES, A.M., CASTONGUAY, L.G.
& GOLDSAMT, L.A. (1992). Interpersonal and
intrapersonal focus in cognitive-behavioral and
psychodynamic-interpersonal therapies: a preliminary
analysis of the Sheffield Project. Psychotherapy
Research, 2, 266-276. |
KLINGER, E., BOUCHARD, S, LÉGERON, P., ROY, S., LAUER, F.,
CHEMIN, I. & NUGUES, P. (2005). Virtual reality
therapy versus cognitive behavior therapy for social
phobia : A preliminary controlled study. Cyberpsychology
& Behavior, 8 (1), 76-88. [PDF] |
|
JONES, E.E. & PULOS, S.M. (1993). Comparing the
process in psychodynamic and cognitive behavioral
therapies. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 61 (2), 306-316. |
ZIMMERMANN, M., FAVROD, J., TRIEU, V.H. & POMINI, V.
(2005) The effect of cognitive behavioral treatment on the
positive symptoms of schizophrenia spectrum disorders : A
meta-analysis. Schizophrenia Research, 77, 1-9. |
|
TARRIER, N., SHARPE, L., BECKETT, R., HARWOOD, S., BAKER,
A. & YUSUPOFF, L. (1993). A trial of two
cognitive-behavioural methods of treating drug-resistant
residual psychotic symptoms in schizophrenic patients :
II. Treatment specific changes in coping and problem
solving skills. Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric
Epidemiology, 28, 5-10. |
NORTON, P.J. & PRICE, E.C. (2005). A meta-analytic
review of adult cognitive-behavioral treatment outcome
across the anxiety disorders. The Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 195 (6), 521-531. [PDF] |
|
DUGAS, M.J. & KOERNER, N. (2005). Cognitive-behavioral
treatment for generalized anxiety disorder : Current
status and future directions. Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy : An International Quarterly, 19, 61–81.
|
|
FAIRBURN, C.G., MARCUS, M.D. & WILSON, G.T. (1993).
Cognitive behaviour therapy for binge eating and bulimia
nervosa : A comprehensive treatment manual. In C.G.
Fairburn & G.T. Wilson (Eds.), Binge eating :
Nature, assessment, and treatment (pp. 361-404).
New York : Guilford Press. |
McCRACKEN, L.M. (2005). Contextual
cognitive-behavioral therapy for chronic pain. Seattle,
WA : IASP Press. |
|
BORKOVEC, T.D. & COSTELLO, E. (1993). Efficacy of
applied relaxation and cognitive-behavioral therapy in the
treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61,611-619. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2005). Cognitive behavior therapies for
psychotic disorders : Current empirical status and future
directions. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 12, 33-50. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1993). Cognitive-behavioral treatment
of borderline personality dsorder. New York :
Guilford Press. |
HEATLEY, C., RICKETTS, T. & FORREST, J. (2005).
Training general practitioners in cognitive-behavioural
therapy for panic disorder : randomized-controlled trial.
Journal of Mental Health, 14, 73-82. |
|
LUNDH, L.G. (1993). The role of behaviour and cognition in
psychotherapy. Towards an integration. Scandinavian
Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 22, 3-30. |
BUTLER, A.C., CHAPMAN, J.E., FORMAN, E.M. & BECK, A.T.
(2006). The empirical status of cognitive-behavioral
therapy : a review of meta-analyses. Clinical
Psychology Review, 26, 17-31. [PDF] |
|
HEIMBERG, R.G., SALZMAN, D.G., HOLT, C.S. & BLENDELL,
K.A. (1993). Cognitive-behavioral group treatment for
social phobia : Effectiveness at five-year follow-up.
Cognitive Therapy & Research, 17 (6), 597-598. |
HOLLON, S.D., STEWART, M.O. & STRUNK, D. (2006).
Cognitive behavior therapy has enduring effects in the
treatment of depression and anxiety. Annual Review of
Psychology, 57, 285-315.
[PDF] |
|
KONEN, A., NEIS, L., HODEL, B. et BRENNER, H.D. (1993). À
propos des thérapies cognitivo-comportementales de la
schizophrénie : le programme intégratif de thérapies
psychologiques (IPT). L'Encéphale, 19, 47-55. |
HAYES, S.C. & DUCKWORTH, M.P. (2006). Acceptance and
commitment therapy and traditional cognitive behavior
therapy approaches to pain. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 13, 185-187. |
|
KINGDON, D., TURKINGTON, D., JOHN, C. (1994). Cognitive
behaviour therapy of schizophrenia : the amenability of
delusions and hallucinations to reasoning. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 164 581-587. |
BIRCHWOOD, M. & TROWER, P. (2006). The future of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for psychosis: not a
quasi-neuroleptic. British Journal of Psychiatry,
188, 107-108. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M., TUTEK, D.A., HEARD, H.L. & ARMSTRONG,
H.E. (1994). Interpersonal outcome of cognitive behavioral
treatment for chronically suicidal borderline patients. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 1771-1776. |
LEICHSENRING, F., HILLER, W., WEISSBERG, M. & LEIBING,
E. (2006). Cognitive-behavioral therapy and psychodynamic
psychotherapy : Techniques, efficacy, and indications. American
Journal of Psychotherapy, 60 (3), 233-259.
[PDF] |
|
TELCH, M.J., LUCAS, J.A., SCHMIDT, N.B., HANNA, H.H.,
LANAE JAIMEZ, T., LUCAS, R.A. (1993). Group
cognitive-behavioral treatment of panic disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 31 (3), 279-287. |
McBRIDE, C., ATKINSON, L., QUILTY, L.C. & BAGBY, R.M.
(2006). Attachment as a moderator of treatment outcome in
major depression: A randomized control trial of
interpersonal psychotherapy versus cognitive behavior
therapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 74, 1041-1054. |
|
SAPP, M. & FARRELL, W. (1994). Cognitive-behavioral
interventions: Applications for academically at-risk and
special education students. Preventing School
Failure, 38 (2), 19-24. |
LANDA, Y., SILVERSTEIN, S.M., SCHWARTZ, F. & SAVITZ,
A. (2006). Group cognitive behavioral therapy for
delusions : helping patients improve reality testing. Journal
of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 36, 9-17. |
|
NEWMAN, M.G. & BORKOVEC, T. (1995).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment of generalized anxiety
disorder. The Clinical Psychologist, 48, 5-7. |
GOSSELIN, P. (2006). Apport de la thérapie
cognitivo-comportementale dans le sevrage des
benzodiazépines : analyse des études d'efficacité /
Contribution of cognitive-behavioral therapy to
benzodiazepines discontinuation : A critical review and
recommandations. Journal de Thérapie Comportementale
et Cognitive, 16, 131-145. |
|
SAPP, M., FARRELL, W. & DURAND, H. (1995).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy : Applications for African American middle school at-risk students. Journal of Instructional
Psychology, 22 (2), 169-177. |
ADDIS, M.E. HATGIS, C., CARDEMIL, E., JACOB, K., KRASNOW,
A.D. & MANSFIELD, A. (2006). Effectiveness of
cognitive behavioral treatment for panic disorder versus
treatment as usual in a managed care setting : Two year
follow-up. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 74 (2), 377-385. [PDF] |
|
PRZEWORSKI, A. & NEWMAN, M.G. (2006). The efficacy and
utility of computer-assisted cognitive-behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders. Clinical Psychologist, 10
(2), 43-53. |
|
ARNTZ, A. (1994). Treatment of borderline personality
disorder : a challenge for cognitive-behavioural therapy.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 32, 419-430. |
CHRONIS, A.M., GAMBLE, S.A., ROBERTS, J.E. & PELHAM,
W.E. (2006). Depression treatment for mothers of children
with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 37, 143-158. [PDF] |
|
FISHER, P.L. (2006). The efficacy of psychological
treatments for generalized anxiety disorder. In
G.C.L.Davey, & A. Wells, A. (Eds.), Worry
and its psychological disorders : Theory, assessment and
treatment (pp. 359-377). New
York : John Wiley and Sons. |
|
SHAPIRO, D.A., BARKHAM, M., REES, A., HARDY, G.E.,
REYNOLDS, S. & STARTUP, M. (1994). Effects of
treatment duration and severity of depression on the
effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral and psychodynamic
interpersonal psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 62, 522-534. |
WEERSING, V.R., IYENGAR, S. KOLKO, D.J., BIRMAHER, B.
& BRENT, D.A. (2006). Effectiveness of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for adolescent depression : A
benchmarking investigation. Behavior Therapy, 37
(1), 36-48. |
|
GOSSELIN, P., LADOUCEUR, R., MORIN, C.M., DUGAS, M.J.
& BAILLARGEON, L. (2006). Benzodiazepine
discontinuation among adults with GAD : A randomized trial
of cognitive-behavioral therapy. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 74, 908-919.
|
|
HOPE, D.A., HERBERT, J.D. & WHITE, C. (1995).
Diagnostic subtype, avoidant personality disorder, and
efficacy of cognitive-behavioral group therapy for social
phobia. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 19
(4), 399-417. |
McCART, M.R., PRIESTER, P.E., DAVIES, W.H. & AZEN, R.
(2006). Differential effectiveness of behavioral
parent-training and cognitive-behavioral therapy for
antisocial youth : A meta-analysis. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 34 (4), 527-543. |
|
|
COTTRAUX, J. (1995). Les thérapies comportementales
et cognitives. Paris : Masson. |
KENDALLE, P.C. & HEDTKE, K. (2006).Cognitive-
behavioral therapy for anxious children : Therapist
manual. Ardmore, PA : Workbook Publishing. |
|
OLLENDICK, T.H. (1995) Cognitive behavioral treatment of
panic disorder with agoraphobia in adolescents : A
multiple baseline design analysis. Behavior Therapy,
26, 517-531. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2006). Review : Cognitive behavioural
therapy is an effective treatment for depression, panic
disorder and generalized anxiety disorder, but may be less
effective in severe cases. Evidence-Based Mental
Health, 9, 80.
[PDF] |
|
EDELMAN, R.E. & CHAMBLESS, D.L. (1995). Adherence
during sessions and homework in cognitive-behavioral group
treatment of social phobia. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 33 (5), 573-577. |
BOELEN, P.A. (2006). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for
complicated grief : Theoretical underpinnings and case
descriptions. Journal of Loss & Trauma, 11,
1-30. |
|
BROWN, E.J., HEIMBERG, R.G. & JUSTER, H.R. (1995).
Social phobia subtype and avoidant personality disorder :
Effect on severity of social phobia, impairment, and
outcome of cognitive behavioral treatment. Behavior
Therapy, 26, 467-486. |
BOELEN, P.A., VAN DEN HOUT, M.A. & VAN DEN HOUT, J.
(2006). A cognitive-behavioral conceptualization of
complicated grief. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 13, 109-128. |
|
HOPE, D.A., HERBERT, J.D. & WHITE, C. (1995).
Diagnostic subtype, avoidant personality disorder, and
efficacy of cognitive-behavioral group therapy for social
phobia. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 19
(4), 399-417. |
CHEN, S.Y., JORDAN, C. & THOMPSON, S. (2006). The
effect of cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) on depression
: The role of problem-solving appraisal. Research on
Social Work Practice, 16, 500-510. [PDF] |
|
TELCH, M.J., SCHMIDT, N.B., JAIMEZ, L., JACQUIN, K.M.
& HARRINGTON, K.J. (1995). Impact of
cognitive-behavioral treatment on quality of life in panic
disorder patients. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 63 (5), 823-830. [PDF] |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2006). Cognitive-behavioral treatments for
schizophrenia : The state of the art and the evidence. International
Journal of Behavioral Consultation & Therapy, 2,
1-11. |
|
ROSEN, J.C., OROSAN, P. & REITER, J. (1995). Cognitive
behavior therapy for negative body image in obese women. Behavior Therapy, 26 (1), 25-42. |
BUTLER, A.C., CHAPMAN, J.E., FORMAN, E.M. & BECK, A.T.
(2006). The empirical status of cognitive-behavioral
therapy : A review of meta-analyses. Clinical
Psychology Review, 26, 17-31. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
|
|
WAGNER, B., KNAEVELSRUD, C. & MAERCKER, A. (2006).
Internet-based cognitive-behavioral therapy for
complicated grief : A randomized controlled trial.
Death Studies, 30, 429-453. [PDF] |
|
LEUNG, A.W. & HEIMBERG, R.G. (1996). Homework
compliance, perceptions of control, and outcome of
cognitive-behavioral treatment of social phobia. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 34 (5-6), 423-432. |
HABY, M.M., DONNELLY, M., CORRY, J. & VOS, T. (2006).
Cognitive behavioural therapy for depression, panic
disorder and generalized anxiety disorder: a
meta-regression of factors that may predict outcome. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 40 (1),
9-19. [PDF] |
|
JACOBSON, N.S., DOBSON, K.S., TRUAX, P.A., ADDIS, M.E.,
KOERNER, K., GOLLAN, J.K., GORTNER, E. & PRINCE, S.E.
(1996). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral
treatment for depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 64, 295-304. |
SPEK, V., CUIJPERS, P., NYKLICEK, I., RIPER, H., KEYZER,
J. & POP, V. (2007). Internet-based cognitive
behaviour therapy for symptoms of depression and anxiety :
a meta-analysis. Psychological Medicine, 37,
319-328. |
|
TAYLOR, S. (1996). Meta-analysis of cognitive-behavioral
treatments for social phobia. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 27 (1), 1-9.
|
SOFRONOFF, K., ATTWOOD, T., HINTON, S. & LEVIN, I.
(2007). A randomized controlled trial of a cognitive
behavioural intervention for anger management in children
diagnosed with Asperger syndrome. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 37 (7), 1203-1214. |
|
SHORTALL, T. (1996). Cognitive-behavioural treatment of
recurrent headache. The Rational Emotive Behaviour
Therapist, 4 (1), 27-33. |
WALLER, G., CORDERY, H., CORSTORPHINE, E., HINRICHSEN, H.,
LAWSON, R., MOUNTFORD, V. & RUSSELL, K. (2007). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy for the eating disorders : A comprehensive
treatment guide. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
FAVA, G., GRANDI, S., ZIELEZNY, M., RAFANELLI, C. &
CANESTRARI, R. (1996). Four-year outcome for cognitive
behavioral treatment of residual symptoms in major
depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153,
945-947. |
VITTENGL, J.R. & CLARK, L.A. (2007). Reducing relapse
and recurrence in unipolar depression : a comparative
meta-analysis of cognitive behavioural therapys effects. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 75 (3),
475-488. [PDF] |
|
STILES, W.B., STARTUP, M., HARDY, G.E., BARKHAM, M., REES,
A., SHAPIRO, D.A. & REYNOLDS, S. (1996). Therapist
session intentions in cognitive-behavioral and
psychodynamic-interpersonal psychotherapy. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 43, 402-414. |
LONGMORE, R.J. & WORRELL, M. (2007). Do we need to
challenge thoughts in cognitive behavior therapy ?
Clinical Psychology Review, 27, 173-187. [PDF] |
|
DOBSON, K.S. & CRAIG, K.D. (Eds.) (1996). Advances
in cognitive-behavioral therapy. Thousand Oaks, CA
: Sage Publications. |
CHORPITA, B.F. (2007). Modular cognitive-behavioral
therapy for childhood anxiety disorders. New York :
Guilford. |
|
ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (1996). Reason-giving and
the process and outcome of cognitive-behavioral
psychotherapies. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 64, 1417-1424. |
EDINGER, J.D., WOHLGEMUTH, W.K., RADTKE, R.A., COFFMAN,
C.J. & CARNEY, C. (2007). Dose-response effects of
cognitive- behavioral insomnia therapy : a randomized
clinical trial. Sleep, 30 (2), 203-212. [PDF] |
|
MALKINSON, R. (1996). Cognitive behavioural grief therapy.
Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive Behaviour
Therapy, 14 (3), 155-171. |
FOGLER, J.M., TOMPSON, M.C., STEKETEE, G. & HOFMANN,
S.G. (2007). Influence of expressed emotion and perceived
criticism on cognitive-behavioral therapy for social
phobia. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 45, 235-249.
[PDF] |
|
KROLL, L., HARRINGTON, R., JAYSON, D., FRASER, J. &
GOWERS, S. (1996). Pilot study of continuation
cognitive-behavioral therapy for major depression in
adolescent psychiatric patients. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
35, 1156-1161. |
KRIJN, M, EMMELKAMP, P.M.G., OLAFSONN, R.P., BOUWMAN, M.
VAN GERWEN, L.J., SPINHOVEN, P., SCHUEMIE, M.J. & VAN
DER MAST, C.A. (2007). Fear of flying treatment methods :
virtual reality exposure vs. cognitive behavioral therapy.
Aviation, Space & Environmental Medicine, 7
(2), 121-128. |
|
BASCO, M.R. & RUSH, A.J. (1996). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy for bipolar disorder. New York : Guilford
Press. |
RILEY, C., LEE, M., COOPER, Z., FAIRBURN, C.G. &
SHAFRAN, R. (2007). A randomised controlled trial of
cognitive-behaviour therapy for clinical perfectionism : a
preliminary study. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
45, 2221-2231. |
|
BREWIN, C. (1996). Theoretical foundations of
cognitive-behavioral therapy for anxiety and depression. Annual
Review of Psychology, 47, 33-57. |
CALBRING, P., GUNNARSDOTTIR, M., HEDENSÖ, L., ANDERSSON,
G., EKSELIUS, L. & FURMARK, T. (2007). Treatment of
social phobia : Randomised trial of internet-delivered
cognitive-behavioural therapy with telephone support.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 190, 123-128. [PDF] |
|
STANLEY, M.A., BECK, J.G. & GLASSCO, J.D. (1996).
Treatment of generalized anxiety in older adults : a
preliminary comparison of cognitive-behavioral and
supportive approaches. Behavior Therapy, 27, 565-581. |
HOLMES, E.A., ARNTZ, A. & SMUCKER, M.R. (2007).
Imagery rescripting in cognitive behaviour therapy :
Images, treatment techniques and outcomes. Journal of
Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 38, 297-305.
[PDF] |
|
NORTON, P.J. & PRICE, E.C. (2007). A meta-analytic
review of adult cognitive-behavioral treatment outcome
across the anxiety disorders. The Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 195 (6), 521-531. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSSON, G. & LARSEN, H.-C. (1997).
Cognitive-behavioural treatment of tinnitus in
otosclerosis : a case-report. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 25, 79-82. |
PIERSON, H. & HAYES, S.C. (2007). Using acceptance and
commitment therapy to empower the therapeutic
relationship. Dans P. Gilbert & R. Leahy (Eds.), The
therapeutic relationship in cognitive behavior therapy
(pp. 205-228). London : Routledge. |
|
NELSON, H. (1997). Cognitive behavioural therapy with
schizophrenia : A practice manual. Cheltenham :
Nelson Thornes. |
EDINGER, J.D., WOHLGEMUTH, W.K., RADTKE, R.A., COFFMAN,
C.J. & CARNEY, C. (2007). Dose-response effects of
cognitive- behavioral insomnia therapy : a randomized
clinical trial. Sleep, 30, 203-212. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. (1997). Cognitive-behavioural treatment for
tinnitus : a difficult case. Scandinavian Journal of
Behaviour Therapy, 26, 86-92. |
McEVOY, P.M. & NATHAN, P. (2007). Effectiveness of
cognitive behavior therapy for diagnostically
heterogeneous groups : a benchmarking study. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 75 (2),
344-350. |
|
GOLDFRIED, M.R., CASTONGUAY, L.G., HAYES, A.M., DROZD,
J.F. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1997). A comparative analysis of
the therapeutic focus in cognitive-behavioural and
psychodynamic-interpersonal sessions. Journal of
Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 65, 740-748. |
TAUBE-SCHIFF, M., SUVAK, M.K., ANOTNY, M.M., BIELING, P.J.
& McCABE, R.E. (2007). Group cohesion in
cognitive-behavioral group therapy for social phobia. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 45, 687-698. [PDF] |
|
GOULD, R.A., BUCKMINSTER, S., POLLACK, M.H., OTTO, M.W.
& YAP, L. (1997). Cognitive-behavioral and
pharmacological treatment for social phobia : A
meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 4, 291-306. |
FOGLER, J.M., TOMPSON, M.C., STEKETEE, G. & HOFMANN,
S.G. (2007). Influence of expressed emotion and perceived
criticism on cognitive-behavioral therapy for social
phobia. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 45, 235-249.
[PDF] |
|
CHAMBLESS, D.L., TRAN, G.Q. & GLASS, C.R. (1997).
Predictors of response to cognitive-behavioral group
therapy for social phobia. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 11 (3), 221-240. |
CALBRING, P., GUNNARSDOTTIR, M., HEDENSÖ, L., ANDERSSON,
G., EKSELIUS, L. & FURMARK, T. (2007). Treatment of
social phobia : Randomised trial of internet-delivered
cognitive-behavioural therapy with telephone support.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 190, 123-128. [PDF] |
|
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G. (1997). A
cost-effectiveness analysis of cognitive behavior therapy
and fluoxetine (Prozac) in the treatment of depression. Behavior
Therapy, 28, 187-210. [PDF] |
HARHOFF, B. & KAZANTSIS, N. (2007). How to supervise
the use of homework in cognitive behavior therapy : The
role of trainee therapist beliefs. Cognitive &
Behavioral Practice, 14, 325-332. [PDF] |
|
ENRIGHT, S.J. (1997). Cognitive behaviour therapy -
clinical applications. British Medical Journal, 314,
1811-1816. |
KRIJN, M., EMMELKAMP, P.G.M., OLAFSONN, R.P., BOUWMAN, M.,
VAN GERWEN, L.J., SPINHOVEN, P., SCHUEMIE, M.J. & VAN
DER MAST, C.A. (2007). Fear of flying treatment methods :
virtual reality exposure vs. cognitive behavioral therapy.
Aviation, Space, & Environmental Medicine, 7
(2), 121-128. |
|
GOISMAN, R.M. (1997). Cognitive-behavioral therapy today.
Harvard Mental Health Letter, 13, 4. |
McEVOY, P.M. (2007). Effectiveness of cognitive
behavioural group therapy for social phobia in a community
clinic : A benchmarking study. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 45, 3030-3040. [PDF]
|
|
RAPEE, R.M. & HEIMBERG, R.G. (1997). A
cognitive-behavioral model of anxiety in social phobia. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 35 (8), 741-756. [PDF] |
O'CONNOR, K., STIP, E., PÉLISSIER, M.-C. AARDEMA, F.,
GUAY, S., GAUDETTE, G., VAN HAASTER, I., ROBILLARD, S.,
GRENIER, S., CAREAU, Y., DOUCET, P. & LEBLANC, V.
(2007). Treating delusional disorder : A comparison of
cognitive-behavioural therapy and attention placebo
control. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 52,
182-190. |
|
GARETY, P.A., FOWLER, D., KUIPERS, E., FREEMAN, D., DUNN,
G., BEBBINGTON, R E., HADLEY, C. & JONES, S. (1997).
The London-East Anglia randomised controlled trial of
cognitive behaviour therapy for psychosis II : Predictors
of outcome, British Journal of Psychiatry, 171, 420-426. |
GALLAGHER-THOMPSON, D., STEFFEN, A.M. & THOMPSON, L.W.
(2008). Handbook of Behavioral and Cognitive
Therapies with older adults. New York : Springer. |
|
SHAPIRO, D., HUI, K.K., OAKLLEY, M.E., PASIC, J. &
JAMNER, L. (1997). Reduction in drug requirements for
hypertension by means of a cognitive-behavioral
intervention. American Journal of Hypertension, 10,
9-17. |
KENDALL, P.C., HUDSON, J., GOSCH, E., FLANNERY-SCHROEDER,
E. & SUVEG, C. (2008). Cognitive-behavioral therapy
for anxiety disordered youth : A randomized clinical trial
of child and family modalities. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76, 282-297. |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. & SMITS, J.A. (2008).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy for adult anxiety disorders :
a meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 69 (4), 621-632. [PDF]
|
|
STILES, W.B., BARKHAM, M., MELLOR-CLARK, J. & CONNELL,
J. (2008). Effectiveness of cognitive-behavioural,
person-centred, and psychodynamic therapies in UK
primary-care routine practice : Replication in a larger
sample. Psychological Medicine, 38, 677-688. |
|
PROCTOR, G. (2008). CBT : the obscuring of power in the
name of science. European Journal of Psychotherapy
& Counselling, 10 (3), 231-245. |
|
HEIMBERG, R.G., LIEBOWITZ, M.R., HOPE, D.A., SCHNEIER,
F.R., HOLT, C.S., WELKOWITZ, L.A., JUSTER, H.R., CAMPEAS,
R., BRUCH, M.A., CLOITRE, M., FALLAN, B. & KLEIN, D.F.
(1998). Cognitive behavioral group therapy vs phenelzine
therapy for social phobia : 12-week outcome. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 55 (12), 1133-1141. |
MEYER, T. & SCOTT, J. (2008). Cognitive behavioural
therapy for mood disorders. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 36, 685-693. |
|
GORTNER, E.T., GOLLAN, J.K., DOBSON, K.S. & JACOBSON,
N.S. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression
: relapse prevention. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66 (2), 377-384. |
WALKUP, J.T., ALBANO, A.M., PIACENTINI, J., BIRMAHER, B.,
COMPTON, S.N., SHERRILL, J.T., GINSBURG, G.S., RYNN, M.A.,
McCRAKEN, J., WASLICK, B., YYENGAR, S., MARCH, J.S. &
KENDALL, P.C. (2008). Cognitive behavioral therapy,
sertraline, or a combination in childhood anxiety. New
England Journal of Medicine, 359 (26), 2753-2766.
[PDF] |
|
JOHANSSON, C., DAHL, J., JANNERT, M., MELIN, L. &
ANDERSSON, G. (1998). Effects of a cognitive-behavioral
pain-management program. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 36, 915-930. |
EGAN, S.J. & HINE, P. (2008). Cognitive behavioural
treatment of perfectionism : A single case experimental
design series. Behaviour Change, 25, 245-258. |
|
BRYANT, R.A., HARVEY, A.G., DANG, S.T., SACKVILLE, T.
& BASTEN, C. (1998). Treatment of acute stress
disorder : A comparison of cognitive-behavioral therapy
and supportive counseling. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66 (5), 862-866. |
COOPER, Z. & SHAFRAN, R. (2008). Cognitive behaviour
therapy for eating disorders. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 36, 713-722. |
|
ANDERSSON, G. & YARDLEY, L. (1998). Combined
cognitive-behavioural and physiotherapy treatment of
dizziness : A case-report. Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 26, 365-369. |
ÖST, L.-G. (2008). Cognitive behavior therapy for anxiety
disorders : 40 years of progress. Nord Journal of
Psychiatry, 62 (S), 5-10. [PDF]
|
|
HEIMBERG, R.G., LIEBOWITZ, M.R., HOPE, D.A., SCHNEIER,
M.F.R., HOLT, C.S., WELKOWITZ, L.A., JUSTER, H.R.,
CAMPEAS, R., BRUCH, M.A., CLOITRE, M., FALLON, B.A. &
KLEIN, D.F. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral group therapy
versus phenelzine in social phobia : 12-week outcome.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 1133-1141. [PDF] |
ITO, L.M., ROSO, M.C., TIWARI, S., KENDALL, P.C. &
ASBAHR, F.R. (2008). Cognitive-behavioral therapy in
social phobia. Revista Brasileira de Psiquiatria 30
(S2), 96-101. [PDF] |
|
REINECKE, M.A., RYAN, N.E. & DUBOIS, D.L. (1998).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy of depression and depressive
symptoms during adolescence : a review and meta-analysis.
Journal of the American Academy of Child &
Adolescent Psychiatry, 37 (1), 26-34. |
NORTON, P.J. (2008). An open trial of a transdiagnostic
cognitive-behavioral group therapy for anxiety disorder.
Behavior Therapy, 39, 242-250. [PDF] |
|
TSAO, J.C., LEWIN, M.R. & CRASKE, M.G. (1998) The
effects of cognitive-behavior therapy for panic disorders
on comorbid conditions. Journal of Anxiety Disorders,
12 (4), 357-371. |
KENDALL, P.C., HUDSON, J., GOSCH, E., FLANNERY-SCHROEDER,
E. & SUVEG, C. (2008). Cognitive-behavioral therapy
for anxiety disordered youth : A randomized clinical trial
of child and family modalities. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76, 282-297. |
|
COVIN, R., OUIMET, A.J., SEEDS, P.M. & DOZOIS,
D.J.A. (2008). A meta-analysis of CBT for pathological
worry among
clients with GAD. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 22, 108–116.
|
|
CARTER, J.C. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (1998).
Cognitive-behavioral self-help for binge eating disorder :
a controlled effectiveness study. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66 (4),
616-623. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2008). Cognitive-behavioural therapies :
Achievements and challenges. Evidence-Based Mental
Health, 11, 5-7. [PDF] |
|
GORTNER, E.T., GOLLAN, J.K., DOBSON, K.S. & JACOBSON,
N.S. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression
: relapse prevention. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 66 (2), 377-384. [PDF] |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2008). Review : individual behavioural
therapy reduces symptoms of depression. Evidence-Based
Mental Health, 11 (4), 108. [PDF] |
|
|
FLOYD, M. & SCOGIN, F. (1998). Cognitive-behavior
therapy for older adults : how does it work ? Psychotherapy,
35 (4), 459-463. |
WYKES, T., STELL, C., EVERITT, B. & TARRIER, N.
(2008). Cognitive behavior therapy for schizophrenia :
Effect sizes, clinical models, and methodological rigor. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 34 (3), 523-537. [PDF] |
|
DUPUIS, G., MARCHAND, A., GOYER, L. & MAINGUY, N.
(1998). Personality disorders and the outcome of
cognitive-behavioural treatment of panic disorder with
agoraphobia. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science,
1. |
EDINGER, J.D., CARNEY, C.E. & WOHLGEMUTH, W.K. (2008).
Pretherapy cognitive dispositions and treatment outcome in
cognitive behavior therapy for insomnia. Behavior
Therapy, 39 (4), 406-416. |
|
TAI, S. & TURKINGTON, D. (2009).
The evolution of cognitive behavior therapy for schizophrenia: current practice and recent developments Schizophrenia Bulletin, 35 (5), 865-873. a href="https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC2728828/pdf/sbp080.pdf"
target="_top">[PDF] |
|
FREEMAN, D., GARETY, P.A., FOWLER, D., KUIPERS, E., DUNN,
G., BEBBINGTON, P.E. & HADLEY, C. (1998). The
London-East Anglia randomised controlled trial of
cognitive behaviour therapy for psychosis IV : Self-esteem
and persecutory delusions. British Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 37, 415-430. |
PODEA, D., SUCIU, R. & ARDELEAN, M. (2009). An update
on the cognitive behavior therapy of obsessive compulsive
disorder in adults. Journal of Cognitive &
Behavioral Psychotherapies, 9 (2), 221-233. [PDF] |
|
ESPIE, C.A. (2009). "Stepped care" : a health technology
solution for delivering cognitive behavioral therapy as a
first line insomnia treatment. Sleep, 32, 1549-1558. |
|
PRIYAMVADA, R., KUMARI, S., PRAKASH, J. & CHAUDHURY,
S. (2009). Cognitive behaviorale therapy in the treatment
of social phobia. Industrial Psychiatry Journal, 18 (1),
60-64. [PDF] |
|
SHAFRAN, R., CLARK, D., FAIRBURN, C., ARNTZ, A., BARLOW,
D., EHLERS, A., FREESTON, M., GARETY, P., HOLLON, S., OST,
L., SALKOVSKIS, P.M., WILLIAMS, J. & WILSON, G.T.
(2009). Mind the gap : Improving the dissemination of CBT.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 47 (11), 902-909.
[PDF] |
|
STANLEY, B., BROWN,G., BRENT, D.A., WELLS, K., POLING, K.,
CURRY, J.F., KENNARD, B.D., WAGNER, A., CWIK, M.F.,
KLOMEK, A.B., GOLDSTEIN, T., VITIELLO, B., BARNETT, S.,
DANIEL, S. & HUGHES, J. (2009). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy for suicide prevention (CBT-SP) : Treatment model,
feasibility, and acceptability. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
48, 1005-1013. |
|
EDINGER, J.D., OLSEN, M.K., STECHUCHAK, K.M., MEANS, M.K.,
LINEBERGER, M.D., KIRBY, A. & CARNEY, C.E. (2009).
Cognitive behavioral therapy for patients with primary
insomnia or insomnia associated predominantly with mixed
psychiatric disorders : a randomized clinical trial. Sleep,
32 (4), 499-510.
[PDF] |
|
ZLOTNICK, C., JOHNSON, J. & NAJAVITS, L.M. (2009).
Randomized controlled pilot study of cognitive-behavioral
therapy in a sample of incarcerated women with substance
use disorder and PTSD. Behavior Therapy, 40 (4),
325-336. |
|
GERMAIN, V., MARCHAND, A., BOUCHARD, S., DROUIN, M.S.
& GUAY, S. (2009). Effectiveness of cognitive
behavioural therapy administered by videoconference for
posttraumatic stress disorder. Cognitive Behaviour
Therapy, 38 (1), 42-53. |
|
MENNUTI, R.B., FREEMAN, A. & HRISTNER, R.W.
(2009). Cognitive-behavioral interventions in
educational settings : A handbook for practice.
New-York: Routledge Taylor & Francis Group. |
|
VEAZEY, C., COOK, K., STANLEY, M., LAI, E.C. & KUNIK,
M.E. (2009). Telephone administered cognitive behavioral
therapy : A case study of anxiety and depression in
Parkinson's disease. Journal of Clinical Psychology
in Medical Settings, 16, 243-253.
[PDF] |
|
CHU, B.C. & KENDAL, P.C. (2009). Therapist
responsiveness to child engagement : Flexibility within
manual-based CBT for anxious youth. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 65, 736-754. |
|
BRAUN, D.L. (2009). Cognitive behavioral therapy for
bulimia nervosa. In I.F. Dancyger & V.M. Fornari
(Eds.), Evidence-based treatments for eating
disorders. Nova Science Publishers, Inc.
[PDF] |
|
DOBSON, K.S. (2009). Handbook of cognitive-behavioral
therapies. New York: Guilford Press. |
|
ESPIE, C.A. (2009). "Stepped care" : a health technology
solution for delivering cognitive behavioral therapy as a
first line insomnia treatment. Sleep, 32, 1549-1558. |
|
KUYKEN, W. & TSIVRIKOS, D. (2009). Therapist
competence, comorbidity and cognitive-behavioral therapy
for depression. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 78
(1), 42-48. |
|
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2009). Methodological comparison of
clinical trials of acceptance and commitment therapy
versus cognitive behavior therapy : Matching apples with
oranges ? Behaviour Research & Therapy, 47 (12),
1066-1070. [PDF] |
|
PERIVOLIOTIS, D. & CATHER, C. (2009). Cognitive
behavioral therapy of negative symptoms. Journal of
Clinical Psychology : In session, 65 (8), 815-830.
[PDF] |
|
MONESTES, J.L., VILLATTE, M. et LOAS, G. (2009).
Introduction à la thérapie d'acceptation et d'engagement
(ACT). Journal de Thérapie Comportementale et
Cognitive, 19, 30-34. |
|
RACHMAN, S. (2009). Psychological treatment of anxiety :
The evolution of behavior therapy and cognitive behavior
therapy. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 5,
97-119. [PDF] |
|
PASTUCHA, P., PRASKO, P., DIVERKY, T., GRAMBAL, A.,
LATALOVA, K., SIGMUNDOVA, Z. & TICHACKOVA, A. (2009).
Empathy in cognitive behavioral therapy and supervision.
Activitas Nervosa Superior Rediviva, 51 (3-4),
146-149. [PDF] |
|
DIONNE, F. (2009). Nouvelles avenues en thérapie
comportementale et cognitive. Psychologie Québec, 26
(6), 20-24. [PDF] |
|
SCHLUP, B. & MUNSCH, S., MEYER, A.H., MARGRAF, J.
& WILHELM, F.H. (2009). The efficacy of a short
version of a cognitive-behavioral treatment followed by
booster sessions for binge eating disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 47 (7), 628-635. [PDF] |
|
CRASKE, M.G., ROSE, R.D., LANG, A., WELCH, S.S.,
CAMPBELL-SILLS, L., SULLIVAN, G., SHERBOURNE, C.,
BYSTRITSKY, A., STEIN, M.B. & ROY-BYRNE, P.P. (2009).
Computer-assisted delivery of cognitive behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders in primary-care settings. Depression
& Anxiety, 26 (3), 235-242. [PDF] |
|
DIMIDJIAN, S. & DAVIS, K.J. (2009). Newer variations
of cognitive-behavioral therapy : behavioral activation
and mindfulness-based cognitive therapy. Current
Psychiatry Reports, 11, 453-458. [PDF] |
|
PRIYAMVADA, R., KUMARI, S., PRAKASH, J. & CHAUDHURY,
S. (2009). Cognitive behaviorale therapy in the treatment
of social phobia. Industrial Psychiatry Journal, 18 (1),
60-64. [PDF] |
|
DRIESSEN, E. & HOLLON, S.D. (2010). Cognitive
behavioral therapy for mood disorders : efficacy,
moderators and mediators. Psychiatric Clinics of
North America, 33, 537-555. [PDF] |
|
RATHOD, S., KINGDON, D., WEIDEN, P. & TURKINGTON, D.
(2010). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for medication-
resistant schizophrenia : A review. Focus, 8
(4), 626-636.
[PDF] |
|
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2010). The evolution of
cognitive behavior therapy : The rise of psychological
acceptance and mindfulness. In J.M. Herbert & E.M.
Forman (Eds.), Acceptance and mindfulness in
cognitive behavior therapy : Understanding and applying
the new therapies. Wiley. [PDF] |
|
McHUGH, R.K., HEARON, B.A. & OTTO, M.W. (2010).
Cognitive behavioral therapy for substance use disorders.
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 33,
511-525. |
|
HART, S.L. & HART, T.A. (2010). The future of
cognitive behavioral interventions within behavioral
medicine. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy : An
International Quarterly, 24 (4), 344-353. [PDF] |
|
MURPHY, R., STRAEBLER, S., COOPER, Z. & FAIRBURN, C.G.
(2010). Cognitive behavioral therapy for eating disorders.
Psychiatric Clinics of North America 33, 611-627. |
|
JOKIC-BEGIC, N. (2010). Cognitive-behavioral therapy and
neuroscience : Towards closer integration.
Psychological Topics, 19 (2), 235-254. [PDF] |
|
OLATUNJI, B.O., CISLER, J.M. & DEACON, B.J. (2010).
Efficacy of cognitive behavioral therapy for anxiety
disorders : A review of meta-analytic findings. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 33, 557-577. [PDF] |
|
DIONNE, F. et NEVEU, C. (2010). La troisième génération de
thérapie comportementale et cognitive. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 31 (3), 15-36. |
|
DUGAS, M.J., BRILLON, P., SAVARD, P., TURCOTTE, J.,
GAUDET, A., LADOUCEUR, R, LEBLANC, R. & GERVAIS,
N.J. (2010). A randomized clinical trial of
cognitive-behavioral therapy and applied relaxation for
adults with generalized anxiety disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 41 (1), 46-58. [PDF] |
|
LYNCH, D., LAWS, K.R. & McKENNA, P.J. (2010).
Cognitive behavioural therapy for major psychiatric
disorder : does it really work ? A meta-analytical review
of well-controlled trials Psychological Medicine, 40,
9-24.
[PDF] |
|
NEUDECK, P., SCOEPF, D. & PENBERTHY, J.K. (2010).
Learning theory aspects of the interpersonal
discrimination exercise in cognitive behavioral analysis
system of psychotherapy. Behavior Therapist, 33
(3), 58-63. [PDF] |
|
PAPAS, R.K., SIDLE, J.E., MARTINO, S., BALIDDAWA, J.B.,
SONGOLE, R., OMOLO, O.E., GAKINYA, B.N., MWANIKI, M.M.,
ADINA, J.O., NAFULA, T., OWINO-ONG'OR, W.D., BRYANT, K.J.,
CARROLL, K.M., GOULET, J.L., JUSTICE, A.C. & MAISTO,
S.A. (2010). Systematic cultural adaptation of
cognitive-behavioral therapy to reduce alcohol use among
HIV-infected outpatients in western Kenya. AIDS &
Behavior, 14 (3), 669-678. [PDF] |
|
MALKINSON, R. (2010). Cognitive behavioural grief therapy.
The ABC model of rational-emotion behavior therapy Psychological
Topics, 2, 289-305. [PDF] |
|
PANTALONE, D., IWAMASA, G. & MARTELL, C.R. (2010).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy with diverse populations. In
K.S. Dobson (Ed.), Handbook of cognitive behavior
Therapy (pp. 445-464). New York : Guilford. |
|
WARMERDAM, L. VAN STRATEN, A. JONGSMA, J., TWISK, J. &
CUJPERS, P. (2010). Online cognitive behavioral therapy
and problem-solving therapy for depressive symptoms :
Exploring mechanisms of change. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 41 (1),
64-70 |
|
KOHLENBERG, R.J., KANTER J., TSAI, M. & WEEKS, C.E.
(2010). FAP and cognitive behavior therapy. In J. Kanter,
M. Tsai & R.J. Kohlenberg (Eds.), The practice of
functional analytic psychotherapy. New York :
Springer. |
|
KHANNA, M.S. & KENDALL, P.C. (2010). Computer-assisted
cognitive behavioral therapy for child anxiety : Results
of a randomized clinical trial. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 78 (5), 737-745.
[PDF] |
|
CURRIER, J.M., HOLLAND, J.M. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (2010).
Do CBT-based interventions alleviate distress following
bereavement ? A review of the current evidence.
International Journal of Cognitive Therapy, 3 (1),
77-93. |
|
WATZKE, B., RÜDDEL, H., HOCH, U., GROTHGAR, B. &
SCHULZ, H. (2010). Effectiveness of systematic treatment
selection for psychodynamic and cognitive-behavioural
therapy : randomised controlled trial in routine mental
healthcare. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 197,
96-105. [PDF] |
|
|
FENNELL, M. (1999). Overcoming low self-esteem : A
self-help guide using cognitive-behavioural techniques.
London : Constable Robinson. |
McCARTHY, B.W. (2010). Integrating sexual interventions
and psychosexual skill exercises into cognitive-behavioral
therapy. Behavior Therapist, 33 (3), 54-57.
[PDF] |
|
CLARKE, G.N., RHODE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOPS, H. &
SEELY, J.R. (1999). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of
adolescent depression : Efficacy of acute group treatment
& booster sessions. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38,
272-279. |
LYNCH, D., LAWS, K.R. & McKENNA, P.J. (2010).
Cognitive behavioural therapy for major psychiatric
disorder : does it really work ? A meta-analytical review
of well-controlled trials. Psychological Medicine,
40, 9-24.
[PDF] |
|
KNIGHT, B.G. & SATRE, D.D. (1999). Cognitive
behavioral psychotherapy with older adults. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 6 (2),
188-203. |
LAM, R.W., LUTZ, K., PREECE, M., CAYLEY, P.M. &
WALKER, A.B. (2011). Telephone-administered
cognitive-behavioral therapy for clients with depressive
symptoms in an employee assistance program : A pilot
study. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, 23 (1),
11-16. [PDF] |
|
GORENSTEIN, E.E., PAPP, L.A. & KLEBER, M.S. (1999).
Cognitive behavioral treatment of anxiety in later life. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 6, 305-320. |
OTTE, C. (2011). Cognitive behavioral therapy in anxiety
disorders : Current state of the evidence. Dialogues
in Clinical Neuroscience, 13, 413-421. |
|
CARROLL, K.M., KILUK, B.D., NICH, C., BABUSCIO, T.A.,
BREWER, J.A., POTENZA, M.N., BALL, S.A., MARTINO, S.,
ROUNSAVILLE, B.J. & LEJUEZ, C.W. (2011). Cognitive
function and treatment response in a randomized clinical
trial of computer-based training in cognitive-behavioral
therapy. Substance Use & Misuse, 46 (1),
23-34.
[PDF] |
|
MONESTES, J.L., SERRA, E. et DARCHEVILLE, J.C. (1999).
Prise en charge cognitivo-comportementale d'un syndrome
douloureux chronique suite à un accident du travail. Douleur
et Analgésie, 12 (1), 10-11. |
HAYES, S.C., VILLATTE, M., LEVIN, M.E. & HILDEBRANT,
M. (2011). Open, aware, and active : Contextual approaches
as an emerging trend in the behavioral and cognitive
therapies. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 7,
141-168. |
|
MORLEY, S., ECCLESTON, C. & WILLIAM, A. (1999).
Systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized
controlled trials of cognitive behaviour therapy and
behaviour therapy for chronic pain in adults, excluding
headache. Pain, 80, 1-13. [PDF] |
KAR, A. (2011). Cognitive behavioral therapy for the
treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder : a review. Neuropsychiatric
Disease & Treatment, 7, 167-181. [PDF] |
|
FRANKLIN, M.E., SAPYTA, J., FREEMAN, J.B., KHANNA, M.,
COMPTON, S., ALMIRALL, D., MOORE, P., CHOATE-SUMMERS, M.,
GARCIA, A., EDSON, A.L., FOA, E.B. & MARCH, J.S.
(2011). Cognitive behavior therapy augmentation of
pharmacotherapy in pediatric obsessive-compulsive
disorder: the Pediatric OCD Treatment Study II (POTS II)
randomized controlled trial. Journal of Amercian
Medical association, 306 (11), 1224-1232.
[PDF] |
|
SPENCE, J., TITOV, N., DEAR, B.F., JOHNSTON, L., SOLLEY,
K., LORIAN, C., WOOTTON, B., ZOU, J. & SCHWENKE G.
(2011). Randomized controlled trial of Internet-delivered
cognitive behavioral therapy for posttraumatic stress
disorder. Depression & Anxiety, 28 (7),
541-550. |
|
GHADERI, A. & ANDERSSON, G. (1999). Meta-analysis of
CBT for bulimia nervosa : investigating the effects using
DSM-III-R and DSM-IV criteria. Scandinavian Journal
of Behaviour Therapy, 28, 79-87. |
KING, A.L.S., VAKENCA, A.M., LEAO DE MELO- NETO,V.,
FREIRE, R.C., MEZZASALMA, M.-A., CARDOSSO DDE OLIVEIRA E
SILVA, A. & NARDI, A.E. (2011). Efficacy of a specific
model for cognitive-behavioral therapy among panic
disorder patients with agoraphobia : a randomized clinical
tria. Sao Paulo Medical Journal, 129 (5),
325-334. [PDF] |
|
BOELEN, P.A., KEIJSER, J.D., VAN DEN HOUT, M.A. &
BOUT, J.V.D. (2011). Factors associated with outcome of
cognitive-behavioural therapy for complicated grief : A
preliminary study. Clinical Psychology &
Psychotherapy, 18, 284-291. |
|
HOIFODT, R.S., STROM, C., KOLSTRUP, N., EISEMANN, M. &
WATERLOO, K. (2011). Effectiveness of cognitive
behavioural therapy in primary health care : A review. Family
Practice, 28 (5), 489-504. |
|
DeRUBEIS, R., GELFAND, L.A., TANG, T.Z. & SIMONS, A.D.
(1999). Medications versus cognitive behavioral therapy
for severely depressed outpatients : mega-analysis of four
randomized comparisons. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 156, 1007-1013.
[PDF] |
SPIRITO, A., ESPOSITO-SMYTHERS, C., WOLFF, J. & UHL, K
(2011). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for adolescent
depression and suicidality. Child & Adolescent
Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 20 (2),
191-204. [PDF] |
|
TANG, T.Z. & DERUBEIS, R.J. (1999). Sudden gains and
critical sessions in cognitive-behavioral therapy for
depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 67, 894-904. [PDF] |
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & CROSBY, R.D. (2012).
Predictors and moderators of response to cognitive
behavioral therapy and medication for the treatment of
binge eating disorder. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 80 (5), 897-906. |
|
RUIZ, F.J. (2012). Acceptance and commitment therapy
versus traditional cognitive behavioral therapy : A
systematic review and meta-analysis of current empirical
evidence. International Journal of Psychology &
Psychological Therapy, 12 (2), 333-357.
[PDF] |
| |
NORTON, P.J. (2012). A randomized clinical trial of
transdiagnostic cognitve-behavioral treatments for anxiety
disorder by comparison to relaxation training.
Behavior Therapist, 43 (3), 506-517.
[PDF] |
|
SIMONS, A.D., MARTI, N., ROHDE, P., LEWIS, C.C., CURRY, J.
& MARCH, J. (2012). Does homework "matter" in CBT for
adolescent depression ? Journal of Cognitive
Psychotherapy, 26, 390-404. |
|
WALLER, G., STRINGER, H. & MEYER, C. (2012). What
cognitive-behavioral techniques do therapists report using
when delivering cognitive-behavioral therapy for the
eating disorders. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 80, 171-175. |
|
HAYES, A.M., BECK, J.G. & YASINSKI, C. (2012).
Cognitive behavioral perspective on feedback and
corrective experiences in exposure-based treatments. In L.
G. Castonguay & C. Hill (Eds.), Transformation in
psychotherapy: Corrective experiences across cognitive,
behavioral, humanistic, and psychodynamic approaches. (pp.
69-83). Washington, DC : APA. |
|
KEUTHEN, N.J., ROTHBAUM, B.O., FAMA, J., ALTENBURGER, E.,
FALKENSTEIN, M. SPRICH, S.E., KEARNS, M., MEUNIER, S.,
JENIKE, M.A. & WELCH, S.S. (2012). DBT-enhanced
cognitive-behavioral treatment for trichotillomania : A
randomized controlled trial. Journal of Behavioral
Addictions, 1 (3), 106-114. [PDF] |
|
LOCHMAN, J.E., BOXMEYER, C.L. & POWELL, N.P. (2012).
Cognitive-behavioral intervention for anger and aggression
: The coping power program. In S.R. Jimerson & M.J.
Furlong (Eds.), Handbook of school violence and
school safety. Routledge. |
|
MOHR, D.C., HO, J., DUFFECY, J., REIFLER, D., SOKOL, L.,
BURNS, M.N., JIN, L. & SIDDIQUE, J. (2012). Effect of
telephone-administered vs face-to-face cognitive
behavioral therapy on adherence to therapy and depression
outcomes among primary care patients : A randomized trial.
Journal of American Medical Association, 307 (21),
2278-2285. [PDF] |
|
REAVEN, J.R., BLAKELEY-SMITH, A., CULHANE- SHELBURNE, K.
& HEPBURN, S. (2012). Group cognitive behavior therapy
for children with high-functioning autism spectrum
disorders and anxiety : A randomized trial. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 53, 410-419. |
|
KAHAN, M., TANZER, J. & DARVIN, D. (2000). Virtual
reality-assisted cognitive-behavioral treatment for fear
of flying : Acute treatment and follow-up. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 3, 387-392. |
BOOTZIN, R.R. (2012). Implementing CBTI at the Veterans
Health Administration. Journal of Clinical Sleep
Medicine, 8 (2), 219-220.
[PDF] |
|
HORVATH, A.T. & VELTEN, E. (2000). Smart recovery :
Addiction recovery from a cognitive-behavioural
perspective. Journal of Rational-Emotive &
Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 18 (3), 181-191. |
WAITE, P, McMANUS, F, SHAFRAN, R. (2012). Cognitive
behaviour therapy for low self-esteem : A preliminary
randomized controlled trial in a primary care setting.
Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental
Psychiatry, 43 (4), 1049-1057. |
|
BODEN, M.T., JOHN, O.P., GOLDIN, P. R., WERNER, K.,
HEIMBERG, R.G. & GROSS, J.J. (2012). The role of
maladaptive beliefs in cognitive-behavioral therapy :
Evidence from social anxiety disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 50, 287–291. |
|
THEVOS, A.K., ROBERTS, J.S., THOMAS, S.E & RANDALL,
C.L. (2000). Cognitive behavioral therapy delays relapse
in female socially phobic alcoholics. Addictive
Behaviors, 25 (3), 333-345. |
ESPIE, C.A., KYLE, S.D., WILLIAMS, C., ONG, J.C., DOUGLAS,
N.J., HAMES, P. & BROWN, J.S.L. (2012). A randomized,
placebo-controlled, trial of online cognitive behavioral
therapy for chronic Insomnia disorder delivered via an
automated media-rich web application. Sleep, 35,
769-781. |
|
BEIDEL, D.C., TURNER, S.M. & MORRIS, T.L. (2000).
Behavioral treatment of childhood social phobia. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68 (6),
1072-1080. [PDF]
|
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2012). The evolution of
cognitive behavior therapy : The rise of psychological
acceptance and mindfulness. In Acceptance and
mindfulness in cognitive behavior therapy :
Understanding and applying the new therapies. Wiley.
[PDF] |
|
ROTHBAUM, B.O., MEADOWS, E.A., RESICK, P. & FOY, D.W.
(2000). Cognitive-behavioral therapy. In B. Foa, T.M.
Keane & M.J. Friedman(Eds.), Effective treatments
for PTSD : Practice guidelines from the International
Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (pp. 60-83).
New York & London : Guilford Press. |
JURUENA, M.F.P. (2012). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for
the bipolar disorder patients. In I. Reis De Oliveira
(Ed.), Standard and innovative strategies in
cognitive behavior therapy (pp. 77-98). InTech. [PDF] |
|
AGRAS, W.S., WALSH, T., FAIRBURN, C.G., WILSON, G.T. &
KRAMER, H.C. (2000). A multicenter comparison of
cognitive-behavioral therapy and interpersonal
psychotherapy for bulimia nervosa. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 57, 459-466. |
HOLLON, S.D. & BECK, A.T. (2013). Cognitive and
cognitive-behavioral therapies. In M.J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin
and Garfield's Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior
change (pp. 393-394). Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley
& Sons. |
|
SUKHODOLSKY, D.G., BLOCH, M.H., PANZA, K. & REICHOW,
B. (2013). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for anxiety in
children with high-functioning autism : A meta-analysis. Pediatrics,
132 (5), 1341-1350. [PDF] |
|
LEUNG, N., WALLER, G. & THOMAS, G. (2000). Outcome of
group cognitive-behavior therapy for bulimia nervosa : The
role of core beliefs. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 38, 145-156. |
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2013). Caution : The
differences between CT and ACT may be larger (and smaller)
than they appear. Behavior Therapy, 44, 218-223.
[PDF] |
|
JAMES, A.C., JAMES, G., COWDEY, F.A., SOLER, A &
CHOKE, A. (2013). Cognitive behavioural therapy for
anxiety disorders in children and adolescents. Cochrane
Database of Systematic Reviews, 6, [PDF] |
|
BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M., SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W.
(2000). Cognitive-behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their
combination for panic disorder : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of American Medical Association, 283 (19),
2529-2536.
[PDF] |
SHAFRAN, R., RADOMSKY, A.S., COUGHTREY, A.E. &
RACHMAN, S. (2013). Advances in the cognitive behavioural
treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. Cognitive
Behaviour Therapy, 42 (4) 265-274. |
|
FENN, K. & BYRNE, M. (2013).The key principles of
cognitive behavioural therapy. InnivAIT, 6 (9),
579-585.
[PDF] |
|
LEHNER-ADAM, I. & DUDAS, B. (2013). Cognitive
behavioral therapy (CBT) of depressive disorders. Nese
Kocabasoglu, IntechOpen. [PDF] |
|
HERBERT, J.D., GAUDIANO, B.A. & FORMAN, E.M. (2013).
The importance of theory in cognitive behavior therapy : A
perspective of contextual behavioral science. Behavior
Therapy, 44, 580-591. |
|
BOUCHARD, S., PAYEUR, R., RIVARD, V., ALLARD, M., PAQUIN
B., RENAUD, P. & GOYER, L. (2000). Cognitive behavior
therapy for panic disorder with agoraphobia in
videoconference : Preliminary results. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 3 (6), 999-1008. |
AMES, M. & WEISS, J. (2013). Cognitive behaviour
therapy for a child with autism spectrum disorder and
verbal impairment : A case study ? Journal of
Developmental Disabiities, 19 (1), 61-69. [PDF] |
|
RICHTER, K., MYLLYMAEKI, J., SCHAROLD-SCHAEFER, S.,
TOMOVA, I., MAYRER, R. & NIKLEWSKI, G. (2014).
Treating comorbid insomnia in older adults via
cognitive-behavioural treatment, bright light and
exercise. Health, 6, 960-968. [PDF] |
|
CARROLL, K.M. (2014). Computerized cognitive-behavioral
Therapy. Alcohol Research, 36 (1), 127-130. [PDF] |
|
CURRY, J F. & HERSH, J. (2014). Development and
evolution of cognitive behavior therapy for depressed
adolescents. Journal of Rational-Emotive &
Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 32, 15-30. |
|
MORGENSTERN, J. & LONGABAUGH, R. (2000).
Cognitive-behavioral treatment for alcohol dependence : A
review of evidence for its hypothesized mechanisms of
action. Addiction, 95, 1475-1490. |
FISCHER, S., MEYER, A.H., DREMMEL, D., SCHLUP, B. &
MUNSCH, S. (2014). Short-term cognitive-behavioral therapy
for binge eating disorder : Long-term efficacy and
predictors of long-term treatment success. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 58, 36-42. [PDF] |
|
STANLEY, M.A., WILSON, N.L., AMSPOKER, A.B.,
KRAUS-SCHUMAN, C., WAGENER, P.D., CALLEO, J.S., CULLY,
J.A., TENG, E., RHOADES, H.M., WILLIAMS, S., MASOZERA, N.,
HORSFIELD, M. & KUNIK, M.E. (2014). Lay providers can
deliver effective cognitive behavior therapy for older
adults with generalized anxiety disorder : a randomized
trial. Depress Anxiety, 31 (5), 391-401. |
|
CARROLL, K.M., KILUK, B.D. NICH, C., GORDON, M.S.,
PORTNOY, G.A., MARINO, D.R. & BALL, S.A. (2014).
Computer-assisted delivery of cognitive-behavioral therapy
: Efficacy and durability of CBT4CBT among cocaine-
dependent individuals maintained on methadone.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 171 (4), 436-444. [PDF]
|
|
BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M., SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W.
(2000). Cognitive-behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their
combination for panic disorder : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of American Medical Association, 283 (19),
2529-2536.
[PDF] |
VYSKOCILOVA, J., PRASKO, J., SEDLACKOVA, Z., OCISKOVA, M.
& GRAMBAL, A. (2014). Schema therapy for CBT
therapists who treat borderline patients. Activitas
Nervosa Superior Rediviva, 56 (1-2), 24-31. [PDF]
|
|
MOHR, D.C., LIKOSKY, W., BERTAGNOLLI, A., GOODKIN, D., VAN
DER, W.J., DWYER, P. & DICK, L. (2000).
Telephone-administered cognitive-behavioural therapy for
the treatment of depressive symptoms in multiple
sclerosis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 68, 356-361. |
ZIPFEL, S., WILD, B., GROB, G., FRIEDERICH, H.-C., TEUFEL,
M., SCHELLBERG, GIEL, K.E., DE ZWAAN, M., DINKEL, A.,
HERPERTZ, S., BURGMER, M., LÖWE, B., TAGAY, S., VON
WIETERSHEIM, J., ZEECK, A., SCHADE-BRITTINGER, C.,
SCHAUENBURG, H., HERZOG, W. & ANTOP STUDY GROUP
(2014). Focal psychodynamic therapy, cognitive behaviour
therapy, and optimised treatment as usual in outpatients
with anorexia nervosa (ANTOP study) : Randomised
controlled trial. The Lancet, 383, 127-137. |
|
BOMYEA, J., RAMSAWH, H., BALL, T.M., TAYLOR, C.T.,
PAULUS, M.P., LANG, A.J. & STEIN, M.B. (2015).
Intolerance of uncertainty as a mediator of reductions in
worry in a cognitive behavioral treatment program for
generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 33, 90-94. |
|
ZINBARG, R.E. (2000). Comment on "Role of emotion in
cognitive-behavior therapy" : Some quibbles, a call for
greater attention to patient motivation for change, and
implications of adopting a hierarchical model of emotion.
Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 7, 394-399. |
MCKAY, D., SOOKMAN, D., NEZIROGLU, F., WILHELM, S., STEIN,
D.J., KYRIOS, M., MATTHEWS, K. & VEALE, D. (2015).
Efficacy of cognitive-behavioral therapy for
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatry Research,
225 (3), 236-246. |
|
KAHAN, M., TANZER, J. & DARVIN, D. (2000). Virtual
reality-assisted cognitive-behavioral treatment for fear
of flying : Acute treatment and follow-up.
CyberPsychology & Behavior, 3, 387-392. |
SEOL, S.-H., KWON, J.S., KIM, Y.Y., KIM, S.N. & SHIN,
M.-S. (2016). Internet-based cognitive behavioral therapy
for obsessive-compulsive disorder in Korea. Psychiatric
Investigation, 13 (4), 373-382. [PDF] |
|
ZELIKOVSKY, N., RODRIGUE, J.R., GIDYZC, C.A. & DAVIS,
M.A. (2000). Cognitive behavioral and behavioral
interventions to help children cope during voiding
cystourethogram. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 25,
535-543. |
PALAZZOLO, J. (2016). Les thérapies cognitives et
comportementales. Paris : Presses Universitaires
de France. |
|
LORENZO-LUACES, L., KEEFE, J.R. & DeRUBEIS, R (2016).
Cognitive-behavioral therapy: Nature and relation to
non-cognitive behavioral therapy. Behavior Therapy, 47
(6), 785-803. [PDF] |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R., SARTIRANA, M. & CALUGI, S. (2020).
Personalized cognitive-behavioural therapy
for obesity (CBT-OB) : theory, strategies and procedures.
BMC, 14 (5), 1-8. |
|
FOWLER, D., GARETY, P. et KUIPERS, E. (2022). Thérapie
cognitive béhaviorale des psychose. Santé Mentale au
Québec, 24 (1), 61-88. [PDF] |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R. & CALUGI, S. (2024). Enhanced
cognitive behaviour therapy for adolescents with eating
disorders : development, effectiveness, and future
challenges. Biopsychosocial Medicine,
18 (1), 1-10. [PDF] |
|
| |
| |
Voir aussi Béhaviorisme
cognitif et Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie comportementale et cognitive (La troisième vague) : Ensemble de thérapies
d'inspiration béhavioriste (première vague : conditionnement,
renforcement) et cognitiviste (seconde vague : valeur
croyances, attribution) qui intègre au traitement de
nouveaux concepts comme la spiritualité, la métacognition, le
bonheur, l'acceptation, etc.
Third-wave behavior therapy perspective.
| |
|
|
HAYES, S.C. (2004). Acceptance and commitment therapy,
relational frame theory, and third wave of behavioral and cognitive therapies. Behavior Therapy, 35, 639-665.
[PDF] |
HOFMANN, S.G., SAWYER, A.T. & FANG, A. (2010). The
empirical status of the "New wave" of CBT. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 33 (3), 701-710.
[PDF] |
|
ÖST, L.G. (2008). Efficacy of the third wave of behavioral therapies : A systematic review and meta-analysis. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 46 (3) 296-321. [PDF] |
MONESTES, J.L. et VILLATTE, M. (2011). L'acceptation du
côté du thérapeute. In I. Kotsou et A. Heeren (Dir.), Pleine
conscience et acceptation : Au coeur processuel de la
troisième vague des thérapies comportementales et
cognitives. Bruxelles : De Boeck. |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. (2008). ACT : new wave or morita therapy ? Clinical
psychology, 15, 280-285. |
BARRACA, J. (2012). "Mental control" from a third-wave
behavior therapy perspective. International Journal of
Clinical & Health Psychology, 12 (1), 109-121.
[PDF] |
|
JAKOBSEN, J.C., GLUUD, C., KONGERSLEV, M., LARSEN, K.A.,
SORENSEN, P., WINKEL, P., LANGE, T., SOGAARD, U. &
SIMONSEN, E. (2012). Third wave' cognitive therapy versus
mentalization-based therapy for major depressive disorder.
A protocol for a randomised clinical trial. BMC
Psychiatry, 12, 232. [PDF] |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. & ASMUNDSON, G.J.G. (2008). Acceptance
and mindfulness-based therapy : New wave or old hat ? Clinical
Psychology Review, 28, 1-16. |
KAHL, K.G., WINTER, L. & SCHWEIGER, U. (2012). The
third wave of cognitive behavioural therapies : what is
new and what is effective ? Current Opinion in
Psychiatry, 25 (6), 522-528. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et
Thérapie comportementale et cognitive |
|
|
|
Thérapie contextuelle : Contextual therapy.
| |
|
|
ZETTLE, R.D. & RAINS, J.C. (1989). Group cognitive and
contextual therapies in treatment of depression. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 45, 438-445. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
de conversion : Conversion therapy.
| |
|
|
BYNE, W.M. (2016). Regulations restrict practice of
conversion therapy. LGBT Health, 3 (2), 97-99. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Dysphorie
de genre |
|
|
Thérapie
de couple :
= théorie conjugale.
Couple therapy, marital therapy,
family therapy.
| |
|
|
GOLBERG, M. (1974). The uses of dreams in conjoint marital
therapy. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1
(1), 75-81. |
DUNN, R.L. & SCHWEBEL, A.I. (1995). Meta-analytic
review of marital therapy outcome research. Journal
of Family Psychology, 9 (1), 58-68. |
|
WEISS, R.L. (1975). Contracts, cognition, and change : A
behavioral approach to marriage therapy. The
Counseling Psychologist, 5 (3), 15-26. |
PINSOF, W.M., WYNNE, L.C. & HAMBRIGHT, A.B. (1996).
The outcomes of couple and family therapy : Findings
conclusions, and recommendations. Psychotherapy :
Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 33, 321-331. |
|
JACOBSON, N.S. & MARGOLIN, G. (1979). Marital
therapy : Strategies based on social learning and
behavior exchange principles. New York :
Brunner/Mazel. |
JACOBOSON, N.S. & CHRISTENSEN, A. (1996). Acceptance
and change in couple therapy : A therapist's guide for
transforming relationships. New York : Norton. |
|
VANSTEENWEGEN, A. (1981). Apprendre à négocier dans un
couple : entraînement à la dispute constructive. Thérapie
Familiale, 2, 339-349. |
DAIUTO, A.D., BAUCOM, D.H., EPSTEIN, N. & DUTTON, S.S.
(1998). The application of behavioral couples therapy to
the assessment and treatment of agoraphobia : implications
of empirical research. Clinical Psychology Review, 18
(6), 663-687. |
|
JACOBSON, N.S., FOLLETTE, W.C., REVENSTORF, D., BAUCOM,
D.H., HALWEG, K. & MARGOLIN, G. (1984). Variability in
outcome and clinical significance of behavioral marital
therapy : A reanalysis of outcome data. Journal of
Clinical & Consulting Psychology, 52, 497-504. |
O'LEARY, K.D., HEYMAN, R. & JONGSMMA, A. (1998). Couples therapy treatment planner. NY : Wiley. |
|
WEISS, R.L. (1984). Cognitive and strategic interventions
in behavioral marital therapy. In K. Hahlweg & N.S.
Jacobson (Eds.), Marital interaction : Analysis and
modification. New York : Guilford. |
VANSTEENWEGEN, A. (1998). Helpfulness of therapist verbal
interventions in couple therapy. Sexual & Marital
Therapy, 1, 15-20. |
|
MARGOLIN, G. (1987). Marital therapy : A
cognitive-behavioral affective approach. Dans N.S.
Jacobson (Ed.), Psychotherapy in clinical practice
(pp. 232-285). New York : Guilford. |
CORODOVA, J.V., JACOBSON, N.S. & CHRISTENSEN, A.
(1998). Acceptance versus change interventions in
behavioral couple therapy : Impact on couples' in-session
communication. Journal of Marital & Family
Therapy, 24 (4), 437-455. [PDF] |
|
DEWEY, D. & HUNSLEY, J. (1990). The effects of marital
adjustment and spouse involvement on the behavioral
treatment of agoraphobia : A meta-analysis review. Anxiety
Research, 2, 69-83. |
BUTLER, M.H. & WAMPLER, K.S. (1999). A meta-analytic
update of research on the couple communication program. The
American Journal of Family Therapy, 27, 223-237. |
|
JACOBSON, N.S., DOBSON, K.S., FRUZETTI, A., SCHMALING,
K.B. & SALUSKY, S. (1991). Social-learning based
marital therapy as a treatment for depression. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59,
547-553. |
JACOBSON, N.S., CHRISTENSEN, A., PRINCE, S.E., CORODOVA,
J. & ELDRIDGE, K. (2000). Integrative behavioral
couple therapy : An acceptance-based, promising new
treatment for couple discord. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 68, 351-355. [PDF] |
|
CORDOVA, J.V. & GEE, C.B. (2001). Marital and family
processes in depression : A scientif foundation for
clinical practice. In S.R.H. Beach (Ed.), Couples
therapy for depression : Using healthy relationships to
treat depression (pp. 185-203). [PDF] |
|
CÔTÉ, K. et WRIGHT, J. (2003). Caractéristiques,
évaluation et traitement des couples dont l'un des
conjoints souffre de dépression. Psychologie
Canadienne, 44 (4), 382-393. |
|
ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (1991). Integration of
cognitive therapy and behavioral marital therapy for
depression. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 4,
249-264. |
GARFIELD, R. (2004). The therapeutic alliance in couples
therapy : Clinical considerations. Family Process,
43, 457-465. |
|
WOOD, N.D., CRANE, D.R., SCHAALJE, G.B. & LAW, D.D.
(2005). What works for whom : A meta-analytic review of
marital and couples therapy in reference to marital
distress. The American Journal of Family Therapy, 33
(4), 273-287. [PDF] |
|
PERRON, A., LUSSIER, Y., WRIGHT, J., ROBERT, T., SABOURIN,
S. etPARADIS, J.-P. (2008). La psychothérapie de couple en
situation d'agression sexuelle intrafamiliale;
indications, paramètres et limites. Dans J. Wright, Y.
Lussier et S. Sabourin (Dirs.), Manuel clinique des
psychothérapies de couple (p. 731-787). Québec :
PUQ. |
|
JACOBSON, N.S. & ADDIS, M.E. (1993). Research on
couples and couple therapy what do we know ? Where are we
going ? Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 61 (1), 85-93. [PDF] |
WRIGHT, J., LUSSIER, Y. & SABOURIN, S. (2008). Manuel
clinique des psychothérapies de couple. Québec :
PUQ. |
|
BULOW, S. (2009). Integrating sex and couples therapy : A
multifaceted case history. Family Process, 48
(3), 379-389. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et
Satisfaction conjugale |
|
|
Thérapie de groupe : Ensemble des thérapies
qui utilise le groupe
comme soutien ou catalyseur du changement
thérapeutique. Le groupe est habituellement composé d'un
praticien professionnel de la santé mentale (psychologue,
psychiatre, psychanalyste, etc) et de malades/patients/clients.
Group
therapy, group psychotherapy, group treatment, group
intervention.
| |
|
|
HOBBS, N. (1951). Group-centered psychotherapy. In C.R.
Rogers (Ed.), Client-centered therap. Boston, MA
: Houghton Mifflin Co. |
YALOM, I.D. & VINOGRADOV, S. (1989). Concise
guide to group psychotherapy. Washington, D.C. :
American Psychiatric Press, Inc. |
|
KELMAN, H.C. & LERNER, H.H. (1952). Group therapy,
group work and adult education : The need for
clarification. Journal of Social Issues, 8 (2),
3-10. |
FALS-STEWART, W., MARKS, A.P. & SCHAFER, J. (1993).
Comparison of behavioral group therapy and individual
behavior therapy in treating OCD. Journal of Nervous
& Mental Diseases, 181, 189-193. |
|
GLATZER, H.T. (1953). Handling transference resistance in
group therapy. Psychoanalytic Review, 40, 36-43.
|
BURLINGAME, G.M., KIRCHER, J. & TAYLOR, S. (1994).
Methodological considerations in group psychotherapy
research : Past, present, and future practices. In A.
Fuhriman & G. Burlingame (Eds.), Handbook of group
psychotherapy (pp. 41-80). New York : Wiley. |
|
TRUAX, C.B. (1961). The process of group psychotherapy :
Relationships between hypothesized therapeutic conditions
and intrapersonal exploration. Psychological
Monographs : General & Applied, 75 (7), 1-35. |
BAUER, M.S et McBRIDE, L. (1996/2001/2003). Structured
group psychotherapy for bipolar disorder : The life
goals program. New York : Springer. / Thérapie
de groupe pour le trouble bipolaire : Une approche
structurelle ? Paris, France : Médecine & Hygiène.
|
|
CABEEN, C.W. & COLEMAN, J.C. (1961). Group therapy
with sex offenders : Description and evaluation of a group
therapy program in an institutional setting. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 17, 122-129. |
McROBERTS, C., BURLINGAME, G.M. & HOAG, J.M. (1998).
Comparative efficacy of individual and group psychotherapy
: A meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics, 2, 101-117. |
|
RICHARD, H. (1962). Selected group psychotherapy
evaluation studies. Journal of General Psychology,
67, 35-50. |
HEIMBERG, R.G., LIEBOWITZ, M.R., HOPE, D.A., SCHNEIER,
MF.R., HOLT C.S., WELKOWITZ, L.A., JUSTER,H.R., CAMPEAS,
R., BRUCH, M.A., CLOITRE, M., FALLON, B.A. & KLEIN,
D.F. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral group therapy versus
phenelzine in social phobia : 12-week outcome.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 1133-1141. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, B.D. & ETTIN, M.F. (1999). Self-structure and
self-transformation in group psychotheray.
International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 49
(1), 61-83. |
|
BURLINGAME, G.M., ELLSWORTH, J.R., RICHARDSON, E.J. &
COX, J.C. (2000). How effective is group psychotherapy : A
review and synthesis of treatment outcomes. Ricerche
Sui Gruppi, 10, 7-35. |
|
KELMAN, H.C. (1963). The role of the group in the
induction of therapeutic change. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy, 13, 399-432. |
TAYLOR, N.T., BURLINGAME, G.M., FUHRIMAN, A., KRISTENSEN,
K.B., JOHANSEN, J. & DAHL, D. (2001). A survey of
mental health care provider and man- aged care
organization attitudes toward, familiarity with, and use
of group interventions. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 51, 243-263. |
|
|
|
WOLFSDORF, B.A. & ZLOTNICK, C. (2001). Affect
management in group therapy for women with posttraumatic
stress disorder and histories of childhood sexual abuse. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 57 (2), 169-181. |
|
STOTSKY, B. & ZOLIK, E. (1965). Group psychotherapy
with psychotics. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 15, 321-344. |
BURLINGAME, G.M., FURHIMAN, A. & JOHNSON, J.E. (2001).
Cohesion in group psychotherapy. Psychotherapy :
Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 38 (4),
373-379. |
|
|
MORRISON, N. (2001). Group cognitive therapy : Treatment
of choice or sub-optimal option ? Behavioural &
Cognitive Psychotherapy, 29, 311-332. |
|
BURLINGAME, G.M., FURHIMAN, A. & JOHNSON, J.E. (2002).
Cohesion in group psychotherapy. In J.C. Norcross (Ed.), Psychotherapy
relationships that work : Therapist contributions and
responsiveness to patients. New York : Oxford. |
|
PATTISON, E. (1965). Evaluation studies of group psy-
chotherapy. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 15, 382-397. |
BURLINGAME, G.M., FURHIMAN, A. & MOSIER, J. (2003).
The differential effectiveness of group psychotherapy : A
meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics : Theory,
Research & Practice, 7 (1), 3-12. [PDF] |
|
MORENO, J.L. (1965/1987). Psychothérapie de groupe et
psychodrame. Introduction théorique et clinique à la
socianalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
STANGIER, U., HEIDENRICH, T., PEITZ, M., LAUERBACH, W.
& CLARK, D.M. (2003). Cognitive therapy for social
phobia : Individual versus group treatment. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 41, 991-1007. |
|
ROETHER, H.A., JOSEPH, J. & PETERS, J.J. (1972).
Cohesiveness and hostility in group psychotherapy. American
Journal of Psychiatry 128, 1014-1017. |
NORTON, P.J. & HOPE, D.A. (2005). Preliminary
evaluation of a broad-spectrum cognitive-behavioral group
therapy for anxiety. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 36 (2), 79-97. |
|
CASTELL, R. & YALOM, I. (1972). Institutional group
therapy. In H.L.P. Resnick & M.F. Wolfgang (Eds.), Sexual
behavior : Social, clinical, and legal aspects (pp.
305-330). Boston : Little, Brown. |
BARROWCLOGH, C., HADDOCK, G., LOBBAN, F., JONES, S.,
SIDDLE, R., ROBERTS, C. & GREGG, L. (2006). Group
cognitive behaviour therapy for schizophrenia : A
randomised control trial. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 189, 527-532. [PDF] |
|
BIRK, L. (1974). Group psychotherapy for men who are
homosexual. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1
(1), 29-52. |
MORTBERG, E., CLARK, D.M., SUNDIN, O. & ABERG WISTEDT,
A. (2007). Intensive group cognitive treatment and
individual cognitive therapy vs. treatment as usual in
social phobia : a randomized controlled trial. Acta
Psychiatrica Scandanvica, 115, 142-154. [PDF] |
|
ZILBERGELD, B. (1975). Group treatment of sexual
dysfunction in men without partner. Journal of Sex
& Marital Therapy, 1 (1), 204-214. |
McEVOY, P.M. (2007). Effectiveness of cognitive
behavioural group therapy for social phobia in a community
clinic : A benchmarking study. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 45, 3030-3040. [PDF]
|
|
YALOM, I.D. (1975/1995/2005). The theory and practice
of group psychotherapy. New York : Basic Books. |
TOURIGNY, M. (2008). Efficacité d'une thérapie de groupe
pour adolescentes agressées sexuellement : suivi six mois
après la thérapie. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie,
29 (3), 117-131. |
|
FARRELL, J.M., SHAW, I.A. & WEBBER, M.A. (2009). A
schema-focused approach to group psychotherapy for
outpatients with borderline personality disorder : A
randomized controlled trial. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 40 (2),
317-328. [PDF] |
| SHAPIRO, D.A., CAPLAN, H.L., RHODE, P.D. & WATSON,
J.P. (1975). Personal questionnaire changes and their
correlates in a psychotherapeutic group. British
Journal of Medical Psychology, 48, 207-216. |
BURLINGAME, G.M., McCLENDON, D.T. & ALONSO, J. (2011).
Cohesion in group therapy. Psychotherapy, 48
(1), 34-42. |
|
RUINI, C., MASONI, L., OTTOLINI, F. & FERRARI, S.
(2014). Positive narrative group psychotherapy : the use
of traditional fairy tales to enhance psychological
well-being and growth. Theory, Research &
Practice, 4 (13), 1-9. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Groupe et
Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie de l'acceptation et de l'engagement : TAE
: Thérapie d'inspiration cognitivo-béhaviorale
proposée par Stroshal, Wilson
et Hayes.
= TAE. Acceptance
and Commitment Therapy, ACT.
| |
|
|
HAYES, S.C. & WILSON, K.G. (1994). Acceptance and
commitment therapy : Altering the verbal support for
experiential avoidance. The Behavior Analyst, 17 (2),
289-303. [PDF]
|
DALRYMPLE, K.L. & HERBERT, J.D. (2007). Acceptance and
commitment therapy for generalized social anxiety disorder
: A pilot study. Behavior Modification, 31, 543-568.
[PDF] |
|
WILSON, K.G., FOLLETTE, V.M., HAYES, S.C. & BATTEN, S
V. (1996). Implications of acceptance theory for the
treatment of survivors of childhood sexual abuse. PTSD
Clinical Quarterly, 6, 34-37 |
FORMAN, E.M., HOFFMAN, K.L., McGRATH, K.B., HERBERT, J.D.,
BRANDMA, L.L. & LOWE, M.R. (2007). A comparison of
acceptance- and control-based strategies for coping with
food cravings : An analog study. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 45, 2372–2386.
|
|
STROSHAL, K.D., HAYES, S.C., BERGAN, J. & ROMANO, P.
(1998). Assessing the field effectiveness of acceptance
and commitment therapy : An example of the manipulated
training research method. Behavior Therapy, 29,
35-64. |
FORMAN, E.M., HERBERT, J.D., MOITRA, E., YEOMANS, P.D.
& GELLER, P.A. (2007). A randomized controlled
effectiveness trial of acceptance and commitment therapy
and cognitive therapy for anxiety and depression. Behavior
Modification, 31, 772-779.
[PDF] |
|
STROSAHL, K.D., HAYES, S.C., BERGAN, J. & ROMANO, P.
(1998). Does field based training in behavior therapy
improve clinical effectiveness ? Evidence from the
acceptance and commitment therapy training project. Behavior
Therapy, 29, 35-64. |
LAPPALAINEN, R., LEHTONEN, T., SKARP, E., TAUBERT, E.,
OJANEN, M. & HAYES, S.C. (2007). The impact of CBT and
ACT models using psychology trainee therapists : A
preliminary controlled effectiveness trial. Behavior
Modification, 31, 488-511. |
|
HAYES, S.C., STROSHAL, K.D. & WILSON, K.G. (1999). Acceptance
and commitment therapy : An experiential approach to
behavior change. New York : Guilford Press. |
TWOHIG, M.P., SHIENBERGER, D. & HAYES, S.C. (2007). A
preliminary investigation of acceptance and commitment
therapy as a treatment for marijuana dependence in adults.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (4),
619-632. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, K.G., HAYES, S.C. & BYRD, M.R. (2000).
Exploring compatibilities between acceptance and
commitment therapy and 12-step treatment for substance
abuse. Journal of Rational-Emotive &
Cognitive-Behavior, 8 (4), 209-234. [PDF] |
ARCH, J. & CRASKE, M. (2008). Acceptance and
commitment therapy and cognitive behavioral therapy for
anxiety disorders : different treatments, similar
mechanisms ? Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 15, 263-279. |
|
CARRASCOSO-LOPEZ, F.J. (2000). Acceptance and Commitment
Therapy (ACT) in panic disorder with agoraphobia : A case
study. Psychology in Spain, 4, 120-128. [PDF] |
PULL, C.B. (2008). Current empirical status of acceptance
and commitment therapy. Current Opinion in
Psychiatry, 22 (1), 55-60. |
|
STROSAHL, K.D. (2002). Acceptance and commitment In G.
Zimmar (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychotherapy, therapy
(Vol. 1, pp. 1-8). London : Elsevier Science. |
HEIMBERG, R.G. & RITTER, R.M. (2008). Cognitive
behavioral therapy and acceptance and commitment therapy
for the anxiety disorders : two approaches with much to
offer. Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice,
15 (4), 296-298. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C. (2002). Buddhism and acceptance and commitment
therapy. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 9, 58-66. |
LUNDGREN, T., DAHL, J. & HAYES, S.C. (2008).
Evaluation of mediators of change in the treatment of
epilepsy with acceptance and commitment therapy.
Journal of Behavior Medicine, 31 (3), 225-235. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, K.G. & ROBERTS, M. (2002). Core principles in
scceptance and commitment therapy : An application to
anorexia. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 9,
237-243. |
HAYES, S.C. (2008). Climbing our hills : a beginning
conversation on the comparison of acceptance and
commitment therapy and traditional cognitive behavioral
therapy. Clinical Psychology : Science &
Practice, 15 (4), 286-295.
[PDF] |
|
BACH, P. & HAYES, S.C. (2002). The use of acceptance
and commitment therapy to prevent the rehospitalization of
psychotic patients : A randomized controlled trial. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70 (5),
1129-1139. |
NORTON, P.J. (2008). An open trial of a transdiagnostic
cognitive-behavioral group therapy for anxiety disorder.
Behavior Therapy, 39, 242-250. [PDF] |
|
ZETTLE, R.D. (2003). Acceptance and Commitment Therapy
(ACT) versus systematic desensitization in treatment of
mathematic anxiety. The Psychological Record, 53,
197-215. [PDF] |
STROSAHL, K.D. & ROBINSON, P.J. (2008). The
mindfulness and acceptance workbook for depression using
acceptance and commitment therapy. Oakland : New
Harbinger Publications |
|
HAYES, S.C., STROSAHL, K. & WILSON, K.G. (2003). Acceptance
and commitment therapy : an experiential approach to
behavior change. New York : Guilford Press. |
HOFFMANN, S.G. (2008). Acceptance and commitment therapy :
New wave or Morita therapy ? Clinical Psychology :
Science & Practice, 15 (4), 280-285. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., BISSETT, R., ROGET, N., PADILLA, M.,
KOHLENBERG, B.S., FISHER, G., MASUDA, A., PISTORELLO, J.,
RYE, A.K., BERRY, K. & NICCOLLS, R. (2004). The impact
of acceptance and commitment training on stigmatizing
attitudes and professional burnout of substance abuse
counselors. Behavior Therapy, 35, 821-836. |
HEIMBERG, R.G. & RITTER, M.R. (2008). Cognitive
behavioral therapy and acceptance and commitment therapy
for the anxiety disorders : Two approaches with much to
offer. Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice,
15 (4), 296-298 [PDF] |
|
DAHL J., WILSON, K.G. & NILSSON, A. (2004). Acceptance
and commitment therapy and the treatment of persons at
risk for long-term disability resulting from stress and
pain symptoms : A preliminary randomized trial.
Behavior Therapy, 35, 785-801. |
HOFFMANN, S.G. & ASMUNDSON, G.J. (2008). Acceptance
and mindfulness-based therapy : New wave or old hat ? Clinical
Psychology Review, 28, 1-16. |
|
HAYES, S.C. (2004). Acceptance and commitment therapy,
relational frame theory, and the third wave of behavior
therapy. Behavior Therapy, 35, 639-665. [PDF] |
STOTTS, A.L., MASUDA, A. & WILSON, K.G. (2009). Using
acceptance and commitment therapy in methadone dose
reduction : Rationale, treatment description, and
preliminary cases. Cognitive & Behavioral
Practice, 16, 205-213. |
|
SHARP, W., WILSON, K.G. & SCHULENBERG, S. (2004). The
use of paradoxical intention in the context of acceptance
and commitment therapy. Psychological Report, 95,
946-948. |
POWERS, M.B., VÖRDING, M. & EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (2009).
Acceptance and commitment therapy : A meta-analytic
review. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 78 (2),3-80.
[PDF] |
|
STROSAHL, K.D., HAYES, S.C., WILSON, K.G. & GIFFORD,
E.V. (2004). An ACT primer : Core therapy processes,
intervention strategy, and therapist competencies. In In
S.C. Hayes & K.D. Strosahl (Eds.), A practical
guide to acceptance and commitment therapy (pp.
31-58). New York : Springer. [PDF] |
CARRASCOSO-LOPEZ, F.J. & SALAS, S.V. (2009).
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) in the treatment
of panic disorder : Some considerations from the research
on basic processes. International Journal of
Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 9 (3),
299-315.
[PDF] |
|
CRASKE, M.G., ROSE, R.D., LANG, A., WELCH, S.S.,
CAMPBELL-SILLS, L., SULLIVAN, G., SHERBOURNE, C.,
BYSTRITSKY, A., STEIN, M.B. & ROY-BYRNE, P.P. (2009).
Computer-assisted delivery of cognitive behavioral therapy
for anxiety disorders in primary-care settings. Depression
& Anxiety, 26 (3), 235-242. [PDF] |
WILSON, K.G. & MURRELL, A.R. (2004). Values work in
acceptance and commitment therapy: setting a course for
behavioral treatment. In S.C. Hayes, V.M.Follette &
M.M. Linehan (Eds.), Mindfulness and acceptance :
Expanding the cognitive-behavioral tradition (pp. p.
120-151). New York : Guilford.
|
HERNANDEZ-LOPEZ, M., LUCIANO, M.C., BRICKER, J.B.,
ROALES-NIETO, J.G. & MONTESINOS, F. (2009). Acceptance
and commitment therapy for smoking cessation : a
preliminary study of its effectiveness in comparison with
cognitive behavioral therapy. Psychology of Addictive
Behaviors, 23 (4), 723–730.
|
|
DAHL, J., WILSON, K.G. & NILSSON, A. (2004).
Evaluation of an ACT-based intervention for persons at
risk for long-term disability resulting from pain and
stress symptoms : A preliminary randomized trial. Behavior
Therapy, 35, 785-801. |
ZETTLE, R.D., BARNER, S.L. & GIRD, S. (2009). ACT with
depression : The role of forgiving. In J.T. Blackledge, J.
Ciarrochi & F. Deane (Eds.), Acceptance and
commitment therapy : Current directions (pp.
151-173). Bowen Hills QLD : Australian Academic Press. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., MASUDA, A., BISSETT, R., LUOMA, J. &
GUERRERO, L.F. (2004). DBT, FAP, and ACT : How empirically
oriented are the new behavior therapy technologies ? Behavior
Therapy, 35, 35-54. |
PETERSEN, C.L. & ZETTLE, R.D. (2009). Treating
inpatients with comorbid depression and alcohol use
disorders : a comparison of acceptance and commitment
therapy versus treatment as usual. The Psychological
Record, 59, 521-536. [PDF] |
|
|
GIFFORD, E.V., KOHLENBERG, B.S., HAYES, S.C., ANTONUCCIO,
D.O., PIASECKI, M.M., RASMUSSEN-HALL, M.L. & PALM,
K.M. (2004). Acceptance theory-based treatment for smoking
cessation : An initial trial of acceptance and commitment
therapy. Behavior Therapy, 35, 689-706. [PDF] |
EIFERT, G., FORSYTH, J.P., ARCH, J., ESPEJO, E, KELLER, M.
& LANGER, D. (2009). Acceptance and commitment therapy
for anxiety disorders : Three case studies exemplifying a
unified treatment protocol. Cognitive & Behavioral
Practice, 16, 368-385. |
|
HAYES, S.C. & STROSHAL, K.D. (2004). A practical
guide to acceptance and commitment therapy.
Springer. |
TWOHIG, M.P (2009). Acceptance and commitment therapy for
treatment-resistant posttraumatic stress disorder : A case
study. Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 16, 243-252.
|
|
TWOHIG, M.P. & WOODS, D.W. (2004). A preliminary
investigation of acceptance and commitment therapy and
habit reversal as a treatment for trichotillomania. Behavior
Therapy, 35 (4), 803-820. |
NEVEU, C. et DIONNE, F. (2009). La thérapie d'acceptation
et d'engagement : une approche novatrice. Psychologie
Québec, 26 (6), 29-31. |
|
MONESTES, J.L., VILLATTE, M., MOURAS, H., LOAS, G. &
BOND, F. (2009). Translation and validation of the
Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ-II). European
Review of Applied Psychology, 59, 301-308. |
|
HAYES, S.C., STROSAHL, K.D., BUNTIG, K., TWOHIG, M. &
WILSON, K. (2004). What is acceptance and commitment
therapy? In S. Hayes & K. Strosahl (Eds.), A
practical guide to acceptance and commitment therapy
(pp. 1-30). New York : Springer. |
ROEMER, L. & ORSILLO, S.M. (2009). Mindfulness
and acceptance-based behavioral therapies in practice.
New York : The Guilford Press. |
|
HAYES, S.C., MASUDA, A., BISSETT, R., LUOMA, J. &
GUERRERO, L.F. (2004). DBT, FAP, and ACT : How empirically
oriented are the new behavior therapy technologies ? Behavior
Therapy, 35, 35-54.
[PDF] |
YOVEL, I. (2009). Acceptance and commitment therapy and
the new generation of cognitive behavioral treatments. The
Israel Journal of Psychiatry & Related Sciences, 46
(4), 304-309. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., BISSETT, R., ROGET, N., PADILLA, M.,
KOHLENBERG, B.S., FISHER, G., MASUDA, A., PISTORELLO, J.,
RYE, A.K., BERRY, K. & NICCOLLS, R. (2004). The impact
of acceptance and commitment training on stigmatizing
attitudes and professional burnout of substance abuse
counselors. Behavior Therapy, 35, 821-836. |
POWERS, M.B., ZUM VORDE SIVE VORDING, M.B. &
EMMELKAMP, P.M.G. (2009). Acceptance and commitment
therapy : A meta-analytic review. Psychotherapy &
Psychosomatics, 78 (2), 73-80. |
|
HAYES, S.C. & SMITH, S. (2005). Get out of your
mind and into your life : The new acceptance and
commitment therapy. New Harbinger Publications. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2009). Öst's (2008). Methodological
comparison of clinical trials of acceptance and commitment
therapy versus cognitive behavior therapy : Matching
apples with oranges ? Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 47 (12), 1066-1070. [PDF] |
|
ORSILLO, S.M. & BATTEN, S.V. (2005). ACT in the
treatment of PTSD. Behavior Modification, 29, 95-130 |
HERNÁNDEZ-LÓPEZ, M., LUCIANO, M. C., BRICKER, J. B.,
ROALES-NIETO, J.G. & MONTESINOS, F. (2009). Acceptance
and commitment therapy for smoking cessation : a
preliminary study of its effectiveness in comparison with
cognitive behavioral therapy. Psychology of Addictive
Behaviors, 23 (4), 723–730. |
|
ORSILLO, S.M., ROEMER, L. & HOLOWKA, D. (2005).
Acceptance-based behavioral therapies for for anxiety :
Using acceptance and mindfulness to enhance traditional
cognitive-behavioral approaches. In S.M. Orsillo & L.
Roemer (Eds.), Acceptance-and mindfulness-based
approaches to anxiety : Conceptualization and treatment.
New York : Springer. |
JUARASCIO, A.S., FORMAN, E.M. & HERBERT, J.D. (2010).
Acceptance and commitment therapy versus cognitive therapy
for the treatment of comorbid eating pathology. Behavior
Modification, 34, 175-190. |
|
TWOHIG, M.P., MASUDA, A., VARA, A.A. & HAYES, S.C.
(2005). Acceptance and commitment therapy as a treatment
for anxiety disorders. In S.M. Orsillo & L. Roemer
(Eds.), Acceptance and mindfulness-based approaches
to anxiety : conceptualization and treatment (pp.
101-130). New York : Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishing. |
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2010). The evolution of
cognitive behavior therapy : The rise of psychological
acceptance and mindfulness. In J.M. Herbert & E.M.
Forman (Eds.), Acceptance and mindfulness in
cognitive behavior therapy : Understanding and applying
the new therapies. Wiley. [PDF] |
|
McCRACKEN, L.M., VOWLES, K.E. & ECCLESTON, C. (2005).
Acceptance- based treatment for persons with complex
longstanding chronic pain : A preliminary analysis of
treatment outcome in comparison to a waiting phase. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 43, 1335-1346. |
VILLATTE, M. et MONESTES, J.L. (2010). La théorie des
cadres relationnels : La place du langage dans la thérapie
d'acceptation et d'engagement/ Relational frame theory :
The place of language in acceptance and commitment
therapy. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 31
(3), 85-104. |
|
EIFERT, G.H. & FORSYTH, J.P. (2005). Acceptance
and Commitment Therapy for anxiety disorders : A
practitioner's treatment guide to using mindfulness,
acceptance, and value-guide behavior change strategies.
Oakland CA : New Harbinger. |
RUIZ, F.J. (2010). A review of acceptance and commitment
therapy (ACT) empirical evidence : Correlational,
experimental psychopathology, component and outcome
studies. International Journal of Psychology &
Psychological Therapy, 10 (1), 125-162. [PDF] |
|
ORSILLO, S.M. & BATTEN, S.V. (2005). ACT in the
treatment of PTSD. Behavior Modification, 29, 95-130.
[PDF] |
TWOHIG, M.P., HAYES, S.C., PLUMB, J.C., PRUITT, L.D.,
COLLINS, A.B., HAZLETT-STEVENS, H. & WOIDNECK, M.R.
(2010). A randomized clinical trial of acceptance and
commitment therapy vs. progressive relaxation training for
obsessive compulsive disorder. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 78 (5), 705-716. [PDF] |
|
ZETTLE, R.D. (2005). The evolution of a contextual
approach to therapy : from comprenhensive distancing to
ACT. International Journal of Behavioral &
Consultation Therapy, 2, 77-89. [PDF] |
NEVEU, C. & DIONNE, F. (2010). La thérapie
d'acceptation et d'engagement. Revue Québécoise de
Psychologie, 31 (3), 63-83. |
|
|
ORSILLO, S.M., ROEMER, L. BLOOCK-LERNER, J., LEJEUNE, C.
& HERBERT, D. (2005). ACT with Anxiety disorders. In
S.C. Hayes & K. D. Strosahl (Eds.), A practical
guide to acceptance and commitment therapy (pp.
103-132). New York : Springer. |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2011). A review of acceptance and
commitment therapy (ACT) and recommendations for continued
scientific advancement. The Scientific Review of
Mental Health Practice, 8 (2), 5-22. [PDF] |
|
KANTER, J.W. & BARUCH, D.E. (2006). Acceptance and
commitment therapy and behavioral activation for the
treatment of depression : Description and comparison.
The Behavior Analyst, 29 (2), 161-185. [PDF] |
VOWLES, K.E. & THOMPSON, M. (2011). Acceptance and
commitment therapy for chronic pain. In L.M. McCracken
(Ed.), Mindfulness and acceptance in behavioral
medicine : Current theory and practice (pp.
31-60). Oakland : New Harbinger Press. |
|
ORSILLO, S.M. & BATTEN, S.V. (2005). ACT in the
treatment of PTSD. Behavior Modification, 29, 95-130.
[PDF] |
VOWLES, K.E., McCRACKEN, L.M. & ZHAO-O'BRIEN, J.
(2011). Acceptance and values-based action in chronic pain
: A three year follow-up analysis of treatment
effectiveness and process. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 49, 748-755.
[PDF] |
HAYES, S.C. & SMITH, S. (2005). Get out of your
mind and into your life: The new acceptance and
commitment therapy. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger
|
MONESTES, J.L. & VILATTE, M. (2011). La thérapie
d'acceptation et d'engagement : ACT. Elsevier
Masson. |
|
SOO, C, TATE, R.L. & LANE-BROWN, A. (2011). A
systematic review of acceptance and commitment therapy
(ACT) for managing anxiety : Applicability for people with
acquired brain injury ? Brain Impairment, 12,
54-70. |
|
WETHERELL, J.L., AFARI, N., AYERS, C.R., STODDARD, J.,
RUBERG, J., SORRELL, J.T. & PATTERSON, T.L. (2011).
Acceptance and commitment therapy for generalized anxiety
disorder in older adults : A preliminary report.
Behavior Therapy, 42, 127-134. [PDF] |
|
MONESTES, J.L. et VILLATTE, M. (2012). Une autre approche
de la santé mentale : la thérapie d'acceptation et
d'engagement. In C. Tarquino (Dir.), Manuel pratique
de psychothérapies en psychologie de la santé.
Paris : Dunod. |
|
RUIZ, F.J. (2012). Acceptance and commitment therapy
versus traditional cognitive behavioral therapy : A
systematic review and meta-analysis of current empirical
evidence. International Journal of Psychology &
Psychological Therapy, 12 (2), 333-357.
[PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., STROSHAL, K.D. & WILSON, K.G. (2012). Acceptance
and commitment therapy : The process and practice of
mindful change. New York, NY : Guilford Press. |
|
MONESTES, J.L. et VILATTE, M. (2012). Une autre approche
de la santé mentale : la thérapie d'acceptation et
d'engagement. In C. Tarquino (Dir.), Manuel pratique
de psychothérapies en psychologie de la santé. Paris
: Dunod. |
|
FORMAN, E.M., CHAPMAN, J.E., HERBERT, J.D., GOETTER, E.M.,
YUEN, E.K. & MOITRA, E.M. (2012). Using
session-by-session measurement to compare mechanisms of
action for acceptance and commitment therapy and cognitive
therapy. Behavior Therapy, 43, 341-354. |
|
TWOHIG, M.P., HAYES, S.C. & MASUDA, A. (2006).
Increasing willingness to experience obsessions :
Acceptance and commitment therapy as a treatment for
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behavior Therapy, 37,
3-13. [PDF] |
SHARP, K. (2012). A review of acceptance and commitment
therapy with anxiety disorders. International Journal
of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 12 (3),
359-372. [PDF] |
|
WOODS, D.W., WETTERNECK, C.T. & FLESSNER, C.A. (2006).
A controlled evaluation of acceptance and commitment
therapy plus habit reversal for trichotillomania.
Behavior Research & Therapy, 44, 639-656. |
HAYES, S.C., PISTORELLO, J. & LEVIN, M.E. (2012).
Acceptance and commitment therapy as a unified model of
behavior change. The Counseling Psychologist, 40
(7), 976-1002. [PDF] |
|
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2013). Caution : The
differences between CT and ACT may be larger (and smaller)
than they appear. Behavior Therapy, 44, 218-223.
[PDF] |
|
GAUDIANO, B.A. & HERBERT, J.D. (2006). Acute treatment
of inpatients with psychotic symptoms using acceptance and
commitment therapy : Pilot results. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 44, 415-437. |
MONESTES, J.L. (2013). Thérapie d'acceptation et
d'engagement de rituels de comptage. In S. Rusinek (Ed), Études
de cas en TCC : les troubles anxieux. Paris :
Dunod. |
|
KRISTELLER, J.L. BAER, R.A. & QUILLIAN-WOLEVER, R.
(2006). In R. Baer (Ed.), Mindfulness-based
approaches to eating disorders. New York : Guilford
Press. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
|
JUARASCIO, A., SHAW, J., FORMAN, E.M., TIMKO, C.A.,
HERBERT, J.D. BUTRYN, M.L. & LOWE, M. (2013).
Acceptance and commitment therapy for eating disorders :
Clinical applications of a group treatment. Journal of
Contextual Behavioral Science, 2 (3), 85-94. |
|
TWOHIG, M.P., HAYES, S.C. & MASUDA, A. (2006). A
preliminary investigation of acceptance and commitment
therapy as a treatment for chronic skin picking. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 44, 1513-1522. |
HAYES, S.C., LEVIN, M.E. PLUMB-VILADARGA, J., VILATTE, M.
& PISTORELLO, J. (2013). Acceptance and commitment
therapy and contextual behavioral science : Examining the
progress of a distinctive model of behavioral and
cognitive therapy. Behavior Therapy, 44 (2),
180-198. [PDF] |
|
OSSMAN, W.A., WILSON, K.G., STORAASLI, R. & MCNEILL,
J. (2006). A preliminary investigation of the use of
acceptance and commitment therapy in group treatment for
social phobia : An exploratory study. International
Journal of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 6,
397-416. |
JUARASCIO, A.S, KERRIGAN, S., GOLDSTEIN, S.P., SHAW,
J., FORMAN, E.M., BUTRYN, M. & HERBERT, J.D.
(2013). Baseline eating disorder severity predicts
response to an acceptance and commitment therapy-based
group treatment. Journal of Contextual Behavioral
Science,
2 (3), 74-78 |
|
McCRACKEN, L.M. & VOWLES, K.E. (2014). Acceptance and
commitment therapy and mindfulness for chronic pain. American
Psychologist, 69 (2), 178-187. [PDF] |
|
HARRIS, R. (2006). Embracing your demons : an overview of
acceptance and commitment therapy. Psychotherapy in
Australia, 12 (4), 2-8. [PDF]
|
OST, L.G. (2014). The efficacy of acceptance and
commitment therapy: an updated systematic review and
meta-analysis. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 61,105–21. |
|
HAYES, S.C., LUOMA, J., BOND, F., MASUDA, A. & LILLIS,
J. (2006). Acceptance and commitment therapy : Model,
processes, and outcomes. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 44 (1), 1-25. [PDF]
|
FORMAN, E.M., JUARASCIO, A.S., MARTIN, L.M. & HERBERT,
J. D. (2015). Acceptance and commitment
therapy. In R. Cautin & S. Lilienfeld (Eds.),
The encyclopedia of clinical psychology (pp. 10-
17). Hoboken, NJ : Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
de l'activation comportementale : Behavioral
activation therapy, BA.
| |
|
|
JACOBSON, N.S., MARTELL, C.R. & DIMIDJIAN, S. (2001).
Behavioral activation therapy for depression : Returning
to contextual roots. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 8 (3), 255-270. [PDF] |
JAKUPCAK, M., ROBERTS, L., MARTELL, C.R., MULICK, P.,
MICHAEL, S., REED, R., BALSAM, K., YOSHIMOTO, D. &
McALL, M. (2006). A pilot study of behavioral activation
for veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal
of Traumatic Stress, 19, 387-391. |
|
MARTELL, C.R., ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2001).
Depression in context : Strategies for guided action.
New York : W.W. Norton & Co. |
CULLEN, J.M., SPATES, C.R., AGOTO, S. & DORAN, N.
(2006). Behavioral activation treatment for major
depressive disorder : A pilot investigation. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (1), 151-165. |
|
ADDIS, M.E. & MARTELL, C.R. (2004). Overcoming
depression one step at a time : The new behavioral
activationapproach to getting your life back. New
York : New Harbinger Press |
DIMIDJIAN, S., HOLLON, S.D., DOBSON, K.S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., ADDIS, M.E., GALLOP, R.,
McGLINCHEY, J.B., MARKLEY, D.K., GOLLAN, J.K., ATKINS,
D.C., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2006). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults
with major depression. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 74 (4), 658-670. [PDF] |
|
LEVITT, J.T., BROWN, T.A., ORSILLO, S.M. & BARLOW,
D.H. (2004). The effects of acceptance versus suppression
of emotion on subjective and psychophysiological response
to carbon dioxide challenge in patients with panic
disorder. Behavior Therapy, 35, 747-766. |
SPATES, C.R., PAGOTO, S. & KALATA, A. (2006). A
qualitative and quantitative review of behavioral
activation treatment of major depressive disorder. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (4), 508-518. |
|
WAGNER, A.W., ZATZICK, D.F., GHESQUIERE, A. &
JURKOVICH, G.J. (2007). Behavioral activation as an early
intervention for posttraumatic stress disorder and
depression among physically injured trauma survivors. Cognitive
& Behavioral Practice, 14 (4), 341-349. |
|
COFFMAN, S., MARTELL, C.R., DIMIDJIAN, S., GALLUP, B.J.
& HOLLON, S. (2007). Extreme non-response to cognitive
therapy for depression : Can behavioral activation succeed
where cognitive therapy fails ? Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 75, 531-541. |
|
PIERSON, H. & HAYES, S.C. (2007). Using acceptance and
commitment therapy to empower the therapeutic
relationship. Dans P. Gilbert & R. Leahy (Eds.), The
therapeutic relationship in cognitive behavior therapy
(pp. 205-228). London : Routledge. |
|
DOBSON, K.S., HOLLON, S.D., DIMIDJIAN, S., SCHMALING,
K.B., KOHLENBERG, R.J., GALLOP, R., RIZVI, J., GOLLAN,
J.K., DUNNER, D.L. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2008). Randomized
trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and
antidepressant medication in the prevention of relapse and
recurrence in major depression. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 76 (3), 468-477. [PDF] |
|
MARTELL, C.R., DIMIDJIAN, S. & HERMAN-DUNN, R. (2010).
Behavioral activation for depression : A clinician's
guide. New York : Guilford. |
|
MARTELL, C.R., ADDIS, M.E. & DIMIDJIAN, S. (2004).
Finding the action in behavioral activation : The search
for empirically-supported interventions and mechanisms of
change. In S. Hayes, M. Linehan & V. Folette (Eds.), Mindfulness
acceptance and relationship : The new behavior
therapies. (pp. 152-167). New York : Guilford. |
MARTELL, C.R., DIMIDJIAN, S. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (2010).
Behavioral activation. In N. Kazantizis, M.A. Reinecke
& A. Freeman (Eds.), Cognitive and behavioral
theories in clinical practice (pp. 193-215). New
York : Guilford. |
|
KANTER, J.W. CALLAGHAN, G.M., LANDES, S.J., BUSCH, A.M.
& BROWN, K.R. (2004). Behavior analytic
conceptualization and treatment of depression :
Traditional models and recent advances. The Behavior
Analyst Today, 5, 255-274. |
SYZDEK, M.R., ADDIS, M.E. & MARTELL, C.R. (2010).
Working with emotion and emotion regulation in behavioral
activation treatment for depression. In A.M. Kring &
D.M. Sloan (Eds.), Emotion regulation and
psychopathology : A transdiagnostic approach to etiology
and treatment (pp. 405-426). New York : Guilford. |
|
WEINSTOCK, L.M., MUNROE, M.K. & MILLER, I.W. (2011).
Behavioral Activation for the treatment of atypical
depression : A pilot open trial. Behavior
Modification, 35 (4), 403-424. |
|
DIMIDJIAN, S., BARRERA, M., MARTELL, C., MUNÖZ, R.F. &
LEWINSOHN, P.M. (2011). The origins and current status of
behavioral activation treatments for depression. Annual
Review of Clinical Psychology, 7, 1-38. [PDF]
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie du langage : Ensemble de thérapies
visant à corriger les troubles du
langage. Speech therapy, speech
correction.
| |
|
|
TWITMEYER, E.B. & NATHANSON, Y.S. (1932). Correction of defective speech. Philadelphia, PA : P.
Blakiston's Son and Co. |
BARRY, H. (1961). The young aphasic child : Evaluation
and training. Washington, D.C. : Volta Bureau. |
|
STINCHFIELD, S. (1928). Speech pathology with methods
in speech correction. Boston, Mass. : Expression
Company. |
BLACK, M. (1966). The origins and status of speech therapy
in the schools. ASHA, 419-425. |
|
VAN RIPER, C. (1939/1981). Speech correction,
principles and methods. New York : Prentice-Hall
Inc. |
STREMEL, K. & WARYAS, C. (1974). A
behavioral-psycholinguistic approach to language training.
In L. McReynolds (Ed.), Developing systematic
procedures for training children's language (Vol.
18, pp. 96-130). Washington, D.C. : American Speech and
Hearing Association. |
|
STINCHFIELD-HAWK, S. (1950). Speech therapy for the
physically handicapped. Stanford, CA : Stanford
University Press. |
DAVIS, G. & WILCOX, J. (1985). Adult aphasia
rehabilitation : Applied pragmatics. NFER-Nelson :
Windsor. |
|
BACKUS, O. & BEASLEY, J. (1951). Speech therapy
with children. NY: Houghton Mifflin. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie |
|
|
Thérapie
électroconvulsive (TEC/ECT) : Le
terme a au moins trois usages distincts : a)
Thérapie inventée par Duchenne,
qui consiste à soumettre un patient, généralement affligé d'une dépression
profonde, à une série de décharges
électriques, délivrées dans la région du crâne. Bien
qu'encore en usage, cette thérapie est controversée, car son appui
scientifique est très faible. =
sismothérapie, thérapie par électrochocs, électronarcose. Electrotherapy,
electroconvulsive therapy, ECT, shockwawe therapy, convulsive
therapy. b) L'electricité est également
utilisée pour soigner d'autres problèmes comme les maux de dos ou
de tête, ou même les maladies de Huntington
et Parkinson. c)
Finalement, le terme renvoie à l'usage d'une technique
pour punir les
comportements, notamment les
comportements d'automutilation, qui consiste à donner de
faibles décharges
électriques sur le bout des doigts des patients. Contingent
shock.
| |
|
| a |
|
CERLETTI, U. (1950). Old and new information about
electroshock. American Journal of Psychiatry, 107,
87-94. |
CALEV, A., NIGAL, D., SHAPIRA, B., TUBI, N., CHAZAN, S.
& BEN-YEHUDA, Y. (1991). Early and long-term effects
of electroconvulsive therapy and depression on memory and
other cognitive functions. The Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disease, 179 (9), 526-533. |
|
BRENGELMAN, J.C. (1959). The effect of repeated
electroshocks on learning in depressives. Berlin :
Springer. |
SACKEIM, H.A. (1992). The cognitive effects of
electroconvulsive therapy. In W.H. Moos, E.R. Gamzu &
L.J. Thal, LJ. (Eds.), Cognitive disorders :
Pathophysiology and treatment (pp. 183-228).
New York : Marcel Dekker. |
|
McGUIRE, R.J. & VALLANCE, M. (1964). Aversion therapy
by electric shock : A simple technique. British
Medical Journal, 2, 594-597. |
SMITH, R.B. & SHIMOROTO, F.N. (1992). The use of
cranial electrotherapy stimulation to block fear
perception in phobic patients. Journal of Current
Therapeutic Research, 51 (2), 249-253. |
|
ABRAMS, R. & FINK, M. (1967). Clinical experiences
with multiple electroconvulsive treatments. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 13, 115-121. |
BREGGIN, P.R. (1992). The return of ECT. Readings : A
Journal of Reviews & Commentary in Mental Health, 3,
12-17.
[PDF] |
|
VALENTINE, M., KEDDIE, H.M.G. & DUNNE, D. (1968). A
comparison of techniques in electroconvulsive therapy. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 114, 986-988. |
ENNS, M.W. & REISS, J.P. (1992). L'électrochoc.
The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 37 (10),
679-686. |
|
BRUNSCHWIG, L., STRAIN, J. & BIDDER, T.G. (1971).
Issues in the assessment of post-ECT memory changes. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 119, 73-74. |
ABRAMS, R. (1992/97). Electroconvulsive therapy.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
REGESTEIN, Q.R., MURAWSKI, B.J. & ENGLE, R.P. (1975).
A case of prolonged, reversible dementia associated with
abuse of electroconvulsive therapy.The Journal of
Nervous & Mental Disease, 161 (3), 200-203. |
CAMERON, D.G. (1994). ECT : Sham statistics, the myth of
convulsive therapy, and the case for consumer
misinformation. The Journal of Mind & Behavior, 15
(1 & 2), 177-198. |
|
RANCK, J.B. (1975). Which elements are excited in
electrical stimulation of mammalian central nervous system
: A review. Brain Research, 98, 417–440. |
SOBIN, C., SACKEIM, H.A., PRUDIC, J., DEVANAND, D.PP.,
MOODY, B.J. & McELHINEY, M.C. (1995). Predictors of
retrograde amnesia following ECT. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 152 (7), 995-1001 |
|
GROSSER, G., PEARSALL, D. & FISHER C. (1975). The
regulation of electroconvulsive therapy treatment in
Massachusetts : a follow-up. Mass Journal Mental
Health, 5, 12-25. |
HERMANN, R.C., DORWART, R.A., HOOVER, C.W. & BRODY, J.
(1995). Variation in ECT use in the United States. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 152 (6), 869-875. |
|
COX, A. & HEATH, R.G. (1975). Neurotone therapy : a
preliminary report of its effect of electrical activity of
forebrain structures. Diseases of the Nervous System,
36, 245-247. |
McELHINEY, M.N., MOODY, B.J., STEIF, B.L., PRUDIC, J.,
NOBLER, M.S. & SACKEIM, H.A. (1995).
Autobiographical memory and mood : Effects of
electroconvulsive therapy. Neuropsychology, 9,
501–517. |
|
MILLER, L.J. (1995). Use of electroconvulsive therapy
during pregnancy. Obstetrical & Gynecological
Survey, 50 (1), 10-11. |
|
LEWIS, J.K. & McKINNEY, W.T. (1976). Effects of
electroconvulsive shock on the behavior of normal and
abnormal rhesus monkeys. Behavioral Psychiatry, 37, 687-693. |
CALEV, A., GAUDINO, E.A., SQUIRES, N.K., ZERVAS, I.M.
& FINK, M. (1995). ECT and non-memory cognition : a
review. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 34
(4), 505-515. |
|
KELLNER, C.H. (1996). The cognitive effects of ECT:
bridging the gap between research and clinical practice. Convulsive
Therapy, 12 (3), 133-135. |
|
LICHSTEIN, K.L. & SCHREIBMAN, L. (1976). Employing
electric shock with autistic children : A review of side
effects. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia, 6, 163-173. |
O'LEARY, D.A. & LEE, A.S. (1996). Seven year prognosis
in depression. Mortality and readmission risk in the
Nottingham ECT cohort. British Journal of Psychiatry,
169, 423-429. |
|
DORWORTH, T.R. & OVERMIER, J.B. (1977). On learned
helplessness : The effects of electroconvulsive shocks. Physiological
Psychology, 5 (3), 355-358. [PDF] |
BREGGIN, P.R. (1997). Brain-disabling treatments in
psychiatry drugs, electroshock, and the role of the FDA.
New York : Springer Pub. Co. |
|
EASTWODD, M.R. & STIASNY, S. (1978). The use of
electroconvulsive therapy. The Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 23 (1), 29-34. |
REY, J.M. & WALTER, G. (1997). Half a century of ECT
use in young people. American Journal of Psychiatry,
154 (5) 595-602. |
|
GORMLEY, N., CULLEN, C., WALTERS, L., PHILPOT, M. &
LAWLOR, B. (1998). The safety and efficacy of
electroconvulsive therapy in patients over age 75. International
Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 13 (12), 871-874. |
|
CLARE, W.E. (1978). Therapeutic and ethical aspects of
electroconvulsive therapy : a British perspective. International
Journal of Law & Psychiatry 1, 237-253. |
BREGGIN, P.R. (1998). Electroshock: scientific, ethical,
and political issues. International Journal of Risk
& Safety in Medicine, 11, 5-40. |
|
BUCHER, B. & FABRICATORE, J. (1979). Use of
patient-administered shock to suppress hallucinations. Behavior Therapy, 1, 382-383. |
FINCH, J.M., SOBIN, P.D., CARMODY, T.J., DEWITT, A.P.,
SHIWACH, R.S. (1999). A survey of psychiatrists' attitudes
toward electroconvulsive therapy. Psychiatric
Services, 50 (2), 264-265. |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (1979). Electroshock : its brain
disabling effect. New York : Springler. |
SMITH, R.B. (1999). Cranial electrotherapy stimulation in
the treatment of stress related cognitive dysfunction with
an eighteen month follow-up. Journal of Cognitive
Rehabilitation, 17 (6), 14-18. |
|
|
FINK, M. (1979). Convulsive therapy, theory and
practice. New York : Raven Press. |
GLEN, T. & SCOTT, A. (1999). Rates of
electroconvulsive therapy use in Edinburgh (1992-1997).
Journal of Affective Disorders, 54 (1-2), 81-85. |
|
FINK, M. (1999). Controversy in electroshock. In M. Fink
(Ed.), Electroshock restoring the mind (pp.
92-109). New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
ROBIN A. & De TISSERA, S. (1982). A double-blind
controlled comparison of the therapeutic effects of low
and high energy electroconvulsive therapies. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 141, 357–366. |
SCRANO, V.R., FELTHOUS, A.R. & EARLY, T.S. (2000). The
state of electroconvulsive therapy in Texas. Part I :
reported data on 41,660 ECT treatments in 5971 patients. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 45 (6), 197-202. |
|
DANIEL, W.F., CROVITZ, H.F., WEINER, R.D. & ROGERS,
H.F. (1982). The effects of ECT modifications on
autobiographical and verbal memory. Biological
Psychiatry, 17, 919-924. |
FINK, M. (2000). ECT has proved effective in treating
depression. Nature, 403 (6772), 826. |
|
KERR, R.A., MCGRATH, J.J., O'KEARNEY, R.T. & PRICE, J.
(1982). ECT : misconceptions and attitudes. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 16 (1),
43-49. |
ABRAMS, R. (2000). And there's no proof of lasting brain
damage. Nature, 403 (6772), 826. |
|
KATZ, R.J. (1982). Animal model of depression : Animal
model of depression : Effects of electroconvulsive shock,
therapy. Neuroscience & Behavioral Reviews, 5,
273-277. [PDF] |
COHEN, D. (2001). Electroconvulsive treatment, neurology,
and psychiatry. Ethical Human Sciences &
Services, 3 (2), 127-129. |
|
GORDON, D. (1982). Electro-convulsive therapy with minimum
hazard. British Journal of Psychiatry, 141, 12-80. |
HASEY, G. (2001). Transcranial magnetic stimulation in the
treatment of mood disorder: a review and comparison with
electroconvulsive therapy. The Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 46 (8), 720-727. |
|
KALINOWSKY, L.B. (1984). ECT in pregnancy. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 141 (12), 1643. |
BENADHIRA, R. & TÉLÈS, A. (2001). Situation actuelle
de l'électroconvulsivothérapie dans le services de
psychiatrie adultes en France. Encephale, 27
(2),129-316. |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (1984). Electroshock therapy and brain
damage : the acute organic brain syndrome as treatment. Behavior & Brain Sciences, 7, 24-25. [PDF] |
SCHROEDER, M.J. & BARR, R.E. (2001). Quantitative
analysis of electroencephalogram during cranial
electrotherapy stimulation. Clinical Neurophysiology,
112, 2075-2083. [PDF] |
|
KALINOWSKY, L.B. (1984). ECT in pregnancy. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 141 (12), 1643. |
KIRSCH, D.L. (2002). The science behind cranial
electrotherapy stimulation. Edmonton, Alberta,
Medical Scope Publishing. |
|
SMITH, W.E. & RICHMAN, A. (1984). Electroconvulsive
therapy : a Canadian perspective. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 29 (8), 693-699. |
BANKEN, R. (2003). L'utilisation des électrochocs au
Québec (rapport). Montréal : AETMIS/Gouvernement
du Québec. [PDF] |
|
BABIGAN, H.M. & GUTTMACHER, L.B. (1984).
Epidemiological considerations in electroconvulsive
therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41,
246-253 |
GILULA, M.F. & KIRSH, D.L. (2005). Cranial
electrotherapy stimulation review : A safer alternative to
psychopharmaceuticals in the treatment of depression. Journal
of Neurotherapy, 9 (2), 7-26. [PDF] |
|
SIJUWOLA, O.A. (1985). Use of electroconvulsive therapy in
a Nigerian hospital. East African Medical Journal, 62
(1), 60-64. |
FITZGERALD, P.B., BENITEZ, J., DE CASTELLA, DASKALALIS, J.
& KULKARNI, J. (2006). Randomized, controlled trial of
sequential bilateral repetitive transcranial magnetic
stimulation for treatment-resistant depression. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 88-94. [PDF] |
|
BREGGIN, P.R. (1986). Neuropathology and cognitive
dysfunction from ECT. Psychopharmacology Bulletin,
22, 476-479. [PDF]
|
SACKEIM, H.A., PRUDIC, J., FULLER, R., KEILP, J., LAVORI,
P.W. & OLFSON, M. (2007). The cognitive effects of
electroconvulsive therapy in community settings. Neuropsychopharmacology, 32 (1), 244–254. |
|
SQUIRE, L. (1986). Memory functions as affected by
electroconvulsive therapy. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 462, 307–314. |
SHORTER, E. & HEALY, E. (2007). Shock therapy The
history of electroconvulsive treatment in mental
illness. New Brunswick : Rutgers University Press. |
|
BAXTER, L.R., ROY-BYRNE, P. & LISTON, E.H. (1986). The
experience of electroconvulsive therapy in the 1980s : a
prospective study of the knowledge, opinons, and
experience of California electroconvulsive therapy in the
Berkely years. Convulsive Therapy, 2, 179-89. |
SACKEIM, H.A., PRUDIC, J., NOBLER, M.S., FITZSIMONS, L.,
LISANBY, S.H., PAYNE, N., BERMAN, R.M., BRAKEMEIER, E.L.,
PERERA, T. & DAVANAND, D.P. (2008). Effects of Pulse
Width and electrode placement on the efficacy and
cognitive effects of electroconvulsive therapy. Brain
Stimulation, 1 (2), 71-83. [PDF] |
|
SACKEIM, H.A., DECINA, P., PROHOVNICK, I. & MALITZ, S.
(1987). Seizure threshold in electroconvulsive therapy.
Effects of sex, age, electrode placement, and number of
treatments. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 44, 355–360. |
WHITE, C. & CRAIG, D.F. (2010). The successful use of
ECT for the treatment of depression during pregnancy. Case
Report, 7 (1), 33-35. [PDF] |
|
REMICK, R.A. & MAURICE, W.L. (1989). ECT in pregnancy.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 135 (6),
761-762. |
BREGGIN, P.R (2010). The FDA should test the safety of ECT
machines. International Journal of Risk & Safety
in Medicine, 22, 89-92.
[PDF] |
|
KELLNER, C.H. & RAMSAY, D. (1990). Please, no more
"ECT". American Journal of Psychiatry, 147 (8),
1092-1093. |
O'CONNOR, D.W., GARDNER, B., EPPINGSTALL, B. & TOFLER,
D. (2010). Cognition in elderly patients receiving
unilateral and bilateral electroconvulsive therapy : a
prospective, naturalistic comparison. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 124 (3), 235-240. |
|
CATTAN, R.A., BARRY, P.P., MEAD, G., REEFE, W.E., GAY, A.
& SILVERMAN, M. (1990). Electroconvulsive therapy in
octogenarians. Journal of the American Geriatrics
Society, 38 (7), 753-758. |
BAKER, P.L., TREVINO, K., McCLINTOCK, S.M., WANI, A. &
HUSAIN, M.M. (2012). Clinical applications of
electroconvulsive therapy and transcranial magnetic
stimulation for the treatment of major depressive disorder
: A critical review. Neuropsychiatry, 2 (5),
443-451 |
| |
|
Voir aussi Thérapie
et Décharge
électrique |
| b |
| |
l
Notre mission : Explorer la nébuleuse Psy !
